Skip to main content

Full text of "Stewart's hand book of the Pacific islands; a reliable guide to all the inhabited islands of the Pacific Ocean, for traders, tourists and settlers"

See other formats 


iPACIFIC 


ISLANDS 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

RIVERSIDE 


j5tewarhj  handbook  o/^Hie 


r> 


£-4. '  I       ^^''^^  ^"^^•v'' 


B1JRNS  PillLP 

•  PACIFIC  ISLAND  ■ 

MAIL  STEAMERS 


CALDWELLS 

FAMOUS         WINE! 

\ 

The  Champion  Record  Prize  Winnezs 
of  Austtalia  in 

I9I5    —    I9I6    —    I9I7    —    I9I8 

were  awarded 

11    CHAMPION   AND   GOLD   MEDALS 

42  Firsts  — 23    Seconds  —  18   Thirds  &c 
1  Special  For  Most    Successful    Exhibitor 

V.O.  [-^)  SHERRY 

HAS  BEEN  AWARDED 

Champion  Gold  Medal  of  Austra  ia 

I9I5  —  I9I6  —  I9I7  —  I9I8 

A  Record  Never  Before  Attained  In 

The  Trade. 
For  Export  — 

Ports  -  Sherries  -  Muscats  -  Clarets  -  Hocks 
Burgundies   &c. 

Caldwells  Wines  Ltd.  o""!. ' -|?|R|r"- 

Branches-WaHliUN/Atl  (VIC.)  COROWA  tlN.S.W. )  BRISBANE  (Q'LaND) 

Vinevards-CORONA    VINCYflRDS    (COROWA)    BUKKULLA    VINE/ARDS 

(INVERELL)  riANDflLSEA  VINE/AHDS  (COROWA). 

^^ 


ANTHONY    HORDERNS' 

FOR  EVERYTHING. 


You  can  buy  everything  through  Anthony 
HoRDERNs'  Mail  Order  Service  with  perfect 
confidence  that  your  instructions  will  be 
interpreted  by  an  expert  staff.  Further,  there 
is  Anthony  Horderns'  guarantee  of  complete 
satisfaction. 

We  sell  everything  wanted  to  carry  on  the 
business  of  life — we  are  Family  Drapers,  Complete 
House  Furnishers,  Men's  Outfitters,  and  our 
illustrated  price  lists  place  the  enormous  resources 
of  Australia's  Mammoth  Store  at  your  command. 
Write  for  copies  of  any  list  you  need,  they  will 
be  posted  you  free  on  request. 

We  pay  carriage  to  any  sea  port  in  the  Pacific 
Islands  on  Family  Drapery  and  Fashion  Goods, 
Men's  Wear,  Footwear,  Cutlery,  Plate  and 
Jewellery. 


Anthony  Hordern  &  Sons 

Limited. 
ONLY   UNIVERSAL   PROVIDERS, 

Brickfield   Hill,   Sydney. 


111. 

I r     IS     IMPORTANT 

to    emphasize     the    fact    that 

GOOD    STATIONERY    AND   GOOD    PR'NTING 

contribute  in  no  small  degree 
to  success  in  business,  and  no 
business  house  can  afford  to 
ignore  the  impression  created 
by  the  use  of  the  best  in  either 
of  these  essentials. 

The  factories  of 

W.  E.  Smith  Ltd.       Printing 

Bridge  Street,  ^^3117  Booklets, 

SYDNEY.  Folders,     Catalogues. 

T-o-T^  Office    Stationery, 

are   equipped   for    the    BEST  Embossing. 

Printing,     Book-binding     and  Lithographic  and 

Engraving  in  Australia.  Commercial   Work. 


Manufacturers  of  Filing  Devices,  Loose-leaf  Ledgers, 
and  all  popular  Office    Furniture  and  Systems. 

A    speciality     made    of    High-class    Commercial    and 
Society    Printing. 


W.  E,  SMITH  Ltd 

High-class  Stationers,  Printers  &,  Systematists, 

BRIDGE     STREET, 
SYDNEY,      NEW      SOUTH       WALES. 

Branches  at  Newcastle,  Brisbane  and  London. 


The 


Australian  Drug  Co. 

L  incited 

WHOLESALE  DRUGGISTS  &  MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS 

19  S  21  O'Corinell   Street 
SYDNEY 


Factory  : 
MYRTLE  ST..  CHIPPENDALE 


Dental  Depot  : 
14  SPRING  STREET 


London  Offic  =  : 
50  LIME   STREET,  E.G. 

Cable  Address  : 
IHARBINGER.  SYDNEY. 


Importers  of 

Drugs 
Chemicals 
Patent  Medicines 
Perfumery 
Toilet  Articles 
Druggists'  Sundries 
Dental  Material 
Toilet  Soaps 
Brushware 


IVlanufacturers  of 

Pharmaceutical 

Preparations 

Baking  Powder 

Flavoring  Essences 

Fluid  Magnesia 

Pomona  Tonic  Wine 

Toothache  Cures 

Corn  Cures 

Hair  Restorers 

Cough  Cures 

Lavender  Water 

Cologne 

Assorted  Perfumes 


We  are  prepared  to  manufacture  any  proprietary  article 

required  for  Chemists  or  Storekeepers  and  put  up  under 

their  ov\n   name  and  address 


rou,»,?"To  NOYES  BROS. 

.  .  .  for  the  following  lines  ... 

KEIGHLEY  IMPERIAL  ENGINES. 

Horizontal  and  Vertical  Gas  and  Suction  Gas,  Horizontal 
Kerosene  and  Petrol  Engines,  Horizontal  and  Vertical  Semi 
Diesel  Engines. 

PRIESTIVIAN  CRANES  AND  GRABS. 

for  excavating,  elevating  and  dredging  mud,  sand,  rock,  etc. 

MORRIS  "2240"  PULLEY  BLOCKS. 

Triple  Geared,  Full  British  Ton  Capacity  tested  50%  above 
that  load,  Machine  Cut  Gears,  Forged  Steel  Plates.  Also 
Overhead  Cranes,  Runways,  Crab  Winches  and  all  Handling 

Machinery. 

ALLENS  CELEBRATED  TOOL  STEELS. 

and  Crushing  Machinery. 

^LANCASHIRE"  ELECTRIC  MOTORS. 

Generators,  Boosters,  Motor  Generators  etc. 

HOPKINSON  STEAM  VALVES  AND  BOILER  MOUNTINGS. 

Cast  Iron  Spigot  and  Faucet  pipes  and  httings. 

AUSTRALIAN  ROLLED  METALS. 

"  Propellor"  Brand  (Regd)  Brass,  Copper  Manganese  Bronze, 
Muntz  Metal,  Tobin  Bronze.  All  Sections  and  sizes. 
Immediate  Delivery.      Standard  Quality. 

GRAPHINE  ANTI  FRICTION  METAL. 

in  6  Grades  for  all  loads  and  speeds.  "  Austral  "  Chill  Cast 
Phosphor  Bronze  Sticks  and  Bushes  etc. 

AUSTRALIAN  FOUNDRY  METALS. 

"Austral"  Brand  (Regd)  Antimony,  Manganese  Bronze, 
Phosphor  Bronze,  Copper  and  Tin.  Tinman's  Solder,  Special 
Alloys,  Sheet  Metals  in  Brass,  Copper,  Aluminium,  Muntz 
Metal,  Nickel  Silver,  and  also  Brass  &  Copper  Tubes  & 
Wire. 


NOYES  BROS. 


(SYDNEY) 
LTD. 


115  CLARENCE  STREET,  SYDNEY. 


Selling  Agent:  Charles  E.  Bernays,  125  Adelaide  St.,  Brisbane 


VI. 


THE   NAPIER 


LEURA     BLUE    MOUNTAINS 

N.S  \A/..       AUSTRALIA 


MOUNTAIN     RESORT 

Situated  on  the  highest  point  of  Leura 

Views  unsurpassed  on  the  Mountains 
Every  Modern  Comfort  Electric  Light  throughout 

Hot  Water  Service  Day  and  Night 

All  Living  Rooms  and  Bedrooms  Heated  by  American  Ideal  Hot 
Water  Radiation  System 

Tennis  Court  Biiliard  and  Card  Rooms 

Motor    Garage 
Special    Smoke  Room  for  Gentlemen 

Special  Accommodation  for  Children 

Private    Sitting     Rooms 


All   Products  from  Napier  Farm 


VII. 


M^aiirnpclenL     Villa.. 

^HR  HOME  tliat  st.aiids  on  tlie  liorizoii  of  everlasting  l)caiUy  and  charm,  wliere  tlie 
y  hurricanes  of  time  have  not  been  al)le  to  arrest  or  destroy  the  ever-changing  scenes 
of  Nature's  most  lavislied  wonders  and  amazement,  wliere  the  air  of  purity  and  sky 
of  metalio  l)Iue  decks  and  fringes  the  mountain  tops  and  slnrnbering  valleys  of  evergreen 
wonder,  and  mystical  towers  of  art  are  pictures  for  ever  majestic  that  inspire  eacli  chord 
of  tlie  heart.  The  villa  is  only  4  minutes  walk  from  Railway,  in  Katoomba  Street,  and  is 
away  from  the  noise  of  passing  and. shunting  trains;  only  about  15  minutes'  walk  from 
the  charms  above  depicted.  The  table  is  supplied  with  the  best  of  everything — and  in 
abundance  ;  bath  — hot  and  cold  water  laid  on  :  a  roof  garden,  from  which  views  of  all 
parts  of  tlie  mountains  may  be  obtained  ;  verandah  of  200  feet  long,  facing  morning  sun 
and  lovely  flower  garden.     Our  own   motor  cars  ply  daily  to  all  parts  of  the  mountain!!. 

MOTOR  GARAGES  FREE  TO  VISITORS.         TERMS,  30  •  WEEK,  6-  DAY. 


No  need  to  write  or  book  beforehand.    Come  straight  to  the  villa. 

assured  for  over  200  jieople. 
TELEPHONE   ; 

104  KATOOMBA. 


Accommodation   is 


Mrs.  GEORGE  BIRNEY. 


Telephone     S75     \A/m.     St. 

Within  5  minutes  tram  from  City.  Hot   Water  vService. 


RESIDENTIAL     CHAMBERS: 

WHITEHALL 


K  I  N  G'S        CROSS, 

DARLING  HURST. 


RECKPTION    ROOM.S    AND   PROMENADE    ROOF. 


TERMS : 

Single    Rooms,    from        * 
Double   Rooms,   from 


13  6  to   20. 
25--  to  30/. 


MISS       LOCKETT,       Proprietress. 


Vlil. 

CONTRACTORS  TO  THE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  GOVERNMENTS 

Scientific     Apparatus,     1-^ 
Chemical    Glass\vare,    1^' 
A       Assay     Requisites      ^ 
iJ  Pure  Chemicals  and     \_ 
all  Laboratory  Requirements 


H.  B.  Selby  &  Co.  Ltd. 

265  George  Street,  Sydney. 

AND 

443   Bourke  Street.    Melbourne. 


FOUNTAIN 

PENS 

WE    CAN     SUPPLY    EVERY    FAMOUS    MAKE 
ALSO      NEW      NIBS      AND      SPARE      PARTS 
THE- 

ONOTO                    Self  Filling— Non  Leaking    for    17- 
WATERMAN              ,.                    „                „     18- 
CONKUN                    „                    .                „     12  6 
SWAIN                        ,.                                      ..,     10  6 
INDEPENDENT         ,.                    „                        8  6 
SWAN— Xon  Self  Filling— Unrivalled                  ",,12  6 

AVe  carry  the  most  extensive  stock  in  Australia  of  Stationery, 
Books,  Magazines,  Fancy  Goods,  Pictures,  Barometers  and 
Aneroids,     Draughtsmens'     Fquipment,     Field    Glasses,    &c. 


YOUR  ORDERS   ARE    SOLICITED   —    SATISFACTION   GUARAXTEED. 


SWAIN   &   CO.   LTD., 

J23    PITT    STREET,    SYDNEY.    N.S.W. 


TX. 


Olennie  Preparatory  School 


Toowoomba         -        -         Queensland 


Dy\Y    AND    BOARDliNG    SCHOOL   FOR  GIRLS 

Pupils    received   from  6  to   13  years  of  age 

Toowoomba    has    a  very   bracing  climate,  being   1,921 
feet  above  sea  level 

The    School    House    is    built    on    hygienic    lines,    con- 
taining    large    airy     rooms,     sleeping    verandah,     and 
electric  light,  and  hot  and  cold   water 


PROSPECTUS      ON        APPL-ICAXION 

Miss  SUTTON  -         -  -         Principal 


PAINTING    MATERIALS. 

We  Stock  all  PAINTING  MATERIALS  including  PLATE 

and  SHEET  GLASS. 

Quotations  will  be  forwarded  with  samples  or  patterns  as 

required. 

It  is  essential  to  use  quality  paint  near  the  sea-side.   Send  us 

j^our  order  and  we  will  forward  materials  that  will  give  you 

lontj  service. 


Artistic    Wallpapers    and    Pretty    Friezes,  with    Instructions  how  to 

Decorate  in  the  modern  wa)'. 
Glaci«r  Window   Decorations   in   attractive  designs. 
Leads  and  Oils,    Varnishes,     Brushware,    Kalsomines,     Damp     Proof 

Paints,  Anti-Corrosive  and  Anti-Fouling   Paints. 
High-Grade   Specially   Prepared   Paint,   ready   for   immediate  use. 
Bevelling,    Silvering,   Glazing,  Leadlights,  and   Motor  Car   Screens. 


JAMES  SANDY  &  CO.  LTD.. 

326-328  George  Street,  SYDNEY. 

Branch:     NEWCASTLE. 

Gi.\ss  Dept.:  ash    ST.,  CITY. 
Works:  BORONIA  ST..  REDFERN. 


=— =STRATHFIELD=== 
PREPARATORY    SCHOOL 

STRATHFIELD,  SYDNEY,  N.S.W., 
AUSTRALIA. 


DAY  AND  BOARDING  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS  FROM 
7  TO  14  YEARS  OF  AGE. 


The  aim  ol  the  School  is  : — 

1.     To  develop  strong  Christian  character. 

1.     To  provide  an  efficient  preparation  for  the  (ireat  I'ubHc  Schools. 

;i.     To  encourage  a  healthy  interest  in  games  and  a  good  physique. 

The  School  lmildins;s  are  about  seven  miles  from  Sydne}', 
beautifulh'  situated  with  spacious  \)\a\  grounds. 

The  boys  have  the  Personal  Supervision  of  the 
Headmaster,  and  may  secure  a  Good  Education  in  a  Cultured 
Home. 

Pros})ectuses  and  all  particulars  on  application  lo 

F.  F.  WHKATOX,  BA    (Syd  ) 

Kocrstz   Famous   Presses 


Over    14,000    in    use.     For    WOOL,    HAY. 

SKINS.   &e. 
RECOGNISED     AS     ABSOLUTELY     THE 

BEST  ON  THE  MARKET. PRICES 

FOB.,  SYDNEY 

PRICE  LIST  FOR  WOOL  PRESSES 


Bosker  Wool  Press 

£10 

0 

0 

Little  Wonder  Wool  Press 

20 

0 

0 

Selectors    and    Homestead 

Lessees'  Press 

2<6 

10 

0 

Conqueror  Wool  Press    .  . 

:}8 

0 

0 

=     Squatters'  Wool  Press    .  . 

38 

0 

0 

*-.-«i'5' 

Koerstz  Hay  Press — Stationary 

33 

0 

0 

m 

Portable    .  . 

35 

0 

0 

Special   Quotations   for   Presses  suitable   for  Power. 

Write  for  Catalogue  and  Full  Particulars.  .^11  Work  Guaranteed. 

C.     KOERSTZ^     AUSTRALIA  S  PRESS  BUILDER, 

Abattoirs  Rd.,  Pyritiont,  SYDNEY,  N.S.W. 


HEAD  FORT    SCHOOL, 

K  I  L  L  A  K  A  ======= 

Day     and 

Boarding 

School  for 

BOYS 


of  ALL  AGES 


I'alron  :  The  Marquis  of  Headfort. 

Visitor:  The  Rev.  Canon  E.  C.    Berk,   A.K.C. 


Personal  references  kindly  permitted  to  : 
Sir   Thomas   Anderson-Stuart,    Canon   K.    C.    Berk,    Dr.    F.    M.    Blackwood, 
Professor  Carslaw ,  Rev.  L.  Charlton,   Profe.ssor  David,  K.  J.  I.oxton,  Ksq.. 
K.C.,  Rev.  L.  J.  McDonald,  F.  E.  Penfold,  Esq.,  and  others. 

Headfort  School  is  situated  on  the  North  Sydney  Highlands  in  Hi  acres 
of  ground,  adjoining  a  Government  Reserve  and  overlooking  miles  of  virgin 
bush  and  senii-mountainou.s  country. 

Every  Department  of  School  Life  carefully  supervised. 

Pro-spectus  on  application  to  the  Principal, 

The  REV.  R.  T.  WADE,    B.A 


Coogee    Boys'    Preparatory    School 

(N.S.W.  Preparatory  Sch.   Ass'n. ) 

DAY    and   L.^_J    BOARDING 


Day  School 
School  House 


Allison  Rd.  Randwick 
Warrawee,  St.  Marks  Rd.,  Rdwk. 


Boys  Irom  6  to  14  years  thoroughly  prepared  for  Entrance,  and 
Entrance  Scholarship  Examinations  to  the  Great  Public 
Schools,  the  High  Schools,  and  the  Naval  College. 

All  Outdoor  Pursuits  in  the  healthiest  seaside  surroundings. 

ir.  M.  XIMMO,  B.A.  {Syd). 


o 
o 

us 
o 

CO 

I 

c 
<;) 

a 


O 


o 

CO 

O 
< 


<ki 


S  S 


Cft       C     4J 

i  §^ 


„  K 


jv,  --    K    a>   _ 


1    2^  o  '^    S 


'• 

f— «    ^ 

0 

rt 

0    0, 

■^ 

:i 

0 

rt   c 

0 

>!-< 

3 

c  '^ 

0 

r^ 

.^C 

•v; 

1^   rt 

» " 

w 

■^ 

^^ 

i^> 

^ 

c  F 

sc 

■x 

S-i 

a> 

•"• 

^'    1; 

.^ 

PC 

1-    r^ 

ty; 

.2     7". 

(ft 

a; 

oT 

n    r^ 

0 

;^ 

fi 

tT 

-  flj 

t:; 

a 
w 

w 
(^ 

sr 

X      ri 

^ 

"il 

c 

^  H 

-^ 

> 

0* 

>.{ 

4> 

<J= 

c 

e 

t^ 

^ 

Ot^ 

«; 

_^_j 

?• 

£ 

0 

w 

1-1 

It 

"m 

?: 

i'      ^      6 


■A        ^ 


il 

•jT  0 

+-■ 

- 

c 

1- 

v; 

Bf-?, 

1/ 

:£ 

C 

rs  ►- 

OJ 

a 

H 

V 

-^  5 

rr 

0 

t/1 

a* 

'^ 

Cpi 

>, 

!A 

tJ 

d 

^ 

0 

'III 

^ 

/^ 

ri 

o. 

-r. 

1  ■ 

S 
-> 

K 
'X 

C3 

<LI 

S-  2. 


=  B 
SI    o 


o  s    n 


CO 
o 


a 

CD 
o 

D" 
O 
O 


o 


< 

o    ^ 

3 

o 


2    3 


>  9<! 

:  r 

•  H 

•0  » 


P  ^ 

.         3 


*    o 

5-     to 


en 


o 

3- 


n 

o 

c 

3 


D9 

r 

r 

< 


r 
r 


a 


a 

pi 

o 
o 

H 


r 

r 

o 


X. 


Cran  brook    School 

EDGECLIFF,  SYDNEY. 


DAY  AND  BOARDING  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS 


Visitor  :  His  Grace.  The  Archbishop  of  Sydney. 

Council:  The  Hon.  Mr.  Justice  H.^rvey  (President),  Ven. 
Archdeacon  D'Arcy  Irvine,  Rev.  E.  Howard  Lea  (Hon.  Sec- 
retary), Rev.  W.  h-  I/ANGi.ey,  Hon.  Mr.  Justice  Gordon,  J.  B. 
Clamp,  Esq.,  R.  R.  Dang.\r,  Esq.,  O.  E.  Friend,  Esq.,  3.  Hordern, 
Esq.,  Dr.  E-  Ludowici,  H.  F.  Maxwell,  Esq.  (Hon.  Treasurer), 
Vero  Read,  Esq.,  Dr.  H.  S.  Stacy,  V.  M.  White,  Esq. 

Headmaster  :  Rev.    F.    T.    Perkins,    M.A. 


CRANBROOK,  formerly  the  State  Government  House,  beauti- 
fully situated  on  Bellevue  Hill,  and  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
shores  of  Sydney  Harbour,  has  been  established  as  a  Church  of 
England  School  for  boys,  and  will  be  conducted  on  the  lines  of 
the  great  English  Public  Schools.  Cricket,  football,  tennis,  swim- 
ming, boating  will  be  provided.  The  School  offers  a  sound  religious 
education  and  a  preparation  for  the  University  and  other  examina- 
tions in  Classical,  Commercial  and  Scientific  subjects.  Boys  have 
the  advantage  of  a  well  equipped  Science  Laboratory.  Admission 
to  Junior  School  at  nine  years  of  age  upwards 

Fees  (Inclusive)  : — Boarders  over  12  years  25  guineas  per 
quarter  ;  under   12  years  22  guineas  per  quarter. 

Further  particulars  may  be  obtained  from  the  Headmaster  or 
from  the  SECRETARY  at  the  School. 


XI. 

LAWSON.   BLUE  MOUNTAINS,  new  south  wam-s. 

STRATFORD   SCHOOL   FOR 
GIRLS- 

The  ideal  school,  pleasantly  situated.  Open  air  sleeping.  Tennis,  hasket  ball, 
hockey,  swimming.  Own  dairy,  vej^etable  garden,  poultry.  Girls  coached  for  all 
Musical  and  University  Examinations.  Pleasant  holidays  arranged  for  pupils  un- 
able to  return  home.  Special  attention  given  to  little  girls.  Inclusive  fees  for 
yearly  pupils.  Prospectus  on  application  to  .Miss  Wiles,  Principal.  Assistant 
University  Graduate,     Established  over  ten  years. 


THE     KING'S     SCHOOL' 

Parramatta      -    -      Ne^A^  South   Wales 

The  Old  Historic  School  of  Australia — Founded  in  1831. 

Boarding  and  Day  School. 

The  S'chool  provides  a  Classical,  Mathematical,  Scientfiic, 
and  General  Education  of  the  highest  order  on  moderate  terms. 
The  religious  teaching  is  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
the  Church  of  England,  or  as  may  be  desired  by  parents. 
There  are  classical  and  modern  sides  and  every  facility  for 
preparation  of  boys  for  either  a  professional  or  mercantile  career 

It  is  conducted  on  the  House  system  of  the  great  English 
Public  Schools,  each  House  having  its  own  equipment  and 
ample  grounds,  with  resident  Master  and  Matron.  Old  Govern- 
ment House  (Parramatta)  is  .  the  Junior  House,  in  which 
boys  of  between  8  and  12  reside. 

Headmaster  :  The  Reverend  J.  A.  PATTINSON,  M.A., 
Cambridge,  assisted  by  a  Staff  of  Masters  graduates  of  the 
English  and  Australian  Universities. 

Particulars  may  be  obtained  from  the  Headmaster,  or  from 
Mr.  G.  S.  Lewis,  Clerk  to  the  Council,  Ocean  House,  Moore 
Street,  Sydney. 


Tel.  Wm.  St.  637. 


MeNTEREY," 


65  Macleay  Street,  Potts   Point, 
SYDNEY. 

BOARD      AND      RESIDENCE 

Beautiful  Harbor  Views ;  10  minutes  from  City  ;   Hot  Water 
Service;   Electric  Light;  Highly  Recommended. 


XII 


Petersen,  Boesen  &  Co.  L^ 

Warehousemen 

Importers    and   Manufacturers. 

SYDNEY    ana    LONDON. 


WnRBH0USE ! 

eorner  YORK  &  BARRAeK  STS.,  SYDNEY. 


DEBAR TME N T S 

Manchesters 

Jackets 

Handkerchiefs 

Island  Prints 

Hosiery 

Parachutes 

Lava  Lavas 

Singlets 

Underclothing 

Linens 

Haberdashery 

Millinery 

Turkey  Reds 

Perfumes 

Felt   Hats 

FarnlBhinga 

Fancy  Goods 

Straws 

Cotton  Ruga 

Fancy 

Shirts 

Dresses 

Ribbons 

Mercery 

Silks 

Laces 

Clothing 

Costumes 

Gloves 

Woollens 

eLOTHING 

TO     MEASURE 

A 

SPEeiHLITY. 

Cable  Address-BOESEN.  Sydney.      — 

G.P.O.  Box  271.  Syd 

XIII. 


USE 

PARSONS' 
Specialities 


PARSONS' 


ROLLED    OATS 

COARSE   CUT    OATMEAL 

SPLIT   PEAS 

PEARL   BARLEY 

PATENT    GROATS 

MACARONI 

SPAGHETTI 

VERMICELLI 

CORN   FLOUR 

TABLE   JELLIES 

HIGH    GRADE   JAMS 

CUSTARD   POWDERS 

SOLUBLE    COCOA   ESSENCE 

PASHA  AND  GALLEY   COFFEE 

HAMEE   CURRY 

PEPPER   AND    SPICES 

TABLE   AND   RATION   RICE 

TAPIOCA 

HARICOT    BEANS 

D.S.F.   MUSTARD 


PARSONS'  BROS.  &  CO.  PROPRIETARY  LTD., 

Sydney    -     Melbourne    -    Brisbane    -    Fremantle 


XII  lA 


PATERSON.  LilNG  &  BRUCE  Ltd. 


Wholesale  Importers  &  Warehousemen 


Iff  s^ 


♦    '*    ^  '  ^ 


[liii 


--&  I  -'* 


Our  Stocks    are    extensive   and    well   assorted 

with  New  and  up-to-date  Goods,  in  all  classes 

of  General  Drapery  and  Ready-made  Clothing 

suitable  for  Tropical  Climate. 


Xlllr. 

FRESH    SUPPLIES    OF 

Australian  Made  Chocolates 

and 

Confectionery  can  always  be 
obtained. 


CORRESPONDENCE   INVITED 


W.  W.  WHITE  ^  Co.  Ltd 

Wholesale  Confectioners 

42-46  COOPER   STREET,  SYDNEY, 
NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


Proprietors  of  the  celebrated 

LILYWHITE  and  SIGMET  brands  of 
stoeets. 


CABLE     address:  WHITCO,    SYDNEY 


IVX. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES  RAILWAYS 

The  Mother  State  of  the  Australian  Commonwealth  is  all  the  year  round 

the   best  place  for  the  Tourist. 
Speedy  Trains,  Comfortable  Accommodation    and  very    Cheap    Fares. 

NEW    SOUTH     WALES 

Winter  or  Summer  is  the  best  place  for  a  Holiday. 


The  Snowy  Mountains, 
known  as  "  The  Aus- 
tralian Alps,  "  provide 
a  round  of  pleasure 
throughout  the  year, 
embracing  all  the  in- 
vigorating snow  and  ice 
sports   of    Switzerland. 


Hotel  at  M(.  Kosciusko,  7,238  feet  above  Sea  Level,  Australia's  Highest    Mountain 

THE  BLUE  MOUNTAINS 

Attract  Tourists  from  all  parts  of  the  Globe.  Particularly  famous 
for  exhilarating  properties  of  the  atmosphere.  All  Beauty  Spots 
reached  after  a  few  hour's  comfortable  trip  from  Sydney. 

^HE  NORTHERN  LINE 

Provides  River  Scenery,  and  excellent  Fishing  and  Camping  Grounds 


Some  of  the  World's  Best  Trout  Streams  are  in  New  South  Wales 

■  J.  S.  SPURWAY,  Secretary. 


XV 


BURNS  PHILP  LINE 

(UNDER  COMMONWEALTH  MAIL  CONTRACT) 


Regular  Services  to  Papua,  New  Britain,  Solomon  Islands, 
Lord  Howe,  Norfolk  Island  and  New  Hebrides 


SARIBA,   PAPUA 

MODERN  PASSENGER  STEAMERS   LOW  FARES 

Every  Convenience  for  Tourists  and  Travellers 
Trips  from  4  weeks  to  7  weeks        Fares  fron\  £7  to  J£.36 


An  ideal   holiday    ensuring    rest    and   enjoyment.        First-class 

cuisine,    smooth    seas,    tropical    scenery.         Volcanic    or   coral 

islands,  interesting  native  races,  inv^olving  a  complete  change 

and   constant   variety 


FOR    ITLL     I'ARTIcrr.ARS    APPLY 


BURNS,    PHILP    &    CO.    LTD., 

BRIDGE    STREET,    SYDNEY. 


STE\A/ART'S 

Hand  Book  l  Pacific  Islands 


^  RELIABLE  GUIDE  TO  ALL 
THE  INHABITED  ISLANDS  OF 
THE    PACIFIC    OCEAN     .     .     .     . 


'       TRADERS,    TOURISTS    and   SETTLERS. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    of     ISLAND    WORKS. 


BV 

PERCY     S.     ALLEN 


McCARBON,    STEWART    &     CO      LTD, 

Pi  inters  and  Publi»hei>, 
22-24-26  Goijlburn  Street,  Sydney,  New  South  VVah  : 
1919. 


Copyright 


xvn. 


>>/.  V  f.<^ 


^.iM 


^  .  Mil  P      »  'i'i-i^,  „ 


^111  « 


iiiii  *ii"!ii^,-;,  ^ 


iV^vX 


_.::.¥ '"^'- 


C7^ 


THE  STOKE  AT  YOURHDR 

&^  ITS  SERVICE  <«^ 

IF  the  House  of  Farmer's,  most  notable  of  Australia's 
trading  institutions,  were  in  Suva  or  elsewhere  just 
handy  to  your  home,  j'ou  would  rush  the  opportunity 
to  buy  direct  from  its  spacious  and  well  appointed 
salons,  you  would  sa^',  "Thank  goodness,  we  are  now 
in  touch  with  a  world  famed  store  of  a  great  pulsing 
metropolitan  cit^/."  But  it  doesn't  matter  where  you  are 
—  in  Fiji,  the  New  Hebrides,  Norfolk  Island,  Ocean 
Island,  Papua,  Solomon  Islands,  Somoa  and  the  Tonga 
Group — you  can  still  shop  from  Farmer's  with  as  much 
advantage  and  certainty  of  satisfaction  as  if  you  were 
actually  in  Sydney. 

"FARMER'S"  IS   ALWAYS   JUST    OVER   THE   WAY- 

It  is  so  simple.  A  wTritten  word,  and  you  promptly  receive 
catalogues  and  all  necessary  information.  The  perfect 
system  of  the  Mail  Order  Department  makes  the  rest  easy. 
You  pay  Sydney  prices,  you  have  all  the  lavish  wealth  of 
choice  that  Farmer's  Australian  clients  exclusively  enjoy, 
and  the  manegement  puts  all  its  splendid  and  elaborate 
organisation    to  work    to    make    your    satisfaction    certain. 


CATALOGUES    WILL    TELL   YOU    EVERYTHING 
WRITE    FOR   ONE   TO-DAY 

FARMER'S,  Sydney,  Australia. 


P  R  E  F  A  C  E  . 

TN  tlie  following  pat^es  I  have  endeavoured  to  supply  the  reader  with  an 
■'■  accurate  account  of  all  the  inhabited  islands  of  the  Pacific.  While  there 
are  numerous  hooks  descriptive  of  parts  of  the  Pacific,  there  is  none  dealinii, 
as  this  does,  with  the  whole  of  the  groups  and -detached  islands.  That  in  the 
compilation  of  this  work  I  have  been  largely  indebted  to  the  labour.-;  of  others, 
I  am  glad  to  acknowledge.  I  have  drawn  from  the  mine  of  material  contained 
in  various  works  written  on  the  Pacific,  supplementing  it  by  facts  gained 
from  personal  observation  in  the  islands  and  bj-  information  obtained  froiti 
official  reports  and  other  reliable  sources.  The  descriptions  have  been  brought 
up  to  date,  and  it  is  claimed  that  they  omit  no  particular  of  interest  to  the 
general  public,  and  that  the  work  is  more  comprehensive  and  compact  than 
any  that  has  hitherto  been  published  on  the  islands.  Great  care  has  been 
taken  to  secure  accuracy,  but  in  a  subjrict  so  extensive  it  is  impossible  to  avoid 
errors,  and  I  will  be  glad  to  receive  such  corrections  and  information  as  may 
render  future  editions  of  the  Handbook  as  perfect,  authoritative,  and  complete 
as  possible.  I  nmch  regret  that  it  ha.'^  not  been  possible  to  give  the  full  details 
in  this  edition  of  the  mandates  over  the  former  German-owned  islands,  these 
not  being  available  in  an  official  form  at  the  time  of  printing.  The  principal 
features  cf  this  year's  edition  are  ihe  Bibliography  of  works  on  the  Pacific 
Lslands,  the  lists  of  business  houses  and  residents  in  the  islands,  and  the  trade 
statistics.  The  demand  for  the  Handbook  ha?  been  so  great  that  .all  former 
editions — and  there  has  been  six  since  it  was  first  published  in  1907 — are 
practically  out  of  print.  This,  naturally,  is  very  gratifying  to  th.e  Publishers 
and  to  myself.  The  Handbook  is  accordingly  now  to  be  published  every  year. 
.-^.11  business  communications  should  be  addressed  to  Me.ssrs.  McCarron, 
Stewart  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  but  all  correspondence  relating  to  the  literary  side  should 
be  sent  to  me. 

PRRCY  S.  AI,.l,KN. 
C/o  McCarron,  Stewart  &  Co.,  T.td., 

22,  24,  26  Goulburn  Street, 

S3'dney,    Au.stralia. 


PUBLISHERS'       NOTE 


■'T^Hr';  Publishers  desire  specially  to  acknowledge  the  valuable  services 
of  Mr.  Percy  S.  Allen,  who  is  a  recognised  authority  upon  Island 
matters.  There  is  no  one.  we  believe,  more  competent^  to  write  of  the 
wide  Pacific  as  a  whole,  and  we  consider  ourselves  forttinate  in  having 
retained  his  services  for  the  task.  Ivspecially  are  we  appreciative  of  the 
Bibliography  which  Mr.  Allen  has  been  at  such  pains  to  compile  for  this 
•edition.  We  commend  Mr.  Allen's  work  to  the  readers  as  the  most  authori- 
tative to  date. 

MCCARRON,    STEWART    &    CO.,    LTD. 


X!X. 


W.-W.Campbell&Co. 


L  I  M  ITE  D. 

Wholesale 
FURNITURE 

and 
FURNISHING 

Warehousemen. 


Our    STOCKS   arc   the   LARGEST  and  MOST 
ASSORTED  in  the  COMMONWEALTH. 


249  CLARENCE  STREET, 
SYDNEY. 


XX. 


McCappon, 
Stemapt  & 
Co,  Ltd. 


PUBLISHERS 
PRINTERS 
STATIONERS 
LITHOGRAPHERS 
ACCOUNT   BOOK 
MAKERS  &c.  &c. 


WAX    PAPER 


22-24-26  Goulburn  St., 

Sydnet), 

AUSTRALIA. 


XXI. 


BEST     FOR 
ANY    CLIME 

EMPIRE 
COCOA 


AS   GOOD    IN 
SUMMER 

AS  IN 
WINTER.  __ 

The  immense  popularity  of  this  Pure  Soluble  Cocoa  in 
Australia  is  entirely  due  to  merit.  We  did  not  expect  to 
get  the  market  with  a  Cocoa  inferior  to  the  pick  of  the 
imported— much  less  hold  it.  EMPIRE  COCOA  is  Aust- 
ralia's standard  Cocoa,  and  it  is  attractively  packed  and 
popularly  priced. 

EVERYBODY   LIKES    IT     All  Stores  Should  Stock 
it  for  their  Best  Customers. 

SILVER 

STAR 

STARCH 

Is     the    kind    that    Australian 

grocers  sell  a  ton  of  to  a  pound 

of  any  other  make.  There's  a  reason — it  is  a  pure  Rice 
Starch,  unexcelled  the  World  over.  Well  and  attractively 
packed  — "  The  Popular  Package," 

Sole  Manufacturers: 

ROBERT  HARPER  &  (  o.  Ltd 

Sydney,  Melbourne,   Brisbane.  Adelaide,   Fremantle, 


INDEX 


Abaian 

24 

Caroline  Islands  Bibliography     355 

Abeniama 

24 

Cartaret  Islands 

.  .      229 

Admiralty  Islands 

.  .      229 

Chathams         .  .           .  .        2 

)l.    363 

Agana  .  .          . .          . 

71 

Chesterfield  Islands    .  . 

21 

Alirno  .  . 

65 

Cliristnias  Island 

..      278 

Alofi 

.  .      277 

Conflict  Islands 

.  .      187 

Ambon 

170 

Cook  Islands   .  - 

38 

American  Samoa 

1 36 

,,             Bibliography 

.  .      349 

Anchorite  Islands 

.  .      220 

Cnrnwallis 

200 

Angaur 

57 

Antipodes 

.  .      292 

Danger  Islands 

^8,    281 

Ants 

58.     59 

D'Entrerasteaux  ''.roup 

.  .      183 

Apia     .  . 

113 

Ducie    .  . 

.  .      289 

Apclima 

113 

Duke  of  York  Islands 

.  .      223 

Aitutaki 

38,     42 

Dutch  New  Guinea    ..         169,    332 

Aru  Islands     .  . 

..      170 

Raster  Island 

.  .      286 

Atni 

42 

Bibliography 

..      361 

Auckland  Islands 

.  .      292 

Ebon    . . 

65 

Austral  Islands 

163,     354 

Efate 

6 

Aoba     . . 

.1.4 

Eitape 

.  .      220 

Acre      .  . 

4 

Elizabeth  Island 

.  .      289 

Amhrym 

•5 

EHice  Islands  .  .           .  .    24, 

25,  356 

Aneityum 

7 

Enderby  Islands 

58 

Aniwa  .  . 

8 

Enderburv  Island 

74 

Ananuka 

24 

Epi        ..■        .. 

5 

Arorae 

24 

Erromango 

..    1.    6 

Aurora 

p 

Exchequer  Islands 

.  .      229 

Bab-el-Tliaob 
Baker  Island  .  . 

57 
74 

Fakarava 
Fakfak 

160 
169 

Banks  Islands.  . 
Bass  Islands    .  . 

!.  0,  339 

.  .      289 

Fanning 
Fergusson  Island 

24 

183 

Bellinghausen 
Bern     .  . 
BiblioKvapIiy   . . 
Bi'-nie  Island  .  . 
Bismarck  Archipelaso 

][             Bibli 

.  .      289 

24 

.  .      322 

74 

223 

Trade     200 

^^graphy     332 

Fiji                                                   II 

„     Trade 293 

,,     Biblioi;raphv       .  .           .  .      343 
Flint  Island     .  .  '         .  .           .  .      289 

Fly  River         173 

Fotuna              . .           .  .           .  .          8 

French  Frigate  Atoll..           ..      290 

Friedrich   Wilhelmshafen   220,    223 

Bora  Bora 

157 

96 

292 

!           . .      "24 

I'riendlv  Islands 

90 

Boscawen 
Bounty  Islands 
Butaritari    "     .  . 

Funafut  i           .  .           .  .          25,    356 
Futuna              ..           ..        277     362 

Bouganville 

Buka 

244,    264 
24  4.    264 

Gambier  Islands         .  .        1( 
fiardner  Island 

il,    354 

74 

German  New  Guinea.  . 

.      220 

Campbell  Islands 

292 

'  Gerrit  Denys  .  . 

.      229 

Canton  Island 

74 

Gilbert  Islands 

24 

Caroline  Island  (Eastf 

rn  Paci- 

Bibliography 

.      356 

fir) 

.  .      280 

Gizo 

.      244 

Caroline  Islands 

65 

Goodenough  Island    .  . 

IS4 

XXTII. 

DRUGS,    CHEMICALS,    PATENT     MEDICINES 
PROPRIETARY     ARTICLES 
TOILET     ARTICLES,     PERFUMERY 
DRUGGISTS'     SUNDRIES,    &c. 

ON    SALE 

Elliott  Brothers,   Ltd, 

Druggists    and     Sundrymen 

Manufacturers    of 

Chemicals,  Pharmaceutical   Preparations, 
Pure  Acids,  Bismuth  Smelters  &r  Refiners 


Head   Offices   and   Warehouses: 

O'Conncll   &   Bligh  Sts.,  Sydney 

\  ehemical   Works   and    Laboratories  : 

IRON   COVE,   ROZELLE,   BALMAIN 


I  N  DEX 

Groene  (or  (jreeii)  Islanc 

i'Ai;i'; 
1       . .      230 

Ma'.o      .  . 

PAC  K 

4 

Guam  .  . 

..        70 

Mangaia 

38 

41 

Haapai 

96 

M?.ngare\-a 

161 

Hall  (ironp 

58 

Manihiki 

38, 

279 

Hawaii 

34 

Manna 

113, 

136 

,,      Bibliography  .  . 

.  .      357 

Marakei 

24 

Henderson  Island 

.  .      289 

Mare     .  . 

21 

Herbertshohe 

-'23,    224 

Marianne  Islands 

70 

Hermit 

229 

J, 

Bibliogrt 

phy 

355 

Hervey  Islands 

38 

]\Iaria  Island 

289 

Hilc       .  . 

35 

Marovo 

244 

Hiw 

9 

Marqueen 

229 

Hoirnlu 

58 

MarQuesas  Islands 

165 

Honolulu 

34 

^  J 

Bibliography 

353 

Howland  Islan:! 

14 

Marshall  Islands 

85 

Hiiahine 

157 

,, 

Bibliogr: 

phv 

355 

Hull  Island      .  . 

74,    289 

Mary  Island 

74 

Huon  Islands.  . 

21 

Maskeivne 
M?to 

5 
22 

Jaluit 

o5,    67 

Matty  .  . 

229 

Jarvis  .  . 

.  .      289 

Maui 

34 

Toannet  Island 

..       !82 

Mauke 

38 

,    41 

Tohnston  Island 

.  .      290 

Maupiliaa 
Merauke 

289 
169 

Kauai  .  . 

34 

Merelav 

9 

Kahoolawe 

34 

?.rKean  Islan 

d 

74 

Kaewieng 

.  .      226 

:\rokil    .  . 

59 

Kaiserin-Augusta  River 

220,    234 

:Mortlo(  ks 

5S, 

229 

Kilauea 

36 

^Midway 

283 

Kingsmill  Group 

24 

JMisinia 

182 

Kermadec  Group 

.  .      29 1 

Mitiaro 

38 

Keppells 

96 

Molokai 

34 

Kure     .  . 

284 

Mota     .  . 

9 

Kuria    .  . 

24 

Mo  tola  va 

9 

Kusaie  (Strong's)  Islanc 

•56,    59 

Nassau 

281 

Laclrone  Islands 

70 

Nauru  .  . 

30 

149, 

355 

Lanai    .  . 

34 

New  Britain 

223 

Lauglilan  Islands        .  . 

.       L85 

Nev/  Caledonia       ^  .  • 

16 

Laysan 

.  .      290 

Trade 

301 

Lifu 

21 

]] 

Bibhography 

341 

Lfisianskv 

.  .      290 

New  Gtiinea, 

Historical 

and 

Loh       . '. 

9 

(jcneral 

168 

Ivopevi 

.  .           5 

Bibliograpl 

V   .  . 

332 

Lord  Howe  Island 

27(»,    363 

Dutch  .  . ' 

169 

Lord  Howe's  Group   .  . 

.  .      241 

,, 

Papua 

170 

Louisiades 

.  .       1X2 

,i 

German 

220 

I<oyalty  Islands 

Ml,   20,    341 

New  Hano.  et 

223, 

229 

Low  Archipelago 

.  .       158 

New  Helindes 

Trade 

1 
305 

Madang 

.  .      220 

,, 

Bibliograj 

hv" 

339 

Maewo 

5 

New  Ireland 

223 , 

225 

Maiana 

24 

Ngatik 

58 

,    59 

Ma  jure 

65 

Nguna 

7 

Makatea 

161 

Niihau 

34 

Makin 

24 

Nine 

229 

Maiden 

282,    364 

Niuafoou 

96 

Malekula 

3 

Ninatoputabi 

1 

9(! 

XXV. 


Henry  Disston  &  Sons 

Inc.,  (AUSTRALASIA)  LTD. 
80    SUSSEX    ST.,    SYDNEY,    N.S.W. 


STOCK 


CIRCULAR  &  VERTICAL  SAWS.        BAND    SAWS.        FILES. 

CROSSCUT  &  PIT  SAWS.  MACHINE  KNIVES. 

SAW   SPINDLES. 


EMERY  WHEELS 
GRINDERS. 

HACK  BLADES 
and  FRAMES. 


SAW 
QUMMERS. 

SAWMAKER'S 
TOOLS. 


We  specialise  in  Saw  Repairs  of  all  kinds  and 
will  repair  any  make. 


INDEX 


Niue      . .  .  .  :38,  53 

Nonottti 

Norfolk  Island 

,,  Bibliography 

Norraanljy  Island 
Noumea 

Nui 

Nuitao 

Nukahi\  a 

Nukinau 

N-jkufetau 

Nukvialofa 

Niikuleilei 

Nurakita 


Oaliii  .. 
01)a  . . 
Ocean  Island 


Oeno     .  . 
Olosega 
Onotoa 
Ontong  Ja\-a 

Paama 
Pago  Pago 
Pakin   .  . 
Pahnerston 
Palmyra 
Papeete 
Papua  . . 
Paumotu 
Pelew  Islands 

Penrhyn 
Pentecost 
Phoenix  Islands 
Pingelap 
Pitcaini   Island 

Pleasant  Iskuid 
Ponape 

Pines,  Isle  of  ,  . 
Puka  Puka 
Pnrdy  Islands 


113, 

.'.  38, 

l;xs. 

Bioliographv 
3S, 


Bibliography 
149. 
56,   TxS,   60 

3X. 


PAiiE 

349 

24 

266 

360 

183 

17 

2o 

25 

165 

24 

2o 

96 

25 


34 
4 

20 
284 
280 
130 

24 
241 


136 

58 
280 
280 
157 
168 
354 

56 

355 

270 

5 

74 

50 
284 
361 
355 
,  65 

20 
281 
220 


Rabaul 
Raiatea 
Rakahanga 
Rapa     .  . 
Rarotonga 
Rikitea  ' 
Rimitara 
Rossel  .  . 
Rotumah 

,,  Biblioeraphv 


220, 


38, 
!03, 


224 
157 
280 
354 
38 
161 
163 
KS2 
276 


Rnk 

Rurntn 

Saniarai  .  . 

Samoa 

,,        (American)    .  . 
Trade 

,,        Bibliography 
Sandwich  (Port) 
Sandwich  Ihlands 
Santa  Cruz 
Santa  Maria     .  . 
Santo    . . 

Savage  (Niue)  Isi.mi! 
Savaii  .  . 

Scilly 

Sir  Charles  Hardy  Island 

Starbuck  

vSt  Aignan  (IMisinia)    .  . 
St.  John  Island 
Society  Islands 

Bibliography.  . 
Solomon  Islands 

,,  Bibliography 

Sudest 
Surprise  Island 

Suva 77 

Suwarrow        .  .  .  .  38. 

Swam's  Island 
Sydney  Island 


238, 


38 
113, 


PAGK 
5«i 

163^ 

181 
113 
13ft 
321 
345 
5 

34 

338 

9 

I,  4 

53 
119 
289 
230 
283 
182 
229 
154 
351 
238 
338 
182 

21 

sa 

278 

284 

74 


Tabiteuea 
Tafahi 
Tahiti  . . 

,,      P.ibliography 
Takutea 
Tauiana 
Tauna 
Tarawa 
Tegua  .  . 
Toga     .  . 
Tokelau 
Tone.a  .  . 

,,     Trade  .  . 
Bibliography 
Tongoa 
Torres  Islands 
Trade   . . 

Troliriand    Islands 
Tuamotu  Group 
Tubuni 
Tulagi  .  . 
Tutuiia 

Uleai     .  . 
Uluthi 

Union  Croup  .  . 
Upolu  .  . 


158, 
163, 


113 


113. 


24 

96 

..       154 

.  .      351 

38.    43 

24 

24 

9 

9 

24 

96 

.      315 

.      348 

7 

1.    9 

.      293 

.      185 

354 

354 

244 

136 


OS 

58 

24 

110 


X  X  \- 1 1 . 


■§—   ^  "Sf 

■ct 

o 

S  -a;  >.^ 

■^ 

UJ 

UJ 

O 

X 

uired. 

ve  Designs     Fr 

ready  to  put  to 

uahty,  and  ever 

ne  for  each  bui 

i 

-o 
'5 

ll 

< 

;sign  req 
nexpensi 
lumberec 
t-class  q 
of  each  1 

2 

z  ^ 

1= 

O 

1 

^ 

s^- 

:j 

s 

-< 
o 

CO 

«    o  1    oE 

"2 

z  s- 

O  i 

«=1 

i  -■    re 

0) 

X  s 

UJ 

up 

3  t 

X 

re 

(/3    B 

-< 

c3 

lU 

H- 

UJ 

t- 

^s 

u 

■H.OE-  E-- 

s 

c75  5     <     ^  O' 


<5-. 


INDEX                                 xxviii. 

PA(!K 

|'A(;e 

Uvea  (I.ovaltj) 

2) 

Vcstock            . .           . .           . .      290 

Uvea(Wallis).. 

..      277 

Vureas  Bay     .  .           .  .           . .          9 

Vailima 

..      120 

\\-allis  Isl.'uids             .  .           .  .      277 

^'aitupu 

.        25 

Bibliooraphv     362 

Vanikoro 

1 

Walpole  Island            .  /         .'.        21 

Vanua  Lava    . . 

9 

Washington  Island     .  .           .  .        24 

Vanna  I-evii    .  . 

..        77 

Woodlark         186 

Vavau 

96,    104 

Vila 

6 

Yap 56,    57 

Bird's-eye  view  of  Sydney  Harbor 

Printed  in  colours  ;    sheet   30  x  40  inches;   a  lovely   panoramic  view  of 
one  of   the  world's   most  beautiful  water  ways 


2s.  6d.  each 


Posted,  2s.  9d. 


Island  "^   graphic  detailed   Romance  of  a  life  spent  in  the  South  Sea 

.    .  Islands  by   Thomas  Trood,  late  British  Vice-Consul  at  Apia, 

li6IIllDlSC6uCoS     Samoa.     Paper  cover,  150  pages.  Price  53.,  postpaid. 

McCarron,  Stewart  &  Co.  Ltd.,  22-26  Gouibum  St.,  Sydney. 

\^rdleys 

Eau  de  Cologne 

(MAI)I';   IX   IvXCI.AXD  SIXCH    177(M 

IS     USED     IN     EVERY    CORNER     OF    THE    GLOBE 

Nowhere  is  it  better  appreciated  than  in  tropical  and  sul)-lrt)pical 
c-limates 

Obtainaljlf  from  all  warehouses,  \'c-.  in    Australia  and  Xew  Zealand 

YARDLEY     &     CO.     LTD. 

PERF  UM  ERS 
8      New      Bond      Street,      LONDON 

Australasian     Repr     sentative: 

CECIL  SMITH,  26  Clarence  Street,  SYDNEY 


Index  to  Advertisements. 


Adams  (William)  &  Co.,  Ltd.  1 37 
Allen  (Samuel)  &  Sons.      Bet.  34-35 

Australian  Drug  Co.,  Ltd.     .  IV. 

BankolN.S.W 371 

Bains  White  Ant  Extermina- 
tor, Co.,  Ltd 155 

Bird  (H.  S.)  &  Co 369 

Broomfield  (John)  I,td.        .  .  J7l 

Brunton  &  Co S7 

Bull  (Henrv)  &  Co.,  Ltd.     ..  148 

Burns.  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.     .  .  XV. 


Buzacott  &  Co.,  Ltd. 


Facing  20 


Calduells  Wines,  Ltd.         ..  I.. 

Callose  (B.)  &  Sons..  Ltd.    .  .  368 

Campbell  (W.W.)  &  Co..  Ltd.  XIX. 

"Chelsea"      ..           ..           ..  VI. 

Coastal    Farmers    Co-opera- 
tive Society..  Ltd.              .  .  178 
Cranbrook  School     .  .           .  .  X. 

Cunningham  (James)  <^  Sons  87 

Dalgety  &  Co.,  Ltd 221 

Dangar,  Gedye  &  Co.         Facing   17 

Deemer  (Mrs.  A.)      .  .           .  .  VI. 

Denver  Bros.              .  .           .  .  227 

De  Vine  (Miss  A.)     ..           ..  138 
Disston  (Henry)  &  Sons,  Inc. 

(Australasia^  I^td.            .  .  XXV. 


Eckersley  &  Son 
Elliott  Bros.,  T,td. 


156 
XXJII. 

.  XVII. 
40 
172 
267 
111 
239 


Farmer  &  Co.,  Ltd 

Foggitt,  Jones  &  Co.,  Ltd..  . 
Forsyth  (A.)  8:  Co.,  Ltd 
Forsyth.    Pizzey   and   Gates, 
Ford  (W.  M.)  Jnnr. 
Freeman  (S.)  &  Son,  Ltd.  . . 

Gardiner  (W.)  &  Co.,  Ltd.  .  .  :i8-99 
Glennie  Preparatory  School  IX. 
Gloria  Light  Co.  of  A'asia  Fac.  16 
Goodall  (T.  M.)  &  Co.,  Ltd. .  .        177 

Grimley,  Ltd XXX. 

Guyatt  &  Co.  .  .  365 

Hampden  Villa  .  .  .  .  VII. 
Hardman  Bros.,  Ltd.            .  .  93 

Harper  (Robt.)  &  Co.,  Ltd. .  .  XXI. 
Henderson  (T.  W.)  Ltd.  .  .  219 
HiUier  (H.)  Ltd.  .  .  Facing  21 
Hordern  (A.)  &  Sons,  Ltd.  .  .  II. 
Hooker,  Chapman  &  Co.  .  .  155 
Hotel  Svdnev  .  .  Facing  34 
Ho\vard\  S.  H .'46 

Ingall  Parsons  CHve  c'^-  Co.,  81 

Jaeger's  System  Co.,  Ltd.  .  .        124 

King's  Schccl  .  .  .  .        XI. 

Xodak  (Australasia),  Ltd.  ..  97 


I'age 
Las.setter  (F.)  &  Co.  Facing  35 

Lamb  (G.  N.)&  Co 246 

Lever  Bros.,  Ltd XX. 

Lockett  (Miss)  .  .  .  .      VII. 

Lubrano  &  Ferrari  (Svdney)        365 
Ludowici  (J.  C.)  &  Son,  Ltd.        222 


Major  Bros  &  Co. 
"  Monterey"  .  . 
Morgan  &  Co 
Morgan  (Geo.)  .*<:  Co. 
:Mor.nn  &  Cato,  Ltd.. 


162 
XI. 
135 

Ltd.  .  .        222 
Facing   182 


]\Iorri.son  (E.  D.)  &  Co.,  Ltd.        114 
Mouldings  Ltd 81 

"Napier,  The"         ..          ..  V. 

Mettleton.  Son  Sc  Co.            .  .        366 
Nicholson,  W 100 

Osaka  Shcsen  Kaisha  .  .        228 

Oversea  vSales  Agency  (Aust.)        245 

Parke,  Davis  &  Co 171 

Parsons'    Bros.    &    Co.    Pty.  XIII. 
Paterscn,  Laing  &  Bruce   .  .  XIIIa 

Paul  and  (^>ray.  Ltd.             .  .  337 

Peapes  &  Co.,  Ltd 76 

Perfumeries,  Ltd.      .  .           .  .  237 

Petersen,  Bcesen  &  Co.,  Ltd.  XII. 

Piggott,  C.  G 156 

Pincombe  (Sydney),  I^td.    .  .  112 

Oueens-iland  Intelligence  and 

Tourist  Bureau     ...  ..        123 

Railways,  N.S.W\  Gov'ment    XIV. 
Reid  (Robert)  &  Co.  Bet.  34-35 

IX. 

XXVII. 

.    VIII. 

III. 

Ltd.        124 

XXVIII. 

138 

147 

XI. 

370 

. .     VIII. 

88 


Sandv  (James)  &  Co.,  Ltd 
Saxton  &  Sons,  Ltd. 
Selby  (H.  B.)&  Co.,  Ltd. 
Smith  fW.  P.),  Ltd..  . 
Smith,  Copeland  &  Co 
Smith.   Cecil .  . 
Smyth  (J.  H.),  Ltd. 
Stott  and  Underwood 
Stratford  School 
Sutton  ( T . )    ... 
Swain  8:  Co.,  Ltd.     .  . 
Swallow  and  Ariell,  Ltd. 

Tattersall's  Hotel     .  .  . .  75 

Tyrrell's  Ltd.  .  .  .  .        353 

Union     Assurance     Societv,        368 
Union  S.S.  Co.   oi  N.Z.      '.  .  39 


Verev-Phillips 
Yose,  Ltd.      .  . 


XXXI. 
240 


Westphal  and  Clark  .  .  94 

White  (W.  W.)  &  Co.,  Ltd.  XIIIb 
Wills  (George)  &  Co.,  Ltd..  .  268 
Woods  (W.^Randle)  . .  82 


XXX. 
HEADQUARTERS    FOR    CARRIAGE  &  SADDLERY    GOODS 


IMPUKTERS 

and 

MANUFACTURERS 

OK 

Harness, 
Saddlery 

AND 

Cappiage 
IVlatemal, 

INCI-LDINC; 

Axles  Springs 

Forgings       Wheels 

Coach  Colors  and 
Varnishes 

Hickory  Wheelstuff, 

Shafts,  Poles,  Bars 

and  Bows 

Australian  Hardwood 

Spokes  Naves 

Felloes  Shafts 

Poles  and  Rims 


Buggy  Lamps  and  Mounts 
Leather  Dashes 
and  Rein   Rails 

Whips,     Hames.     Chains, 
Buggy    Saddles,     Leather 

Everything  required  to  make 
Saddles.  Harness  and  Vehicles 


GRIMIEY  UIVIITED,  263  to  267  Clarence  Street  SYDNEY 


When  you  are    selecting    your 

High-grade  Tailoring 

THE  NAME  is  the  thing  you  must  look  for  this  3'ear.  If  you 
take  any  chances  on  a  "nameless  product",  the  odds  are 
against  you  from  the  start.  During  the  pa.'it  twelve  months, 
the  two  well-known  high-grade  Tailoring  businesses  of 
B.  PHIIvIvIPS,  Quality  Tailor,  late  Pitt  Street,  Sydney,  and 
VEREY,  Theatrical  and  Sporting  Tailor,  of  King  Street,  Sydney, 
have  amalgamated.  You  now  get  two  names  and  two  repu- 
tations in  everything  we  make. 

Our  Specialist  Cutters  give  you  INDIVIDUAL  Treatment,  as 
we  always  aim  to  give  ".something  different"   For  Men  Who 


Care. 

OUR 


MAIL    ORDER     DEPARTMENT 


is  no  Fixrther  away  than  the  nearest  pillar  box.  \\e  shall 
be  pleased  to  send  Patterns  and  Self -Measurement  Forms 
ANYWHERIv.     Thev   are  simplicitv  itself. 

VEREY-PHILLIPS 

131-133    KING    ST.     SYDNEY 


A   New  Page  Announcing-  an 
Old    Trading    Co  m  p  any 

Who  have  been    Manufacturers  and    Merchants,   for 
over  30  Years,  of  the 

HIGHEST  CLASS  GOODS 

Used  in  the  PLUMBING,  GAS  FITTING 
and   MOTOR   ENGINEERING  TRADES 


J^obett  (J,  ^w'a/?  &  Co. 

LlSVllTE'D 

304  Pitt  St.,  SYDNEY 


SELLERS  OF  BEST  BRITISH  GALVANISED  CORRUGATED 
AND  PLAIN  IRON.  GALVANISED  GUTTERING,  RIDGING 
AND  DOWN  PIPE,  WROUGHT  IRON  TUBES  AND 
FITTINGS.  CAST  IRON  AND  LEAD  PIPES  AND  FITTINGS 
OF  ALL  DESCRIPTIONS.  BRASS,  COPPER  AND 
ALUMINIUM  TUBES.  SHEETS  AND  RODS.  MOTOR 
ENGINEERS  REQUIREMENTS,  PETROL  COCKS  AND 
UNIONS,    GREASE    CUPS    AND    LUBRICATORS. 

Sole  Agents  for  the   SCHEBLER    CARBURETOR. 

TOOLS  FOR  ALL  TRADES.  BEST  QUALITY  GOODS  AT 
MOST  ATTRACTIVE  PRICES.  LISTS  AND  CATALOGUES 
SENT  ANYWHERE. 

►•< 


Correspondence   Invited.  Prompt   Replies 


GADBURY  BROS.  Ltd. 


MANUFACTURERS     OF 


BOURNVILLE    COCOA  and 
CADBURY'S  CHOCOLATES 


J.  S.  FRY  &  SONS  Ltd. 


MANUFACTURERS     OF 


FRYS    BREAKFAST    COCOA 
and    FRY'S    CHOCOLATES 


COMBINED    AGENCY    and    Depot 
for  Island  Trade  .  . 


267  George    Street,    Sydney 


NEW    HEBRIDES— British  and  French. 

(DUAL   CONTROL.) 

THE  New  Hebrides,  comprising  about  30  inhabited  islands  varying 
greatly  in  size,  and  having  g,n  estimated  area  of  5,500  square  miles, 
are  situated,  roughly  speaking,  between  the  15th  degree  and  20th 
degree  of  south  latitude,  corresponding  in  that  respect  with  the  coast 
of  North  Queensland,  from  which  they  are  separated  by  some  20 
degrees  of  longitude.  Their  most  southerly  point  is  only  some  five 
or  six  days'  steam  from  Sydney.  Being  within  the  tropics,  therefore, 
and  in  the  midst  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  they  are  subject  to  the  trade 
winds,  and  their  climate  is  warm  and  humid,  with  a  wet  summer  and 
a  dry  winter,  the  latter  season  being  tolerably  cool  on  the  most  southerly 
islands  of  the  group.  With  soil  of  great  fertility,  the  New  Hebrides  form  a 
very  valuable  group.  They  were  discovered  in  1606  by  Ouiros,  who  anchored 
in  the  large  bay  of  St.  Filip,  in  the  northernmost  island,  now  generally  called 
Santo.  Misled  by  its  dimensions,  he  supposed  it  to  be  part  of  the  great 
southern  continent,  the  idea  that  filled  the  imaginations  of  all  the  earlv 
adventurers,  and  hence  he  called  it  "  Tierra  Australis  del  Espiritu  Santo."' 
Notliing  more  was  heard  of  the  group  till  1768,  when  Cook  sailed  on  his  first 
voyage  to  the  South  Seas  to  observe  the  transit  of  \'enus  at  Tahiti  ;  and  two 
years  after,  Wallis  and  Cartaret  had  proceeded  on  a  voyage  of  discoverv  in 
the  same  ocean.  About  this  time  Bougainville  ascertained  that  the  land 
discovered  by  Quiros  was  not  a  continent,  but  a  group  of  islands.  He  sailed 
through  the  passage  that  bears  his  name,  between  Malekula  and  Santo, 
and  landed  upon  the  island  of  Aoba,  which  he  called  Lepers'  Island,  having 
mistaken  a  skin  disease  with  wliich  the  natives  were  afflicted  for  leprosj'. 
It  was  left  for  Captain  Cook  to  give  the  group  its  present  name,  and  to 
thoroughly  explore  the  whole  ground,  on  his  second  expedition  in  1774, 
when  he  charted  and  named  most  of  the  islands,  headlands,  and  straits. 
The  French  Government,  in  1788,  sent  La  Perouse  to  the  islands,  but  he  was 
shipwrecked  on  Vanikoro,  the  southernmost,  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Group.  In 
1789  Bligh  sighted  the  Banks  Islands,  and  in  1793  d'Entrecasteaux,  sent  in 
search  of  La  Perouse,  saw  the  islands  of  Santa  Cruz.  Aimmg  the  other  early 
voyagers,  who  have  left  us  interesting  accounts,  are  Dumont,  d'Urville, 
Belcher,  Erskine  and  Markham.  Then  followed  a  sad  period  from  which 
few  islands  in  the  Pacific  escaped,  in  which  the  scum  of  the  white  race  carried 
on  their  blood-stained  trade  in  whaling  products  and  sandalwood.  The 
horrors  of  the  labour  traffic  for  the  Queensland  plantations  were  added,  so 
that  in  a  few  decades  the  native  race  was  so  weakened  that  in  many  places 
its  preservation  seems  hopeless.  The  only  factor  opposing  these  conditions 
was  the  Mission,  which  obtained  a  foothold  in  the  islands  under  the  Rev. 
John  Williams,  who  was  killed  in  1839  by  the  natives  of  I'-rromanga.  Hut 
A 


2  STKWAKT  S    HANI)    DOOK 

till-  rroU'slaiit  missionaries,  csperially  the  I'resUyteriaiis,  would  not  be 
repulsed  and  slowly  advanced  northword.  To-day  the  Presbyterian  Mission 
occupies  all  the  New  Hebrides  with  the  exception  of  Pentecost,  Aoba  and 
JIaewo.  To  the  north  lies  the  field  f)f  the  Anglican  (Melanesian)  Mission, 
extending  up  to  the  Solomon  Islands.  In  1848  Roman  Catholic  missionaries- 
settled  at  Aneityum  but  soon  gave  up  the  station.  In  1S87  they  returned 
and  spread  all  over  the  archipelago  with  the  exception  of  the  southern  islands 
of  the  Banks  group.  The  Church  of  Christ  and  otlur  Protestant  sects  are 
now  also  represented. 

The  ownership  of  the  New  Hebrifles  was  for  many  years  a  vexed  question. 
It  is  unnecessary  to  recapitulate  the  story  of  our  connection  with  the  group, 
though  we  may  remember  with  regret  that  for  a  short  time,  under  the  New 
Zealand  Charter  of  1840,  it  was  part  of  a  British  colony.  The  group  is  now 
under  the  joint  control  of  Britain  and  France.  There  have  been  many 
instances  of  peoples  of  the  same  race  and  language  amalgamating  under  one 
Government,  and  there  have  been  still  more  frequent  cases  of  one  nation 
overwhelming  another  and  imposing  its  laws  and  customs  on  the  subdued 
nation.  But  rarely  have  two  nations  of  about  equal  strength  and  of  diflferent 
blood  come  together  amicably,  and  by  voluntary  agreement  appointed  a 
court  to  judge  between  the  members  of  one  or  the  other  nationality  according 
to  the  laws  of  both.  Yet  that  is  what  the  British  and  French  have  done  in 
the  New  Hebrides.  There  the  unwritten  treaty  between  I'rance  and  Great 
Britain,  known  as  the  entente  cordiale,  has  had  the  most  tangible  reshlts,. 
for  it  has  changed  a  situation  that  well  might  have  been  a  second  Fashoda 
into  one  of  the  most  friendly  acts  ever  accomplished  between  once  hostile 
nations.  About  the  middle  of  last  century  British  subjects  began  to  settle 
in  the  different  islands.  Thcugh  P'renchnaen  claimed  that  the  "  dependencies  " 
mentioned  in  Despointes's  proclamation  referred  to  the  group,  yet,  in  1871, 
hardly  any  Frenchmen  had  settled  there,  wdiilst  there  whs  a  fairly  large 
number  of  British  traders  and  missionaries.  Most  of  their  trade,  however, 
passed  through  Noumea,  which  strengthened  the  French  argument  that  the 
islands  were  a  natural  adjunct  to  New  Caledonia.  The  French  settlers  who 
went  to  the  islands  under  the  auspices  of  the  New  Hebrides  Company  had  the 
benefit  of  practically  freetrade  with  France,  and  their  numbers  soon  surpassed 
those  of  the  British,  whom  to-day  they  outnumber  l>y  mere  than  two  to 
one.  Then  it  was  that  the  need  for  some  authority  or  court  to  settle 
disputes  began  to  be  felt.  Hitherto  a  passing  gunl)oat  was  the  only  emblem 
of  law  or  order  seen  in  the  group. 

In  1887  the  Joint  Naval  Commission  was  brought  into  being.  It  con- 
sisted of  two  officers  from  a  British  and  two  from  a  French  warship,  presided 
over  by  the  British  and  I'rench  Commandants  alternately.  The  duty  of  the 
commission  was  "  to  maintain  order  and  protect  the  persons  and  goods  of 
the  subjects  of  the  tw^o  nations  in  the  islands.'"  But  there  was  no  civil  law. 
Marriages  between  colonists  in  the  i.slands  were  considered  illegitimate,  a 
contract  could  not  be  enforced,  nor  could  one  colonist  proceed  against  another 
in  respect  of  a  non-criminal  offence.  Committees  which  were  formed  in  the 
populous  centres  sought  to  provide  a  tribunal  for  the  colonists,  and  marriages 
were  celebrated  "  in  the  name  of  public  morality."" 


OK, THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  ."J 

In  IS!).')  an  Arbitration  Court,  with  a  British  and  French  judge,  was 
tornied  by  the  colonists  themselves,  and  given  the  name  of  "  Special  Juris- 
diction of  the  Union  of  Colcnists."'  This  court,  however,  was  not  allowed  to 
sit,  the  Joint  Naval  Commission  having  imposed  its  veto.  Five  years  later 
both  the  British  and  F'rench  settlers  had  the  right  to  appeal  to  a  court  pre- 
sided over  by  a  judge  of  their  own  nation,  but  there  was  still  lacking  a  common 
tribunal  to  settle  disputes  arising  amongst  British,  I'rench,  or  natives.  There 
was  no  point  at  which  the  British  and  F'rench  courts  converged.  They  were 
parallel  jurisdictions  with  no  common  debating  ground.  So,  drawn  together 
by  the  differences  of  their  subjects,  the  British  and  French  Governments 
established  the  Condominium  Government,  which  came  into  existence 
otificially  at  Vila  on  December  2,  1907.  In  that  year  Great  Britain  and  F'rance, 
to  use  the  phrasing  cf  the  preamble  of  the  Convention  between  them,  "  being 
•desirous  of  modifying,  as  far  as  the  New  Hebrides  are  concerned,  the  con- 
vention of  November  10,  1887,  respecting  the  New  Hebrides  and  the  islands 
leeward  of  Tahiti,  in  order  to  secure  the  exercise  of  their  paramount  rights 
in  the  New  Hebrides,  and  to  assure  for  the  future  the  better  protection  of 
life  and  property  in  the  group  "'  agreed  on  certain  articles.  It  will  only  be 
necessary  to  quote  Article  1  as  to  status  : — "  The  group  of  the  New  Hebrides, 
including  the  Banks  and  Torres  islands,  shall  form  a  region  of  joint  influence, 
in  which  the  subjects  and  citizens  of  the  two  Signatory  Powers  shall  enjoy 
equal  rights  of  residence,  personal  protection  and  trade,  each  of  the  two  Powers 
retaining  jurisdiction  over  its  subjects  or  citizens,  and  neither  exercising  a 
separate  control  over  the  group.""  The  above  is  the  raisoii  d'etre  cf  the  Con- 
dominium of  the  two  peoples,  a  unique  experiment,  which  as  a  commercial 
specific,  has  not  perhaps  been  as  effective  a  remedy  as  it  deserved  to  be, 
though  the  grcup  and  its  lands  have  benefited  from  an  agricultural  view- 
point in  remarkable  development  owing  to  the  strenuous  exertions  of  the  mere 
or  less  sparse  settlers  of  both  nationalities.  This  has  been  and  is  a  good  deal 
retarded,  especially  in  the  island  cf  Efate,  by  insufficient  labour,  the  natives 
showing  no  eagerness  to  recruit.  The  plantations  as  a  whcle  are  accordingh' 
more  or  less  undermanned.  It  is  confidently  believed,  however,  that  con- 
ditions in  this  and  other  regards  will  soon  change  for  the  better,  and  the  rich 
tracts  of  land,  with  a  wonderfully  prolific  soil,  will  when  more  extensivelv 
cultivated  ensure  a  permanent  self-supporting  revenue. 

The  Joint  Court  was  established  according  to  the  Convention,  and,  as 
its  name  implies,  is  an  international  tribunal  composed  c  f  three  neutral 
magistrates  (President,  Public  Pro.secutor  and  Registrar)  and  twc  judges, 
one  British  and  one  French.  Another  neutral  functionary  under  the  title  of 
■■  Advocate  for  the  Natives,"  appointed  by  the  two  High  Commissioners,  assists 
and  represents  the  natives  before  the  Joint  Court.  An  official  interpreter- 
translator  translates  all  the  proceedings  in  both  languages.  The  dual  character 
of  the  Joint  Court  is  clearly  defined.  As  regards  civil  actions  it  decides 
definitely  the  landed  property  litigation  in  the  archipelago  and  all  litigation 
that  may  arise  between  natives  on  the  one  part  and  non-natives  on  the  other. 
In  criminal  jurisdiction  it  judges  all  misdemeanours  or  crimes  committed 
by  natives  with  regard  to  non-natives,  and,  generally,  breaches  of  the  Con- 
vention and  joint  regulations  derived  therefrom  ;  the  National  Courts,  British 


4  STKWAKT  S    HANI)    BOOK 

;iiul  I'reiuh,  Ininti  loiiipelciil  to  juduf  ;ill  other  cases.  The  Johit  Court^ 
therefore,  is  essentially  a  triljuiial  of  conciliation  and  arbitration.  Its  prin- 
cipal character  is  that  of  deterniininji  definitely  the  matriculation  of  lands 
in  confirmation,  after  due  examination  of  the  documents,  the  plans  or  titles 
of  occupation  of  the  colonists  and  natives,  and  .so  granting  to  the  interested 
parties  an  incontestible  title  to  property.  The  judgments  of  the  Joint  Court 
are  dcfimite  and  without  appeal,  and  are  executed,  according  to  the  case, 
by  the  British  or  French  Administration.  The  precedure  followed  is 
generally  that  of  the  nation  of  the  defendant  or  the  accused.  In  re.^ard  to 
the  work  of  the  Joint  Court  for  1018  it  has  been  called  upon  to  try  ;}7  cases 
of  breaches  of  the  Convention  of  October  20,  1906,  respecting  the  prohibition 
of  the  supply  of  alcohol  to  the  natives.  The  fines  inflicted  have  quadrupled 
as  compared  with  1917,  but  nothing  seems  to  be  effective  in  reducing  this 
nefarious  traffic  with  the  New  Hebrideans.  It  would  seem  to  call  for  nuuli 
sterner  action. 

The  New  Hebrides  proper  may  be  said  to  commence  in  the  north  from  the 
largest  island  in  the  chain,  viz.,  Santo,  which  is  about  6.3  miles  in  length  and 
:i2  miles  in  breadth.  It  is  heavily  wooded,  has  broad  and  fertile  valleys, 
and  is  watered  by  numberless  streams.  St.  I'ilip's  Bay,  on  the  north  coast, 
is  an  extensive  one,  having  a  shore  line  of  about  60  miles.  On  the  west  and 
in  the  interior  the  land  rises  to  a  height  of  several  thousand  feet.  Santo  Peak, 
in  the  south,  has  an  elevation  of  5,520  feet.  Evidences  of  Spanish  occupation 
liave  from  time  to  time  been  unearthed,  and  some  curious  ruins  are  said  to 
exist  near  Cape  Cumberland,  the  northern  extremity  of  this  island.  There 
is  a  fair  number  of  British  and  French  settlers  on  the  shore  line  and  on  Aore, 
a  little  island  between  the  southern  coast  of  Santo  and  Malo.  The  settlers 
are  mostly  located  along  the  Segond  Channel,  at  the  southern  extremity 
of  Santo.  A  number  of  small  islands  hug  the  coast  at  the. southern  end,  and 
these  are  nearly  all  occupied.  Santo  is  easily  first  in  extent,  soil  and  pro- 
ducts, and  should  have  a  big  future.  At  present  its  production  of  cotton  is 
amazing.  Near  Aore  is  Malo,  also  a  very  productive  island,  on  which  a  num- 
ber of  British  and  French  planters  are  doing  well.  Santo  has  a  numerous 
native  population  and  a  migratory  one,  for  one  will  find  Santo  boys  fairly 
well  scattered  over  the  group  as  far  south  as  Vila. 

AMiile  in  Santo  waters  a  call  niust  be  made  at  the  island  of  Aoba,  21  miles 
in  length  and  eight  or  ten  miles  across  at  its  greatest  width,  with  a  large 
native  population.  The  people  of  Aoba  are  quite  diflferent  from  those  of 
the  other  islands — light  coloured,  often  straight  haired,  with  Mongolian 
features.  They  are  good  looking  and  intelligent  and  their  habits  show  many 
Polynesian  traits.  Aoba  (.sometimes  spelt  Oba  and  Omba),  is,  like  its 
neighbours,  volcanic  in  origin  and  of  considerable  elevation.  It  lies  about  11 
miles  to  the  east  of  Pentecost,  which  island  is  a  good  deal  more  closely 
related  to  it  than  to  Maewo,  though  connection  by  canoe  \Adth  Aoba  is  more 
dangerous  and  Moewo  is  less  than  four  miles  a'*\'ay.  Aoba  was  the  scene  of 
the  murder,  in  October,  1906,  of  the  Rev.  C.  C.  Godden. 

The  next  largest  island  after  Santo  is  Malekula,  46  miles  in  length  and 
2;>  miles  in  width,  which  is  reached  throughout  the  Bougainville  Strait  after 
leaving  ^lalo,  and  is  well  settled  bv  white  planters';  all  in  the  vicinity  of  the 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLAXDS  5 

sea.  The  highest  elevation  is  IMount  Pinot,  2,925  feet,  in  the  centre  of  the 
island.  There  are  no  large  rivers  but  several  streams  of  fair  size.  The 
island  possesses  some  good  harbours  and  bays,  especially  a  fine  landlocked 
bay  called  Port  Sandwich,  on  the  south  coast.  Bushman's  Bay  and  Port 
Stanley,  on  the  north-east  coast,  are  also  well  sheltered.  The  interior  of 
the  island  is  not  very  well  known  yet  and  the  inland  tribes  are  somewhat 
truculent.  Those  on  the  coast,  however,  are  quite  friendly,  thanks  mainly 
to  the  efforts  of  the  missionaries  who  have  been  labouring  there  for  years. 
The  continuous  traffic  also  of  steamers  and  sailing  craft  through  the  islands, 
and  the  occasional  visits  of  British  and  Prench  men-o"-war  have  also  had  a 
pacifying  effect.  There  are  13  French  planters  in  ^lalekula,  all  of  whom  are 
engaged  in  the  copra  industry. 

Pentecost  is  another  fairly  large  island  with  a  length  of  28  miles,  and  a 
breadth  of  7  or  8  miles.  It  has  its  share  of  settlers  and  as  many  as  five 
Catholic  missions.  The  population  of  Pentecost  is  divided  into  two  distinct 
types,  the  people  in  the  north  resembling  the  inhabitants  of  Aoba,  while 
those  in  the  south  are  like  those  of  Ambryni.  Yet,  in  spite  of  the  close 
relations  with  Ambrym  the  art  of  sculpture,  so  highly  developed  in  the  other 
island,  is  entirely  lacking  the  south  of  Pentecost.  In  the- north  the  dress 
of  the  natives  is  similar  to  that  of  Aoba.  The  men  do  not  wear  the  nambas, 
while  the  women  have  a  small  mat  around  the  waist.  The  art  of  braiding  is 
brought  to  great  perfection  here,  the  mats  from  Pentecost  being  surpassed 
only  by  those  from  Maewo.  The  carving  of  the  clubs  is  the  most  elegant  in 
the  group.  Maewo  or  Aurora,  to  the  north  of  Penteco.st,  has  a  length  of  28-i 
miles  and  a  breadth  of  4  miles. 

Epi  is  from  2'y  to  30  miles  in  length  with  a  l)readth  of  1 1  miles.  Its 
highest  peak  is  about  2,700  feet  above  sea  level.  There  are  some  verj'  fine 
plantations  on  the  island.  Paama  and  Lopevi,  the  latter  a  volcanic  cone 
rising  to  a  height  of  5,000  feet,  are  islands  to  the  north  of  Epi. 

Maskelyne  Islands,  fronting  the  south-east  coast  of  Malekula,  are  a  group 
of  islets  standing  on  extensive  coral  reefs  upon  which  beche-de-mer  is  said  to 
abound.     There  are  only  a  few  inhabitants. 

The  volcanic  island  cf  Ambrym,  24  miles  by  17,  was  the  scene  of  a  great 
eruption  as  recently  as  1913.  At  8  p.m.  on  December  (i  of  that  year  five 
craters,  including  the  summit  of  the  island,  burst  into  activity.  At  7  a.m. 
on  Sunday  morning  the  peak  ilinnei  emitted  a  stream  of  lava,  which  destroyed 
the  mission  hospital  and  Mr.  Carmichael's  fine  plantation,  fusing  the  trees, 
like  so  many  matches.  On  the  following  night  two  new  craters  opened  up 
and  an  upheaval  of  lava  followed  which  prolonged  the  north-west  of  Dip 
Point  into  the  sea,  thus  altering  the  configuration  of  the  island,  and  laying 
waste  thousands  of  cocoanut  trees.  The  eruptions  devastated  evervthing  in 
the  stricken  area.  Hvmdreds  of  natives  were  rendered  homeless  but  there  was, 
fortunately,  little  loss  of  life.  An  earthquake  of  great  intensity  was  ex- 
perienced at  the  same  time.  As  showing  the  marvellous  recuperative  pro- 
perties of  the  island  it  may  be  mentioned  that  three  Catholic  missions,  as 
well  as  several  plantations,  arc  again  established  in  the  volcanic  region  as 
though  nothing  untoward  had  ever  occurred.     The  volcano  is  still  active. 


G  STHWAKT  S    HAND    H()(JK 

Efate  or  Sandwich  Island,  lying  about  midway  in  the  chain  of  islands, 
is  about  26  miles  in  length,  by  about  14  miles  wide  at  its  greatest  breadth, 
and  possesses  two  of  the  finest  harbours  in  the  group — Vila  and  Havannah. 
\'ila  is  the  commercial  centre  of  the  group,  and  is  the  site  of  the  British  and 
French  residencies  and  administrative  offices  of  both  Powers.  On  the 
right,  as  one  enters  the  port,  are  the  two  emerald  islets  of  "  I'ila," 
where  the  natives  live,  and  "  Iririki "  where  the  British  Resident 
Commissioner  (:\Ir.  Merton  King)  has,  on  the  highest  point  of  the  island, 
located  his  residence,  commanding  a  perfect  view  of  the  port  and  main- 
land. The  latter  can  be  reached  in  a  few  minutes  from  his  boat-house  on 
liis  daily  attendances  at  the  British  Residency  offices,  opposite  his  dwelling 
and  situated  on  a  high  and  picturesque  plateau,  flying  its  British  ensign  from 
a  tall  flag-staff  ;  a  sister  one  floating  over  Mr.  King  s  own  residence,  except 
when  he  is  absent  in  the  Government  steam  yacht  "  Euphrosyne  "  on  visits 
in  the  group.  The  prominent  buildings  dotted  here  and  there  on  the  hillsides 
above  the  business  portion  of  the  town  make  a  pretty  picture  against  their 
verdant  background.  Conspicuous  amongst  them  is  the  French  Residency 
w'ith  its  tricolour  flying  above  it  ;  and  the  great  Joint  Court  building,  some 
160  feet  in  length,  and  surrounded  like  the  Residency  with  charming  gardens 
filled  with  vivid  tropical  blooms  and  many  variegated  crotons.  The  Catholic 
Cathedral,  with  its  belfry  on  a  slight  declivity  of  the  same  plateau  is  then 
easily  made  out.  Going  a  little  higher,  the  residence  of  the  President  of  the 
Joint  Court,  situated  in  extensive  grounds,  next  arrests  the  eye.  The 
residences  of  the  British  Judge,  F'rench  Judge  and  Public  Prosecutor  follow- 
on  the  left.  Adjoining  the  President's  house  at  its  foot  is  the  wireless  station, 
with  its  two  great  pillars  some  165  feet  in  height.  Crowning  all  are  the  leading 
lights  of  the  port,  well  defined  in  small  vivid  white  lighthouses  at  intervening 
distances  on  the  face  of  the  hill.  To  the  right,  past  the  Registrar's  dwelling 
on  a  rise  (formerly  the  first  Joint  Court),  leads  one  to  the  British  plateau, 
where  most  of  our  British  residents  and  officials  have  their  residences.  One 
finds  there  a  well  ordered  and  well  kept  settlement,  flanked  with  the  barracks 
of  the  native  constabulary  and  an  extensive  exercise  and  football  ground. 
The  Presbyterian  Church  and  Manse  in  its  red-rocf  are  conspicuous  in  the 
landscape.  Looking  from  the  edge  of  the  plateau,  the  Pafon  ^lemorial 
Hospital  can  be  clearly  discerned  on  a  tongue  of  land  very  healthily  situated 
and  isolated,  and  open  to  the  S.E.  trade  winds.  A  little  narrow  guage 
tramway,  some  four  miles  in  length,  has  been  built  to  facilitate  the  transport 
of  produce  from  Tagabe  and  INIele  to  Vila  harbour. 

Erromanga,  whose  northernmost  point  is  about  60  miles  to  the  south-east 
of  Efate,  is  35  miles  in  length  and  25  is  breadth,  its  loftiest  elevation  being 
Traitor's  Head  (2,700  feet).  It  has  no  harbours,  but  in  several  of  its  bays 
good  anchorage  is  to  be  found.  Dillon's  Bay,  opening  to  the  north-west 
(the  principal  mission  settlement),  is  the  chief.  The  island  is  well  watered, 
and  extremely  fertile.  Erromanga  has  been  called  "  the  martyr's  isle  " 
on  account  of  the  many  missionaries  who  have  laid  down  their  lives  there. 
At  Dillon's  Bay  stands  the  Martyr's  Memorial  Church,  with  a  tablet  bearing 
the  inscription  :  "  Sacred  to  the  memory  of  the  missionaries  who  died  on  this 
island — John  Williams  and  James  Harris,  killed  at  Dillon's  Bay,  November 


OF  THE  PACiriC   ISLANDS  i 

30,  1839;  George  N.  Gordon  and  ICUen  C.  Gordon,  killed  May  I'O,  ISOl  ; 
James  Macnair,  died  July  l(i,  1870;  James  W.  Gordon,  killed  May  7,  1872  ; 
In  the  early  days  a  good  trade  was  done  in  sandalwood,  but  hardly  a  tree  is 
left  now.  I'ormerly  large  quantities  of  oranges  were  grown  on  the  islatid 
and  exported  to  Australia  for  the  benefit  of  tliE;  Presbyterian  Mission  by  the 
late  Rev.  Dr.  Robertson,  but  owing  to  the  tlien  shipping  difficulties  and 
length  of  journey  it  was  not  a  profitable  enterprise.  There  is  a  sheep  station 
on  the  island,  owned  by  Mr.  Martin,  from  which  \  ila  is  supplied  with 
mutton. 

Tanna,  lying  to  the  south  of  Ivrromanga,  will,  when  its  resources  are 
developed,  hold  an  important  commercial  position.  Captain  Cook,  its 
discoverer,  was  much  pleased  with  its  appearance  and  impressed  with  its 
importance.  The  soil  is  exceedingh'  fertile.  Even  the  highest  mountains 
are  covered  with  the  richest  vegetation  to  their  very  summits.  Cocoanuts. 
breadfruit  and  bananas  are  neither  so  plentiful  nor  so  good  as  on  some  of  the 
other  islands,  but  sugar-cane  , sweet  potato,  taro  and  yanas  are  not  only  plenti- 
ful, but  superior  in  quality.  The  most  interesting  natviral  object  is  the  ever 
active  volcano,  the  crater  of  which  forms  the  top  of  a  low  mountain,  about 
three  miles  inland  from  Port  Resolution.  Its  elements  are  sometimes 
exceedingly  troubled,  causing  a  deep,  long,  rumbling  noise,  like  the  roar  of  a 
distant  heavy  thunder,  followed  by  huge  columns  of  lurid  blaze  and  the  casting 
up  of  burning  stones  into  the  air.  There  is,  perhaps,  not  another  volcano 
in  the  world  so  easily  accessible,  fcr  in  half  an  hour  from  the  shore  its  foot  mat 
be  reached  and  in  another  half  hour  one  is  at  the  top.  At  the  base  of  the 
mountain  there  are  hot  springs  of  sulphurous  water.  The  highest  peak  on 
the  island.  Mount  Merren,  is  between  4,000  and  5,000  feet  high.  Thanks  to 
the  efforts  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Nicholson  excellent  roads  now  traverse  the  island. 

Tongoa,  the  largest  of  the  Shepherd  Islands,  which  are  the  centre  of  the 
group,  between  Epi  and  Efate,  has  a  circumference  of  eight  miles,  and  rises 
to  a  height  of  1,800  feet.  Excellent  roads  have  been  made  there  at  the 
instance  of  the  resident  missionary. 

Nguna,  close  to  the  north  side  of  Ivfate,  is  six  miles  in  length  and  four 
in    breadth. 

Aneitvuni,  the  southernmost  island  of  the  group,  is  about  3")  miles  in 
circumference,  its  highest  peak  being  about  3,000  feet.  A  small  strip  of 
alluvial  land  along  the  shore,  where  it  is  protected  by  a  reef,  with  the 
lower  part  of  the  larger  valleys,  include  most  of  the  cultivated  land,  and 
contain  the  principal  part  of  the  population.  The  island  is  well  watered, 
and  the  ingenuity  of  the  natives  is  seen  in  nothing,  perhaps,  so  nmch  as  in 
the  system  of  irrigation  by  which  they  water  their  plantations  of  taro  and  sugar 
cane.  There  are  swamps  in  different  parts  of  the  i.sland  which  are  extremely 
valuable  as  taro  grounds,  but  from  being  imperfectly  drained  are  also  pro- 
ductive of  ague  and  fever.  Cocoanuts,  breadfruit,  sugar-cane,  bananas  and 
taro  are  plentiful  ;  yams  are  produced  only  to  a  very  limited  extent,  whereas 
on  Tanna  they  are  a  staple  article  of  food.  The  sweet  potato,  arrowroot, 
pineapples,  custard  apples,  and  Cape  gooseberry,  oranges,  lemons  and  limes 
do  well.  In  former  days  a  brisk  trade  was  carried  on  in  sandalwood,  which 
however,  from  its  ruthless  depletion  is  now  scarce.     There  was  also  a  whaling 


8  STEWART'S    HAND    liOOK 

station  here  once.  Dr.  Inglis,  who  kept  a  meteoroloyical  register  at  his  station 
at  Ananie,  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  records  that  the  mean  teniperatxire 
in  the  shade  is  76  degrees,  the  highest  for  a  period  extending  over  many  years 
being  79  degrees  and  the  lowest  58  degrees.  The  island  is  said  to  have  had 
at  one  period  a  population  of  12,000,  but  this  number  is  now  reduced  tf) 
several  hundred.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Cunn,  now  of  Sydney,  was  for  many  years 
the  missionary  in  charge. 

Aniwa,  a  small,  flat,  reef-bound  island,  alxnit  seven  miles  by  two,  lies 
to  the  north-east  cf  Tanna.  It  has  no  harbour.  There  is  one  opening  in 
the  coral  belt,  through  which  a  boat  can  safely  run  to  shore.  The  late  Dr. 
Paton,  the  veterinary  missionary  of  the  New  Hebrides,  who  began  his  work  in 
Tanna  in  1858,  settled  on  Aniwa  in  November,  1866. 

Fotuna,  lying  between  Tanna  and  Aneityum,  has  an  area  of  four  square 
miles,  and  a  population  slightly  exceeding  300.  It  is  of  high  elevation  and 
Dr.  Gunn,  while  missionary  at  Aneityum,  made  of  it  a  capital  sanatorium. 

Numerous  small  though  fertile  islands  lie  like  dots  everywhere,  especially 
in  the  centre  and  northern  parts  of  the  group. 

The  natives  vary  very  considerably  from  island  to  island.  In  some  places 
they  are  true  Polynesians,  tall,  light-coloured,  and  with  almost  straight  hair  ; 
but  the  rest  are  dark-skinned  and  woolh'-haired  people,  who,  although  with- 
out the  pronounced  Papuan  features,  are  undoubtedly  of  that  stock.  There 
are  at  least  20  quite  distinct  languages  spoken  in  the  group.  At  one  time  the 
New  Hebrides  formed  the  almost  sole  recruiting  ground  of  the  labour  traffic, 
the  natives  being  taken  away  in  large  numbers — often  bjj^  force  or  fraud — 
to  work  on  "the  plantations  of  Queensland,  Fiji,  and  New  Caledonia.  In 
most  cases  the  only  accomplishment  they  brought  back  was  the  facility  of 
swearing  in  English.     The  population  is  approximately  65,000. 

The  islands  from  a  geological  point  of  view,  are  composed  of  coral  and 
volcanic  rocks,  in  most  instances  mixed  up  together,  but  w-ith  the  former 
apparently  predominating  in  extent.  In  sailing  round  the  group  one  is 
struck  with  a  certain  difference  between  the  aspect  of  the  islands  as  seen  from 
the  east  and  as  seen  from  the  west.  On  the  west  and  north  sides  the  mountain 
ridges  are  to  a  larger  extent  "  bald,"  or  bare,  except  as  regards  grassj^  vege- 
tation, while  on  the  east  arboreal  vegetation  is  more  prevalent.  This  dif- 
ference is  due  to  the  action  of  the  south-west  trade  winds,  which,  while  making 
anchorage  for  shipping  less  secure  on  the  east  coast,  carry  with  them  copious 
supplies  of  moisture,  and  give  rise  to  more  luxuriant  vegetation  there.  The 
group  was  visited  by  a  severe  hurricane  on  November  9,  1918,  this  being  the 
first  visitation  of  that  nature  that  has  occurred  in  that  month  within  the 
memory  of  the  oldest  inhabitant.  The  northern  islands,  Epi  especially, 
suffered  most.  Minerals  are  but  little  ascertained.  Tanna  has  an  almost 
inexhaustible  supply  of  sulphur.  Of  the  mammals  there  are  only  the  pig, 
dog,  a  flying  fox  and  the  rat,  of  which  the  first  two  have  probably  been 
imported  by  the  natives.  There  are  but  few  birds,  reptiles  and  amphibians, 
but  the  few  species  there  are  very  prolific,  so  that  we  find  swarms  of  lizards 
and  snakes  the  latter  all  harmless  but  occasionally  cf  considerable  size. 
Animal  life  in  the  sea  is  very  rich,  turtles  and  man}-  kinds  of  fish  and  cetacea 
being    plentiful. 


OF  THE  Pacific  islands  9 

TORRES  AND  BANKS  ISLANDS. 

The  Torres  and  Banks  groups  are  included  with  the  New  Hebrides  under 
the  dual  control  of  France  and  England. 

The  Torres  Islands,  which  lie  between  Santa  and  the  Santa  Cruz  group, 
consist  of  four  inhabited  islands  (Toga,  Loh,  Tegua  and  Hiw),  having  no  direct 
communication  with  Sydney.  The  natives  have  the  reputation  of  being  quiet 
and  friendly,  but  have  not  had  as  much  intercourse  with  the  outside  world 
as  those  in  the  other  islands.  It  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  this  group  will 
have  the  importance  of  its  larger  neighbours. 

The  Banks  group,  lying  south  of  the  Torres,  and  about  100  miles  to  the 
northward  of  the  New  Hebrides  proper,  consists  of  Vanua  Lava,  about  16 
miles  in  length,  Santa  IMaria,  almost  the  same  size,  and  a  number  of  smaller 
islands.  At  the  exteme  end  of  the  group  is  a  circular  islet  called  Merelav 
(Star  Peak)  with  a  peak  about  3,000  feet  high.  Star  Peak  well  describes 
the  scope  of  this  island  which  is  just  the  cone  of  a  volcano,  long  dormant, 
rising  steeply  out  of  the  sea.  There  are  several  shoulders  which  spreading 
at  the  base,  make  a  star-like  figure.  Santa  Maria,  as  the  name  suggests, 
owes  Jts  discovery  to  the  Spaniards  three  hundred  years  ago.  Volcanic  in 
origin,  there  are  two  peaks  in  the  north  of  the  island,  and  between  them  lies 
an  immense  crater  occupied  by  the  only  lake  worthy  of  the  name  in  Melanesia, 
being  about  five  miles  in  length.  The  natives  of  Mota  (Sugar  Loaf  Island) 
are  very  hospitable.  Some  eight  miles  to  the  north  lies  Motalava  (Great  Mota) 
which  Bligh  called  Saddle  Island.  The  group  is  memorable  as  having  been 
discovered  by  Bligh  during  his  passage  to  Timor  in  the  open  boat,  in  which 
he  was  set  adrift  by  the  mutineers  on  the  "  Bounty."  Like  the  New  Hebrides, 
the  islands  are  of  volcanic  origin  and  extremely  fertile.  Vanua  Lava  is  the  ter- 
minal point  of  Burns,  Philp  &  Co.'s  steamers  maintaining  the  Commonwealth 
mailservice  through  the  New  Hebrides,  and  contains  a  verj^  fine  harbour  m 
Port  Patteson,  which  was  discovered  by  the  Bishop  of  New  Zealand  in  1857, 
and  named  after  him.  Vureas  Bay  is  another  good  anchorage.  There  is  on 
\'anua  Lava  a  half  extinct  volcano  whose  activity  shows  principally  in  sul- 
phur springs,  and  there  are  large  sulphur  deposits  which  were  at  one  time 
worked  by  a  French  company  but  the  enterprise  had  to  be  abandoned.  The 
natives  of  these  islands  as  well  as  those  of  Santa  Cruz  and  Torres,  are  a  superior 
race  to  the  New  Hebrideans,  being  light  in  colour  and  of  a  fine  physique.  The 
Melanesian  Mission  has  long  been  established  in  this  group,  and  has  made 
great  headway.  In  course  of  time  the  Banks  group  will  become  of  consider- 
able importance,  both  commercially  and  strategically. 

TRADE  OF  THE  GROUP. 

The  value  of  the  exports  from  the  New  Hebrides  for  1916,  including  cocoa, 
coffee,  copra,  cotton,  maize  and  sandalwood,  was  £169,026,  of  which  sum 
£43,o61  17s.  8d.  was  allocated  to  Sydney  and  £12.5,46+  4s.  to  Noumea.  This 
shows  that  the  Archipelago  is  one  of  great  possibilities,  when  such  a  result  is 
obtained  at  a  time  of  unheard  of  stress,  and  with  the  depletion  the  war  has 
caused  in  the  French  and  British  population,  when  its  paucity  is  considered 
and  the  fact  that  a  number  of  the  plantations  are  lying  almost  fallow  for  want 
of  hands.     The  taxes  are  light  and  the  dual  Governments  are  averse  from 


10  sti;\vart's  iiaxh  dook 

increasing  llieni.  Recourse  has  therefore  to  L-e  had  to  the  two  nations  in- 
terested for  njjkeep,  but  the  Archipelago  is  a  sound  asset  and  must  come  in 
time  to  the  full  plentitude  of  its  own.  At  present  copra  is  its  principal 
export,  though  cottoii  in  the  north  may  some  day  run  it  close.  The  exports 
of  copra  totalled  in  191(5,  4,l()o,929  kilogranunes  or  4,100  tons  6  cwt.  2  qrs,  ; 
coffee,  20.3,018  kilos,  of  which  6,451  kilos  went  to  Sydney  ;  cotton,  l,740.67o 
kilos,  including  ll,2.'J0  to  vSydney  ;  maize,  1,223,996  kilos,  with  .32.3,999  to 
Sydney  ;  sandalwood,  112,604  kilos,  with  24,88o  to  Sydney,  this  collection  of 
products  totalling  S,101,14S  kilos,  Noumea  receiving  5,71.3,8.36  kilos  and  Syd- 
ney 2,.387,312  kilos.  These  are  big  figures  for  so  comparatively  few  pro- 
<lucing  i.slands  at  present,  and  with  a  more  densely  populated  group  a  vastU' 
superior  result  w<mld  of  course  be  shown.  The  export  of  cocoa  is  on  the  increase, 
228,961  kilos  being  shipped  to  Noumea,  but  some  is  now  exported  to  Australia. 
The  export  of  coffee  and  copra  from  Efate  diiring  the  past  two  or  three  years 
has  been  sensibly  diminished  l)y  two  diseases  that  attacked  the  trees — the 
first  known  as  the  '"  liemileia  vastatrix,"  that  devastated  the  coffee  plantations, 
which  have  now,  however,  been  almost  totally  replaced  by  a  new  disease- 
resisting  seed  loiown  as  the  "  robusta."  The  cocoanut  trees  were  attacked 
by  a  pernicious  black  beetle  that  has  also  been  mostly  stamped  out  and  it  is 
estimated  that  in  another  couple  of  years  the  yield  of  both  products  will  be 
fully  restored. 

.OFFICIALS. 

NATIONAL    KSTABIJSHMKNTS. 

dreat  Britain  : — Resident  Commissioner  :  ]\rerton  King,  C.M.G.,  with 
staff  of  four  officials  ;  Judicial  Commissioner,  Higli  Commissioner's  Court  : 
H.  de  Burgh  O'Reilly  ;  Master  of  British  Government  Yacht,  I.t.  Cr.  C.  L. 
Barrett,   R.N.R. 

France  : — Resident  Commissioner  :  I,.  Miramende  (on  leave),  J',.  Lipp- 
mann  (acting);  Juge  de  Paix,  J.  Mabille  ;  Staff,  Chancellor,  L.  Niellv,  four 
Clerks,  two  Typists,  one  labour  Inspector,  Police  Commandant  (French 
section,    M.    Devambez),  "Registrar-Notary,   M.    Rieu. 

Medical  Service  : — One  Doctor,  one  Hospital  Attendant  (Regimental), 
three  Nuns  (Nurses). 

Public  School  : — One  ^Mistress,  one  Attendant. 

Religious  School  for  Boys  : — Two  Catholic  Missionaries. 

Religicus  School  for  Girls  : — Nuns. 


CONDOMINIUINI  ESTABLISHMENTS. 

Joint  Court: — President,  Count  de  Buena  Esperanza  (on  leave)  ;  Dr.  H. 
H.  Goeman  Borgesius  (acting  as  President)  ;  British  Judge,  H.  de  Burgh 
O'Reilly  ;  French  Judge,  J.  J.  Mabille  ;  Public  Prosecutor,  vacant,  Jules  de 
Leener  (acting)  ;  British  Registrar  (acting),  H.  Pieremont  ;  I'rench  Registrar, 
(acting),  E.  Fourcade  ;  Interpreter-Translator  to  Joint  Court,  Wilson  de 
Couteur  :  Registry  Clerks,  H.  Pieremont,  I-:.  Fourcade,  M.  Coursin  (on  active 
service),  J.  Devambez,  junior;  and  Bailiff. 

Con.stal>ulary  : — British  Commandant,  Major  Edwin  Harrowell  (on  leave), 
V.  E.  Johnson  (acting)  ;  French  Commandant,  M.  Devambez,  Senior. 

Cu.stoms  : — Collector,  H.  H.  I'ourcade  ;  Assistant  Collector,  W.  L-  Bell. 

Post  Office,  Telegraph  and  Treasury  : — Postmaster  and  Treasurer, 
M.  ilaj'et  ;  Clerk  and  Supervisor  of  Telephone  lines,  —  Belloc  ;  Telephonist, 
^Sliss  McCoy  ;  Operator.  Radiotelegraph  Station.  M.  Courtois. 


or  THE  PACIl-IC  ISLANDS  1  I 

Medical  : — Cdudominiviiu  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  Paidet. 

Port  of  Vila  :— Health  Officer  (British),  Dr.  T.  W.  Hoggarth  ;  Health 
Officer  (French),  Dr.  Paiilet  :  I,ight  Keepers,  F.  Yager  and  L.  Kettywane. 

Island  .Services  : — Government  Agents  :  Lsland  of  Tanna,  J.  ^I.  Nicol  ; 
Island  of  Malekula,  M.  Rousselot  ;  Island  of  Santo,  T.  R.  Salisbury  (on  active 
.service),  Island  of  Aoba,  vacant. 

Works  Superintendent  : — Kenneth  Mackenzie. 


BRITISH    MISSIONS  • 

The  Melanesia!!  Mission  (.Anglican)  : — Island  of  l'e!itecost  :  Rev.  C. 
Turner  and  Mrs.  Turner,  ^liss  Hardacre  and  Miss  Nellie  ^\■;llian!S  ;  Island  of 
Aoba  :  Rev.  A.  S.  Webl)  ;  Banks  Islands  :  Rev.  R.  Tempest,  Rev.  R. 
Hodg.son  a!id  Rev,  R.  Godfrey. 

The  Presbyterian  Mission  : — Islands  of  Anietyum  aiul  Ivrromango  : 
Rev.  J.  C.  Rae  ;  Islands  of  Tanna  and  Aniwa  :  Rev.  T.  McMillan  ;  Island  of 
Efate  :  Rev.  Iv.  M.  K.  Raff,  Rev.  Dr.  T.  W.  Hoggarth  (Medical  Superinte^dent 
of  the  "  John  G.  Paton  "  Jlemorial  Hospital)  ;  Island  of  Xguua  :  Rev.  P. 
Mih!e,  Rev.  W.  V.  Milne  ;  Island  of  Tongoa  :  Rev.  O.  Michelsen  ;  Island 
of  Fpi  :  Rev.  J.  B.  Weir;  Island  of  Paama  :  Rev.  M.  Frater  ;  Lsland  of 
Malekula  :  Rev.  F.  J.  Paton,  Rev.  J.  S.  Jaffray.  Rev.  R.  Boyd  and  Rev.  Dr. 
Sandilands  ;  Island  of  Santo  :  Rev.  l'\  G.  Bowie,  Rev.  IC.  Mackenzie  (on  active 
service)  ;  Malo  :   Rev.  D.  L.  Paters'. u. 

The  Church  of  Christ  .—Island  of  -|oba  :  Mr.  A.  T.  Wallen:  :  Island  of 
Pentecost  :   Mr.  F.  G.  I'ilmer. 

Seventh  Day  Adventists  : — Lsland  of  Malekula:  Jlr.  and  Mrs.  A.  J. 
Stewart  and  Mr.' and  ilrs.  N.  Wiles.  Atchin  (off  Malekula)  :  ]Mr.  and  Mi's. 
Ross  James. 

Mission  Hospitals  : — Vila,  Ivfate  :  ""  The  J  dim  (\.  Paton  Memorial  " 
Hospital,  The  Rev.  Dr.  T.  W.  Hoggarth.  ^ledical  Superintendent  :  Wala. 
^lalekula  :  Rev.  Dr.  S.  Saiidilaiiils,  ^Medical  Su]>erii!tendeut  ;  Hog  Harbour, 
Santo  :  Rev.  Dr.  F,.  ^Mackenzie,  Medical  Superintendent  (closed  during  abseiice 
of  Medical  Superintendent  on  active  service)  ;  Lenakel,  Tanna :  Rev.  Dr. 
J.  C.  Nicholson,  Medical  Superintendent  (closed  during  absence  of.  Medical 
Superientendent  on  active  .service).  N.B. — These  hospitals  are  all  supported 
by  the  Presbvterian  Mission,  the  Vila  and  Tanna  Hospitals  receiving  graiits 
in  aid  from  the  rtovernment. 


BRITISH    RESIDENTS. 

Vila,  Kfate  :— Alcidc,  ].,  wife  and  c'lild,  Barrett,  C.  I,.,  Bell.  \V.  L., 
r.rowns,  R.  L.  P.,  wife  and  child,  (ribbes.  A.,  and  wife,  Henderscui,  R.  R., 
Hoggarth,  Dr.,  W.  T.,  wife  and  child,  Hope,  — .,  Hunt,  J.,  John.son,  F.  K., 
wife  and  two  children.  King,  ]M.,  le  Couteur,  W.,  ^SlacCov,  W.,  MacCoy,  S., 
wife  and  two  davighters,  MacCoy,  C,  Martell,  W..  :Mills,  G.  M.,  O'R'eilly, 
H.  de  B.,  and  wife,  Pieremont,  H.,  wife  and  two  children.  Quintal,  — .. 
wife  and  child,  Raff,  Rev.  IC.  and  wife,  Reid,  R.  A.,  Avife  and  two  children. 
Russ,  Mrs.,  and  four  children,  vSeagoe,  F.  H.,  wife  and  two  children,  vSmithsou. 
C.  H.,  wife  and  child,  Stronije.  R.  St.  C,  wife  anrl  two  children,  S\\  vres.  Miss. 
Turner,  Miss,  Wallace,  I".  IC.,  wife  and  daughter,  Wat.s(,n,  A.,  Whittle.  J. 
\\'.  S.,  Williamson,  Miss,  Yager,   I"".,  and  wife. 

Mele  Ivfate  : — MacCoy,  C,  wife,  four  children.  Wrench,  W.  R. 

I'ndine   Bav,  ICfate  : — Aiulersou,   W.,   wife  and  child,   Roche,   L.  C.    I". 
Roche,  G.  H.,  Ross,  C,  and  wife. 

Nguna  : — Milne,  Rev.  P.,  Milne,  Rev.  W.  \'.,  wife,  three  cliildren,  I'.s.sher. 
N.  G.,  wife,  twf;  children. 

Emaie  : — I'loren^;,  A.  G.,  Johnson.  T. 

Pentecost  : — Cameron,  C.  C,  I-'ilmer,  I".  G.,  wife,  twfj  children,  Hardacre. 
iliss.  Turner,  Rev.  C,  wife  and  child,  \\'illiains,  Mi>s. 


12  STKWART  S  HAND   BOOK 

Aoba  : — Purely,  G.,  vSpooner,  p\,  Waters,  T.  A.,  and  wife,  \\'ebb.  Rev.  C. 

Santo  : — Axam,  S.  A.,  wife  and  two  children,  Bain,  h.  P.,  Barclay,  D.  R., 
wife  and  two  children,  Bowie,  Rev.  K.  G.,  and  wife,  Bowie,  W.  A.,  Bramwell,  J., 
Clapcott,  R.  O.  D.,  Dalryniple,  H.  W.,  and  wife,  I'vsh,  J.  Iv.,  Hawkesby,  J., 
wife  and  child.  Hawker,  Iv,  wife  and  child,  Kerr,  D.  H.,  and  wife,  Paterson, 
Rev.  S.  L.,  and  wife,  Salisbury,  T.  R.  (on  active  service),  Shepperd,  Mrs.  and 
Miss,  Stephens,  T.  C,  wife  and  five  children,  Thomas,  A.  vS.,  Thomas,  H.  (on 
active  service),  Watson,  Mrs.,  Wat.son,  R.,  Wat.son,  J.  W.,  Wells,  Mrs.,  Wells, 
S.,  Wells,  W.  J.,  Wells,  E. 

Banks  Islands  : — Aldington,  — .,  Collis,  G.,  wife  and  child,  Godfrey, 
Rev.  R.  Morris,  F.,  Oelrich,  C,  Tempest,  Rev.  R.,  Whitford,  F..  and  family 
(eight  children),  Godfrey,  Rev.  R. 

Malekula  : — Carrol,  — .,  Hanibi  ;  Corlettc,  E.  A.  C,  Port  Stanley; 
F'leming,  F.  J.,  Bushman's  Bay  ;  Hopcraft,  y.  B.,  Hambi  ;  I^ang,  W.,  Tisman 
Bay  ;  McAfee,  E.,  South  West  Bay  ;  Wright",  J.,  Rano. 

Aoba  : — Purdy,  G.,  Ndui  Ndui. 

Epi  : — Ayton,  W.  J.,  Mapuna  ;  Baillon,  D.,  Ringdove  Bay  ;  Coverdale, 
H.,  Botlo  ;  Fletcher,  R.  G.,  Lamaru  ;  Eraser,  A.  D.,  Onela  Wea  Bay  ;  Neil 
Mrs.,  Sakau  ;  Reynolds,  E.,  Ngala  ;  Roxbrough,  H.,  Voambi  :  Sarginson,  E., 
Burrumba  ;  Swallow,  T.,  Bonkooia  ;  Zeitler,  A.,  Zeitler,  Ringdove  Bay. 

Anibrym  : — F'lorens,  G.  F.,  King,  W.  G.,  Nicols,  A.  ,  Collins,  — . 

Aneityum  : — Wilson,  J.  P.,  I'-reeman,  H.,  Freeman,  F. 

Tanna  : — Carruthers,  J.  H..  White  Sands  ;  Carruthers,  Mrs.,  White  Sands  ; 
Robertson,  A.  E. ,  Lenakel  ;  Suggett,  C,  Lenakel  ;  Shinbsole,  — .,  \\'hite 
Sands,  Rev.  J.  C.  Rae. 

Erromanga  : — Martin,  S.  O.,  Dillon  Bay. 

There  are  also  a  number  of  persons  of  foreign  nationality  who  are  under 
the  British  legal  system.  They  are  : — United  States  of  America  :  F.  Cole- 
man (Aoba)  and  R.  L.  Cha.se  (Vila,  Efate)  ;  J.  C.  Berg  (Ambrym),  F.  F.  F. 
Bullring  (Paama),  — .  Freeman,  family,  four  members  (Aneityum),  H.  Grube 
and  wife,  and  W.  Grube  (Anibrym),  R.  Hoffmann  (Aoba),  and  F'.  O.  Schmitz 
(Erromanga)  ;  Norway  :  Rev.  J.  O.  Michelsen,  wife  and  two  children,  and 
J.  F.  Newman,  wife  and  two  children  (Tongoa). 

Mercantile  Firms  : — Burns,  Philp,  Ltd.  (Mr.  St.  Clair  Stronge,  manager). 
New  Hebrides  Co-operative  Association,  de  Bechade  Estate,  Ballande  &  Co., 
D.  Gubbay,  Newman  Co.  (Tongoa),  Oceanic  Rubber  and  Trading  Co.  (Banks 
Islands). 


FRENCH    RESIDENTS. 

Efate  Island  : — French  Commercial  Houses  in  \'ila  :  Comptoirs  Fran- 
cais  des  Nouvelles  Hebrides  Company  (Manager,  .Vlcide  Anger,  six  clerks)  ; 
Comptoirs  Internisular  Steamer,  s.s.  "  St.  Michel,"  "'  Verdun,"  ketch 
(auxiliary)  ;  de  Bechade  Estate  (Manager,  F.  vSchmidt,  eight  employees)  ; 
Interinsular  steamer,  s.s.  "  Pervenche,"  auxiliary  schooner  "  Snark,"  ;  Co- 
operative Association  (Manager,  M.  ]\Iy),  and  other  Stores,  ISIr.  Cayrol, 
Mrs.  Vincent,  Mr.  Boulerand. 

Hotels  : — Mr.  Ohlen,  Mr.  Goudard,  ]Miss  Volcy  and  Licensed  Publicans. 

Butcher  : — Mr.  RoUand. 

Bakers  :— Mr.  Goudard,  Miss  \'olcy. 

Masons  : — Messrs.  Anglan,  Baude. 

Builders  and  Carpenters  : — Messrs.  Courtois,  (roudard. 

Laundries  : — Widow  RoUand  and  Nam. 

Saddler  : — Mr.  Dunis. 

Blacksmiths  : — Comptoirs  Francais  Co.,  ]Mr.  Agez.  Mr.  Devaux. 

Tailor  : — Mr.   Cayrol. 

Commission  Agents  : — Messrs.  My  and  Coursin. 

Shipwrights  : — Mr.  Fricotte  and  Mr.  Lecaime. 

Tinsmith  : — Mr.   Dilenseger. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  13 

Mele  District  : — I^icensed  Publican  :  ^Irs.  Vincent.  Traders  :  Messrs. 
Galibert,  Canstard  de  Narbonne. 

Havannah   Harbour  : — Cattle   Breeders  :  Messrs.   Agez.    Jeannin-Kabar. 

Traders  and  Copra-makers  in  the  North  : — ^lessrs.  Zeitler  and  Hagen, 
Widow  Berger,  :\Ir.  Germain,  ]Mr.  Ess,  ]Mr.  Long,  :\Ir.  Carion,  Fcssard  Brothers, 
Douyere  Brothers,  Montaigne,  Bressler,  Camps,  Calonne. 

Ship  Carpenters  :.  .Mr.  Ch.  Lecaime,  Alb.  Griniand. 

Boat  Builders  and  Carpenters  : — Mr.  Gardel,  Mr.  Denage. 

^lotor  Engineers  : — Messrs.  Zeitler  and  Hagen. 


FRENCH  PLANTERS. 

Vila  : — Messrs.  Colardeau,  Rodin  Brothers,  de  Barros,  Lecaime,  Lasser 
le  Peltier,  Courtois.  French  Xew  Hebrides  Company. 

Districts,  neighbourhood  of  the  Capital  : — Messrs.  Ro.ssi,  Largeau, 
Milliard  Brothers,  Mr.  de  Preville,  Catholic  Mission,  Maestraeci,  de  Greslau, 
Leconte,  Delaplane,  Mrs.  Paris,  Leemann,  Hannequin,  de  Balmann.  Sicard, 
Widow  Klehm,  Widow_Rosiers,  Messrs.  Frouin,  Galibert,  Mathieu,  Houdie, 
J.  Payet,  Bladinieres,  Mirabel,  Clemenceau,  de  Bechade,  Goudard,  Estri- 
peaut,  Bourdois,  Kabar,  Jeannin,  Salvin,  Mrs.  Costant. 

Epi  : — Messrs.  Zeitler  and  Hagen,  Naturel,  Lancon,  Ancelin,  Patient, 
Caspar. 

Ambryni  : — Lambreaux  &   Co. 

;\lalekula  : — Messrs.  Javelier,  ^Merian,  Widow  Bernut,  Carion,  Gautier, 
H.  Pesnel,  R.  Pesnel,  Douyere,  L.  Theuil,  Xatoly,  Chevillard  Brothers. 

Malo  : — Messrs.  Lachaize,  Nicolas,  Balen. 

Santo  and  Aore  (Segond  Channel)  : — Messrs.  Briault,  Edouard  Caillard, 
Edm.  Caillard,  D.  Ratard,  P.  Ratard,  Aug.  Russet,  Houchard,  Cas.sin,  Gane. 
H.  Russet,  Jacquier,  de  Messimy,  Dedieu,  Chanviere,  J.  Bernier,  Chapuis, 
Wright,  Blanchard,  Stuart-Petersen,  Petersen,  Peyrolle,  three  Catholic 
Missions. 

Pentecost  : — Messrs.  Mayaud,  (Tellier,  Dupuy,  Draghicevitz  ;  live 
Catholic   Missions. 

Note. — Except  in  the  cases  where  the  same  surnames  are  alike,  but  under 
different  christian  names,  the  same  names  recurring  under  different  district 
headings  or  occupations  are  only  one  and  the  same  person  or  persons,  though 
duplicated,  indicating  that  they  have  interests  in  different  islands.  This 
must  be  remembered  when  computing  the  total,  which,  of  course,  does  not 
include  the  wives  and  families  and  dependents. 


THE  TARIFF. 

The  following  is  the  tariff"  of  tlie  Xew  Hebrides  condominium  : — 

AD  VALOREIM  DT'TY. 

There  shall  be  collected  and  paid  upon  all  goods  imported  into  the  New 
Hebrides  an  import  tax  of  o  per  cent,  ad  valorem  save  and  except  in  the  case 
of  the  articles  hereinafter  enumerated  as  being  subject  to  a  specific  rate  of 
duty  or  as  being  exempt  from  the  payment  of  import  duty  : 

SPECIFIC    DUTIh:S. 
The  undermentioned  articles  shall  be  liable  to  the  following  rates  of  duty  : 

Ales,  beer,  and  porter,  quarts  of  1 14  centilitres,  per  dozen 

Ales,  beer,  and  porter,  pints  of  'il  centilitres,  per  dozen    .  . 

Ales,  beer,  and  porter,  lialf-pints  of  2S..')  centilitres  or  le.ss,  per  doz. 

Spirits  of  all  kinds,  the  strength  of  which  can  be  ascertained  by 
Sykes'  hydrometer,  whether  over  or  underproof,  per  proof  or 
liquid  gallon         0   10   10 


£ 

s. 

d. 

0 

0 

in 

0 

0 

(i 

0 

0 

:i 

14 


STEWART  S    IIAXI)    BOOK 


Spirits  and  spirituous  i-oiupounds  the  strength  of  which  cannot  In 
ascertained  hy  Sykcs"  hydrometer,  ad  vah>rein 

Red  and  white  wine  (ordinaire),  per  litre 

Other  wines  in  luilk,  per  htrc.  . 

Other  wines  in  bottles,  cpiarts,  per  dozen     .  . 

Other  wines  in  bctttles,  pints,  per  df>zen 

Kerosene,  per  case  of  ."{(i  litres 

Tobacco,  per  kilogrannne 

Cigars  and  cigarettes,  per  kilogrannue 

Dynamite  and  other  exi)!osive';  used  in  lieu  thereof,  ])er  kilo 
gramme     .  . 

Fuses,  per  coil  of  24  feet  .  .  .  . 

Detonators,  ad  valorem 

Arms  of  precision,  rifles  and  the  like  and  amnumition  for  same,  ad 
valorem 

Revolvers  and  amnmnition  for  same,  ad  valorem    .  . 

All  other  arms  and  amnumition  of  every  kind,  ad  valorem 

(iramaphones,  phonographs,  and  records  thereof,  ad  valorem 

Lace,  ad  valorem 

Perfumery,  ad  valorem  .  . 

Coffee,  raw,  per  100  kilos  net .  . 

Cacao,  raw,  per  100  kilos  net .  . 

Vanilla  (in  the  pod),  per  100  kilos  net 

Allspice  (Pimento),  per  100  kilos  net 


d. 


•)(,.. 

,l 

0 

0 

<i,V 

0 

H 

lo' 

0 

U 

71 

0 

.-, 

10 

(1 

0 

1) 

0 

0 

\H 

0 

!') 

2h 

(1 

4 

1) 

0 

0 

10 

00« 

b 

100 

'o 

10« 

/o 

000 

f, 

J  00 

(> 

lO'^ 

100 

1-2 

0 

"o 

4 

3 

o 

52 

0 

0 

10 

0 

0 

RXIOIPTIOXS  FRO:\r  DUTY. 

The  following  articles  shall  be  free  from  payment  of  import  duty  : — 

Agricultural  implements  and  machinery  (including  all  implements  and 
machinery  used  solely  for  agricultural  and  horticultural  purposes,  together 
with  carts,  drays,  lorries,  and  other  vehicles  that  are  used  in  the  pursuit  of 
agriculture). 

Animals,   living. 

Boats  and  boat  fittings  (including  whaleboats,  skifTs,  dinghies,  and  other 
craft  that  can  be  carried  on  the  deck  or  davits  of  a  ship,  and  that  can  be  pro- 
pelled by  sails  or  oars  alone  ;  together  Avith  sails,  rigging,  anchors,  chains, 
oars,  rowlocks,  masts,  spars,  rudders,  and  other  articles  and  appliances  used 
in  the  navigation  or  propulsion  of  such  craft). 

Boilers  and  boiler  plates. 

Books,  periodicals  and  other  printed,  matter  'includaiu  maps,  atlases^ 
plans,  charts  and  mu.'iic). 

Biscuits,  .ships". 

Bricks. 

Cement. 

Coal. 

Coin. 

Drainpipes,  eart  hern  ware. 

Drugs  and  uiedicines  (exclusive  of  patent  medicines). 

Engines,  steam,  oil,  6',:c. 

Flour. 

Iron  and  steel  rails  (including  fish  plates,  switches,  crossings,  turntables*^ 
and  parts  thereof). 

Luggage,   personal. 


OF  THE  PACII-K"  isj.axds  15 

Machinery,  elect r'cal,  iinntng,  sawing,  sugar  and  coffee  making,  and 
component  parts  thereof. 

Manures  and  fertilisers. 

Medical  appliances  nnportcd  by  qualified  medical  officers  for  use  in 
lio.spitals. 

^licroscopes. 

Plants,  living  (imported  for  purposes  of  cultivation  subject  to  the  pro- 
visions of  Joint  Regulation  No.  7  of  1914). 

Seed  and  cereals  for  propagation,  cultivation,  and  food  purposes,  in- 
cluding maize,  beans,  rice,  wheat,  barley,  oats,  millet  and  rye. 

Show  cards,  patterns,  cut  samples,  and  advertising  material  of  no  com- 
mercial value. 

Surgical  instruments  imj^nted  by  qualifieil  medical  officers  for  use  in 
4iospitals. 

Uniforms,    official. 

\'accine  lymph  and  other  auti-toxms. 

Vegetables,  fresh,  and  fruit,  fresh. 

Wire  fencing. 

All  articles  imported  or  purchased  out  of  bond  for  the  use  of  { 1 )  The  British 
or  French  administrations  ;  (2)  The  Condominium  <TOvernment  ;  and  (.3) 
British  and  French  ships-i-f-war. 


STKWART  S    HANI)    HOOK 


NEW  CALEDONIA  and  the  LOYALTY  ISLANDS. 

(FRENCH) 

NKW  CALKDONIA,  which  is  distant  1,077  miles  from  vSydney,  is  about 
250  miles  in  length,  with  a  uniform  average  l^readth  of  35  miles^ 
and  an  average  of  6,275  square  miles,  ranking,  after  New  Zealand, 
as  one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the  Pacific.  Captain  Cook  discovered  and 
named  the  island  in  1774.  It  was  next  visited  and  examined  in  detail  by 
D'Entrecasteaux  in  1791,  who  lost  here  his  captain,  Huon  Kermadec.  In 
1,S43  the  F'rench  hoisted  their  flag,  but,  owing  to  the  pressure  of  the  British 
(Government,  this  act  was  disavowed.  A  few  years  later  the  massacre  of 
the  survey  officers  of  the  "  Alemene  "  led  to  reprisals,  and  Admiral  Fevrier- 
Despointes  formally  took  possession  of  the  island  in  1853. 

According  to  the  story,  an  English  vessel  was  at  the  Isle  of  Pines  negotiat- 
ing with  the  inhabitants  about  a  settlement  just  when  the  French  Admiral 
appeared  in  that  quarter,  and  he  was  accepted  by  the  natives  in  preference 
to  our  countryman.  It  is  about  as  probable  that  one  party  asked  permission 
as  that  the  other  did.  Neither  nation  has  been  in  the  habit  of  consulting  the 
susceptibilities  of  savages.  Whatever  supposed  arrangement  was  made  with 
the  reputed  chiefs,  it  was  soon  clear  enough  that  the  two  races  would  not 
get  along  well  together.  Interference  with  the  women  led  to  conllicts.  In- 
justice, and  even  cruelty,  excited  the  tribes  at  length  to  what  was  mere  than 
a  demonstration.  War  ensued  between  the  warriors,  armed  with  stone 
weapons,  and  Europeans,  furnished  with  the  most  murderous  appliances. 
After  the  last  struggle,  in  1878,  peace  w'as  secured  on  the  usual  terms  of  wide- 
spread destruction,  more  than  1,000  natives  being  killed  and  large  numbers 
sentenced  to  penal  sers'itude. 

New  Caledonia  was  first  used  as  a  penal  settlement  in  186-1,  and  after 
the  Franco-German  war  a  great  many  Communists  were  sent  there.  The 
transportation  of  convicts  practically  ceased  in  1895.  With  the  stoppage 
of  transportation  came  a  scarcity  of  labour  ;  a  shrinkage  of  the  expenditure 
of  the  central  French  authorities  on  the  army  and  the  administration  ;  a 
diminution  of  demand  for  supplies  ;  and  a  consequent  loss  all  round.  It  is 
said  that  little  attempt  has  been  made  to  attract  free  settlers  ;  and  that  the 
conditions  do  net  conduce  to  free  settlement.  The  standing  grievance  is — 
as  may  be  found  also  in  a  British  Crown  colony — too  much  officialdom. 
There  is  an  army  of  officials.  There  is  a  big  local  debt,  incurred  for  docks  and 
for  the  small,  happy-go-lucky  railway  to  Dumbea,  16  kilometres  from  Noumea. 
The  services  rendered  in  return  for  the  money  expended  are  alleged  to  be  bad. 
The  communications  through  the  island  are  inadequate. 

The  island  is  mountainous,  exhibiting  two  parallel  ranges,  whose  highest 
altitude  is  5,570  feet.  It  has  numerous  rivers,  but  ncne  are  cf  any  impc  rtance 
for  navigation.  Much  of  the  land  is  bare  and  arid-looking,  or  partially  clothed 
with  shrubs  and  pines.      Fu  the  north  only  and  on  some  of  the  mountain  sides 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  17 

is  there  any  extent  of  forest  country.  The  climate  is  drier  and  cooler  than 
that  of  any  of  the  other  Melanesian  islands.  The  mean  annual  temperature 
is  72  degrees  in  the  hot  months  (December  to  ^March),  the  thermometer  not 
infrequently  rising  to  98  degrees.  In  the  cool  season  (June  to  August)  the 
mean  is  approximately  65  degrees,  but  the  thermometer  goes  as  low  as  50 
degrees,  and  even  lower.  The  annual  rainfall  in  Noumea  is  40  inches.  The 
wettest  months  are  January,  February  and  March.  Ivight  inches  in  those 
months  is  not  unusual.  The  prevailing  wind  is  east-south-east  to  south- 
east trades,  which  l^low  during  two-thirds  of  the  year.  During  the 
winter  (June  to  August)  the  wind  blows  from  other  quarters.  Strong  at- 
mospheric disturbances  are  frequently  experienced  during  the  months  of 
February  and  March,  and  cyclones  occur  cccasionallj-.  When  the  garrison 
has  a  death  rate  of  28  per  thousand,  and  troops,  too,  not  given  to  much  care 
of  health,  the  locality  must  be  justly  considered  salubrious.  It  would  net  be 
so  healthful  as  Australia,  which  has  its  cleansing  and  purifying  hot,  dry  winds, 
and  its  health-giving  odours  from  eucalypti  forests,  as  well  as  a  population 
rather  more  observant  of  sanitary  conditions,  and,  perhaps,  the  practice 
of  the  virtues. 

The  natives  are  a  well-made  race,  with  frizzly  hair,  dark  skins,  and 
pronounced  features,  distinctly  Papuan  in  origin.  They  are  rapidly  di- 
minishing in  numbers.  When  the  I'rench  took  possession  the  natives  were 
estimated  at  70,000  ;  there  are  now  about  20,000.  The  diminution  has  been 
caused  by  European  diseases.  The  total  white  population,  free  and  ex- 
convict,  is  about  20,000,  with  a1)out  ;>0,000  natives,  including  Loyalty  Is- 
landers, New  Hebrideans,  Solomon  Islanders,  Javanese,  Tonkinese,  and 
Japanese. 

The  chief  town,  Noumea,  the  seat  of  Government,  with  a  population  of 
about  9,000,  is  situated  on  the  shores  of  a  fine  land-locked  harbovir,  on  the 
southern  coast,  shipping  being  accommodated  at  a  stone  wharf,  600  yards 
in  length.  The  city  is  well  laid  out,  with  fine  wide  streets,  many  of  which  are 
planted  with  ornamental  trees.  The  principal  public  buildings  are  the  Roman 
Catholic  Cathedral,  Hotel  de  Ville,  the  hospital  and  a  college.  ^lany  pleasant 
excursions  may  be  made  around  Noumea,  the  roadways  being  kept  in  ad- 
mirable order.  Noumea  itself  and  its  immediate  surroundings  offer  sufficient 
material  for  the  tourist  for  three  or  four  days — a  train  excursion  to  Dumbea, 
motor  drive  to  Paita,  Boiiloupari,  and  other  mining  and  agricultural  centres. 
visits  to  the  native  village  at  St.  Louis,  drives  to  Anse  Vata,  the  seaside  after- 
noon rendezvous,  rambles  about  town,  strolls  in  the  Place  Feillet,  Place 
Courbet,  Square  Olry,  Place  d' Amies,  Boulevard  Cassini.  On  certain  even- 
ings the  band  organised  by  the  local  young  men  plays  on  the  Place  Feillet, 
opposite  two  of  the  leading  hotels.  Apropos  of  the  language  difficulty,  visitors 
need  have  no  fear.  In  all  hotels  and  shops  English  is  spoken  by  some  of  the 
employees.  On  the  other  hand,  for  those  who  wish  to  brush  up  their  French, 
the  opportunity  is  excellent.  There  is  an  excellent  library  and  museum, 
where  the  studious  may  pass  many  pleasant  and  profitable  hours.  I'ishing, 
bathing,  and  hunting  \\ill  fill  in  the  allotted  time.  There  are  thousands 
of  deer  which  are  not  much  appreciated  by  residents  who  have  gone  in  for 
cultivating  the  land.     Herds  of  them  may  be  seen  on  the  way  to  Bourail. 


18  stkwakt's  iiaxi)  hook 

l-"or  the  tourists  wIki  wish  to  extend  their  excursions  l)ey()n(l  tlie  neighbour- 
hood of  the  capital  it  n'ay  be  mentioned  that  the  island  is  200  miles  long, 
and  that  steamers  are  regularlj'  plying  along  each  coast.  A  considerable  part 
of  the  coast  navigation  is  made  inside  the  coral  reef  which  encircles  the  island. 
This  trip  would  enable  the  tourist  to  realise  the  immense  riches  of  this  country 
so  favoured  by  Nature.  He  would  be  al)le  to  visit  coffee  and  cotton  plan- 
tations, cattle  runs,  mines,  orchards,  vineyards,  maize  fields,  and  forests. 
The  most  characteristic  tree  is  the  Xiaouli,  of  which  the  common  kind  is 
known  scientifically  as  ^Melaleuca  viridiflora,  and  young  Caledonians  jokingly 
call  themselves  "  Niaoulis."  It  resembles  the  eucalj'ptus,  and  the  anti- 
.septic  properties  of  the  essence  obtained  from  its  leaves  make  it  much  es- 
teemed in  therapeutics.  If  blossoms  in  January  and  June,  and  its  wood, 
which  is  very  hard,  is  largely  used  for  post-and-rail  fences  in  the  bu.sh. 
Steamers  leave  the  capital  every  few  days  for  settlements  alon;,;  the  coast. 
Right  opposite  Noumea  is  the  pretty  i.sland  of  Nou,  which  has  been  converted 
into  a  penitentiarj^.     Noumea  is  connected  with  Australia  by  cable.* 


*  Mr.  J.  D.  I'itzgerald,  of  Sydney,  in  an  article  on  New  Caledonia  in  the 
Sydtu'v  Mcniing  Herald  of  Avigust  10,  1907,  says  of  its  capital  : — "  The  town 
of  Noumea  does  not  strike  the  visitor  at  first  glance.  Wood  and  galvanised 
viron  form  the  materials  of  its  structures.  There  are  exceptions,  of  course. 
The  streets  are  narrow,  though  a  town  plan  appears  to  have  been  designed, 
and,  with  the  exception  of  the  narrowness  of  its  streets,  Noumea  might  ea.sily 
be  compared  with  a  good-siz.ed  country  town  in  New  South  Wales  or  Queens- 
land. I  would  not  go  so  far  as  to  say,  as  a  recent  visitor  said,  that  its  nearest 
analogy  is  our  own  suburb  of  AA'aterloo  ;  but  Noumea  covdd  not  compare  with 
towns  like  Rockhamption,  Bundaberg,  ^Maryborough  or  Townsville.  In  the 
centre  of  the  town  is  an  open  space,  part  of  which — the  Place  des  Cocotiers 
(cocoa  palms) — was  formerly  the  scene  of  the  musical  soirees  of  the  vaunted 
■convict  band  (with  its  bandmaster  of  sinister  repute),  now  dispersed.  A 
military  exercise  ground  and  a  small  garden  occupy  the  rest  of  this  central 
space.  In  the  garden  an  excellent  statue  is  erected  to  Admiral  Olry,  who 
put  down  the  kanaka  rebellion  in  1 878.  The  bas-reliefs  on  the  plinth  of  the 
pedestal,  representing  the  submission  of  the  defeated  chiefs,  are  admiraby 
done. 

"  The  whole  town  was  covered  with  confetti,  the  result  of  the  carnival 
of  the  previous  day  to  otir  arrival,  when  the  14th  July,  the  festival  of  the 
taking  of  the  Bastille,  was  celebrated.  There  was  an  air  of  fatique  pervading 
the  place  in  the  morning,  but  after  l^reakfast  (taken  ordinarily  at  noon)  the 
town  woke  up  and  went  to  the  races  at  Magenta,  a  beautiful  plain  at  the  back 
of  Noumea,  over  a  steep  hill  which  hems  in  the  town,  and  towards  some 
precipitous  cliffs,  which  tower  over  another  arm  of  the  sea,  where  the  white 
line  of  surf  betrays  the  outer  coral  reef.  The  whole  colony  had  turned  out 
to  see  horses  many  of  them  Walers,  ridden  by  Australian  jockeys,  compet- 
ing in  the  drand  Prix  (prize,  £1000). 

■■  Here  in  the  grand  stand,  was  a  microcosm  of  a  Paris  race  meeting. 
Outside  the  barriers  the  natives  show  that  they,  too,  are  capable  of  the  racing 
excitement.  But  inside  the  grand  stand  enclosure  the  bright  uniforms  and 
the  swagger  gait  of  the  military,  the  tasteful  dresses  of  the  ladies — surely 
made  or  designed  in  Paris — the  eagerness  of  the  spectators,  the  chatter  of 
voices,  all  speaking  at  once  in  true  Continental  fashion  all  make  up  a  typically 
I'rench  scene.  But  in  moving  through  the  groups,  and  in  the  process  of 
introduction  to  the  hospitable  residents,  you  find  that  Noumea  society — out- 
side the  official  classes — is  more  suburban  of  Sydney  than  of  Paris.  Mr. 
Gecrge  Grifiith,  in  his  "  T'nknown  Prison  Land,"  has  catalogued  Noume 
as  ■  a  commercial  dependency  of   .\ustralia."     One  soon  finds  that  it    {•■■  in 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  1& 

The  mineral  resources  are  very  great.  Indeed,  the  extent  of  the  mineral 
wealth  can  only  be  conjectured.  Chrome,  cobalt  and  nickel  abound.  Anti- 
mony, mercury,  cinnabar,  silver,  lead  and  copper  have  all  been  obtained, 
as  well  as  coal  of  various  kinds.  Gold  has  been  found  in  many  places,  but  as 
}'et  nowhere  in  quantity,  except  on  the  Diahot  or  Great  River,  whence  in 
the  early  "  seventies  "'  abovit  £30,000  worth  was  won.  The  nickel  deposits 
are  of  special  value.  Being  without  arsenic,  the  ore  is  much  appreciated  ; 
manganese  is  often  associated.  There  have  been  erected  two  furnaces,  one 
in  Noumea  for  treating  the  poorer  class  of  ore,  and  one  on  the  east  coast. 
Both  furnaces  turn  out  matte  containing  from  45  per  cent,  to  50  per  cent. 
of  nickel  metal,  which  is  shipped  to  Ivurope  to  be  refined.  There  are  very 
large  deposits  of  chrome.  One  of  the  mines,  the  Tiebaghi,  on  the  west  coast, 
some  200  miles  from  Noumea,  has  already  extracted  considerably  more  than 
half  a  million  tons  of  very  rich  ore,  containing  over  54  per  cent,  of  sesquioxide, 

many  other  respects  than  commercial  a  dependency  ot  Sydney.  Many  of 
the  young  generation,  you  discover,  have  been  educated  in  Sydney  .schools 
and  convents.  Here  you  meet  a  Ouecnslander,  there  an  Illawarra  native, 
further  on  a  Sj^dney  man  in  business,  and  doing  well.  There  are  the  u.sual 
number  of  the  ubiquitous  Ivnglish,  Irish  and  Scotch,  liut  Australians  liold 
their  own. 

"  Back  from  the  races  and  into  a  fast  launch,  in  which  we  make  a  trip 
to  the  lie  Nou,  the  famous  convict  settlement,  which  lies  on  the  left  as  you 
look  out  on  the  bay.  The  v.hite  roofs  and  the  cocoaiiut  palms  attract  you. 
and  the  conical-shaped  hill  at  the  liack,  guarding  the  prison  village  ;  and 
beyond  that  the  ominous  outlines  of  the  leper  settlement,  in  which  unspeak- 
able horrors  are  lying — as  one  hears  in  the  town,  ['■rom  the  bosom  of  the 
bay  }'ou  can  measure  the  splendid  attril>utes  of  the  port.  Here  great  navies 
and  merchant  fleets  can  ride  safely  at  anchor,  with  deep  water  everywhere. 
The  high  mountainous  peaks  surrounding  the  bay  recall  memories  of  \\'el- 
lington  (N.Z.),  and  in  a  modified  way  of  Hongkong.  This  .should  be  a  great 
port  in  the  years  to  come,  when  the  country  is  developed — under  eitlier 
P'rench  or  British  rule. 

"  The  excursion  to  He  Xou  was  a  mere  adventure  without  hope  of  result. 
It  was  late  in  the  evening  ;  there  was  no  opportumit}-  of  securing  the  official 
open  sesame,  as  all  the  public  offices  were  closed  for  the  holiday.  There 
was  nothing  in  the  approach  to  indicate  the  horrors  of  the  ccmvict  regime. 
He  Nou  is  a  pretty  place  externally,  with  tropical  trees  and  foliage  and  waving 
palms.  The  French  flag  was  pervasive  ;  the  effect  of  the  palms  and  flam- 
boyants was  peaceful  and  soothing.  No  suggestion  of  convict  horrors  was 
in  view.  Children  ran  to  meet  us  at  the  wharf  as  we  steered  into  the  creek 
— a  boy  with  long  silken  hair  and  angelic  Reynolds  face  came  to  the  steps 
and  stared  ;  a  kanaka  '  ntm  nou  (nurse)  in  a  bright  scarlet  dress,  with  a 
French  child  in  her  arms,  and  a  troop  of  lusty  boys — probably  all  pertaining 
to  the  '  administration  ' — the  authorities.  We  were  welcomed  at  the 
'  administration  '  building,  but  informed  with  expressions  of  polite  regret 
that  it  was  too  late.  We  were  offered  a  view  of  the  administrative  building  ; 
but  the  prisoners  were  all  in  their  cells.  There,  in  the  white-roofed  village, 
were  the  convicts.  We  might  have  indulged  in  gloomy  reveries,  with  sombre 
guesses  at  the  bidden  horrors,  but  that  that  pha.se  of  the  system  had  been 
exploded  by  Mr.  Grifiith  in  his  interesting  book  referred  to  above.  Returning 
to  the  citv,  the  hospitalitv  of  the  CJub  took  us  ;  and  after  one  of  the  l)est 
dinners  one  could  partake  of  anywhere  sauced  with  a  kindly  hospitality, 
we  spent  the  evening  till  late  in  conversing  on  subjects  which  interest  Aus- 
tralians, vitally  interesting  a.s  they  are  to  the^e  inhabitants  of  our  nearest 
foreign  neighbour  wb.o  dwell  in  this  .social  sulnirb  of  Sydney,  tliis  commercial 
dependency  of  Australia." 


20 


STKWAKT  S    HANI)    IU)f)K 


and  is  still  producint^  ciiDniious  quantities.     A  second  mine,  at  Unia,  on  the 
southern  part  of  the  island,  owned  by  ^I.  Rigoulet,  is  almost  equally  as  rich. 

The  valleys  are  usually  fertile,  anrl  in  many  places  agriculture  is  con- 
ducted with  success.  Farming  centres  appear  where  penitentiaries  for  con- 
ducts have  been  formed  or  missions  established.  The  forests  inland  have, 
according  to  M.  Ivcmire,  no  less  than  168  varieties  of  timber.  The  land  is 
divided  into  three  domains— that  of  the  State  (in  which  gratuitous  concessions 
may  be  made),  that  of  the  penal  settlement  (about  400  square  miles),  and  that 
of  the  native  reserve.  The  chief  agricultural  products  are  coffee,  cotton, 
maize,  tobacco,  copra  and  rubber.  Of  the  total  area  more  than  half  of  the 
land  is  mountainous  or  not  cultivatable.  Other  products  are  preserved 
meats,  hides,  trocas  shell,  beclie-de-mer  and  sandalwood. 

In  1917  New  Caledonia  imported  goods  to  the  value  of  £17,947,849  francs 
(£717,913),  while  its  exports  totalled  19,852,393  francs  (£794,095).  The 
mineral  export  was  valued  at  13,097,358  francs  (£523,894),  or  nearly  two- 
thirds  of  the  total  value  of  all  exports.  The  growth  of  the  mineral  industry 
may  be  gauged  by  the  following  figures,  taken  from  Le  Bulletin  ou  Com- 
merce, dealing  with  the  exports.     They  are  expres.sed  in  tons  : — 

Year 

J  907 
1908 
1909 
1910 
1911 
1912 
1913 
1914 
1915 
1916 
1917 

On  the  figures  a  falli*ng  off  in  the  production  of  minerals  is  suggested, 
nevertheless,  the  value  of  the  minerals  exported  in  1917  was  more  than 
double  that  of  1907.  Part  of  the  explanation  lies  in  the  fact  that  less  of  the 
crude  nickel  is  exported,  and  instead  a  growing  qtiantity  of  nickel  matte 
is  sent  away.  The  other  part  of  the  explanation  is  that  the  prices  of  metals 
rose  enormously  after  the  outbreak  of  war.  In  1914  nickel  was  worth  30 
francs  (£1  4s.)  a  ton  in  New  Caledonia  ;  m  1917  it  rose  to  82  francs  (£2  10s.). 
Chrome  rose  from  50  francs  (£2)  in  1914  to  75  francs  (£3)  in  1917.  Nickel 
matte  was  600  francs  (£24)  in  1914  ;  in  1917  it  brought  1,200  francs  (£48) 
per  ton  in  Noumea. 

The  Isle  of  Pines,  so  called  by  Captain  Cook,  lies  about  30  miles  from 
the  southern  extremity  of  New  Caledonia,  and  about  70  miles  from  Noumea, 
and  is  a  raised  coral  island  about  8  miles  across.  It  was  for  many  years  used 
as  a  penitentiary,  but  in  1890  the  convicts  were  removed. 

The  I.oyalty  Islands,  a  natural  dependence  of  New  Caledonia,  form  a 
small  chain  parallel  to  it,  at  a  distance  of  about  30  miles  from  the  east  coast. 
They  are  all  of  coral  formation,  and  are  very  fertile,  while  the  climate  is 
liealthy  and  pleasant.     They  consist  of  three  principal  islands,  Uvea  to  the 


Nickel 

Chrome 

Nickel 
Matte 

101.707 

31,552 

— 

120,028 

46,309 

— 

82.028 

32,136 

— 

115.342 

28,244 

768 

120,0.59 

32,806 

2,993 

74.312 

51,516 

5,098 

93,190 

63,370 

5.893 

94,154 

71,471 

5,827 

48.576 

57,474 

5,529 

30.679 

74.115 

4,935 

32,018 

41.891 

6.318 

OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  21 

north,  Lifu  and  Mare,  with  a  population  of  about  11.000.  Over  9,000  are  on 
I^fu  and  Mare,  and  the  remainder  on  Uvea.  Uvea,  about  five  miles  in  extent, 
is  the  smallest  but  most  fertile  island  of  the  group.  Lifu  is  the  largest, 
about  33  miles  m  extent,  and  was  the  seat  of  the  French  administration 
of  the  group.  It  is  one  of  the  stations  of  the  London  Missionary  Society, 
which  introduced  Christianity  to  the  Loyalty  group  in  184L  Mare  is  about 
22  miles  in  extent,  north-west  and  south-east  and  11  miles  in  width,  with  an 
elevation  of  about  300  feet. 

The  Huon  Islands  (four),  in  which  Surprise  Island  is  included,  lying  to 
the  north-west  of  New  Caledonia,  also  belong  to  France.  They  are  oval-shaped 
coral  islets  perched  on  circular  coral  reefs  enclosing  lagoons  of  10  to  13  miles 
across,  and  contain  guano  deposits,  those  on  Surprise  and  Fabre  Islands 
being  the  most  valuable.  They  are  leased  by  a  company  whose'headquarters 
are  in  Auckland.  Surprise  Island,  which  is  the  only  one  worked  at  present, 
was  so  named  because  of  the  astonishment  of  the  fi.rst  navigator  who  happened 
upon  it.  For  it  is  only  about  15  feet  above  the  sea-level  at  it  highest,  while, 
were  it  not  for  the  reefs  which  protect  it  from  the  Pacific  roll,  its  tiny  territory 
of  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  length  by  one  third  across  would  be  liable  to 
engulfnient  every  time  a  more  than  usually  active  wave  assailed  it.  F^rom 
Noumea  it  is  distant  about  300  miles,  while  from  the  extreme  northern  point 
of  the  west  coast  of  New  Caledonia  it  lies  about  60  or  70  miles  distant.  \'essels 
going  for  guano  may  now,  under  an  arrangement  with  the  Noumean 
authorities,  proceed  direct  to  the  islands,  but  are  not  allowed  to  land  anything 
on  the  islands  under  extreme  penalties.  The  population  of  the  island  consists 
of  five  Europeans  and  between  60  and  70  native  labourers.  The  guano 
deposit  at  Surprise  Island  is  a  very  ancient  one,  and  has  to  be  mined,  after 
which  it  is  put  through  the  crushing  machine,  and  automatically  separated 
from  the  coral  with  which  it  is  mixed.  Then  the  phosphate,  being  now  about 
45  to  50  per  cent,  pure,  is  shovelled  into  little  cement  bags,  and  loaded  into 
the  ship  at  the  rate  of  about  250  or  300  tons  a  day.  The  i.sland  abounds  with 
mutton  birds — one  dare  not  walk  about  it  at  night  without  a  lantern,  so 
numerous  are  the  holes  made  by  these  birds — while  turtles  are  also  in  great 
numbers.  About  a  dozen  miles  distant  from  Surprise  Island  is  the  little 
island  of  Fabre,  and  a  few  miles  further  on  again  lies  Le  Leizour.  Both  is- 
lands possess  guano  deposits,  but  of  much  more  recent  date  than  those  of 
Surprise  Island.  Water  is  stored  in  underground  tanks,  as  there  are  no  springs 
on  the  islands,  the  water  supply  being  dependable  on  the  rain. 

The  Chesterfield  group,  comprising  about  a  dozen  coral  islets,  al-so  con- 
taining considerable  deposits  of  guano,  and  situated  300  miles  to  the  west  of 
Surprise  Island  and  its  consorts,  is  leased  by  the  same  company  from  the 
F'rench  Government. 

Walpole  Island,  situated  about  150  miles  east  by  south  from  Noumea, 
is  approximately  22^  deg.  south  latitude,  is  a  flat  limestone  rock  which  is 
some  250  feet  high.  It  is  a  little  over  tw-o  miles  long,  trending  south-west 
and  north-east.  It  contains  huge  deposits  of  guano  and  is  leased  by  the 
Austral  Guano  Company,  whose  headquarters  are  in  Auckland.  There  are 
several  white  men  and  about  50  natives  working  the  deposits.     The  vege- 


•J2  STKWAKT  S    IIAN'I)    I'.noK 

tation  consists  <>i  short  stubbly  trees,  inixeil  with  a  dense  undergrowth. 
It  is  the  home  of  millions  of  sea  birds.  The  auclioraye  and  moorings  are  on 
the  south-east  end  of  the  island. 

^lato  Island,  .some  15  miles  off  the  southern  coast  of  New  Caledonia, 
contains,  it  is  said,  masses  of  lithographic  stone  ()f  excellent  quality. 

PRINCIPAL   BUSINESS    CONCERNS. 

],.  Uallande  and  I'ils  (largest),  Xve  ('..  de  Bechade.  .\.  Harrau  ,S:  Go.' 
-Madame  Vve  N.  Hagen,  I),  (rubbj'.y,  T.  Maning,  Societe  Havraisc  Cale- 
donniene,  M.  Berthelm,  L.  Johnston  and  P.  Mourot,  J.  Dcffcrricre.. 

Chemists: — Iv  \'entnl)on.  Sommier,  I'ruitet. 

Cotton  (Winning  : — R.  (Tuenant,  Lietart. 

Foundries  : — Ciccr  ,  Massou))re,  ^lagnin. 

Commercial  .Agents  : — H.  Brock,  K.  Thomas,  P.  IWmzon,  H.  Laubreaux, 
T,  H.  Johnston  (Lloyds  Agent). 

Alining  P^nterprises  : — Societe  Le  Nickel,  Noumea  (smelting  works  at 
Tliio),  Les  Hauts  P'ourneaux  (smelting  works  at  Noumea),  Societe  Til)agbi 
(Chrome),  Pagoumine,  Societe  Le  Chrome,  Noumea. 

.Shipping  Compames  : — Messageries  Maritimes  and  T'nion  Commercial 
Co.  The  latter  has  foiK  steamers  running,  viz..  the  "  Saint  Louis  "'  and 
"  Saint  Antoine  "'  from  Noumea  to  .Sydney  (monthly)  ;  "  l",mu  "  runs  to  the 
west  coa.st  of  New  Caledonia  fortnightly,  and  to  Loyalty  Lslands  monthly, 
and  the  "  Saint  Pierre,"'  which  runs  on  the  east  coast,  twice  a  month.  The 
mail  steamer  "  Pacificjue  "  maintains  regular  communication  between  Sydney 
and  Noumea. 

Meat  factories  : — At  Ouaco,  owned  by  Societe  d'Ouaco  of  Paris  ;  at 
Mueo,  owned  by  the  New  Caledonian  ^leat  Packing  Co.,  of  .\ustralia  ;  at 
Bourail,  owned  l^y  Pacific  Packing  Co.,  of  Australia. 

Newspapers  : — La  France  Ausfrale  and  Lc  Bullet iv  Jii  Crmmevci  (both 
pul;lished  in  Noumea). 

I/awyers  : — ^L  Bourdinat,  M.  Ijruii,  ^I.  vie  \'erteuil,  M.  Ciuirand,  ^I. 
Jeanson. 

Bank  : — Banciue  de  VTndo-Chine  (Nimmea). 

GOVERNMENT  OFFICIALS  AND  CONSULS. 

Governor  : — ~Si.    Repi(|uet. 
Secretary-General  : — M.    Joulia 
Procureur-General  : — 'SI.  Cougoul. 
Acting  British  Consul  : — T.   'ohnston. 
Belgian  Consul  : — -NI.  P'velie. 
Norwegian  Consxil  : — M.  Defferiere. 

THE  TARIFF. 

.\n  octroi  duty  of  5  per  cent,  ad  valorem  is  levied  on  all  merchandise 
entering  the  colony.  The  Customs  tariff  is  based  on  that  in  fares  in  P'rance, 
but  certain  modifi(-ations  are  iutrcduced  under  a  .'special  local  tariff. 

TABLE  OF  PILOTAGE  FEES. 


Miniuunii 

Toiiiir 

gl- 

Tariff 

1-  Keg. 
aucs 

T(.u 

Snliiect 

tofiiriff 

Ton 

Ud   to 

100  re.L 

istered  tons 

exempt 

350 

101    ,, 

:50() 

0.40 

nearl' 

•  4d.      .  . 



301   .. 

SOC 

o.:ir> 

3.\d,   .. 

.350 

SOI   ,, 

l.aOO 

, 

0,.'5O 

:M.     .  . 

!t50 

K.iOl    ,, 

2.500 

,. 

0.2.-, 

iMd.  .  . 

l.SOO 

2,r)01   „ 

4.000 

0.1':*, 

iM.     .  . 

2.750 

4,001  registered  t( 

uis  u])wards 

O.-Jl 

4,400 

OF  TIIK   VACiriC  ISl.AXDS  -•> 

The  exeniplion  does  not  apply  to  foreign  vessels,  which  are  classed  as 
(up  to  :300  tons  at  -U)  cents),  but  the  fee  must  not  be  less  than  V^.  The  niini- 
niuni  tonnage  is  provided  in  each  category  so  that  the  vessel  of  superior 
tonnage  sh.all  not  pav  a  rate  inferior  to  those  in  '^he  next  lower  grade. 

SHIPPING    DUES. 

Port  and  Lightliouse  Dues  : — All  vessels  enteruig  any  port  in  Xew  Cale- 
donia pay  0.40  francs  (4d.)  per  ton  register. 

Sanitary  dues  are  O.lo  francs  (IJd.)  per  ton. 

Navigation  or  Coastal  Dues  : — Any  foreign  vessels  proceeding  to  any 
port  on  the  coast  of  New  Caledonia  pay  1.50 francs  (Is.  2^-d.)  per  ton  register. 

PRINCIPAL  PORTS.  CENTRES  AND  HARBOURS. 

Noumea : — (iood  port,  large  wharf  accommodation,  de]>tli  -S  feet, 
fresh  water  supplied  at  two  francs  per  ton. 

Thio  (Ivast  Coast)  : — Open  road.stead,  vessels  load  out  in  the  stream, 
ilost  important  nickel  mining  centre  of  the  island  ;  smelting  works  ;  pilot 
station. 

Poro  (Ivast  Coast)  : — Good  harbour  ;  nickel  mining  ;  vessel  loaded  by 
lighters. 

Pam  (North  luid)  : — (iood  Port  ;  copper  mimng. 

Paagouniene  (West  Coast)  : — Open  roadstead  ;  clir(-me  mining  on  a  very 
large   scale. 

Teoudie  (West  Coast)  : — Open  roadstead  ;  nickel  mining  ;  cable  stalimi. 

Ouaco  : — Ciood  port  on  west  coast  ;  meat  preser\  ing  works  ;  large  cattle 
stations. 

Kone  (West  Coast)  : — Nickel  mining  ;  coffee  plantation  ;  cattle  rai.^ing. 

Pouemliout  (West  Coast)  : — Meat  preserving  facton,-. 

ISourail  (^^'c.st  Crast)  : — This  is  the  largest  town  after  Noumea.  It  is 
the  largest  agricultural  centre  in  the  colony.  A  meat  fa'-tory  has  been 
established    there. 

POPULATION. 

Population  of  New  Caledonia: — Whites,  l'.t.:Jl!»:  Asiatic  Immigrants, 
3.1' 14,  Natives,  2S.07.5,  Total,  50.()0:?. 

The  population  of  Noumea  is  as  follows: — Free  Whites,  ."),207.  Penal 
l-;ienients,  1,24."),  Troops,  .S9H,  Coloured  and  Natives,  1,9'JiJ.  Total  8.<M>I. 


24  STKWAKT  S    II\N1»    1J(>(. 


GILBERT  AND  ELLICE  ISLANDS  COLONY. 

(BRITISH.) 

THIv  Gilbert  and  I'Ulice  Islands  Colony  comprises  Ocean  Island,  uhic-h 
is  now  the  headquarters  of  the  administration  as  well  as  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Pacific  Phosphate  Company,  the  islands  of  the 
Gilbert  or  Kingsmill  group,  the  islands  of  the  EHice  group,  the  islands  of  the 
Union  or  Tokelau  group,  together  with  Fanning  and  \\'aslungton  Islands. 
The  above  groups,  which  were  formed  into  a  British  Protectorate  in  1893, 
Avere  incorporated  into  the  Empire,  and  became  a  Colony  by  His  Majesty's 
Orders  in  Council  of  1915-1(5.  The  Colony  is  at  present  administered  by  a 
Resident  Commissioner  who  is  responsible  to  the  High  Commissioner  for  the 
Western  Pacific.  The  High  Commissioner — who  is  also  Governor  of  the 
Crown  Colony  of  Fiji — resides  at  Suva. 

The  Gilbert  Group  is  cut  by  the  equator  and  the  175th  meridan  E., 
and  embraces  the  islands  of  Butaritari,  Little  Makin,  Marakei,  Abaian, 
Tarawa,  JIaiana,  Abemama,  Ananuka,  Kuria,  Nonouti,  Tabiteuea,  Beru, 
Nukinau  (Byron  Island),  Onotoa,  Tamana  and  Arorae,  with  a  number  of 
small  islands  or  islets  depending  on  them.  Tarawa,  the  port  of  entry  after 
Ocean  Island,  has  a  good  anchorage  inside  the  lagoon.  Burns,  Philp  &  Co., 
Ltd.,  have  their  headquarters  there.  A  large  wholesale  and  retail  store,  three 
large  copra  warehouses,  European  quarters,  &c.,  have  been  erected,  and  the 
central  hospital  is  also  situated  at  Tarawa.  Butaritari,  which  has  fallen 
to  second  place  of  importance  in  the  group,  being  no  longer  a  port  of  entry, 
has  for  over  30  years  been  the  headquarters  of  On  Chong  &  Co.  The  group 
is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  of  all  the  Pacific  archipelagoes.  The  islands  are 
so  small — their  total  area  being  not  more  than  1 70  square  miles — and  the  hard 
coral  rock  so  covered  with  about  eight  feet  of  hard  sand  and  a  scant  supply  of 
soil  so  that  scarcely  anything  can  be  grown  but  a  little  coarse  taro,  while  the 
cocoanut  and  the  pandanus  are  almost  the  only  spontaneous  plant  products  ; 
and  yet  some  of  these  barren  atolls  are  more  densel}-  populated  than  the  most 
fertile  islands  in  all  Oceania.  The  natives,  who  number  about  30,000,  were 
less  than  50  years  ago  notorious  for  their  warlike  spirit.  To-day  the  race  is 
nominally  Christian,  and  on  most  of  the  islands  all  signs  of  heathenism  have 
been  abolished.  In  nearly  every  village  there  is  a  church  and  day  school, 
a  native  pastor's  house,  and  regular  religious  and  educational  work  is  carried 
on.  Many  of  the  people  can  read,  write  and  cypher,  and  have  some  know- 
ledge of  Scripture  and  geography.  They  are  industrious  fishermen  and 
skilful  canoe  builders,  and  were  formerly  much  sought  after  by  recruiters  for 
Queensland,  Fiji  and  Hawaii  plantations.  Captain  Byron  discovered  the 
easternmost  island  of  the  group  in  1765.  The  northern  islands  were  next 
discovered  by  Captains  Gilbert  and  Marshall  in  1788,  and  by  the  year  1824 
the  whole  group  had  become  known. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  2o 

The  ICllice  Islands,  which,  like  those  of  the  Gilbert  group,  are  purely 
coralline  and  of  only  a  few  feet  elevation,  were  also  annexed  in  1892.  They 
lie  between  5|  and  104  degrees  latitude  south,  and  comprise  Nanoniea,  Nana- 
maga,  Nuitao,  Nukuleilei,  Vaitupu,  Nui,  Nukufetau,  Funafuti  and  Nurakita 
(Sophia).  Mendana  in  1567  is  supposed  to  have  first  sighted  the  EHice  group, 
but  authentic  information  only  commences  wdth  Maurelle's  discovery  of 
Nanomea,  the  northernmost  island,  in  1781.  Captain  Peyter  discovered 
Funafuti  in  the  "Rebecca"  in  1819.  In  later  years  Duperre,  Chiamts- 
chenko  and  Wilkes  completed  the  exploration.  The  islands  have  a  popu- 
lation of  a  little  over  .■},000,  a  small  number  compared  with  the  swarming 
population  of  the  adjacent  Gilbert  Islands.  The  natives,  a  quiet  peaceable 
folk,  are  all  Christianised,  the  London  Missionary  Society  having  teachers 
stationed  throughout  the  group. 

The  principal  crops  gathered  by  the  natives  are  the  pandanus  fruit  and 
the  cccoanut,  which  are  the  staff  of  life  of  the  islanders.  It  is  net  necessary 
in  this  place  to  give  account  of  the  properties  of  the  wonderful  cocoanilt. 
Of  the  pandanus  there  are  over  150  indigenous  varieties  recognised  by  the 
natives,  each  bearing  a  distinct  name.  The  greater  number  are  edible. 
Though  in  a  lesser  degree  than  the  cocoanut,  the  uses  of  this  tree  are  com- 
pendious. The  fruit  is  an  ingredient  of  many  staple  foods  ;  the  timber 
provides  beams  and  posts  for  buildings  ;  the  root  supplies  a  red  dye  for  cos- 
tumes ;  and  the  leaf  is  used  for  thatching,  mats,  and  hats,  being  of  greater 
durability  than  the  cocoanut  leaf.  Beyond  the  two  trees  above  mentioned 
there  is  little  vegetation  of  an  edible  nature  in  the  two  groups,  save  the 
"  Babai  "  (a  species  of  taro),  which  is  grown  in  yearly  increasing  quantities, 
and  the  breadfruit,  which  is  less  plentiful.  But  on  Ocean  Island  are  to  be 
found  the  mummy-apple  and  the  wild  almond  in  great  profusion  ;  the  mango, 
the  pineapple,  and  the  guava  ;  the  lime,  the  jack-fruit,  the  banana,  and  the 
sweet  potato.  The  afluence  of  the  natives  of  Ocean  Island  has,  however, 
rendered  them  careless  of  the  valuable  crops  with  which  they  alone  are 
privileged.  In  the  Resident  Commissioner's  report  for  1912-14  mention  was 
made  of  the  proposed  experimental  fertilisation  of  cocoanuts.  The  reports 
of  experts  received  since  lays  stress  on  the  need  for  growing  leguminous 
plants,  and  manuring  with  fish  manure.     This  advice  is  being  followed. 

The  waters  of  these  islands  teem  with  sharks,  and,  until  the  year  1900, 
the  export  of  fins  was  second  only  to  that  of  copra.  This  industry  has  fallen 
into  comparative  desuetude,  but  might  be  developed,  together  with  the 
collection  of  beche-de-mer.  A  small  variety  of  beche-de-mer  is  luiown  to  be 
plentiful  in  the  lagoon  islands  of  both  groups.  The  natives,  however,  unless 
special  considerations  are  followed,  will  not  be  at  pains  to  search  the  seas 
and  laboriously  prepare  the  beche-de-mer  while  copra  will  procure  them 
all  the  spare  money  they  need. 

The  natives,  in  particular  the  Gilbert  Islanders,  may  be  said  to  possess 
a  talent  for  being  fairly  governed,  says  the  Resident  Commissioner  in  a  recent 
report.  Though  endowed  with  much  of  that  carelessness  and  forgetfulness 
which  imperils  the  life  of  a  primitive  nation  when  brought  into  contact  with 
civilisation,  their  old  spirit  of  obedience  to  a  ruling  caste,  so  sternly  enforced 
in  former  days  by  the  kingly  families,  was  fertile  soil  on  which  to  sow  the  seed. 


2fi  STI'.W  AUT'S    IIANli    lidOK 

of  iicwor  order.  Lack  of  thoujilit  is  couuterpcised  Ijy  revereiue  of  authority. 
They  have  adopted,  and  adapted  themselves  to,  British  rule  with  extraordinary 
faeility.  In  private  life  the  influence  of  the  once  supreme  families  is  far  from 
extinct,  for,  though  tractable,  the  islanders  are  tenaciou-sly  conservative. 
But  the  moral  sway  of  the  old  chiefs  has  a  personal  and  inchoate,  rather  than 
a  universal,  value  ;  it  is  homely  rather  than  political,  and  rarely  comes  into 
conflict  with  the  aims  of  C.overnment.  On  the  coming  of  civilisation  in 
the  perscms  of  the  first  beachcombers  and  traders,  the  native  fell  victim  to 
the  ancient  peril  that  be.sets  a  folk  at  once  eager  and  uneducated  for  western 
luxuries.  Intemperance  threatened  the  race.  But  the  (roverninent,  thanks 
to  the  judicious  and  willing  aid  of  the  native  island  cf^icials,  more  far-seeing 
than  their  fellows,  has  by  simple  yet  effective  temperance  regulations  been 
able  tc  check  the  flood  of  excess  which  was  leading  to  extinction.  No  western 
intoxicant  now  reaches  the  native.  The  fermenting  of  cocoanut  toddy  is 
forbidden  under  penalty,  but  the  nutritive  value  of  fresh  toddy  for  young 
children  prevents  a  complete  ban  upon  its  collection.  What  drunkenness 
there  is — and  it  is  little — is  caused  by  the  secret  consumption  of  fermented 
toddy  ;  what  violent  crimes  there  are — and  there  are  few — are  as  a  rule  the 
outcome  of  clandestine  drunkenness.  The  average  native  is  sober,  kindly, 
and  peaceloving.  The  marriage  laws  are  well  devised  and  well  enforced. 
Couples  present  themselves  to  the  Bowi  (Native  Government  in  Council), 
who  consider  their  qualifications  and  appoint  a  day.  Marriage  can  only  take 
place  with  their  consent,  the  ceremony  being  performed  by  the  Bowi  and 
afterwards  in  a  IMission  Church  if  the  couple  so  wills.  It  is  impossible  to  pre- 
suppose a  high  order  of  continence  in  a  folk  of  this  nature  and  at  this  stage  of 
development,  bvit  the  stringencies  of  native-made  law  and  the  precepts  of 
Christianity  are  strong  weapons  to  enforce  chastity,  and  marriage  is  well 
safeguarded.  Although  the  reasonable  influences  of  civilisation  upon  the 
native  are  on  the  whole  excellent,  they  have  the  effect  of  slowly  discouraging 
old  native  customs.  In  many  cases  this  is  undeniably  good,  since  the  old 
customs  were  often  the  enemies  of  decency,  sanitation,  and  all  that  contri- 
buted to  public  well-being.  But  the  effect  has  been  bad  upon  native  dress, 
and  through  that  channel  upon  native  stamina.  The  old  method  of  lubri- 
cating the  body  (bare  save  for  a  "  riri  "  or  kilt  of  finely  worked  leaves)  with 
cocoanut  oil  was  the  best  possible  protection  from  chill  in  this  region  of  sudden 
rains.  The  cotton  .smock  for  women  and  the  cotton  trousers  and  shirt  for 
men,  which  in  the  mind  of  the  people  seem  now  so  indespensable  to  professed 
Christianity,  while  reducing  the  endurance  of  the  skin,  render  it  the  more 
susceptible  to  the  chills  which  wet  clothing  engenders.  The  result  is  colds, 
pneumonia,  influenza;  eventually  tuberculosis..  The  Government  is  doing 
what  it  can  by  enforcing  the  use  in  all  gaols  of  oil  and  the  "  riri,""  and  by 
encouraging  native  costume  at  all  public  dances. 

There  are  over  200  miles  of  good  road  in  the  group,  varying  in  breadth 
from  12  to  30  feet.  All  roads  are  made  with  "  riburibu,"  a  reef  mud,  which 
dries  hard  and  smooth,  forming  a  durable  surface.  Motor  bicycles  are  kept 
by  traders  and  missions,  who  find  the  conditions  excellent.  In  the  villages 
the  natives  are  responsible  for  the  cleanliness  of  their  own  road  frontage. 
So  keen  is  the  popular  desire  for  smartness  that  in  one  island  it  is  an  oft'ence 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  2i 

punishable  under  native  law,  by  a  fine  of  Is.  to  5s.,  to  pass  by  any  leaf  or 
refuse  which  may  have  fallen  upon  the  fairway.  Roads  run  without  excep- 
tion the  whole  length  of  the  Islands,  on  the  lagoon  side  or,  if  there  is  no  lagoon, 
above  the  western  beaches.  They  existed  in  many  cases  before  the  hoisting 
of  the  flag,  being  the  result  of  mission  effort.  Their  cost  of  upkeep  is  nil. 
as  they  are  made  and  mended  by  the  natives  during  periods  of  communal 
work. 

Tubercular  disease  is  common  and  takes  a  heavy  toll  of  the  native 
population.  Elephantiasis  has  been  introduced  into  the  EHice  Islands  from 
the  Samoan  group,  and  is  now  common  in  all  those  islands.  In  the  Gilberts 
but  few  cases  are  known,  and  it  may  be  found  possible  to  check,  if  not  to  stem, 
the  northward  course  of  this  disease.  Syphilis  is  prevalent  throughout  all 
the  islands  but  is  gradually  being  checked,  the  establishment  of  the  hospital 
at  Tarawa  having  been  attended  with  good  results.  Some  .35  known  cases 
of  leprosy  exist  in  the  Gilbert  Islands.  A  central  leper  station  has  now  been 
started  on  the  Island  of  Tarawa.  In  these  smaU  islands  sanitation  is  a 
comparatively  easy  matter,  and  the  natives  are  cleanly  in  habits.  The 
climate  is  remarkablj'  good  considering  the  limits  of  latitude  within  which 
the  Protectorate  lies.  Though  many  of  the  islands  are  within  a  few  miles 
-of  the  equator;  cool  breezes  prevail  and  the  heat  is  seldom  intense.  ^Malaria 
is  unknown,  but  the  stegomyia  moscjuito  is  common  throughout  the  islands 
and,  with  the  single  exception  of  Ocean  Island,  those  pests  form  the  most 
serious  drawback  to  the  comfort  of  Ufe.  The  common  house  fly  is  at  times  very 
trying,  and  probably  takes  a  large  share  in  the  dissemination  of  dysentery, 
which  disease  is  almost  endemic  in  some  islands. 

The  rainfall  shows  considerable  variation,  the  drought  belt  extending 
from  about  1  degree  north  to  3  degrees  south  latitude,  the  greatest  danger 
being  just  south  of  the  equator.  In  the  Island  of  Butaritari,  which  is  '.i 
degrees  north,  the  annual  rainfall  seldom  falls  below  150  inches  and  droughts 
are  unknown,  while  around  the  Central  and  Southern  Gilberts  the  yearly 
rainfall  has  been  known  to  drop  to  15  inches,  caiising  a  grave  set-back  to  the 
copra  industr}^  It  is  held  by  the  natives  that  periods  of  drought  occur 
about  every  seven  years.  A  severe  drought  occurred  from  1915  to  1!»18, 
which  broke  only  in  May  of  the  latter  year.  It  was  necessary  for  the  Govern- 
ment to  provide  food  for  the  natives  of  Arorae  and  Onotoa  during  1917-18 
owing  to  the  drought.  The  rainfall  in  the  southern  ElHce  and  Union  groups 
is  plentiful,  but  the  most  southerly  of  these  islands  are  on  the  verge  of  the 
hurricane  zone.  The  annual  rainfall  cm  Ocean  Island,  which  is  here  given  for 
a  period  of  eight  years,  may  be  taken  as  a  fair  indication  of  all  these  islands 
close  to  the  equator,  subject  to  periods  of  drought  : — 1909,  19in.  ;  1910, 28  in.  ; 
1911,  141  in.  ;  1912,  13(5  m.  ;  191:?.  77  in.  ;  1914,  154  in.  ;  1915,  80  in.  ;  191G, 
14  in.  In  January,  1914,  a  hurricane  accompanied  by  a  small  tidal  wave 
swept  over  the  Union  group,  cau.sing  much  damage  to  cultivation  and  the 
loss  of  a  few  lives.  The  temperature  is  subject  to  but  few  variations,  ranging 
between  78  degrees  and  80  degrees  as  a  general  rule,  and  on  rare  occa.sions 
falling  as  low  as  68  degrees  or  rising  as  high  as  95  degrees.  Sunstroke  is 
ainknown.  The  climate  is  said  to  be  beneficial  tf  Europeans  suffering  from 
asthma  c  r  pulmonary  trouble. 


2S  STKWAKT'S   HANI)   BOOK 

Mission  work  is  carrictl  on  l)y  tlif  London  Missionary  Society  and  the 
Catholic  Mission  of  the  Sacred  Heart.  Ihe  hea(U)uarters  of  the  Lf)n(lon 
Missionary  Society  are  at  the  Island  of  I'.cru,  in  the  Southern  (Gilberts,  and 
of  the  Catholic  Missicm  of  the  .Sacred  Heart  at  the  Island  of  Butaritari,  in 
the  Northern  (iilberts.  Mission  education  has  done  much  for  the  moral 
and  material  welfare  of  the  native.  In  raising  the  standard  of  intelligence 
and  in  disseminating  the  first  principles  of  Western  order,  Western  common- 
sense,  it  prepared  his  mind  for  the  system  of  British  (Tovernment.  The  march 
under  British  rule  has,  however,  discovered  a  wider  field  of  opportunity 
than  heretofore  existed  for  natives  who  could  claim  a  particular  education. 
But  educational  methods  have  not  progressed  with  equal  foot.  The  teaching 
though  morally  unquestionable,  is  deficient  in  utility.  It  is  too  general  to 
carry  weight.  Although  English  and  arithmetic  are  taught  at  the  Mission 
schools,  a  native  who  speaks  the  one  or  shows  mastery  of  the  other  is  a  rarity. 
The  Ciovernment  has  inaugurated  on  Ocean  Island  and  Tarawa  a  series  of 
English  night  classes  for  native  police,  which,  it  is  hoped,  is  the  first  step 
towards  a  system  of  education  more  in  touch  with  the  needs  of  these  people. 
The  establishment  of  a  central  Government  school  is  now  under  consideration 

Until  the  outbreak  of  the  war  the  Jaluit  (resellschaft,  established  at 
Butaritari,  in  the  Nortliern  Gilberts,  held  a  high  place  among  the  trading 
concerns.  Tliough  the  part  played  by  this  firm  on  the  importation  of  German 
and  Austrian  goods  was  preponderant  it  was  not  exclusive.  The  Jaluit 
Cresellschaft  was  closed  down  at  the  outbreak  of  war  and  the  sale  by  other 
traders  of  goods  manufactured  in  enemy  countries  has  ceased. 

The  exports  of  the  Colony  include  the  high  grade  phosphate  of  lime 
exported  from  Ocean  Island,  and  copra  from  the  remaining  islands.  Sharks' 
fins  is  also  exported  in  small  quantities.  For  the  3'ear  ended  June  30,  Htl6, 
4,795  tons  were  exported  as  against  5,000  tons  in  the  preceding  twelve  months, 
though  the  markets  suffered  a  natural  depression  on  account  of  the  war. 
It  is  hoped  that  improved  methods  of  cocoanut  culture  will  increase  the  output. 
The  export  of  phosphate  from  Ocean  Island  was  also  affected  by  the  war. 
The  total  tonnage  for  1914-15  was  153,000  tons  ;  for  the  period  1915-1(!  the 
output  was  reduced  to  128,000  tons.  ,  The  fall  was  caused  in  part  by  the 
difficulty  of  obtaining  ships,  but  chiefly  by  the  closure  of  the  large  German 
market.  Within  the  delimited  areas  acquired  by  the  Company  on  Ocean 
Island  there  is  sufficient  phosphate  for  many  years  to  come,  and,  provided 
a  market,  there  should  be  no  retrogression  in  this  important  industry. 

The  total  revenue  and  expenditure  for  the  last  seven  years  is  given  below- 

£         s.    d. 

1910-11   Revenue 

,,       Fvxpenditure  .  . 

1911-12  Revenue  

,,       Expenditure  .  . 

1912-13  Revenue  .  .  .  .  .  . 

,,       Expenditure  .  . 

1913-14  Revenue  

,,  Expenditure  .  . 
1914-15   Revenue 


. .   13,963 

5 

6 

. .   12.291 

5 

8 

.  .   21,331 

5 

0 

.   17,965 

9 

0 

.   30,272 

16 

8 

17,952 

4 

10 

.   42,791 

6 

8 

.   21.615 

1 

(i 

.   16.120 

11 

'2 

£ 

s.  d. 

23.522 

2   -) 

23.117 

4  11 

32,867 

If)   1 

24.142 

7   1 

2"),!  (Hi 

1  10 

OF  THE  rACIMC  ISLANDS  2t) 


1914-15  Ivxpciulilure 

1915-16  Revenue  

,,  Expenditure  .  . 

1916-17  Revenue  

,,  Expenditure  .  . 

The  taxes  levied  in  the  Protectorate  consist  of  : — (a)  Import  duties  on 
beer,  perfumery,  wine,  spirits,  kerosene,  tobacco,  jewellery  and  clothing  ; 
(b)  A  royalty,  assessed  on  a  tonnage  basis,  on  the  phosphate  exported  from 
Ocean  Island  ;  (c)  A  capitation  tax  of  £5  per  annum  on  non-natives  resident 
in  the  Protectorate  ;  {d)  Licences  for  dogs,  firearms,  trading  stations,  trading 
vessels,  trading  boats,  motor  cars  and  cycles  ;  (e)  A  native  land  tax,  collected 
in  copra  from  each  island  according  to  ;ts  wealth  and  population.  In  times 
of  hardship  caused  by  drought  in  the  Central  Gilberts  or  by  hurricane  in  the 
Ellice  and  Union  Islands,  the  land  tax  is  reduced  or  remitted. 

Resident  Commissioner,  E.  C.  Eliot  ;  District  Officers,  S.  F.  Anderson, 
A.  Grimble,  G.  H.  K.  Burge  (on  active  .service)  ;  District  Officer,  S.  Knox  ; 
Senior  Medical  Officer,  J.  MacXaughton,  M.D.  ;  Treasurer,  W.  T.  Bentley  ; 
Accountant,  H.  A.  W.  Moulder  ;  District  Officer,  Ellice  Group,  C.  H.  Gibson  ; 
District  Officer,  Fanning  Island,  S.  C.  Methven  ;  Officer  in  Charge  Wireless 
Station,  C.  R.  Keyte  ;  Assistant,  G.  L-  Tilford  (on  active  service). 

OCEAN  ISLAND. 

Ocean  Island  which,  as  before  stated,  is  the  headquarters  of  the  adminis- 
trator of  the  Gilbert  and  Ellice  Islands  Colony,  lies  in  latitude  0  degrees 
52  minutes  S.,  and  longitude  169  degrees  35  minutes  E-,  is  of  coral  formation, 
almost  oval  in  shape,  its  circumference  being  six  miles,  and  is  distant  some 
200  miles  from  the  nearest  of  the  Gilbert  group.  The  British  flag  was  hoisted 
in  September,  1901.  The  Pacific  Phosphate  Company,  which  is  an  English 
company,  work  the  phosphate  deposits  with  which  the  island  abounds. 
The  climate  is  healthy  and,  though  naturally  hot,  is  usually  tempered  by 
refreshing  sea  breezes.  The  company  employs  a  staff  of  about  60  white  men, 
about  300  Japanese,  and  a  large  number  of  native  labourers  recruited  from 
the  other  i.slands.  The  industry  is  surrounded  by  all  the  comforts  and  con- 
veniences of  modern  life,  with  splendid  sewerage  and  fresh  and  salt  water 
systems,  electric  light,  refrigerators  and  ice-making  plants,  telephones,  &;c. 
The  domestic  and  living  conditions  are  probably  the  most  comfortable  in  the 
Pacific.  There  is  an  aboriginal  population  of  some  400,  a  quiet  folk  who  have 
benefited  in  a  pecuniary  way  by  the  advent  of  the  Phosphate  Company. 

In  March,  1916,  the  Ocean  Island  wireless  station  was  completed  and 
opened  for  traffic.  The  rates  to,  and  through,  Australia  are  high,  as  traffic 
is  charged  for  on  the  international  scale,  being  outside  the  Commonwealth 
wireless  extension  sj'stem.  I'or  this  reason  the  station  is  little  u.sed  except 
for  service  messages.  Urgent  telegrams  are  now  transmitted  by  the  Pacific 
Phosphate  Company  to  the  neighbouring  I.sland  of  Nauru  to  be  trans- 
mitted by  the  Company's  representative  on  that  island  at  the  cheap 
rates  which  obtain  within  the  Commonwealth  extension  system.  Telegrams 
of  less  urgency   are  sent  l)y  steamer  to  Nauru,   as  (>])portunity  offers,  to  be 


;!0  STEWART  S   HAXn    r.OOK 

forwarded  from  that  station.  It  is  hoped  that  this  matter  may  eventually 
be  adjusted  in  order  tliat  this  colony  may  recover  some  part  of  the  working 
expenses  of  the  station.  The  erection  and  maintenance  of  this  station  forms 
a  charge  against  the  revenue  of  the  colony. 

Mr.    Thos.    J.    McMahon,    F.R.C.S.,    writes   thus   of     Ocean    and    Nauru 
Ii-'lrnd-.  in  The  Sxdmy  .l/rcY,  of  I-.uir'/y  i'i>.   1!}19:— 

'■  Both  Ocean  ;ind  Nauru  Islands  are  so  small  in  extent,  so  isolated,  as 
to  be  mere  specks  of  earth  upon  the  wide  l)osom  of  the  great  Pacific  ;  but  they 
are  Nature's  store-houses  of  a  very  high-grade  pliosphate  of  lime,  a  magic 
plant  food  and  general  fertiliser.  By  the  magnitude  of  its  operations  this 
enterprise  has  given  a  significant  value  and  importance  to  the  Central  Pacific, 
a  little  heeded,  little  known  part  of  the  globe  ;  but  likely  now,  by  tlie  fortunes 
of  war,  to  come  into  remarkable  prominence.  .  .  .  Two  thousand  people, 
white,  yellow  and  brown,  were  engaged  in  these  industries  before  the  war  ; 
l)ut  that  number,  b}-  the  exigencies  of  the  war,  has  been  reduced  to  a  little 
o\  er  one  thousand.  It  is  more  than  likely,  however,  that  the  pre-war  demand 
for  phosphate  of  lime  will  soon  revive,  and  so  necessitate  the  employment 
of  many  extra  hands.  There  are  hundreds  of  Japanese  employed  at  Ocean 
Island,  and  hundreds  of  Chinese  at  Nauru,  supplemented  by  hundreds  of 
natives  from  the  Gilbert  and  Kilice  group,  the  ^Vlarshalls.  and  the  Carolines, 
and  small  numbers  of  Ocean  and  Nauru  islanders.  Owing  to  the  usual 
British  indifference  to  proclaiming  their  enterprise,  these  Central  Pacific 
industries  have  received  but  scant  recognition  and  appreciation.  It  is  a  fact, 
nevertheless,  that,  if  there  were  no  other  enterprise  in  the  Pacific,  this  one 
alone  would  bring  to  the  great  seawaj'  an  importance  absolutely  its  own  and 
remarkable  in  its  direct  need  to  mankind.  To  the  agricultural  possibilities 
of  Australia  it  has  brought  a  new  power,  which  has  been  tested  to  the  complete 
satisfaction  of  the  Commonwealth  farmer.  The  bounteousness  and  wonders 
of  Nature  are  shown  in  the  composition  of  this  magic  product.  For  years — 
it  is  impossible  to  compute  ho^v  many — countless  numbers  and  generations 
of  sea  birds  were  attracted  to  these  two  tiny  islands,  where  there  was  neither 
man  nrr  animal  to  disturb  them,  and  where  there  was  that  sviperabundance 
of  fish  usual  to  deep  sea  coral  islands.  The  birds  subsisted  to  repletion  on 
the  fish,  and  created  vast  deposits  of  guano,  rich  in  phosphate,  which,  mingling 
with  the  coral  rock,  rich  in  lime,  and  by  the  powerful  processes  of  Nature, 
assisted  by  periodic  and  alternate  droughts,  copious  rains,  and  occasional 
and  complete  submergings  by  the  sea  waters,  were  assimilated  in  one  potent 
chemical  factor — phosphate  of  lime,  a  buff-coloured  rock  that  contains  the 
all-essential  virtues  of  a  prime  fertiliser.  To-da}'  there  is  scarcely  a  bird  to 
be  seen  on  these  islands  ;  but  there  remains  a  rich  treasure  handed  over  to 
the  use  and  ingenuity  of  men.  How  many  people  will  credit  that  in  the  silence, 
the  vastness,  of  the  little  known  Central  Pacific  two  modern  towns  have  been 
up-reared,  two  settlements  of  industrial  activity,  having  every  convenience 
and  comfort  of  civilised  life,  and  throbbing  with  the  energies  of  a  great  modern 
enterprise.  Day  and  night  there  are  the  crash  and  buzz  of  heavj'  machinery, 
the  clangour  and  din  of  many  workshops,  the  beats  of  steam  hammers,  the 
roar  of  furnaces  from  smithies  and  foundries,  the  shrill  Sirens  of  locomotives, 
the  deafening  rumble  and  rattle  of  phosphate-laden  trucks  rushing  across 
over-head  bridges  or  along  busy  railroads,  bringing  from  the  fields  the  precious 
phosphate  rock  to  crushers,  dryers,  and  enormous  storing  bins,  there  to  be 
ready  for  prompt  distribution  to  the  very  ends  of  the  earth.  Between  100,000 
and  200,000  tons  of  this  valuable  product  are  annually  brought  into  the  Com- 
monwealth. Striking  features  of  the  magnitude  of  the  industries  at  both 
i.slands  are  the  immense  spider-like  cantilever  jetties  fronting  the  settlements 
iDestriding  the  reef,  and  breasting  to  the  full  the  open  sea,  sometimes  turbulent, 
and  the  sudden  changes  of  winds  making  the  loading  of  steamers  under  such 
conditions  a  work  of  great  skill  and  some  difficulty.  This  loading  is  also 
interesting,  and,  when  a  steamer  is  standing  by,  goes  on  night  and  day  without 


(JK  THE  PACTl'IC  ISI.ANM)S  '  3E 

a  break.  An  endless  circle  of  surf-l)oats  plies  between  the  jetties  and  the 
steamer,  each  carrying  large  cane  baskets  capable  of  holding,  per  load,  nearlv 
three  tons  of  phosphate.  The  brats  pass  under  the  end  of  the  jetties,  aud 
from  great  shoots  the  phosphate  is  droppetl  into  the  baskets  in  a  most  ex- 
peditious manner.  Thus  laden,  they  are  tugged  otf  to  the  steamer  by  power- 
ful launches,  the  baskets  hauled  up,  and  capsized  into  the  holds  of  chartered 
7,000  ton  steamers.  Natives,  ghost-like  in  appearance  from  the  fine  dust 
that  pervades  the  atmosphere,  load  the  boats  and  trim  the  phosphate  in  the 
ships.  At  night,  with  the  electric  searchliglits  thrown  over  the  scene,  the 
effect  is  phantom-like  in  the  extreme.  A  very  distinctive  feature  of  these 
industries  is  the  deep-sea  moorings  necessary  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
natural  harbours,  and  pernntting  of  loading  in  all  but  the  roughest  weather. 
The  moorings  are  remarkal)le,  as  they  are  the  deepest,  most  extensive,  and 
most  costly  in  the  world.  The  buoys,  anchors,  chains  and  cables  are  of 
gigantic  size,  designed  and  constructed  for  this  unique  system.  It  will  be  a 
.surprise  to  the  reader  to  learn  that  on  these  two  tiny  i.slands  there  is  a  network 
of  well-laid  railroads,  abovit  a  hundred  miles  in  all.  the  lines  traversing  the 
intensely  picturesque  phosphate  lields,  weirdly  conspicuous  in  the  form  of 
spectre-like  and  gaunt  coral  rock  pinnacles  that  obstrude  in  thousands  in  the 
worked-out  beds.  Some  of  these  pinnacles,  church-steeple  style,  tower  to 
heights  of  ."iO  to  '>0  feet.  Thej'  are  weathered  to  an  extraordinary  degree  of 
sharpness,  having  tips  so  fine  as  to  appear  needle-pointed"  The  phosphate 
is  of  two  classes — rock  and  alluvial.  The  former  is  blasted  out,  while  the 
latter  can  be  removed  with  pick  and  shovel.  ICvery  detail  is  carried  out  iii 
a  .systematic  way.  No  sooner  is  the  phosphate  rock  loosened  than  it  is  re- 
moved from  the  scene  of  mining  and  tossed  into  railway  trucks  running  into 
the  very  heart  of  the  fields,  serpentine  fashion,  through  and  around  the 
pinnacles  of  the  worked-out  areas,  ('angs  of  men  attend  to  trains  of  trucks 
as  the  stuff  is  loaded,  and  these  are  pushed  on  to  distributing  hoppers,  great 
wooded  towers  which  stand  out  prominently,  dominating  the  fields,  l-'rom 
the  hoppers  it  is  by  a  very  expeditious  patent  of  trap-doors  dropped  on  to 
trucks,  which  come  up  and  are  pushed  away  and  filled  with  remarkable 
celerity  ;  these  trucks  are  then  sent  from  the  hills  down  steep  inclines  on  the 
plan  of  loaded  trucks  descending  as  empty  trucks  ascend.  Once  on  the  main 
lines,  at  the  junction  of  the  declines,  small  but  important-looking,  puffing 
railway  engines  make  fast  to  long  trains  of  the  loaded  trucks,  which  have  been 
shunted  into  place  by  a  numl>er  of  natives  ;  and  these  trains  are  then  backed 
into  the  great  buildings  where  the  drj-ers  and  crushers  are  at  work.  The 
phosphate  rock  is  dumped  into  wet  hoppers,  and  passed  from  them  to  the 
great  crushers,  where  it  is  broken  up  into  a  size  suitable  for  drying  and  shipping. 
T'rom  the  crushers  the  phosphate  passes  into  the  dryers,  revolving  cylinders 
in  which  the  ph.osphatc  comes  into  contact  with  hot  air.  All  moisture  is 
thus  evaporated.  After  leaving  the  dryers,  the  jihosphatc  is  taken  l)y  ele- 
vators and  conveyers  and  distril)uted  to  the  storage  bins,  capable  on  both 
islands  of  holding  maiiv  thousands  of  tons.  Another  expeditious  and  usefut 
patent  is  attached  to  these  bins  in  long  rows  of  trap-doors  or  opening  \alves, 
which  fill  up  trucks  by  the  mere  pulling  of  a  lever,  the  trucks  are  then  shunted 
on  to  the  jetties,  and  the  phosphate  passed  through  the  jetty  shoots  into  the 
surf  boats  below,  as  told  before,  and  thence  on  to  the  steamers.  To  prevent 
stoppage  of  work  in  wet  weather  great  areas  roofed  with  galvanised  iron  are 
set  apart,  and  here  the  workers  can  lilast,  dig  and  truck  without  discomfort  of 
aiiv  khid.  The  industries  stand  unparalleled  in  the  tropic  world  for  the  care, 
atfention  to,  and  comfort  <if  the  employees.  A  complete  and  successful 
domestic  management  ensures  modern  conveniences  and  comfort  to  the 
workers,  irres])ective  of  status  or  colour,  and  free  of  all  charges.  The  health 
and  entertainment  of  all  are  assured  by  well-planned  systems  of  sewerage, 
fresh  and  salt  water  in  unstinted  abundance,  electric  light,  fresh  focd  supplies, 
refrigerators,  and  telephones  connecting  every  office,  workshop,  and  house. 
I'.very  nook  and  corner  of  the  settlements  is  lit  up  at  night,  giving  the  im- 
pression, when  viewed  from  a  few  miles  out  at  sea,  of  an  approach  to  great 


32  STKWAKT'S    IIAXJ)   BOOK 

towns.  There  is  a  free  daily  distriljulion  of  ice,  with  weekly  distrihution 
of  viseful  household  comforts,  sueh  as  soap,  cordials,  &C. — privileges  perhaps 
unec|iialled  in  any  industry  in  the  liritish  Ivmpire.  The  employees — white, 
yellow,  and  brown — have  free  houses,  free  messes,  free  public  laundries. 
Married  men  are  allowed  free  houses  and  e.xtra  allowance  for  living.  There 
are  excellent  free  recreation  and  reading  rooms,  sports  and  tennis  grounds, 
the  company  supplying  reading  matter  and  the  implements  for  recreation 
and  sport  in  billiard  tables,  tennis  and  cricket  balls.  There  are  free  hospitals 
replete  with  operating  rooms,  dispensaries,  furniture,  and  conducted  so  well 
as  to  be  without  compare  in  the  Pacific  Islands.  There  are  both  European 
and  Japanese  doctors,  matrons,  and  native  orderlies  ;  and  the  medical  atten- 
tion and  medicines  are  free.  Tliere  is  a  fish  market,  and  the  natives  of  the 
islands  are  encouraged  to  bring  in  big  supplies  of  fish  daily,  to  be  passed  on 
to  the  various  messes,  the  married  people  generally  employing  their  own 
individual  fisherman,  who  for  10s.  a  month  provides  any  cjuantity.  In  no 
Pacific  industries  are  higher  and  fairer  wages  or  more  liberal  and  perfect  living 
conditions  offered.  Annual  bonuses  are  the  rewards  of  steady  work,  and  every 
employee  gets  a  per  cent,  interest  on  wages  left  on  deposit  with  the  company, 
an  incentive  to  thrift  which  makes  the  employees,  as  a  body,  one  of  the  most 
independent  in  the  world.  ]Many  have  saved  hundreds  of  pounds.  Asiatic 
and  native  labourers  are  well  housed,  fed,  paid,  guarded  in  health,  and  worked 
under  comfortable  conditions  and  wise  methods  as  to  time  and  weather. 
On  every  hand  there  is  evidence  of  the  determination  of  the  directorate  of  this 
enterprise  to  encourage  the  best  efforts  of  its  employees.  As  a  result,  it  may 
claim  to  have  a  conspicuously  long  list  of  long-service  employees.  A  notable 
fact  IS  that  two  out  of  every  three  leaving  on  expiration  of  terms  of  engage- 
ment apply  for  re-employment.  The  Japanese  have  their  clubs,  and  give  at 
intervals  most  interesting  dramatic  performances.  They  also  have  a  Japanese 
inspector,  who  looks  after  their  interests,  comfort,  and  general  welfare.  They 
have  their  own  hospital,  fully  equipped,  and  their  own  doctor  and  interpreter. 
The  Chinese  of  Nauru  have  their  tea-houses  and  places  of  amusement,  and, 
though  they  come  under  a  limited  time  of  engagement  since  the  outbreak  of 
war,  every  one  has  signed  on  for  a  further  period  of  employment.  The  native 
workers  have  commodious  dormitories  and  messes,  if  single.  The  married 
men  live  in  electric-lit,  tiled-rocf,  well-finished,  cocl  homes,  and  they  have 
their  dancing  grounds  for  any  festivity'  or  rendezvous.  On  both  islands  are 
elegant  and  complete  stages  for  open-air  entertainments,  where  high-class 
concerts  and  theatrical  performances  frequently  take  place  to  the  benefit 
of  patriotic  funds,  which  have  received  some  thousands  of  pounds.  Although 
within  touch  of  the  equator,  these  islands  are  remarkably  cool  and  salubrioiis 
in  climate.  The  health  of  the  communities  has  never  suffered  any  epidemics, 
and  is  maintained  by  a  rigidly  strict  supervision  of  water  wells,  drains,  and 
all  sanitation.  (Tardens  and  pretty  hedges  beautify  the  homes,  the  walks, 
and  the  streets  of  the  settlements.  There  is  an  air  of  comfort  and  cleanliness 
that  is  delightful,  making  the  settlements  seem  ideal.  The  people  are  re- 
nowned for  their  hospitality  to  strangers,  and  life  is  made  pleasant  by  many 
social  funccions." 

TRADING    CONCERNS. 

Ocean  Island  : — Pacific  Phosphate  Company  (W.  Cleeve  Edwards, 
manager).     The  only  store  on  the  Island  is  owned  by  the  company. 

Makin  : — Kuni   Kee. 

Butaritari  : — On  Chong  &  Co.  (Manager,  Wing  Nam),  Burns,  Philp  &  Co. 
(R.  Kdwards),  Nanyo  Boyeki  Kaisha  (South  Sea  Trading  Co.)  (M.  Onodera, 
Manager). 

Marakei  : — Mrs.  Grant  (British),  Mrs.  Revmond,  Burns,  Philp  &  Co. 
(A.  McArthur). 

Abaian  : — A.  McD.  Hitchfield  (British),  A.  Thomas  (Sweden),  On  Chong 
and  Co.,  Burns,  Philp  &  Co. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  33 

Tarawa  : — Messrs.  Burns,  Philp  &  Co.'s  Headquarters  (F.  H.  Tarrant), 
Antoine  Kaverro  (Austria),  On  Chong  &  Co.  (two  stations),  E.  Meyer,  Burns, 
Philp  &  Co.  (C.  Redfearn),  G.  Carter  (British),  Tom  Redfearn  (Half-caste). 

Maiaua  : — B.  Corrie  (British),  A.  Milne  (British),  M.  Sheay  (Ireland). 

Abemama  : — Messrs.  Peter  Yee,  Wing  &  Co.,  Headquarters  (Manager,  Joe 
I-oon),'  Burns,  Philp  .!<:  Co.  (J.  H.  Langlev). 

Kuria  : — G.  M.  IMurdoch  (British). 

Nonouti  : — G.  King  (China),  two  stations.  On  Chong  &  Co.  (Louis  King), 
Burns,  Philp  &  Co.  (Charlie  Redfearn). 

Tabiteuea  : — Sarah  Hicking  (British),  On  Chong  &  Co.  (J.  Lanyon). 
Mee  King  (China),  Kuni  On  (China). 

Onotoa  : — G.  King  (China),  Con  Redfearn  (British). 

Bern  : — Bums,  Philp  &  Co.  (Tom  Redfearn),  Ah  Kinji  (China)  Ah 
Kwong  (China),  L-M.S.  (Private  Store). 

Xukinau  : — Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  leased  from  J.  Smith  (P.  Gibbes),  \V.  Pav 
(China),  A.  Turner  (Sweden). 

Tamana  and  Arorae  : — No  Traders  allowed  ashore  by  Natives. 

KI.LICR   ISLANDS. 

Funafu.ti  : — Samoan  .Shipping  and  Trading  Co.  (Captain  Allen,  Manager), 
W.  Webley  (Resident). 

Viatupu  : — H.   Mitz   (Half-caste). 

Nukufetau  : — Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  have  leased  part  of  the  island 
from  the  natives  and  are  erecting  stores,  copra  sheds,  &c. 

At  all  other  islands  of  the  group  the  natives  trade  with  vessels  direct. 

MISSIONARIES,   cT^c 

The  headquarters  of  the  London  Missionary  Society  in  the  Gilbert 
Islands  are  at  Bern,  the  Missionaries  in  the  group  being  the  Revs.  W.  E. 
Goward,  A.  H.  Arnold,  and  G.  H.  Eastman,  and  Miss  Beatrice  Simmonds. 
Miss  Jolliffe  is  at  Funafuti  (EUice  Islands). 

The  headquarters  of  the  Sacred  Heart  Mission  are  at  Butaritari,  and 
Bishop  Leray  is  in  charge,  and  there  are  about  30  Fathers,  Brothers  and  Sister, 
throughout  the  group,  mostly  French  German,  Swiss  and  Belgian.  Father 
Barcla}'  is  in  charge  of  the  ^Mission  on  Ocean  Island. 

Tarawa  Hospital  : — Dr.  MacNaughton  in  charge  ;  Matron  Armstrong  ; 
Native  Medicai  Practitioner,  P.  Sowani. 

Dr.  Could  is  Medical  Officer  for  the  Pacific  Phosphate  Co.  at  Ocean  Island. 


34  S'1'K\VART"S    HANI)    BOOK 


HAWAII   or  SANDWICH   ISLANDS. 

(AMI'.RICAX.) 

LYINCt  just  within  the  northern  tropic  2,100  miles  from  San  l-"rancisco 
and  some  4,000  miles  from  Sydney  are  the  American-owned  Hawaiian 
Islands.  They  were  discovered  by  Captain  Cook  in  1778,  and  will 
always  be  connected  with  the  name  of  the  great  navigator  as  the  place  of  his 
murder  by  the  natives,  the  scene  of  the  tragedj'  being  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Hawaii.  It  was  Cook  who  named  them  the  Sandwich  Islands,  after  Lord 
Sandwich. 

There  are  eight  inhabited  islands,  the  largest  being  Hawaii,  from  which 
the  group  takes  its  name,  with  an  area  of  4,015  square  miles.  The  second  is 
Maui  (928  square  miles),  and  then  comes  Oahu  (59S  square  miles),  Kauai 
{547  miles),  Molokai  (261  square  miles),  Lanai  (139  square  miles),  Xiihau 
(97  square  miles),  and  Kahoolawe  (69  square  miles),  or  a  total  area  of  6,449 
square  miles.  Outlying  islands  to  the  north-west  which  are  properly  con- 
sidered as  in  the  group  may  have  a  combined  area  of  six  square  miles. 

The  islands  were  first  brought  under  one  control  by  King  Kamehameha 
in  1795.  Queen  Liliukalani,  who  died  in  November,  1917,  was  the  eighth 
and  last  Hawaiian  to  occupy  the  throne  of  Hawaii,  being  deposed  in  1893. 
The  monarchy  was  succeeded  by  the  Republic  of  Hawaii  (1893-1898).  The 
islands  are  now  the  territory  of  the  United  States,  annexed  in  1898.  Hawaii 
is  a  self-governing  territory  to  a  greater  extent  than  other  American  terri- 
tories. The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a  Governor  who  is  appointed  by  the 
President,  as  is  also  the  Territorial  Secretary,  but  both  of  these  officials  must 
be  citizens  of  the  Territory.  The  other  territorial  officials  are  appointed  by 
the  Governor,  with  the  approval  of  the  Upper  House  of  the  Legislature. 
A  law-making  body  consisting  of  a  Senate  of  15  members,  and  a  House  of 
30  members,  elected  by  the  people,  meets  biennially,  and  has  power  to  formu- 
late any  law  not  in  conflict  with  the  federal  constitution.  The  Governor, 
has  power  of  veto,  but  a  two-thirds  vote  of  both  houses  passes  any  measure 
over  his  veto. 

Hawaii  is  represented  in  Congress  by  one  delegate,  who  has  floor  privileges 
in  the  House,  but  no  vote. 

The  Judiciary  consists  of  a  Supreme  Court,  four  Circuit  Courts  ahd 
numerous  District  Courts.  The  Justices  of  the  Supreme  and  Circuit  Courts 
are  appointed  by  the  President,  with  the  approval  of  the  LTnited  States  Senate. 
These  appointments  are  customarily  made  in  accordance  with  recommenda- 
tions of  the  Governor  or  the  local  bar  association. 

Honolulu,  the  capital  and  principal  city,  is  situated  on  the  island  of 
Oahu,  2,020  miles  from  San  Francisco.  It  has  a  population  of  about  75,000, 
exclusive  of  the  United  States  militarv  and  naval  forces,  which  now  number 


. —  ?0|t1 

D   O  X 
o 


c 
<■ 

CT) 

H 

—1 

3 


31 

su  S 

^S 
&J  o 

-e  J, 

o  .. 

3  I 


c\> 


'      QJ 

0)  <ji 


■D 

0> 


o 
o 


3; 

o 

ex 


CXI 


f 

o 

03 


*4 

po 

3 

a. 

H 

5= 

Wk 

9 
3 

rr 

C\) 

f 

0 

<*    5 

;:< 

0) 

a 

3 

in 

01    ^• 

c^ 

GO 

a. 

5" 

m 
r 

^: 

O 
05 

s 

0 

^ 

Z 

(0 

O 

o 

1 

0) 

< 

Co 

< 
—I 

i 

0 

12 

< 

:2 

n 

G2_ 

•^ 

5\ 

O 

o 

< 

> 

—1 
< 

—1 

CO 

t51 

1 

•>■ 

§■ 

^ 

C 

-» 

n 

=3 

«> 

e 

CO 

n" 

X 

f» 

o 

,^ 


a. 


i?-- 


lUassettcr's 

(Established  99  Years) 

MAKE  A  SPECIALTY 

of  executing 

ISLAND  ORDERS 


WRITE  FOR 

Jksissetters 

Price  List 
Post  Free 


Orders  from  the  Islands  receive  the  special  attention 
of  experienced  men  at  Lassetter's — men  who  have 
been  handling  this  class  of  trade  with  conspicuous 
success  for  many  years. 

Result:  Absolute  Satisfaction  to  every  Island  client. 


lUassetter's 

George  Street,  Sydney. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISF.ANOS 


35 


about  11,000  officers  and  men.  All  important  trans-Pacific  steamer  lines 
meet  at  Honolulu,  and  most  of  the  large  houses  doing  business  in  the  islands 
have  headquarters  in  that  city. 

Hilo,  on  the  island  of  Hawaii,  is  the  second  citj'  and  a  place  of  commercial 
importance.  It  is  the  principal  port  of  the  largest  island  of  the  group,  and 
has  a  population  of  about  10,550.  Wailuku,  on  the  isand  of  Maui,  is  the 
country  seat,  Kahului,  being  the  port  of  entry  for  shipping  with  a  harbour 
protected  by  a  breakwater.  Across  the  island  from  Kahului  is  the  beautiful 
old  town  of  Lahaina,  the  ancient  city  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  a  rendezvous 
for  deep-sea  game  fishermen.  I.ihue  and  Waimea,  on  the  i.sland  of  Kauai, 
are  the  largest  towns  on  the  northern  island. 

According  to  the  Governor  of  Hawaii's  report,  June  ."{O,  litis,  the  esti- 
mated population  of  Hawaii  is  256,180,  exclusive  of  the  American  military 
forces,  divided  as  follows  : — 


J  apanese 

Hawaiian 

Portuguese 

Chinese 

American 

British    .  . 

( jcrman 

R.us.sian 

Filipinos 

Part-Hawaiian 

Porto-Rican 

Spanish 

All  -.thers 


Total 


106,800 
22,850 
24,250 
22,250 

30,400 


20,400 

16,100 

5,200 

2,270 

5,660 

256,180 


The  Hawaiians  are  a  stalwart  race.  They  are  generous,  pleasure-loving, 
natural  musicians  and  orators,  usually  well  educated  as  compulsory  education 
has  been  in  vogue  for  nearly  50  years.  They  never  were  cannibals.  They 
welcomed  the  earliest  visitors  gladly,  and  speedily  embraced  religion,  when 
Ijrought  to  them  by  the  American  missionaries  from  New  England  in  1820. 
The  Hawaiians  were  never  savages.  They  have  straight  hair  ;  and,  although 
the  Caucasian  race  dominates,  native  blood  is  found  in  the  highest  social 
and  business  circles  of  the  Islands. 

American  and  liiiropean  pioneers  in  Hawaii,  with  trading  ships  and 
whalers,  were  followed  by  missionaries  from  New  England.  From  these 
sources  the  present  business  and  social  leadership  sprang.  The  same  high 
standard  of  education  and  equipment  which  marked  the  early  settlers  has 
been  reached  by  the  succeeding  generations.  The  leading  American  and 
Ivuropean  Universities  have  been  represented  for  more  than  a  half  century 
by  graduates,  in  the  professions  and  in  business  life.  The  native  Hawaiians 
and  those  of  part  native  blood  are  prominent  in  social  and  business  life, 
and  their  hospitality  is  famous.  Honolulu  is  a  cosmopolitan  city  ;  its  harbour 
is  visited  frecpiently  by  war  vessels  of  many  nations.  Increased  means 
of  communication  and  rapid  growth  of  American-born  population  in  recent 
years  are  making  marked  changes.     In  social  customs  and  manner  of  living 


:>()  STKWAR'I  S   HANI)   r.OOK 

there  is  now  little  difference  between  HonoluU;  and  mainland  American  cities. 
A  large  military  post  always  has  its  peculiar  charm,  but  probably  none  under 
the  Stars  and  Stripes  has  attained  a  greater  development  than  the  great  forts 
and  garrison  posts  that  now  protect  the  group.  A  large  force  of  officers 
and  men  of  all  branches  of  the  army  and  navy  is  permanently  established 
in  this  "  Malta  of  the  Pacific."  The  officers  with  their  families  have  added 
much  to  the  social  life  and  to  the  pleasure  of  many  visitors  to  the  Islands. 
Military  dancer,  with  military  bands  in  attendance,  are  a  never-failing  source 
of  delight  to  both  residents  and  visitors,  and  the  always  fascinating  parades 
and  drills  are  not  less  popular  in  Hawaii  than  on  the  mainland.  The  United 
States  is  completing  a  naval  station  at  Pearl  Harbour. 

Travel  on  all  the  islands  is  safe,  comfortable  and  uniformly  delightful. 
There  are  commercial  railroads  of  high  efficiency  on  the  islands  of  Oahu, 
Maui  and  Hawaii.  The  island  cf  Oahu  is  belted  two-thirds  of  its  girth  by  a 
road  with  exclusively  passenger  trains  each  way  daily  ;  a  branch  extends  to 
the  central  plateau,  the  famous  pineapple  district,  and  the  great  Leilehua. 
military  post,  22  miles  from  Honolulu.  On  Hawaii  an  up-to-date  standard 
gauge  road  of  22  miles  in  length  carries  travellers  in  the  most  comfortable 
manner  from  Hilo  to  within  nine  miles  of  the  volcano  ;  while  another  branch 
50  miles  in  length  extends  to  the  extreme  eastern  point  of  the  island  in  the 
Hamakua  district,  and  is  one  of  the  most  scenic  and  attractive  routes  west  of 
the  Rockies.  A  narrow  guage  line  on  Maui  furnishes  good  service  from  the 
seaport  of  Kahiilui  to  the  country  seat,  Wailuku,  and  in  the  opposite  direction 
tc  Haikii. 

Kilauea,  the  world's  greatest  living  volcano,  is  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii, 
about  225  miles  south  and  east  of  Honolulu.  There  are  several  sailings  a 
week  by  both  coastal  and  deep-sea  liners  from  Honolulu  tc.  Hilc.  From 
Hilo  to  the  Volcano  House  and  Crater  Hotel  the  distance  is  31  miles.  The 
trip  is  made  up  either  by  train  tc  Glen  wood.  22  miles,  and  the  last  nine  miles 
by  automobile  stage,  or  the  entire  distance  may  be  covered  over  an  excellent 
road  by  motor.  A  road  seven  miles  in  length,  completed  a  few  years  ago 
goes  from  the  hotels  actually  upcn  the  floor  cf  the  main  crater  of  the  great* 
volcano,  over  which  it  is  po.'^sible  to  drive  to  within  a  hundred  feet  cf  the 
living  fire-pit.  The  road  winds  through  marvellously  fascinating  scenery, 
descending  some  600  feet  before  finally  reaching  the  old  lava  floor  of  the  great 
crater.  Between  the  Volcano  House  and  Honuapo,  the  port  for  south-coast 
steamers,  an  ante,  mail-stage  service  is  maintained.  The  distance  is  3H  miles. 
It  is  possible  to  reach  the  volcano  from  one  side  cf  the  island  and  depart 
from  the  other  side.  For  the  past  several  years  Kilauea  has  been  more 
active  than  visual  and  has  been  visited  by  many  thousands  of  tourists.  At 
times  it  has  been  exceedingly  spectacular  in  its  display  of  natural  pyrctechnics, 
though  even  in  its  periods  of  comparative  quiet,  this  volcano  may  truly  be 
considered  one  of  the  world's  most  av.'e-inspiring  marvels.  Under  the  allspices 
of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  an  observation  station  has  been 
established  en  the  brink  of  the  fire-pit,  where  trained  scientists  are  constr.ntly 
on  duty  studying  the  varied  phenomena.  Their  reports  have  been  of  ex- 
treme value  to  scientists  all  over  the  world.  Kilauea  and  the  country  sur- 
rounding it  may  be  created  a  national  park,  the  Xaticnial  Congress  having 


"GIiOBE"  THftVEii 

-   GOODS.. 

MADE       IN      AUSTRALIA 


Ask  for  "  GLOBE  "   Brand 


Look    for    THIS    LABEL 


''GLOBE    GOODS    ARE    GOOD    GOODS" 

The    Traveller    who    requires    RELIABLE      BAGGAGE     should 

purchase    ''GLOBE''    Brand    TRAVEL    GOODS.     Sold    by    all 

Warehouses  and   Retailers  throughout  Australia. 


TRAVELLING     TRUNKS     and     HAT     CASES 

LEATHER     BAGS    and     SUIT     CASES 

"QLOBITE"      FIBRE      TRAVEL      GOODS 

STEEL  TRUNKS  and  SHEET    METALWARE 

SMALL  LEATHER  GOODS  &  SPORTS  LINES 

ALL    IX 

Great   Variety  and  Highest  Quality. 


I  '  I  111     '  li    f^ 

L       L    _  f     _ 

Hi 


jtiiasaiii^^ijc^^ 


E2  "^Sa-!!*!-  g^- 


guoibe:      travje:!^      goods 

Give  the  Most    Miles    for    the    Least    Monew 

"GLOBE"   Brand  TRAVEL  GOODS  are  manufactured 
in   Australia   by 

FORD  SHERINGTON  Ltd.  Sydnev 

The  Leading  House  -for  Traveliins^  Goods. 


Branches   at    Melbourne,  Brisbane,  Adelaide,  Perth,  Hobart. 
Write  for  New  Catalogue — MAILED  FREE. 


Counter    Scales. 

Weighing   Machines 


Suitable   for    Storekeepers,    Butchers, 

Confectioners,    Fruiterers,     &c.,     &c. 
LABOUR      and     MONEY     Savers. 


^^^°  Bacon  Cutters 
Cheese  Cutters 
Bread    Cutters 

Over   30,000    "DAYTON" 

Machines    in    use    in 
AustraHa  &    New   Zealand 


Write  for  full  information,    .    . 
Illustrated  Catalogue  &  Price  List  to 


Dayton  Moneyweight  Scale  Go, 


iL.  1  iME  I  x'  e:  d 


5  Queen    Victoria  Building, 
George   Street,    SYDNEY 


NEW   SOUTH    WALES 


Agencies   in   all    States   of   the    Commonwealth 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


37 


passed  a  preliminary  bill  creating  a  Kilanea  National  Park,  bringing  it  on 
an  administrative  par  with  Yellowstone,  Yosemite  and  Glacier  National 
Parks.  The  high  crater  of  Mauna  I,oa  difficult  of  access,  but  scarcely  less 
interesting  than  Kilauea.  Haleakala,  whose  crater  is  more  than  20  nules 
in  circumference  and  2,500  feet  deep  is  the  largest  extinct  volcano  in  the 
world.  Its  floor  is  dotted  with  cinder  cones,  which  from  the  rim  look  like 
ant*hills,  but  in  reality  are  600  to  800  ieet  high.  The  great  crater  is  10,000 
feet  above  the  sea,  and  is  most  conveniently  reached  by  a  fairly  good  auto 
Toad  to  within  eight  miles  of  the  summit,  the  remainder  of  the  distance  being 
uiade  on  horseback.  The  ascent  is  usually  made  during  the  daytime,  reaching 
the  summit  before  dark  to  r  b.'^erve  the  colourful  sunset  eftects.  A  concrete 
Test  house,  impervious  to  wmd  and  weather,  is  located  on  the  brink  of  the 
crater,  and  splendid  sleeping  and  housing  accomniodation  are  provided. 

The  Commercial  Pacific  Cable  Company  has  a  line  from  Konclulu  to 
San  Francisco,  also  the  Asiatic  continent  via  Midway  Island,  Guam  and 
the  Philippines.  The  Federal  Wireless  Telegraph  Company  maintams  a 
service  between  Honolulu  and  San  I'^rancisco.  The-  Marccni  Wireless  Tele- 
graph Company,  has  two  of  the  largest  wireless  stations  in  the  world  on  the 
Island  of  Oahu,  connecting  Honolulu  with  the  American  mainland,  and 
also  stations  situated  in  other  parts  of  the  Pacific.  Each  island  of  the  group 
has  its  own  telephone  system  reaching  every  district,  while  the  separate 
islands  are  connected  by  a  wireless  telegraph  system. 

The  steamers  ol  the  Oceanic  S.S.  CompauA'  call  at  Horn  lulu  en  route 
from  Sydney  to  San  Francisco,  and  Honolulu  is  also  a  port  of  call  for  the 
mail  steamers  going  from  Sydney  and  Auckland  to  Yanccuver. 

Imports  from  Honolulu  from  foreign  countries,  and  shipments  from  the 
United  States  mainland  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1918,  were 
.51,801,204  dol.  The  exports  for  the  same  period  amounted  to  80,546, 60(1  dol. 
The  bulk  of  the  latter  is  contained  in  the  foUov.-ing  list  : — 


Sugar-raw     . 

Sugar-refined 

Friiits 

Rice 

Coffee 

Hides 

Others 


Total 


Imports  from  Japan 

Custom  receipts 

Shipments  from  United  .States  mainland 

Imports  from  foreign  countries    .  . 


S 

62,076,506 

2,033,014 

8,640,838 

84,813 

466,689 

398,719 

6,786,516 

80,487,542 

5 

3,672,468 

1.009,243 

45,004.156 

6.797.048 


38  STEWART  i-   HAND   BOOK 


THE    COOK    ISLANDS. 

(DKP^;Nl)l•;NC^'  of  nicw  zivai.and.) 

(Descriptions  of  Niue,  Suwanovv,  Penrhyn,  Manihiki,  Rakahanga,  Puka- 
Puka,  and  Pahnerston  Islands,  also  included  within  the  boxinrlries  of 
New  Zealand,  will  be  found  elsewhere). 

MOvST  of  these  islands,  which  lie  scattered  over  a  considerable  space 
without  any  intimate  connection  with  each  ether,  v.  ere  discovered 
by  Captain  Cook  on  his  second  voyage  to  the  South  Seas.  Christianity 
was  introduced  from  Tahiti,  during  1821,  by  the  Rev.  John  Williams  and  his 
valuable  Tahitian  lieutenant,  Papeiha. 

The  group,  which  is  situated  between  the  lOtli  and  22nd  parallels  of  south 
latitude  and  the  157tli  and  160th  meridans  of  west  longitude,  comprises 
eight  islands,  which  .ire  named  as  follows  : — Rarotonga,  Mangaia,  Atiu, 
Mauke,  Mitiaro,  Aitutaki,  Takutea.  and  Manuae  (Hervey).  Aitutaki,  the 
most  northerly  island  of  the  group,  is  situated  in  18  degrees  54  minutes  south 
latitude  ;  Mangaia,  the  most  southerly,  in  21  degrees  57  minutes  south  lati- 
tude ;  Rarotonga,  the  most  westerly,  is  in  160  degrees  west  longitude.  In 
addition  tc»  the  eight  islands  of  the  group,  seven  other  islands — Niue  (or 
Savage),  Pahnerston,  Penrhyn,  Manihiki,  Rakahanga,  Danger  (or  Puka- 
puka),  and  Suwarrow — have  been  included  within  their  boundaries,  or,  rather, 
those  of  New  Zealand,  for  the  whole  of  the  islands  mentioned  now  form  part 
of  that  dominion's  territory.  They  were  annexed  m  1900,  and  Colonel  W.  E- 
Gudgeon,  C.M.G.,  was  appointed  Resident  Commissioner,  a  post  that  Mr. 
Moss  had  previously  held.  Captain  J.  Eman  Smith  was  appointed  Resident 
Commissioner  on  Colonel  Gudgeon's  retirement  in  1910,  and  was  succeeded  in 
1912  by  Captain  Northcroft  who,  in  turn,  was  succeeded  by  Mr.  I'\  W.  Platts, 
L.L.r,.     In  1903  Niue  was  placed  under  a  separate  administration. 

Rarotonga  is,  beyond  all  doubt,  the  most  fertile  and  valuable  of  the  Cook 
group,  and  is  the  finest  in  point  of  scenic  attractions.  It  is  a  particularly 
good  specimen  of  the  volcanic  order  of  islands,  and  the  rugged  grandeur 
of  its  mountain  peaks,  and  the  variety  and  luxuriance  of  its  vegetation  com- 
bine to  present  one  of  the  most  picturesque  scenes  that  one  could  possibly 
find  even  in  all  the  "  summer  isles  "  of  the  South  Seas.  Attaining,  as  it  does,, 
a  height  of  8,000  feet,  the  island  is  well  watered  ;  and  a  belt  of  rich  alluvial 
soil,  varying  from  one  to  three  miles  in  width,  extends  all  round  from  the 
mountains  to  the  sea.  The  circumference  of  Rarotonga  is  over  20  miles, 
and  it  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  area  available  for  cultivation  is  by  no  means 
inconsiderable.  The  land  is  at  present  not  being  utilised  to  anything  like  the 
full  extent  of  its  possibilities  ;  and  it  is  becoming  increasingly  difficult  to  lease 
land,  every  acre  of  which  belongs  to  the  natives.  The  sale  of  native  lands  is 
prohibited.  Avarua,  on  the  north  coast,  is  the  principal  village  of  the  island 
and  the  seat  of  the  Cook  Islands  administration,  the  Resident  Commissioner 
being  Mr.  Platts.  It  is  a  port  of  call  for  the  Union  S.S.  Company's  Auckland 
steamers,  which  visit  the  group  every  four  weeks,  and  for  the  Wellington 


UNION  STEAM  SHIP  CO.  of  N.Z.  LTD. 


Magnificent  Fleet  of  69  Steamers  with  a  total  tonnage  of  217,214  Tons. 


INTERCOLONIAL   SERVICES. 

All  New  Zealand  ports  to  and  from  Sydney  via  Cook  Strait,  weekly. 
All  New  Zealand  ports  to  and  from  Sydney,  via  Auckland,  monthly. 
All  Tasmanian  ports  to  and  from  iVlelbourne  and  vSydney,  regnlarlv 
at  intervals  of  a  few  days. 

SOUTH    SEA    ISLAND    SERVICES. 

Auckland  to  and  from  Rarotonga  (Cook  Islands)  and  Papeete,  everv 
28    days. 

Auckland  to  and  from  Fiji,  Friendly  Islands,  Samoa  and  Fiji,  everv 
28  days. 

Sydney  to  and  from  Fiji,  Samoa,  Friendly  Islands  and  Fiji,  evers- 
28   days. 

The  Company  has  constructed  a  FIRST-CLASS  HOTEL  AT  SUVA. 
Tariff  from  16/-  per  day,  according  to  size  and  position  of  room. 

COASTAL     SERVICES. 

Sailings  almost  daily  between  the  principal  New  Zealand  ports  ;  also 
regular  and  frequent  services  between  ports  on  Tasmanian  Coast. 

SYDNEY-NEW  ZEALAND-SAN  FRANCISCO  SERVICE, 
via  TAHITI. 

Regular  sailings  from  Sydney  to  San  Francisco  via  Wellington. 
Rarotonga  and  Tahiti,  every   28  days. 

CANADIAN-AUSTRALIAN    ROYAL    MAIL    LINE. 

Sailing  every  28  days  between  Sydney  and  Vancouver,  via  Auckland, 
vSuva,  Honolulu,  and  \'ictoria,  in  conjunction  with  the  Canadian- 
Pacific  Railway.  The  Grand  Scenic  Route — Rocky  ^Mountains,  Manitoba, 
(xreat   I^akes,   Niagara,   St.   Lawrence,   Hudson  River,  &c. 

Lowest  rates  to  and  from  all  parts  of  Canada,  United  States,  and 
Uurope,  via  Montreal  or  New  York.   "Round  the  World"   Tours,  &c. 


Maps,  Pamphlets,  &c.,  free  on  application  to  the  offices  of  the  Company 

throughout 

NEW  ZEALAND,  AUSTRALIA  (Sydney,  Melbourne,  Adelaide, 
Fremantle,  Brisbane),  TASMANIA  and  FIJI. 


Pleased  Customers 
Mean    Bigger 
Sales 


And  they  in  turn  mean  quicker  turn- 
overs, which  every  storekeeper  is 
striving  for. 

"  A  pleased  Customer,"  so  the  saying 
goes,'' is  the  best  advertisen  ent,"  and 
pleased  custou'.ers  are  secured  only 
by  selling  them  goods  of  undoubted 
qi;ality  and  value.  Take  cheese  for 
instance.  There  are  many  different 
brands  of  var^'ing  quality  and  prices 
—  but  standing  distinct  from  all 
others  is — 

"REX" 

Increasing   numbers    of    housewives  are  learning  to  ask  for      RE)X  " 

Cheese  because  of  our  national  advertising  campaign.     Once  they've 

tasted  "Rex"   no  other  brand  will  satisfy  them. 

vSo  s>et  in  full  stocks  of  this  quick  selling  line  and  increa.se  your    own 

profits. 

Also  stock  up  with  other  "  Rex"  Pure  Foods.       Each  one  is  a  family 

favorite  and  in  consequence  a  quick  seller  vv-ith  no  complaints  coming  in. 


Best  Brands  of  Butter  and 
Cheese  supplied;  also  "Rex" 
Hams  and  Bacon  Address 
your  order  for  provisions  to 
us  and  receive  tip  top  service 


FOGGITT,  JONES  &  GO.,  Ltd. 


Packers  of  "R£X  "   Pure  Food  Products 
Gurers  of  "REX^"  Hams  and  Bacon 
SVDNEY    OR    BRISBANE 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI ANDS  '  41 

iind  San  I'rancisco  mail  steamers  belonging  to  the  same  company.  The 
early  missionaries  estimated  the  native  population  of  Rarotonga  at  from 
6,000  tc  7,000  ;  the  population  is  now  2,913  natives  and  half-castes  living  as 
natives,  and  163  whites  and  half-castes  living  as  whites.  There  are  various 
causes  which  have  produced  this  decrease,  such  as  severe  epidemics,  im- 
morality, intoxicating  liquors  (which  it  is  now  illegal  to  sell  to  the  natives 
of  the  group),  and  the  careless  use  of  European  clothing.  A  wireless  station 
was  opened  in  August,  1918,  and  it  is  proposed  to  link  up  the  other  islands 
which  will  thus  share  with  Rarotonga  the  advantages  of  wireless  communica- 
tion with  the  outside  world.  A  public  market  has  been  established  and  a 
telephone  system  initiated.     A  cool  store  is  being  built. 

Mangaia  is  one  of  the  largest  islands  of  the  group,  being  about  30  miles 
in  circumference,  and  probably  the  least  fertile.  The  soil  is  comparatively 
poor  throughout'  and  the  eastern  side  is  a  desert  of  basalt  rock.  The  people, 
however,  are  among  the  most  industrious  of  the  Cook  Islanders — p.  fact  that 
is  probably  due  to  the  circumstances  under  which  they  live,  for  on  this  island 
the  native  food  does  not  grow  in  the  same  profusion  as  at  other  places  in  the 
group,  and  men  are  compelled  to  cultivate  in  order  that  they  may  live.  At 
a  short  distance  inland  from  the  shore  there  rises  an  almost  perpendicular 
wall  of  dead  coral,  about  100  feet  high,  as  if  the  reef  of  earlier  days  had  been 
lifted  bodily  by  some  convulsion  of  nature.  This  "  makatea,"  as  it  is  called, 
runs  right  round  the  i.sland,  and  is  perforated  by  numerous  caves  and  crevices 
which  in  olden  times  were  used  as  depositories  for  the  dead,  as  well  as  for 
storage  and  other  purposes.  The  top  of  the  "  makatea  "  averages  about  a 
mile  in  width,  and  is  well  adapted  to  the  growth  of  the  citrus  family  of  fruits. 
The  interior  face  of  this  coral  rampart  slopes  down  gradually  into  a  basin  of 
rich  swamp  land,  containing  extensive  taro  plantations,  and  from  this  the 
land  rises  again  in  a  succession  of  low  hills  to  a  central  plateau,  about  tioO 
feet  high,  known  as  the  "  Crcwn  of  Mangaia."  These  taro  swamps  still 
supply  most  of  the  food  of  the  Mangaians,  although  for  many  years  the  tribes 
have  lived  in  the  villages  of  Oneroa,  Tamarua,  and  Ivirua,  on  the  coast. 
The  interior  cf  the  island,  which  contains  some  splendid  valleys,  is  well 
watered  by  streams  which  filter  through  below  the  base  of  the  "  makatea  " 
into  the  sea.  The  population,  which  in  1845  numbered  3,567,  and  in  1906 
was  1,523,  is  now  1,241,  in  addition  to  four  whites.  There  are  considerable 
areas  of  waste  land  awaiting  cultivation,  and  the  natives  are  becoming  alive 
to  the  necessity  of  planting  these  with  cocoanuts,  &c.  Citrus  fruits  are  also 
growing  in  profusion,  and  it  is  estimated  that  with  proper  cultivation  the  out- 
put could  be  increased  twenty-fold.  Mangaia  is  said  to  produce  the  best 
cofifee  in  the  group.     The  distance  of  the  i.sland  from  Rarotonga  is  1 IH  miles. 

Mauke,  or  Perry  Island,  150  miles  from  Rarotonga,  is  low  and  fiat, 
and  a  belt  of  iron  wood  skirting  the  island  obscures  to  some  extent  the  cocoanut 
palms,  which  are  usually  one  of  the  most  prominent  and  first-observed 
features  in  the  landscape  of  a  Pacific  island.  This  ironwood  was  formerly 
found  in  large  quantities,  and  was  much  sought  after  by  traders.  Mauke, 
like  Mangaia,  has  a  fringing  reef,  which,  however,  does  not  so  readily  lend 
itself  to  the  process  of  crossing  in  canoes  that  obtains  in  ^langaia.  A  landing 
has  to  be  effected  on  the  edge  of  the  reef  itself,  and  one  reaches  dry  land  bv 


4 J  '  STEWART'S   HAND    BOOK 

wading  or  l)cing  carried  through  Iho  shallow  water,  covering  the  depression 
in  the  coral  Ijetween  the  outer  edge  and  the  shore.  There  is  a  landing  at  the 
northern  side  of  the  island  also.  Mauke  also  has  its  '"  makatea  "'  or  rai.sed 
coral  area,  but  it  merges  almost  imperceptibly  into  the  volcanic  formation  of 
the  centre,  and  the  general  level  of  the  i.sland  all  over  is  about  00  feet  above 
the  sea.  The  island  is  small,  its  area  being  only  about  four  square  miles 
and  a  half  ;  but  it  is  remarkably  fertile,  and,  notwithstanding  that  it  in 
common  with  the  other  islands  of  the  group  is  very  imperfectly  planted, 
it  exported  in  191fi  86  tons  of  copra  and  6,427  boxes  cf  oranges,  an  output 
that  exceeds  that  of  Atiu,  which'is  six  or  seven  times  its  size.  The  native 
population  is  480,  and  there  are  three  whites. 

Atiu,  which  was  discovered  in  1777  by  Captain  Cook,  duiing  his  tliird 
voyage,  and  entered  by  him  in  his  charts  as  "  Wateoo."  is  much  like  Mauke 
in  appearance,  having  the  same  high  fringing  reef  and  the  same  dead  coral 
formation  over  the  greater  part  of  its  area.  It  is  much  larger,  however, 
its  area  being  about  twenty-two  square  miles,  and  it  has  four  times  as  much 
unused  land  as  Rarotonga.  All  the  usual  island  fruits  grow  well,  but  a  fuller 
development  of  the  resources  of  the  island  is  retarded  through  the  lack  of 
proper  facilities  for  shipping  produce.  xA.tiu  is  new  being  surveyed.  Roads 
are  being  laid  off.  Better  shipping  facilities  are  promised.  The  cavernous 
formation  which  is  so  marked  a  feature  of  the  "  makatea  "  at  ]Mangaia  is 
also  present  in  the  coral-rock  portion  of  Atiu,  and  must,  no  doubt,  be  found 
more  or  less  in  all  islands  that  owe  their  existence  in  any  degree  to  the  up- 
heaval of  a  sea-worn  coral  reef.  The  late  Ngamaru  Ariki  v/as  practically 
King  cf  Atiu,  although  he  had  lived  for  some  years  in  Rarotonga,  and  as 
such  he  exercised  a  measure  of  sovereignty  over  Mauke  and  Mitiaro,  both  of 
which  were  conquered  by  the  Atiuans  prior  to  the  introduction  of  Christianity 
The  population  of  the  island  is  752  natives  and  one  v/hite,  but  this  does  not 
represent  anything  like  the  total  of  the  Atiuan  tribes.  They  are  largely 
represented  in  the  subordinate  islands,  as  well  as  in  Tahiti.  The  settlement  at 
Atiu  is  some  distance  inland,  on  the  flat  summit  of  the  low  central  hill  to  which 
the  i.sland  rises.     Atiu  is  distant  from  Rarotonga  116  miles. 

Aitutaki,  140  miles  from  Rarotcnga,  combines  the  features  of  the  vo- 
canic  island  and  the  atoll.  The  island  is  almost  surrounded  by  a  barrier  reef, 
which  supports  several  fruitful  islets,  and  on  the  south-east  lies  five  miles 
distant  from  the  land.  On  the  western  side  it  approaches  much  nearer, 
the  entrance  to  the  Avatapu  Channel  being  about  a  mile  from  the  wharf 
at  Arutunga,  the  principal  village  on  the  island.  At  the  northern  point  of  the 
island  the  reef  fringes  the  shore  as  in  the  other  main  i.slands  of  the  Cook  group, 
the  barrier  stage  having  not  yet  been  reached.  This  i.sland  approaches  more 
closely  to  Rarotonga  in  the  general  appearance  of  fertility  than  any  of  the 
others,  and  it  can  also  claim  to  possess  a  considerable  degree  of  scenic  attrac- 
tiveness. It  rises  somewhat  abruptly  on  the  western  side  to  a  height  of  360 
feet,  and  slopes  away  gradually  to  the  eastern  coast.  The  area  is  about 
seven  square  miles.  The  lagoon  on  the  Arutunga  side  of  the  island  is  shallow, 
and  can  only  be  used  by  vessels  of  a  very  small  class  ;  but  on  the  eastern  side 
it  is  very  much  deeper,  and  freerer  from  coral  patches,  and  there  are  se\eral 
places  in  the  reef  where,  it  is  believed,  a  navigable  channel  might  be  formed. 


OF  THE  PACII'IC  ISUANDS  i'i 

The  land  at  Aitutaki  is  divided  among  the  people  in  .small  secticns  ;  but 
though  each  family  has  quite  enough  land  for  its  support,  it  has  seldom  more 
than  an  acre  or  two  in  any  cne  place,  and  the  more  remote  sections  are  apt 
to  be  neglected.  The  population  at  present  is  1,294,  two-thirds  of  these 
living  in  the  four  settlements  on  the  western  side,  and  the  remainder  in  the 
villages  of  Yaipae  and  Tautu  on  the  east.  There  is  a  resident  island  nurse 
and  a  large  Government  school.     There  are  eight  white  people  on  the  island. 

Mitiaro  is  a  small  coral  island  lying  about  40  miles  to  the  north-east  of 
Atiu,  and  an  equal  distance  from  Mauke.  Its  area  is  only  about  four  square 
miles,  and  it  nowhere  rises  higher  than  50  feet  above  sea-level.  It  contains 
some  good  land,  however,  and  is  capable  of  producing  100  tons  of  copra 
annually.  One  peculiar  object  of  interest  and  curiosity  is  a  miniature 
lake  in  the  centre  of  the  inland.  It  is  richly  begirt  with  shrubs  of  evergreen, 
and  its  surface  is  generally  so  calm  as  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  a  highly - 
polished  mirror.  The  population  according  to  the  last  returns  was  236  and  one 
wliite  resident. 

Takutea  is  the  small  island  in  the  Cook  group,  its  area  being  about  400 
acres.  It  lies  about  125  miles  to  the  north-enst  of  Rarotonga,  and  close  to  the 
Island  of  Atiu.  It  belonged  to  the  late  Ngamaru  Ariki,  ami  was  by  him  pre- 
sented to  his  Majesty  King  IJdward  fcr  the  benefit  of  his  subjects  in  the  group. 

Manuae  and  Te  Au-o-Tu  pre  enclosed  within  one  reef,  and  are  kiicwn  as 
the  Hervey  Isles — a  name  that  is  frequently  applied  to  the  Cook  group  as  a 
whole.  They  contain  approximately  500  acres  and  800  acres  respectively 
of  good  cocoanut  land,  and  are  leased  by  Messrs.  Bates  and  Gruning  for 
cocoanut  planting.  The  islets  form  a  dependency  of  Aitutaki,  from  which 
they  are  about  60  miles  distant,  and  by  which  they  were  conquered  in  heathen 
times.  By  a  recent  decision  of  the  Land  Titles  Court  Te  Au-o-Tu  was  awarded 
to  the  Arikis  of  Aitutaki  and  their  clans,  71  owners  who  claimed  the  islands 
by  right  of  conquest  ;  while  in  the  case  of  Manuae  an  order  was  made  in  favour 
of  the  8«)  descendants  of  the  conquered  people,  their  claim  having  also  been 
recognised  as  good.  This  partition  of  the  islands  ends  a  long-standing  con- 
tention between  the  rival  claimants,  and  the  judgment  is  admitted  to  be  an 
equitable  one.  The  population  is  stated  at  1,0.  It  was  Captain  Cook  who 
named  these  the  Hervey  Islands,  in  honour  of  Captain  Hervey,  R.N.,  at  that 
time  the  First  Lord  of  the  Admiralty.  Their  distance  from  Rarotonga  is 
120  miles. 

\\'ith  their  great  advantages  of  soil  and  climate  these  fertile  islands 
of  the  Cook  group  are  a  splendid  field  of  enterprise.  l"or  the  growth  of 
cocoanuts,  coffee,  bananas  and  other  tropical  fruits — but  particularly  bananas 
— no  islands  are  better  suited.  The  copra  production  is  steadily  growing, 
large  quantities  now  being  produced  on  Rarotonga,  Aitutaki,  Rakahanga, 
:\lanihiki,  and  Penrhyn.  In  1916  1,120  tens  of  copra,  valued  at  £28,000, 
were  exported.  For  1918  1,500  tons  were  exported.  In  round  numb  rs, 
94,000  cases  of  oranges  (value,  £16,000),  43,000  cases  of  bananas- (£12,000), 
and  36,000  cases  of  tomatoes  (£5,000),  were  .shipped  to  New  Zealand  in  1916. 
Seven-eighths  of  all  this  fruit  and  produce,  approximately  worth  £28,000 
•was  grown  by  native  planters.  The  fruit-export  trade  is  capable  of  enormous 
expansion.     In  order  to  secure  a  steady  increase  in  these  products,  and  so  to 


44  sticwakt's  IIAXU  r.OOK 

prepare  for  the  expansion  of  trade  coniinj^  after  the  war,  an  Ordinance  retiniring 
all  native  planters  to  clear  and  plant  their  uncultivated  lands  has  been  passed. 
Inspectors  have  been  appointed  to  see  that  the  requirements  of  this  planting 
Ordinance  are  duly  carried  out.  As  much  loss  has  resulted  from  the  bad 
carrying-qualities  of  the  island  orange  and  its  susceptibility  to  fly  and  other 
blights,  the  question  of  obtaining  the  services  of  an  expert,  proVjably  from 
I'lorida,  IT.S.A.  (where  an  orange  similar  to  the  Island  orange  is  grown), 
to  report  on  the  fruit  industry  of  these  Islands,  and  to  advise  as  to  the  best 
methods  of  orange  cultivation,  packing,  transport,  and  marketing,  is  under 
consideration. 

The  London  Missionary  Society  are  the  pioneers  in  educational  and 
missionary  efforts  in  this  part  of  the  Pacific.  In  former  times  the  Cook 
Islanders  were  a  very  warlike  race,  having  a  feud  law  very  much  like  the 
Corsican  vendetta.  Tribesmen  left  numbers  of  their  family  legacies  of  hate 
that  had  to  be  carried  out.  But  the  efforts  of  the  missionaries  have  long  since 
brought  about  a  new  order  cf  things.  The  Christianising  work  began  at 
Aitutaki  in  1821,  and  in  Rarotonga  two  years  later  ;  and  to-day  the  islanders 
are  a  quiet,  industrious  people.  The  Rev.  John  \^'illiams,  "  the  Martyr  of 
Hrromanga,"  was  the  first  to  preach  the  Gospel  in  these  islands,  and  other 
famous  missionaries  subsequently  laboured  here. 

Almost  every  village  of  importance  has  its  school.  In  Rarotonga  there 
are  four  native  schools,  one  at  Arorangi  with  148  scholars,  one  at  Avarua  with 
250  scholars,  and  one  at  Titikaveka  with  30  pupils  and  another  at  Ngatangiia 
with  194  scholars.  At  Aitutaki  the  island  next  in  importance  to  Raro- 
tonga, there  is  a  large  school  at  which  270  children  are  taught  by  native 
teachers.  At  Mauke  a  school  has  been  opened  with  SO  pupils,  and  at  ilangaia 
a  school  is  also  to  be  opened.  The  administration  intends  as  soon  as  possible 
to  establish  a  school  in  each  of  the  other  islands  of  the  group.  In  the  mean- 
time the  London  Missionary  Society  is  very  considerately  carrying  on  its 
schools  in  the  outlying  islands  until  the  Government  is  in  a  position  to  take 
them  o^-'^r.  The  teaching  of  English,  with  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic, 
up  to  the  requirements  of  the  fourth  standard,  and  a  practical  training  in 
agriculture,  woodwork,  &c.,  is  the  present  aim.  To  overcome  the  great 
ditficulty  of  obtaining  the  necessary  teachers  for  the  smaller  islands  native 
pupil-teachers  are  now  being  trained  at  Rarotonga.  As  90  per  cent,  of  the 
native  boys  are  destined  to  become  planters,  the  formation  of  an  agricultural 
class  has  been  the  first  step  in  technical  education.  A  class  for  instruction 
in  woodwork  and  manual  training  has  been  established.  A  girls'  class  to 
teach  home  science  is  being  arranged.  Three  places  at  St.  Stephen's  School. 
Auckland,  for  boys  from  these  islands  were  offered  for  competition  at  the 
end  of  last  year.  The  three  successful  students  are  now  at  St.  Stephen's. 
The  provision  of  other  similar  scholarships,  to  be  held  at  some  of  the  insti- 
tutions in  New  Zealand  that  provide  higher  education  for  Maori  boys  and 
girls,  and  of  industrial  scholarships  by  means  of  assisted  apprenticeships 
in  New  Zealand  (with  attendance  at  a  technical  college)  for  boys  who  have 
passed  tln-ough  the  Rarotonga  technical  school,  is  under  consideration. 
It  is  satisfactory  to  note  the  real  appreciation  by  the  natives  of  the  educational 
advantages  offered  to  their  children. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


45 


OFFICIALS. 


NRW  ZEALAND. 

Minister  for  the  Cook  Islands,  Hon.  M.  Pomare,  M.D.  ;  Secretary,  Mr. 
C.  C.  B.  Jor-ian. 

Resident  Commissioner,  Chief  Justice  of  High  Court  and  Native  Land 
Court.  Mr.  F.  W.  Platts,  L.L.B.  ;  Deputy  Resident  Commissioner,  Judge  of 
Higli  Court  and  Native  Land  Court,  Mr.  H.  F.  Ayson  ;  Registrar  of  Courts, 
Mr.  S.  Savage  ;  Collector  of  Ciistoms,  Treasurer,  &c.,  Mr.  W.  J.  Stevenson  ; 
.Surveyor  and  Engineer,  Mr.  H.  M.  Connal  ;  Chief  Medical  Oflicer,  Dr.  R.  S. 
Trotter,  :\LD.  ;  Assistant  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  E.  IVfoore  ;  Nurse  in  Charge  of 
Hospital,  \'acant  ;  Headmasters  :  Avarua  School,  Mr.  W.  C.  Smith,  Aro- 
r.9ngi  School,  Mr.  H.  C.  Bannerman,  Takitumu  School,  Mr.  C.  M.  Mills  ;  Fruit 
Inspector,  Mr.  H.  C.  Berridge  ;  Inspector  of  Police,  Sereeant  Blake  ;  Wireless 
Operator,  Mr.  Dall. 


T.  Duncan,  Mangaia 
J.  Dyer,  Atm 
Ton  Ariki,  Mitiaro 
W.  Wilson,  Penrhyn 


RESIDENT  AGENTS. 

J.  C.  Cameron,  Mauke 

W.  Sanderson  Cooper,  Aitutaki 

H.  Williams,  Manihiki  and  Rakabanga 

H.  B.  Morris,  Pukapuka 


(JIanager,    R. 


TRADERS 

A.  B.  Donald,  Limited  (ilanager,  E. 

^lathews) 
Bonar  and  Shearman 
Cook  Islands  Trading  Co.  (Manager, 

R.McKegg) 
J  agger  and  Harvey  (Manager,  A. 

Anibridge  

EUROPEAN  RESIDENT  AT  RAROTONGA,  OTHER  THAN  OFFICIALS. 


AT    RAROTONGA 

Ah  Foo  and  Taripo 
W.    H.    Grove   &   Sons 

Forester 
J.  Kohn  &  Co. 
E.  H.  Mitchell 
^^'m.  Tavlor 


Amljridge,  IMr«.  (widow) 
Ambridge,  A.  (Manager,  J  agger  and 

Harve}- 
Ambridge,  Mrs. 
Bernadine,  Rev.  Father 
Black,  Mrs.  (widow) 
Brent,  C.  A.,  Clerk 
Brown,  P.,  Planter 
Callender,  — .,  Clerk 
Callender,  I\Irs. 

Estall,  M.,  Foreman  of  Works 
Fox,  A.,  Bookkeeper 
Fox,  I\Irs. 
Fisher,  H.,  Clerk 

Forester,  R.  ^Manager,  Groves  &  .Son 
Forester,  ]\Irs. 
Hosking,  R.  W,  Storeman 
Hosking,  I\Irs. 

James,  Rev.  H.  B.,  Mis.sionary 
Jones,  E.,  Planter 
Johnson  Bros.,  Planters 
Kohn,  J.,  Trader 
Kohn,  Mrs. 

Macalister,  W.,  Planner 
Mitchell.  E.  H.,  Trader 
Mitchell.  Mrs. 


Matliews,   I'..  (Manager,  A.   B.   Donald 

Ltd.) 
Mathews,  Mrs. 
Morell,  Mrs.  (widow) 
McKegg,  R.    (Manager,    Cook    Islands 

Trading  Co.,  Ltd.) 
Russell,  D.  B.,  Plantation  Manager 
Sisters  of  St.  Joseph 
Shearman,  Mrs.,  Boarding-house 

keeper 
Shearman,  Thomas,  ^Manager 
Shearman,  H.,  Trader 
Taylor,  W.  G.,  Planter 
Taylor,  Mrs. 
Taylor,  Wm.,  Trader 
Taylor,  A.  W.,  Clerk 
Taylor,  Mrs. 
Wat.son,  T.,  Pl.mter 
Wicks,  H.,  Missionary 
Wicks,  Mrs. 
Wheeler,     E.,    As.sistant     I'oreman    of 

Works 
Wheeler,  Mrs. 

Williams,  I.,  IMaster  Mariner 
Williams,  Mrs. 

Williams  I'red.,  Master  Mariner 
Willi.uns,  Mrs. 
Wright,  W.  A.  (Agent,  U.S.S.  Co.) 


4(y 


STIiWAK'r  S   HAND   BOOK 


TRADE   STATISTICS   FOR   THE   YEAR   ENDED   DECEMBER   31,     1917. 

The  value  <  f  the  imports,  £8(),0()1,  shows  an  increase  of  £21.500  over  the 
previous  year.  Of  this  increase,  £18,000  was  with  New  Zealand.  Ivxports 
at  £60,190  .show  a  decrea.se  of  £7,9.56  compared  with  the  precedmg  year. 
The  increases  in  the  value  of  the  imports  is  due  to  the  rise  in  the  co.st  of 
goods  more  than  expansion  of  trade.  The  decline  in  the  value  of  the  exports 
was  due  solely  to  the  shortage  of  .shipping. 

The  copra  crops  for  the  year — 1,550  tons — was  the  second  highest  on 
record,  being  beaten  only  by  the  output  of  1911,  when  1,695  tons  were  ex- 
ported. Last  year,  owing  to  the  want  of  shipping  space,  850  tons  were  in 
store  at  the  close  of  the  season,  Vmerica  then  being  the  only  available 
market  for  this  conmiodity. 

In  regard  to  fruit,  the  banana  output  doubled  itself  in  compari.^on  with 
the  year  1916.  Dviring  the  period  under  review  75,000  cases  and  5,000  kit> 
were  exported,  as  against  41,000  cases  the  previous  year.  The  orange  crop 
dropped  from  93.000  cases  to  63,000  cases.  The  tomato  industry,  which 
promised  so  well  three  years  ago,  is  rapidly  on  the  decline,  due  largely  to  want 
of  shipping  facilities.  Slow  irregular  steamers  with  which  the  trade  must 
be  content  for  the  present  are  out  of  the  question  for  the  marketing  of  to» 
matoes.  The  crops  for  the  present  season  promise  to  be  very  hea".  y .  Reports 
from  all  the  islands  indicate  a  large  copra  yield,  and  the  banana  and  orange 
output  will  be  good.  The  installation  of  "  wireless  "  is  of  great  assistance 
to  the  fruit  trade,  in  ad\nsing  arrival  of  steamers. 


VALUE  OF  EXPORTS  FOR  THK 

Article 

Fruit,  Fresh — 

Bananas 

Lemons   .  . 

Oranges  .  . 

Pineapples 

Tomatoes 

Cucumbers 

Not  Otherwise  Enumerated 
Coffee,  raw 


Copra 


YEAR  ENDED  DECEMBER  3 
Where  exporteil 

New  Zealand 


Cocoanuts 


Kumaras  find  Taro 
Ijmejuice 
Pearl-shell 
Potatoes 
Cotton-piece  goods 


Tahiti 

New  Zealand 
United  States 
Tahiti 

New  Zealand 
United  States 

New  Zealand 

United  States 
New  Zealand 
United  States 


Total 


New  Zealand     .  . 
United  States  of  America 
Tahiti 


SUBTMARY. 


BER  31.   1917. 

Value 

Total 

£ 

£ 

22,125 

350 

11.025 

540 

2,520 

18 

10 

195 

120 

- 

3J5 

2,806 

13,610 

2.523 



18,939 

514 

900 

1.414 

250 

11 

2,600 

37 

36 

60,190 

£ 

40,401 

17, 

146 

•) 

643 

Total 


£60,190 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI.AXnS 


17 


SUMMARY. 


IMPORTS  FOR  Till-:  YKAR 
Agricultural  Produce  n.o.e. .  . 


Animals,  living- 
Ducks 
I-'owls 
Horses 


ENDKD  DECUMHHR  ;{1.   11)17. 

New  Zealand  .  .      1,037 

New  South  ^^'ales .  .  2 


Sheep 
Apparel  and  Slops 


Arms,   Ammunition  and   Kxplosives 
P>acon  and  Hams 
Baes  and  Sacks 


Bamboo  for  Hatmakint 
Beer  and  Stout 


Biscuits  and  Cabin-bread 


Boots  and  Shoes 

Buildinti  Material,  n.o.e. 

Putter  and  Cheese    .  . 
Carnages  and  parts  of  same 


United  States 

55 

Tahiti 

1 

1,095 

New  Zealand 

li 

It 

1 :{:{ 

3 

9 

Tahiti' 

10 

U3 

New  Zealand 

23 
.      2,2(57 

23 

United    Kingdom 

149 

New  South  Wales 

19 

Papua 

5 

I'nited  State.*-- 

522 

Japan 

75 



3,o:i7 

New  Zealand 

915 

101 
ISO 

United  States 

326 

1.241 

Tahiti 

ISO 

New  Zealand 

■2V> 

United  State'- 

1 

Tahiti 

4 

.- 

58 

New  Zealand 

.      4.530 

New  South  \\'ales 

4 

United  .States 

95 

Tahiti 

113 

4,742 

New  Zealand 

H93 

United  Kingdom 

161 

United  States 

509 

Tahiti 

30 



1,-593 

New  Zealand 

505 

New  South  Wales 

1 

United  .States 

235 



736 

New  Zealand 

505 

New  South  Wales 

]  25 

United  J^tates 

27 

._ — 

657 

New  Zealand 

.      1,363 

United  States 

8 

New  Zealand 

31 

United  States 

365 

Tah.iti 

13 

409 


■4S 


STF.WART  S   HAND   BOOK 


Cniciiiatographs  and  liiro  of  films 


Cement 


Coal      .  . 
Confectionery 

Cordage  and  Twine 


Cotton  Piece-goods 


Drapery,  n.o.e. 
Drugs  and  Chemicals 

Earthenware  and  Glassware 
Fancy  Goods  and  Toys 

Fish,  Preserved 

Flour    


Fruit,  Fresh,  n.o.e. 
Furniture 


£ 

£ 

New  Zealand 

126 

United  Kingdom  . 

5 

New  South  Wales. 

65 

Tahiti 

283 

479 

New  Zealand 

475 

Tahiti 

1 

476 

New  Zealand 

268 

107 

United  States 

18 



286 

New  Zealand 

585 

New  South  Wales. 

7 

United    States 

194 

Tahiti 

21 

807 

New  Zealand 

.      1,452 

New  vSouth  Wales. 

243 

United    Kingdom . 

.      2,560 

Papua 

2 

United  States 

.      1,807 

Tahiti 

70 

6,134 

New  Zealand 

.      2,858 

United    Kingdom . 

414 

United  States 

173 

Tahiti 

49 

3.494 

New  Zealand 

528 

United    Kingdom . 

15 

New  South  Wales. 

12 

Victoria 

1 

United  States 

83 

Tahiti 

1 

640 

New  Zealand 

269 

United    Kingdom . 

6 

United  States 

73 

348 

New  Zealand 

319 

United    Kingdom. 

15 

New  South  Wales. 

25 

Papua 

4 

United  States 

108 

471 

New  Zealand 

638 

United  States 

628 

1,266 

New  Zealand 

.      3,657 

United  States 

.      2,214 

. 

5.871 

United  States 

141 

New  Zealand 

'.         477 

United    Kingdom . 

3 

New  South  Wales. 

12 

Papua 

7 

Ocean  Island 

4 

United  States 

20 

523 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


49 


Hardware,  n.o.e. 


Hats 


Hosiery 


Hops    .  . 
Instruments,  Musical 


Iron- 


Bar,  Bolt,  and  Rod 
Galvanised  Corrugated  Sheet 
Pipes 

Wire         


Jewellery 


Machines— 
Klectric 


Printing 


Sewing 


^latches 


:Meats~ 

Frozen 

Potted  and  Preser\  ed 

Salted      ..  ,. 

^lilk,   Preserved 


New  Zealand 
United    Kingdom 
New  .South  Wales 
Papua 

United  States 
Tahiti 

f 

. .      1,615 

30 

30 

1 

446 

2 

New  Zealand 
United    Kingdom 
New  South  Wales 
United  States 

167 

44 

1 

17 

New  Zealand 
United    Kingdom 

United  .States 
J  apan 

97 

125 

1 

25 

69 

New  Zealand 
United  States 

202 
14 

New  Zealand 
New  South  Wales . 


172 


New  Zealand 
United  States 

60 

08 

New  Zealand 
Tahiti 
United  States 

203 

84 
16 

New  Zealand 
New  South  Wales 

51 
244 

New  Zealand 
New  South  Wales 

111 
42 

New  Zealand 
New  South  Wales 
United  States 
Papua 
Tahiti 

42 

14 

111 

4 

32 

New  Zealand 

Sweden 

423 

183 

New  Zealand 

United  States 

'.          300 
12 

2,124 


229 


317 
25 

306 

46 
305 

383 
158 


303 


295 


1 53 


203 


606 

149 
.000 

728 


102 


r)0 


STEWART  S   HAND   BOCK 


Nails    . 


Oil- 


Kerosene  and    Benzine 


Other  kinds 


Paints  and  Varnisli    . 


Perfumery  and  Toilet  Prenarations 


Photographic  Good? 
Pro\(isions.  n.o.e. 


Peanuts 
Rice 


Saddlery  and  Harness 
Seeds  ind   Plants 

Silks 


Soap     . 


Specie  (silver) 


Spirits- 
Brandy    .  . 
(reneva   and  din 


£ 

*) 

N'ew  Zealand 

542 

N'ew  South  Wales. 

8 

Tnited  States 

206 

im 

Ney^^  Zealand 

260 

United  States 

693 

Tahiti 

112 

New  South  Wales. 

20 

1,058 

New  Zealand 

220 

New  South  Wales. 

15 

United  States 

53 

Tahiti 

2 

290 

New  Zealand 

360 

New  South  Wales. 

32 

United  States 

182 

Tahiti 

3 



577 

New  Zealand 

38 

United    Kingdom . 

11 

United  States 

33 

82 

New  Zealand 

.      1,682 

7» 

United    Kingdom . 

23 

\'ictoria 

23 

United  vStates 

252 

Tahiti 

2 

- 

1.982 

New  Zealand 

628 

192 

New  South  Wales. 

6 

United  States 

415 

Tahiti 

40 

1,089 

New  Zealand 

75 

United  States 

165 

240 

New  Zealand 

72 

United    Kingdom . 

14 

Queensland 

68 

154 

New  Zealand 

203 

United    Kingdom . 

56 

Japan 

93 

- 

352 

New  Zealand 

.      1,857 

New  South  Wales. 

30 

United  States 

7 

1.894 

New  Zealand 

895 

Tahiti 

6 

901 

New  Zealand 

11 

United  States 

5 
23 

28 


OF  THK  PACiriC   .'Sr.AXDS 


51 


Rum 

Methylated 

Perfumed 


Whisky    .. 


Stationery  and   l^ooks 


Suyar  .  . 


Tea  and  Coffee 
Timber — 
Sawn 


Fruit-box 
Tobacco,  Cigars  &  Cigarettes 


Tools 


Wines — 
Claret 


Other  kinds 


Woodenware 


^Miscellaneous 


United    Kmgdom . 

30 

New  Zealand 

14 

United  States 

.1 
2 

Tahiti 

lo 



22 

New  Zealand 

2H0 

United  States 

104 

364 

New  Zealand 

718 

United    Kingdom . 

2 

New  South  A\'ales. 

'.            18 

Fiji 

10 

United  States 

H4 



812 

New  Zealand 

.      3.504 

United  States 

2 

3,.j06 
289 

New  Zealand 

New  Zealand 

U-22 

New  South  Wales. 

1  :{2 

United  States 

305 

Tahiti 

1 

1.3G0 

New  Zealand 

1.104 

10.863 

New  South  ^^■ales. 

31(» 

Tahiti 

11 



1.425 

New  Zealand 

87 

United    Kingdom . 

3.3 

Papua 

S 

United  vStates 

162 



290 

New  Zealand 

25 

Victoria 

7 

United  States 

52 

84 

New  Zealand 

25 

Victoria 

7 

■ 

32 

New  Zealand 

158 

New  South  Wales. 

7 

I'nited  States 

20 

Tahiti 

1 



186 

New  Zealand 

375 

United    Kingdom . 

52 

Queensland 

12 

United  States 

11 

Tahiti 

23 

Total 


473 
80,061 


STEWART'S  HAXD   BOOK 


SUMMARY. 

£ 

New  Zealand     .  . 

(il,931 

TTnited  Kingdom 
New  South  Wales 

3,74H 
1,596 

\'ict(>ria 

38 

Queensland 

80 

Papua     .  . 

I'lji          

Ocean  Island 

31 

11 

4 

I'nited  States  of  America                       .  . 

11.092 

Tahiti 

1,110 

J  apan 

Sweden  .  . 

237 
183 

Total 


£80,061 


TOTAL  ^■AIvUF;  OF  IMPORTS  AND  EXPORTS  FROM  THE  YEAR  1902 
TO  DECEMBER  31,  1917. 


1902 
1903 
1904 
1905 
1906 
1907 
1908 
1909 
1910 
1911 
1912 
1913 
1914 
1915 
1916 
1017 


1902 
1903 
1904 
1905 
1906 
1907 
1908 
1909 
1910 
1911 
1912 
1913 
1914 
1915 
1916 
1917 


Imports. 

Ainoant 

Increase 

Decrease 

£ 

£ 

f 

27,623 

34,866 

7,263 

33,399 

l.'4S7 

36.993 

3,594 

41,437 

4,444 

50,756 

9,314 

.  .        55,021 

4,265 

67,737 

12,716 

83,759 

16.058 

89,623 

5,828 

93.812 

4,189 

.      110,283 

16,421 

91,132 

19,151 

65,590 

25,542 

58,478 

7,112 

80,061 

21,500 

EXPORTS. 

Amount 

Increase 

Decrease 

£ 

f 

£ 

34,821 

34,740 

"81 

38,248 

3,508 

34.890 

3.358 

45,925 

11,035 

51,578 

5.653 

60,652 

9,024 

73,653 

13,001 

90.749 

17,096 

91,076 

327 

. .      101,708 

10,632 

109,926 

8.218 

77.512 

32.414 

63,057 

14,455 

68.146 

5.089 

.  , 

60,190 

7.956 

TARIFF 

The  New  Zealand  tariff  is  in  force  in  the  Cook  Islands. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLAXD^;  53- 

NIUE  or  SAVAGE   ISLAND. 

(DEPENDENCY    OF    NEW    ZEALAND.) 

"  Savage  Island,"  the  name  given  to  the  Island  of  Nine  b}-  Captain  Cook> 
who  discovered  it  in  1774,  is  a  misnomer,  and  the  natives  themeslves  are 
indignant  that  it  should  ever  have  been  bestowed.  As  a  matter  cf  fact  the 
natives  are  quiet  and  peaceful  and  crimes  of  violence  are  extremely  rare 
there.  The  conduct  of  the  natives  at  the  time  of  Captain  Cook's  arrival 
is  put  down  to  a  fear  cf  disease,  and  it  is  a  sad  fact  that  subsequent  events 
have  proved  that  their  fears  were  not  groundless.  It  is  the  largest  of  the 
islands  that  have  been  annexed  by  New  Zealand,  having  an  area  of  100  square 
miles  and  a  circumference  of  40  miles  by  road.  It  consists  entirely  of  up- 
heaved coral,  and  is  probably  the  resvilt  cf  a  series  of  upheavals.  In  general 
formation  it  takes  the  shape  of  two  terraces,  the  lower  being  90  feet  above 
sea-level,  and  the  other  about  220  feet.  At  Alofi  the  friugmg  reef  is  broken 
by  a  narrow  boat-passage,  partly  natixral  and  partly  the  result  of  improve- 
ments effected  by  H.M.S.  ""  Mildura  "  some  years  ago.  In  addition  to  the  one 
at  Alofi,  there  are  landing  places  at  Avatele  and  Tuapa.  Although  so  rocky 
that  it  is  for  the  most  part  unploughable,  Nine  is  by  no  means  unproductive. 
All  the  usual  tropical  fruits  grow  well.  Large  areas  of  the  island  are  covered 
with  forest,  and  it  is  estimated  that  there  must  be  millions  of  feet  of  timber 
suitable  for  milling  purposes,  including  ebony  and  other  hard  woods.  A 
good  deal  of  the  timber,  however,  is  situated  in  rocky  country,  and  it  is 
questionable  if  it  would  pay  to  cut  it  and  bring  it  out.  There  are  extensive 
caves,  containing  stalactites  in  great  profusion  grouped  in  all  kinds  of  fan- 
tastic shapes.  In  consequence  of  the  porous  nature  of  the  rock,  there  are  no 
streams,  and  consequently  fresh  water  is  scarce.  Concrete  tanks  have  been 
constructed  in  the  principal  villages,  and  wayside  tanks  have  been  placed 
at  intervals  along  the  roads  with  a  view  to  saving  the  young  cocoanuts  of 
which  a  tremendous  number  are  used  every  year  for  drinking  purposes.  The 
principal  industry  cf  the  island  is  the  manufacture  of  hats,  but  the  trade  has 
fallen  off  in  late  years.  The  natives  are  expert  plaiters.  but  the  material 
used — a  kind  of  pandanus — is  not  the  best  for  the  purpose.  It  is  proposed 
to  import  the  genuine  Panama  leaf,  and  if  this  can  be  done  the  hat  trade  in 
.  Niue  will  be  developed  immen.sely.  The  population  cf  Niue  is  about  4,000, 
exclusive  of  the  men  ot  present  absent  in  other  islands.  The  Niueans  are 
naturally  of  a  roving  disposition,  and  numbers  of  them  go  to  Tonga,  Samoa, 
IMalden  I.4and,  &'C.  Many  go  under  engagement  as  labourers,  and  return  on 
the  expiration  of  their  term.  During  the  war  a  number  of  Niueans  enlisted 
for  service  with  the  Maori  contingent.  They  had.  however,  on  account  of 
adverse  weather  conditions  to  be  returned  to  their  homes  within  a  year  or 
twc.  but  not  without  having  first  done  valuable  work  on  garrison  duty  in 
Egypt  and  afterwards  on  active  service  in  I'rance.  There  is  only  one  (Govern- 
ment school  on  the  island  so  far.  This  is  at  Tufukia,  near  Alcfi.  There  are 
abcut  2.")0  pupils  at  present.  The  tune  is  fast  coming  when  schools  will  have 
to  be  opened  in  other  villages.     Carpentry  is  taught  at  a  small  technical  schoc  .1 


54 


STFAVART  S  HAND   BOOK 


run  in  connection  with  Tutukia.  The  white  population  numbprs  about  20. 
Niue  lies  to  the  ?ast  of  the  Tonga  group,  and  580  miles  to  the  westward 
of  Rarotonga,  and  350  miles  south-east  of  Samoa. 


TRADE     STATISTICS. 

EXPORTS  FOR    1917,   ALL  TO   NIvW  ZKALAXD. 


Brushware  .  . 
Copra 

Fungus 

Hats 

Other  goods 


Qniiiitity 

10,087  lbs. 

309  tons   . . 
16.234  lbs. 
1,848  dozen  .. 


Value 

£ 

108 
7,634 

.336 
1,170 

152 

£9,400 


IMPORTS  FOR  1917. 


Agricultural  Produce 

Animals,  Horses   .  . 

Apparel  and  Slops 

Bags  and  Sacks     . . 

Bicycles 

Boots  and  shoes    .  . 

Butter  and  cheese 

Carriages    .  . 

Cement 

Confectionery 

Cordage 

Cotton  Piece  Goods 

Cotton,  vSewin?:; 

Drapery 

Drugs 

Fancy  Goods 

Fish,  Preserved 

Flour 

Furniture 

Hardware 

Lace 

Matches 

Meats,  Preserved  and  Sj: 

Jlilk,  Preserved     .  . 

Oil,  Kerosene 

Perfumery 

Rice 

Rugs 

Saddler}'  and  Harness 

Soap 

Stationery  a«rl  Books 

Sugar 

Tinware 

Tobacco 

Timber 

Miscellaneous 

Totals 


llc-d 


Prom 
X.Z. 

From 
A  ustralia 

From 
Other 
places 

Total 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

92 

20 

112 

33 

33 

1,029 

10 

1.0.57 

304 

304 

141 

141 

149 

1.50 

l.i6 

156 

104 

104 

169 

169 

.-)1 

51 

9.'> 

8 

103 

1.701 

176 

no 

1.987 

87 

3 

90 

244 

3 

5 

252 

.■i62 

5 

567 

105 

105 

.•579 

379 

184 

70 

2.54 

56 

9 

65 

215 

11 

226 

89 

28 

117 

324 

324 

1,250 

3 

1.253 

86 

86 

257 

•) 

259 

107. 

11 

118 

90 

1 

91 

84 

3 

87 

100 

100 

439 

1 

440 

103 

4 

107 

114 

4 

118 

73 

1 

74 

611 

1.30 

741 

293 

293 

2.. 506 

50 

10 

2.566 

£12.382       £511        £186        £13,07!t 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  55 

The  imports  show  an  increase  of  £3,5()7,  and  the  exports  an  increase  of 
C227  on  the  figures  for  1916.  The  inadequacy  of  the  schooner  service  from 
New  Zealand  to  Nine  is  the  main  obstacle  to  increased  prosperity.  Over 
.■}00  tons  of  copra  remained  ready  for  shipment  in  Niue  at  the  end  of  the  year 
while  only  132  tons  had  been  exported  during  the  12  months.  The  island  has 
cjuite  recovered  from  the  1915  hurricane,  and  as  the  natives  are  new  com- 
pelled to  keep  their  cocoanut  plantations  clean  an  increased  yield  may  be 
expected.  Hitherto  the  natives  have  allowed  the  bush  to  grow  up  round  their 
trees,  much  to  the  deteriment  of  the  crop.  Eighty-five  inches  of  rain  fell 
during  the  year,  which  is  about  the  average  for  the  island. 


OFFICIALS    AND    EUROPEAN    RESIDENTS. 

Resident  Commissioner,  Judge  of  High  Court,  Judge  of  Native  Land 
Court,  Collector  of  Customs  and  Postmaster,  G.  N.  Morris  ;  Registrar  of 
Courts,  Registrar  of  Births,  Deaths  and  Marriages,  J.  P.  McMahon-Box  ; 
Chief  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  H.  Barraclough  ;  Head  Teacher,  J.  CM.  Uvison  ; 
Assistant  Teacher,  A.  M.  Cowan  ;  Officer  in  charge  of  Police,  W.  Avling. 

Rev.  J.  H.  CuUen,  1..M.S.  INIissionarv  ;  S.  W.  Carr,  Seventh' Day  Ad- 
ventist  Mi.s.sion  ;  R.  H.  Head,  retired  trader  ;  R.  D.  Head,  trader  ;  A.  O.  Head, 
trader  ;  F.  Head  trader  ;  A.  G.  Head,  trader  :  H.  W.  Collins,  trader  ;  J.  W. 
English,  trader  ;  E.  V.  Fitzgerald,  trader,  A.  G.  Godsmark,  trader's  assistant  ; 
J.  Jackson,  trader's  assistant  ;  E.  J.  Cunningham,  planter. 


56  PTi^WART's   HANI*   BOOK 


THE  PELEW  and  the  CAROLINE  ISLANDS. 

(I.ATE  GliRMAN    POSSUSSIONS,   NOW   OCCUPIED    BY    JAPAN.) 

THE  Pelews  and  the  Carolines,  lying  between  the  equator  and  the 
eleventh  north  parallel,  and  stretching  across  30  degrees  of  longitude, 
consist  of  a  chain  of  652  islands,  with  a  population  of  about  30,000 
a  combinatif  n  of  the  black,  brown  and  yellow  races. 

These  islands  were  discovered  in  1527  by  the  Portuguese,  and  in  1686 
were  annexed  by  Spain.  After  the  failure  of  several  missionary  attempts 
in  the  18th  century,  Spain  took  little  active  interest  in  the  group  until  August, 
1885,  when  the  German  flag  wa:-  hoisted  at  Yap.  The  sharp  dispute  which 
followed  was  referred  to  the  Pope  as  arbitrator,  who  decided  in  favour  of 
Spain,  but  reserved  to  Germany  special  trade  privileges.  In  1889  with  the 
Marianne  or  Ladrone  Islands  to  the  north  (except  Guam,  which  was  ceded 
by  Spain  to  the  United  States  in  1898),  the  groups  passed  from  Spanish  to 
German  possession,  the  purchase  price  paid  by  Germany  being  £840,000. 
In  1914,  shortly  after  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  Japan  occupied  the  islands 
and  is  now  administering  them  under  mandate. 

The  chief  islands  in  the  Carolines  are  Yap,  Ponape  and  Kusaie  (Strong's 
Island),  all  volcanic,  well  watered,  and  extremely  fertile  ;  and  in  the  Pelews, 
Bab-el-Thaob.  P'or  administrative  purposes  there  are  two  divisions — the 
Eastern  Carolines,  capital  Ponape  ;  and  the  Western  Carolines  and  the  Pelews, 
capital  Yap. 

The  climate  is  moist  and  equa1)le,  the  extreme  range  of  the  thermometer 
during  three  days  being  only  19  degrees,  the  mean  temperature  being  80J 
degrees.  The  trade  wind  blows  for  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  and  there  is 
a  good  rainfall.  In  common  with  most  of  the  islands,  the  Carolines  are 
occasionaly  visited  by  hurricanes.  In  April,  1905,  an  exceptionally  violent 
storm  swept  over  Kusaie,  Ponape,  and  other  islands,  wrecking  most  of  the 
houses  and  boats  and  destroying  practically  all  the  plantations.  Twenty 
people  were  killed  and  more  than  300  injured.  Again,  in  April,  1907,  great 
havoc  was  played  by  a  big  storm,  much  distress  being  caused. 

Of  all  the  islands  in  the  Pacific,  excepting  only  Easter  Island,  with  its 
colossal  images,  the  Carolines  are  the  most  interesting.  Mr.  Christian, 
with  whose  book,  "  The  Care  line  Islands,"  the  visitor  should  be  provided, 
describes  them  as  "  an  enchanted  region  of  archaeology."  Scattered  through- 
out the  group,  notably  at  Ponape  and  I.,ele,  a  little  island  off  Kusaie,  are 
massive  ruins — one  of  a  strange  water  town,  an  ancient  island  Venice, — 
whose  origin  is  as  mysterious  as  that  of  the  great  stone  figures  on  Easter 
Island.  Hundreds  of  acres,  in  some  localities,  are  covered  by  the  remains  of 
walls,  canals  and  earthworks  of  the  most  stupendous  character,  built  upon  a 
general  plan  such  as  could  only  hav'e  been  conceived  by  men  of  power  and 
intelligence,  acquainted  with  mechanical  appliances  for  raising  enormous 
weights  and  transporting  huge  blocks  of  stone  considerable  distances,  both 
by  land    and   water.     These   works,   which   strike   even   civilised   men   with 


Ol''  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  •  57 

astonishment,  conld  only  have  been  effected  b}'  the  labour  of  thousands  of 
men  working  in  concert  and  under  command,  and  they  prove  from  their 
aspect  and  the  evident  intention  of  some  of  them,  that  their  builders  must 
have  had  at  the  time  of  their  erection  some  form  of  settled  government  and 
system  of  religion.  By  whom  and  for  what  purpose  they  were  built  are 
questions  to  which  no  answer  has  yet  been  given.  A  careful  inspection  of 
the  country  and  comparison  with  similar  ruins,  if  such  there  be,  in  other 
countries,  v/ill  give  the  only  prospect  of  solving  the  mystery. 

The  natives  have  possessed  from  remote  ti!nes  the  arts  of  pottery  and 
weaving  with  the  loom  ;  and  traditions  they  repeat  of  their  ancestors  point 
to  the  conclusion  that  they  must  have  been  a  people  exceedingly  numerous 
and  powerful. 

Thirty-six  minor  groups  are  embraced  in  the  archipelagc ,  the  most  im- 
portant of  which,  taken  one  by  one  from  west  to  east,  are  : — • 

The  Pelew  group,  lying  on  tlie  western  frontier,  contains  about  200 
islands,  Bab-el-Thaob  being  the  largest.  The  principal  products  are  phos- 
phate, turtleshell,  copra  and  beche-de-mer.  The  phosphate  deposits  on 
Angaur  were  discovered  about  1905-6  by  a  German  explorer  and  were  worked 
by  a  Bremen  Company.  Breadfruit,  bananas,  sugarcane,  lemons,  oranges, 
cocoanuts,  and  other  tropical  trees  and  fruits  are  grown.  Cattle,  fowls  and 
goats  thrive,  and  fish  abound  on  the  coast.  In  olden  times  there  was  great 
commercial  activity  in  the  Western  Carolines.  The  Yap  and  Pelew  natives 
used  to  go  on  long  voyages  of  trading  and  conquest.  On  Bab-el-Thaob, 
on  the  hillside,  are  some  interesting  lines  of  ancient  fortifications.  Alli- 
gators are  found  in  some  of  the  creeks,  and  a  peculiar  kind  of  horned  frog 
in  the  valleys  of  the  interior. 

The  story  of  the  wreck  of  tlie  "  Antelope  "  at  the  Pelews  in  1783,  and  of 
the  amiable  Prince  Lee  Boo,  who  accompanied  Captain  Wilson  to  England, 
is  a  familiar  one.  The  shipwrecked  Ivnglishmen  were  treated  for  a  period  of 
four  months  with  generous  hospitality  by  the  natives,  and  described  theni  as 
■■  delicate  in  their  sentiment,  friendly  in  their  disposition  ;  in  short,  a  people 
that  do  honour  to  the  human  race,"  but  subsequent  contact  with  ICuropeans 
has  greatly  diniinished  their  numbers,  without  in  any  way  improving  their 
condition,  and  instead  of,  as  was  then  estimated,  40,000  to  50,000  gay  and 
industrious  inslanders,  there  are  now  but  a  few  thousand  apathetic  and  dis- 
couraged people. 

Three  hundred  miles  north-east  of  the  Pelews  lies  the  Yap  group,  con- 
sisting of  one  main  island,  with  the  islands  of  Map  and  Ramung  to  the  north, 
which  are  only  separated  from  each  other  1)y  a  narrow  channel  easily  fordable 
at  low  tide,  and  half  a  dozen  islets.  Yap  is  surrounded  by  a  coral  reef,  35 
miles  long  and  5  broad.  There  are  hardly  any  rivulets  on  the  island,  but 
inland  are  extensive  swamps  laid  out  in  plantations  of  a  water  taro.  The 
native  population  numbers  about  8,000,  in  character  peaceable  and  apathetic, 
but  not  particularly  cordial  to  strangers,  'llie  island  is  surrounded  by  a 
belt  of  cocoanut  palms,  about  half  a  mile  in  thickness,  and  produces  in  great 
abundance  sweet  potatoes,  various  kinds  of  yam,  giant  taro,  mummy  apples, 
pine-apples,  plantains,  sugarcane,  breadfruit,  and  the  tropical  almond. 
The  principal  timber  tree  is  the  voi  with  a  leaf  like  that  of  a  magnolia,  and 


flS  ■  STKWAKT'S   IIANJ;   BOOK 

in  the  wood  resembling  mahogany.  There  are  numerous  relics  of  a  vanished 
civilisation,  embankments  and  terraces,  sites  of  ancient  cultivation,  and  solid 
roads,  neatly  paved  with  regular  stone  blocks,  ancient  stone  platforms  and 
graves,  and  enormous  council  lodges  of  quaint  design,  with  high  gables  and 
lofty  carved  pillars.  The  ruins  of  ancient  stone  fish-weirs  fill  the  lagoon 
between  the  reef  and  the  shore,  making  navigation  a  most  difficult  matter 
and  calling  forth  many  most  unkind  remarks  from  trading  skippers.  Yap 
i's  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  Caroline  Islands,  having  magnificent  groves 
of  bamboo,  croton,  cocoanut  and  areca  palms.  Huge  green  and  yellow  tree- 
lizards  are  found  in  the  bush,  and  the  nights  are  brilliant  with  fire-flies  glitter- 
ing in  and  out  of  the  woods  like  showers  of  golden  sparks.  There  are  few 
birds,  however.  Tomil  harbour,  on  the  east  coast,  is  the  chief  port.  The 
Dutch-German  cable  touches  at  Yap,  which  is  accordingly  in  communication 
with  the  outside  world.     A  wireless  station  has  been  established  there. 

The  Uluthi  or  Mackenzie  group  lies  a  little  to  the  north-east  of  Yap, 
the  chief  trading-place  being  jNlokomok  or  Arrowroot  Lsland.  The  natives 
have  from  ancient  times  been  subject  to  Yap,  and  annually  pay  their  tribute 
to  the  chiefs  of  that  island.     They  are  a  peaceful  and  law-abiding  people. 

The  next  islands  of  importance  are  Uleai.  Raur  is  the  trading  depot 
of  this  group,  which  exports  great  quantities  of  copra,  pearl-shell  and  beche- 
de-mer. 

The  Hall  and  Hnderby  groups  were  formerly  only  to  be  visited  with  great 
precautions,  as  the  islands  of  Pulo-wat  and  Pulo-suk  used  to  be  nothing  better 
than  pirate  strongholds.  The  natives  have  on  several  occasions  cut  off 
peaceful  trading  vessels  and  massacred  their  crews. 

The  next  group  is  Ruk,  also  called  Hogolu,  comprising  about  70  islands 
of  basalt  and  coral,  lying  in  the  middle  of  a  lagoon,  about  140  miles  round. 
There  is  a  large  depth  of  water,  and  good  anchorage  for  vessels  of  large  draught. 
There  is  a  large  annual  export  of  copra,  pearlshell,  turtleshell  and  beche-de- 
mer.  Here  from  the  grated  root  of  the  wild  ginger  an  orange-coloured 
cosmetic  (taik)  is  made  in  little  cones,  which  are  readih-  exchanged  all  over 
the  Caroline  group.  Ruk  has  a  population  of  about  9,000,  composed  of  two 
distinct  races,  the  hill  tribes  being  dark  in  colour,  and  those  of  the  coast 
a  light  reddish-brown.  The  natives  of  Ruk,  some  of  whom  are  wild  and 
daring,  and  of  the  neighbouring  groups  of  the  Mortlocks  have  a  curious 
custom  of  piercing  the  lower  lobe  of  the  ear-,  loading  it  with  heavy  ornaments, 
and  causing  it  to  expand  to  an  enormous  size. 

The  Mortkcks  consist  of  three  groups,  Lukunor,  Satoan,  and  Etal, 
containing  in  all  98  islands,  with  a  population  of  about  2,000. 

The  next  group  to  the  eastward  is  that  of  Ponape  or  Ascension,  witli 
the  neighbouring  minor  groups  of  Ant,  Pakin,  and  Xgatik.  The  area  of  the 
island  of  Ponape  is  some  340  square  miles.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  barrier 
reef,  enclosing  a  lagoon  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  breadth,  in  which  are  scat- 
tered 33  i.slets.  The  population  is  about  3,000,  who  are  Christianised,  though 
some  of  them  retain  many  of  their  old  heathen  practices.  Ponape  contains 
very  con.^iderable  tracts  of  comparatively  level  or  sloping  lands,  irrespective 
of  the  low  valleys  or  flats  along  the  sea  coast.  It  is  (Iwthed  from  the  beach 
to  the  mountain  tops  with  every  kind  of  the  most  glorious  tropical  vegetation 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  59 

a<  likewise  forests  of  magnificent  timber  trees.  There  are  many  great  streams 
in  all  directions,  with  cascades  for  the  turning  of  mills,  and  in  the  valleys 
below  of  sufficient  volume  for  the  floatage  of  rafts  and  the  navigation  of 
large  boats.  The  interior  is  altogether  uninhabited,  althoiigh  covered  with 
the  ruins  of  a  former  civilisation.  The  island  yields  in  abundance  almost 
every  valuable  tropical  product,  but  the  principal  articles  of  trade  are  pearl 
shell,  tortoiseshell,  beche-de-mer,  copra,  vegetable  ivory  and  fungus. 

Ngatik  or  Raven's  Islai.d  lies  about  30  miles  to  the  south-west  of  Ponape. 
It  is  populated  by  the  descendants  of  an  American  negro  castaway,  who  with 
his  native  wife  and  children,  and  a  few  relations  from  Kiti,  landed  there  about 
50  years  ago. 

The  Ants,  which  lie  about  12  nules  off  the  west  coast  of  Fonape,  are  a 
cluster  of  thirteen  small  and  two  larger  islets,  disposed  in  the  usual  horse- 
shoe formation.  On  Kalap,  the  largest  island,  live  a  number  of  the  Kit 
folk,  engaged  in  collecting  copra  from  the  magnificent  groves  of  cocoanuts 
that  cover  all  these  islands. 

The  ]Mokil  group  consists  of  three  low  islands — Urak,  Manton,  and  Kalap, 
the  last-named  containing  the  main  settlement,  which  is  embowered  in  palms 
and  hibiscus,  and  presents  a  very  pretty  picture.  Urak  is  one  wild  palm 
grove,  full  of  pigs  and  wild  fowl.  The  Mokil  natives,  who  are  Christianised, 
number  about  200,  and  have  a  strong  Mar.shall  Island  admixture,  like  their 
Pingelap  neighbours,  whose  islands  lie  about  (50  nriles  southwards. 

The  Pingelap  group  comprises  three  low  coral  islands  lying  close  together, 
with  a  population  of  about  1,000.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  live  on  the  central 
island,  which  is  neatly  laid  out  in  shady  walks,  skirting  trim  and  well-kept 
plantations  of  bananas  and  various  sorts  of  taro. 

Kusaie  (Strong's  Island),  "  the  garden  of  Micronesia,"  is  the  headcjuarters 
of  the  American  mission  in  the  Western  Pacific.  Its  population,  once  large, 
now  numbers  only  a  few  hundred.  The  health  and  vigour  of  the  folk  have 
been  sapped  by  terrible  diseases,  introduced  by  the  brutal  and  lawless  crews 
of  visiting  whalers,  whom  Dr.  Rife,  of  the  local  mission,  from  some  heart- 
rending medical  experience,  ""  with  perfect  justice  denounced  as  the  vilest 
miscreants,  the  enemies  of  God  and  man.  .  .  .  The  harbour  of  L,ele  in 
days  past  was  a  great  rendezvous  for  the  New  Bedford  and  New  England 
whaleships.  There  the  famous  '  Bully  '  Hayes,  '  the  modern  buccaneer,' 
played  fine  pranks  after  losing  his  vessel  on  the  reefs,  half  frightening  the  lives 
out  of  the  peaceful  Kusians  by  landing  a  number  of  fierce  and  warlike  Ocean 
and  Gilbert  Islanders,  who  brewed  large  quantities  of  cocoanut  toddy  and  set 
the  whole  place  in  a  ferment  with  their  carousals  and  mad  orgies.  Night 
after  night  they  kept  it  up,  alternatively  drinking  and  fighting.  Murdered 
men's  bodies  were  picked  up  on  the  beacli  every  morning,  and  the  poor 
natives  of  Lele  fled  in  terror  of  their  lives.  Hayes  at  last  brought  the  crazy 
mutineers  back  to  their  senses,  and  meditated  settling  on  the  island,  when, 
greatly  to  the  American  missionaries"  relief,  a  barque  came  in  from  Honolulu 
with  the  intelligence  that  a  British  man-o'-war  was  coming  up  fast  in  search 
of  that  dreadful  sinner  and  reprobate,  the  aforesaid  Hayes."  Remarkable 
Cyclopean  ruins  are  to  be  found  at  I.ele,  which,  according  to  the  local  traditions, 
were  the  work  of  a  foreign  race  who  arrived  frc  ni  the  north-west.     Kusaie 


•60  stkwakt's  hanu  book 

is  lofty,  ;ui(l  it  has  two  secure  harbours  for  the  largest  class  of  vessels.  It  is 
a  very  productive  island.  Besides  all  the  tropical  trees  of  Polynesia  and 
various  kinds  of  palms,  it  is  covered  with  valuable  timber  trees  from  the  shores 
to  the  summits  cf  the  mountains.  vSome  of  this  wood,  of  a  species  yet  little 
known  to  ICuropeans,  is  of  the  best  quality  for  shipbuilding  purposes,  being 
perfectly  straight  and  of  the  most  convenient  size,  as  well  as  being  of  great 
lengths  ;  added  to  this  its  durability  is  remarkable,  and  it  cannot  be  attacked 
by  the  salt-water  worm.  For  these  reasons  the  contractors  for  the  building 
of  a  dry-dock  and  wharves  in  Shanghai  and  other  ports  of  China  have  obtained 
hence  and  from  the  neighbouring  island  of  Ponape  cargoes  of  piles,  which 
have  given  great  satisfaction  to  the  engineers  on  those  works.  Kusaie 
is  immensely  valuable  lor  its  timber  alone  ;  but  the  land  lies  practically  idle, 
for  the  natives  do  nothing  more  than  is  necessary  to  provide  food,  which,  as 
it  grows  in  a  great  measure  spontaneously,  is  not  a  source  of  anxiety  to  them. 

Professor  Macmillan  Brown,  of  Christchurch,  in  an  article  in  the  Sydney 
Mo-.iius.  Herald,  in  1914,  on  the  wonderful  ruins  cf  Ponaoe,  said  : — 

"  Most  readers  know  something  of  Stonehenge  and  its  circles  of  enormous 
stones.  Some  have  heard  of  the  neighbouring  Avebury  with  its  still  greater 
moated  circle  of  untooled  blocks,  or  of  the  miles  of  monolithic  avenue  at 
Carnac,  in  Brittany.  Still  fewer  have  heard  of  Faster  Island  and  its  mega- 
Hthic  platforms  and  huge  stone  busts,  or  of  Tialmanaco,  the  unhistoried  city 
of  the  Titans,  on  the  Andes,  14,000  feet  above  the  sea.  It  is  only  the  student 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean  or  of  anthropology  that  knows  anything  of  Metalanim, 
a  megalithie  city  on  the  '^outh-eastern  shore  of  Ponape,  one  of  the  most  easterly 
islands  of  the  Caroline  Group. 

"  Yet  my  visit  to  this  architectural  problem  has  impressed  me  as  deeply 
as  that  of  the  megalithie  structures  of  Peru.  I'nlike  these,  it  is  not  on  moun- 
tain Dlateaus  or  naturally  fortified  heights.  It  is  right  on  the  sea  ;  and  only  at 
low  tide  is  there  any  possibility  of  a  land-force  approaching  it  from  the  island  ; 
and  then  only  by  wading  across  the  shallow  pools  and  lagoons  of  the  reef, 
a  perilous  undertaking  under  an  equatorial  sun,  as  I  found  at  the  cost  of  many 
a  blister,  and  the  ultimate  loss  of  roils  of  epidermis.  But  its  streets  are 
canals,  along  which  even  at  fairly  low  tide,  a  canoe  can  find  its  way.  The 
mangrove  has  taken  possession  of  their  borders  ;  and  vet,  as  we  paddle  or 
pole  along  their  watery  miles  glimpses  of  the  enormous  blocks  that  line  them 
and  make  the  breastwork  of  their  island  platforms,  impress  iis  with  their 
colossal  proportions  perhaps  more  than  i*^  they  had  all  stood  up  clear  in  the 
sunlight. 

"  Christian's  book  on  the  Caroline  Islands,  following  the  monographs  of 
Kubary  cf  tragic  death,  stirred  scholars  to  puzzled  thought  over  the  origin 
and  the  builders  of  this  sea-city  of  the  giants.  They  gave  a  plan  and  exact 
measurements  of  its  islands  and  walls  and  stones.  They  excavated  one  or 
two  of  the  tombs,  and  found  shell  beads  and  shell-axes  and  shell-wristlets 
and  breast-ornaments.  But  it  threw  no  light  on  the  problem  :  how  could  this 
great  city  of  colossal  stones  have  arisen  like  a  dream  out  of  the  sea  ?  How 
could  people  who  had  no  better  than  shell  decorations  and  shell  axes  have 
quarried  and  transported  and  erected  in  their  place  these  countless  blocks 
that  only  the  most  moiiern  appliances  would  seem  able  to  manipulate  ?  How- 
could  this  megalithie  Venice  have  sprung  into  being  thousands  of  miles  from 
all  continents,  all  great  centres  of  civilisation,  and  all  great  routes  of  traffic  ? 

"  A  more  recent  visitor,  a  Dr.  Hambruch,  a  member  of  a  scientific  ex- 
pedition from  Hamburg,  visited  it  some  half-dozen  years  ago  ;  and  in  a  short 
monograph  he  has  given  a  corrected  plan  of  the  place,  and  revised  measure- 
ments ;  he  has  even  gathered  from  the  natives,  through  an  interpreter  new 
meanings  for  the  old  names  of  thi  buildings,  and  the  islands.      But  he  has 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISIAXDS  (•  1 

•only  added  to  our  bewilderment.  It  is  always  perilous  to  venture  on  con- 
jecture based  on  local  or  even  scientifically  philological  explanation  of  geo- 
praphical  names  ;  but  it  becomes  doubly  perilous  when  the  explanation  is 
given  in  an  unfamiliar  language.  His  monograph  has  not  led  u.s'  anv  nearer 
to  a  solution  of  the  mystery.  It  has  rather  added  to  the  darkness  of  it  by 
adding  to  our  admiration  for  the  builders  of  such  colossal  structures. 

"  Easing  their  conjecture  on  four  skulls,  or,  rather,  calvaria,  found  by  the 
former  in  one  of  the  tombs,  Kubary,  and  following  him  Christian,  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  builders  belonged  to  the  black  race.  They  were  either 
long  or  medium  skulls  ;  and  negro  skulls  are  long.  Instances  are  yiven  of 
Micronesian  skulls  that  are,  some  not  quite  so  long  and  some  of  about  the  same 
length.  Christian  tries  to  strengthen  this  weak-kneed  logic  bv  mentioning 
the  occurrence  of  stone-buildings  at  Gaus'.,  in  the  Banko  Group  ;  and  by  pro- 
fessing to  find  a  wonderful  similarity  in  root-words  between  Ponapean  aiid  the 
language  of  Ffate  in  the  New  Hebrides,  and  that  of  Mota  in  the  Banks  Group. 
He  hamstrings  the  linguistic  argument  by  giving  plentiful  illustraticms  of  the 
similarity  of  the  Melanesian  origin  of  this  megalithic  city  without  illustration 
or  example.  It  is  really  Polynesian  that  is  the  keystone  of  the  bridge  that 
•connects  Micronesian  languages  and  Melanesian. 

"  As  for  the  skull  measurement,  it  is  always  a  slender  foundation  for 
conjecture  as  to  the  race  of  an  individual  or  set  of  individuals,  for  in  most 
races  there  is  a  mixture  of  long  and  short  skulls,  though  in  different  proportions. 
But  here  it  is  fantastic,  for  there  were  only  four  calvaria,  and  these  evidently 
varied  in  index  from  medium  to  long,  as  Micronesian  skulls  evidentlv  vary, 
to  judge  from  the  examples  given,  and  in  Melanesia,  as  along  the  coast  of  New 
Guinea,  long  and  short  and  medium  heads  are  to  be  found  in  almost  every 
village  Though  the  skull  of  the  negro  is  generally  long,  that  of  the  negritto, 
or  small  negro,  is  short  ;  and,  as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  gather  from  my 
own  personal  observation,  the  primeval  population  of  this  western  region  of 
the  Pacific  from  the  Philippines  to  New  Guinea,  and  from  Xew  Guinea  to  the 
Sovithern  New  Hebrides,  was  negritto,  and  over  it  was  laid  a  stratum  of  taller 
humanity  with  longer  heads.  We  shall  have  to  find  some  sounder  cases  of 
conjecture  than  this  if  any  of  the  darkness  round  this  Pacific  mvstcrv  is  to 
be  dispelled 

"  One  of  the  nu  st  striking  things  about  this  great  megalithic  city  is  that 
it  is  a  Venice.  With  Kubary  and  Christian,  I  agree,  against  L^arwin  and  Hale, 
that  there  is  no  evidence  of  subsidence  here,  of  a  land-citv  sinking  into  the  sea. 
The  streets  are  as  manifestly  waterways  as  those  of  the  Venice  in  the  .\driatic  ; 
the  colossal  breastworks  on  either  .'^ide  of  them  are  all  above  lew  tide  ;  the 
buildings  have  been  erected  on  islands  that  have  been  plainlv  laid  on  the  reef 
by  the  hand  of  man.  The  reef  is  perhaps  at  its  narrowest  here  ;  but  it  is  a 
level  platform,  the  outer  edge  of  which  stands  over  oceanic  depths.  Right 
behind  the  great  building  there  is  a  sheltered  nook  in  a  canal,  where  even 
at  ebb  tide  a  canoe  could  be  launched  into  the  wide  ocean  clear  of  reef  and  surf. 
Round  about  the  city  is  a  megalithic  breakwater,  vulnerable  onlv  at  this  point, 
yet  easily  guarded  by  a  small  cordon  of  soldiers  or  canoes.  But  in  this  haven- 
mouth  have  been  dropped  heaps  of  great  stones,  as  if  to  blockade  it  against 
an  invader  by  sea. 

"  The  clear  meaning  of  this  is  that  the  founder  of  the  city  and  its  dynasty 
came  o\-er  the  ocean  and  came  from  the  east.  For  he  made  his  capital  on  the 
€ast  of  the  island,  and  he  made  it  so  that  if  enemies  attacked  him  from  land 
he  could  escape  by  sea  in  the  direction  whence  he  came.  He  was  an  oceanic 
man,  and  had  no  fear  of  the  element  on  which  he  was  bred.  But  he  needed 
waterways  that  were  free  from  the  tyranny  of  storm  and  surf  ;  he  needed  to 
bring  up  his  crafts  of  stone  right  alongside  the  i.slands  he  had  made  :  and  when 
his  ideal  city  was  built  he  wished  to  have  calm  waters  in  which  he  could 
exercise  his  fleets  in  war  manoeuvres,  or  lead  his  stately  processions  of  canoes 
from  holy  isle  to  holy  isle,  from  temple  to  temple. 


62  STEWART'S   HANI)   BOOK 

"  That  he  came  from  the  east  is  confirmed  l>y  the  threat  importance 
attached  to  kava-making  and  kava-drinking  in  the  two  most  temple-Hke 
building;?,  Nan  Tanach  and  Pan  Katara.  In  front  of  the  great  steps  that  lead 
up  to  the  central  courtyard  and  its  altar-tomb  are  huge  basaltic  cryst-ils 
pla<  cd  on  end  that  are  traditionally  assigned  to  the  making  of  kava.  And 
the  custom  of  kava-drinking  undoubtedly  comes  from  Polynesia  ;  it  get*  into 
I'iji,  and  as  far  north  through  Melanesia  as  the  Santa  Cruz  group,  though  it 
also  gets  in  Torres  Straits  as  far  as  the  Murray  group,  and  in  British  New- 
Guinea  west  of  the  Ply  River.  It  misses  the  Gilberts  and  the  Marshalls  ; 
for  the  piper  mcthystica  will  not  grow  on  the  low  coral  islands.  But  it  has 
got  into  Kusaie  and  Ponape,  the  easternmost  of  the  Caroline  Islands,  and  gets 
no  further  west,  although  the  Riik  group  and  Yap  and  the  Pelews  could 
easily  grow  the  plant.  The  custom  has  continued  to  be  of  great  importance 
in  Ponape  to  this  day.  And,  though  there  are  two  wild  species  of  the  areca 
palm  growing  on  the  island,  betel-nut  chewing  has  not  reache  1  it  ;  in  fact, 
it  has  never  ■  f>me  further  east  in  the  Carolines  than  Yap  at  their  westernmost 
limit. 

■  .\nother  revolution  in  the  customs  of  Ponape  points  also  to  Poh-nesia 
as  its  source.  In  its  social  life  mother-right  is  deeply  rooted,  as  it  is  in  the 
neighbouring  ^Marshall  I.slands.  The  community  is  divided  into  kins,  and  the 
man  of  one  kin  must  seek  his  wife  in  another  ;  anything  else  is  counted  incest  ; 
this  is  exogamy.  But  in  Ponape,  as  in  the  Marshalls,  and  to  a  large  extent 
all  through  the  Carolines  and  Pelews,  the  children  count  themselves  as  of  the 
kin  of  their  mother  ;  the  father's  property  goes  to  his  .sister's  children.  But 
the  chiefships  in  Ponape  is  patrilineal  ;  there  are  five  chiefships  in  the  island, 
including  ^letalanim,  and  the  .successor  to  them  all  comes  from  the  children 
of  the  dead  chief.  If  the  dynasty  that  held  sway  in  Ponape  and  built  the 
mcgalithic  \'enice  had  come  from  Melanesia  or  New  Guinea,  it  could  have 
fallen  in  with  the  mother-right  of  the  people,  and  established  matrilineal 
descent  in  the  transmission  of  nile.  Hereditary  chiefship  could  have  come 
from  Polynesia  alone,  the  realm  of  father-right. 

■'  Nor  were  the  Polynesians  unacquainted  with  megalithic  architecture. 
pA'idence  of  this  we  have  enough  in  the  fallen  giant-circle  above  Apia,  in  the 
trilithon  and  the  tombs  of  the  kings  in  Tonga,  in  the  truncated  pyramid- 
temples  of  the  Society  group,  in  the  megalithic  hill-forts  of  Bass  Island,  and 
in  the  platforms  of  Easter  Island.  Though  stone-platforms  are  erected 
in  the  Pelew  Islands  and  in  Yap  for  the  great  club-houses,  and  even  for  the 
ordinary  houses,  and  though  stone  erections  are  occasionally  to  be  found  in 
ISIelanesia,  they  are  all  of  small  stones,  they  are  not  megalithic.  The  avenue 
of  nioncliths  seen  by  -\nson  on  Tinian  and  once  existing  also  on  Saipan  in  the 
Mariannes,  was  not  of  single  stones  but  of  concrete. 

"■  Prom  these  indications  we  find  it  easy  to  accept  the  hypothesis  that  the 
rulers  who  built  this  Ponapean  Yenice  came  from  Polynesia,  or  were  at  least 
of  the  Polynesian  stock,  a  stock  ab.solutely  distinct  from  ]Melanesian  and 
Micronesian.  though  it  may  have  entered  into  the  making  of  both.  The  solid 
walls  indicate  Japanese  architects.  But  there  are  features  in  the  architecture 
of  this  wonderful  city  that  never  came  from  the  east,  or  from  anywhere  nearer 
than  the  continent  of  Asia.  In  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  there  are  no  buildings 
thnt  make  anything  of  the  walls.  In  their  houses,  and  even  in  their  great 
community  buildings,  it  is  the  roof  that  is  all-important  ;  it  is  the  roof  that  is 
huge,  and  that  is  decorated.  The  walls  are,  as  a  rule,  merely  pillars,  with 
temporary  or  permanent  mat  or  reed  shutters.  The  only  exception  to  this 
is  the  ilaori  carved  house,  which  has  a  large  proportion  of  its  carving  and 
decoration  on  the  w-alls  ;  but  the  exception  may  be  due  to  the  climate.  This 
predominance  of  the  roof  is  true  of  China,  Siam,  Burmah,  and  all  Malaysia  ; 
the  Javanese  exceptions,  the  pyramidal  structures  of  Borobudur  and  Bram- 
panaiii,  are  Hindoo.  We  have  to  go  again  into  the  temperate  zone  in  Asia 
before  we  fird  walls  predominate  over  the  architecture  of  buildings.  In 
Manchuria,  and  Korea,  and  Japan,  but  especially  in  the  last,  the  Walls  of 
public  buildings  receive  as  much  attention  as  the  roof. 


OF   THIi   PACIFIC    ISLANDS  f}.'} 

"  The  exceptional  feature  of  the  colossal  structures  of  Metalauiin,  as 
•contrasted  with  all  other  megalithic  buildings  and  with  all  buildings  in  the 
Pacific,  is  the  solid  walls.  They  are  from  10  to  15  feet  thick.  It  may  be  urged 
that  the  material  in  which  the  architect  had  to  work  forced  on  him  this  form  ; 
the  stones  lie  had  to  build  with  are  immense  basaltic  crystals  ;  I  measured 
some  more  than  20  feet  long  and  about  two  feet  in  diameter.  Most  of  them 
are  pentagonal  ;  but  some  are  six-sided,  others  eight-sided,  and  many  four- 
.sided.  He  has  built  them  in  layers  that  rini  at  right  angles  to  each  other  ; 
one  layer  is  across  the  wall,  the  next  is  lengthwise  along  the  wall  like  '"  headers 
and  stringer.c."  But  some  of  the  walls  and  platforms  are  only  faced  with  these 
colossal  crystals,  the  space  between  being  filled  in  with  small  coral.  In 
Nan  Tanach  the  outside  walls  still  rise  in  places  to  30  feet  after  thousands 
of  years  of  disintegration  by  the  roots  and  branches  of  great  trees.  But  it  is 
evident  that  he  deliberately  adopted  this  method  of  architecture  ;  for,  like  the 
Inca  and  pre-Inca  builders  of  Cuzco,  he  shaped  his  stones  to  the  place  they 
had  to  fill  ;  he  broke  his  crystals  into  shorter  lengths,  and  he  used  the  chips  and 
the  .smaller  lengths  to  fill  the  crevices.  Nature  had  already  shaped  and  tooled 
them  in  the  basaltic  cliffs  and  dykes  of  Chokach,  away  in  the  north.  All  he 
had  to  do  was  to  quarry  them  out,  probably  by  the  aid  of  fire  and  steam  and 
levers.  But  when  they  arrived  on  their  rafts  nt  their  destination  he  broke 
them  and  chipped  them  to  suit  his  purpose,  using  the  greater  lengths  to  bind 
his  walls  together. 

"  We  may  be  sure  that  the  architect  had  seen  great  buildings  with  solid 
walls.  This  mould  he  had  in  his  mind,  partly  from  stone  structures,  partlv 
from  wooden.  He  often  uses  the  great  crystals  as  if  they  were  gigantic  beams 
such  as  we  see  in  the  tombs  at  Nikko  and  in  the  huge  temples  of  Japan.  In 
the  foundations  of  the  castles  and  palaces  of  that  archipelago  he  could  have 
seen  enormous  stones  used  in  the  same  way  without  mortar.  And  what  seems 
to  point  to  a  Japanese  architect  or  architects  is  a  projecting  frieze  on  the  top 
of  the  inner  walls  of  Nan  Tanach.  exactly  like  those  we  see  in  the  splendid 
mortuary  buildings  of  Nikko  ;  it  slopes  out  quite  two  feet  beyond  the  wall. 

"  There  arc  many  signs  in  Micronesia  that  the  existing  penetration  of 
this  island  world  by  J  apanese  traders  is  not  the  first  in  the  history  of  the  region. 
I  was  shown  Japanese  bronzes  found  deep  in  the  coral  below  the  forest  on  the 
highest  point  of  Rota,  in  tlie  Mariannes.  The  feudal  society  that  the  .Spanish 
destroyed  in  tliat  archipelago  had  a  close  likeness  to  Japanese  feudalism  ; 
and  it  has  been  suggested  that  '  Chamorro  ,"  the  name  of  the  people,  is  but  a 
local  form  of  '  .Samurai,'  the  name  of  the  retainers  of  the  Japanese  nobles. 
Even  Saipan  may  be  a  form  of  Japan  ;  for  the  people  of  the  Carolines,  who 
were  largely  recruited  from  Chamorro  exiles,  call  the  Japanese  '  Re  (people) 
Sepan.'  Throughout  the  whole  of  Micronesia  one  can  easily  observe  a  ^Mongo- 
loid  element  in  the  faces  and  hair  ;  and  especially  is  this  observable  in  l^onape. 
The  guide  that  Dr.  Kersting,  the  Governor  of  ^licronesia,  gave  us  in  our  ex- 
pedition to  the  ruins,  Alipau,  could  have  been  taken  for  a  Japanese  :  he  had 
black  lank  hair,  laterally  projecting  cheek  bones,  full  eyelids  with  slits  for  the 
eyes  to  near  through,  and  the  Mongol  fold  over  the  tear  duct.  And  he  was  a 
native  of  oMetalanim.  But  it  is  also  to  be  said  that  the  youth  who  led  us 
through  the  waterways  in  his  canoe  was  also  a  native  of  the  place,  and  he  had 
a  fine  Caucasian  or  J'luropean  face  and  wav)'  hair.  Then  into  the  languages 
of  Micronesia,  there  enters  a  distinctly  Turanian  or  agglutinative  element  ; 
there  is  a  libera!  use  of  the  infix  which  separates  the  formative  from  the  stem. 

"  \\'hoever  the  architect  or  architects  of  the  colossal  city  might  Iv.-,  the 
rulers  had  command  of  unlimited  power.  To  quarry,  raft,  and  haul  up  the 
inclined  planes  of  earth  or  wood  there  would  be  required  tens  of  tlioiisands 
of  workmen.  Christian  .says  the  ruins  cover  ]  I  square  miles.  Ivven  if  this 
area  was  very  much  less,  the  colossal  walls  and  breastworks  wt.uld  impress 
the  imagination.  Most  of  the  stones  were  tons  in  weight  ;  some  I  saw  could 
not  have  been  much  less  than  30  tons.  One  I  saw  at  least  half  the  size  of  the 
largest  in  the  fortress  of  Sacsahnaman,  above  Cuzco,  in  Peru  ;  and  photo- 
graphs and  pictures  of  that  are  always  given  to  show  the  vast  multitudes  of 


64  STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 

labourers  the  Incas  could  coniiiiand.  To  explain  the  Iniilding  of  so  titanic 
a  city  it  is  hard  to  helicve  that  the  ruler  had  nothing  but  Ponape  as  it  is  to 
draw  on.  That  island  at  its  best  could  never  have  supported  more  than 
20,000  people,  and  of  these  not  more  than  :.'0  per  cent,  would  be  able-bodied 
men.  Of  the  able-bodied  men  of  an  empire  not  more  tlian  a  fifth  can  be  em- 
ployed in  such  a  work  of  luxury  and  superfluity  as  the  l)uildinj;  of  this  city. 
The  rest  liave  to  raise  food.  This  means  that  only  S0(»  would  Ix-  available 
for  the  task,  and  that  is  quite  inadequate,  as  anyone  who  sails  through  the 
canals  will  testify.  The  empire  he  drew  on  must  have  been  at  least  ten  times 
as  large  as  the  oresent  Ponape  ;  in  other  words,  there  must  have  been  many 
larger  and  more  populous  islands  under  his  sway. 

"  To  allow  time  for  the  subsidence  of  such  territories  we  must  throw  the 
period  of  such  an  empire  back  some  throusands  of  years,  in  fact  into  the  pre- 
bronze  era.  Christian  in  excavating  in  the  central  tomb  of  Nan  Tanacli 
found  one  piece  of  iron — a  spear  head.  That  probabl}'  implies  a  burial  in  it 
at  a  much  later  period,  just  as  the  shell  beads  he  found  in  such  quantities 
imply  a  later  invasion  from  Melanesia,  the  coast  of  New  Guinea,  or  the  west  of 
the  Carolines.  And  there  is  a  tradition  that  Idikolkoi,  a  swarthy  warrior 
from  the  south,  defeated  the  last  of  the  dynasty  of  Chau-te-l,eur,  and  estab- 
lished a  dynasty  of  his  own.  Chau-te-I^eur  is  probably  a  dynastic  name 
descriptive  of  the  founder  of  the  city,  and  is  equivalent  to  Polynesian  Hau- 
te-Roa,  or  the  Tall  King,  a  name  that  would  aptly  sit  upon  a  Polynesian. 
Ivike  most  dynasties  it  would  shrink  in  its  later  history  into  luxury  and 
degenerancy,  and  the  original  empire  had  evidently  shrunk  into  one-fifth  of 
Pona.pe,  and  the  kings  had  ceased  tc  be  navigators,  had  ceased  to  command 
the  sea. 

"  If  we  presume  the  hypothesis  of  a  Japanese  or  pre- Japanese  architect 
from  Japan  to  be  correct,  we  may  with  safety  place  the  building  of  this  titanic 
Venice  in  the  pre-bronze  era.  And  in  Japan  the  beginning  of  that  era  is  at 
least  3,000  years  old. 

■'  So  may  we  picture  to  ourselves  in  the  megalithic  period,  just  before 
bronze,  a  great  insular  empire  in  the  east  of  the  Carolines  formed  and  ruled 
by  bold  navigators  and  warriors  from  the  east,  stimulated  to  megalithic 
achievements  b}^  a  new  influx  of  men  accustomed  to  quarry  great  stones  and 
erect  them  into  imposing  structures.  Then  comes  the  picture  of  degeneracy 
and  decay  m  this  impres.sive  capital  by  the  sea.  And  coeval  with  it  we  may 
assume  the  evanishment  cf  the  great  islands  that  contributed  the  wealth  and 
the  muscle  to  build  so  colossal  a  Venice.  The  vast  proportions  of  the  city, 
its  ambitioiis  plan,  its  enormous  blocks,  and  the  gigantic  struggle  with  the 
forces  of  Nature  in  the  building  of  it  are  inexplicable  without  assuming  such 
a  buried  empire  and  such  a  mighty  pa.st." 


BRUSH'S  COMFORTABLE  SADDLES 


Send  for  our  Latest  Illustrated 
Catalogue  and  Price  List    . 

FREE    ON    REQUEST. 


It  contains  everything    in 

SADDLERY  &  HARNESS 


TRADE  SUPPLIED 


WORKROOMS 


John  Brash  Pty. 

THE   SADDLERS 

371  George  St.  ^k.""' 

SYDNEY,    N.S.W. 


498  Kent  Street,   Sydney 

Mention  this  book  when  uiitiiij;. 


r 


Dr.  WAUGH'S 

(Unecitialled) 

BARING  POWDER 


\= 


ALL   PRICES    REDUCED, 

Put  up  in  5oz.»  8oz.,  10^  oz.  &  16oz. 
Full  Nett  Weight  Tins. 

It  is  guaranteed  free  from  Phosphates, 
Sulphates,  Alum,  Ammonia,  and  all 
impurities,  and  is  obtainable  from  all 
Storekeepers 

JAMES    CHANNON 

Sole    Manu'facturer 
494    KENT    STREET —SYDNEY 


Australia's  Best    Known   DENTIST 

can    re- place 

your  missing  teeth 
without  you  malting  a 
special  trip  to  SYDNEY. 

This  immensely  important 
service  is  proving  a  boon  to 
people  in  all  parts  of  Aust- 
ralasia, South  Sea  Islands 
and  the  Malay  Archipelago. 

SPENCER  NOLAN,  regarded  all  over  Australasia  as  a  dentist  of 
proven  skill  and  ability,  is  ready  to  attend  to  your  teeth  without  you 
leaving  your  home.  No  longer  is  there  need  for  persons  who  have  lost 
teeth  to  make  a  special  and  costly  trip  to  the  larger  cities  to  have  teeth 
re-placed 

SPENCER  NOLAN  will  perform  this  necessary  work  in  the  very 
best  possible  way,  at  a  very  great  saving,  and  the  work  he  performs  is 
absolutely  guaranteed  lor  QUALITY,  DURABILITY,  and  SERVICE. 

The  method  of  re-placing  teeth  by  SPENCER  NOLAN'S  exclusive 
system  of  "  SELF-TAKEN  IMPRESSIONS"  is  quite  simple— so  much 
so  that  a  child  can  take  an  impression.  The  person  needing  a  plate 
to  take  the  place  of  lost  teeth  or  a  new  one  to  take  the  place  of  a 
badly  fitted  plate^  simply  follows  a  few  simple  directions,  using  materials 
sent  from  Spencer  Nolan's  surgeries,  and  that  impression  is  sent  to 
Sydney. 

The  work  of  making  and  moulding  your  new  plate  is  then  carried  out 
in  the  very  best  possible  manner,  and  the  results  achieved  for  hundreds  of 
patients,  proves  beyond  all  doubt  that  SPENCER  NOLAN  CAN 
MAKE  YOU  A  PERFECT  FITTING  and  DEPENDABLE  PLATE, 
that  will  be  comfortable  and  reliable  under  all  conditions.  It  amounts  to 
this,  with  this  splendid  system,  SPENCER  NOLAN  PRACTICALLY 
COMES  TO  YOUR  OWN  HOME— the  advantages  of  this  method  and 
the  work  performed,  being  equally  as  good  as  if  you  came  to  the  Mainland 
for  this  service. 

In  every  instance  the  best  materials  are  used  —  the  greatest  caution 
taken  —  the  5  years  guarantee  given. 

FULL  PARTICULARS  will  incur  no  obligation  on  your  part.  Write  to  day 
and  learn  the  facts  about  the  one  dental  system  that  will  save  you  monev, 
time  and  trouble. 

A  complete  upper  or  lower  set  of  handsome  teeth  on   my    beautiful 
"HOLDFAST"   Suction    Plate   from    £3-3-0  —  partial   sets   from  l-l-O- 


Estb.  in  Sydney  forSOyrs. 

28  OXFORD  ST.  Sydney 
N.S.W.,    Australia. 


or  THE  PACIFIC   IS'^ANDS  65 


MARSHALL  ISLANDS. 

^'ORMER    GERMAN    POSSESSIONS,    NOW    OCCUPIED    HV    JAPAN.) 

LYING  to  the  north-west  of  the  Gilberts,  just  above  the  equator,  are  the 
Marshall  Islands  which  have  an  aggregate  area  of  about  150  square 
miles  and  a  population  estimated  at  about  10,000  ;  the  most  thickly 
inhabited  islands  being  Ahrno,  Majuro  and  Ailing-lablab.  First  seen  by 
Saavedra  in  1529  they  came  into  the  possession  of  Germany  in  1885,  and  were, 
together  vvith  the  Pelew,  Caroline  and  Marianne  groups  occupied  by  Japan, 
on  behalf  of  Greot  Britain,  toward  the  end  of  1914,  two  months  after  the  out- 
Ijreak  of  the  war. 

The  group  consists  of  4H  atoll-lagoons,  arranged  in  two  parallel  chains, 
rxmning  in  a  north-west  and  south-west  direction,  that  to  the  east  being 
Vjiiown  as  Ratak  (meaning  "sunrise"),  and  that  to  the  west  as  the  Ralik 
("sunset").  The  average  distance  between  the  chains  is  about  100  miles. 
The  islands  are  among  the  best  examples  in  the  Pacific  of  the  atoll  formation, 
some  of  the  lagoons  being  quite  circular,  having  no  passages  in  the  reefs, 
the  tides  rising  and  falling  through  the  coral.  Kwatelene.  the  most  consider- 
able in  the  group,  is  one  of  the  largest  atoll-lagoons  in  the  world,  stretching 
for  nearly  a  hundred  miles.  The  highest  parts  of  tlie  land  do  not  exceed 
eight  feet.  In  the  southern  and  central  islands  of  the  group  the  rainfall  is 
heavy,  but  in  the  northern  islands  long  droughts  occur.  Consequently 
the  southern  islands  are  the  most  fertile  and  produce,  besides  cocoanuts 
in  abundance,  pandauus  and  breadfruit  of  .several  kinds,  bananas,  paw-paws: 
and  taro.  In  the  northern  islands  breadfruit  cannot  be  grown  but  in  its  place 
arrowroot  flourishes.  Fish  of  many  varieties  abound,  but  some  species  in 
the  lagoons  are  poi.sonous,  though,  as  is  the  case  in  other  parts  of  the  Pacific, 
the  same  fish  caught  outside  might  be  quite  wholesome. 

The  Marshalls,  particularly  Ebon,  were  in  the  early  days  a  great 
rendezvous  for  European  whaling  ships.  I'<bon  and  Ponape,  in  the  Carolines, 
were  the  half-way  houses  between  the  whaling  grounds  of  the  China  Sea  and 
New  Zealand,  where  the  ships  refitted  and  obtained  wood,  water  and  pro-  • 
vLsions,  and  tales  are  still  told  by  the  old  men  in  the  long,  hot,  moonlit  nights, 
as  they  sit  under  the  dark  eaves  'of  the  pandanus  thatch,  of  the  orgies  that 
went  on  in  those  wild  times.  Rightly  or  wTongly,  the  whalers  are  blamed  for 
introduction  of  venereal  disease  common  among  the  natives.  The  first 
trading  vessels  to  visit  the  ]\larshalls  were  those  of  Messrs.  R.  Towns  &  Co., 
oi  Sydney,  and  American  ships  with  headquarters  at  San  Francisco.  In 
January,  1888.  the  Jaluit  Company,  a  share  company  registered  in  Hamburg, 
with  a  capital  of  £75,000.  took  over  the  administration  of  the  group,  under  an 
agreement' with  the  (German  Go\ernment,  with  power  to  impose  rates  and 
taxes.  The  trade  of  the  eroup  was  by  this  time  largely  in  the  hands  of  three 
firms — Messrs.  Hernsheim  &  Co.,  of  Hamburg,  whose  interests  the  Jaluit 
Company  absorbed  ;  Henderson  and  Macfarlane,  of  Auckland  ;  and  Crawford 

C 


66  5TEV/ART'S     HAND     BOOK 

and  Co.,  of  San  Francisco.  The  American  company  were  bought  (mt,  and  the 
Auckland  firm  sold  their  interests  in  the  trade  to  the  Pacific  Islands  Company 
of  Sydney,  who  soon  found  that  it  could  not  compete  with  the  suli.sidised 
German  firm.  The  Pacific  Islands  Company  got  £3")0  a  yenr  from  the  British 
Government  for  carrying  mails,  and  nothing  at  all  from  the  Australian  (Govern- 
ment, while  the  Jaluit  Company  drew  a  large  subvention  from  the  (".crman 
Colonial  Office.  There  could  only  be  one  end  to  this  unequal  struggle,  and 
the  Pacific  Islands  Company  sold  out  to  the  Jaluit  firm.  The  profits  of  the 
latter,  whilst  enjoying  a  monopoly  of  the  trade,  are  said  to  have  amounted 
in  one  year  (1904)  to  £40,000.  The  policy  of  the  Jaluit  administration  was 
naturally  to  draw  trade  away  from  the  Australian  ports,  and  no  objection  to 
this  attempt  was  made,  or  could  be  made,  so  long  as  the  "  open  door  "  was 
maintained.  When  it  was  evident  that  Australia  was  likely  to  lose  the  whole 
of  the  trade  of  these  islands,  Messrs  Burns,  Philp  &  Co.  determined  to  make 
an  effort  to  retain  what  trade  Australia  had  with  the  Marshalls  and  to  regain 
some  of  the  lost  ground.  Burns,  Philp  &  Co.  had  already  one  vessel  trading 
in  the  Gilbert  and  Pvllice  groups,  and,  under  arrangement  with  the  Common- 
wealth Government,  they  decided  to  increase  their  service  by  another  steamer, 
and  extend  their  operations  to  the  Marshall  group.  They  speedily  acquired 
considerable  standing  in  the  Marshall  Islands,  and  tlie  Jaluit  Company, 
to  whom  the  group  had  been  farmed  out,  became  alarmed,  and  determined 
to  shut  out  British  trade  as  far  as  they  were  able.  The  tax  levied  on  vessels 
trading  in  the  German  protectorate  was  £50  per  voyage,  and  the  first  step  of 
the  Jaluit  Company  towards  the  exclusion  of  their  opponents  was  to  exact  a 
license  fee  of  £22.5  per  month  on  every  foreign  vessel  trading  with  the  i.slands. 
True,  the  regulations  stated  that  German  vessels  must  pay  the  same,  but  the 
only  German  vessels  allowed  in  the  Marshalls  were  the  company's  own, 
so  if  they  went  through  the  farce  of  paying,  it  was  merely  an  exhibition  of 
the  well-known  process  of  transferring  money  from  one  pocket  to  another. 
This  was  the  German  idea  of  the  open  door  ;  Although  the  tax  of  £225  per 
month  represented  15s.  on  every  ton  of  cargo  obtainable  at  the  islands,  it 
was  foimd  that  the  Australian  steamers  did  not  at  once  give  up  the  trade, 
and  the  Jaluit  Company,  as  administrators  of  the  protectorate,  promptly 
raised  the  tax  to  £450  a  month,  equal  to  80s.  a  ton  on  the  cargo  of  copra 
carried  away. 

As  a  result  of  negotiations  between  Great  Britain  and  Germany  these 
obstacles  to  trading  were  removed,  and  the  German  Government  terminated 
the  agreement  with  the  Jaluit  Company  concerning  the  administration  of  the 
islands,  and  on  April  17,  1900,  the  administration,  and  especially  the  collection 
of  revenue,  was  assumed  by  the  German  Government  itself,  which  at  once 
made  a  show  of  throwing  the  ports  open  to  all  nationalities.  The  Jaluit 
Company,  however,  received  a  subsidy  of  £7,000  per  annum  to  maintain  one 
small  steamer  running  between  Sydney  and  Hongkong,  touching  en  route 
at  the  German  owned  islands.  With  the  special  freight  concessions  given  by 
the  large  German  lines,  the  (rerman  l>usiness  houses  continued^  to  hold  a 
great  advantage  over  outside  competitors. 

The  natives  are  in  common  with  nearly  all  the  island  races,  decreasing  in 
numbers.     Thev  are  good-looking,  distinctly  slit-eA-ed  like  Chinese,  of  a  light 


OK   THK   PACIFIC  ISLANDS  67 

copper  colour,  and  of  a  kind  disposition,  with  a  natural  bias  toward  hospitality 
and  peace.  \'isitations  of  epidemics,  such  as  dengue  fever  and  influenza, 
have  claimed  many  \ictims.  They  are  an  intelligent  and  ingenious  people 
and  remarkably  good  sailors.  Long  voyages  were  made  in  their  well-built 
outrigger  canoes  with  large  mat  sails.  It  is  recorded  that  about  50  years 
ago  a  flotilla  of  canoes  filled  with  warriors  set  out  for  the  Carolines  and  reached 
Pingelap,  conquered  that  island  and  returned  safely  to  their  homes.  At 
times  these  expeditions  were  overtaken  by  heavy  weather  and  destroyed, 
whole  fleets  being  lost.  About  1857  the  '"  Morning  Star,"  the  ves.sel  of  the 
American  Board  of  Missions,  entered  Ebon  Ivagoon  and  established  the  first 
mission  station  in  the  group.  The  missionaries  taught  the  people  to  read  and 
write  and  all  are  now  nominally  Christians.  Several  curious  customs  prevail. 
The  line  of  succession  comes  through  the  female.  The  chiefs  in  the  past  had 
many  wives  but  unless  the  son  was  by  a  woman  of  one  of  the  chief  families 
paternity  would  confer  no  rights  and  the  son  would  remain  an  ordinary-  native. 
The  chief  families  are  the  owners  of  all  the  land,  the  ordinary  natives  being 
merely  tenants  who  pay  as  rent  the  copra  produced  during  six  months  of 
the  year,  keeping  the  balance  for  themselves  and  to  pay  the  (Government 
taxes.  In  olden  days  when  deaths  took  place  the  bodies  of  ordinary  natives 
were  thrown  into  the  sea,  only  those  of  chief  birth  having  the  privilege  of 
burial  ashore. 

The  Jaluit  lagoon,  on  an  islet  in  which  are  the  Government  offices  and 
the  headquarters  of  the  Jaluit  Company,  is  a  very  fine  one,  about  40  miles 
long  and  12  miles  broad.  There  are  four  wide  and  easy  passages,  through 
which  vessels  of  any  size  can  pass  and  the  anchorage  is  abundant  and  safe. 
Majuro  Lagoon,  deep  and  secure,  was  chosen  as  the  especial  rendevous 
for  German  stores,  coal,  &c.,  and  for  the  repairs,  &c.  of  w^arships  had  a  naval 
engagement  taken  place  in  the  Pacific  during  the  war. 

The  north-east  trade  winds  prevail  from  December  to  July,  and  from 
July  to  November  westerly  winds  and  calms  are  usually  experienced.  Al- 
though not  subject  to  typhoons  like  the  CaroUnes,  hurricanes  occasionally 
visit  the  group,  the  last  severe  one  occurring  in  June,  1905,  when  Jaluit, 
Ahrno,  Majuro  and  one  or  two  other  islands  were  more  or  less  devastated. 
Large  numbers  of  Japanese  have  settled  in  the  group,  particularly  at  Jaluit, 
and  many  schools  have  been  established  by  them.  Several  parties  of  chiefs 
and  other  important  personages  in  the  group  have  been  taken  on  sight- 
seeing tours  to  Japan. 

Mr.  T.  J.  McMahon.  F.R.G.vS.,  in  a  recent  article  on  the  Marshall  Islands, 
says  : — 

"  The  Marshall  Islanders  are  all  quite  civilised,  and  have  many  charming 
and  interesting  characteristics.  Unfortunately,  under  tlieir  late  masters, 
the  Germans,  the}-  were  grossly  and  cruelly  opposed^.and  their  numbers  have 
dwindled  to  no  more  than  about  10,000.  They  bitterly  hate  the  C'.ermans. 
At  present  the  only  big  industry  of  the  islan<lers  is  copra  fllaking.  it  is  carefully 
sun-dried,  and  is  reckoned  the  most  oily  and  best  class  of  copra  in  the  Pacific. 
Since  the  coming  of  the  Japanese,  they  have  been  encouraged  to  make  Panama 
hats,  and  more  of  their  beautiful  mats  for  export,  and  which  are  made  from  the 


68  STEWART'S     HAND     BOC>K 

•cocoanut  and  pandamis  palius.  It  is  said  over  in  the  Marshalls,  an.l  as  tlie 
native  kings  and  chiefs  understand,  that  should  the  Japane.se  becotiie  tlie 
owners,  or  have  the  protection  of  the  Marshalls,  several  industries  will  begin 
under  Japanese  management — for  instance,  rope  making  from  tlie  cocoanut 
fibre,  which  there  is  no  doubt,  will  be  found  the  toughest  and  strongest  of 
ropes,  not  easily-  perished  by  water.  Some  of  the  chiefs  are  hoping  that 
when  the  peace  terms  are  settled,  they  will  be  allowed  to  come  to  Australia, 
as  they  are  very  anxious  to  enlist  the  sympathy  of  the  Australian  people  in 
their  behalf,  to  aid  them  in  getting  the  (Government  they  particularly  desire 
to  nxle  them.  They  are  anxious  to  see  Australian  trade  increase,  and  es- 
pecially that  all  their  copra  should  come  to  Australian  ports.  Remarkably 
successful  and  progressive  has  been  the  Japanese  administration  of  the 
Marshalls  since  1914,  when  they  took  up  occupation  for  the  Allies.  Most 
humane,  too,  has  been  the  care  of  the  natives,  and  it  is  quite  a  common  sight, 
daj-  and  night,  to  see  the  Japanese  hospital  in  Jaluit — the  capital  of  the 
groups — ^hundreds  of  natives,  men,  women  and  children  being  attendo<l  to, 
or  awaiting  treatment,  the  dociors  and  nurses  all  being  highly  qualified  and 
Japanese.  Another  good  result  of  Japanese  energy,  for  such  it  can  only  be 
termed,  is  the  new  vigour  and  hope  that  has  been  encouraged  in  the  natives, 
for  they  are  showing  a  marked  improvement  in  the  planting  and  increa.se  of 
crops  of  the  cocoanut.  The  Japanese  authorities  haye  issued  wise  regulations 
demanding  that  all  waste  lands  be  planted  up.  The  natives  were  a*:  first 
reluctant  to  obey,  making  the  excuse  that  sufficient  labour  could  not  be 
found,  but  urged  on  by  the  administration,  and  in  a  kindly  way,  the  results 
already  have  astonished  the  natives,  and  they  seemed  inclined  to  carry  on  tlie 
v,'ork  realising  that  in  six  or  .seven  years  the  copra  crop  of  the  Marshalls 
will  be  just  about  double  what  it  is  now,  and  that  means  more  comfort, 
pleasure,  and  wealth  for  kings,  chiefs  and  people.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
soon  the  Marshalls  will  be  very  prominent  in  Pacific  affairs,  for  in  reality 
they  are  the  gateway  of  the  Mid- Pacific,  and  are  almost  exactly  to  a  mile, 
equidistant  from  Austraha,  America  and  Japan.  To  Australians  most 
particularly,  does  the  future  of  the  Central  Pacilc  concern,  and  the  Austra- 
lian trade  that  is  there  now  should  on  no  account  be  allowed  to  fail,  for  failure 
means  a  prompt  opening  to  some  ether  nation,  for  many  are  eager  to  secure 
a  trade  footing.  The  progress  alone  of  Japanese  trade  in  the  Marshalls  in 
the  last  four  years  is  so  startling  in  amount,  showing  keenness  anfl  deter- 
mination that,  in  another  few  years,  it  will  be  a  rival  too  powerful  to  shift 
or  even  to  permit  competition.  The  Japanese  are  not  illiberal  in  spirit, 
and  are  not  in  any  way  hindering  Australian  trade,  but  it  can  hardl}-  be 
expected  that  they  will  lag  in  their  efforts,  because  .Vustralia  wants  some  of 
the  trade,  but  is  unambitious  in  her  methods,  imlifferent  to  the  prospects 
of  the  Central  Pacific.  There  is  a  great  commercial  future  in  the  Marshall 
Islands,  and  the  sooner  Australians  are  interested  in  that  future  the  better 
for  Australia." 

With  common-sense  methods,  undeniably  Japanese  in  ideals,  actions  and 
thoroughness,  the  islanders  are  developing  a  charming  new  national  character, 
three-parts  Marshall  and  one  part  Japanese.  Respect  for  their  new  Govern- 
ment has  been  effectively  implanted  in  the  people,  and  no  native — man, 
woman  or  child — meets  afi  official  without  giving  him  the  polite,  low,  graceful, 
svfeeping  bow  of  Japan.  No  such  common  and  offensive  word  as  "  Jap." 
is  ever  heard;  the  term  Japanese  is  always  used.  The  Marshall  Islanders 
are  taught  to  recognise  in  the  Japane.se  an  honourable,  capable  and  might}' 
nation.  All  trouble.some  and  detrimental  influences  likely  to  thwart  Japanese 
ideals  in  this  respect  have  been  destroyed.  The  use  of  the  German  langua^?e 
is  forbidden  ;  German  schools  are  closed  on  all  lagoons,  except  in  Jaluit,  and 
there  the  school  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  administration.  It  is 
Japanese  law  in  the  Marshalls,  not  German,  and  those  laws,  with  their  regu- 
lations, are  making  a  perfectly  new  set  of  conditions,  stirring  up  the  blood 
of  a  once  indolent  race  of  Pacific  natives,  ^^'aste  lands  are  being  quickly 
lestored  to  commercial  value  by  the  command  that  the  copra  trade  must 


OF   THE    PACIFIC   ISLANDS  t5<) 

increase  forthwith  in  every  lagoon.  Japanese  traders — smart,  ckqjper  little 
men,  speaking  Knglish  fluently,  already  masters  of  the  Marshall  language, 
and  having  been  trained  in  either  England  or  America — are  to  be  found  in 
•every  lagoon.  They  are  keen,  active  traders,  alive  to  every  prospect  of  the 
Marshalls,  friendly  and  kindly,  and  helpfiil  to  the  natives,  and,  in  their  spare 
time,  acting  as  schoolmasters,  Japanese  trade,  springing  up  on  every  side, 
is  adapted  to  local  wants,  and  so  increasing  every  hour  of  the  day.  There  is 
a  complete  domestic  and  social  upheaval  in  the  Marshalls.  The  intluence  of 
Japanese  traders  cannot  be  disputed.  The  people  dress  like  the  Japanese  :  their 
pretty  manners  are  quite  Japanese;  they  like  Japanese  food,  and  buv  large 
quantities  of  Japanese  tinned  goods.  Japanese  biscuits,  all  of  excellent 
qualit)'  and  attractively  got  up  to  please  both  the  eye  aTid  the  palate,  are  \  ery 
popular.  Japanese  schools,  with  Japanese  schoolmasters  and  mistresses, 
have  begun  a  style  of  modern  education  that  is  giving  a  most  wonderful  pro- 
spect, and  the  results  that  will  follow  promise  to  be  sound,  useful,  and  com- 
mercial. T!ie  Marshall  Islands  boys  and  girls  have  a  xery  high  average 
intelligence.  The  native  schoolboy  is  a  perfectly  drilled  Japane.se  naAal 
cadet,  looks  smart  in  his  uniform  and  cap,  and  thinks  no  end  of  himself  and 
his  Japanese  officers.  The  native  girl  is  becoming  an  adept  in  womanlv 
duties  ;  she  quickly  learns  the  little  feminine  accomplisliments  characteristic 
of  the  Japanese  girls,  and  is  really  a  perfect  little  lady  on  Japanese  lines. 
The  Japanese,  in  short,  in  uplifting  these  natives,  have  done  in  four  years, 
and  with  decided  success,  what  the  Germans  neglected  to  do  in  iM  3-ears. 
Germans  may  make  claim  for  the  restoration  of  the  ^tarshalls  ;  but  wliat 
they  have  failed  to  do  there  and  their  treatment  of  the  native  people  will  be 
the  greatest  argument  against  them,  backed  up  1)y  the  particular  wish  of  the 
people  that  German  ownership  shall  never  again  be  allowed  to  claim  their 
lagoons,  or  German  trade  be  permitted  to  enter  them.  If  the  Marshall 
Islands  are  to  remain  under  the  protection  of  the  Japanese,  in  ten  years' 
time  they  will  form  a  New  Japan. 


stkwart's    hand    book 


LADRONE,  or  MARIANNE   ISLANDS. 

I.ATli  GERMAN  rOSSKSSIONS— WITH  THIC  liXCIvPTION  OF  CLAM 
OWNICD   BY  THP:  T'NITKD  STA/rivS. 

DISCOVERKD  by  :Magellan  in  lo21,  and  Christianised  about  1662, 
the  Ladrones  (or  Marianne  Islands)  came  under  Spanish  rule,  and  by 
that  power  were,  in  181H),  excepting  Guam,  the  largest  of  the  group — 
which  had  been  previously  ceded  to  the  United  States — sold,  with  the  Caro- 
hnes  and  the  Pelews.  to  German}',  who  lost  them  in  the  war.  Thev  are 
mountainous,  well  watered  and  wooded  ;  among  the  trees  are  the  breadfruit, 
banana  and  cocoanut  ;  and  are  fruitful  in  rice,  maize,  cotton  and  indigo. 

The  group  consists  of  17  islands,  which  lie  between  13  degrees  and  21 
degrees  N..  and  have  a  total  area  of  about  450  square  miles.  The  climate 
is  a  healthy  one,  but  the  islands  are  occa.sionally  visited  bj'  severe  earth- 
cjuakes  and  typhoons.  The  rainy  season  occurs  in  midsummer  with  the  south- 
west winds,  Imt  rain  falls  at  intervals  throughout  the  year,  and  droughts  are 
rare.     The  thermometer  varies  between  70  degrees  and  80  degrees  I^ahr. 

A\'lien  first  known  the  islands  are  said  to  have  had  a  population  of  100,000. 
At  the  present  time  hardly  one  of  the  original  race  survives,  the  islands  being 
peopled  chiefly  from  the  Philippines,  with  a  few  Caroline  islanders  and 
nvimerous  half-breeds.  The  Chamorros,  as  the  original  inhabitants  were 
termed,  were  in  many  ways  a  fine  race.  An  ancient  feudalism  existed,  the 
people  being  divided  into  nobles,  priests  and  plebeians,  and  their  religion 
was  a  sort  of  ancestor  worship.  They  have  left  behind  them  some  memorials 
of  a  civilisation  which  are  certainly  higher  than  that  existing  among  the  natives 
at  the  pre-sent  day. 

The  Island  of  Guam,  the  largest  of  the  Marianne  Islands,  was  ceded  by 
Spain  by  Article  2  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris,  of  December  U),  1898.  It  lies 
between  latitudes  1.3.13  deg.  and  13.39  deg.  north,  and  longitudes  144.37  deg. 
and  144.58  deg.  east.  The  estimated  area  of  the  island  is  225  square  miles. 
Its  distance  from  Manila  is  1,506  miles,  and  from  San  Francisco  5,044  miles. 
The  inhabitants  call  themselves  Chamorros,  but  the  present  generation  is  a 
mixed  race  with  the  Malay  strain  predominating.  Their  language,  a  Poly- 
nesian tongue,  is  also  called  Chamorro.  About  10  per  cent,  speak  English. 
Instruction  in  the  English  language  is  complusory  in  the  public  schools. 
The  northern  half  of  the  island  is  a  plateau  from  400  to  600  feet  in  height 
and  is.  except  where  cleared  for  cultivation,  heavily  wooded.  The  southern 
half  is  much  broken  by  hills  from  1,200  to  1,300  feet  in  height.  They  are  in 
general  barren,  but  the  valleys  between  them  are  very  fertile,  and  several 
streams  traverse  this  portion  of  the  island.  There  are  no  perennial  streams 
in  the  northern  half  of  the  island  which  is  largely  compo.sed  of  coralliferous 
limestone,  the  southern  half  of  volcanic  clays.     The  productions  are  cocoanuts. 


OF   THE  PACIFIC   ISLANDS  71 

<:orn,  rice,  tobacco,  cocoa  and  tropical  fruits.  Only  the  dried  meat  of  the 
-cocoanut  (copra)  is  exported.  During  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1918, 
the  island  exported  1,202  tons  of  this  product,  one  third  to  Yokohama  and 
the  other  two-thirds  to  San  Francisco.  The  total  population  July  1,  1918, 
-exclusive  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy  and  ]Marine  Corps  and  their 
families,  were  14,344,  of  whom  14,124  are  cla.s.sed  as  "  natives.'  Of  the  foreign 
born  population  only  69  were  Americans.  The  death  rate  per  thousand  was 
17.6,  and  the  birth  rate  47.2.  The  imports,  exclusive  of  military  and  naval 
stores  and  supplies,  were  valued  at  £71,629  of  which  all  but  £16,488  was 
received  from  the  United  States  or  its  possessions.  The  principal  imports 
were  lumber,  rice,  flour,  tinned  and  fresh  meats,  canned  provisions,  auto- 
mobiles, kerosene  and  gasoline,  liquors,  tobacco,  clothing  and  cotton  goods. 
The  reveniies  of  theinsular  Government  were  £21,905  and  expenditure  £22, 152. 
For  administrative  purposes  Guam  is  under  the  Navy  Department,  the  whole 
island  being  termed  a  naval  station.  The  Governor  is  a  naval  officer  designated 
by  the  President  The  present  Governor  is  Captain  Roy  C.  Smith,  of  the 
United  States  Navy,  who  assumed  office  on  May  30,  191 6.  A  marine  barracks, 
naval  hospital  and  station  ship  are  maintained  at  Guam.  The  Commercial 
Pacific  Cable  Company  maintains  a  cable  station  in  Guam  and  cables  from 
Manilla,  Yokohama,  Midway  and  Yap  Islands  are  landed  there.  A  high 
power  radio  station,  constructed  by  the  Navy  Department,  was  opened  for 
communication  in  November,  1917.  The  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  has  an  experiment  station  there,  the  special  agent  in  charge 
being  Mr.  C.  \V.  Edwards.  There  are  4,000  head  of  cattle  on  the  island, 
including  900  water  buffaloes.  The  port  of  entry  is  Apra  which  is  closed 
to  foreign  vessels  except  by  permit  from  the  United  States  Government. 
Apra  is  large  and  commodious  but  is  entirely  unimproved.  During  the  fiscal 
vear  ending  June  30,  1918,  47  vessels  of  a  total  tonnage  of  107,880  visited 
the   port. 

The  capital  is  Agana,  in  the  north  central  part,  on  the  western  coast, 
its  population  being  estimated  at  9.000. 

The  leading  officials  are  as  follow  : — Capt.qin  Roy.  C.  Smith,  U.S.  Navy 
■Governor  .ind  Commandant  ;  Captain  John  A.  McCiee,  U.S.N.R.F.,  Senior 
Aide  ;  Lieutenant-Commander  Edwin  I,.  Jones,  U.S.N.,  Health  Officer  ; 
Lieutenant-Commander  Carroll  Paul,  U.S.N.,  Public  ^^'orks  Officer  ;  Major 
Ralph  J.  3.1itchell,  U.S.^I.C.  Commander  Officer  of  Mariners;  Lieutenant 
■George  A.  Wilcox,  U.S.N.,  vSupplj'  and  Disbursing  Officer. 

The  following  description  of  the  Marianne,  or  Ladrone  Islands,  from 
the  pen  of  Mr.  Gregor  Sabian,  was  given   in  the  New  Guinea    GovcnDiinit 

There  are  17  islands  in  the  Mariainie  Ciroup.  The  majority  of  them  are 
supposed  to  be  of  volcanic  origin,  as  old  craters  are  found  on  "^hem.  Still, 
it  may  be  that  some  of  them  are  of  coral  formation,  as  coral  has  been  found 
on  the  mountains  500  metres  above  sea  level.  The  climate  is  tropical,  damp, 
and  healthy.  Malarial  iever  is  not  to  he  dreade'l.  'I'he  group  was  discovered 
b\-  the  fearless  Portuguese  navigator,  Hernando  Magellan,  in  1521,  and  named 
the  I^adrones.  meaning  "  the  thieves"  (the  natives  having  stolen  a  boat  and 
some  iron  from  his  ships).  The  natives  of  later  and  more  enlightened  genera- 
tions naturally  resented  this  name,  hailing,  as  it  does,  from  the  time  when 
■stone  implements  were  still  in  vogue,  and  the  idea  of  "  property  rights"  w:isi 


72  STJCWAKT  S     HAND      BOOK 

not  developed.  Nobody  will  blame  us  for  this  sensitiveness.  The  name  was 
chantied  (through  the  influence  of  a  missionary,  Sanvitores)  to  "  Mariannes," 
after  the  .Spanish  Queen,  Maria  Ana.  vSpain  had  possession  of  the  islands 
for  close  on  400  years,  but  through  her  unfortunate  war  with  tlie  United 
vStates  in  1898,  she  lost  the  largest  island,  Guam,  and  shortly  afterwards  sold 
the  remainder,  together  with  the  Caroline  group,  to  Germany. 

Guam,  with  14,344  inhabitants,  and  covering  514  square  kilo-n'etres, 
i."5  the  soutliernmost  and  the  largest  of  tlie  lot.  Though  lacking  good  harbours, 
— like  the  rest  of  the  Mariannes  —it  has  become  important  as  a  base  for 
the  United  States  Pacific  P'leet.  A  considerable  amount  of  money  has  been 
spent  liere,  especially  on  Agana,  which  has  been  made  the  seat  of  Government 
for  the  American  portion.  Agana  is  now  quite  a  modern  town  with  9,000 
inhabitant?.  Many  of  the  buildings  are  from  the  time  of  the  Spaniards, 
but  the  wide  streets,  illuminated  with  electricity  or  gas.  the  water  supply, 
the  hospitals  and  schools,  the  telephone  system,  are  all  due  to  American 
enterprise.  I^ife  in  Agana  is  almost  like  that  of  a  Ivuropean  city.  Concerts 
are  regularly  given  by  the  military  orchestra,  two  cinematograph  theatres 
admit  people  at  very  reasonable  prices,  while  various  clubs,  such,  as  the 
Military  Club,  the  Civil  Club,  and  the  Natives'  Club,  gather  into  their  folds 
the  stragglers  and  those  who  like  to  spend  an  evening  away  from  home.  Beauti- 
ful promenades  are  made  and  tracks  for  fast  motor  cars  lead  to  various  places 
in  the  island.  Baseball  is  the  favourite  sport,  and  is  indulged  in  by  Americans 
and  natives  alike.  The  American  garrison  adds  considerably  to  the  life  and 
picturesque  appearance  of  the  place. 

The  natives,  the  Chamorros,  move  about  with  more  ea.se  in  Guam  than 
is  the  case  with  tho.se  living  in  the  islands  recenth^  held  Ijv  the  Germans. 
The  reason  for  this  is  that  in  Guam  they  associate  more  with  the  whites  and 
are  considered  more  on  a  par  with  them.  The}'  have  excellent  schools,  even 
a  high  school.  Natives  attain  to  the  highest  positions,  such  as  Judges,  Police 
Magistrates,  Custom  Officials,  &c.,  and  no  difference  is  made  as  to  salary 
between  Americans  and  natives.  The  connection  with  the  United  States  is 
maintained  through  a  regular  monthly  transport  service,  while  the  man- 
o'-war  stationed  at  Guam  often  carries  mails  to  and  from  IManila.  Man}'  of 
the  natives  have  visited  America,  Japan  and  other  places.  Tho.se  in  (lOvern- 
ment  employ  are,  at  the  expiration  of  two  years'  agreement  entitled  to  such  a 
trip  by  the  war  boat. 

The  names  of  the  Marianne  Islands  recently  belonging  to  Germany 
are  : — Rota,  Agiguan,  Tinian,  Saipan,  Medinilla,  Anatahan,  Sarignan,  Gugnan, 
Alimagan,  Pagan,  Agrigan,  AsongvSong,  Mang  and  Urakas.  Of  these  Saipan 
is  the  biggest,  covering  181  square  kilometres,  and  sustaining  a  population 
of  approximately  2,r>00.  The  principal  place  is  Saipan,  and  the  seat  of  the 
German  Administration  was  Garapan,  with  2,000  inhabitar.ts.  Here  is  to  be 
.seen  a  school  (founded  by  Bezirksamtmann  Fritz),  a  fairlv  big  church,  four 
stores,  a  native  soap  factory,  a  native  bank,  and  beyond  this  nothing  worth 
menticming.  Half  of  the  people  in  Saipan  are  Carolines,  having  been  brought 
there  as  labourers  in  1860  by  an  English  captain  named  Johnson.  The  mail 
boat  \-isits  Saipan  six  times  a  j'ear,  while  regular  Japanese  cutters  keep  the 
island  in  regular  touch  with  Guam  and  Japan.  Another  of  the  inhabited 
islands.  Rota,  has  about  500  people.  The  export  of  copra  from  the  Marianne 
Islands  in  1912 — as  far  as  my  memory  serves  me-- was  870  tons  from  Guam. 
580  from  Saipan,  and  ?)0S  from  the  remainder  of  the  group.  Tobacco,  coffee 
and  cocoa  are  grown  for  local  use  only. 

The  dread  of  the  Mariannes  are  the  typhoons,  which  almost  yearly  visit 
the  islands,  and  at  times  with  terrible  effect.  Earth  tremors  are  occasionally 
felt.  especially  at  Rota,  but  none  are  compared  with  those  experienced  in 
Rabaul. 

Tinian  is  only  suited  for  cattle,  goats,  pigs,  and  fowls,  of  which  a  great 
number  are  running  wild  in  the  bush.     The  remainder  of  the  islands  are  let 


OF   THE   PACIFIC   ISLANDS  73 

to  different  f.rnis  or  persons,  for  the  production  of  copra  only.      Birds'  skins 
are  also  obtained.     On  Pagan  there  are  two  active  volcanoes. 

The  original  inhabitants  of  the  Marianne  Islands,  the  Chaniorros,  belonji 
to  the  Malay  race.  At  the  time  of  the  discovery  by  Magellan  they  are  said 
to  have  numbered  about  100,000.  Two  hundred  years  later  the  Chanior- 
ros had,  through  diseases  introduced  by  the  Spaniards,  and  through  wars 
against  their  oppressors,  been  reduced  to  biit  1,000  people. 

In  Tinian  are  still  to  be  .seen  mighty  stone  columns,  parts  of  the  houses 
that  sheltered  them  and  whicli  to  this  <lay  bear  witness  to  a — in  some  respects 
— high  civilisation.  The  few  survivors  reUnquished  their  old  customs  or  for- 
got them  :  even  their  language  Tiecame  a  mixture  of  Spanish,  and  they  adopted 
the  Roman  Catholic  religion. 

And  as  with  the  language  so  with  the  Chamorro  himself — he  made  room 
for  the  half-caste.  In  the  veins  of  the  present  day  Chamorro — numbering, 
all  told,  15,000 — runs  much  Spanish  blood.  This  might  explain,  too,  that  the 
natives  of  the  Marianne  Islands  are  further  advanced  in  civilisation  than  the 
rest  of  the  South  Sea  Islanders.  They  adopted  European  dress  and  customs 
long  ago,  and  even  fashioned  their  social  life  on  the  line  of  their  white  masters. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  in  time  they  will  adopt  all  that  is  good  in  the  European 
rulture,  and  cut  off  that  which  they,.^re  better  without. 


74  STKWAKT'S     HANr.      BOOK 


PHOENIX  ISLANDS. 

(HRITISH.) 

NORTH  of  Tokelau  or  Union  Islands  lie  the  scattered  Phoenix  group, 
which  have  been  annexed  by  Great  Britain.  They  are  all  of  the 
usual  type  of  lagoon  island,  and  lie  over  the  area  between  the  parallels 
of  0  degrees  50  minutes  N.  and  4  degrees  40  minutes  S.,  and  the  meridians 
of  170  degrees  41  minutes  and  176  degrees  42  minutes  W.,  and  comprise  the 
following  : — 

Mary  or  Canton  Island,  about  9  miles  long  and  i\  wide  covered  with 
low  scrub.  It  was  at  one  time  a  guano  station,  and  is  now  leased  to  the 
Samoan  Shipping  and  Trading  Company  who  have  planted  some  cocoanuts. 

Enderbury,  about  3  miles  long  and  1|  wide^ 

Birnie,  about  1  J-  miles  in  extent  ;  leased  to  Samoan  Shipping  and  Trading 
Company. 

Phcsnix,  leased  to  the  Samoan  Shipping  and  Trading  Company,  is  very 
fertile,  with  a  fresh  water  lagoon  in  the  centre.  It  is  the  haunt  of  thousands 
of  birds  and  also  abounds  with  rabbits. 

Gardner  or  Kemins,  about  2^  miles  in  extent,  with  a  large  deep  water 
lagoon.  It  is  densely  wooded  and  is  leased  to  the  Samoan  Shipping  and 
Trading    Company. 

M'Kean,  ij  miles  long  and  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide. 

Hull  and  Sydney,  with  cocoanut  plantations,  both  leased  to  Samoaa 
Shipping  and  Trading  Company. 


Baker  and  Howland,  situated  just  north  of  the  line,  are  generally 
reckoned  as  part  of  the  Phoenix  group,  although  they  do  not  properly  belong 
thereto.  The  group  was  at  one  time  the  seat  of  operations  of  the  Phoenix 
Guano  Company,  but  the  supply  is  now  exhausted.  I^ittle  is  produced 
besides  copra. 


Tattersall'siAdami)  Hotel 


•?• 


Pitt  Street,  Sydney,  N./.W. 

HOTEL     TARIFF. 

From    12,6  per  day  or  £4  per  week   (inclusive  of  all  meals  and 
attendance. 

FEATURES. 

1  Centrally  situated,  being  within  7  minutes  by  car,  cab  or  tram  of 
Central  Railway  Station,  the  Principal  Steamship  Wharves,  the 
Harbor  Ferries,  the  principal  Government  Departments,  and  ail 
the  City  Theatres. 

2  Reception  Rooms,  Smoking  and  Reading  Rooms,  Billiards.  Electric 
Light  and  Electric  Bells  throughout.       Hot  Water  at  all  hours. 

3  Car  Garage  on  direct    phone. 

4  Three  separate  Dining  Halls  and  Private  Dining  Room. 

5  Cuisine  unsurpassed. 

6  Specialties — Game,  Imported  Fish,  Grills  and  Oysters. 

7  Latest  design  Silver  Grills  recently  installed  in  two  of  the  Dining  Halls 

8  Extending  from  Pitt  Street  to  George  Street  and  in  the  midst  of 
the  City's  shopping  and  business  centres. 

MOTEL     DIININQ     MALL-(Public). 


TARiFF^Breakfast,  3/b  ;    Lunch,  2/-  upwards;   Dinner,  4/6 

^DAnS'     CAFE5. 

The  most  perfectly  appointed  and  decorated  Cafes  in  the  City. 
Cuisine  excellent.  Two  Silver  Grills,  latest  design.  All  meals  in 
Cafes  a  la  Carte. 

The  World  famous  MARBLE  BAR  is  attached  to  this  Hotel.     This  Bar 
is  one  of  the  most  handsome  in  the   world  — being  an  art  study  in  Marble 
and    Carving — cost   /40,ooo. 
For  further  particulars  or  appointments,  write  or  wire, 

The  Manager,  TattrTsall's  Hole,  i>dney. 

NOTE.— The  I  rustees  of  George  Attains'  E«tate  alway!<  maintain  ihe  Jilgh 
standard  set  by  the  late  Mr.  George  Adams  in  providing  for  the 
Guebts  of  the  bstabllshmsnt. 


A    Speciality  -  House 
For  Tropical  Clothing 

PEA  PES  of  Sydney  are  makers 
ot  Tropical  clothes,  utilising  tlieir 
own  materials,  their  own  "work- 
rooms, and   their    own    individual 

styles. 

Having  practical  experience  of  the 
re(|uirements,  and  special  facilities 
for  making  GOOD  clothes,  Peapes 
are  able  {o  introduce  Duvaole 
clothes  that  will  withstand  fre- 
quent  laundering. 

In  addition  to  the  popular  White 
Duck  and  Drill  Suits,  Read} -to- 
Wear  Garments  are  available  in 
Bengal  Cotton  Tweed,  Rajah 
Cotton  Tweed,  Brown  Flax  Drill, 
Assam  Silk,  &c.  Styles:— S.  B 
or   D.  B.   Sac,   Norfolk,  Patrol. 

'Ihe     '   No-Veste  "     Taffeta    and     Formosa     Suits     are    also 
suitable  for  Island  wear. 


WRITI',   i'X)R  I'ATTiiKXS  AND  CATALOGUiv.       II-    VOU  ARE  IX 

SYDNEY    AT    ANY  TIME  WE  SHOULD  BE  GLAD 

TO    RECORD    YOI"'R    MIvASUREMEXTS. 


PEAPES  &  CO.  LTD., 


MEN'S     OUTFITTERS, 
309  &  3Ii  GEORGE  STREET    ■.- 


SYDNEY. 


OF    THIC    PACIFIC    ISLANDS  77 


FIJI  ISLANDS. 

{BRITISH.) 

FIJI,*  or  more  correctly  Viti,  comprises  between  200  and  250  islands* 
of  which  about  80  are  inhabited,  lying  about  1 ,800  miles  north-east 
of  Sydney  and  1,200  miles  north  of  New  Zealand.  The  total  area 
of  the  group  is  7,451  square  miles,  so  that  it  is  about  equal  to  ^\ales  in  size. 
The  principal  island,  Viti  Levu  (Great  Fiji)  claims  roughly  half  ot  this  area, 
and  \'anua  Levu  (Great  Land)  a  quarter.  The  larger  islands  are  mountainous, 
rising  to  heights  of  over  4 ,000  feet.  Nearly  all  are  clothed  from  base  to  summit 
in  a  mantle  of  verdant  green,  while  the  valleys  are  covered  with  magnificent 
tropical  flora,  rich  and  abundant  in  variety.  It  is  an  exceedingly  well- 
watered  country.  The  Rewa  River,  which  drains  the  eastern  part  of  Viti 
Le\  i;,  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  light  draught  for  more  than  50  miles.  The 
other  large  rivers  of  Viti  Levu  are  the  Sigatoka^  Nadi  and  Ra,  and,  of  Vanua 
Levu,  the  Dreketi,  Labasa.  Wai  Levu  and  Wainunu.  Besides  these,  almost 
every  valley  in  the  group  has  its  brawling  stream  fed  from  an  inexhaustible 
spring.  Th^  group  is  rich  in  harbours.  Kach  island  is  surrounded  with  a 
barrier  reef,  through  which  numerous  openings  lead  to  safe  anchorage,  pro- 
tected by  a  natural  breakwater. 

The  following  are  the  principal  inhabited  islands,  with  their  area  ap- 
proximately in  square  miles  : 

Viti  Levu  4,112;  Vanua  Levu,  2,4.'',2;  Taviuni,  217;  Kadavu,  124; 
Koro,  58  ;  Gau,  45  ;  Ovalau,  4:5  ;  Moala,  28  ;  Rabi,  28  ;  Oamia,  26  ;  Winua 
Balavu,  24;  Vatu  Lele,  iS;  Ono,  13;  Beqa,  13;  Yadua,  12;  I/akeba,  12; 
Matuku,  11  ;  Totoya,  11  ;  Mago,  10  ;  Cicia,  10  ;  Nairai,  10  ;  Laucala,  9  ;  Kioa, 
9  ;  Naitamba,  9  ;  Kanacia,  8  ;  Mokogai,  5  ;  Batiki,  5  ;  Yasawas  and  other 
isles,  probably  90  ;  total  square  miles,  7,451  ;  total  acres,  4,768,640. 

Tlie  islands  were  discovered  on  March  5,  1643,  by  .Abel  Jansen  Tasuian, 
who.  however,  does  not  appear  to  have  found  anchorage.  ^lore  than  a  century 
later  Captain  Cook  sighted  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  group.  He  was 
followed  by  Captain  Bligh,  who  passed  through  the  group  in  the  "  Bounty's  " 
launch  (1789),  and  Captain  Wilson,  of  the  '  Duff/'  in  1797.  It  is  possible  that 
some  of  the  navigators  of  the  seventeenth  century,  who  sailetl  from  South 
America  and  were  never  heard  of  again,  may  have  visited  the  group,  and 
during  the  eighteenth  century  there  must  have  been  occasional  intercourse 
between  the  natives  and  the  Spanish  ;  but  the  islands  remained  practically 
unknown  until    1804,   when   a   parly   of  escaped   convicts  from   New  South 


*  A  full  description  of  the  group  is  given  in  the  "  Cyclopedia  of  Fiji," 
edited  by  Percy  S.  Allen,  and  publish.ed  in  1907,  ty  Messrs.  McCarrou,  Stewart 
and  Co.,  of  Sydney. 


78  STEWART'S    HAND    BOOK 

Wales  settled  down  atiiong  the  natives.  These  were  followed  by  traders, 
until  in  ISSi)  a  small  settlement  of  whites  was  established  at  I^evuka,  which 
became  the  first  white  capital — a  distinction  of  which  Suva  has  deprived  it 
since  1882.  In  1855,  the  American  (Government  having  pressed  a  claim  for 
£9,000  against  the  chief  Cakobau,  which  he  was  quite  unable  to  meet,  and  the 
justice  of  which  he  never  admitted,  the  leading  chiefs  offered  to  cede  the  islands 
to  England,  on  condition  that  the  claim  should  be  satisfied.  The  Commis- 
sioners reported  unfavourably,  and  the  offer  was  refused  (1861).  In  1871  a 
Constitutional  Government  was  established  by  the  Europeans  for  the  "  King- 
dom of  Fiji  "'  under  Cakobau  as  king,  but  it  broke  down  in  1873,  owing  to  the 
opposition  of  the  settlers  in  outlying  districts,  and  in  1874  the  chiefs  formally 
offered  to  cede  the  islands  to  Great  Britain,  and  sovereignity  was  proclaimed 
by  Sir  Hercules  Robinson,  G.C.M.G.,  Governor  of  New_  South  Wales,  on 
23rd  September,  1874.  A  year  later  the  administration  was  assumed  by 
Sir  Arthur  Gordon,  the  first  Governor.  Under  Letters  Patent,  dated  17th 
December,  1880,  the  island  of  Rotumah,  lying  between  12  degrees  south 
latitude,  was,  on  the  petition  of  the  chiefs,  annexed  to  the  colony  of  I'iji. 
Since  cession  to  Great  Britain  the  colony  has  made  great  progress.  Its 
affairs  are  administered  by  a  Governor  and  Executive  Council.  There  is  also 
a  Legislative  Council  under  the  Presidency  of  the  Governor,  composed  of 
10  officials,  seven  elected  (European),  two  native  members  and  one  Indian 
member.  In  native  matters  the  group  is  governed  as  far  as  possible  in  accord- 
ance with  the  usages  of  the  people  themselves.  There  is  a  graduated  scale, 
which  connects  the  humblest  individual  with  the  Governor.  The  first  step 
up  the  ladder  is  the  family  council  ;  then  the  village  coirneil  ;  ahd  after  that 
the  district,  and  then  the  provincial  council,  and,  finally,  the  "  Bose  Vaka- 
turaga,"  or  assembly  of  great  chiefs.  The  high  chiefs  of  the  provinces  are 
styled  "  Roko  Tui,"  an  ancient  native  title.  Their  functions  may  be  com- 
pared to  those  of  the  lord  lieutenants  of  English  countries.  They  administer 
and  are  responsible  to  the  Government  for  their  respective  charges.  Many 
of  the  posts  are  now  filled  by  European  officers,  holding  the  appointments  of 
District  Commissioner;  Under  them  are  heads  of  districts,  called  "  Bulis," 
who  again  preside  over  the  "  Turaga-ni-koro,"  or  chiefs  of  the  villages  under 
their  charge.  These  various  component  parts  meet  every  six  months  in  the 
provincial  council,  where  they  regulate  their  own  internal  affairs,  levy  rates 
for  the  payment  of  the  police,  district  clerks  and  local  officials  generally, 
arrange  for  the  making  and  maintenance  of  roads  and  all  matters  connected 
with  the  province.  The  proceedings  are  conducted  with  proper  regularity, 
mainly  due  to  the  presence  of  a  white  official  from  the  Native  department, 
who  keeps  the  meeting  from  wandering  into  the  mazes  of  ultra-legislation. 

There  is  frequent  steam  communication  with  Sydney  and  Auckland, 
and  Suva  is  also  a  port  of  call  for  the  Canadian  mail  steamers,  and  is  one  of 
the  Pacific  cable  stations.  There  is  also  a  wireless  station  of  considerable 
power,  while  there  are  four  other  stations  which  maintain  inter-insular 
communication.  A  large  amount  of  capital  has  been  invested  in  tropical 
products,  and  business  has  steadily  increased. 

The  population  of  the  group  according  to  the  estimate  on  December  31st, 
1917,  was  as  follows  : — 


Europeans 
Fijians    . . 
Half-castes 
Indians 
Polynesians 
Chinese  . . 
Others    .. 


OF   THE    PACIFIC   1S:,ANDS  ^9 


4,811 

91,013 

2,723 

61,153 

2,704 

890 

524 


163,818 

There  has  since  been  a  considerable  addition  to  the  Indian  and  European 
population.  For  some  years  there  was  a  decrease  of  a  steady  nature  going 
on  among  the  Fijians,  but,  of  late,  after  a  stationary  period  the  number  of 
I'"^jians  has  begun  to  increase.  Where  the  figure  for  the  Fijians  in  1911 
stood  at  87,096,  at  the  end  of  1917  it  stood  at  91,013,  an  increase  of  3,917. 
This  figure  is  all  the  more  satisfactory  as  increase  was  solely  during  the  last 
two  or  three  years. 

The  decrease  in  the  previous  years  was  due  almost  entirely  to  a  high 
mortality  amongst  infants,  the  precise  cause  of  which  it  was  difiicult  to  specify. 
Amongst  other  persons  advanced  were  the  comparati\  ely  weak  maternal 
feeling  of  Fijian  women,  the  introduction  of  new  diseases,  such  as  measles, 
whooping-cough,  influenza,  &c.,  with  which  the  natives  could  not  cope, 
and  the  disappearance  of  many  of  their  old  necessities  and  social  customs 
which  tended  to  ensure  the  close  care  of  infant  children.  The  advance  of 
education  and  a  higher  standard  of  living  account  very  largely  for  the  increase 
in  the  birth  rate.  l''iji  affords  a  world-famous  example  of  the  virulence 
which  may  be  acquired  by  a  disease  when  transplanted  to  a  virgin  soil.  In 
1875  measles  was  accidental!}'  introduced  for  the  first  time  into  the  group  by 
H.M.S.  "  Dido,"  and  in  a  short  time  about  40,000  of  the  natives  are  believed  to 
have  perished.  Heavy  mortality  was  also  caused  by  the  influenza  epidemic 
at  the  end  of  1918. 

The  Fijians  are  a  well-made,  stalwart  race,  differing  in  colour  according 
to  the  situation  in  which  they  live.  The  mountaineers  show  the  frizzled 
hair  and  dark  colour  of  the  Melanesian,  while  his  neighbours  on  the  coast 
betray  a  strong  admixture  of  Malayo-I'olynesian  blood.  In  character  they 
have  been  described  as  full  of  contradictions,  but  perhaps  the  unfavourable 
opinion  of  them  is  due  to  the  fact  that  they  are  incapable  of  feeling  any  en- 
during gratitude  or  lasting  attachment.  On  the  other  hand,  they  are  tract- 
able, docile,  and  hospitable.  They  have  now  all  embraced  Christianity. 
Having  few  wants,  and  blessed  by  Nature  with  the  means  of  supplying  them, 
they  are  not  spurred  on  to  exertion  by  the  want  of  money,  and  they  dislike 
prolonged  and  .sustained  work  ;  but  in  their  own  fashion  they  are  industrious. 
They  are  by  nature  intensely  conservative,  and  slow  to  discard  their  own  cus- 
toms in  favour  of  those  of  civilised  peoples,  but  the  gradual  use  of  European 
articles  for  which  money  must  be  procured  has  of  late  years  led  many  of  tliem 
to  seek  work  on  the  plantations,  and  the  supply  of  native  labour  is  at  all  times 
equal  to  the  demand.  For  clearing  new  groimd  or  .shipping  cargo,  they  are 
by  some  settlers  preferred  to  coolie  or  Polynesian  labourers. 

The  Government  has  aimed  at  disturbing  their  social  and  political 
organisation   as  little  as  possible,   and  has  hitherto  most  successfully  con- 


80  STEWART'S     UAND     BOOK 

trolled  the  people  llirounh  their  chiefs.  The  native  laws  are  administered 
by  native  agents  under  supervision  of  Kuropean  officers,  and,  although  native 
officials  make  mistakes,  the  people  on  the  whole  have  shown  themselves 
worth}'  of  being  allowed  a  share  in  their  own  government.  It  would  be  im- 
possible, without  incurring  enormous  expense,  to  replace  the  chiefs  by  white 
officials,  and  the  experiment  would  be  unsuccessful.  The  non-recognition 
by  the, Government  of  the  leading  chiefs  would  not  abate  their  influence  in 
the  least,  and,  in  place  of  the  loyal  assistance  they  now  render  to  the  Govern- 
ment, they  might  become  the  foci  for  discontent  and  opposition.  At  the 
present  time  there  is  not  a  more  law-abiding  community  in  the  world  than 
these  former  savages  ;  and  with  greater  attention  to  sanitary  matters  and  the 
attainment  of  a  higher  moral  standard,  and  the  abolition  of  their  primeval 
communism,  it  is  hoped  that  the  decrease  in  their  numbers  may  Vje  arrested. 

Certain  changes  in  the  habits  and  in  the  food  of  the  people  must,  however, 
be  effected.  Kvery  attention  is  being  given  by  the  Government  to  this  end  ; 
b!'t  in  dealing  with  the  internal  policy  of  the  Vijian  race  tie  festina  len!e 
must  be  ever  kept  in  view. 

The  oldest  established  church  in  Fiji  is  the  Methodist  Mission,  founded 
in  1835,  by  the  Rev.  D.  Cargill  and  the  Rev.  W.  Cross.  Owing  to  an  excellent 
system  of  organisation  they  have,  with  a  small  staff  of  liuropeans,  so  extended 
the  sphere  of  their  influence  that  there  is  not  a  single  declared  heathen  in 
Fiji  at  the  present  time.  There  are  churches  or  meeting-houses  in  nearly 
every  village,  the  children  are  taught  arithn:etic  and  reading,  and  writing  in 
their  own  language.  Besides  the  Scriptures  and  the  grammar  and  dictionary, 
the  mission  has  published  seven  or  eight  books  in  Fijian.  The  Roman 
Catholic  Mission  was  founded  in  1844.  The  missionaries  belong  to  the  Society 
of  Mary,  and  are  of  French  nationalit}'.  The  mission  supports  an  orphanage 
for  the  children  of  Roman  Catholic  parents,  and  has  established  schools  for 
European  children  both  at  Suva  and  L,evuka.  The  Church  of  Englandj 
founded  in  1870,  has  churches  in  both  Suva  and  Levuka.  The  incumbents  of 
both  places  have  established  English  schools  for  ]Melanesian  immigrants. 
There  is  also  a  well-attended  Presbyterian  Church  in  Suva.  Up  to  1917 
the  task  of  educating  the  native  Fijian  had  fallen  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
Methodist  and  Catholic  Missions,  with,  the  exception  of  a  Government  High 
School  at  Nasinu,  near  Suva,  where  the  sons  of  chiefs  are  educated,  and  a 
high  school  at  Lakeba,  in  the  I<au  Group,  which  is  maintained  by  the  natives 
of  that  group  with  a  Government  grant-in-aid.  In  1916  a  new  Education 
Act  was  pasredi  whereby  all  schools  in  the  colony  will  receive  Govermnent 
assistance  provided  they  comply  with  certain  conditions.  In  Suva  there  are 
boys  and  girls  grammar  schools,  with  board,  for  Europeans  conducted  under 
Government  supervision,  the  expenses  of  which  are  provided  by  local  rates 
and  a  Government  grant.  A  boarding  school  for  boys  in  connection  with  the 
grammar  school  was  built  in  vSuva  in  1917  at  a  cost  of  £10,000.  There  i.s  a 
day  and  boarding  scl.'ool  in  I»evuka  under  Government  control  for  Europeans, 
and  it  is  hoped  to.e.stablish  schools  for  European  children  in  all  the  principal 
centres  in   the   country. 

Fiji  possesses ,  probably  the  mo.st  healthy  tropical  climate  in  the  workl. 
Malarial  fever  i.s.  unknown.     Experience  has  shown  that;  the  climate  is  well 


Ingall,  Parsons,  Glive  &  Go,  Ltd 

77-83  BUGKLANO  ST.  and  28-32  PINE  ST,, 

SYDNEY. 

MANUFACTURERS     AND      IMPORTERS      OF     ALL 

UNDERTAKERS'    REQUISITES, 
WREATHS  and  SHADES,  &c., 


HENRY  GREEN.  Australasian  Manager. 


AND    AI 

Melbourne,  Brisbane,  Adelaide,  Perth  ; 

London,  Birminghani,  Liverpool  Bristol,  Manchester; 

Glasgow  ;  Dublin,  &c. 


Mouldings  Ltd 

''Maicia"  Estate, 

NORTON  STREET,  LEICHHARDT,  N.S.W. 

MANUFACTURERS    OF 

Plain  and  Embossed  Wood  Mouldings 

for  Picture  Framers,  Cabinet   Makers, 

Shopfitters,  Builders,  &c. 

Composition  Gilt  and  Coloured  Mouldings, 
Slips,    Flats    and    Beads. 


Fancy    Frames, 
Picture    Framers    Requisites. 


II 


MENISCUS 


}) 


The  term  indicates  a  lens 
of  a  curved  form  as  in- 
dicated by  the  sketch 


Lenses  should  be  made  in 
this  form,  as  they  (five  a 
more  effective  and  larger 
field  of  view  than  as  with 
the  old  flat  form. 


Your    present    lenses    can 
be  copied  in  this  jorm 


Island  residents  who  are  users  of 
spectacles  wilt,  have  theit  opticional 
needs  promptly  attended  to  b>j 
communicating  with 


W.  RANDLE  WOODS 

Optician  and  J"pectacle  Maker 
2a  Castlereagh  J"treet 
SYDNEY. 


Enquiries  invited 


'Phone  City  r6i6 


OK  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  83 

suited  to  Kuropean  women  and  children,  and,  provided  that  newcomers 
use  ordinary  precautions  against  chills,  there  is  no  more  danger  of  the  ordinary 
tropical  diseases  than  there  is  in  New  South  Wales.  The  death  rale  among 
Kuropeans  is  exceptionally  low.  Although  on  the  weather  side  the  atmos- 
])here  is  humid  and  the  vegetation  prohise  in  growth,  while  on  the  lee  side 
the  weather  is  drier  and  the  soil  more  or  le.ss  barren,  there  is  no  great  corres- 
ponding difference  in  temperature.  From  observations  made  at  Suva  the 
absolute  maximum  and  absolute  minimum  may  be  placed  at  almo.<it  90  and 
(53  degrees  Fahr.  respectively,  and  the  daily  mean-  at  79  degrees,  l-'ebruary 
and  March  are  the  hottest  months  with  a  mean  of  8.''  degrees,  and  July  and 
August  the  coolest.  F'rom  June  to  the  end  of  October  is  the  period  of  least 
Tain,  the  heavier,  rains  falling  in  the  hot  season,  a  great  advantage  from  an 
agricultural  point  of  view  ;  but  the  rainfall  is  vmcertain  and  variable,  both  as 
regards  time  and  quantity.  The  total  rainfall  probably  exceeds  100  inches. 
A  drawback  to  the  islands,  much  dreaded  by  the  planters,  are  the  hurricanes, 
which  happily  do  not  occur  very  frequently. 

The  chief  industries  of  the  colony  are  the  cultivation  and  manufacture 
of  raw  sugar,  the  making  of  copra,  rvibber,  the  cultivation  and  exportation 
of  green  fruit,  the  manufacture  of  distilled  spirit  (a  by-product  from  sugar), 
the  export  of  the  peanut  (prized  for  its  oil  and  in  the  manufacture  of  con- 
fectionery), pearlshell,  trochas  shell,  turtleshell,  and  beche-de-mer,  the  growth 
and  manufacture  of  tobacco,  and  the  cultivation  of  rice.  These  are  the  main 
industries  ;  they  by  no  means  exhaust  the  list.  Indian  corn  is  grown  in  large 
<]uantities,  and  seems  to  thrive  in  any  part  of  the  group.  Coffee  grows  well, 
both  the  Liberian  and  Arabian  varieties,  as  does  vanilla,  which  has  realised 
^ood  prices  in  the  open  market.  Tea  and  cocoa  have  proved  to  be  suited  to 
the    conditions. 

Rubber  has  proved  to  be  a  very  profitable  industry  and  .several  plantations 
which  have  come  into  bearing  during  the  past  few  years  are  yielding  rich 
dividends.     A  large  area  is  now  being  put  under  this  profitable  product. 

Suva  is  a  very  picturesque  place,  affording  delightful  glimpses  of  tropical 
vegetation  and  island  life.  It  can  be  reached  in  about  four  days  from  Auck- 
land, and  it  is  a  matter  for  surprise  that  more  Australians  and  New  Zealanders 
do  not  visit  it.  Those  who  make  the  experiment  find  themselves  in  a  new 
world.  It  is  a  fascinating  experience  when  one  sees  for  the  first  time  the 
feathery  fronds  of  the  cocoanut  palm  outlined  in  brilliant  sunshine  against 
a  sk}'  of  tropic  blue.  Still  more  exquisite  is  it  to  watch  the  wonderful  grada- 
tions of  colour  exhibited  bv  the  deep  blue  of  the  ocean,  and  the  varying  shades 
of  turquoise  and  emerald  among  the  coral  reefs.  The  gardens  on  the  hilly 
rises  at  the  back  of  Suva  are  aflame  \\ith*the  scarlet  hibiscus.  There  is  a 
plenteous  rainfall — it  is  on  record  that  26 J  inches  once  fell  in  a  single  day  ; 
— so  that  there  is  no  lack  of  verdure  and  luxuriant  vegetation.  The  bread- 
fruit tree — the  chief  dehght  of  the  most  romantic  period  in  a  boy's  life — 
bananas,  pineapple,  yams,  mummy  apples  and  sago  palms  are  all  to  be  seen 
growing  either  within  the  boundaries  of  the  town  or  within  a  short  drive. 
The  fore.shores — or  beach,  as  it  is  usually  termed  in  the  island.s— is  a  fine  parade 
named  after  her  late  Majesty  Queen  \'ictoria.  It  is  lined  on  one  .side  by 
hotels  and  places  of  business  and  on  the  other  by  a  row  of  rain  trees  (a  species 


84  STEWART'S      flAND      BOOK 

of  at-acia)  \vh(>«e  spreadiii.g  1. ranches  offer  a  welcome  protection  from  the  sun's- 
rays,  and  under  which  comfortable  seats  invite  f)ne  to  rest.  There  are  several 
pleasant  driving  excursions  that  can  be  made  during  a  day's  stay  at  Suva, 
and  comfortable  cars  can  be  hired  at  any  time. 

There  are  two  beautiful  drives,  each  of  which  occupies  an  hour  to  au 
hour  and  a  half.  They  can  be  taken  separately  or  combined.  One  is  the 
drive  along  the  Waimanu  Road,'  passing  the  signal  station.  Ascending  the 
hill  through  the  Suva  extension  at  the  back  of  the  town,  the  carriage  passes 
the  flagstaff  for  signalling  the  arrival  of  vessels  ;  and  at  this  point  is  unfolded 
a  view  which,  to  quote  frcm  a  description  by  Mr.  T.  W.  Whit.son,  it  would  be 
difficult  to  surpass.  On  one  hand,  the  visitor  locks  down  upon  the  Rewa 
River  and  its  wide  mouth,  Laucala  Bay  ;  on  the  other,  upon  the  beautiful 
harbour  of  Suva,  with  its  background  of  purple  hills,  the  rugged  spurs  of 
which  seem  to  speak  of  a  mysterious  life  hidden  in  their  fastnesses.  Con- 
spciuous  amongst  them  is  a  rock  of  large  size  and  peculiar  shape,  to  which 
has  been  given  the  name  of  Th-:;  Giant's  ThumVj  "  ;  while  close  at  hand  lies 
the  pretty  little  island  of  Nukulau,  used  as  a  quarantine  station,  and  on  which 
are  the  barracks  occupied  by  the  Indian  coolies  on  their  arrival  from  Cal- 
cutta. Half-concealed  by  a  mystic  haze  is  seen  the  island  of  Beqa,  the  home 
of  the  Firewalkers,  a  tribe  possessing  the  secret  of  walking  with  impunity 
over  hot  stones.  Descending  the  hill.  Indian  settlements  are  passed  on  either 
side  of  the  road,  the  industrious  settlers  and  their  families  all  engaged  in  field 
labour,  attending  their  rice  crops  or  cultivating  their  banana  patches.  Reach- 
ing level  ground,  the  carriage  passes  round  the  extreme  point  of  the  town 
and  along  the  beach  road,  passing  Government  House,  the  Botanical  Gardens, 
and  Albert  Park,  with  its  tennis,  cricket,  hockey  and  football  grounds,  and 
so  back  to  town.  On  the  way  the  visitor  cannot  fail  to  be  impressed  by  the 
beauty  of  the  trees  and  shrubs  that  line  the  road,  or  are  inclo.sed  in  the  little 
holdings  of  the  settlers.  Noticeable  amongst  the  former  is  the  spreading 
mango  tree,  with  its  dense  foliage  of  lance-shaped  leaves,  which  make  a  favour-* 
able  retreat  for  that  noisy  and  impudent  bird,  the  minah.  Here  and  there 
is  pas.sed  a  lofty  tavola.  the  timber  of  which  is  largely  used  in  making  /«//>, 
or  native  drums.  These,  in  the  hands  of  a  practised  performer,  are  not  un- 
musical, and  can  be  heard  at  a  great  distance,  calling  the  natives  to  church 
services  or  other  gatherings.  Everywhere  is  seen  the  coccanut  palm  with 
its  graceful  feathery  head — a  tree  which  provides  the  natives  of  the  South 
Seas  with  food,   drink,   clothing,   and  furniture. 

The  other  short  drive  is  along  the  Tamavua  Road  to  its  junction  with 
the  Rewa  Road,  where,  turning  to  the  left,  the  carriage  passes  under  an  avenue 
of  shady  Bois  rwir  trees  (a  Mauritius  acacia),  and  further  on  passes  the  old 
Botanical  Gardens  and  the  picturesque  site  of  the  hospital  and  gaol.  On 
this  drive,  as  on  the  other,  the  visitor  passes  through  the  same  sylvan  scenen,-, 
and  catches  frequent  glimpses  of  the  harbour.  Here  and  there  a  noble 
banyan  tree  woos  the  visitor  to  seek  its  refreshing  shade. 

The  most  delightful  excursion,  if  the  visitor  can  spare  the  whole  day, 
is  to  Nausori,  on  the  Rewa  River  (12  miles).  It  can  be  made  in  the  form 
of  a  drive  to  Nausori  and  back  again  by  the  same  route  ;  but  the  more  interest- 
ing way  is  to  take  the  steam  launcl;.  and  proceed  up  the  river,  to  the  Colonial 


OF   THE   PACIFIC   ISLANDS  85 

Sugar  Company's  mills,  arranging  to  be  met  with  a  carriage  at  the  hotel  at 
Nausori,  thence  to  be  driven  back  to  Suva.  The  Revva  is  a  noble  river — 
the  largest  in  Fiji — and  navigable  50  miles  from  its  mouth.  The  steamer 
pa.s.ses  along  the  front  of  the  town  until  it  reaches  Laucala  l>ay,  the  outlet  of 
the  Rewa  and  other  rivers — a  beautiful  sheet  of  water  about  two  miles  wide, 
and  fringed  with  low  banks  of  mangrove  thicket.  Here  the  vessel  turns  in  a 
westerly  direction,  and  for  several  hours  pursues  its  Avay  up  the  river,  which 
winds  in  and  out  in  its  wayward  course  between  banks  of  brilliant  greenery, 
out  of  which  stand  prominently  lines  of  cocoanut  palms,  fronting  banana 
plantations  and  fields  of  waving  sugar-cane.  Every  turn  opens  up  a  vista 
of  new  beauty.  \'illage  after  village  is  passed,  each  with  its  group  of  gaily- 
dressed  natives  idling  in  the  fore-ground.  On  one  side  is  the  Roman  Catholic 
mission  of  Naililili.  with  its  imposing  pile  of  buildings  ;  on  the  other,  higher 
up — Davuilevu — the  picturesque  mission  settlement  of  the  Methodists. 
On  the  river  itself  are  fleets  of  barges  carrying  sugar  from  the  mills  ;  canoes, 
cutters,  and  bamboo  rafts  laden  with  fruit,  bound  for  Suva  ;  and  native  boats, 
the  occupants  of  which  are  busy  spearing  fish.  At  Nausori,  the  Fijian  head- 
quarters of  the  Colonial  Sugar  Company,  visitors  are  made  welcome  bv  the 
stafl",  who  do  not  grudge  the  time  expended  in  showing  the  mills  and  explain- 
ing the  interesting  details  of  sugar- crushing.  After  a  pleasant  hour  or  two 
thus  spent,  the  visitor  crosses  the  river  in  a  punt  to  Nausori,  where  he  can 
lunch  in  comfort  at  the  hotel,  and  where  his  car  from  Suva  will  be  waiting. 
The  return  drive  is  over  a  good  road,  cut  for  portions  of  the  way  through 
native  forest  and  bush,  and  here  and  there  skirting  native  and  Indian  .settle- 
ments, but  always  in  the  midst  of  the  rich  and  wonderful  vegetation  which 
is  the  striking  feature  of  Fijian  scenery.  Here  may  be  .«een  in  profusion, 
beside  the  ever-attracti\  e  palm  and  the  ornamental  bread-fruit  tree,  orange 
and  lemon  trees,  the  pawpaw  or  nmnimy  apple,  the  delicious  granadilla, 
the  luscious  pineapple,  and  many  other  fruits  ;  wiii'e  in  close  proximity  to 
the  native  houses  are  patches  of  bananas,  of  taro  or  yams,  and  sago  palms, 
r'erns  abound  everywliere. 

Apart  from  the  driving  excursions  there  is  nmcli  to  be  seen  that  is  of 
interest  to  the  visitor  while  strolling  about  the  town  or  on  the  hillsides.  Take 
a  SL-at  under  a  spreading  tree  on  the  \')ctoria  Parade  and  watch  the  stream  of 
passing  people.  See  the  young  I'ijian  as  he  walks  along  barefooted  with  a 
free,  graceful  stride  and  a  carriage  that  a  guardsman  would  envy,  his  sulii 
and  singlet  showing  up  the  althletic  symmetry  of  his  body,  his  good-lmmoured, 
smiling  face  crowned  by  his  magnificent  hair.  Fijians  are  intensely  proud 
of  their  big  heads  of  hair  ;  the  higher  it  stands  out  the  prouder  they  are. 
Then  passes  by  a  group  of  vSamoans — big,  powerful  fellows,  tall  and  handsome, 
who,  one  thinks,  woiild  make  fine  soldiers,  but  whose  principal  work  is  taking 
in  washing.  Following  them  may  be  a  number  of  Indian  coolies  and  their 
womenkind — the  men  little  slender  fellows,  who  look  as  if  they  could  be 
knocked  over  by  a  breath  ;  the  women  a  blaze  of  colour  and  silver  jewellery. 
Here  comes  a  few  Solomon  Islander.s — smaller  than  the  I-'ijians,  but  alert  and 
workmanlike.  Intermingled  with  all  these  are  the  white  men,  following  their 
busines-i  avocations,  clad  from  head  to  foot  in  immaculate  white  drill  ;  whin. 
passing  and  repassing,  in   all  kinds  of   vehicles  and  on    foot,  are  seen   the 


86  STEWART'S     HAND     BOOK 

Ivuropean  vvoinen  doing  their  slioppiDg  or  making  social  calls.  In  contrast 
to  these,  passes  by  a  group  of  prisoners  in  charge  of  a  few  of  the  armed  con- 
stabulary, who  look  smart  and  soldierly  in  their  uniforms — blue  tunics  and 
white  sulus,  vandyked  round  the  edge.  Of  all  occupations  the  native  Fijian 
likes  soldiering  the  best.  He  scorns  dome.stic  service,  and  labour  in  the  fields 
he  does  not  favour.  Nature  has  provided  the  Fijian  with  all  he  requires  in 
the  way  of  sustenance,  and  he  therefore  does  not  see  why  he  should  work. 
•He  leaves  that  to  the  Indian  immigrants  and  to  the  naitives.  of  the  Solomon 
Islands  and  other  groups  who  pour  into  Fiji,  and  who  between  them  all  will 
swamp,  in  no  great  space  of  time,  the  native  population  altogether. 

In  the  town  of  vSxiva  itself  there  are  but  few  places  of  interest  to  visit. 
It  possesses  a  good  Town  Hall — erected  as  a  memorial  to  Queen  Victoria — 
the  upper  floor  being  utilised  as  a  Museum.  In  the  hall  is  to  be  seen  a  roll  of 
magi-ma<;i  (sinnet,  or  cocoanut  fibre  rope)  presented  by  the  natives  to  the 
Administrator  on  the  occasion  of  King  Edward's  coronation.  It  contains 
upwards  of  seven  miles  of  rope  in  one  length.  Adjoining  the  Town  Hall 
is  the  Carnegie  Library.  The  Government  oflSces — a  light,  airy  structure 
built  round  an  open  space — the  Pacific  cable  station,  the  Roman  Catholic 
cathedral,  the  hospital,  asylum  lior  the  insane,  and  gaol  are  all  worth  inspection. 
The  Botanical  Gardens  will  repay  a  visit.  Here  may  be  seen  a  profusion  of 
tropical  and  rare  plants — the  lotus  lily,  held  in  reverence  by  the  Hindus  ; 
the  Fucharis  lily,  the  large  pure-white  flower  of  which  makes  it  a  favourite 
for  church  decoration  ;  and  many  other  foliage  plants,  both  native  and 
imported.  Here,  too,  is  to  be  seen  the  V'ia,  a  species  of  arum  or  lily,  with 
its  great  over-arching  leaves  of  variegated  green  and  white  ;  and  that  noble 
and  unique  plant  the  "  traveller's  tree"  the  leaves  spreading  out  from  the 
palm-like  trunk  in  the  shape  of  a  fan,  with  ribs  six  to  eight  feet  long,  each  con- 
taining a  reservoir  of  pure  cold  water,  which  is  greatly  availed  of  by  thirsty 
travellers.  The  grounds  of  Government  House,  adjoining  the  Botanical 
Gardens,  contain  many  rare  plants  and  flowers.  Nature  has  been  lavish  to 
Fiji  in  her  bestowal  of  vegetable  treasures,  and  a  short  stroll  amongst  the 
lanes  on  the  hillside  gives  evidence  of  this  at  every  step.  Private  gardens 
are  hedged  with  "  the  king  of  plants,"  the  hibiscus  ;  and  the  effect  produced 
by  the  red,  white,  violet,  and  yellow  varieties  in  lighting  iip  the  green  of  the 
mass  of  other  shrubs  is  magnificent.  The  walls  and  verandahs  of  the  houses 
blaze  with  colours.  Here  is  the  rich  golden  hue  of  the  allamanda  ;  there  the 
jaismine,  a  mass  of  white  and  yellow  bloom  gUttering  in  the  simlight  and  spread- 
ing its  fragrance  around  ;  to  another  wall  a  striking  effect  is  given  by  the 
presence  of  a  Bougainvillea,  a  glowing  mass  of  purple  bloom.  Here  a  climbing 
lily,  the  showy  Gloriosa  sujyerba  in  all  the  pride  of  its  scarlet  and  yellow  ; 
there  a  beautiful  aristolochia,  with  its  trumpet-shaped  flow^er,  greenish- 
white  on  the  tube  and  bronze  on  the  lid  ;  shrubs  innumerable,  and  chief 
amongst  them  crotons,  the  prettiest  of  all  foliaged  plants.  Every  variety  of 
croton  is  here — broad-leaved  and  narrow-leaved — and  every  colour  seems 
represented,  the  various  shades  of  each  passing  from  one  to  the  other  by 
imperceptible  gradations.  One  variety  shows  leaves  of  a  deep  scarlet  bordered 
with  bright  green  ;  another,  deep  green  blotched  with  orange  and  carmine  ; 
another  with  a  ground  colour  of  golden  yellow,  irregularly  marked  with  bright 


Vel.    T8ie 


J.  CUNNINGHAM 


MARBLE  and  STONE 
WORKS 

STATUARY 
and 
MONUMENTAL 
SCULPTOR 


Manufacturer  and  Importer 

OF 

Granite  Monuments,  Marble 
Slabs   and   Paving,    Church 

Fonts   &  Tablets, 

Marble 

Monuments 


MARGARET   STREET,   Wynyard   Square,   SYDNEY 

GRANITK  Monuments,   Headstones  and    Crosses,   in   Red,  Grey,   Blue 
(Scotch),   Green,   and  Emerald   Pearl.        A    Superior   Selection    always 

kept  on  view- 
Also  in  Italian  and  American  Marble 
KERBINfi    in    Granite.    Marble,  Victorian    Bluestone,    and    Freestone 
RAIIJN(;S,  Cast  and  Wrought   Iron,   Plain  and  (;alvanised 
TILES,    Black    and    White    Marble   (harden    Vases    and    vStatuary 
In  Memoriam  Wreaths 
All   Marble    Lettering    Engraved    and    Filled    with    Unperishable  Lead 
ISLAND    ORDERS    are    faithfully  attended    to    and  carefully  packed 

for    transit 


Sivalloiv  &Anell 

Limited. 

.  MELBOURNE. 

Manufacturers 

for  Export  of  :  — 

BISCUITS 

High-class  Fancy,  Sweet  and  Plain. 

Wafer  Goods 

EXTRA    GRADE    CABIN. 

CAKES 

All  varieties  in  Sealed  Tins. 

Plum  Puddings. 

Canned  Fruits.  Jams,  Honey. 

Canned  and  Compressed 
Vegetables,  &c, 


NECESSITIES   OF   TROPICAL   COUNTRIES    UNDERSTOOD 
AND    PROVIDED    FOR    IN     PREPARATION    AND    PACKING. 


Correspondence    Invited  :    full   information 

returned. 


OF   THK    PACIFIC   ISLANDS  '8^ 

green.  It  is  impossible  to  describe  the  colour  effects  of  these  magnificent 
leaves  ;  one  can  only  gaze  upon  them  entranced  by  their  beauty.  Growmg 
by  the  side  of  a  church  is  a  lagcrstroma,  smothered  with  rcse-pink  blossoms, 
exquisitely  fringed  at  the  edges  ;  while  at  the  back  door  of  another  building 
is  a  handsome  canna,  deep  yellow-  and  orange.  At  the  .<!ide  of  a  garden  walk 
are  massed  groups  of  richly-coloured  coleus,  and  everywhere  are  beautiful 
varieties  of  dracaenas  and  the  sweet-smelling  white  gardenia.  Acres  of  land 
are  covered  with  fern  and  bracken,  and  growing  amongst  them,  and  also 
skirting  the  walls  of  the  houses,  is  a  weed' which  is  one  of  the  marvels  of  the 
vegetable  world.  It  has  delicately-cut  foliage,  like  a  fern,  and  is  starred  over 
with  little  fluff}'  balls  of  pink  blo.s.som.  As  it  is  approached,  it  shrinks  away 
as  if  frightened,  and.  touch  it  ever  so  lightly,  its  leaflets  shrivel  up  and  become 
bodily  dejected,  slowing  expanding  again  of  their  own  accord.  As  the  chill 
of  evening  falls,  it  closes  its  leaves  spontaneously  and  goes  to  sleep,  opening 
them  again  to  the  first  warmth  of  the  morning  sun.  This  wonderful  weed  is 
rightly  called  the  sensitive  plant  {Mimosa  sensiliva).  Naturalists  tell  us  that 
its  sensitivene.ss  serves  as  a  protection  against  the  destructiveness  of  insect 
larvae. 

Should  the  visitor  chance  to  be  in  Suva  on  a  Sunday  he  has  a  choice  of 
places  of  worship.  Of  European  churches,  the  largest  is  the  Roman  Catholic 
Cathedral — the  Church  of  the  vSacred  Heart — with  a  seating  capacity  of  about 
800.  Next  in  size  is  the  Holy  Trinity  Church  (Anglican),  which  seats  about 
250,  and  after  that  St.  Andrew's  Church  (Presbyterian),  which  accommodates 
about  200.  Of  native  churches  by  far  the  largest  and  most  numerously 
attended  is  the  Methodist  ;  then  the  Solomon  Islanders'  ;  and  the  smallest 
the  Samoan.  The  visitor  will  be  interested  in  attending  the  native  IMethodist 
Church  at  the  Tamavua  end  of  the  town,  the  locality'  of  which  he  will  easily 
find  by  the  loud-sounding  call  of  the  Inli,  and  by  following  the  stream  of 
smartly-dressed  natives,  each  carrying  his  Bible  or  hymn-book  carefully 
wrapped  up  in  cloth  or  paper.  A  gathering  of  native  worshippers  is  an 
interesting  and  elevating  sight.  The  men  and  women  dressed  in  their  best, 
the  men  mostly  in  white  jackets  and  stdit:.,  displaying  their  various  tastes 
in  the  diversity  of  their  neckwear  ;  the  women  in  their  best  toilets — silk  and 
velvet  and  linen  blouses  and  skirts,  or  wrappers,  of  all  the  colours  in  the  rain- 
bow, pink  predominating  ;  the  men's  hair  smartly  dressed  and  for  the  most 
part  dyed  a  rich  brown  or  yellow  ;  the  women  wearing  picture-hats,  or  bare- 
headed— their  hair  ornamented  with  fronds  of  delicate  ferns  artistically 
woven  or  plaited  together,  along  with  the  red  leaves  of  the  hibiscus  or  dracaena 
— a  beautiful  sight.  One  is  struck  by  the  reverent  attitude  of  the  congre- 
gation and  the  close  attention  paid  to  the  preacher.  Then  the  singing  is  a 
surprise.  Natives,  the  men  more  especially,  are  gifted  with  rich  musical 
voices — mostly  baritone  or  bass — and  all  seem  to  possess  a  natural  sense  of 
harmony.  They  sing,  too,  with  their  whole  heart  ;  and  the  effect  of  the  deep 
bass,  blending  with  and  supporting  the  lighter  tones  in  perfect  tune,  is  highly 
impressive. 

Should  the  vi.sitor  extend  his  stay  in  Suva,  the  time  can  be  pleasantly 
spent  in  exploring  the  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Upper  Harbour  ;  in  making 
an  excursion  bv  steam  launch  to  the  Navua.  the  second  largest  river  in  the 


90  STnWART'S     HAND     ROOK 

group,  aticl  on  which  is  situated  the  mill  of  the  Vancouver-Fiji  Suj^ar  Com- 
pany ;  or  in  visiting  an  interesting  plantation  at  the  other  side  of  the  harbour, 
where  all  kinds  of  tropical  products  are  grown  and  experimented  with.  He 
should  not  fail  to  visit  Ban,  a  small  island  near  the  mouth  of  the  Rewa  River — 
the  former  native  capital  of  Fiji,  and  the  very  hub  of  all  that  is  high- 
bred and  aristocratic  in  native  iMJian  life.  Here  lived,  died,  and  was  buried, 
Cakobaii,  the  last  of  the  great  cannibal  kings.  The  visitor  can  also  arrange 
for  an  e.xcursion  to  the  reef,  and  indulge  in  tlie  amusement  of  reefing,  either 
on  foot  or  in  a  boat  ;  and  he  should  not  miss  an  opportunity  of  seeing  a  nieke- 
me/-e,  the  national  dance  of  the  iMJians. 


GOVERNMENT    OFFICIALS. 

Governor  (and  High  Commissioner  of  the  Western  Pacific),  Hon.  Cecil 
Hunter  Rodwell,  C.M.G.  ;  Private  vSecretary,  Captain  C.  Dunstan  ;  Acting 
Colonial  Secretary,  R.  S.  D.  Rankine  ;  .\ssistant  Colonial  Secretary,  D. 
Stewart;  Chief  Clerk,  F.  J.  Durman  ;  vSecretary  for  Native  Affairs,  K.  J. 
Allardyce  ;  Assistant  Secretary  for  Native  Affairs,  \'.  G.  Maxwell.  Following 
are  the  Rokos  (or  District  Chiefs)  under  this  Department  :—Tai  I^evu,  Joni 
Madrawiwi ;  Cakaudrove,  Joni  Antonio  Rabici ;  Lan,  Alivereti  Finau  ; 
Bua,  Tevita  Toganivalu ;  Macuata,  Penijimani  ^'eli ;  Kadavu,  Kininavu- 
wai  Nanovo  ;  Ra,  Pope  Epeli  Seniloli. 

Chairman  of  the  Native  Lands  Commission,  Gerald  V.  ^Maxwell  ;  Native 
Lands  Commissioner,  R.   Boyd. 

Receiver-General  and  Commissioner  of  Stamps,  R.  S.  D.  Rankine  ;  Chief 
Clerk  to  the  Treasury,  Harry  B.  Ching. 

Collectors  of  Customs:  W.  H.  Brabant  (Suva)  ;  F).  J.  March  (I.evuka)  ; 
J.  M.  Wilson  (Lautoka). 

Harbour  Master:  Charles  Wooley  (vSuva)  ;  F.  W.  G.  Twentyman 
(Levuka). 

Chief  Auditor,  V,.  H.  Morris  ;  Assistant  Auditor,  R.  H.  Kirkv.ood. 

Commissioner  for  Lands,  Crown  Surveyor  and  Conservator  of  I'orest  f^, 
D.  Blair  ;  Staff  Surveyor,  C.  A.  Holmes. 

Chief  Justice  and  Judicial  Commissioner  for  the  Western  Pacific,  Sir 
Charles  Davson,  K.C.  ;  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court,  Curator  of  Interstate 
Estates,  Registrar-General  and  Registrar  of  Titles,  and  Public  Trustee,  Roger 
Greene. 

Attorney-General,    A.    K.    Young,    K.C;    Crown    Solicitor, ; 

Chief  Police  Magistrate,  G.  C.  Alexander. 

First   Grade    District    Commissioners  : (Colo   North)  ;    W.   A. 

Scott  (Lautoka),  A.  B.  Fdwards  (Re\\a),  W.  H.  Rus.sell  (Levuka),  R.  R.  Kane 
<Ba),  C.  G.  B.  Francis  (on  leave  for  military  service).  • 

Inspector-General  of  Constabulary,  F).  A.  Barnett,  acting  ;  Inspectors 
of  Constabulary:  E.  A.  Barnett  (Suva),  A.  Stanlake  (Lautoka),  C.  li.  Penne- 
father  (Ba),  R.  F.  Swinbourne  (Suva),  N.  S.  Chalmers  (Suva),  A.  li.  S.  Howard 
(Labasa)  ;  Inspector-General  of  Prisons,  E.  A.  Barnett.  acting  ;  .Superin- 
tendent, Suva  Goal,  James  Dalton. 

Chief  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  G.  W.  A.  Lynch,  Senior  Medical  Officer  ; 
Resident  Medical  Officer,  Colonial  Ho-spital,  Superintendent.  Public  Lunatic 
Asylum,  Medical  Officer,  Suva  Gaol,  Dr.  A.  Montague  ;  Matron,  Colonial 
Hospital,  Suva,  Nurse  M.  C.  Anderson  ;  Lef  er  Asylum,  Dr.  F.  Hall. 


or   THE    PACIFIC   ISLANDS  91 

Superintendent  of  Schools,  George  Mackay,  M.A.  ;  Headmaster,  Suva 
Boys  Grammar  School,  G.  K.  Johns,  B.A..  B.Sc.  ;  First  Assistant,  Boys 
Grammar  School,  W.  S.  McNireu,  B.A.  ;  Headmistress,  vSuva  Girls  Grammar 
School.  Mary  ISIaben,  M.A.  ;  Assistant  Teacher,  Girls  Grammar  School,  M.  F.. 
McPherson  ;  Headmaster,  I,au  School,  D.  W.  Koodless,  B.Sc.  ;  Headmaster^ 
Levuka  School,  D.  Garner  Jones ;  Headmaster,  Queen  Victoria  vSchool,. 
(vacant). 

Master  of  s.y.  "  Ranadi,"  Captain  l\.  F.  \\'allack. 

Acting  Commandant.  Defence  F'orce,  Captain  H.  Hart  Lewis. 

Colonial  Postniastcr,  Suva,  H.  P.  St.  Julian  ;  First  Class  Clerk,  Alexander 
Gray  ;  Postmaster,  Levuka,  \V.  M.  Caldwell  ;  Postmaster,  Lautoka,  S.  Yeates  ;. 
Superintendent  of  Telegraphs  and  Telephones,  C.  C.  F.  Monckton  ;  Assistant 
Engineer,  W.  G.  Covell  ;  Accountant.  T.  J.  Davis;  "Wireless  Officer,  W. 
Kearsley. 

Superintendent  of  Agriculture.  Charles  H  Knowles,  B.vSc.  ;  Inspector  of 
Produce,  J.  \V.  Philpott  ;  Government  Entomologist,  F\  P.  Jepson.  B.A.  ; 
Agriculturahst  Chemist,  C.  H.  Wright,  B.A.  ;  Agent-General  of  Immigration,. 
B.  Malcolm  Booth  ;  Immigration  Department,  G.  B  Crabbe  ;  Inspectors  of 
Immigrants,  G.  R.  Jordan,  P.  R.  Backhouse.  S.  .\.  Lord,  H.  F,.  Disbrowe. 

Government  Printer.  Sebastian  Bach  ;  Commi.ssioner  of  Works,  W.  A- 
Miller  ;  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Works.  W.  C.  Simmons  ;  District  Engineer, 
George  Paulin,  B.Sc,  B.G.  ;  Junior  Engineer,  I,.  G.  H.  Major;  Mechanical 
Engineer,  A.  A.  Ragg  ;  .'Architect,  M'orks  Department,  C.  C.  Ludolph  ;  District 
Engineer,  Eastern  District,  J.  F.  Osliorn  ,  District  F'ngineer,  Lautoka,  Hubert 
Dvson. 


LEGISLATIVE     COUNCIL. 

President,  the  Governor,  Hon.  C.  H.  Rodwell,  C.M.G. 

NOMINATED   MEMBERS. 

Colonial  Secretary, ;  Attorney-General,  A.  K.  Young,  K.C.  ; 

Receiver-General,  R.  S.  D.  Rankine  ;  Chief  Medical  Officer,  G.  W.  A."^ Lynch  ; 
Commissioner  of  Lands,  Dyson  Blair  ;  Commissioner  of  ^^'orks,  \A'.  A.  Miller  ;. 
Superintendent  of  Agriculture,  C.  H.  Knowles  ;  Colonial  Postmaster,  H.  P. 
St.  Julian;  Secretary  for  Native  Aflairs,  K.  J.  .Mlardyce  ;  Agent-General 
for  Immigration,  R.  M.  Booth  ;  Registrar-General,  Roger  (rreene  ;  Badri- 
Mahraj. 

ELECTED    MEMBERS. 

John  M.  Hcdstrom  (Eastern  Division),  H.  il.  .Scott,  K.C.  (Suva).  H. 
Marks,  C.B.E.  (Suva).  R.  Crompton.  C.B.E.  (Southern  Divi.'--ion).  I".  C.  Clap- 
cott  (Northern  Division),  R.  A.  Harricks  (Western  Division).  J.  A.  ^lackay 
(Vanualevu  and  Taviuni  Division). 

NATIVE    MEMBERS. 

Ratu  Joni  Madraiwiwi  (Roko  Tui  Tailevu),  Ratu  Joni  Antonio  Kabici 
(Roko  Tui  Cakaudrove). 


■92  STEWART'S     HAND     BOOK 

BUSINESS    PLACES    IN    SdVA. 

(jeneral  Menhants,  Ijiiporters  and  lv\pt>rters  :  Henry  Marks  &  Co., 
Morris,  Hedstrom  Ltd.,  Brown  and  Joske,  Hums,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  A.  M 
Brodziak  Ltd.  ;  J.  C.  Collins  Ltd., 

Drapers: — Walter  Home  &  Co..  Ltd,  John  Clear}'. 

Grocery  and  Hardware  :— Sturt,  Oiiilvie  .Sc  Co. 

General  Stores  : — J.  A.  Mackey,  J.  Herrick. 

Watchmakers,  Jewellers,  Curios,  &c.  : — S.  Levy.  J.  H.  Butler,  J.  Collie. 

Timber  Merchants: — Wishart  &  Sons,  A.  H.  IMarlow. 

Auction  Mart : — F.  Py.  Riemenschneider. 

People's  Saleroom  : — T.   R.  Anderson. 

Livery  Stables  : — Bayly  &  Co.,  C.  Koster,  Gunpat. 

Butchers  : — Sunderland   &   Co. 

Engineering  Works: — Fiji  Sliipbuildmg  Company,  Agnew  ^.  Co.,  G.  Bish. 

Boat  Builders  : — K.  F.mberson,  S.  A.  Griffin. 

Motor  Repairs  : — Suva  Repair  Works,  W.  G.  Halstead. 

Tobacconist,  Hairdresser,  Curios: — F.  H.  Gardiner. 

Sailmaker  : — W.   F.  McGowan. 

Bakery  : — Co-operative    Bakery. 

Photographic  Studios  : — Caine's  Studios,  U.  E.  de  Mole. 

Refreshment  Rooms  : — Miss  Bentley,  Mrs.  Porges,  Crowder  &  Son, 
W.  Croker. 

Aerated  Waters  : — W.  Cuthbert's  Soda  \\'ater  Factory,  Crowder  K'  Son- 
Surveyors  : — Robins  and  West. 
Saddler  and  Harness  Maker: — J.   R.  \\'hite. 
Furniture  Makers  : — R.  N.  Ginn,  Fiji  Furniture  Factory, 
Newspaper: — -Fi'i  Herald  and  Timc^. 

Legal:— Wm.  Scott  &  Co.,  R.  Crompton.  W.  C.  la  T.  Brough,  E.  A. 
Bartenay. 

Japanese  Merchants: — Odate  Lshiba.shi,  Southern  Pacific  Trading 
Company. 

Chinese  General  Stcrekeepers  : — Jang  Hing  Loong  &  Co.,  Sang  on  Tiy, 
Ming  Ting,  Kwong  Sang  &  Co.,  Tong  Sang. 


TRADE    STATISTICS. 

NET   REVENUE   AND   EXPENDITURE   FOR    1917. 

Revenue  (including  Customs,  £194,384  ;  port  and  harbour  dues,  £12,8.SU  ; 
native  taxes.  £16,130  ;  Hcenses,  excise,  &c..,  £35,205  ;  court  fees,  &c.,  £43,442  ; 
post  office  £lfi,952),  £335,064  13s.  5d. 

Expenditure  (including  charges  on  public  debt,  £23,294 ;  Colonial 
Secretary's  department,  £12,849 ;  legal,  £20,817;  constabulary,  £14,263; 
medical,  £20,640  ;  hospitals  and  asylums,  £12.677  ;  post  and  telegraph  Depart- 
ment. £25,784  ;  Public  Works,  £54,482^  £322,332. 


Hardman  Bros. 

BISCUIT    MANUFACTURERS 

NEWTOWN  SYDNEY 

Established  60  Years 


Contractors    to   the   Army   and   Navy 


WE    ARE    WELL    EQUIPPED    FOR    THE 

ISLAND  TRADE 


PACIFIC    CABIN 

IS  ONE   OF   OUR   LEADING   LINES 


Write  for  Prices — Prompt  Attention  given  to  Enquiries 


Cable  ADDRESS  '  WESTLARK,"    SYDNEY. 

Westphal  &  Clark 

(f — =^ =^     ^=^ —      "'-— — =^ 

Wine  and  Spirit  Merchants 

SYDNEY,    N.S.VV. 

AND     AT 

St.   Julien    Vineyards,   Hunter   Rjver,   N.S.W. 

WERE      AWARDED 

5     GOLD     MEDALS  21     TIRST     PRIZES 

2     SILVER        „  16     SECOND       ., 

AT 

Sydney,  Brisbane  and  Adelaide  Sliows,  1918 


Most  Successful  Exhibitors  of  Wine  in 
Australia,  1918 


We  are  one  of  the  Largest  Wine  Exporters  in  N.S.W 

Our  Wines  are  exported  in  large  quantities  to  all  the 
Islands  in  the  Pacific.  Assorted  case  lots  range 
from  30/-,  40/-,  to  60/-  per  one  dozen  bottles 

Orders  received  direct  or  through  Messrs.  Burns, 
Philp  &  Co.,  Nelson  &  Robertson,  W. 
Gardiner  &  Co.,  or  W.  S.  Tait  &  Co 

Price  Lists  forwarded  on  application  to  our  City  office, 

ROYAL    EXCHANGE     CELLARS, 
PITT     and    BRIDGE     STREETS,     SYDNEY. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISr,ANDS 


96 


IMPORTS   AND    EXPORTS    FOR    J 9 17. 


United  Kingdom 
British   Possessions. — 

Canada 

Hong  Koug 

India 

New  .South  Wales 

New    Zealand 

Queensland 

Samoa 

Straits  Settlements 

Tasmania 

Tonga 

Victoria 
Other  Brilisli 

Foreign  Countries. — 

China 

F'rance 

Germany    . . 

Hawaii 

Holland      . . 

Italy 

Japan 

Norway 

Sw  eden 

United  States 

Walhs  Island 
Other  Foreign 

Totals.— 

United  Kingdom 
British   Possessions 
Foreign   Countries 
P.ircels  Post 


Total    trade 


Imports 

Exports 

£ 

£ 

125,598 

7.645 

26,504 

183,895 

9,482 

2,616 

24,205 

— 

491,707 

416,263 

174,379 

1,011,419 

619 

•  

1,004 

472 

113 



733 

— 

248 

201 

32,477 

111,040 

1.394 

846 

402 

427 



278 

— 

8,792 

59  13  0 

121 

— 

91 

— 

21,786 

15,043 

219 

— 

2,445 

— 

68,575 

318,731 

703 

134 

567 

35 

125,598 

7,645 

762,865 

1,726,753 

104,406 

334,003 

18,539 

— 

£1,011,408 

£2,068,401 

£3,079,809 

The  total  value  of  the  exports  from  Fiji  for  1918  was  £1,656,065.  The 
-decrease  was  in  sugar,  inainly  due  to  labour  shortage.  Sugar  exports 
totalled  £981,318  for  1918,  the  lowest  for  several  years.  In  1917  the  total 
value  stood  at  £1,485,040,  while  1916  was  the  record  year,  the  figures 
.standing  at  £1,729,658.  Bananas  showed  a  substantial  decrease.  The 
figures  for  1916,  1917,  and  1918  were  £205,122,  £169,718,  and  £132,877 
respectively.  The  falling  off  in  1917  was  due  entirely  to  the  shipping 
strike  in  Australia,  and  last  year  to  the  epidemic  and  the  strike.  Thousands 
of  pounds'  worth  of  bananas  simply  rotted  on  the  ground,  and  growers' 
losses  were  very  heavy  indeed.  The  bright  feature  is  the  increase  in  copra 
exports.  In  1918  a  total  of  19,318  tons,  worth  £469,332,  was  exported,  as 
against  15,368  tons,  the  previous  largest  total,  worth  £359,372,  in  1917. 
Other  exports,  principally  rubber,  sici-shell  and  molasses,  yielded  £72,838 
for  lOlS,  as  against  £53,728  for    1917. 


96  STEWART'S     HANI)     ROOK 


TONGA  or  FRIENDLY  ISLANDS, 

(I'NDICR    IJRITISH    rROTliCTIUX.) 

THB  Tonga  or  rriendh'  Islands,  of  which  there  are  about  100,  f:Tcat  and 
small — manv  of  them,  however,  being  mere  coral  banks,  giving  root- 
hold  to  a  few  palms — are  situated  about  400  miles  to  the  south-west 
of  the  Samoan  group,  and  200  miles  south-east  of  the  nearest  island  of  the 
I-'ijian  gr(t>up.  They  are  the  nearest  archipelago  to  New  Zealand,  being  only 
1,100  miles  distant  from  Auckland,  and  are  divided  into  three  niain  groups^ 
known  as  the  Tongatabu,  Haapai,  and  Vavau,  the  most  southerly  being 
Tongatabu.  The  far  outlying  islands  of  Niuafoou,  Tafahi  (Boscawen)  and 
Niuatoputabu  (Keppels)  are  also  included  in  the  group,  the  people  being  Ton- 
gans,  governed  by  chiefs  holding  authority  from  the  Queen  of  Tonga. 
Niuafoou,  which  is  about  13,000  acres  in  extent,  is  celebrated  for  two  things — 
the  enormous  size  of  its  cocoanuts,  which  are  larger  even  than  those  of 
Rotumah,  and  therefore  probably  the  largest  in  the  world  ;  and  as  being  the 
only  habitat  of  the  Malau  {Megapodius  Pritchardi),  a  bird  remarkable  for  lay- 
ing an  egg  out  of  all  proportion  to  its  body.  The  island,  which  is  very  subject 
to  earthquake  shocks  and  volcanic  disturbances,  has  in  its  centre  a  lake  of 
considerable  size.  On  one  side  the  shcre  slopes  gradually  until  it  become.'* 
almost  level  with  the  surface  of  the  lake,  and  the  tall  and  stately  palm-trees 
grow  right  down  to  the  water's  edge,  forming  a  marked  contrast  to  the  pre- 
cipitous cliffs  towering  almost  perpendicularly  (to  .some  500  ft.  or  600  ft.)- 
on  the  other  side.  It  was  in  the  middle  of  this  lake  that  a  volcano  broke  out 
in  1880.  .  There  was  another  volcanic  disturbance  in  1912. 

The  Tongan  Islands  was  first  discovered  by  Tasman  in  1643,  and  were  next 
visited  by  Captain  Cook  in  1773,  and  again  in  1777,  on  which  occasion  he  stayed 
three  months.  The  population  numbers  about  23,000,  with  about  350- 
■Europeans.  The  epidemic  of  influenza,  which  scoured  Polynesia  in  1918, 
swept  away  nearly   1,000. 

Assuming  that  a  visit  be  made  to  the  group  from  New  Zealand — that 
being  much  the  nearest  route,  the  run  from  Auckland  taking  only  four-and-a- 
half  days — ■■  the  first  land  sighted,"  says  a  w-riter,  who  gives  a  good  description 
of  these  islands,  "  is  an  outlier  of  the  group  called  Pylstaart — an  island  lying 
some  distance  south  of  Tongatabu,  and  rising  700  feet  above  sea-level.  It 
is  said  that  in  1871  a  vessel  touched  at  this  island  rock  and  carried  off  some 
natives  who  were  living  there  to  South  America.  Since  then  the  natives  have 
been  withdrawn  from  the  island  and  placed  out  of  harm's  way  on  the  island  of 
Eua,  which  is  the  most  southerly  of  the  larger  islands.  Eua  was  at  one  time 
leased  as  a  sheep  run,  but  the  tenant  found  it  unsuitable,  and  now  rears  his 
flocks  in  the  more  congenial  climate  of  New  Zealand.  Some  eight  hours  or 
so  from  Pylstaart  the  low-lying  island  of  Tongatabu  is  sighted.  There  are 
two  entrances  to  the  harbour  of  Nukualofa,  the  capital  of  Tonga — one  from 
the  north,   the  other  from  the  east.     By   whichever  approach  the  steamer 


Make  the  most 
ot  your  travels 

Use  your 

KODAK 


Your  album  of  Kodak  pictures  will  tell  the  story  of  your  experiences — a 
permanent  record  to  be  treasured  all. your  bfe. 

Kodaks  and  Kodak  supplies  are  used  by  leading  amateurs  the  world  over 
because  of  their  absolute,  reliability  under  all  conditions. 

The  No.  3a  Folijing  Autographic  Kodak  is  the  most  popular  camera  in  the 
world— makes  pictures  post  card  size — Sj  by  Sj  inches.  Price  £6/IS/6.  Others 
40/-   to  £15/2/- 


Usc  Antitherm 

Fixing  Salt 

Has  an  extraordinary  hardening 
effect  on  the  Gelatine  of  Films, 
Developing  Papers  and  Dry  Plates. 
so  that  they  may  safely  be  used 
with  water  at  90  degrees  F. 

Try  Antitherm  Plates  -  specially 
nnde  for  use  in  the  tropics 


Make   your   prints   on 

"EUTONA" 

Self-Toning  Collodion  Paper 

Prints  in  sunlight  and  you  can 
watch  the  progress  of  the  printing. 
Requires  fixing  only — the  gold  is  in 
the  paper.  It  gives  a  fine  range  of 
rich  tones -has  a  matt  surface 
—simple  in  use—  requires  no  dark 
room. 


Write  for  Catalogue. 

KODAK   (Australasia)   LTD. 

379  GEORGE  STREET, SYDNEY. 


S   Lome   Street.   Auckland,   N.Z.     UWll    Dixon  Street.  Wellington,  N.Z.  'The 
Kodak  Corner,"    Corner  Lambton   Quay  and  Willis    Street.   Wellington,   N.Z. 


W.  Gardiner  &  Go.  Ltd., 

MERCHANTS    AND     IMPORTERS 
OF    ISLAND    TRADING    GOODS. 

York    and    Clarence    Streets,    Sydney. 


Departments 


MANCHESTtR, 
BLANKETS.     RUGS, 
PRINTED  COTTONS, 
TOWELS, 
QUILTS, 
MUSLINS    AND 

DRESS   GOODS, 
FLOO;t   COVERINGS, 
CLOTHING, 
HATS  AND  SHIRTS, 
MERCERY, 
RIBBONS    AND 

LACES, 
HOSIERY. 


Departments 

^  ♦     ♦ 

FANCY  ARTICLES, 

UNDERCLOTHING, 

MANTLES, 

MILLINERY, 

HABERDASHERY, 

ENAMELWARE, 

BRUSHWARE. 

BASKET    AND 

LEATHERWARE, 
SOAPS    AND 

PERFUMES, 
ISLAND  TRADING 
GOODS. 


CLARENCE    STREET    WAREHOUSE. 


We  have  on  hand  and  constantly  arriving  all  classes  of  Island  Re- 
quirements, such  as  Printed  Cottons,  Lava  Lavas.  Handkerchiefs.  Turkey 
Reds,  Calicoes,  Prints,  Mysores,  Broche  Sateens,  vSinglets  Shirts.  I,aces, 
Enamel  and  Iron  Ware,  Perfumes,  Sandalwood  Oil,  Trunks,  and  an 
extensive    assortment    of    Cotton    and    Woollen    Rugs   and    Blankets. 


INDENTS  EXECUTED  ON  MOST  FAVOURABLE  TERMS  AND 
CONDITIONS. 

CorreBpondeDce  Invitei. 


Telegraphic  Address,  "Babylonia,"  Sydney. 


Liebcr  and  ABC  Codes  used. 


Telegraphic  Address,    'Babylonia,"  Sydney.        Lieber  and  A  B  C  Code,  used. 

W.  Gardiner  &  Go.  Ltd., 

IMPORTERS,    WAREHOUSEMEN, 
AND    MANUFACTURERS     .     .     . 

York    and    Clarence    Streets,    Sydney. 


Departments 


•    •' 


MANCHESTER, 
BLANKETS,   RUGS, 
PRINTED  COTTONS, 
TOWELS, 
QUILTS, 
MUSLINS    AND 

DRESS    GOODS 
FLOOR  COVERINGS, 
CLOTHING, 
HATS  AND  SHIRTS, 
MERCERY, 
HOSIERY, 
RIBBONS   AND 

LACES. 


Departments 


FANCY  ARTICLES, 

UNDERCLOTHING, 

MANTLES, 

MILLINERY, 

HABERDASHERY, 

ENAMELWARE, 

BRUSHWARE, 

BASKET    AND 

LEATHERWARE, 
SOAPS    AND 

PERFUMES, 
ISLAND  TRADING 
GOODS. 


YORK    STREET    WAREHOUSE 


An  Immense  Stock  of  Open  and  Bulk  Goods  always  on  hand.    Special 
facilities  for  transacting  business  with  Island  Traders. 


SOLE    DISTRIBUTING   AGENTS    FOR    CRUM'S    PRINTS  IN  NEW 
SOUTH  WALES  AND  THE  SOUTH  SEA  ISLANDS. 


Oar  Representatives   cover   New   Guinea  and  the  Islands  of  the 
Southern  Seas. 


Established    leer  Tel.  2928  City 


W.  NICHOLSON 

TAILOR 

48  Castlereagh  Street,   Sydney 


ONE  OF  THE  OLDEST  AND 
BEST     FIRMS     IN     SYDNEY 


We  offer  good  pure  wool  imported  goods 
in  great  variety,  the  best  tailoring, 
and  faultless  fitting 


Exceptional  Value.  Moderate  Charges 


OF   TilE    PACIFIC   ISLAXDS  101 

•enters,  the  points  of  interest  are  much  the  same — the  intricate  sinuosities 
of  the  coral  reef,  marked  by  the  foam  of  the  surf,  and  by  the  brilliant  varie- 
gation of  colour  in  the  shoal  water  ;  the  unusual  contour  of  the  low-lying 
coral  islands,  \\'ith  their  beaches  of  yellow  sand,  or  fringe  of  dashing  breakers  ; 
and  the  novel  character  of  the  vegetation,  indicated  in  the  distance  by  the 
feathery  heads  of  the  cocoanut  palms  silhouetted  against  the  skj'.  Nukualofa 
seen  from  the  approaching  steamer,  is  a  strikingly  pretty  little  town,  white, 
bright,  and  cheerful  with  ample  open  spaces,  green  and  restful  to  the  eye. 
The  visitor  who  sees  it  for  the  first  time  cannot  fail  to  be  impressed  with  the 
unusual  character  of  its  streets  and  roads— grassy  lawns,  bordered  or  dotted 
with  such  trees  as  we  coax  into  flower  in  our  hot-houses — dracaenas,  crotons 
and  other  plants  of  brilliant  foliage  and  shrubs  bearing  odd  fruits  or  loaded 
with  blossoms  rich  in  colour  and  in  fragrance.  The  most  pestilent  weed  in 
Tonga  is  one  of  the  marvels  of  the  vegetable  world.  In  some  places,  near  the 
tomb  of  the  late  king  for  instance,  it  covers  and  chokes  the  sward  ;  but  in 
wider  and  more  shady  places  it  forms  a  low  undergrowth.  It  has  delicately 
■cut  foliage  like  a  fern,  and  is  starred  over  with  little  fluffy  balls  of  pink 
blossom.  Brush  its  leaves  ever  so  lightly,  and  they  shrivel  up  as  with  a  blight ; 
and  if  you  walk  where  it  forms  a  turf,  your  footsteps  are  marked  by  the 
shrinking  of  its  foliage.  Its  apparent  blight,  however,  lasts  only  for  a  few 
minutes,  and  then  it  slowly  expands  and  rises  again  to  its  exact  position. 
As  the  chill  of  evening  falls,  it  folds  its  little  leaves  and  goes  to  sleep,  opening 
them  again  to  the  first  warmth  of  the  morning  sun.  This  is  the  sensitive 
plant  {Mimosa  sevaitivo).  To  a  stranger  the  church-politics  of  Tonga  are. a 
little  perplexing.  Besides  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  zealously  adminis- 
tered by  the  Marist  Brothers,  there  are  two  Wesleyau  Churches,  the  old  and 
the  new,  differing  from  each  other  in  government,  but  little  or  not  at  all  in 
creed  and  ritual.  The  old  Wesleyan  Church  occupies  the  finest  site  in  Tonga, 
the  beautiful  green  knoll,  so  con.spicuous  as  one  approaches  the  town  bv  .sea. 
The  church  retains  its  connection  with  the  Methodist  body  in  Australia,  and 
its  affairs  are  regulated  by  the  Australian  Conference.  Beside  the  church 
on  the  hill  is  the  grave  of  Captain  Croker,  of  H.M.S.  '  I'avourite,'  who  was 
killed  in  an  attack  made  many  years  ago  on  a  village  inland  from  Nukualofa. 
Then  there  is  the  new  Wesleyan  Church,  which  some  years  ago  seceded  from 
the  mother  church,  and  is  now  known  as  the  Tongan  I'ree  Church.  Besides 
the  royal  chapel,  within  the  palace  grounds,  there  is  a  large  oval  building, 
in  which  the  services  of  the  Tongan  I'ree  Church  are  held.  The  architecture 
of  a  Tongan  church  has  a  distinct  character  of  its  own.  The  building  has  the 
oval  shape  of  a  native  house,  and,  if  it  is  thatched,  as  it  generally  is,  presents 
a  picturesque  appearance.  The  interior,  even  more  than  the  exterior,  pos- 
sesses a  distinctive  local  character.  The  roof,  a  lattice-work  of  cros.sed 
battens  bent  to  follow  the  necessary  curves,  is  supported  on  a  scaffolding  of 
beams,  which  in  its  turn  is  supported  on  two  rows  of  .solid  tree  stems,  running 
the  full  length  of  the  building.  No  nails  are  u.sed  in  the  construction  of  the 
frame-work,  the  parts  being  bound  firmly  together  with  variously  coloured 
-sinnet,  which  on  the  larger  .surfaces  is  wrought  into  tasteful  geometrical 
fashions.  Sometimes  the  Tongan  Church  is  fitted  up  with  pews,  but  quite  as 
-o^ten  there  are  no  seats,  the  congregation  squatting  cross-legged  on  the  floor — 


102  STHVVAKT'S    HANI)    Ii()(>K 

the  men  (jii  the  one  side,  the  women  on  the  other.  Ihe  yonng  Tonj<an.s  are  well 
trained  in  church  psahnody  ;  and  if  the  opportunity  offers  itself,  visitors  will 
find  it  worth  while  to  attend  one  of  the  native  services.  Of  the  public  Ijuild- 
ings  in  Nukualofa  those  w-hich  most  challenge  attention  are  the  Royal  Palace 
and  Church,  standing  side  by  side  within  the  sanae  enclosure  at  the  end  of  the 
wharf.  The  palace  is  an  unostentatious  balconied  building,  suggestive  not 
so  much  of  royalty  as  of  successful  trade.  The  church  is  a  handsome  wooden 
structure,  and  is  beautifully  fitted  up  inside  with  various  New  Zealand  woods, 
the  carvings  on  the  pulpit  and  ro3-al  dais  being  exceedingly  pretty.  The 
tomb  of  the  late  Prince  \\'cllington  stands  near  the  church  ;  and  the  '  langi,' 
erected  to  the  memory  of  the  late  King  (jeorge,  will  be  found  further  up, 
at  the  back  of  the  town,  near  the  Wesleyan  college  for  girls. 

■'  Tongatabu  is  an  island  of  coral  formation,  and  therefore  presents  no 
heights  from  which  extensive  views  can  be  obtained.  What  will  most  interest 
the  greatest  number  of  visitors  is  the  novel  character  of  the  vegetation,  and 
the  glimpses  of  native  life  and  manners.  Of  these,  a  drive  of  a  few  hours  will 
suflfice  to  give  the  visitor  a  fair  idea.  A  favourite  drive  is  that  to  Houma,  a 
native  town  about  eight  miles  from  Nukualofa,  the  way  lying  through  cocoa- 
nut  plantations  and  native  villages.  The  town  of  Houma  is  itself  of  interest, 
being  still  surrounded  by  the  earthworks  of  the  old  fighting  days.  And  then 
there  are  the'  '  blow-holes,'  through  which,  as  the  great  combers  roll  in  from 
the  Pacific  and  break  upon  the  reef,  vast  columns  of  water  rise  in  fountains, 
to  fall  in  magnificent  showers  of  spray.  A  somewhat  longer  ride  is  that  to 
jMua,  some  twelve  miles  distance  from  Nukiialofa  where  may  be  seen  the 
wonderful  and  mysterious  tombs  of  the  old  Tongan  kings.  These  tombs,  or 
'  langis,'  as  they  are  called,  are  evidence  of  a  power  of  mechanical  contri\-ance 
quite  beyond  the  present  generation  of  Tongans.  A  langi  is  a  four-square 
enclosure,  some  50  by  30  feet  in  extent,  enclosed  by  two  tiers  of  large  coral- 
blocks,  laid  end  to  end,  accurately  squared  and  fitting  closely  together.  A 
corner  block  in  one  of  these  langis,  which  lies  a  little  away  in  the  bush  to  the 
left  of  the  road  as  one  drives  from  Nukualofa,  measures,  roughly,  21  feet  by 
5  feet  by  4  feet  ;  and  probably  there  are  other  blocks  as  large,  or  larger.  The 
interior  space  of  a  langi  is  a  broad  platform  covered  thick  with  fragments  of 
coral  brought  from  the  beach,  and  now,  from  the  neglect  of  years,  overgrown 
with  trees  and  ferns.  Local  authorities  agree  in  considering  these  wonderful 
erections  to  be  tombs  of  ancient  Tongan  kings,  though  to  the  ignorant 
eye  they  look  like  places  of  defence.  On  a  fine  day,  with  a  cool  sea-breeze 
blowing,  the  twelve  miles'  ride  to  Mua.  through  the  village  of  Bea,  will  be 
found  most  interesting  and  delightful.  The  grassy  road  winds  through 
avenues  of  lovely  trees.  I,ofty  palms  incline  their  graceful  trunks  at  various 
angles  and  with  curious  curves,  whilst  the  young  cocoas,  not  yet  at  the  fruit- 
bearing  age,  wave  their  enormous  fronds  in  the  wind — most  graceful  of  all 
the  trees  that  g'roAV.  Next  to  the  palm,  and  its  rival  in  grace  if  not  in  grandeur, 
is  the  banana,  plantations  of  which  are  ii^terspersed  among  the  groves  of 
cocoanut  trees.  Hedges  of  citron  trees  line  the  lanes  through  which  you 
drive  ;  and  orange  trees  dangle  their  fruit.s  overhead  as  you  pass  beneath 
their  branches  ;  whilst  many  strange  nuts  and  fruits  attract  and  perplex  the 
attention.     Nor  is  colour  wanting,  though  it  ip  not  perhaps  so  plentiful  as 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  10."} 

one  expects  in  a  tropic  wilderness.  The  yellow  hibiscus,  with  the  rich  claret 
stain  in  the  depth  of  its  golden  chalice,  is  a  miracle  of  beauty — a  more  queenlv 
flower,  perhaps,  even  than  the  magnificent  crimson  variety.  Stretching  fnnn 
tree  to  tree  and  binding  stem  to  stem  with  its  luxuriant  vines,  the  convolvulus 
^rows  rampant,  expanding  in  the  sunshine,  a  lovely  bell  the  colour  of  the  skv  ; 
whilst  every  spot  not  appropriated  by  some  other  plant  is  filled  with  the 
handsome  foliage  and  crimson  flowers  of  the  Indian  shot.  The  scarlet  pods 
of  the  chili  are  thick  by  the  wayside,  and  occasionally  one  sees  a  patch  of 
sugarcane,  of  dalo,  or  of  yams,  or  the  bursting  pods  of  a  group  of  cotton  trees. 
■Occasionally  the  road  opens  upon  a  native  village  ;  and  amongst  human 
haunts  nothing  more  picturesque,  more  peaceful,  or  more  beautiful  can  be 
seen  than  a  Tongan  village  as  it  presents  it.self  for  the  first  time  to  the  attention 
of  a  passer-by  ;  a  park-like  space,  with  a  short,  soft  sward,  dotted  with  forest 
trees,  which  are  knotted  and  gnarled  by  age  into  the  shapes  beloved  of  artists  ; 
and  here  and  there  a  pretty  reed-built  oval  hut,  half  revealed,  half  concealed 
amongst  its  citron  and  orange  trees — lighted  up  with  the  scarlet  glow  of  a 
pomegranate,  and  perfumed  with  the  heavy  fragrance  of  white  gardenias. 
Near  to  Mua,  and  within  a  mile  of  the  langis  are  limestone  i-aves,  with  a  sub- 
terranean river,  and  a  lake  of  fresh  water  of  some  extent  and  depth.  Ancther 
object  of  interest  well  worth  a  visit  is  the  Haanuinga,  or  Trilithon,  like  the 
langis,  a  mysterious  relic  of  an  older  civilisation  in  Tonga.  The  Trilithon 
consists  of  two  enormous  upright  blocks  of  stone,  set  like  the  jambs  of  a  door- 
way, with  another  huge  block  laid  across  the  top  and  curiously  mortised  into 
the  two  uprights.  How  these  blocks  were  brought  to  the  spot  they  now 
occupy,  and  what  purpose  they  originally  served,  cannot  now  be  even  con- 
jectured. The  Trilithon  lies  near  the  town  of  Kologa,  on  the  eastern  passage, 
and  about  sixteen  miles  from  Nukualofa,  from  which  it  may  be  visited  either 
on  horseback  or  by  boat. 

"  On  leaving  Tongatabu  the  steamer  makes  for  the  middle  group  of  the 
Tongan  Islands,  and  anchors  off  Haapai  in  about  twelve  hours  from  Nukualofa. 
On  its  course  north-east  to  Haapai  the  steamer  passes  the  Namuka  group, 
considerably  to  the  west  of  which  lies  Falcon  Island  (15.'}  feet),  which  was 
thrown  up  by  volcanic  eruption  in  1885.  On  neariiig  the  Haapai  group  the 
two  volcanic  islands — Tofua*  (1,800  feet)  and  Kao  (3,030  feet) — may  be  seen  to 
the  left.  From  Tofua  the  Tongans  get  their  best  kava  stones,  and  the  black 
water-worn  pebbles  with  which  they  cover  the  graves  of  their  dead.  The 
three  chief  islands  of  the  Haapai  group  are  L,efuka,  I'ua,  and  Haano.  It  is 
in  the  offing  of  Pangai,  a  township  on  the  west  shore  of  Lefuka,  that  the 
steamer  comes  to  anchor.  Like  Tongatabu,  Lefuka,  is  low-lying  and  of  coral 
formation,  the  reef  shelving  out  for  a  considerable  distance  round  the  island, 
which  is  long,  and  so  narrow  that  a  walk  of  ten  minutes  takes  one  from  the 
west  shore  to  the  east.  There  are  a  few  good  hf  uses  in  the  village.  Here  as 
in  Nukualofa,  the  king  has  a  palace,  and  being  of  Haapai  birth,  is  said  to 
prefer  Pan^-^i  to  his  capital.     Lefuka,  as  regards  fcrmation,  vegetation,  and 

*  It  was  within  sight  of  this  island,  in  May,  I  7S!»,  that  the  crew  of  H.M.S. 
*'  Bounty  "  mutinied  and  set  their  connnander,  Lieutenant  Bligh,  adrift 
in  a  launch.  On  landing  at  Tofua  he  was  treacherou.sly  attacked  by  the 
jiatives,  and  John  Norton,  his  quartermaster,  was  killed. 


104  STKWAKT'S    HAN'I)    Br)OK 

native  life,  is  a  repetition  of  Tongatabu  on  a  smaller  scale.  It  was  at  the 
north-west  point  of  Lefuka,  on  the  29th  of  November,  1806,  that  the  '  Port 
an  Prince  '  came  to  anchor,  for  the  last  time  in  seven  fathoms  of  water. 
Three  days  after  the  ship  was  seized  by  the  natives  and  most  of  the  crew 
inassacred.  Amongst  the  few  saved  was  William  Mariner,  who,  becoming  a 
favourite  with  the  king,  Finau,  lived  for  some  years  amongst  the  natives 
like  one  of  themselves,  learned  their  language,  familiarised  himself  with  their 
customs,  and  on  his  return  to  England  supplied  material  for  a  history  of  Tonga, 
which  is,  in  its  way,  a  classic.  After  being  looted  by  the  natives  the  '  Port 
au  Prince  '  was  hauled  in  close  to  the  shore  and  burned  ;  and  relics  of  the 
unfortiinate  vessel  possilily  remain  still  to  be  discovered  at  the  nortli  end  of 
the  island. 

"  A  run  of  eight  hours  brings  the  steamer  to  Vavau,  the  most  northerly 
of  the  Tongan  group.  These  islands  are  of  volcanic  origin,  and  consequently 
entirely  different  in  appearance  from  Haapai  and  Tongatabu.  The  entrance 
to  Vavau  is  surpassingly  beautiful,  resembling  more  the  passage  of  an  island 
sound  than  the  approach  to  an  island  of  the  South  Seas.  After  passing  the 
outlying  islands,  the  shore,  for  some  miles  is  a  succession  of  bold  cliffs,  wooded 
headlands,  receding  bays,  and  glistening  beaches,  with  here  and  there  open 
grassy  plots,  dotted  with  trees  like  an  English  shrubbery.  The  port  of  Vavau 
is  completely  landlocked,  and  as  the  water  is  deep  the  harbourage  for  vessels 
of  all  sizes  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world.  The  town  of  Neiafu,  ideally 
perfect  in  situation — lying,  as  it  does,  on  a  green  slope  and  plateau  above 
the  harbour — is  really  an  orange  grove,  over  which  is  scattered  the  native 
houses  and  churches.  The  houses  of  the  white  population  are  placed  mostly 
on  the  slope  that  overhangs  the  harbour,  and  the  whole  is  backed  by  the 
wooded  hill  of  Olopeka,  from  ^vhich,  by  an  easy  ascent  of  not  more  than 
twenty  minutes,  a  fine  view  may  be  obtained  of  the  harbour  and  its  shores." 

The  following  description  of  Tonga,  written  in  191.S,  is  from  the  pen  of 
the  late  Rev.  Dr.  Watkin  : — 

Vavau  is  one  of  the  finest  harbours  in  the  world.  As  a  native  of  Sydney 
I  share  my  countrymen's  admiration  for  Sydney  Harbour.  But  owing  to  its 
rich  tropical  vegetation,  its  cocoanut  palms,  its  orange  trees  laden  with  golden 
fruit  fringing  the  water's  edge,  ^'avau  has  some  attractions  which  vSydney 
lacks.  The  natural  beauties  of  Sydney  might  be  improved  by  a  judicious 
planting  of  some  of  the  headlands  with  vegetation  not  so  sombre  in  hue  as  the 
indigenous  trees  are.  Vavau  is  not  a  perfectly  land-locked  harbour.  It  is 
formed  by  three  islands,  and  in  addition  to  the  main  entrance  there  are  two 
other  entrances,  one  which  can  be  txsed  by  small  craft,  the  other  by  boats. 
Those  who  believe  in  the  Anglo-Israel  theory  may  add  to  their  argument  about 
Britain  possessing  the  gateways  of  the  world  the  fact  that  owing  to  Tonga 
being  under  British  protection  the  luiipire  will  have  in  Vavau  a  most  im- 
portant strategical  point  when  the  completed  Panama  Canal  alters  the  political 
geograpl^3^of  the,  world.  The  voyager  from  Vavau  to  Nukualofa,  via  Haapai, 
has  an  opportunity  of  studying  Tongan  character  in  the  htindreds  of  deck 
passengers,  a  noi.'^y,  good-humoured  crowd,  who  are  happy  on  deck  under 
conditions  which  would  be  ihtolerable  to  the  average  Australian.  The  I''nion 
Company  must  find  Tongan  deck  passengers  Very  profitable. 

"  Vavau  has  its  splendid  concrete  wharf.  Haapai  is  an  open  roadstead 
where  the  skill  rf  Tongans  as  navigators  is"  shown.  The  Tongan  is  almost 
amphibious.  The  distances  which  some  of  them  have  swiim  when  canoes  or 
boats  have  been  capsized  far  off  from  land  are  surprising,  and  would  be  beyond 


OF  THE  P.\CriIC  ISLANDS  10,^ 

l^elicf  but  for  the  way  in  which  they  have  been  attested.  Nukualofa,  the 
capital,  presents  a  pleasing  appearance,  when  viewed  in  the  earlj'  morning 
from  the  steamers  deck.  Its  aspect  but  for  the  tropical  vegetation  is  dis- 
tinctly luiropean.  The  houses  in  view  are  not  native  in  their  construction. 
The  canoe  has  been  superseded  by  the  boat.  ^lany  Tongans  live  in  weather- 
l)oard  cottages,  and  some  in  what  may  be  called  villas.  They  are  iu>t  as 
picturesque  as  the  native  homes.  It  is  questionable  whether  they  are 
healthier  Tonga  is  under  constitutional  Oov'ernment.  It  lias  its  hereditary 
ruler,  and  a  Parliament  consisting  of  an  equal  number  of  hereditary  chiefs  and 
elected  representatives.  I  was  present  at  the  opening  and  prorogation  oi 
Parliament.  It  was  a  gala  day  in  Nukualofa.  The  Kingdom  of  Tonga  is 
without  a  parallel  among  the  kingdoms  of  tlie  world.  It  is  without  poverty, 
without  a  natioucil  debt,  without  serious  crime,  and  virtually  possesses  land 
nationalisation.  To  Shirley  Baker,  who  in  his  time  played  many  parts, 
missionary,  doctor,  politician,  premier,  deportee,  Tonga  owes  no  small  debt 
of  gratitude  for  the  legislation  which  prevents  an  inch  of  Tongan  soil  being 
sold.  In  fact,  there  are  some  who  whisper  that  one  cause  of  the  Ivuropean 
trader's  wish  for  the  extradition  of  Baker  In"  Sir  ].  B.  Thurston  \\H&  this 
legislation,  which  prevented  them  from  becoming  pos.sessed  of  land  in  the 
island  kingdom.  All  the.laiid  belongs  to  the  people.  It  is  not  equally  divided 
But  every  Tongan  has  land  on  which  to  erect  his  dwelling,  and  land  for 
cultivation.  The  tropical  climate  and  the  fertile  soil  make  the  conditions  of 
life  easy.  The  burden  of  taxation  is  light.  It  is  questionable  whether  there 
is  a  happier,  more  contented,  and  law-al:)iding  people  on  our  planet  than  the 
Tongans  are.  They  are  well-fed  and  well-dressed.  Horses,  buggies,  phaetons 
abound.  The  Tongan  maiden  wears  her  gold  necklet.  There  are  few  Toiig:in 
homes  without  a  sewing  machine.  Tongan  girls  can  make  their  own  dresses 
after  the  patterns  thej'  copy  from  the  fashion  books.  No  Tongan  boj'  or  girl 
is  without  education.  Tliere  are  schools  in  every  village,  school  being  held 
three  days  a  week.  Higher  education  is  provided  for  in  Tubou  College 
(Methodist)  and  the  Government  College.  These  Tongan  lads  and  maidens 
are  educated  in-  some  respects  up  to  matriculation  standard,  some  of  them 
near  the  mortar-board.  The  names  of  those  who  have  won  distinction 
are  painted  in  letters  of  gold  on  the  honour  lists  on  the  college  walls.  Brass 
bands  are  numerous,  and  perform  very  fairly.  The  singing  of  Tongan  choirs 
is  a  surprise  to  visitors.  Their  singing  is  all  sacred,  and  unaccompanied  by 
any  mu.sical  instrument.  There  are  thoughtful  men  in  Tonga  (not  mis- 
sionaries) who  question  whether  the  higher  education  of  the  Tongan<  is  on 
the  wisest  lines.  The  value  of  education  is  to  be  judged  by  its  usefulness  in 
after  life.  If  the  educational  curriculum  in  the  colleges  paid  less  attention 
to  higher  mathematics  and  more  to  the  technical  and  the  practical  it  would  l>e 
more  useful.  The  Tongan  is  not  a  lazy  man.  He  is  not  '  born  tired  '  like 
the  Saiiioan.  He  does  not  allow  his  women  to  drudge  like  his  .Sanioan  and 
IMaori  kinsmen.  No  Tongan  woman  is  a  drudge  either  in  the  field  or  the  home. 
But  the  Tongan  can  afford  to  be  independent.  Pie  will  build  boats  ;  he  can 
become  a  very  fair  carpenter  ;  but  the  roads  which  the  (^.overnment  is  con- 
structing in  Tongatabu  are  being  made  not  by  Tongans,  but  by  Nine  boys. 
The  great  scurce  of  a  Tongan's  prosperity  is  the  ccjcoanut  tree,  from  which 
he  makes  copra  with  great  ease,  and  at  little  expenditure  of  labour.  Bananas, 
pineapples,  fungus  (sent  to  China  to  enrich  .soups),  are  all  exported  in  large 
quantities.  Tens  of  thousands  of  as  fine  oranges  .as  the  world  produces  lie 
rotting  under  the  trees  for  want  of  a  market.  There  is  no  poverty  in  Tonga, 
but  there  is  no  wealth.  The  tribal  or  communal  system  which  has  prevailed 
from  time  immemorial  is  altogether  opposed  to  any  member  of  the  tribe 
accumulating  property.  Tonga  presents  a  most  instructive  les.sou  to  Socialists. 
There  are  to  be  seen  exhibitions  both  of  the  strength  and  weakness  of  Socialism. 
A  people  without  poverty,  but  a  people  also  witliont  individualism.  However 
ready  the  Tongan  may  sliow  liimself  to  be  to  utilise  the  inventions  and  dis- 
coveries of  others,  under  the  commuiii.sm  which  exists  there  the  Tongan  will 
not  be  the  inventor  or  discoverer.     Tliore  is  no  place  in  Tongan  Socialism 


l'H>  STKWAUT'S    hand    HOf)K 

lor  llie  individual  who  will  seek  to  rise  above  his  fellows.  To  those  whose 
ideal  of  life  will  he  realised  in  short  hours  of  labour,  abundance  of  food,  and 
'  neither  poverty  nor  riches,'  Tonga  will  be  '  Utopia.'  But  whether  humanity 
at  large  will  be  content  with  that  Utopia  becoming  world-wide  is  not  a 
matter  of  speculation.  Social  and  economical  conditions  must  alter  in 
civilised  lands,  but  thev  will  not  follow  the  I'olynesian  pattern  wlien  the 
changes  are  effected.  Ivxcept  ior  the  richness  and  variety  of  Tongan  vege- 
tation, Tongatabu  does  not  present  much  attraction  to  the  sightseer.  There 
are  no  mountains  and  no  running  streams.  There  are  the  graves  of  the  ancient 
kings,  and  the  remarkable  stone.s,  like  Druidical  remains,  which  are  not  sup- 
posed to  have  been  erected  by  the  ancestors  of  the  present  Tongans.  These 
stones,  known  as  the  Plaamonga,  consist  of  two  upright  stones  16ft.  high, 
oft.  thick,  12ft.  wide,  and  a  horizontal  stone,  Kift.  long,  4ft.  !)in.  wide,  which 
is  let  into  the  two  perpendicular  ones.  I  have  read  statements  to  the  effect 
that  the  stones  could  not  have  been  found  in  Tonga,  but  must  have  been 
Ijrought  from  elsewhere.  The  Tongan  tradition  is  that  they  were  brought 
from  Savage  Island.  But,  as  the  stones  are  coral,  they  could  have  been  ob- 
tained in  Tonga.  Tongatabu  is  an  upheaved  coral  reef,  covered  with  rich 
alluviimi.  Like  some  of  the  Druidical  remains  in  Europe,  on  the  top  of  the 
horizontal  stone  there  is  a  small  basin,  which  in  all  probability  was  used  in 
connection  with  the  blood  of  human  sacrifices.  My  month  in  Tonga  wa.s 
educational  in  many  ways.  I  think  that  Tonga  is  a  splendid  lesson  as  to  the 
success  of  missionary  effort,  and  is  a  proof  that  Christianity  civilises.  Those 
acquainted  with  the  history  of  missions  in  the  South  Seas  know  that  the 
London  Missionary  Society  sent  in  their  first  mission  vessel,  the  '  Duff,' 
a  number  of  mechanics,  who  were  semi-missionaries  Some  of  these  were 
landed  on  the  Tongan  (rroup.  They  attempted  to  civilise  in  order  to  Chris- 
tianise. Their  mission  in  Tonga  was  a  disastrous  failure.  The  Tongans  of 
those  days  were  not  '  friendly  islanders.'  Each  group  had  its  separate 
chieftain,  and  the  islands  were  at  war  with  each  other.  Some  of  the  mis- 
.sionaries  had  to  flee  from  Tonga,  and  find  an  asylum  in  Sydney.  One  of  them 
abandoned  Christianity,  and  became  a  heathen.  The  Methodist  Mission, 
began  in  1835.  The  Roman  Catholics  were  some  years  later  in  the  field. 
Now  Tonga  is  a  Christian  land,  with  Custom  Houses,  Post  Offices,  Postage 
Stamps,  Constitutional  (kivernment,  laws  political  and  sanitary.  They  are 
a  civilised  people.  They  have  a  Supreme  Court  and  Police  Courts.  Property 
is  more  secure,  and  life  k  more  sacred  in  Nukualofa  than  they  are  in  the  Aus- 
tralian Commonwealth.  They  owe  this  to  the  successful  efforts  of  Protestant 
and  Romanist  missions.  T  take  the  opportunity  of  expressing  my  admiration 
for  the  self-denial  and  successful  work  of  the  Marist  Brothers  in  Polynesia. 
Some  of  their  methods  do  not  commend  themselves  to  me.  But  the  man 
who  can  stand  in  the  Roman  Catholic  cemeteries  of  the  .South  Seas  and  not 
feel  a  thrill  of  respect  and  admiration  for  these  French  priests,  who  left  their 
own  land  and  gave  a  life-long  service  for  the  uplifting  of  the  Polynesian 
peoples,  is,  I  unhesitatingly  write,  not  '  Christianlike.'  '  If  the  Master  praises, 
what  are  men  ?  '  " 


GOVERNMENT   OFFICIALS. 


CONSULAR  REPRESENTATIVE. 

Mr.   Islay  McOwan,   British  Consul  and  Deputy  Commissioner  for  the 
Western  Pacific  ;  Mr.  A.  Masterton,  Clerk  to  Consul. 

PRIVY  COUNCIL  OF  TONGA. 
President,  Her  Majesty  Queen  Salote  Tubou  ;  Premier,  T.  B.  Tu'ivakano  ; 
Chief  Justice,  H.  C.  Stronge  ;  Auditor-General,  J.  Darrell  Wall  ;  Speaker  of 
the  A.ssembly,  Finau  Ulukalala  ;  Minister  for  Lands,  V.  Tugi  ;  Minister  for 
Works,  A.  B.  Wallace  ;  Trea.surer,  W.  (\.  Bagnall  ;  Mini.'Jter  for  Police,  J. 
Kaho  ;  Governor  of  Vavau.  — .  Veikune  ;  Governor  of  H.naoai,  . 


or  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  107 


OTHER  OFFICIALS. 


Chief  Kuropean  Clerk,  Premier's  Office,  Nukualofa,  Ci.  vScott  ;  Treasurer, 
Nukualofa,  W.  (i.  Ragnall  ;  Chief  Postmaster  and  Collector  of  Customs, 
Nukualofa,  J.  M.  Masterton  ;  Chief  Surveyor,  Nukualofa,  A.  B.  Wallace; 
•Go\ernment  Printer,  Nukualofa,  W.  Tart  ;  Sub-Collector  of  Customs,  Vavau, 
T.  Cr.  Rudlinj;  ;  Sub-Collector  of  Customs,  Haapai,  H.  Bates  ;  Chief  Police 
ilagistrate,  Nukualofa,  vS.  Afu  ;  Staff  Surveyor,  Nukualofa,  C.  F.  Heenan  ; 
Staff  Surveyor,  Haapai,  F.  J.  Fuller;  Staff  Surveyor.  Vavau,  \V.  Pauton  ; 
Draughtsman,  Nukualofa.  J.  Bourne  ;  Chief  Clerk  of  Customs,  Nukualofa, 
R.  Ct.  Dennv  ;  Foreman  of  Works,  J.  I^^ger  ;  Clerk  to  Minister  of  Fands, 
Nukualofa,  A.  T.  Gaffney  ;  Clerk  to  Chief  Justice,  Nukualofa,  \\'.  Palmer  ; 
Foreman,  (jovernment  Prmtmg  Office,  U.  A.  Dobbie  ;  Harbourmaster, 
Vavau,  W.  Holford  ;  Harbourmaster,  Haapai,  F.  Cunningham. 

BUSINESS  COMMUNITY. 

NUKUALOFA. 

Burns,  Philp  &;  Co.,  Ltd.,  Genera!  Merchants  and  Copra  15uyers,  and 
Wine  and  Spirit  Merchants.     Manager,  B.  H.  Brush. 

D.  H.  and  G.  P.  (German  firm)  in  liquidation.  .Actnig  Liquidator,  G. 
Scott  ;  accountant,  W.  Duncan. 

Lever  Bros.,  Ltd.,  Copra  Merchants.     Manager,  A.  G.  Slocombe. 

L.  B.  Levin,  Merchant,  Wine  and  .Spirit  Merchant,  Auctioneer  and 
Commission  Agent. 

W.  Cocker,  Merchant  and  Copra  Buyer. 

A.  Terry  Day,  Merch.ant  and  Copra  Buyer. 

O.  B.  Krause  &  Co.,  Merchants  and  Copra  Buyers. 

J.  L.  Yarntcn,  Merchant  and  Copra  Buver. 

W.  T.  Goodwin,  Coach  Factory .- 

A.  Cowley,  Planter. 

V.  I,anz,  Baker.  , 

V.  .Stuart,  Coach  and  Buggy  Builder. 

J.  M.  Clements,  Cordial  P^actory. 

W.  I,.  vSmith,  I'resh  Food  and  Ice  Factory. 

R.  G.  M.  Denny,  Storekeeper,  Dealer  in  Curios,  &c. 

S.  W.  Briggs,  Picture  Sliow. 

T.   Bowles,   Contractor. 

W.  Thoms.  Boatbuilder. 

G.   Jennings,   P'isherman. 

F.  Jones,  Trader. 

B.  G.  Mills,  Fngineer. 
H.  H.  Wright,  'Planter. 
F.  Watkin,  Planter. 

C.  Tragordh,  Sailmaker. 
A.  Bover,  Trader. 


W.  Jeffs,  Clerk. 


HAAPAI   GROUP 


Burns,  Philp  ^:  Co.,  Ltd.,  Merchants  and  Copra  Buyers.  ^Lmager,  A. 
^Lvkenzie. 

Batty  and  Wall,  Merchants  and  Copra  Buyers. 

S.  Chatfield,  Merchant  and  Copra  Buyer. 

Tindall  and  Ross.  Merchants  and  Copra  Buyers.  Managers,  J.  B. 
Protheroe. 

K.  George,  Trader. 

W.  Oswald,  Trader. 

W.  Flower,  Trader,  Nonuika. 

N.  Sandys,  Trader,  Nomuk;'. 


lOS 


STEWAUTS   HAND   BOOK 


VAVAV. 

Tindall  and  Ross,  Merchants  and  Copra  Buyers,     ^ran'^ger,  ().  Duncan. 

lUirns,  I'hilp  &  Co.     Manager,  S.  Stewart. 

J.  l'\  Hutchison,  Trader,  Tuannku. 

B.    I.yden,   Trader. 

A.   Knudson,  Trader. 

O.  vSundin,  Trader. 

W.  Knowles,  Trader. 

A.  Cameron,  Accountant,  Xeiafu. 


Thos.  Parsons,  Trader. 


XIT'ATOPUTABU. 


THE  CHURCHES. 

ANGLICAN  CHURCH. 

His  Lordship  the  Rt.   Rev.   Bi.shop  Willis.  Assistant   Bishop  for  Tonga, 
Nukualofa. 

Rev.  Y.  Sang  Mark,  Nukualofa. 


FREE  CHURCH  OF  TONGA. 

Rev.   ].  B.  Watkin,  Siiperintendent,  Nukualofa. 
Rev.  \V.  Harkness,  Haapai. 


WFvSLEVAN  CHURCH. 

Rev.  R.  C.  G.  Page,  Superintendent,  Nukualofa. 

Rev.  E.  E.  V.  Collocott,  Principal  of  College,  Nukualofa. 

Rev.  A.  ^r.  Saunders,  Vavau. 

FRENCH    MISSION    (ROMAN    CATHOLICS). 

His  Lordship  the  Rt.  Rev.  Felix  Blanc,  S.M.,  Nukualofa. 
Rev.  Father  Thomas,  S.M.,  Vavau. 
Rev.  Father  Duguerry,  Nukualofa. 


LATTICR    DAY    vSAINTS    (MORMON)    IMISSION. 
Pastor  Smith  ;  also  several  other  FXiropean  workers. 

SICVENTII   DAY   ADVENTISTS"   MISSION. 
Pastor  Thorpe,  \'avau. 


CUSTOMS  TARIFF,   WHARFAGE  DUES,    &c. 

(As    A.MEXDEI)    BV    TILE    ACT    OE    AUOTST,     I'M?.! 

PART     I.— IMPORT     DUTIES. 
(a)  Specific. 


Beer,  ale,  porter,  per  gal. 
Benzine  or  gasolene,  per  gal. 
Caps  (percussion),  per  !()(» 
Cider,  per  gal.     .  . 
Cigars  and  cigarettes,  per  11). 


£ 

s. 

d 

0 

1 

6 

0 

0 

4 

0 

0 

I 

0 

1 

0 

..0 

8 

a 

OF  THE  FAriFIC  ISr.ANDS 


!01> 


Dj'naniite  (lithofracteur),  per  lb. 
Dynamite  caps  and  detonators,  per  100 
Kerosene,  150  degrees  test  and  over,  per  gal. .  . 
Kerosene,  under  150  degrees  test,  per  gal. 
Kerosene,  for  industrial  purposes  only,  per  gol. 
Lead  (shot  and  bullets),  per  cwt. 
Methylated  Spirits,  per  gal. 
Opium,  per  lb.    .  . 
Powder  (sporting),  per  lb. 

Palings,  per  1 ,000  

Spirits  (on  all  kinds  of  strength  of  which  can  be  ascertained  1 

Syke's  hydrometer  to  be  over  proof),  per  proof  gal. 
Spirits  (as  above  which  are  under  proof),  per  liquid  gal. 
Spirits  (the  strength  of  which  cannot  be  ascertained  by  Syke 

hydrometer),  per  liquid  gal. 

vShingles,  per  1,000 

Timber,  undressed,  per  100  superficial  feet    .  . 

Timber,  dressed  and  surfaced,  per  100  superficial  Icet 

Tobacco,  manufactured,  per  lb. 

Tobacco,  unmanufactured,  per  lb. 

Wines,  per  gallon 

Wines,  sparkling,  per  gal. 


£ 

s. 

d 

0 

A 

0 

..      0 

4 

0 

..      0 

0 

3 

..      0 

I 

fi 

..      0 

0 

;{ 

..      0 

5 

0 

..      0 

2 

0 

1 

0 

0 

.  .      0 

1 

0 

.  .      0 

■> 

0 

bv 

..      1 

0 

0 

.  .      0 

17 

0 

e's 

..      0 

17 

0 

..      0 

2 

0 

..      0 

1 

6 

..      0 

■> 

0 

..      0 

4 

0 

..      0 

2 

0 

..      0 

2 

0 

..      0 

8 

0 

{h)  Ad  Vai.ore.m  25  Per  Cent. 
Firearms. 

Jewellery,  including  watches, 
^^'ax  A'e.stas. 


(r)  Ad  Valorem   !2J   Per  Cent. 

Articles  previously  exported  for  repairs,  on  the  value  of  the  repairs. 

All  other  articles  and  goods  not  enumerated  above  and  not  appearing  in 
the  list  of  articles  exempt  from  duty  set  forth  in  (d)  of  this  Schedule. 


{d)  IjsT  OK  Goods  ICxempt  from  Duty. 

Bags  and  Sacks  (new)  for  copra. 
Ballast  (ship's,  pig  and  scrap  iron). 
Beche-de-mer. 
Books  and  periodicals. 
Coal. 
Coke. 
Coin. 

Fruit  Cases  and  Shooks. 
Ice. 

I,ive  stock,  including  domestic  fowl  of  all  kinds  imported  for  breeding 
purposes  cnly. 

Meat  (fresh,  frozen  or  preserved  by  cold  process). 

Outside  package'',  in  which  goods  are  ordinarily  contained. 

Passengers,  luggage. 


PART  11.— EXPORT  DUTIFS. 


Coin,  gold  and  sil\  er 


Copra,  per  ton     .  . 
Mares,  each 

Stallions  and  geldings,  eacli 
Pigs  (male  and  female).  . 


£ 

■)IO 

-1'   '< 
s.     d 

0 

15     0 

•> 

0     0 

1 

0    0 

0 

Id      o 

110 


STEWART  S   IIANJJ    B(K)K 


WHARFAGE. 

;«)  Genkrat,  Rates 

£ 

s.    d 

Baskets,  each 

0 

0     3 

Carboys,  each     .  . 

.  .      0 

0     3 

Carotells,  each    .  . 

0 

0     3 

Demijohns,  each 

0 

0     3 

Drums,  each 

0 

0     3 

Firkins,  each 

0 

0     3 

Half-chests,  each 

0 

0     3 

Kegs,  each 

0 

0     3 

Quarter  sacks,  each 

0 

U     3 

Packages  (not  other  specified 

Under  five  (5)  cubic  feet,  each 

.  .       0 

0     3 

If  five  (5)  cubic  feet,  and  imder  ten,  each 

0 

0     4 

If  ten  (10)  cubic  feet  or  mere,  for  each  ten  cubic  feet  or  portion 

thereof 

0      4 

Bags,  each 

0     4 

Sacks,  each 

0     4 

Barrels,   each 

0     4 

Quarter  casks,  each 

0     4 

Kilderkins,  each 

.  .      0 

0     4 

Tubs,  each 

0 

0     4 

Octaves,  each 

0 

0     4 

Crates,  each 

..      0 

0     1> 

Hogsheads,  eacl 

0 

0     9 

Tierces,  each 

0 

0     !» 

Pipes  each 

0 

1      0 

Butts,  each 

.  .       0 

1      0 

Puncheons,  eacl 

0 

1     0 

Leaguers,  each 

0 

1      0 

Tanks,  each 

0 

2     6 

(b)  vSpecial  Rates. 
I/ive  Stock — Horses,  mules,  asses  and  homed  cattle,  each , 

Sheep,  pigs  and  goats    .  . 
Anchors,  cables  and  chains,  per  cwt.  .  . 
Ballast  for  ships  (other  than  iron),  per  ton     .  . 
Bananas,  per  bunch 
Bananas,  per  case  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  ... 

Boilcrs(engine),  per  cwt. 

Bricks,  tiles  and  slates,  per  100 

Cotton,  per  bale 

Cotton,  per  bag  .  . 

Coals  and  coke  in  bulk,  per  ton 

Copra,  per  ton    . . 

Candlenuts,  per  ton 

Fungus,  per  ton .  . 

Pearlshell,  shark  fins,  1,eche-de-mer,  per  cwt. 

Cocoanuts,  per  100 

Doors  and  pairs  of  sashes,  each 

Engines  (fire  and  steam),  per  cwt. 

Cocoanut  fibre,  per  cwt. 

Galvanised  iron  (wire,  sheet,  bundle  or  case),  per  cwt. 

Gravestones,  each  parcel  or  package  .  .  .  .  .• .    " 

Hay  and  straw,  per  bale 

Iron  in  bar,  rod,  sheet,  bundle,  pig.  tire  wheels,  wire  pots,  camp 

ovens,  pipes,  and  rails,  per  cwt.  .  . 
Laths  and  palings  per  100 


0 

0 

9 

0 

0 

4 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

2 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

4 

0 

0 

OJ 

0 

1 

o" 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

2 

0 

0 

•> 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

H 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

U 

0 

0 

3 

OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


111 


Mouldings  and  architraves,  per  100  running  feet 

Oars,  per  dozen  .  . 

I^ead  in  any  form,  per  cwt. 

Machinery,  per  cwt. 

Pianos  and  harmoniums,  each. 

Shingles,  per  1,000 

Spars,  per  running  feet .  . 

Staves  and  shooks,  per  100 

Timber,  per  100  superficial  feet 

Yams,  kumalas,  potatoes,  in  bulk,  per  cwt. 

Carrots,  onions,  turnips,  in  bulk,  per  cwt. 

Posts  and  rails,  per  100.  . 

Hides  and  skins,  each    .  . 


£ 

s. 

d. 

0 

0 

:j 

0 

0 

4 

0 

0 

li 

0 

0 

u 

0 

2 

(j 

0 

0 

4 

0 

0 

0', 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

1.'. 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

3 

0 

2 

0 

0 

0 

1 

Copra,  storage  on,  in  C.overnment  sheds,  3d.  per  ton  per  week  or  part  of 
a  week. 

Trucks,  Is.  each  with  a  limit  of  one  and  a  half  tons  burden. 

Raffles  and  art  unions,  5  per  cent,  on  value  of  the  goods  up  to  £20  ;  mini- 
nuim  charge,  2s.  ;  2^  per  cent,  on  value  of  goods  over  £20. 

Amusements  and  picture  shows,  £30  per  annum  for  each  district,  or  lOs. 
for  each  performance. 

Stallions,  £1  per  annum. 

Dogs,  2s.  per  annum. 

Passports — Any  person  over  the  age  of  16  years,  lOs.  each. 

Any  person  under  KJ  years  who  is  going  to  school,  or  voyaging  with 
parents,  2s.  each. 

(The  Privy  Council  may  remit  the  whole  or  any  portion  of  the  above 
cliarge  on  application  being  made  in  writing  stating  sufficient  grounds  for  such 
remission.) 


W.M.  FORD,j 


nr. 


Berry's    Bay       Established  ,870.        North   Sydney 

BUILDER  OF  THE  WELL  KNOWN  ISLAND  VESSELS. 

Ship,  Yacht,  Launch  and  Boat  Builder,  and 
all  kinds  of  Island  Crafts. 

Also  on  hand  a  large  assortment  of  Auxiliares, 
Cutters,  Ketches  and  Whale  Boats,  all  Suitable 
for  the  Island  Trade. 


Prices  Moderate,  consistent  with  good  work  and  material. 


Soliciting    your    inquiries,    which    will 
receive  mv  best  attention. 


Oil  Engines  of  any  make  can  be  installed. 

Pl.KASK    MENTION    THIS    HA.MJ   BOoK    WIIK.V    WRITINO. 


The 
X\  O  YA.  L     standard 

Typewriter 

The  ROYAL  represents  the  latest  development  in  modern 
Typewriter  -manufacture.  It  is  simple,  strong— with  a  light 
touch'  readily  adjustable  to  the  personality  of  the  operator — 
and  as  a  result  of  the  up-to-date  mechanical  principles  upon 
which  it  is  constructed,  it  stands  without  equal  for  efficiency 
and  economy. 

"  COMPARE   THE.  WORK  ': 

preferably  that  of  a  ROYAL  that  has  had  a  few  yedrs  of  hard 
wear  and  tear,  with  that  of  any  other  Standard  machine  of 
similar  age.  You  will  see  one  big  reason  why  the  ROYAL  is 
being  adopted  by  discriminating  users  the  World  over. 

Supplied    under    Contract    to    the   N.S.W.    State 
Government  for  the  past  six  years. 

Supplied    under    Contract    to    the   N.S.W.    State 
Railways  for  the  past  seven  years. 

Write  us  for  ROYAL  T,iterature. 

SY£)NEY    PINCOMBE,    LTD. 

Royal  Agents  for  Australia,  New  Zealand  and  the  Pacific  Islands 
5  HAMILTON  STREET,  SYDNEY. 

WE    SPECIALISE    IN    TYPEWRITER    .AN'D    OFFICE    SUPPLIES. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  1  13 


SAMOA  OR  NAVIGATORS  ISLANDS. 

The  17 1st  meridian  divides  the  former  possession  of  (lermany  (now  ad- 
ministered under  mandate  by  New  Zealand)  and  those  of  the  United 
States  ;  the  islands  to  the  east  (Tutiiila,  Manua,  &c.),  belong  to  the 
I'nited  States,  and  those  to  the  west  (Savaii,  Upolu,  &c.)  are  British. 

THK  Samoa  or  Navigators'  Islands  lie  between  13  degrees  30  minutes  and 
14  degrees  20  minutes  south  latitude,  and  between    109  degrees   and 
173  degrees  vyest   longitude,    and    are,  therefore,  thoroughly  tropical. 
They  comprise  Savaii,  Apolima,  ^Nlanono,  Upolu,  Tutuila  (Pago  Pago),' Aunna, 
Manua,  Ofu,  and  Olosenga. 

The  islands,  which  lie  pretty  near  that  mysterious  line  of  longitude, 
where  a  ship  suddenly  sails  out  of  one  day  into  the  day  before,  are  distant 
some  2,500  miles  from  Sydney,  the  journey  occupying  about  12  days  via  I'iji, 
and  are  one  of  the  groups  that  have  been  built  up  by  volcanic  forces,  aided 
by  the  work  of  the  coral  polyp.  Pago  Pago,  one  of  the  ports  of  call  of  the 
American  mail  steamers,  and  the  site  of  the  American  naval  depot,  is  in 
Tutuila.  Almost  entirely  landlocked,  Pago  Pago  affords  the  best  anchorage 
and,  in  addition,  is  one  of  the  prettiest  spots  in  the  South  Seas.  If,  when  tlie 
islands  were  parcelled  out  between  the  two  Powers,  Germany  obtained  no  har- 
bour to  compare  to  this,  she  was  in  t)ther  respects  the  more  fortunate,  for 
no  island  in  the  Pacific  exceeds  Upolu  for  richness  and  fertility,  and  that  is 
saying  a  great  deal. 

Apia,  the  capital  of  Samoa,  is  situated  on  Upolu,  and  it  is  the  home  of 
most  of  the  white  population.  The  bay  of  Apia  is  shaped  like  a  half-moon, 
having  Mulinuu  Point  for  the  western  and  Matautu  Point  for  the  eastern  horn 
of  the  crescent,  the  distance  of  the  chord  from  horn  to  horn,  if  one  may  use 
tliat  expression,  being  about  two  miles.  Right  and  left  from  the  respective 
horns  of  the  crescent  the  reef  stretches  towards  the  middle  point  of  the  chord, 
a  sheer  submarine  wall  of  coral,  1ml  leaving  in  the  middle,  opposite  the 
point  where  the  river  enters  the  bay,  a  wedge-shaped  space  of  water  deep 
enough  to  harbour  the  largest  vessels.  In  ordinary  weather  the  bay  gives  as 
secure  a  harbourage  as  a  inere  roadstead  can  give,  but  in  anything  like  hur- 
ricane weather  the  danger  of  all  kinds  to  shipping  is  considerable. 

Very  little  is.  known  of  the  early  history  of  the  Samoan  I.slands.  The 
earliest  notice  we  have  of  them  is  the  visit  of  the  Dutch  "  Three  Shij)  I'.x- 
jK'dition  "  under  Roggewein,  in  1722.  The  I'rench  explorers  followed: 
P.ougainville  in  1768,  and  I,a  Perouse  in  17>S7.  During  the  visit  of  the  latter 
at  the  small  village  of  Asu,  in  Tutuila,  a  boat's  crew  of  the  Frenchmen  and 
M.  de  Langle,  one  cf  the  officers,  wore  massacred  while  on  shore.  In  17!U 
the  British  war  vessel  "  Pandora  "  visited  the  islands.  In  1830  the  London 
Missionary  Society  established  a  mis.sion  in  one  of  the  Samoan  Islands,  and 
followed  that  up  by  exten.sive  operations  in  all  the  islands.  The  United  States 
exploring    expedition,    under    the    command    of    Uieutenant    Charles    Wilkes. 


E.  D.  MORRISON  &  CO. 


LIMITED   -- 


257a  George  Street,  SYDNEY 


Direct  Importers  of  the  following:    ^ 

Western  Road  Graders,  Plows,  Wheeled 
Sc5ops,  Drag  Scrapers,  Buck  Scrapers, 
Ox  Shovels,  Road  Drags,  Elevating 
Graders.  Dump  Wagons,  Dump  Cars, 
Side  Tipping  Trucks,   Rock  Crushers. 

Roberts  Valveless  Marine  Motors,  4,  8, 
16  h.p. 

Arrow   Cutboard  and   Inboard   Motors. 

The  Witte  &  Ottawa  Stationary  Kerosene 
Engines,   from    i^  h.p. 

The  Shaw  Motor  Attachment  for  Bicycles. 

The  X-ray  Gas  Generators,  Hollow  Wire 
Lighting  Outhts,  Table  Lamps,  300  c.p., 
The   TInilite  Lantern,   300  c.p. 

"  Nikoteen  "  Insecticide — a  well-known 
Remedy  on  Plantations — kills  all  pests, 
does  not  injure  foliage 


Full  information  upon  application. 
Stocks  always  on  hand  for  immediate  shipment. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  1  1  o 

United  States  Navy,  made  the  first  scientific  investigations  in  the  islands,  in 
1839.  This  expedition,  composed  of  six  vessels,  was  equipped  for  the  parti- 
cular purpose  of  surveying  and  exploring  the  unfrequented  islands  of  the 
South  Seas.  A  staff  of  competent  civilian  scientists  was  on  board,  and  the 
ships  (all  naval  vessels)  were  prepared  for  accurate  survey  work.  The  sur- 
veys then  made  of  the  Samoan  Islands,  though  necessarily  hurried  ones,  are 
the  basis  of  our  charts  to-day.  As  early  as  1850  England,  (lerniany,  and  the 
United  States  were  represented  by  commercial  agents  in  Apia.  During  the 
next  20  years  British,  Germans  and  Americans  established  stations,  acquired 
land,  and  developed  intimate  relations  with  the  natives. 

In  1872  Commander  Richard  \V.  Meade,  United  Stales  Navy,  com- 
manding the  U.S.S.  "  Narragansett,"  visited  Pago  Pago,  and  made  an  agree- 
ment with  Mauga,  the  highest  chief  of  Tutuila,  in  which  Mauga  expressed  his 
desire  for  the  friendship  and  protection  of  the  United  States,  and  granted  to 
the  United  vStates  the  exclusive  privilege  of  establishing  a  naval  station  in 
Pago  Pago  Harbour.  Commander  Meade  made  this  treaty  on  his  own  re- 
sponsibility. In  May,  1872,  President  Grant  communicated  this  agreement 
to  the  Senate,  saying  that  he  would  not  hesitate  to  recommend  its  approval, 
but  for  the  protection  to  which  it  seemed  to  pledge  the  Ignited  States,  which 
was  not  in  accord  with  the  foreign  policy  of  the  Government.  The  Senate 
took  no  action  on  the  agreement.  Naval  officers  have  long  recognised  the 
strategic  value  of  Pago  Pago,  with  its  magnificent  harbour,  and  its  situation 
at  the  crossroads  of  the  Pacific  trade  routes  from  North  America  to  Australia, 
and  from  Panama  and  South  America  to  the  Orient,  and  that  a  coaling  station 
at  this  point  would  be  of  inestimable  value  to  the  United  States. 

In  1873,  in  response  to  a  public  demand  for  more  information  about  the 
Samoan  Islands,  the  American  Department  of  State  sent  Col.  A.  B.  Stein- 
berger  as  special  agent  to  the  Samoan  Islands  to  report  upon  their  condition, 
which  report  was  .submitted  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1873,  and  tran.s- 
mitted  to  Congress  in  April,  1874.  Steinberger  was  sent  back  to  Samoa  a 
second  time,  carrving  a  letter  from  the  President  and  some  presents  to  the 
chiefs  of  Samoa,  his  official  relations  with  the  United  States  being  severed 
when  the  letter  and  the  presents  were  delivered.  Steinberger  formed  a 
government  for  Samoa,  of  which  he  became  premier  (practically  '"  dictator."'). 
It  was  said,  and  probably  with  cause,  that  Steinberger  had  promi.sed  the 
Samoans  the  protection  of  the  United  States.  The  American  State  Depart- 
ment, in  an.swer  to  a  resolution  in  the  Hou.se  of  Representatives,  March  2S, 
1876,  transmitted  all  the  correspondence  in  Steinberger \s  case  to  Congress, 
and  repudiated  any  agreement  which  Steinberger  might  liavc  made  with 
Samoa  as  without  authority. 

In  1876  Steinberger's  Government  fell  into  difiicultics  with  the  foreign 
Governments  at  Apia,  particularly  that  of  Great  Britain,  and  he  was  deported 
in  the  gunboat  "  Barracouta."  The  Government  of  Steinberger  collapsed 
after  his  deportation. 

In  1877  the  chiefs  of  all  Samoa  sent  Mamea  as  ambassa<lor  to  the  United 
States  to  conclude  a  treaty,  hoping  at  least  to  obtam  the  protection  of  the 
United  States.  He  was  un.successful  in  this  particular  object,  as  the  people 
of  the  United  States  were  not  readv  to  assume  such  .serious  obligations.      In 


11()  STKWART  S  HAM)   HOOK 

January,  1S7S,  Maiiiea  concluded  a  treaty  of  friendship  and  commerce  at 
Washington,  the  first  treaty  ever  entered  into  by  Samoa,  and  which  contained 
formal  definition  of  the  relations  of  the  United  States  to  the  Samoan  Group  : 
"  Naval  vessels  of  the  United  States  shall  have  the  privilege  of  entering  and 
using  the  port  of  Pago  Pago  and  establishing  therein  and  on  the  shores  thereof 
a  station  for  coal  and  other  naval  supplies  for  their  naval  and  commercial 
marine,  and  the  Samoan  Government  will  hereafter  neither  exercise  nor 
authorise  any  jurisdiction  within  said  port  adverse  to  such  rights  of  the  United 
States  or  restrictive  thereof."  The  fifth  article  provided  that  should  any 
<lifference  arise  between  Samoa  and  another  Government  at  peace  with  the 
United  States,  "  the  Government  of  the  latter  will  employ  its  good  offices 
for  the  purpose  of  adjusting  those  differences  upon  a  satisfactory  and  solid 
foundation." 

The  United  States  here  made  its  first  departure  from  its  policy  of  avoid- 
ing entanglements  with  foreign  Governments,  which  entanglements,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  came  very  quickly.  The  treaty  was  ratified  by  both  the  United 
vStates  and  Samoa  during  the  year  1878. 

In  1870  treaties  were  concluded  V>etween  Germany  and  Samoa  and 
between  Great  Britain  and  Samoa,  by  which  Germany  was  granted  a  coaling 
station  at  Saluafata,  Upolu,  and  Great  Britain  was  granted  one  at  a  place 
to  be  later  determined.  The  treaties  were  otherwise  much  similar  to  the  one 
concluded  with  the  United  States. 

In  1885  Dr.  Stuebul,  the  German  consul  general,  took  possession  of  all  the 
land  within  the  municipality  of  Apia,  in  the  name  of  his  Government,  which 
action  was  the  cause  of  much  disorder.  In  conformity  with  the  American  treaty 
with  vSamoa,  "  to  employ  its  good  offices,"  proposals  were  made  to  Germany 
and  Ivngland  for  them  to  authorise  their  diplomatic  representatives  in  Wash- 
ington to  consult  with  the  Secretary  of  State  with  a  view  to  the  establishment 
of  order.  A  conference  w-as  held  at  ^^'ashington  in  June  and  July,  1887. 
which  was  adjourned  until  autumn  in  order  to  allow  the  foreign  ministers- 
to  con.sult  with  their  home  Governments,  it  being  understood  that  in  the 
meantmae  the  status  quo  would  be  preserved.  Almost  immediately  after 
the  adjournment,  the  German  Government,  through  its  representatives 
in  vSamoa,  declared  war  on  the  Samoan  King,  Malietoa,  who  was  dethroned 
and  deported  ;  Tamasese  was  declared  to  be  king,  with  Brandeis,  a  German, 
as  adviser.  This  action  of  German}',  declared  to  be  a  lack  of  consideration 
of  the  Ignited  States,  aroused  adverse  feelings  in  that  country. 

In  September,  1888,  many  of  the  Samoan  people  revolted  against  Ta- 
masese, and  chose  Mataafa  as  king,  and  a  war  ensued.  The  Germans  in 
Samoa  deported  Tamasese.  The  feeling  in  the  United  States  against  Ger- 
many was  accentuated.  Five  hundred  thousand  dollars  were  appropriated 
by  Congress  for  the  protection  of  the  interests  of  the  United  States.  Tlie 
American  squadron  in  Samoa  was  reinforced. 

On  March  15  1889,  there  were  gathered  in  the  harbour  of  Apia,  the 
American  ships  "  Trenton  "  (the  flagship  of  Rear-Admiral  Kimberly),  "  Van- 
dalia,"  and  "  Nipsic  "  !  the  British  ship  "  Calliope  "  ;  the  German  ships 
"  Adler,"  "  ICber,"  and  "  Olga."  A  hurricane  developed  on  that  day,  and 
by  the  eveiiing  of  ilarch  16  only  one  of  those  seven  vessels  remained  afloat  — 


OF   THE   PACIFIC   ISLANDS  117 

the  '■  Calliope."  which  by  her  superior  power  and  bj-  magnificent  seamanship, 
was  enabled  to  put  to  sea  in  the  face  of  the  hurricane.  This  frightful  di.saster 
did  much  to  bring  about  a  settlement  of  Samoan  affairs. 

On  June  14,  1889,  the  Berlin  general  act  was  concluded,  and  was  later 
agreed  to  by  vSamoa.  This  act,  after  declaring  the  independence  and  neutrality 
of  the  Samoan  Islands,  and  stipulating  for  the  provisional  recognition  of 
Malietoa  I^aupepa  as  king,  provided  for  the  establishment  of  a  Government. 
The  principal  feature  of  the  Government  was  a  .supreme  ccurt,  the  chief 
justice  to  be  appointed  by  the  three  Powers,  or,  failing  agreement,  by  the  King 
of  Norway  and  Sweden.  A  municipal  government  for  Apia  was  provided, 
and  also  a  land  commission,  to  settle  the  very  troublesome  questions  of  titles 
to   lands. 

From  the  Samoan  standpoint  the  new  Government  was  not  a  success 
from  the  start,  caused  in  some  degree  by  the  dilatory  methods  of  the  first 
chief  justice.  The  strained  relations  between  the  German  residents  and  the 
Briti.sh  and  American  residents  of  Upolu  continued.  The  Mataafa  party 
was  never  reconciled  to  the  recognition  of  Malietoa  Laupepa  as  King.  War 
broke  out  in  1^3,  Mataafa  rebelling  against  the  authority  of  King  Malietoa,. 
and  niany  lives  were  sacrificed.  Mataafa,  with  12  of  his  chiefs,  was  deported 
to  the  Marshall  Islands,  the  three  Powers  concurring  and  sharing  in  the  expense 
of  maintenance.  The  Mataafa  followers  still  maintained  an  organisation, 
however,  and  were  ready  to  rebel  again  when  opportunity  offered. 

In  1898  King  Malietoa  died.  By  agreement  among  the  Powers,  made 
before  the  death  of  Malietoa,  Mataafa  was  brought  back  to  Samoa  very  shortly 
after  Malietoa's  death  occurred,  he  having  signed  an  agreement  to  abide  by 
the  law  of  Samoa  and  not  to  engage  in  hostilities  against  the  Government. 
The  Berlin  general  act  had  made  provision  that  the  successor  to  the  king 
should  be  selected  by  the  Samoans  according  to  their  customs,  and,  failing 
a  selection,  that  the  chief  justice  of  Samoa  should  decide  as  to  which  claimant 
should  be  king,  this  deci.sion  to  be  final.  The  method  of  selecting  a  king  wa.s- 
net  set  forth.  The  Samoans  could  not  come  to  any  agreement  as  to  the  suc- 
cessor of  Malietoa  ;  there  was  no  provision  in  Samoan  customs  that  the  majority 
should  rule.  The  followers  of  Malietoa  Tanu  and  of  Mataafa.  the  rival 
claimant,  w-ere  armed  and  ready  for  war.  After  some  months  of  this  uncer- 
tainty, the  decision  was  referred  to  the  chief  Justice,  who  decided  in  favour 
of  Malietoa  Tanu.  Mataafa  proclaimed  himself  King,  and  opened  hostilities 
abetted  more  or  less  openly  by  the  Germans,  who  refused  to  recognise  Malietoa. 
Mataafa  gained  the  ascendancy  and  the  consuls  of  the  three  Powers  reccgnised 
a  temporary  provisional  government  under  Mataafa.  This  steps  was  taken 
by  the  consuls  to  avoid  further  bloodshed. 

The  United  .States  flag.ship  "  Philadelphia,"  Rear  Admiral  Albert  Kautz 
in  command,  arrived  at  Apia  in  March,  1899.  At  a  conference  between  officers 
commanding  the  naval  vessels  of  the  three  Powers,  and  the  consuls,  it  was 
decided  that  Mataafa  must  withdraw  from  Apia  and  cease  hostilities,  and  that 
Malietoa  Tanu  was  legally  the  king. — The  German  consul  general  and  the 
officer  conunanding  the  (lerman  cruiser  "  Falke "  dissented,  and  openly 
opposed    by    proclamation    the   orders   issued   by    Admiral    Kautz.      In    the 


118  STlvWAKTS   HANI)    HOOK 

hostilities  which  ensued  Mataafa's  forces  and  villages  were  shelled  by  the 
American  and  British  men-of-war. 

On  April  1,  1899,  a  force  of  marines  and  sailors  from  those  vessels  was 
ambushed  near  Apia  while  attempting  to  destroy  some  native  villages,  and 
two  American  officers,  one  British  olficer,  two  American  sailors,  and  one 
British  sailor  were  killed  and  five  men  were  wounded.  Other  casualties 
among  the  combined  forces  took  place,  sentinels  being  killed  by  the  natives. 

When  this  news  reached  home  the  three  Powers  decided  to  send  a  com- 
mission of  three  men,  one  from  each  I'ower,  to  Samoa  to  take  over  the  (Govern- 
ment temporarily  and  restore  peace.  The  American  commissioner  was  Mr. 
Bartlett  Tripp.  The  commission  arrived  at  Apia  on  May  13,  1899,  and 
immediately  .set  about  restoring  order.  The  hostile  Samoan  armies  laid  down 
their  guns,  the  commission  agreeing  to  purchase  all  guns  turned  in.  Both 
Malietoa  Tanu  and  Mataafa  agreed  to  abide  by  the  decisions  of  the  com- 
mission. At  the  request  of  the  commission  Malietoa  resigned  the  kingship, 
and  it  was  decided  that  there  should  be  no  king  until  the  Powers  made  some 
further  agreement.  A  successful  provisional  government  was  formed  and 
peace  was  restored.  The  three  Powers  then  decided  that  the  only  way  to 
govern  the  Samoan  Islands  was  to  divide  them  among  the  Powers — Great 
Britain,  Germany,  and  the  United  States.  Great  Britain  and  Germany  made 
a  separate  agreement,  by  which  Great  Britain  renounced  all  rights  over  the 
islands  in  favour,  of  Germany  as  regards  Savaii  and  Upolu,  and  in  favour  of 
the  United  States  as  regards  Tutuila  and  other  islands,  upon  Germany  sur- 
rendering to  Great  Britain  her  rights  in  regard  to  Choiseul,  Ysabel,  and  also 
the  Shortland  Islands,  in  the  Solomon  Group.  The  announcement  that  Great 
Britain  had  agreed  to  forego  her  claims  and  make  this  arrangement  was  a  great 
surprise  to  Samoa  and  the  Australasian  colonies. 

On  August  30,  1914,  Colonel  Logan,  on  behalf  of  the  New  Zealand  Gov- 
ernment took  possession  of  German  Samoa  for  His  Majesty  the  King.  As 
the  flag  was  slowly  hoisted  to  the  top  of  the  staff  above  the  offices  of  the  Ger- 
man administration,  and  fluttered  out  on  the  south-east  trade  wind,  to  the 
booming  of  the  guns  of  the  "  Psyche,"  the  scene  was  a  memorable  one.  The 
troops,  on  the  word  of  the  officer  commanding  the  Kxpedition,  came  to  the 
salute,  the  band  played  the  National  Anthem,  and  three  cheers  were 
given  for  His  Majesty.  Then  followed  the  reading  of  the  proclamation  in 
the  presence  of  a  large  assemblage  of  Europeans  and  Samoans,  the  officers  of 
the  Expedition,  the  naval  officers,  and  the  leading  chiefs  of  Samoa,  after  which 
the  troops,  with  the  band  of  the  Fifth  Regiment  playing  a  lively  tune,  marched 
back  to  quarters.  For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  P^mpire  a  British 
Dominion  Overseas  had  sent  an  invading  force  across  the  ocean,  and  had 
captured  a  foreign  territory.  The  six  ships  of  war  forming  the  expedition, 
and  the  two  transports,  steaming  in  line  ahead,  across  the  waters  and  between 
the  islands  of  the  Southern  Pacific,  made  an  imposing  spectacle,  and, 
eventually,  the  appearance  of  such  a  formidable  and  totally  unexpected  force 
off  Upolu  in  the  early  dawn,  and,  later,  off  the  port  of  Apia,  was  a  great 
surprise  to  the  Germans,  the  British,  and  the  natives.  The  "  Psyche  " 
(Captain  Marshall)  steamed  on  ahead,  and,  under  a  flag  of  truce,  entered  the 
inner  harbour,  which  was  thoroughly  swept  for  mines  by  two  of  the  little 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  119' 

steamboats.  She  promptly  landed  an  offuer,  with  a  demand  from  the  Ad- 
miral for  the  surrender  cf  the  Islands  within  half  an  hour,  he  having  an 
overwhelming  force  at  his  disposal.  In  the  temporary  absence  of  the  Gover- 
nor from  Apia,  this  demand  was  made  to  his  deputy,  who  intimated  that 
in  the  absence  of  the  Governor  he  cculd  not  approve  of  the  surrender,  but  that 
no  resistance  to  the  landing  of  an  armed  force  would  be  made.  The  Governor, 
who  had  previously  been  apprised  of  the  arrival  of  the  force,  had,  it  was  stated, 
gone  to  a  meeting  ^^ith  some  of  the  high  chiefs.  The  position  of  affair.s 
having  been  ascertained,  a  signal  was  made  to  the  troopships,  which  at  once 
steamed  to  their  allotted  anchorages  and  promptly  connnenced  the  dis- 
embarkation of  the  troops.  The  landing  of  the  advance  party  was  accom- 
plished with  celerit}-.  livery  bridge,  and  road,  and  entrance  to  an  exit  from 
the  town  was  quickly  guarded.  Eventually  the  disembarkation  of  the  whole 
force  with  guns,  rifles,  ammunition,  camp  equipment,  provisions,  and  a  com- 
plete wireless  outfit  was  effected  with  remarkable  dispatch,  without  the  loss  of 
a  single  life,  and  with  no  greater  accident  than  a  broken  leg.  In  a  few  minutes 
after  the  landing  of  the  covering  party,  the  (rerman  flag,  that  for  fourteen 
years  had  flown  over  these  islands,  had  been  hauled  down,  and  in  a  little 
while  Colonel  Logan  and  his  staff  had  installed  themselves  in  the  offices  of 
the  late  Government.  The  pest  oflSce,  the  customs  house,  the  telephone 
exchange,  and  other  public  buildings  and  property  were  quickly  seized,  and 
the  oflicials  of  the  ( Tovernment,  one  after  another,  were  brought  before  Colonel 
Logan,  and  put  on  parole.  Colonel  Logan  had  gone  quickly  and  effectively 
to  work,  and  in  a  very  brief  space  of  time  had  established  a  British  Military 
Government  over  German  Samoa.  Such,  in  brief  outline,  is  an  account  of 
the  capture  and  occupancy  of  German  Samoa  by  the  New  Zealand  Expedi- 
tionary Force.  It  is  pleasant  to  think  that  Samoa  was  taken  without  blood- 
shed. 

Savaii'''  is  the  largest  i.sland,  being  somewhere  about  150  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, with  a  height  approaching  4,000  feet.  It  is,  nevertheless,  the 
least  fitted  tc  suppc  rt  a  large  population,  having  been  so  recently  subject  to 
volcanic  action  that  much  of  its  surface  is  absolutely  sterile.  In  spite  of  a 
considerable  rainfall,  it  possesses  only  a  single  river,  owing  to  the  porous  nature 
ot  the  vesicular  lava,  which  offers  a  large  extent  of  heated  surface,  so  as  to 
evaporate  the  greater  part  cf  the  moisture,  while  the  remainder  sinks  down 
and  appears  as  springs  near  the  coast.  The  narrow  belt  cf  fertile  soil,  which 
in  places  extends  between  the  mountains  and  the  sea  is,  however,  exceedingly 
beautiful,  being  covered  with  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

LTpclu  is  the  middle  island  of  the  group,  on  which  Apia,  the  capital,  is 
situated.  It  is  forty-five  miles  long  by  about  fourteen  broad,  but  is  of  less 
regular  shape  than  Savaii,  and  contains  about  580  square  miles.  The  channel 
that  separates  it  from  Savaii  is  about  eight  miles  broad.     A  chain  of  moun- 


*  "  Savaii  disputes  witli  Hawaii  the  honour  of  being  the  original  home 
of  the  Polynesian  race,  nnd  of  being  the  traditicma!  Hawaiki  whence  the 
ancestors  of  the  ^Maoris  of  New  Zealand  migrated  to  the  great  southern  islands. 
Both  names — Savaii  and  Hawaii-pwould  be  pronounced  Hawaiki  by  a  Maori, 
but  the  word  may  only  have  a  general  meaning,  like  tlie  word  '  home  "  in 
English." 


12')  STK\V.\kT"N   HAND    HOOK 

tains  runs  through  its  ct-ntre  from  east  to  west,  wliose  slopes  are  interspersed 
with  rich  valleys,  gradually  trending  towards  the  shore,  with  belts  of 
level  land  several  miles  in  width  and  many  in  length.  Nearly  the  whole  of 
these  mountains,  valleys  and  flat  lands  are  covered  with  forests  of  evergreen 
trees  or  with  neatly  laid-out  plantations  ;  the  scenery  being  frequently  en- 
livened by  cascades  leaping  and  bounding  down  the  mountain  sides,  where 
they  stand  out  plainly  to  view  amidst  the  verdure  by  which  they  are  sur- 
rounded. The  highest  mountain  is  at  the  east-end,  in  the  district  of  Atua, 
and  is  named  Fao.  The  views  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Saluafata  especially 
are  very  beautiful  and  varied.  In  addition  to  the  constant  interchange  of 
hill  and  dale,  of  rocks  and  valleys,  the  scene  is  at  times  varied  by  large  patches 
of  a  small  plant,  somewhat  resembling  heath,  of  a  light  green  colour,  which 
the  visitor  often  mistakes  for  green  sward. 

Apia  is  a  picturesquely  situated  little  town,  and  presents  many  sights 
of  interest  to  the  visitor.  Ikying  behind  a  fringe  of  cocoanut  palms,  which 
afford  a  grateful  shade,  it  stretches  in  a  straggling  line  along  the  beach  for  a 
distance  of  about  a  mile.  The  Government  offices,  hotels,  and  stores  all  lie 
along  the  beach.  Scattered  here  and  there  are  private  dwellings,  principally 
along  the  Tivoli  Road,  a  delightful  avenue  that  leads  up  to  Stevenson's 
old  home.  Some  of  the  dwellings  are  exceedingly  pretty  in  design,  and  are 
for  the  most  part  built  in  bungalow  style.  .About  a  mile  from  the  beach  is 
the  hospital,  quite  an  up-to-date  building  that  was  presented  to  the  people 
of  Samoa  by  the  late  Herr  Kunst,  who  also  purchased  "  Vailima,"  .some 
time  after  vStevenson's  death.  "  Vailima  "  is  the  official  residence  of  His 
Kxcellency  the  Administrator.  Other  strd^ing  buildings  are  the  IMarket 
Hall,  the  Court  House,  the  Tivoli  Hotel,  the  Roman  Catholic  Cathedral, 
the  Public  School,  the  London  Missionary  Society's  buildings,  the  Alcazar, 
a  place  of  public  entertainment  wdiich  owes  its  origin  to  jMr.  H.  J.  floors, 
and  the  American  and  British  Consulates.  A  wireless  station  is  erected 
at  Tafaigata,  at  the  back  of  Apia.  The  tower  is  about  'MM  feet  in 
height.  As  one  saunters  along  the  roads  leading  away  from  the  beach 
he  passes  numerous  thatch-roofed  habitations  of  the  natives,  who 
are  a  mild-mannered  hospitable  people.  Every  house  is  as  open  as 
the  day,  and  the  stranger,  be  he  poor  or  princely,  is  welcome  therein. 
Two  favourite  picnicing  spots  within  easy  distance  of  the  town  are 
Papasea  (sliding  rock)  and  Lanatao.  The  former  affords  never-ending  amuse- 
ment to  young  and  old  alike,  and  is  one  of  the  spots  every  tourist  visits.  It 
is  a  wide  rock  that  has  been  worn  wonderfully  smooth  by  the  water  that  has 
been  falling  over  it  through  the  ages,  •  and  exciting  as  is  the  experience  of 
"  shooting  the  chute  "  it  is  nothing  to  the  thrill  which  shooting  this  rock 
occasions.  At  the  bottom  of  the  waterfall  is  a  crystal  pool,  and  it  is  into  this 
that  one  has  to  make  his  slide.  Ivuropean  parties  ate  invariably  accompanied 
by  some  Samoan  belles.  One  of  the  latter  will  place  herself  in  position  on 
top  of  the  rock.  The  woman  or  man  desirous  of  making  the  .slide  will  then 
sit  behind  her,  and  the  next  moment  both  are  .shooting  over  the  rock.  It  is  a 
mad  whirling  moment.  Then  there  is  a  splash,  and  both  are  in  the  pool. 
Lanatao  affords  a  picture  surprisingly  grhnd  and  beatitiful.  It  is  a  lake 
some  three  miles  in  circumference,  formed  in  a  crater  at  the  top  of  a  mountain 


OF  TKK  PACIFIC  ISI.AXnS  12t 

over  2,000  ft.  above  the  sea  level,  and  surrounded  by  some  of  the  most  gorge<;iis- 
tropical  vegetation  in  the  South  Seas. 

The  Samoans  are  the  most  attractive  people  in  the  Pacific.  Of  large 
stature,  well  formed,  with  good  disposition,  and  pleasing  features  and  maimers, 
they  conunend  themselves  to  the  good  opinions  of  all  who  meet  them.  They 
are  of  courtly  manner,  in  no  sense  obsequious,  and  the  charms  of  the  women 
have  led  many  a  wanderer  to  stay  in  these  delectable  isles  for  the  remainder 
of  his  life.  They  are  the  true  Polynesians,  probably  the  finest  physical 
specimens  cf  the  race.  In  appearance  they  are  of  a  light  reddish-brown  or 
copper  colour,  ereCT.  in  bearing  and  handsome  in  features.  The  face  has  many 
of  the  distinctive  marks  of  the  liuropean.  The  nose  is  straight,  the  chin 
firm  and  strong,  the  cheek  bones  rather  prominent,  and  the  forehead  high. 
The  hair  is  black  and  soft — sometimes  wavy.  There  is  nothing  about  them 
to  suggest  the  negro.  The  men  are  tall,  proud  in  bearing,  muscular  in  hmbs 
and  torso,  rarely  corpulent,  very  active,  of  great  endurance — withal,  a  very 
handsome  race  of  men.  The  women,  fit  mothers  for  a  race  of  strong  men, 
are  often  noticeably  beautiful  in  features.  In  girlhood  and  early  woman- 
hood they  have  beautiful  figures,  but,  like  other  natives  of  the  tropics, 
they  do  not  retain  a  gcod  figure  long.  They  are  graceful,  light-hearted, 
and  merry  ;  their  eyes  are  soft  and  dark,  with  an  expression  of  gentleness 
on  the  open  countenance  that  is  altogether  pleasing. 

The  Samoan  does  not  like  work  much.  For  this  trait  he  has  been  severely 
criticised,  but  the  critics  do  not  take  into  consideration  his  life  and  environ- 
ment. His  wants  are  few ;  the  climate  demands  that  little  clothing  be  worn ; 
Nature  is  prodigal  of  her  favours  ;  and  the  heat  of  the  day  is  not  conducive 
to  exertion.  It  is  customary  for  the  Samoans  to  rise  at  daylight  and  do  the 
hardest  work  of  the  day  before  the  sun  is  high.  Their  food  is  easily  produced  ; 
breadfruit  requires  no  cultivation  ;  bananas,  taro,  and  yams  require  little 
beyond  the  planting  ;  pigs  and  chickens  are  raised  to  a  considerable  extent, 
but  are  generally  reservefl  for  food  at  feasts,  not  for  ordinary  daily,  use. 
The  men  and  women  fish  on  the  reefs,  and  the  men  go  out  to  sea  in  canoes  for 
sharks,  bonitas,  or  smaller  fish.  There  are  certain  fish  which  the  women 
catch,  and  these  are  to  be  found  under  stones  on  the  reef  ;  the  women  also 
collect  clams  and  other  .shellfish.  ]Men  spear  the  fish  from  canoes,  or  while 
standing  on  the  reef,  and  they  also  use  the  hook  and  line  in  deep  water,  by 
day  and  by  night.  This  kind  of  labour  the  Samoan  likes.  He  will  row  or 
paddle  in  his  boat  foi  hours  at  a  time  with  no  fatigue,  but  it  is  not  easy  to 
induce  him  to  do  a  day's  work  in  the  towns.  There  are,  however,  notable 
exceptions  to  this  rule,  and  when  there  is  a  proper  incentive  the  Samoan  is 
C'tpable  of  the  hardest  kind  of  work.  There  is  no  desire  to  amass  wealth. 
By  the  simple  communistic  system  under  which  the  Samoans  live,  each  person 
contributes  the  profits  of  his  industry  to  the  family  fund,  and  there  is  no 
incentive  for  one  person  to  work  harder  than  his  fellow  labourer  ;  the  drone 
fairs  as  well  in  the  good  things  of  life  as  the  worker.  Energy  and  ambition 
must  be  manifested  in  the  head  of  the  family  in  order  to  produce  any  increase 
in   prosperity. 

The  Samoans  are  greatly  attached  to  religious  observances.  It  may  be 
said  that  all  Samoans  arc  Christians,   and.   tl'.ough  many  pf  them  are  not 


122  STKWAKT'S    HANI)    HOOK 

■clmrch  members,  all  go  to  cliunli.  Tliere  are  family  prayers  in  the  morning 
and  evening  in  every  Samoaii  liome,  and  Sunday  is  very  religicmsly  observed 
as  a  day  of  rest. 

The  missionary  societies  represented  are,  the  I^ondon  Missionary  Society 
and  the  Methodist  Missionary  Society  of  Australasia  (Wesleyan),  Protestant  ; 
the  Societe  de  Marie,  Roman  Catholic  ;  the  Church  of  Latter-Day  Saints 
Mission,  Mormon  ;  and  the  Seventh  Day  Adventists.  All  Samoan  Churches 
belong  to  one  of  these  societies.  The  London  ^Missionary  .Society  has  the 
greatest  number  of  adherents.  With  the  exception  of  the  Mormon  mi.s.sion, 
whose  adherents  are  comparatively  few.  the  missions  in  Samoa  are  self-sup- 
porting. The  vSamoans  contribute  large  sums  to  religious  enterprises,  and 
many  Samoans  are  sent  as  missionaries  to  other  South  Sea  islands. 

The  people  are  generous  and  hospitable  to  a  remarkable  degree.  Any 
stranger  is  given  a  cordial  welcome  in  any  house,  given  food  and  sleeping 
accommodation,  and  no  question  is  asked  about  compensation.  There  are 
so  few  foreigners  in  the  islands  that  this  admirable  trait  has  not  been  stamped 
out  by  imposition  or  abuse  of  confidence.  Prostitution,  in  the  accepted  sense 
of  the  term,  is  unknown,  though  illicit  intercourse  is  not  infrequent.  The 
child  born  out  of  wedlock  labours  under  no  disadvantages,  and  an  erring 
girl  is  soon  forgiven  by  her  family  and  by  the  community.  There  is  no  poly- 
gamy. The  art  of  falsehood  is  practised  in  Samoa,  but  open,  bare-faced 
perjury  in  the  courts  is  rare.  In  criminal  trials  the  alibi  is  practically  un- 
known. Petty  theft  is  uncommon,  and  foreigners  find  the  locks  and  bolts 
on  their  houses  growing  rusty  through  disuse.  The  women  marry  young, 
and  large  families  are  the  rule.  The  large  infant  mortality  has  prevented  the 
over-population  of  the  i.slands  in  past  years,  supplemented  by  an  occa.sional 
■epidemic  of  measles  or  other  contagious  diseases.  vSamoans  seldom  emigrate 
to  other  countries. 

The  dress  of  the  people  consists  of  a  "  lavalava  "  or  loin  cloth,  and  in  the 
case  of  women,  of  a  waist  or  upper  garment  of  some  kind,  scmetimes  of  a  long, 
loose  gown.  The  men  consider  it  undignified  to  appear  without  a  shirt  or 
coat  or  both  on  occasions  of  ceremony,  such  as  attending  church,  visiting 
foreigners  or  receiving  distinguished  guests,  but  on  ordinary  occasions  they 
wear  no  clothing  but  the  "  lavalava."  The  women  wear  only  the  "  lavalava  "' 
in  their  own  homes,  or  where  other  Samoans  niay  see  them,  but  it  is  usually 
considered  inmiodest  for  them  to  expose  the  bust  in  the  presence  of  foreigners, 
■except  when  unmarried  girls  take  part  in  some  Samoan  ceremony  such  as 
dancing  the  siva,  the  national  dance.  On  ceremonial  occasions  the  men  and 
women  revert  to  the  old  national  garb  by  wearing  their  fine  mats  or  tapas  as 
clothing. 

Tattooing  is  universally  practised.  A  young  man  is  not  supposed  to  meet 
other  men  on  equal  terms  until  he  has  been  tattooed.  The  tattooing  is  per- 
formed by  skilled  operators,  on  special  occasions  which  are  marked  by  feasting 
and  the  giving  of  presents.  The  tatooing  extends  from  a  line  above  the  hip 
bones  nearly  to  the  knees,  and  the  pattern  is  nearly  the  same  for  everyone  ; 
from  a  little  distance  it  looks  as  if  the  colour  were  laid  on  uniformly  and 
solidly.  The  missionaries  at  first  attempted  to  abolish  the  practice,  and  laws 
-were  made  against  it,  but  to  no  avail.     The  custom  will  doubtless  disappear 


Possessing    a    1,500  mile    Coastline,   washed   by  tiie  mighty 
Pacific  Ocean  and  having  also  every  variety  of  soil  and  climate 

QUEENSLAND 

The  Scenic   and  Resourceful  North-Eastern  State  of  Australia 

Ofifers  a  field  of  unbounded  and  varied  scope  to  the 
TRAVELLER,      SCIENTIST      INVESTOR     or     SELECTOR 


SCENE  OX  BOWEN  HARBOUR.  NORTH  QUEENSLAND. 

LAND    SETTLEMENT. 

Unparalleled  by  any  other  country  in  the  World  are  the 
<;enerous  terms  and  conditions  offered  to  men  attracted  by 
the'  lure  of  prospective  wealth  in  Queensland's  great 
primar}-  industries  comprising  cattle  rearing,  sheep  breed- 
ing, sugar  cultivation,  dairying,  mixed  farndng,  fruit- 
growing and    tropical  agriculture. 

TOURIST    RESORTS. 

TIk-  recognised  ideal  winter  tour  of  the  Commonwealth  is 
the  far-famed  scenic  trip  to  North  Queensland.  Sailing 
along  the  picturesque  Eastern  seaboard,  flanked  by  the 
Great  Barrier  Reef,  the  Tourist  views  chains  of  verdant 
islands,  the  Whitsunday  Passage,  Hinchinbrook  Channel, 
and,  then,  travelling  over  the  scenic  Cairns  Railway,  the 
wonderful   Barron  Gorge  and  Barron  Falls. 

First-class  Hotels,  Tennis,  Shooting  and  Fishing  await  the 
''\      Tourist.  ■  

For  further  detailed  information  and  illustrated  handbooks  dealing 
with  the  State's  Resources  and  Tourist  Attractions  write  to — 

THE  QUEENSLAND  GOVERNIVIENT    INTELLIGENCE  AND 
TOURIST  BUREAU,  BRISBANE. 


Branch  Office : 
9  GEORGK  ST.,  SYDNEY 


C.  TROEDSON. 

Director. 


TARPAULINS,  HATCH  COVERS, 
AWNINGS,  TENTS,  CANVAS  GOODS 

Use   only  the    Best,    ''ABERDEEN"     Brand. 


Send  for  PRICE    LIST  it  will  pay  you. 


specialise  in  WATERPROOF  CANVAS  and 
DUCKS,   for  Island  use. 

SEAMING  TWINES— Plain  and  Dyed,  all  Grades, 


SMITH,  COPELAND  &  Co.  Ltd. 

33-7  Regent  Street,  SYDNEY,  N.S.W. 


Tested  in  All  Climates 
The  World  Over 

JAEGER  has  secured  first  place  with  discriminating 
people 

Products 


Excel  when  put  to  the  hardest  test  of  climatic  conditions  and 
wearers  are  least  riffect^d  by  the  vagaries  of  the  weather.  Being 
of  fine  pure  wool  "JAEGER"  underwear  is  a  slow  heat  cnntluctor 
and  protects  the  body  against  heat  and  chills,  therefore  it  is 
preferred  in  Tropical  climates. 

"JAEGER"  underwear,  sleepins!  bajifs.  travellin(>  rugs,  are 
exceptional  in  quality.        Obtainable  at  all  the  leading  retailers. 

Illustrated  Catalogue  Free  on   application. 


The  Jaeger  Co 


I 


(3ustralian  Branches) 
Wholesale  Only. 
38-44  York  Street,   SYDNEy.    \.\d  .\t 
32  1-323  Elinuers  Lane,   MELBOURNE. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  125 

in  the  course  of  time,  as  there  is  little  to  reconiiuend  it.  The  operation  is 
painful  and  the  young  man  is  usually  laid  up  fcr  several  days  following  the 
tatooing,  which,  in  itself,  takes  three  or  four  days.  The  women  are  not  in- 
variably tatooed  but  usually  have  numerous  small  designs  tatooed  on 
the  knees  and  the  back  of  the  hands. 

The  fauna,  like  that  of  most  of  these  volcanic  groups  is  exceedinglv 
limited,  'i'here  is  an  indigenous  rat  of  small  size,  and  four  species  of  snakes. 
.\niong  the  birds,  which  comprise  pigeons,  doves,  duck,  plovers,  h.erons  and 
rails,  is  one  most  remarkable  species — Didiinculus  etri<iirositis — a  ground 
pigeon  of  metallic  greenish  black  colour,  with  a  beak  of  extraordinary  shape, 
which  forms  a  link  between  the  living  African  treroninae  and  the  extinct  dodo. 
It  is  now  only  found  on  the  Island  of  Upolu,  where  it  is  very  rare,  and  will 
probably  soon  become  extinct.  Wild  pigs  are  abundant  and  wild  cattle  are 
not  unknown. 

The  fruits  common  to  all  islands — cocoanuts,  oranges,  pineapples, 
bananas,  guavas,  mangoes,  mummy  apples,  (S:c. — grow  to  perfection  in  Samoa  ; 
cocoa  and  rubber  being  largely  grown  with  satisfactory  results  ;  and  attention 
is  being  devoted  to  the  cultivation  of  vanilla,  coffee,  cinnamon,  and  nutmegs, 
all  of  which  are  apparently  well  suited.     Chinese  labour  has  been  introduced. 

The  Samoan  vegetables  are  chiefly  the  breadfruit,  taro  and  yam.  Uananas 
are  used  as  a  vegetable.  There  are  practically  no  other  vegetables  in  common 
use.  The  taro  (  Caladiitm  Colocasia)  is  common  in  tropical  countries.  It  is  a 
succulent  plant  with  edible,  starchy,  tuberous  root-stock.  The  leaves  are 
large  and  heart-shaped.  The  plant  is  cultivated,  but  requires  little  care. 
There  are  several  varieties,  one  variety  growing  best  in  wet  places  and  another 
variety  growing  best  on  newly  cleared  land  and  on  the  hillsides.  When  the 
taro  is  mature  it  is  dug  ;  the  tops  of  the  root-stocks  are  cut  off  ami  at  once 
replanted  ;  they  take  root  and  mature  in  less  than  a  year.  Taro  is  cooked  in 
many  ways,  usually  roasted  or  boiled,  but  is  never  made  into  ""  poi,""  as  in 
Hawaii.  It  has  a  large  percentage  of  carbohydrates,  of  which  starch  is  the 
most  important,  and  a  low  percentage  of  fat,  protein,  and  crude  fibre.  It 
furnishes  an  abundance  of  nutritious  food,  which  alternates  with  breadfruit 
in  the  diet  of  the  Samoan.  Europeans  soon  cultivate  a  taste  for  breadfruit, 
yam  and  taro.  The  yam  (Dioscorea)  (Samoan  "  ufi  ")  is  another  tuber  very 
common  in  the  tropics.  There  are  many  varieties  in  Samoa,  each  with  a 
distinctive  name.  The  yam  grows  to  a  much  larger  size  than  the  taro.  It  is 
more  difficult  to  cultivate  ;  therefore  it  is  not  grown  nearly  so  exten.sively 
as  is  taro,  although  the  soil  is  suitaljle  for  its  growth,  and  it  is  well  liked  by  the 
natives.  In  planting  the  yam,  the  earth  nmst  be  loosened  to  a  con.siderable 
extent  around  the  roots,  and  a  heap  of  earth  made  for  each  plant,  whereas, 
in  planting  the  taro,  the  native  pulls  up  a  few  weeds,  makes  a  hole  in  the  ground 
with  a  stick,  inserts  the  tops  cut  from  the  taro  root,  and  nothing  more  is  done 
until  the  taro  is  ripe  and  is  pulled  up  or  dug  from  the  earth.  Many  vegetables 
of  the  temperate  zone  thrive  in  Samoa,  l)ut  there  are  few  truck  gardeners  in 
the  islands.  The  following  vegetables  have  been  grown  with  success  :  To- 
matoes, lettuce,  radishes,  beets,  carrots,  parsley,  sweet  corn,  eggplant,  onions, 
beans,  watermelcm,  and  sweet  potatoes.  In  British  Samoa,  where  Chinamen 
may  dwell,  there  are  a  few  truck  gardens,     .\rrowroot  ("masoa")  is  indi- 


12(i  stkwakt's  HANI)  hook 

gcnous,  but  is  .seldom  cultivated.  It  is  used  for  puddings  or  fancy  dishes. 
Kava  {Pipef  Meihisticum)  (Samoan,  "  ava  ")  is  a  shrub  grown  extensively 
throughout  Samoa  for  its  root,  from  whicli  the  national  beverage  of  the  same 
name  is  made.  The  drink  is  an  emulsion  of  the  powdered  kava  root  and 
water,  prepared  and  served  with  .some  ceremony.  It  is  not  an  intoxicant 
unless  consumed  as  a  strong  decoction  and  in  large  quantities,  when,  strangely 
enough,  without  effecting  the  heail  it  produces  unsteadiness  in  the  legs.  The 
drug  has  no  injurious  effects  unless  drunk  in  large  quantities. 

The  islands  are  rarely  effected  by  hurricanes,  the  one  in  March,  1889, 
being  the  last  of  any  consequence  to  occur.  Earthquakes  are  fairly  frequent, 
but  not  generally  severe.  One  occurred  in  June,  1917.  Kvidences  of  vol- 
canic activity  are  abundant.  In  18G7  a  submarine  volcano  came  suddenly 
into  eruption  near  Olosenga,  vomiting  forth  rocks  and  mud  to  the  height  of 
2,000  feet,  killing  the  fish  and  discolouring  the  sea  for  miles  around,  and  in 
1905  the  volcano  on  Savaii  again  became  active.  There  are  two  seasons, 
the  hot  and  rainy  (January,  I'-ebruary  and  March),  and  the  dry  season,  the 
latter  being  the  best  time  for  visiting  the  group.  The  thermometer  seldom 
registers  over  82  degrees  and  seldom  below  72  degrees,  except  high  upon  the 
hills.  In  spite,  however,  of  its  tropical  climate  the  nights  are  cool.  The 
influenza  epidemic  at  the  end  of  1918  had  disastrous  effects  in  Samoa,  being 
responsible  for  the  deaths  of  no  fewer  than  8,000  people. 

The  story  of  the  influenza  scourge  in  Samoa  at  the  end  of  1918  is  thus  told 
bv  the  Apia  correspondent  of  the  Sydney  Daily  Telegraph  : — 

■  I'larly  in  Xovemter  wireless  news  reached  Apia  of  the  dreadfid  Spanish 
influenza  then  already  as  far  west  as  California,  and  every  effort  should  have 
been  made  to  maintain  a  strict  quarantine  in  Apia.  On  November  7  the 
'  Talune  "  arrived,  and  was  immediately  admitted  to  pratique,  although  she 
had  many  cases  on  board.  She  was  permitted  to  land  several  sufferers,  two 
of  whom  soon  died.  There  were  no  restrictions,  and  people  went  off  and  came 
ashore  as  they  chose.  During  the  day,  however,  word  was  sent  ashore  to 
the  waiting  passengers  that  they  were  not  to  come  on  beard  until  the  last 
moment,  as  most  of  the  ship's  servants  were  too  ill  to  care  for  them.  This 
shows  the  helpless,  imbecile  state  of  affairs  in  this  port.  A\'ithin  a  week's 
time  the  infection  had  tra\  ersed  I'polu,  and  was  established  on  Savaii,  and 
within  one  month's  time  over  8,000  persons  out  of  a  total  of  41,000  had 
perished.  Just  over  3,000  or  more  are  slowly  and  dangerously  convalescing, 
so  the  list  is  not  yet  complete.  As  at  one  time  SO  or  90  per  cent,  of  the  people 
were  h'ing  helpless,  many  died  from  starvation,  who  might  probably  have 
recovered,  for  even  when  rice,  milk,  and  other  items  were  sent  out  and  de- 
livered, the  survivors  were  too  weak  to  prepare  and  apportion  the  food.  One 
day  the  funerals  in  Apia  niambcred  71.  and  probaljly  out  of  this  small  town 
and  its  environs  nearly  700  were  buried.  The  New  Zealand  troopers,  with 
their  motor  lorries,  did  wonderful  service,  day  after  day,  gathering  in  the 
dead,  who  were  simply  lifted  out  of  their  houses  as  they  lay  in  their  sleeping 
mats.  The  mats  were  wrapped  around  them,  and  they  were  deposited  in 
one  great  pit  at  Vainiea,  after  it  was  found  impossible  to  gather  labourers  to  dig 
individual  graves.  There  were  no  mourners  or  ceremony  ;  as  fast  as  the  dif- 
ferent lorries  came  the  bodies  were  placed  in  the  pit  by  heroic  workers,  who 
were  many  of  them  quite  unfit,  and  who  had  constantly  to  quit  as  thej'  became 
infected  themselves.  Captains  Richard.son,  Smith,  Cotton,  and  others 
deserve  special  mention,  but  not  more  so,  indeed,  than  the  brave  rank  and 
file,  w^ho  were  faithful  to  their  dreadful  task,  which  was  carried  on  in  silence 
for  there  were  none  to  wail  for  the  departing.     Most  of  the  great  chiefs  of 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISIAXDS  127 

Samoa  are  buried,  as  well  as  most  of  the  mission  teachers,  and  .Iti  per  cent, 
of  the  Government  officials  ;  and  deaths  still  continue.  Of  those  who  passed 
away  probably  6(5  per  cent,  were  adult  males.  A  good  many  women  also 
went,  and  some  children,  though  the  latter  were  largely  immune.  We  have 
now  thousands  of  widows  and  orphans,  and  some  of  us  think  that  the  (iovern- 
ment  of  New  Zealand,  whose  officials  careles.sly  allowed  this  infection  to  get 
ashore,  ought  to  prc;v:de  for  these  surplus  children  in  some  substantial  way. 
The  rainy  season  is  now  about  to  commence,  food  is  scarce,  and  there  are  few 
workers  to  provide  it.  Rice  and  sugar  are  needed,  together  with  some  milk 
and  arrowroot  for  the  delicate  ones.  Many  natives  are  expressing  their 
high  dissatisfaction  with  the  conduct  of  affairs  here,  and  they  iustly  draw 
comparisons  with  the  comfortable  state  of  affairs  at  Pago  Pago,  where  sen- 
sible quarantine  regulations  kept  their  port  clean.  Nearly  !00  of  the  black 
boys  employed  on  the  D.H.  and  P.G.  plantation  died,  and  of  the  whites  and 
half-castes,  a  goodly  number  passed  out.  Two  vessels  now  in  harbour  are 
being  worked  by  blackboys  commandeered  from  the  German  plantations. 
Over  7,000  tons  of  copra  has  to  be  handled  within  the  next  four  months, 
and  it  cannot  be  figured  out  just  how  this  is  to  be  done  with  the  help  we  may 
expect.  The  copra  crops,  as  well  as  the  cacao,  are  not  affected,  and  promise 
well,  but  we  have  no  labourers  to  handle  them  in  full.  !Most  of  the  cacao 
plantations,  whicli  three  or  four  years  ago  were  devastated  by  the  canker, 
were  replanted,  and  are  rapidly  coming  forward,  and  the  beetle  which  wrought 
such  havoc  amongst  the  cocoamit  trees  has  nearly  disappeared,  the  result 
of  stringent  regulations  and  of  the  work  of  parasites.  On  December  2  an 
Australian  warship  arrived,  bringing  several  doctors  and  an  efficient  and 
experienced  nursing  staff  from  Australia,  and  as  .«oon  as  this  welcome  con- 
tingent was  landed  arrangements  were  made  for  their  distribution  throughout 
those  districts  which  were  then  most  afflicted.  Owing  to  the  break-down 
of  the  inner-i.sland  fleet  of  motor-cutters,  for  lack  of  crews  to  handle  them, 
it  was  no  easy  job  to  put  these  capable  and  willing  workers  quickly  in  touch 
with  the  .sick  and  dying  natives,  and  since  their  departure  from  Apia  little 
has  been  heard  of  their  operations,  for  the  island  boats  are  not  yet  freely 
operating.  On  the  copra  stations  there  has  been  a  considerable  call  for  rite, 
sugar,  milk,  arrowroot,  and  for  some  meats.  Of  course,  .some  of  the  stores 
were  sold  out,  but  gradually  abundant  supplies  are  being  forwarded.  Amongst 
the  natives  there  is  still  a  fair  supply  of  cash,  and  administrative  and  private 
assistance  has  not  been  lacking,  but  the  cash  will  soon  be  done,  and  it  is 
questionable  if  the  convalescing  weak  natives  wiH  be  able  to  work  their  food 
plantations  or  cut  copra  to  supply  their  necessities.  Many  thousands  are 
now  recovering,  but  are  still  weak  and  unable  tc  help  themselves.  The  feeling 
against  those  who  were  responsible  for  the  introducticii  of  this  plague  is 
intense,  and  the  high  .state  of  efficiency  displayed  by  the  Pago  Pago  Adminis- 
tration is  held  up  as  showing  what  might  and  ought  to  have  been  done  in 
Apia." 


TRADE    STATISTICS. 


Since  it  has  been  administered  by  New  Zealand,  Samoa  has  been  very 
prosperous.  What  Samoa  needs  most  is  a  wharf  and  basin  at  Apia,  where 
ships  can  load  and  discharge  in  any  weather.  At  present  it  is  an  open  road- 
stead. With  new  harbour  works  the  saving  in  the  cost  of  lighterage  should 
provide  sufficient  interest  and  sinking  fund  for  a  loan  which  would  construct 
the  required  accommodation.  Also  the  saving  of  damage  to  cargoes  due  to 
lighterage  would  be  very  large.  The  country  wants  opening  up  by  roads  al.so. 
The  trade  of  Samoa  increased  in   1917  by  over  £200,000  as  compared  with 


128 


STEWART'S     HAND     HOOK 


1910.  Tile  figures  for  1918  wcuicl  l:avc  been  a  record  for  the  island  but  for 
the  epidemic.  The  following  table  shows  the  value  of  imports  and  exports, 
and  the  total  trade  of  Samoa,  exclusive  of  specie  and  military  stores,  from 
1910  to  1912,  and  from  1914  to  1917,  the  figures  for  1913 not  being  available: — 


Imports 

Kxports 

Total  Trade 

1917 

.      £317,778 

£320,444 

£638,217 

19K)   .. 

180,340 

235,415 

415,755 

1915  .. 

267,091 

262,389 

499,480 

1914  .. 

236,239 

220,519 

456,758 

1912  . . 

249,720 

252,224 

501,944 

1911   .. 

203,312 

219,494 

422,806 

1910  .. 

173,118 

176,688 

349,806 

The  following  is  a  return  of  the  total  values  of  imports  and  exports 
for  the  calendar  year  1917  (exclusive  of  mihtary  stores). 


United  Kingdom     . 
Australia 
New  Zealand 
Tonga 

Fiji 

Ellice  Islands 

Union  Islands 

Canada 

India 

Ceylon 

Malay  States 

U.S.A. 

American  Saii.oa 

Swain's  Island 

Hawaii 

Philippine    Isia-.ius. 

France 

Holland 

Sweden 

China 

Japan 

Total 


Impoi-ts 

Exports 

£ 

£ 

3,393 

— 

94,082 

43,492 

. .      *103,432      . 

25,122 

548 

34 

4,958 

3 

1 

648 

13 

— 

307 

2,799 

30 

— 

72 

— 

98 

— 

107,685 

247.606 

29 

554 

__ 

178 

2  232 

8 

'.  '.            "'"25 

. 

131 

— 

113 

— 

18 

— 

358 

— 

268 

—  . 

. .     £317,773 

!      £320,444 

Details  of  the  items  of  imports  and  exports  are  as  follow 

Imports. 


Reer 

Spirits 

Still  Wine    . . 

SparkUng  Wine 

Tobacco  and  Snuff . 

Cigars 

Cigarettes    .  . 


86,219  Its. 
11,454  „ 
21,944  „ 

6,805  Kg. 

681     „ 
3,468    „ 


£ 

892 
1,874 

518 
24 

988 

257 
1,629 


iMchi.les  Specie.  £10.001) 


Of    THE   PACIFIC   ISLANDS 


120 


£ 

Provisions    .  . 

101,798 

Apparel  and  Drapery 

65.782 

Machinery    .  . 

4,027 

Hardware     .  . 

17,647 

Timber 

10.742 

Other  goods 

Exports. 

106,769 
£317,773 

. 

£ 

Copra 

8.992  tons 

230,971 

Cacao 

1,207     „ 

69,549 

Kava 

2,060  lbs. 

39 

Rubber 

70  tons 

14.087 

Pineapples,  preserved 

8,360  doz. 

1,777 

Papain 

2,881  lbs. 

1 .385 

Hides 

1,287 

1.003 

Other  exports 

1 ,633 

£320,444 

(For  Later  Trade  Returns  see  Index.) 


POPULATION. 

In  an  official  return,  dated  September  ."U),   1018,  the  native  population 
ritish  Samoa,  appear?  thus  : — 


of  British  Samoa,  appear? 

Upolu   .  . 

Manono  and  Apoien:a 

Savaii   .  . 


22,161 

1 ,033 

14,156 


37.350 


These  figures  have  been  considerably  modilicd,  as  a  consequence  of  the 
wave  of  pneumonic  plague  which  swept  through  ^^■estern  Samoa  with  devas- 
tating effect.  Exact  figures  relating  to  the  number  of  deaths  are  not  yet 
available,  but  the  official  returns  are  sufBciently  complete  to  point  to  a 
mortality  of  not  les^^  than  8,000,  or  20  per  cent,  of  the  total  population. 


LIST    OF    OFFICIALS. 


Tate,   Acting  Admiuistrator, 
Director  of  Agriculture, 


Office  of  Adnuni-trator  : — Colonel    R.  W 
Cap*ain  M'.  A.  (r.  Penlington,  Secretary. 

Agriiiilture  Departnieiif  : — Mr.   H.   P.   Ritchi 
Mr.  Codd,  Inspector. 

Chinese  Department  : —Captain  R.  J.  Carter,  Chinese  Commissioner, 
Mr.  J .  E.  Kerslake,  Assistant  Chinese  Commissioner,  Mr.  R.  Tattersall,  Clerk. 

Customs  and  Taxation  Department  :- -Mr.  J.  H.  Robertson,  Collector 
of  Customs  and  Taxes,  r^Ir.  T.  O.  W.  Brebner,  Deputv  Collector  of  Customs 
and  Taxes,  IMr.  I'\  I..  :\IcFall,  Tidewaiter,  Mr.  Ulberg,  Clerk,  Mr.  E.  M. 
Street,  Clerk,  Mr.  C.  l-elix,  Ck'rk. 

Education  Department  : — Mr.  !<;.  W.  Beaglehole,  Director  of  Education, 
Mr.  Rendle,  Schoolmaster,  Miss  V.'hitmore,  Schoolmistress. 

Ju.stice  Department  :— Mr.  C.  Roberts,  District  Judge.  Mr.  E.  W.  White, 
Assistant  Judge  and  Crown  Prosecutor,  Mr.  V.  H.  Salter,  Registrar  of  Court, 
Mr.  W.  Martin,  Clerk  of  Court. 

Lands  and  Works  Department  :— Mr.  N.  H.  Macdonald,  Chief  Surveyor 
and  Commissioner  of  I-and  and  Works,  ^Ir.  D.  Dobson,  C.E.,  Engineer  and 
vSurveyor,  Captain  ^^^  T.  Beck.  D.S.O.,  Comptroller  of  Stores,  Mr.  W.  J. 
Hulek,  Clerk  and  Assvstant  Storekeeper,  Mr.  P.  Warner,  Head  Foreman, 
Mr.  T.  Westerlund,  Head  Carpenter. 

E 


130  STEWART'S   HANI^   BOOK 

Land  and  Title  Commission  : — Mr.  R.  Williams,  President,  Mr.  N.  H. 
Macdonald,  Deputy  President,  His  Honor,  Judge  Roberts,  Mr.  P\  E.  vSyddall, 
20  Samoan  Commissioners,  Mr.  H.  Jowett,  vSecretary,  Asiata  Niko,  Native 
Secretary  and  Interpreter. 

Medical  Department  : — v^urgeon-Ceneral  S.  Skerman,  Principal  Medical 
Officer,  Captain  F.  L.  Atkinson,  N.Z.M.C,  vSenior  Medical  Officer,  Captain 
R.  E.  Paterson,  N.Z.M.C,  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  W.  R.  W.  James,  Medical 
Officer,  Mr.  J.  A.  Nicol,  Hospital  vSecretary  and  Steward,  Sergeant  Man.sley, 
Dispen.ser,  Miss  O.  Hall,  Matron,  Miss  Pater.son,  Sister,  Miss  I.  Dette,  Mater- 
nity  Nurse. 

Native  Department  : — Captain  Cotton,  Secretary  Native  Affairs  and 
Judge  of  the  Native  Court,  Mr.  H.  Jowett,  Registrar,  and  Secretary  to  L.  and 
T.  Commission. 

Police  and  Pensions  Department  : — Captain  Gillespie.  Commissioner  of 
Police,  Mr.  H.  Bennett,  Tn.spector,  Mr.  D,  H.  McKenzie,  Chief  Clerk,  Mr.  S. 
Young,  Clerk. 

Port  and  Marine  Department  : — Lieutenant  J .  Allen,  Harbourmaster^ 
Captain  I'.  Lewer,  Pilot. 

Postal  Department  : — Mr.  F.  Auld,  Postmaster,  Mr.  H.  Riddell,  Cluet 
Clerk,  Mr.  L.  C.  Mclsaac,  Lineman. 

Treasury  : — Mr.  A.  Loibl,  Financial  Secretary,  Mr.  F.  Foss,  Accountant. 

Savaii : — Mr.  R.  Williams,  Deputy  Administrator,  Mr.  H.  J.  EHerby, 
Secretary  to  Deputy  Commissioner,  Savaii. 


PRINCIPAL  RESIDENTS  AND  THEIR  OCCUPATIONS. 

Allen,  Lieutenant  J.,  Harbourmaster,  Apia. 

Allen,  E.  F.,  Merchant  and  Ship  Owner  (S.S.  &  T.  Co.),  Funafuti,  EUice  Isles. 

AUom,  C.  v.,  Manager  (B.P.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Annesley,  A.  G.,  Cocoa  Buyer,  Commission  Agent,  Apia. 

Andrew,  T.  Merchant,  Apia. 

Atkinson,  Captain  F.  L-,  vSenior  Medical  Officer,  Apia. 

Auld,  F.,  Post  Master,  Apia. 

Beaglehole,  E.  W.,  Director  of  Education,  Apia. 

Beck,  Captain  W.  T.,  D.S.O.,  Public  Works  Department,  Apia. 

Bennett,  H.,  Police  Department,  Apia. 

Bethani,  A.  (H.J.M.),  Apia. 

Betham,  Mont.,  Storekeeper,  Vaimea. 

Boteler.  P.,  Manager  (J.R.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Brebner,  T.  O.  W.,  Customs  Department,  Apia. 

Brighouse,  T.  W.,  Trader  (J.R.  &  Co.),  Samatau. 

Brolly,  C.  S.,  Merchant. 

Churchward,  G.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

Cobcroft,  A.  R.,  Planter,  Apia. 

Cook,  J.,  Trader  (H.J.M.),  Fasitoouta. 

Cotton,  Captain,  H.  C,  Secretary,  Native  Affairs. 

Croudace,  R.  D.,  Accountant  (J.R.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Curry,  J.  E.,  Trader,  Sogi. 

Dean,  C.  C,  Merchant,  Apia. 

Dexter.  W.  C,  Merchant. 

Easthope,  R.  (B.P.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Eccles,  J.  M.,  Accountant  (A.N.  &  S.),  Apia. 

Elliott,  P.  C,  Proprietor  Central  Hotel,  Apia. 

Fabricius,  R.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

F'^abricius,  P.  C,  Junr.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

For.sell,  S.  H.,  Joint  Manager  (U.R.  &  CE.  Ltd.),  Aleisa. 

Fo.ss,  F.,  Accountant,  Government  Treasury,  Apia. 

Franzen,  F.,  Dentist,  Apia. 

Gascoigne,  J.,  Engineer,  Apia. 


OF.  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  131 

Cxlen,  A.  S.,  Accountant  (J.R.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Godinet,  l^.,  Wheelwright. 

Godinet,  J.,  Blacksmith,  Apia. 

Griffin,  H.  S..  :\Ianager,  I,.M.S.  Press,  :\Ialua,  rpolii. 

Haubold,  F.  R.,  Trailer,  Apia. 

Hellesoe,  C,  Baker  and  Merchant,  Apia. 

Helle.soe,  Ch.,  Saddler,  Apia. 

Hellesoe,  J.,  Trader  (H.J.M.),  vSasaai,  Savaii. 

Hetherington,  I.  C,  Director  (H.J.M.),  Apia. 

Huch,  K.,  ^Merchant,  Malua. 

Hulek,  J.  F.  A.,  Accountant,  Public  V.'orks  Department,  Apia. 

James,  Dr.  W.  R.  W.,  Medical  Officer,  Apia. 

Jessop,  B.  T.,  Clerk  (B.P.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

Johansson,  N.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

Johnston,  J.,  Storekeeper,  Apia. 

Jones,  H.  vS.,  Fngineer  (A.N.  &  S.).  Apia. 

Keeling,  A.  D.,  Manager,  Bank  of  N.Z.,  Apia. 

Kerslake,  J.  H.,  Chinese  Department,  Apia. 

King,  A.  A.,  Lotopa. 

Landells,  W.  J.,  Blacksmith,  Salelavalu. 

Laurensen,  \\'.,  Carpenter.  VaimoFo. 

Lewer,  Captain  F.,  Pilot,  Apia. 

Loibl,  A  ,  Government  I'Mnancial  Secretary,  Apia. 

Macdonald,  X.  H.,  Government  Surveyor,  Apia. 

Mackay,  B.,  Bank  of  N.Z.,  Apia. 

Mackenzie,  G.  Hay-,  Manager,  U.S.S.  Co.,  Apia. 

Martin,  W.,  Clerk  of  Court,  Apia. 

Mclsaac,  Linesman,  Postal  Department,  Apia. 

McFarland,  A.  (B.P.  &  Co.),  Apia. 

]\IcFall,  F.  I,.,  Tidewaiter,  Customs  Department,  Apia. 

ileredith,  S.  H.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

Milford,  H.,  Carpenter,  Apia. 

Mitchell,  Mason,  American  Consul,  Apia. 

Moors,  H.  J.,  Merchant. 

Morlev,  H.,  Joint  Manager  (U.K.  &  Civ.),  Tanuni:ipua. 

Mulqueen,  E.,  Clerk,  U.S.S.  Co.,  Apia. 

Nicol,  A.  J.,  Secretary  and  Steward,  Hospital,  Ajjia. 

XichoU,  W.  J.,  Clerk'(B.P.  &  Co.). 

Ott,  R.  F.,  Plantation  Manager,  Saleimoa. 

Parkimson,  A.  J.,  Trader,  lyeulumoega. 

Paterson,  Captain  R.  Iv,  Medical  Officer,  Apia. 

Pattrick,  P.  E.,  MiHtary  Liquidator. 

Paul,  P.,  Builder,  Apia. 

Pundt,  D.,  Trader  (S. H.M.I,  Mulifanua. 

Railey,  L.,  Baker  and  Storekeeper,  Apia. 

Reed,'  H.,  Chas.,  ManageT  "  Alcazar."  (H.J.M.),  Apia. 

Rendle,  C.  A.,  School  Teacher,  Government  School. 

Riddell,  E.,  Chief  Clerk,  Post  Office. 

Ritchie,  H.   P.,  Agricultural  Department. 

Roberts,  C,  District  Judge,  Apia. 

Robertson,  J.  H.,  Collector  of  Customs,  .Vpia. 

Salter,  Captain,  F.  H.,  Registrar  of  Court,  Apia. 

Schafer,  W.,  I^ngineer  (H.J.M.),  Apia. 

Schulenburg,  J.  T.,  Clerk,  Military  Liquidations,  Apia. 

Scott,  G.  A.,  Plantation  Manager,  Papaseea. 

Smith,  A.,  Accountant,  Apia. 

Smyth,  A.  G..  Manager  (A.X.  &  S.),  Apia. 

St'owers,  J  as.,  Carpenter,  Apia 

Stowers,  Jos.,  Carpenter,  Apia. 

Stowers,  L,  vStorckeeper,  ^Magia. 


1^9,,  STEWART'S     HAND     BOOK 

Stowers,  A.,  Carpenter,  Magia. 

Street,  E.  M.,  Customs  Department,  Apia. 

Swann,  W.  J.,  Chemist,  Apia. 

Syddall,  H.  A..  Merchant,  Apia. 

Syddall,  F.  E.,  Merchant,  Apia. 

Tattersall,  A.  J.,  Photographer,  Apia. 

Tattersall,  R.,  Clerk,  Chinese  Department,  Apia. 

Ulberg,  H.,  Customs  Department. 

Ulberg,  P.  C,  Wheelwright,  Apia. 

Verlaet,  V.,  Trader,  (A.N.  &  S.),  Aleipata. 

Walker,  A.,  Bank  of  N.Z.,  Apia. 

Warner,  P.,  P'oreman,"  Public  V.'orks  Department,  Apia 

Waterhouse,  H.  D.,  Accountant  (Andrew  and  Syddall). 

Westbrook,  G.  E-  L-,  Merchant,  Apia. 

White,  E.,  Assistant  Judge,  Apia. 

Williams,  R.,  Deputy  Administrator  for  Savaii. 

Williams,  A.,  Tinsmith,  Apia. 


CHIEF  BUSINESS  HOUSES. 

G.  E.  L.  Westbrook,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

Andrew  and  Syddall,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

W.  C.  Dean,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

J.  Johnston,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

F.  Syddall,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

S.  H.  Meredith,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

John  Ah  Mu,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

M.  Betham,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

H.  J.  IMoor?,  American,  General  Merchandise. 

Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

Churchward  and  Ah  Sue,  British,  General  Merchandise. 

C.  Brolly,  British,  General  Merchandi.'^e. 

C.  Dexter,  American,  General  Merchandise. 

P.  Fabricius,  Dane,  General  Merchandise. 

C.  Hellesoe,  Swede,  General  Merchandise. 

A.  Nelson  &  Son,  Swede,  General  Merchandise. 

H.  Johanssen,  Swede,  General  Merchandise. 

P.  Hoflich,  German,  Aerated  Water  and  Cordials. 

J.  Railey,  British,  Bakery. 

F.  Franzen,  Dentist. 

W.  J.  Swann,  British,  Druggist  and  Drugs. 

Chas.  Hellesoe,  British,  Shoe  Maker  and  Saddler. 

Apia  Blacksmith  Ltd.,  British,  Carriages  and  Blacksmith. 

John  Ah  Mu,  British,  Carriages  and  Blacksmith. 

A.  J.  Tattersall,  Briti.sh,  Photocrapher. 

A.  vStowers,  British,  Builder  and  Contractor. 

J.  E.  Curry,  British,  Boat  Builder  and  Contractor. 

H.  Milford,  British,  Boat  Builder  and  Contractor. 

John  Rothchild  &  Co.,  American,  General  Merchandise. 

Samoan    Times    Printing   Office. 


MISSIONARIES. 

LONDON    MISSIONARY    vSOCIETY. 

The  Rev.  A.  H.  Hough,  Malua. 
The  Rev.   P.  Cane,  Savaii. 
The  Rev.  F.  P.  Joseland,  Apia. 

The  Rev.  J.  W.  Sibree,  Miss  E.  IMoore,  Mr.  H.  S.  Griffin,  (L.M.S.' Printing 
Office). 


OF  THE    PACIFIC  ISLANDS  133 


METHODIST. 

The  Rev.  George  S.  Shinkfield,  B.A.,  Piula  College. 
The  Rev.  Norman  fi.  Graham,  vSavaii. 
Rev.  F.  W.  MuUer,  Apia. 


ROMAN     CATHOLIC. 

Revs.  J.  Darnand  f pro- vicar),  E.  Meyer,  J.  Dumas,  B.  Briand,  S.  Guya- 
vach,  A.  Pesenaii,  — .  Chouvier,  A.  Goupillaud,  N.  Hubertz,  P.  Meinadier, 
all  of  Apia;  Revs.  J-  B.  Doumeizel,  C.  Mennel,  A.  Gaucher  ;  Brothers'  School 
at  Apia,  aad  several  Marist  Sisters'  vSchools. 


LATTliR    DAY   SAINTS. 
Elders  W.  A.  Keith,  Ray  G.  Wood,  C.  M.  Perrin,  and  five  others. 


CUSTOMS   TARIFF. 


A. — Import    Dutiks.. 

1.  Ale,  porter  and  beer  of  every  description,  2kl.  per  litre. 

2.  Spirits  of  every  description,  3s.  per  litre. 

3.  Still  wines  ot  every  description,  6d.  per  litre. 

4.  Sparkling  wines,  50  per  cent,  ad  valorem. 

5.  L,eaf,  smoking  and  chewing  tobacco,  snuff,  3s.  per  Kilo  (gross  weight). 

6.  Cigarettes,  9s.  per  Kilo  (gross  weight). 

7.  Cigars,  7s.  6d.  per  Kilo  (gross  weight). 

8.  Fire-arms,  I6s.  each.  | 

9.  Gunpowder  and  explosives,  provided  the  latter  are  not  imported  for 
agricultural  purposes,  4s.  per  Kilo. 

10.  All  other   articles   not   expressly    declared   Fkee,    12}    per   cent,    ad 
valorem. 

B. — Ilcp.-^RT  Duties. 

1.  Copra,   10s.  a  ton. 

2.  Cocoa.  40s.  a  ton. 

3.  Rubber,  Hd.  a  lb. 

4.  Extracts  from  any  of  the  products  .set  out  under  No.  1,  2  and  3  of  tin's 
heading.     Rate  to  be  fixed  in  conformity  with  rate  on  raw  material  used. 

C. — Duty  Free  Are  : — 

1.  Articles  that  are  washed  ashore,  and  "Average"  Goods,  provided 
such  articles  are  re-exported. 

2.  All  articles  imported  by  the  Government,  the  Imperial  Navy,  the 
Imperial  Postal  Authorities,  and  the  Samoan  Observatory,  for  the  use  of  the 
respective  importers  ;  likewise,  all  articles  intended  for  the  building,  the  main- 
tenance, and  the  working  of  the  wireless  stations,  no  matter  whether  the  said 
stations  are  carried  on  by  the  Enipire  itself,  or  by  the  private  contractors  on 
behalf  of  the  Empire. 

3.  AH  goods  imported  by  christian  missions  and  ecclesiastical  societies, 
hospital  and  health  resorts,  provided  suCli  goods  are  directly  used  for  the 
purpose  of  religion,  teacliing,  and  the  care  of  the  sick. 

4.  Physical  (relating  to  physics),  astronomical,  chemical,  mathematical, 
optical,  and  similar  instruments  used  for  scientific  purposes. 

5.  Medical  instruments  and  apparatus,  medicines  and  bandages. 

C>.  Ships  sailing  to  the  colony  under  their  own  power,  and  marine  engines 
of  all  kinds. 


134  STEWART  S     HAND     BOOK 

7.  Agricultural  machinery  and  the  necessarj-  replacement  parts,  agri- 
oviltural  implements,  material  for  field  railways,  and  explosives  for  agricultural 
purposes. 

8.  So-called  Chinese  tobacco,  i.e.,  tobacco  rendered  useless  by  chemical 
processes  for  consumption  iJ^'  whites  and  natives,  subject  to  the  condition 
that  the  selling  price  of  such  is  only  slightly  higher  than  cost  price.  The  .selling 
price  .shall  be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  the  Customs. 

!).   Breeding  cattle  of  every  description. 

10.  Seed.s  and  young  plants. 

11.  Manures,  disinfectants,  and  preventives  for  tree-diseases,  rats,  and 
the  like. 

12.  A\'rapping  and  packing  materials  for  the  exportation  of  Home  pro- 
ducts. 

13.  Coins  and  pieces  of  money  that  are  permitted  to  be  circulated  in  the 
colony. 

14.  Household  articles,  clothing  and  linen  that  have  been  imported  for 
the  use  of  immigrants.  Such  free  importation  is  limited  to  the  four  months 
following  the  arrival  of  the  said  immigrants  in  the  colony. 

15.  Clothes,  linen,  a  small  quantity  of  articles  of  consumption,  and  the 
like,  that  travellers  carry  for  their  own  use  and  as  personal  luggage. 

16.  Fresh  meat  and  vegetables,  fresh  fish,  fruit  and  ice. 

17.  Mineral  waters  and  filters. 

18.  Puff  advertising  matter,  samples  of  no  commercial  value  being  parts 
of  articles  .subject  to  "  ad  valorem"  diity. 

19.  Printed  books,  completely  printed  or  .vritten  paper,  maps,  printed 
music,  and  material  for  instruction. 

20.  Coffins,  tomb-stones  and  decorations  for  graves. 

21.  Samoan  products  of  the  neighbouring  islands,  intended  for  trans- 
mission. 


LICENSES    AND    TAXES. 


1.  GKNERAL   PERSONAL   TAX. 
For  all  male  persons  not  natives  (whites,  foreigners),  and  those 
regarded  as  sucn,  over  the  age  of   18  3-ears  and  resident  in 
the  colony  for  more  than  six  months,  per  year  . .  .  .  .  .        £1      5s. 


2.  SPECIAL  TAXES  LEVIED   YEARLY. 

On  boats  plying  for  passenger  traffic   . .  .  .  .  .  10s. 

On  lighters  and  other  boats  used  for  trading  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .        £1 

On  houses  (excluding  Samoan  houses  of  natives),  and  on  land  and 

buildings  used  for  bu.siness  purposes        .  .  .  .  .  .  -  .  1  p.c 

On  every   goods   shed,  store  or  other  place  from  which    is  sold 
annually  : — 

Class"  1  .—More  than  £10,000,  with  I    per  cent,   added  on 

the  amount  over  £10,000  .  .  .'.  ..  ..  ..      £50 

Class  2.— Not  less  than  £5,000,  and  not  more  than  £10,000     £40 
Class  a. — Not  less  than  £2,500,  and  not  more  than  £5,000     £25 

Cla.ss  4.— Under  £2,-500  ..  £15 

On  ever}' copra  .shed,  not  taxetl  in  foregoing  classes  1-4-        ..  ..        £2   10s. 


3.  OCCASIONAL   TAXES. 
Butcher  (without  license),  on  their  sales  .  .  . .  . .  .  .  3  p.c. 

For    shows     {Merry-go-round,    circus,     theatre.    Cinematograph), 

&c.,  of  the  takings.  .  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  5  p.c. 


OB    THE   PACIFIC   ISI,ANDS 


135 


4.  LICENSES. 
No  person  shall  carry  on  as  the  owner  or  manager  any  of  the  under- 
mentioned professions  or  occupations  without  a  license,  for 
which  the  follo\\ing  tax  must  be  paid  in  advance  yearlj- — 

A. — For    thk    Eusixrrs    or. 

Hotel 

Brewery  and  Distillery . 

Mineral  Water  Factory . 

Ice  Factory 

Printing  Office    .  . 

Butchery 

Bakery     .  . 

Every  other  trade  or  industry  not  •specially  taxed 

B. — For   Practising  as 

Dentist 

Solicitor  .  . 

Doctor     .  . 

Surveyor 

Auctioneer  and  Commission  Agent 

Process  Agent     .  . 

Photographer 

Government  official  or  private  employee  with  total  income  of 

Class  I.— Over  £1,500 

Class  2.— Over  £1,000,  and  not  exceeding  £1,500 
Class  3.— Over  £600,  and  not  exceeding  £1,000 
Class  4. — Over  £400,  and  not  exceeding  £600 
Class  5.— Over  £200,  and  not  exceeding  £400 

Non-Resident  commercial  traveller,  commission  agent  or  buyer 

(For  one  visit  of  not  more  than  three  months  duration  the  tax  shall 
be  half  of  the  full  tax  of  £25.)  Commercial  traveller  without 
samples  for  each  stay,  but  not  more  than  £25  for  any  financial 
year 


£40 

£16 

£15 

£10 

- 

£5 

£2 

10s 

£2 

10s 

£1 

£12 

10s 

£12 

10s 

£10 

£10 

£7 

10s 

£6 

5s 

£2 

10s 

£20 

£10 

£5 

£2 

£1 

£25 

£12   10s. 


MORGAN  &  CO. 

19  Bridge  Street 
SYDNEY 


.  Island    Merchants  . 
Connnnission    Agents 


G.PO.    BOX     1039 


l.'JH  STEWART'S   HAND    BOOK 


AMERICAN   SAMOA. 


THK  islands  of  American  Samoa,  from  east  to  west,  are  : — Rose  Island 
(a  coral  atoll,  uninhabited,  and  practically  of  no  value),  Manua, 
Olosega,  Ofu,  Tutuila  and  Aunuu.  The  islands  of  Manua,  Olosega 
and  Ofu  are  generally  known  as  the  Manua  group.  The  population  of  the 
group,  including  whites,  is  7,550. 

The  seat  of  Government  is  at  the  naval  station  in  Pago  Pago  Bay,  on 
the  Island  of  Tutuila.  American  Samoa  is  divided  into  three  general  ad- 
ministrative divisions,  Eastern  JDistrict  of  Tutuila,  Western  District  of  Tutuila, 
and  Manua  District,  these  corresponding  to  the  Samoan  political  divisions 
which  have  existed  from  early  days.  Each  district  is  administered  by  a 
native  district  governor  appointed  by  the  governor.  The  districts  are  divided 
into  counties,  each  administered  by  a  county  chief.  These  are  also  very 
ancient  political  divi-sions,  each  ruled  b)-  one  high  chief.  The  count}'  chiefs 
are  appointed  by  the  governor,  but  the  selection  is  limited,  as  the  office  is 
usually  given  to  the  chief  whose  name  entitles  him  to  it  by  Samoan  custom — • 
an  hereditary  position  which  is  held  during  good  behaviour.  District  gover- 
nors are  chosen  from  the  rank  of  county  chiefs.  Each  village  is  controlled 
by  a  village  chief,  "  pulenuu,"  elected  annually  and  appointed  by  the  governor 
if  the  selection  is  approved.  The  village  councils  are  composed  of  the 
"  matais  "  (heads  of  families)  in  each  village,  and  each  is  presided  over  by  the 
village  chief,  except  on  occasions  of  the  election  of  the  village  chief  when  the 
village  magistrate  presides.  The  suffrage  is  restricted  to  the  "  inatais," 
in  accordance  with  the  vSamoan  custom,  whereby  the  family,  not  the  individual, 
is  the  unit  of  society.  The  district  governor,  county  chiefs,  the  village  chiefs 
have  each  a  policeman,  who  acts  as  messenger,  and  assists  in  keeping  order. 
Laws  are  enacted  by  the  governor.  A  board  of  health  enacts  health  regula- 
tions, which  have  the  force  of  laws  when  approved  by  the  governor.  The 
board  of  health  is  composed  of  two  naval  medical  officers  and  two  non-medical 
members.  The  annual  fono  (general  meeting)  is  held  the  latter  part  of  each 
year,  to  which  all  parts  of  the  islands  send  delegates.  The  people  are  notified 
in  advance  and  have  preliminary  district  meetings  in  which  are  discussed 
matters  to  be  presented  at  the  annual  fono  and  in  which  petitions  are  pre- 
pared. At  the  fono  matters  of  general  interest  are  discussed,  new  laws  or 
changes  in  existing  laws  are  recommended  and  information  is  asked  and  given 
regarding  all  matters  connected  with  the  administration  of  the  Government. 

The  Island  of  Tutuila,  of  irregular  shape,  is  about  18  miles  long  and  firom 
five  to  six  miles  wide  in  the  Avidest  part.  It  is  estimated  that  it  contains  77 
square  miles  of  land.  A  mountain  ridge  extends  nearly  the  whole  length  of 
the  island,  with  spurs  on  each  side,  and  with  indentations  of  deep  valleys. 
The  aspect  is  extremely  rugged,  but  more  so  in  the  eastern  than  in  the  western 
part.  There  is  very  little  level  land  except  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains 
along  the  coast,  and  with  the  exception  of  a  broad  fertile  plain  in  the  south- 


FERRODOR 
PAINT 


F  E  RRO  DOR 

IS  acknowledged  the  best  paint  for  anti-corrosion. 
For  resisting  the  ravages  of  sea  air,  sun  and  rain 
it  is  particularly  adapted,  and  for  these  reasons 
is  used  by  the  various  Australian  Government 
Departments  and  shipping  companies  on  iron  and 
other  roofs  near  the  salt  water.  The  durability 
of  all  iron  and  steel  work  is  to  a  great  extent 
dependent  on  the  first  coat  of  paint,  and  Fcrrodor 
is  the  best  that  money  can  buy  for  this  purpose. 


Packed  in  7  lbs.,   14  lbs.,   28  lbs.,  S6  lbs.  and  1  cwt. 
packages. 

PRICKS  AND  FITU,   PARTICULARS  ON   APPLICATION  TO 

WM.  ADAMS  ^  CO.  Ltd. 

175  Clarence  St.,  SYDNEY. 

—     AND  AT     — 

MELBOURNE,  BRISBANE,  ADELAIDE  ^  PERTH 


VISITORS  TO  SYDNEY  FROM  OVERSEA  SHOULD  NOT  FAIL 
TO  SECURE  ACCOMMODATION   IN  MANLY. 


AS  A  HOME 


Montague  House  is  Unrivalled 

Delightfully  situated,  2  minutes  from  surf — close 
to  all  attractions.  This  high-class  establishment 
occupies  the  best  position,  Good  Views,  Every 
Convenience.  Drawing,  Billiard  and  Lounge 
Rooms,  Rlegant  Appointments, 


TERMS     ON     APPLICATION. 


Montague  House,  flSHBURNER  STREET 

Miss  H.  De  Yiqe  Proprietress 

J.  H.  SMYTH  LTD. 

Post£i.^e     St£i.mi>    I>ea.lex*s 

SO  cast]l.e:re:agh[    sTRSEsrr 
S YONE  Y 

THE    BEST    HOUSE    SOUTH    OF   THE   EQUATOR  FOR 

STAMPS    OF   ALL   KINDS,    ALBUMS    AND    OTHER 

PHILATELIC   REQUISITES 


LOWEST    PRICES    CONSISTENT    WITH    QUALITY 


WE    MAKE   A    SPECIALITY    OF   PACIFIC    ISLAND 
STAMPS   FOR   WHICH  WE  PAY  HIGHEST  PRICES 

If  you  have  any  for  disposal  send  them  to  us  for 

inspection  and  we  shall  let  you  know  what  they 

are  worth  to  us.     If  not  satisfactory,  the  stamps 

will  be  returned  at  our  expense 


References:    COMMONWEALTH  BANK,  SYDNEY 
Cable  and  Telegraphic  Address":  ''"iSTAMPOLOGY,'''  SYDNEY 


OF   THE   PACIFIC  ISLANDS  139 

western  part  of  the  island.  On  this  plain  are  several  villages  of  importance 
and  extensive  cultivations  of  cocoanut  trees.  The  north  side  is  bold  and 
precipitous,  with  a  few  level  spaces  here  and  there,  barely  large  enough  to 
support  a  village.  The  mountains  are  wooded  to  the  top,  the  whole  island 
being  a  mass  of  tropical  vegetation,  extremely  beautiful  to  the  eye  of  the 
traveller.  Pago  Pago  Bay,  the  safest  and  best  harbour  in  thfe  South  Seas, 
has  its  entrance  to  the  southward  and  nearly  cuts  the  island  in  twain.  It  is 
formed  in  the  crater  of  an  immense  volcano,  the  south  side  broken  away  and 
open  to  the  sea.  About  a  mile  from  the  harbour  mouth  it  turns  .sharply  to 
the  westward,  giving  the  harbour  the  appearance  of  the  foot  of  a  stocking, 
with  the  United  States  naval  station  situated  in  the  instep,  facing  north 
and  entirely  sheltered  from  seaward.  The  sea  can  not  be  seen  from  ships 
at  anchor  inside  the  harbour,  the  ships  lying  quietly  in  smooth  water  during 
the  heaviest  gales.  High  mountains  encompass  the  harbour,  villages  nestling 
comfortably  on  the  narrow  strip  of  level  land  along  the  shore.  Pago  Pago,  the 
most  important  village  of  the  island,  is  at  the  extreme  toe  of  the  stocking, 
to  follow  the  simile.  Fagatogo  lies  behind  the  naval  station.  Aua,  Lepua  and 
other  small  villages  are  on  the  north  side.  The  harbour  is  well  buoyed  and 
lighted  and  may  be  safely  entered  by  the  largest  vessels  by  night  or  day. 
Other  harbours  of  importance,  with  villages  of  the  same  names,  are  Leone 
and  Fagaitua,  on  the  south  side,  and  Fagasa  and  Masefau  on  the  north  side  ; 
but,  with  the  exception  of  Leone,  these  harbours  are  of  little  value.  In  the 
centre  of  the  island  rises  Matafao  Peak,  2,133  feet  in  height,  sharp,  narrow 
and  symmetrical.  Mount  Alava,  1,608  feet,  and  Mount  Pioa,  1,650  feet  in 
height,  mark  the  mountain  chain  to  the  northward  and  eastward  of  Pago 
Pago  Bay.  Mount  Tuaolo  (or  Olotele),  1,480  feet,  is  the  highest  mountain 
•of  the  western  part  of  the  island. 

Manua,  60  miles  east  of  Tutuila,  14  square  miles  in  area,  is  cone-shaped, 
the  centre  being  about  2,000  feet  in  height.  Its  southern  and  eastern  coasts 
rise  rapidly  from  the  sea.  The  principal  village,  Tau,  is  on  the  west  coast, 
on  an  open  roadstead.  Near  Tau  is  the  village  of  Faleasao,  on  a  small  bay, 
giving  an  excellent  anchorage  during  the  south-east  trade  winds. 

Olosega  is  3|  iniles  from  Manua,  to  the  westward.  There  are  two  small 
villages  on  this  island.  Ofu  is  separated  from  Olosega  by  a  narrow  passage, 
easily  forded.  It  has  only  one  village.  Both  of  these  islands  are  rugged  and 
mountainous,  but  there  is  enough  land  to  support  the  small  population. 
The  combined  area  of  the  two  islands  is  1.7  square  miles. 

The  climate  is  sub-tropical.  The  south-east  winds  blow  strongly  from 
April  until  November  ;  during  the  other  months  of  the  year  the  winds  are 
variable,  frequently  from  the  west  and  north-west,  with  occasional  gales. 
Hurricanes  are  of  rare  occurrence,  but  the' disaster  in  Apia  during  the  one  in 
March,  1889,  keeps  the  possibility  of  another  such  hurricane  always  in  mind. 
The  rainy  season  extends  from  December  to  March.  I'ebruary  shows  the 
greatest  average  rainfall  ;  July  the  least.  The  average  yearly  rainfall  for  12 
years  in  Pago  Pago  has  been  179.02  inches.  The  year  1908  shows  the  greatest 
rainfall,  284.4  inches,  and  the  year  1905  the  least,  130,05  inches.  The  tem- 
perature is  highest  during  the  summer  months,  December  to  February  ; 
coolest  during  the  winter  months,  June  to  August.     December  shows  the 


140  STEWART'S    HAND    BOOK 

highest  average  temperature  for  12  years,  81.9  degrees  F.,  and  June  the  lowest 
average  temperature,  78.7  degrees.  The  highest  temperature  is  about  88 
degrees  and  the  lowest  is  about  70  degrees.  In  the  harbour  of  Pago  Pago 
there  is  much  rain,  one  mountain  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  being  called 
the  "Rainmaker"  from  its  habit  of  precipitating  the  moisture  out  of  every 
passing  cloud. 

This  climate,  where  there  is  so  little  variation  of  temperature  from  day  to 
day,  affects  people  from  temperate  zones  according  to  their  temperamental 
adaptability  to  tropical  conditions.  Those  persons  who  abstain  from  over- 
indulgence in  intoxicants,  and  who  do  not  attempt  too  great  physical  or  mental 
activities  during  the  middle  of  the  day,  can  remain  here  for  many  years  with 
little  or  no  harmful  effects.  Others,  who  attempt  the  same  strenuous  methods 
of  living  to  which,  they  are  accustomed  in  colder  climates,  soon  complain  of 
increasing  irritability  and  forgetfulness,  with  more  or  less  physical  break- 
down. Such  persons  are  likely  to  find  a  return  to  a  temperate  climate  ad- 
visible  after  about  two  years. 

There  are  no  public  lands  in  American  Samoa.  When  the  American 
flag  was  raised,  there  were  no  crown  lands  in  these  islands,  and  all  of  the  land 
was  owned  by  individual  proprietors.  The  land  required  by  the  United  States 
Government  for  its  naval  station,  about  40  acres,  was  acquired  by  purchase 
or  by  condemnation  proceedings,  where  full  compensation  was  given.  Nearly 
all  the  land  is  owned  by  natives,  but  a  few  small  tracts  are  owned  by  foreigners, 
the  titles  having  been  established  before  the  land  commission  during  the 
Government  under  the  Berlin  general  act,  betw^een  1890  and  1899.  The 
amount  of  arable  lands  is  small.  There  is  but  one  white  planter  in  American 
Samoa  at  present,  Mr.  E.  W.  Gurr.  His  plantation  is  a  freehold  in  a  valley 
on  the  north  side  of  the  island.  He  has  planted  cocoanut  trees,  rubber, 
cacao,  and  a  small  amount  of  coffee.  An  ex-enlisted  man  of  the  navy  holds 
a  small  leasehold  of  about  140  acres,  partly  planted  in  cocoanuts  and  bananas. 
The  Mormon  mission  holds  360  acres  of  land  in  the  western  district  under  a 
lease  of  40  years,  acquired  in  1902,  and  it  has  expended  considerable  sums  of 
money  in  clearing  and  planting  the  land  with  cocoanuts. 

The  soil  is  a  rich  mould  upon  the  slopes  and  even  upon  the  precipitous 
mountain  sides,  wliile  the  valleys  and  level  tracts  are  a  deep  alluvial  deposit 
of  the  same,  the  whole  a  decomposition  of  vegetable  matter,  with  only  a 
slight  proportion  of  decomposed  lava.  This,  being  impregated  wath  iron, 
makes  a  vigorous  tillable  loam.  So  rapid  is  the  growth  and  decay  of  vegetable 
matter,  and  so  long  has  it  been  accumulating,  that  the  interstices  of  broken 
lava  upon  abrupt  decli\'ities  are  filled  with  soil,  which  is  again  protected  from 
heavy  washes  by  trees  and  shrubbery.  Lava  beds  descend  to  the  sea  in  many 
places,  with  black  and  forbidding  faces.  The  "iron-bound  coast"  extends 
for  several  miles  east  of  Leone  Bay,  tke  edge  of  a  great  lava  bed,  against 
which  the  sea  roars  unceasingly.  The  sea  has  cut  tunnels  in  the  lava,  break- 
ing through  the  crust  many  yards  inland  ;  the  air  compressed  within  the 
tunnels  or  chambers  by  the  surges  of  the  sea  forces  the  imprisoned  water 
high  into  the  air  through  those  inland  "  blowholes"  ^vith  a  geyser-like  effect 
On  a  stormy  day  the  sight  is  a  magnificent  one.     The  hills  and  valleys  are 


OF   THE   PACIFIC   'SLAN'D?  141 

rocky,  but  the  volcanic  rock  is  still  disintegrating.     Many  land-slides  occur 
during  the  wet  season  from  this  cause. 

Copra  is  practically  the  only  export  from  American  Samoa.  It  is  shipped 
to  foreign  countries  where  oil  is  extracted  from  it ;  the  oil  is  in  great  demand 
in  the  manufacture  of  cocoanut  butters  of  various  kinds,  soaps,  and  for  other 
purposes.  The  copra  of  American  Samoa  is  sun  dried  and  of  excellent  quality. 
Since  the  raising  of  the  American  flag  the  Government  has  encouraged  the 
natives  to  plant  more  cocoanuts,  to  dry  their  copra  thoroughly,  and  to  bring 
in  only  the  best  quality  of  copra,  cut  from  ripe  nuts,  and  excellent  results  have 
followed. 

It  is  said  that  there  are  over  fJOO  varieties  of  fish  found  in  Samoan  waters, 
some  of  which  are  edible  and  some  poisonous.  Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan,  of 
Stanford  University,  California,  visited  Samoa  in  1902  and  made  a  report  on 
fishes  in  Samoa,  which  has  been  publivshed  in  a  large  valume,  with  numerous 
plates.  Edible  fish  are  not  plentiful,  and  the  natives  do  not  engage  in  fishing 
as  a  commercial  pursuit.  One  foreigner,  a  Japanese,  is  catching  and  selling 
fish  on  a  small  scale,  but  his  catch  is  usually  sold  to  the  natives  at  high  prices. 
Crabs  and  crayfish  are  found  on  t.ie  reefs,  the  village  of  Nuuuli  being  noted 
for  the  number  of  these  crustaceans  caught  in  the  vicinity.  Palolo  is  a 
remarkable  species  of  marine  worm  which  has  its  home  in  the  coral  barrier 
reef  and  which  comes  to  the  surface  of  the  water  on  the  night  of  the  last 
quarter  of  the  moon  in  October.  If  the  last  quarter  of  the  moon  is  early 
in  October  the  palolo  does  not  come  until  the  last  quarter  of  the  November 
moon.  The  natives  know  when  to  expect  the  palolo  and  know  where  to  find 
it  ;  they  consider  it  a  great  delicacy. 

The  Samoans  suffer  from  a  number  of  tropical  and  epidemic  diseases. 
Among  these  are  measles,  dysentery  (bacillary),  tuberculosis,  which  has  been 
increasing  since  the  epidemic  of  measles  of  1911  ;  filariasis  and  its  sequellae, 
among  which  is  elephantiasis  ;  dengue,  yaws,  affecting  chiefly  the  children  ; 
Samoan  conjunctivitis,  with  occasional  resulting  blindness  when  improperly 
treated  ;  and  almost  universal  infections  with  intestinal  parasites,  including 
uncinariasis  (hookworm),  ascariasis  (round  worms),  and  trichocephaliasis 
(whip  worm).  Measles  is  a  serious  disease  and  has  been  the  cause  of  many 
deaths  in  the  epidemics  of  1893  and  1911.  White  residents  suffer  very  little 
from  many  of  these  diseases,  because  of  greater  cleanliness  and  because  flies 
and  mosquitoes  are  more  carefully  excluded  from  their  houses.  Many  serious 
diseases  are  unknown  in  American  Samoa,  as,  for  example,  lepro.sy,  smallpox, 
yellow  fever,  cholera,  plague,  malaria  and  tropical  dysentery.  Venereal 
diseases,  except  gonorrhea,  are  unknown.  The  latter  disease  occasionally 
appears,  but  careful  segregation  of  all  known  cases  until  cured,  combined  with 
the  tracing  back  of  infections,  has  kept  this  scourge  of  the  most  civilised 
countries  down  to  a  minimum.  The  entire  medical  work  is  in  charge  of  navy 
medical  officers,  there  being  no  civil  practitioners  in  American  Samoa.  A 
member  of  the  hospital  corps  is  a  qualified  dentist  and  does  all  the  necessary 
dental  work.  The  health  officer  of  American  Samoa  has  the  care  of  tha 
Samoan  sick  and  this  work  is  performed  at  the  hospital.  This  consists  of  a 
central  administration  building,  three  very  large  oval  Samoan  houses,  three 
smaller  round  Samoan  houses,  and  necessary  outbuildings  or  latrines,  baths 


142  STEWART'S    HAND    BOOK 

and  look  houses.  The  patients  live  in  the  Sanioan  houses  to  which  they  are 
aeeustomed  and  whicli  offer  many  sanitary  advantages  over  foreign-built 
liouses.  While  at  the  hospital  the  patients  are  given  instructions  as  to  the 
proper  sanitation  of  the  homes.  The  sanitary  inspector  (a  naval  hospital 
steward),  two  other  members  of  the  hospital  corps,  three  Samoans  enlisted 
in  the  naval  service  to  learn  to  care  for  the  sick,  and  a  Samoan  nurse  are 
on  duty  at  this  hospital. 

About  ;)0  miles  of  public  roads  have  been  constructed  since  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Government.  The  roads  follow  the  shore  line  in  many  parts 
of  the  islands,  and  some  of  them  have  presented  many  difficulties  in  their 
construction.  The  standard  width  of  the  road  is  eight  feet,  but  this  is  ex- 
ceeded in  most  roads.  All  bridges  are  eight  feet  wide.  The  roads  are  of 
the  simplest  possible  construction  ;  coral,  sand,  or  volcanic  ash  have  been 
used  to  surface  the  roads  where  practicable.  The  construction  work  has  been 
done  by  natives,  the  villages  furnishing  half  of  the  labour  free.  A  foreman 
employed  by  the  civil  government  has  laid  out  the  roads  and  has  had  charge 
of  the  work.  At  one  period  a  competent  civil  engineer  was  employed  to 
lay  out  the  roads,  and  his  work  was  of  great  value.  The  roads  were  originally 
intended  for  pedestrians  only,  as  until  late  years  there -were  very  few  horses 
on  the  islands.  Carts  were  only  introduced  in  1911,  there  being  only  a  few 
carts  and  motor  cars  on  the  island  at  Tutuila  at  the  present  time.  The  roads 
will  naturally  be  improved  as  the  demand  for  good  roads  is  felt  by  the  natives. 
Bridges  are  built  of  Australian  hardwood,  jarrah  and  blackbutt  having  given 
good  service.  Fir  or  oregon  pine  is  much  cheaper,  but  this  wood  rots  very 
cjuickly.  Cement  tiles  lor  cross  drains  is  manufactured  by  civil  prisoners 
and  furnished  at  cost.  The  captain  of  the  yard  is  superintendent  of  roads, 
being  in  charge  of  the  construction  and  cleaning  of  all  roads. 

There  are  several  general  stores  in  American  Samoa,  most  of  which  are 
located  in  Pago  Pago  Harbour. 

Tutuila  is  connected  with  the  outside  world  by  a  highh-powered  United 
States  Government  wireless  station  which  is  open  to  the  public  for  com- 
munication purposes. 


MISSIONARIES. 


LONDON  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 
The  Rev.  C.  J.  Kinnersley,  at  Leone. 

ROMAN   CATHOLICS. 

Rev.  E.   Bellwald,  Pago  Pago. 

Rev.  T.  Estibal,  Leone. 

Brothers  and  Marist  Sisters  Schools  at  Pago  Paso  and  I^eone. 


LATTER   DAY   v'^AINTS. 
Elders  V.  G.  Woolley,  C.  J.  Sharp  and  A.  D.  Madson. 


OF  THE  PACIKIC  I?SI,AXDS 

CUSTOM     DUTIES. 


143 


GENERAL  DUTIES. 

On  all  goods,  not  specified  under  the  head  specific  duties  or  free  list  an 
ad  valorem  duty  of  10  per  cent. 


vSPECIFIC   DUTIES. 

Tobacco,  snuff ,  &c  ,  per  lb. 

Cigars,  per  thousand 

Cigarettes,  per  thousand  .  . 

Brandy,  whisky,  gin,  and  all  spirituous  beverages,  per  gallon.  . 

Bay  rum  or  bay  water  of  first  proof,  per  gallon — 

(Spirits  of  greater  strength  than  that  of  first  proof,  and  all  imita- 
tions of  brandy,  spirits  of  wine,  &c.,  are  subject  to  the  highest 
rate  of  duty.) 
Champagne  and  sparkling  wines  : — 

One  pint  to  one  cjuart,  per  dozen 

One-half  pint  to  one  pint,  per  dozen 

One-half  pint,  per  dozen 

In  bottles  of  more  than  one  quart,  on  the  quantity  m  excess  of 
one  quart,  per  gallon 
Still  wines  (ginger  wine  or  cordial)  and  vermcuth  in  casks  or  packages 

containing  14  per  cent,  absolute  alcohol,  per  gallon    .  . 
Still  wines  containing  more  than  14  per  cent,  absolute  alcohol,  per 

gallon   .  . 
Still  wines  in  bottles,  per  case  of  one  dozen  bottles,  one  pint  to  one 

quart,  per  case 
Still  wines  in  cjuantities  in  excess — 5  cents  per  pint  or  fractional  part. 

(Any  wines,  ginger  cordial,  or  vermouth  of  more  than  24  per  cent, 
of  alcohol  to  be  cla.ssed  as  spirits,  and  duty  to  be  paid  accord- 
ingly. The  percentage  of  alcohol  m  wines  and  fruit  juices 
shall  be  determined  in  such  manner  as  the  commandant  shall 
prescribe.) 
Ale,  porter  and  beer,  per  gallon    .  . 

Ale,  porter  and  beer,  other  than  in  bottles  or  jugs,  per  gallon .  . 
I\Ialt  extract  : 

Fluid,  in  casks,  per  gallon     .  . 

Solid  or  condensed,  ad  valorem 

In  bottles  or  jugs,  per  gallon 
Cherry  juice  or  prune  juice  or  prune  wine,  &c.,  containing  no  alcohol, 

or  not  more  than  14  per  cent,  of  alcohol,  per  gallon 

Above  14  per  cent,  alcohol,  per  gallon 

Above  24  per  cent,  alcohol,  to  be  classed  as  spirits. 
Ginger  ale,  ginger  beer,  lemonade,  soda  water,  and  all  mineral  water, 

&c.,  containing  no  alcohol,  in  bottles  containing  a-pint,  per  dozen 

One  and  a  half  pints,  per  dozen 

More  than  one  and  a  half  pints,  per  gallon .  . 
Jewellery,  precious  stones,  or  pearls,  set  or  strung,  ad  valorem 
Diamonds  or  preciotis  stones,  cut  but  not  set,  ad  valorem 
Imitations  not   exceeding   an   inch   in   dimensions,   or  engraved   or 

mounted,  ad  valorem 
Pearls  in  natural  state,  not  strung  or  set,  ad  valorem    .. 
Perfumery,  &c.,  containing  alcohol,  per  gallon  .  . 
I-'ireamis,  ammunition,  &c.,  governed  as  per  ''  Arms  Ordnance."" 
Opium  and  preparations.  &c.,  containing  opium,  strictly  prohibited. 


$0.25 
3.00 
1.00 
2.50 
2.50 


3.00 

1.50 

.75 

1.00 
.40 
.60 

1.20 


.25 

.20 


.20 


40 


.40 


.40 

.60 

.12 

.20 

.10 

60 

O 
<> 

10 

/o 

20 

o/ 
/o 

10 

% 

2 

50 

144  STEWART'S  HAND  3(30K 

I-MiKH  LIST. 

Fresh  beef,  mutton,  poultry  and  game  ;  fresh  fish  ;  fresh  vegetables  ; 
fresh  fruits  ;  ice  ;  Hve  animals  and  birds  ;  seeds,  plants,  bulbs,  and  cuttings 
wearing  apparel  ;  articles  of  personal  adornment  ;  toilet  articles,  &c.,  of  persons 
arriving,  for  their  own  use  and  not  for  sale  ;  printed  bocks,  magazines,  and 
newspapers. 

The  importation  and  sale  of  the  following  articles  is  allowed  by  permission 
of  the  conmiandaut  :  Spirituous  liquors,  medicines  and  drugs,  stallions, 
firearms  and  ammunition. 


The  names  of  the  commandants  and  governors  of  American  Samoa 
with  their  terms  of  office  are  as  follow  : — 

Commander  B.  F.  Tilley,  U.S.  Navy,  Commandant,  February  17,  1900, 
to  November  27,   1901. 

Captain  U.  Sebree,  U.S.  Navy,  Commandant,  November  27,  1901,  tc 
December  16,  1902. 

Lieutenant-Commander  H.  Minett,  U.S.  Navy,  Acting  Commandant, 
December  16,  1902,  to  May  5,  1903. 

Commander  E.  B.  Underwood,  U.S.  Navy,  Commandant,  May  5,  1903,  to 
January   30,   1905. 

Commander  C.  B.  T.  Mocre,  U.S.  Navy,  Governor,  January  30,  1905,  to 
May  21,   1908. 

Captain  J.  P.  Parker,  U.S.  Navy,  Governor,  May  21,  1908,  to  November 
10,    1910. 

Commander  W.  M.  Crose,  U.S.  Navy,  Governor,  November  10,  1910,  to 
March  14,  1913. 

Lieutenant  N.  W.  Post,  U.S.  Navy,  Acting  Governor,  March  14,  1913, 
to  July  14,   1913. 

Commander  C.  D.  Stearns,  U.S.  Navy,  Governor,  July  14,  1913,  to  October 
2,   1914. 

Lieutenant  N.  W.  Post,  U.S.  Navy,  Acting  Governor,  October  2,  1914, 
to  December  6,  1914. 

Lieutenant  C.  A.  Woodruff,  U.S.  Navy,  Acting  Governor,  December  6, 
1914,  to  March  1,  1915. 

Commander  John  M.  Poyer,  U.S.  Navy,  retired.  Governor,  appointed 
March  1,   1915,  tc 


Mr.  T.  W.  Heney,  writing  of  Pago  Pago,  in  a  series  of  articles  descriptive 
of  the  tour  of  the  Australian  Imperial  Press  Delegation,  says  : — 

"  To  almost  anyone  Pago  Pago  is  a  joy.  After  several  days  at  sea,  when 
one  grows  tired  of  the  august  monotony  of  sea  and  sky,  and  the  company  of 
people  too  well  known,  it  is  a  pleasure  to  go  ashore  in  the  real  tropics,  where 
tha  little  yellow  beaches  are  backed  by  cocoanut  palms  and  banana  planta- 
tions, amongst  which  are  the  huts  and  churches  of  the  natives,  where  the  water 
is  a  living  blue  and  of  astonishing  transparency  in  the  shallows,  where  natives 
in  their  old  time  outrigger  boats  or  in  the  craft  of  the  Europeans  bring  fruit 
and  flowers  for  sale,  where  the  bills  stand  up  round  the  little  bay  all  a  riot 
of  tropic  vegetation  to  their  crowns.  The  people  are  of  a  fine  dignity  and 
courtesy.  Thev  bow  as  one  meets  them  on  the  roads,  they  murmur  '  good 
morning,'   and  the  children  say  '  Talofa  '  shyly.     They  all  walk  splendidly 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  145 

erect,  bareheaded,  often  clad,  the  men  only  in  a  sulu  or  waist-cloth  hanging 
to  the  knees,  heavily  tatooed  underneath  ;  the  women  in  white  and  ample 
gowns.  They  offer  their  fruits  or  mats  or  shells  or  baskets  or  necklaces  ; 
if  you  wish  to  buy,  it  is  simple,  and  if  you  do  not,  they  accept  your  negation 
with  politeness  and  without  importunity.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  lean  on  the  ship's 
rail  and  watch  the  Samoan  put  his  own  copra  aboard  for  sale  in  San  Francisco  ; 
he  works  with  such  energy,  such  animation,  as  if  he  liked  it,  with  shouts  and 
friskings,  and  you  will  see  a  youngster  show  off  by  insisting  on  shouldering 
two  bags  of  copra  instead  of  one,  or  having  his  bag  pitched  clean  oft"  the  heap 
on  to  his  waiting  shoulder.  Then  he  will  walk  slow  and  erect  as  in  a  pro- 
cession till  he  reaches  the  cargo  net,  when  he  wall  just  give  a  heave  of  the 
shoulder  and  the  bag  will  fly  into  the  middle  of  the  heap.  Certainly  no 
wharfies  I  have  ever  seen  in  white  man's  lands  work  anything  like  this. 

■'  You  leave  the  steamer,  and,  casting  a  long  glance  round  the  hills,  the 
lovely  bay,  the  native  villages  on  the  farther  shore,  the  official  residences, 
the  avenues  of  palm,  and  the  ample  lawns,  take  your  way  into  the  town 
which  is  one  long  street  beside  the  water.  In  a  native  house  with  a  roof 
that  comes  nearly  down  to  the  ground  some  youngsters  are  dancing  the 
native  dances  for  the  ship's  passengers.  The  Samoan  girl  in  the  middle 
of  the  floor  slowly  advances  and  retreats,  the  music  is  the  maddening  endless 
lap  of  a  mat  or  drum,  some  assistants  clap  hands  or  sing  in  the  native  language. 
Beside  the  path  are  the  people's  houses  and  the  bush  groves  all  about.  It  is  a 
tropic  bush,  the  tall  cocoanut  palms  high  overhead,  and  below  the  many- 
coloured  hibiscus,  the  frangipanni  still  showing  its  waxed  flowers  with  their 
heavy  scent,  bread  fruit  trees  with  the  young  green  fruit  as  big  as  mandarins, 
great  bushes  of  red,  yellow,  and  green  crotons  such  as  we  grow  in  pots  in  Aus- 
tralian hot-houses,  acalyphas  with  all  their  glow  of  coloured  leaves,  all  this 
and  much  more  growing  at  one's  side  as  one  walks  the  narrow  path.  At  one 
end  of  the  town  are  churches,  for  the  Samoan  is  a  religious  person  ;  at  the  other 
the  residence  of  the  Governor. 

"  Pago  Pago,  on  Tutuila  Island,  is  the  finest  harbour  in  Samoa.  It  has 
been  for  a  generation  the  headquarters  of  American  naval  and  island  policy 
in  the  Pacific.  The  Americans  are  entitled  to  credit  for  what  they  have  done 
there.  They  have  made  a  naval  base,  a  port,  a  town,  without  destroying 
the  island  race  they  found  there.  As  soon  as  our  ship  passed  into  the  port 
waters  her  bar  was  locked.  No  one  may  offer  the  natives  liquor,  nor  may 
they  buy  or  make  it.  There  is  no  bar  in  Pago  Pago.  The  native  race  is  pure. 
The  American  immigration  laws  permit  little  if  any  foreign  settlement,  and 
even  in  the  townships  where  the  white  troops  and  white  men  live  there  is  not 
a  noticeable  number  of  half-castes.  Of  Samoan  children  there  are  many, 
and  they  are  beautiful  youngsters,  boys  and  girls  alike.  The  intertribal 
wars  have  ceased,  and  now  the  native  race  increa.ses  from  5,000  at  occupation 
to  7,000  in  1012.  The  Government  collects,  ships,  and  sells  their  copra,  which 
is  practically  the  only  product  of  the  .soil  suitable  for  export,  and  as  the  price 
of  copra  has  on  the  whole  been  on  the  increase,  the  yield  to  the  native  has 
grown  from  year  to  year.  Though  like  all  Pacific  races,  they  do  not  love 
work,  they  do  work,  and  work  hard  when  it  has  to  be  done.  They  made 
their  own  roads  under  Government  superintendence,  and  the  Government, 
with  the  mission  authorities,  teaches  their  children,  looks  after  their  health, 
and  paternally  guides  them  in  the  way  they  should  go.  I  repeat,  as  far  as 
any  casual  visitor  to  Pago  Pago  can  .see  or  learn,  the  American  experiment 
has  been  a  blessing  to  the  Samoans  and  an  honour  to  America.  The  native 
race  increases  steadily,  there  is  no  fringe  or  diseased  or  degraded  half-castes, 
there  is  no  eating  cancer  of  our  shameful  diseases.  Di.sease  there  is,  and 
poverty  and  crime,  no  doubt,  for  the  Samoan  is  human  ;  but  America  has  not 
taken  away  his  land,  his  freedom,  or  his  native  system,  and  thrust  upon  him 
grog  and  venereal  disease,  turned  his  women  into  prostitutes,  and  condemned 
his  whole  breed  to  death  in  misery  and  shame.  All  honour  to  those  far- 
sighted  and  humane  American  administrators  who  have  made  it  possible 
for  any  honest  visitor  to  say  these  things. 


14()  STEWART'S    HANI)   HOOK 

■■  Cni^tain  I'oystT,  U.S.N,  (retired),  who  is  the  present  Governor  of  the 
islands  that  form  American  Samoa,  came  aboard  the  steamer  before  we  left 
to  return  calls  paid  by  most  of  the  Australian  Press  Delegation.  He  left  a 
congressional  report  on  the  American  colony,  published  in  1912,  which  Y^ears 
out  the  witness  of  our  own  eyes  whilst  ashore.  It  seems  that  there  is  not 
uuich  scope  for  white  settlement  in  the  group,  though  no  doubt  in  this  rich 
volcanic  soil  covered  with  a  vegetation  that  rots  in  four  years  into  humus, 
there  is  room  for  new  forms  of  production.  They  are  too  far  away  from  large 
centres  to  be  able  to  do  much  with  fruit  ;  sugar  and  coffee  have  their  enemies, 
so  that  copra  remains  their  staple.  Hut  rubber,  sisal,  and  other  niaterial.s 
may  follow,  for  when  the  native  population  increases,  the  labour  proljlem 
vanishes  in  air  ;  and  where  a  .soil  of  richness,  abundant  sunshine,  and  rain 
together  promise  splendid  returns  in  semi-tropical  products,  we  may  expect 
that  the  energy  and  the  resourcefulness  of  American  development  has  not 
said  the  last  word.  \\'lien  the  copra  of  American  Samoa  is  sold  to  Lever's 
the  trade  balance  is  heavily  Australian  ;  when  the  copra  goes  to  San  F'rancisco 
the  balance  is  .American.  The  laws  of  the  colony  are  few  and  simple,  binding 
white  man  and  Samoan  alike.  The  organisation  is  largely  based  upon  the 
old  Samoan  custom  of  chiefs  and  sub-chiefs  (responsible  now  to  the  American 
Governor),  and  of  annual  meetings,  a  function  like  a  witenagemote  of  our 
Anglo-Saxon  forefathers.  The  unit  of  the  State  is  the  family.  There  is  a 
native  police  of  stalwart  armed  men  in  distinguishing  red  turbans  and  red 
embroidered  sulus.  The  white  population  is  practically  the  staff  of  American 
officials  and  a  few  others.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  American  ladies  and 
children,  who  all  look  well. 

"  One  does  not  wish  to  labour  the  history  of  this  fine  port  which  American 
wisdom  long  ago  chose  as  its  island  base,  and  has  prudently,  humanely,  and 
consistentlj'  developed  ever  since.  But  it  does  remain  in  my  view  a  success- 
ful and  an  honourable  experiment.  I  look  at  a  pamphlet  which  proclaims 
that  a  further  stage  of  our  journey  is  '  the  melting  place  of  the  Pacific,'  mean- 
ing that  all  the  Pacific  races  meet  and  fuse  in  one  another.  Well,  Page  Pago 
is  net  that.  It  is  Samoan  of  the  Samoans.  It  is  the  home  of  a  healthy, 
virile  race,  that  will  keep  its  place  in  the  sun  by  its  own  right  hand,  and  thanks 
to  a  succession  cf  wise  and  kindly  administrators  can  look  the  whole  world 
in  the  face.  No  Australian  will  ever  regret  lus  visit  to  Pago  Pago.  And  no 
American  need  ever  deter  any  honest  observer  from  going  there.  The 
Americans  may  have  been  fortunate  in  selecting  a  comparatively  small  i.sland 
as  the  scene  of  their  work,  they  certainly  have  profited  by  the  labours  of  the 
London  Missionary  Society,  they  may  have  had  a  tractable  lot  of  native  people 
to  manage.  Again  they  may  have  had  to  work  against  all  the  open  and  hidden 
obstacles  to  the  white  man's  mission  in  tropic  lands.  They  have,  as  far  as 
one  can  see,  dealt  justly,  mercifully,  and  wisely  with  their  native  wards  in 
American  Samoa,  and  the  Australian,  as  he  remembers  his  own  cruel  record 
with  his  own  native  race,  must  pay  to  America  the  tribute  of  his  sincere 
admiration." 


Co  RON  A 

®ljc  |l4?vsoual  •SiUtrttm^i  ^Xaci^ine. 


Anyone  can  learn  to  operate  CORONA  withont  special 
instruction.  That's  one  reason  why  it's  the  personal  writing 
machine  of  over  100,000  business  and  professional  men  and 
women 

You  can  fold  it  up — take  it  with  you — typewrite  anywhere. 
Or  if  you  use  it  at  home,  just  tuck  it  away  in  desk  or  tabli> 
drawer.  Weighs  but  6  lbs.,  handles  correspondence  in  the 
modern  way,  makes  carbon  cojiies  (►f    everything  you  write. 

Not  an  experiment  or  a  fad — but  an  efficient  typewriter^ — ^used 
by  2,700  Army  Chaplains  in  tlu'  Allied  Armies,  by  report(Ts, 
planters  and  travellers  everywhere. 

Costs  but  £15/15/-  complete  with  case. 


WKITK    I'OK    "  THK    PERSONAI,   TOUCH    IN    TYPING." 


Stott   &   (jNDERweeo, 

70    PITT  STREET,    SYDNEY,  flUSTRflLIA. 


HENRY  BULL  &  GO.  LTD 

Importers   and   Warehousemen, 

YORK,   MARKET   AND   CLARENCE    STREETS, 
Si  "S"  13  ISr  E3  7E" - 


Departments 

w 

I 

FLANNELS 

BLANKETS 

CALICOES 

LINENS 

MUSLINS 

DRESS  GOODS 

PRINTS 

ca'shmeres 
handkerchiefs 

TOWELS 

CARPETS 

FURNISHINGS 


Departmenis 


CLOTHING 

SHIRTS 

HATS 

MERCERY 

HOSIERY 

GLOVES 

UMBRELLAS 

HABERDASHERY 

MILLINERY 

LACES  k  RIBBONS 

CORSETS 

UNDERCLOTHING 


FLANNEL    AND    BLANKET    MILL. 
LIVERPOOL,    N.S.W. 

We    a,re    also    Manufacturers    of 

Ladies'     Underclothing,     Blouses,    Costumes,    Skirts, 

Mantles,     Millinery     and     Men's    Shirts, 

Work     Rooms  :       387     KENT     STREET,     SYDNEY. 


Our  Representative  makes  regular  and  freijuent  visits  to  Fiji,  Tonga  and 
Samoa,    and    will    gladly  place    our    samples    before   prospective    bnjers. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI.AXDS  149 

NAURU   (OR    PLEASANT)  ISLAND. 

(BRiTIvSH  MANDATU.) 

NAURU  (or  Pleasant)  Island,  one  of  the  former  German  possessions 
lies  a  few  miles  south  of  the  equator  and  about  160  miles  north-west 
of  Ocean  Island.  It  is  an  upraised  atoll  of  circular  form  about  three 
and  a  half  miles  in  diameter,  the  highest  elevation  being  about  250  feet.  In 
1916  there  were  1,284  natives  on  the  island  as  against  1,310  in  1912.  A  few 
of  these  were  employed  by  the  Pacific  Phosphate  Company,  but  the  main 
source  of  labour  consists  of  recruits  from  the  Caroline  Islands  (of  whom  there 
were  450  in  1916),  and  Chinese  mechanics  and  coolies  numbering  about  300. 
There  are  75  white  inhabitants,  including  the  missionaries  of  the  Sacred 
Heart  and  American  Board  of  Missions.  The  commercial  value  of  the  island 
lies  mainly  in  the  vast  deposits  of  phosphates  extending  over  some  4,500 
acres.  These  are  worked  by  the  Pacific  Phosphate  Company  by  virtue  of 
their  agreement  with  the  Jaluit  Company.  The  phosphate  is  conveyed  on 
light  railways  to  the  dryers  and  is  then  shipped  from  the  jetties  in  cargo  boats 
to  the  steamers  which,  in  fine  weather,  are  made  fast  to  the  buoys  close  to 
the  edge  of  the  reef.  Since  their  arrival  a  dozen  years  ago  the  activities  of  the 
company  have  entirely  changed  the  economic  conditions  of  the  natives  who 
lived  formerly  remote  from  civilisation.  New  wants  have  arisen.  Money  is 
needed  to  satisfy  them  ;  and  the  Nauruans,  who  have  always  shown  themselves 
adverse  to  any  sustained  labour,  have  established  a  considerable  trade  with 
the  Chinese  and  Caroline  Island  employees  of  the  company  in  pigs,  ducks, 
fowls,  fish  and  nuts.  The  interior  of  the  island  consists  of  undulating  forest 
land.  A  small  lagoon  about  a  mile  inland  is  the  centre  of  a  specially  fertile 
section  of  cocoaniit  palms  and  the  coast  belt  is  one  continuous  grove.  The 
production  of  copra  is  from  300  to  400  tons  a  year  but  should  average  at  least 
500  tons  annually  in  ordinary  seasons  if  suitable  drying  arrangements  were 
made  and  the  natives  could  be  induced  to  thin  out  the  palms.  Though  Nauru 
was  surrendered  to  H.M.A.S.  "Melbourne,"  in  September,  1914,  and  was 
included  with  the  rest  cf  the  German  New  Guinea  possessions  on  the  capitula- 
tion of  Herbertshohe,  it  was  not  until  November  6  of  that  year  that  it  was 
effectively  occupied  by  troops  from  Rabaul  brought  by  the  s.s  "  Messina." 
In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  capitulation  local  laws  and  customs  were 
continued  as  far  as  practicable,  and  a  civil  administration  was  established 
on  January  1,  1915.  The  outstanding  feature  of  Nauru  is  the  wireless  station 
of  60  kilowatt  power  which  was  erected  by  the  Germans  to  link  up  the  island 
with  their  other  Pacific  possessions  and  Tsingtau.  It  was  opened  in  December, 
1913,  and  though  partially  dismantled  toward  the  end  of  1914  it  was  restored 
directly  afterwards  and  is  now  controlled  by  the  naval  authorities.  A  good 
road  has  been  made  round  the  island,  wide  enough  to  permit  motor  cars  to 
pass  one  another.  The  rainfall  varies  greatly  as  will  be  seen  by  the  following 
figures  covering  a  five-year  pericKl  :  1912,  110  in.  ;  1913,  65  in.  ;  1914,  106  in.  ; 
1915,  78  in.  ;  1916,  18.33  in.  The  highest  shade  temperature  reading  in  1916 
was  99.5  deg.  Fahr.,  and  the  lowest  68  deg.     The  rudiments  of  education  are 


J  50  STKWAKTS   HANI)    B()f)K 

imparted  by  the  schools  of  the  Sacred  Heart  Mission  and  the  American  JJoard 
of  Missions.  About  two-thirds  of  the  native  population  are  Protestants  and 
one-third  Catholic.  Thirty  police  are  maintained,  recruited  chiefly  from  the 
Gilbert  Islands.  A  telephone  installation  on  the  Island  links  up  the  Ivuropean 
settlement  with  the  (Government  and  wirele.ss  stations. 

The  imports  for  lOKi  totalled  1.34, 548  as  at;ainst  £40,447  in  IfH.^,  the 
following  being  the  details  : — 

Trade  goofls 

Provisions 

Hardware  , . 

Coal  

Timber 

Oil  

Sundries    .  . 

£40,447  .  .  £34,548 

The  exports  for  1915  and  1!H6  were  as  folows  :  — 1915,  phosphates- 
85,808  tons  ;  copra,  328  tons  ;  1916,  phosphates,  105,012  tons,  copra,  277  tons. 

In  trade  goods  the  Japanese,  and  in  tools  and  general  hardware  the 
-Americans,  supply  most  of  the  requirements.  In  the  past  much  of  the 
machinery  was  imported  from  Germany  direct.  German  coinage  has  been 
ivithdrawn  from  circulation. 

The  population  figures  are  as  follow  : — 


1915 

1910 

£10,507 

E9,520 

12,880 

9,377 

9,003 

9,771 

3,199 

2,783 

3,031 

1.449 

1,152 

929 

015 

713 

1913 

1914 

1915 

1916 

Europeans 

109 

90 

105 

90 

Chinese 

553 

400 

397 

278 

Caroline  Islanders 

495 

493 

343 

449 

Nauruans 

. .      1,332 

1.272 

1.287 

j,284 

.\dmiuistrat«ir  : — Mr.  C.  p..  W.  vSmith-Rewse. 


Mr.  A.  W.  U.  Tocke,  uriting  in  the  Melbourne  Ar°us  in  March.  1919, 
saj'S  cf.  Nauru  : — 

"  Nauru  might  be  described  as  the  richest  place  in  the  world  for  its  size 
so  great  is  its  potential  wealth.  It  was  in  pre-war  times  a  rather  important 
outpost  of  the  German  I^nipire,  possessing  one  of  the  most  powerful  wireless 
stations  in  the  Pacific.  In  September,  1914,  it  was  captured  by  a  small  body 
of  sailors  from  H.M.A.S.  '  Melbourne,'  who  destroyed  the  wireless  plant  and 
took  prisoner  the  whole  German  colony,  numbering  30  men.  The  island  lies 
about  one  degree  south  of  the  eciuator,  and  its  distance  from  Sydney  is  a  little 
over  2,000  miles  in  a  straight  line,  touching  San  Cristoval  Island,  in  the 
vSolomon  group.  Physically  and  ethnographically,  Nauru  is  typical  of 
most  of  the  coral  islands  of  the  Pacific,  but  it  is  of  special  value  and  interest 
to  Australia  on  account  of  its  immense  deposits  of  phosphate  guano,  from 
which  our  most  valuable  fertilisers  are  manufactured.  The  island,  which  is 
about  five  miles  long  and  three  wide,  is  practically  one  vast  phosphate  field 
containing,  at  a  rough  estimate,  sufficient  material  to  supply  the  requirements 
of  this  country  for  a  hundred  years  or  so.  These  deposits  are  remarkable, 
not  only  in  point  of  quantity,  but  also  in  quality,  for  Naiiruaii  guano  contains 
phosphoric  acid  equivalent  to  at  least  80  per  cent,  of  triba.sic  phosphate  of 


OF  TUP.  PACIFIC  iSI  ANDS  151 

liiiip,  and  less  than  2  per  cent,  of  oxide  of  iron  and  alumina  condjined.  In 
its  natural  state  this  phosphate  is  hard  as  stone,  and  quite  odoiirless.  It  is 
blasted  out  of  the  ground,  "and  then  broken  up  and  dried  in  the  sun  or  in  large 
artificial  dryers,  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the  latent  moisture  When 
sufficiently  dry  it  is  shipped  in  bulk.  For  the  four  years  ending  June,  1918, 
the  total  amount  of  phosphate  guano  imported  from  Nauru  into  Australia 
amounted  to  147,0<iO  tons,  valued  at  £381,910;  but  it  must  be  remembered 
that  during  this  period  shipments  were  greath'  restricted  through  the  scarcity 
of  tonnage  and  other  adverse  ci'-cumstances  ari.sing  out  of  the  war.  Under 
normal  conditions  100,000  tons  could  be  imported  annually  without  difficulty. 
The  island,  being  surrounded  by  an  unbroken  crral  reef,  offers  no  protection  to 
ships,  and  the  cost  of  constructing  an  artificial  breakwater  here  would  be 
prohibitive,  owing  to  the  great  depth  of  the  surrounding  sea.  But  safe 
moorings  are  provided  for  vessels  calling  at  Nauru  by  a  chain  of  large  buoys 
which  iiave  been  laid  at  a  little  distance  from  the  shore.  The  principal 
settlement  on  the  island  is  Yangor,  which  a  few  years  ago  was  a  primitive 
village  of  native  huts.  It  is  now  a  flourishing  little  town,  lit  by  electricity, 
its  dwellings  furnished  with  the  comforts  of  civilisation,  and  its  factories 
fitted  with  costly  machinery.  The  principal  industry  of  Nauru  is  the  mining 
of  pho.sphate  ;  there  is  a  small  local  trade  in  native  goods  and  copra,  but  the 
island  is  too  small  to  be  of  any  commercial  value  apart  from  its  great  wealth 
of  phosphate.  Nearly  everywhere  the  surface  of  the  island  is  hard  and  rough 
with  broken  (-oral  and  the  jagged  tops  of  coral  pinnacles,  which  stan<l  from 
10  feet  to  20  feet  high  when  the  intervening  phosphate  has  been  removed. 
The  age  of  these  phosphate  deposits  cannot  be  computed  with  certainty, 
but  it  is  safe  to  assume  that  for  hundreds  of  years  this  island,  owing  to  its 
isolated  position,  was  the  home  of  myriads  of  sea  birds,  which  nested  there 
undisturbed  bv  the  presence  of  man.  The  droppings  of  these  birds  gradually 
permeated  the  coral  rock,  which,  m  the  course  of  centuries,  was  transformed 
by  the  secret  alchemy  of  Nature  into  pure  phosphate  of  lime  of  the  rarest 
quality.  Owing  to  the  stony  and  ungenerous  soil  agriculture  is  unknown 
on  Nauru,  which  strikes  one  as  a  strange  paradox  considering  that  this  place 
yields  such  great  quantities  of  the  richest  material  for  fertilising  the  fields 
and  gardens  of  the  outside  world.  The  island  is  also  subject  to  long  periods 
of  drought,  during  which  cviltivation  must  came  to  a  standstill,  as  irrigation 
is  impossible.  Cocoanut  and  pandanus,  the  staple  food-bearing  trees,  seem 
largely  .self-grown,  and  take  their  chance  of  survival  until  the  rain  brings  them 
a  renewed  lease  of  life.  Yet  in  spite  of  such  adverse  conditions  a  few  varieties 
of  indigenous  flora  thrive  here  in  amazing  vitality — such  as  the  cocoanut, 
pandanus,  wild  almond,  and  a  large  umbrageous  tree  of  which  there  are  some 
fine  specimens.  How  these  plants  survive  the  hnig  droughts  is  explained  by 
the  fact  that  a  considerable  quantity  of  rainwater  percolates  the  coral 'strata 
of  the  i.sland  and  lodges  in  subterranean  caves  and  hollows  which  are  acces- 
sible to  the  powerful  roots  of  the  trees.  These  underground  reservoirs  are 
also  tapped  by  w  ater  holes  at  which  the  natives  fill  their  tiny  buckets  cf  cocoa- 
nut  shell.  Thus  through  the  wonderful  economy  of  Nature  life  is  maintained, 
and  the  island  preserves  its  verdure  during  years  of  protracted  drought. 
"When  the  drought  breaks  it  generally  breaks  with  a  vengeance.  Torrential 
rains  fall,  and  sometimes  for  weeks  fierce  storms  beat  upon  the  island  with 
hardly  any  intermis.sion.  There  is  a  striking  dearth  of  wild  life  on  the  island 
due  principally  to  the  lack  of  fresh  water,  for  the  places  where  it  is  naturally 
conserved  are  difficult  of  access,  and  significant  of  the  inhospitableness  of 
the  phu-e  is  the  entire  absence  of  the  crow,  that  hardy  and  resourceful  forager 
which  ranges  the  world.  But  though  animal  life  is  so  scarce  on  land,  the 
surrounding  sea  abounds  in  fish,  which  forms  the  jirmcipal  food  of  the  islanders, 
whose  skill  in  fishing  it  would  be  difficult  to  match  in  any  other  part  of  the 
world.  Often  forced  in  days  gone  by  to  depend  for  their  very  existence 
on  the  fish  they  could  catch,  their  energies  of  mind  and  body,  inspired  by 
stern  neces.sitv,  have  been  for  generations  almost  solely  devoted  to  the  task 
of  getting  their  food  from  the  sea,  ,so  that  by  a  long  course  of  hereditary 


!52  STKWAKT'S   UA.\'I>  BOOK 

training  tliey  have  become  a  woinlerfii!  race  ot  flsliennen,  almost  as  much  at 
home  in  the  water  as  on  land.  I'efore  the  advent  of  the  white  man  they 
made  their  hooks  and  lines  out  of  the  rough  anrl  scanty  material  obtainable 
on  the  island,  which  they  fashioned  to  their  needs  with  remarkable  skill 
and  ingenuity,  making  their  hooks  out  of  bone  and  pearl-shell  ground  to  the 
required  size  and  shape  with  infinite  care  and  patience,  and  their  lines  from 
the  fibre  of  the  cocoanut  Ir.isk,  teased  into  strands  and  twisted  as  fine  as  the 
thinnest  twine.  These  ]Drimiti\e  appliances  are  still  made  ;md  preferred  by 
some  to  the  imported  articles  of  European  manufacture.  The  homely  sight 
of  cooking  is  rarely  noticed  here.  Uncooked  food  seems  more  to  the  native 
taste,  or,  perhaps,  is  eaten  simply  to  save  trouble,  and  these  people  are  wont 
to  satisfy  their  hunger  like  brutes.  Raw  fish  is  a  common  article  of 'diet. 
A  hungry  fisherman  will  pick  up  a  live  fish  and  devour  its  flesh,  tearing  away 
the  skin  and  scales  with  his  teeth.  Yet  it  must  be  said  to  their  credit  that 
these  islanders,  who  not  so  long  ago  were  cannibals,  have  not  retained  the 
worst  traits  of  the  savage,  and  in  some  respects  show  a  fair  amount  of  ad- 
vancement. The  national  costume  of  these  islands  for  both  sexes  and  all 
ages  consists  of  a  single  garn:ent — a  ridi,  or  kilt  made  of  strips  of  vegetable 
fibre,  vi'hich  hangs  from  the  hips  to  a  httle  above  the  knees.  But  the  civilisa- 
tion of  the  white  man  has  burdened  the  brown  man  with  useless  and  hideous 
garments  that  point  a  moral  and  illustrate  a  fallacy.  Nature,  so  to  speak, 
clothes  the  dark-skinned  people  of  the  tropics  at  their  birth  ;  their  bare  brown 
limbs  have  not  the  appearance  of  nakedness,  so  that  in  an  equatorial  climate 
Eitropean  garments  are  both  unnecessary  and  unsuitable.  Being,  as  a  riile, 
physically  well  proportioned,  the  islander  in  native  dress — or,  rather,  undress 
— is  generally  a  rather  picturesque  sort  of  person,  but  a  w-ild  darkie  in  dirty 
dungarees,  flaming  red  jersey,  boots,  and  a  black  hat,  is  a  sight  that  moves 
one  almost  to  tears.  The  imported  kanaka  labourers  have  abandoned  the 
fashion  of  their  ancestors  for  garments  of  cloth.  The  ridi  is  worn  only  by 
the  natives  of  the  island,  who  sometimes  affect  European  garb  on  Sundays 
and    special    occasions." 


Mr,   Thomas   J.    McMahon,    F.R.G.S.,    in    an    interesting   article   m    the 

Svdnev  M.nl  of  April,  1919,  says: — 

"  The  Naur'.ians  are  a  very  hand.some  race,  tall  and  well  formed.  The 
women  are  accounted  the  best-figured  in  the  Pacific  Islands.  Some  are  indeed 
veritable  giantesses.  The  islanders  are  noted  for  their  pleasant  manners, 
and  will  always  give  the  most  friendly  greeting  to  strangers.  They  are  also 
noted  for  their  hospitality,  and  will  invite  vi.sitors  to  their  huts  to  partake  of 
food.  The  natives  are  very  fond  of  sport — that,  no  doubt,  being  one  reason 
why  they  are  so  active  and  muscular.  The  popular  sport  is  the  decoying 
and  catcliing  of  frigate  birds.  As  every  male  owns  a  bicycle,  so  he  owns  from 
one  to  100  frigate  birds,  and  these  he  keeps  tethered  with  long  fishing-lines 
on  to  great  frames  or  roosts.  The  birds  are  mopy-looking  creatures,  with 
voracious  appetites.  A  native  will  sit  for  hours  a  few  yards  away  from  his 
birds,  and  toss  hunks  of  fish  at  them,  which  they  catch  with  the  utmost 
dexterity.  Just  before  feed-time  the  native  Avill  come  along  and  stir  up  his 
birds  to  sonie  exercise.  He  will  prod  and  shoo  them,  and  they  require  a  lot 
of  stirring  before  they  will  move  ;  but  once  on  the  wing  they  wheel  and  circle 
in  the  air,  the  fishing  lines  preventing  escape.  Very  tame  birds  are  allowed 
their  libertj-,  and  they  go  for  long  flights  out  to  sea,  getting  abundance  of 
food  in  chasing  down  fish-catching  birds  and  causing  them  to  disgorge  their 
supplies  of  newly-caught  fish.  Great  rivalry  exists  between  villages  as  to 
the  number  of  birds  that  are  owned,  and  on  certain  gala  days  crow^ds  from 
every  village  will  come  along  to  some  chosen  rendezvous  carrying  the  big 
roosts  covered  with  birds.  There  is  much  dancing  and  rejoicing,  and,  it 
might  be  said,  betting  as  to  the  day's  sport.  The  rendezvous  is  some  open 
spot  on  the  coast.  The  roosts  are  set  up  an  equal  distance  apart,  and  the 
decoy  birds  are  let  loo.se.     They  act  witli  wonderful  sagacity  in  soaring  aloft 


or  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  153 

and  getting  in  touch  with  wild  birds.  Perhaps  one  or  two  wild  birds  will  be 
all  that  can  be  seen  previous  to  the  flight  of  the  decoj-s  ;  yet  in  half  an  hour 
the  air  will  be  literally  dark  with  them.  '1  hen  it  is  interesting  to  see  the  de- 
coys enticing  the  untamed  down  to  the  roosts.  It  really  seems  as  if  the  cun- 
ning birds  are  fully  aware  tliat  bets  are  being  made  on  their  efforts,  for  they 
will  even  use  what  looks  like  force  to  compel  birds  to  come  to  the  roosts, 
where  the  moment  they  rest  o  sn;art  young  native  standing  under  the  roost 
frame  seizes  the  leg  of  the  bird  and  tethers  it.  When  the  day's  sport  is  over, 
and  a  count  is  made,  congratulations  arc  showered  en  the  winniiig  village, 
followed  by  dancing,  singing  and  feasting.  The  victorious  villagers  have  the 
right  to  boast  for  twelve  months  of  their  superior  dexterit}-,  and,  like  .''ome 
good  'sports,'  thej'  can  blow  their  own  tnmipets  with  singidar  success. 
These  people  have  a  ruling  or  high-caste  class,  with  a  king,  several  chiefs  and 
chief  women,  who  still  have  a  great  deal  of  influence,  though  the  natives 
are  not  the  slaves  they  were  50  years  ago.  The  present  king,  Oweida  bv  name 
is  descended  from  a  long  line  of  kings,  and  is  a  delightful  and  intelligent  old 
chap.  On  festive  occasions  he  appears  in  top  hat,  frock  coat,  well-creased 
grey  trousers,  ironed  collar,  smart  tie,  black  boots  with  brown  laces,  and  a 
gold-top  walking-stick.  At  most  times  he  is  to  be  seen  riding  about  the  island 
on  his  bicycle,  to  which  a  Red  Cross  flag  is  attached.  He  is  a  staunch  sup- 
porter of  the  Red  Cross,  and  every  native  hut  has  a  Red  Cross  badge  in  the 
window  or  a  flag  on  the  roof.  Nauru,  although  so  close  to  the  ICquator, 
has  a  mild  and  healthy  climate,  and  tliis  is  certainly  a  factor  in  the  energy 
displayed  by  the  white  people  in  the  number  of  social  entertainments  that  are 
given,  such  as  dramatic  performances,  fancy  dress  dances,  cricket  and  tennis 
matches,  fetes  and  concerts.  This  energy  has  during  the  war  resulted  in 
thousands  of  pounds  I'cing  collected  for  patriotic  purposes.  The  wife  of  the 
Administrator  is  the  leader  of  all  social  and  patriotic  alTairs,  and  she  is  a  very 
popular  lady.  A  most  interesting  person  to  meet,  and  one  who  has  lived 
on  the  island  for  over  4.5  years,  is  Mr.  Krnest  Milner  Hindmarsh  Stephen. 
When  a  child  of  six  years  he  was  wrecked  on  Nauru,  and  it  m;\s  not  untd  he 
came  to  manhood  that  his  father,  a  captain  in  the  British  navy,  found  liin) 
after  many  years  of  search.  Mr.  Stephen  is  a  self-educated  man,  and,  despite 
his  sad  isolation,  is  a  well-read  man.  He  is  engaged  on  a  book  which  will 
tell  the  story  cf  his  strange  life.  He  is  an  authority  en  the  history'  and  people 
of  Nauru,  and  speaks  the  language  -luently.  For  many  years  he  was  a  trader, 
hnt  is  now  living  retired.  Nauru  is  certainly  a  valuable  island  ;  Imt  the 
generally-accepted  estimates  of  its  value  are  absurd  and  fanciful.  A  it^\  facts 
\\all  contradict  some  errors  extant.  The  quality  of  the  phosphate  is  not  of 
quite  the  same  high  grade  as  that  of  Ocean  Island,  the  quantitj-  is  not  in- 
exhaustible, or  worth  untold  millions,  and  there  is  not  room  on  the  island  for 
half-a-dozen  companies.  An  insuperable  difficulty  to  even  one  more  company 
would  be  the  impossibility  of  securing  a  safe  mooring  area  in  the  uncertain 
sea  which  surrounds  Nauru.  The  island,  if  of  limited  value,  is  nevertheless 
of  great  use  to  the  world,  and  this  use  could  not  be  more  fairh-,  more  freelv 
distributed  to  the  world  than  under  the  progressive  advantages  of  British 
administration  ;  and  no  countr}'  will  benefit  by  British  ad'.ninistration  in 
the  Pacific  more  than  Australia,  ^^'hen  Australian  administration  can  be 
made  progressive  and  safe,  then  will  it  Ije  the  time  for  Australia  to  assume 
the  responsibilities  to  which  by  every  law  of  close  relationship  she  is  most 
naturallv   entitled  to  undertake." 


154  STEWART  S   HAND   ROOK 


SOCIETY  ISLANDS. 

(FRlvNCH.) 

THK  Society  Islands,  eleven  in  number,  lie  between  the  parallels  of  10 
and  18  south  latitude  and  the  meridians  of  148  and  154  west,  and  were 
so  called  in  honour  of  the  Royal  Society,  by  which  learned  body  a 
British  scientific  mission  was  sent  out  under  the  command  of  Captain  Cook  to 
observe  the  transit  of  Venus  over  the  sun's  disc  in  the  year  1769  at  the  island 
of  Tahiti,  or  Otaheite,  as  it  was  formerly  styled.  The  islands,  which  are 
divided  by  a  wide  channel  into  two  groups — the  Leeward  and  the  Windward 
— were  first  reported  as  a  discovery  by  Wallis  in  1767.  There  can,  however, 
be  no  doubt  that  they  had  been  visited  by  Spaniards  before  that  time. 
The  statement  so  often  made  that  they  were  seen  by  Oueircs  (or  Quiros) 
in  1606  is  certainly  incorrect.  Oueiros  passed  through  the  Tuamotu  group 
iiOO  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Tahiti,  and  a  misreading  of  an  entry  in  his  log 
caused  it  to  be  said  that  he  had  seen  Tahiti.  The  group  is  among  the  most 
beautiful  and  picturesque  in  the  world,  and  was  one  of  the  earliest  posts  of 
the  London  Missionary  Society,  who  began  work  there  in  1796. 

Tahiti  is  by  far  the  most  considerable  island,  its  circumference  being 
variously  estimated  at  from  110  to  130  miles.  It  has  a  population  of  some 
thing  like  11,000,  of  whom  about  a  tenth  are  French,  British,  and  other 
Europeans  ;  there  are  also  a  number  of  Chinese.  It  is  formed  by  two  distinct 
mountains  of  great  elevation,  which  are  connected  by  a  long  narrow  isthmus  of 
about  three  miles  in  width.  Consisting  as  it  does  of  volcanic  ridges,  of  in- 
exhaustible fertility,  and  valleys  watered  by  abundant  streams,  this  island  is 
of  much  commercial  value,  its  delightful  climate  bringing  to  maturity  all 
the  products  of  the  tropics,  which  are  nowhere  to  be  found  in  greater  fulness 
and  perfection.  Every  traveller  has  extolled  the  beauty  of  Tahiti  and  the 
title  "  Paradise  of  the  Pacific  is  well  bestowed.  Captain  Cook  speaks  thus 
of  it  :  "  Perhaps  there  is  scarcely  a  spot  in  the  universe  that  affords  a  more 
luxuriant  prospect  than  the  south-east  part  of  Otaheite.  The  hills  are  high 
and  steep,  and  in  many  places  craggy  ;  but  they  are  covered  to  the  very  summit 
with  trees  and  shrubs,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  spectator  can  scarcely  help 
thinking  that  the  very  rocks  possess  the  property  of  producing  and  supporting 
their  verdant  clothing.  The  flat  land  which  bounds  those  hills  towards  the 
sea,  and  the  interjacent  valleys  also  teem  with  various  productions,  which 
grow  with  the  most  exuberant  vigour,  and  at  once  fill  the  mind  of  the  beholder 
v>4th  the  idea  that  no  place  upon  earth  can  outdo  this  in  the  strength  and 
beauty  of  vegetation. 

The  natives  are  a  fine  and  handsome  people  but  civilisation  and  liquor 
have  sadly  deteriorated  the  race,  "  surpassing  all  others  in  physical  beauty, 
that  excited  Cook  s  admiration.     Of  late  years  the  population  has  been  station- 
ary,  neither  increasing  nor  decreasing.     A  number  of  Tahitians  served   at 
the  front  with  the  French  colonial  contingents. 


Sydney    Warehouse  J^s.  Brisbane   Warehouse 

188-190  MiK  99-101 

Sussex  Street.      / ll|(»#     Elizabeth  Street. 


Rejiistei-ed  owners  .if  \;^^r  Hnyuirios    Solicitcil. 

The  Bull's  Headiind  H.C.  \      X  Prompt     attention     to 

Trade  iMarks.  ^^  TeleKrams. 

HOOKER,  GHAPMAN  &  GO. 


MANLFACTURKUS    Ol 


Canvas  Goods,  Bedding,  Tarpaulins,  Wicker  Furniture 

Cattle  Rugs,  Teats,  Verandah  Blinds,  Canvas  Water 
Bags,  Butter  Coolers  and  Filters,  Oilskins,  Portable 
Camp  Beds,  Kapok  Quilts,  Buggy  Aprons,  Cushions, 
Hammocks.  Importers  of  Piece  Goods— such  as  - 
Calico,   Duck,    Canvas,    Manilla   Rope,    Halters,    i&c. 

CATALOGUES,   PRICE   LISTS  AND   ESTIMATES    ON   REQUEST. 

the:    rrRA.DE:    ont^^v    sue>pc>ie:o. 


WHITE  ANTS 

NEVER   EAT    TIMBER    TREATED    WITH 

BAINO 


fs  e:  G I  s  rx>  e:  ft  e:  r» 

House  owners  demand  it  PRICES  : 

fo  b,  Sydney 
Architects  recommend  it 

8  Gall.  Case    »    £2  10    0 

First-class  Builders  use  it  4      .,      Tin      -    £1    5    6 

BAIN'S   WHITE    ANT    EXTERMINATOR  CO.,  LTD. 
MUTUAL  LIFE  BUILDING,  MARTIN  PLACE,  SYDNEY 


BANKERS  ;  C<\BLE   ADD  :  TELEPHONE  ESTABLISHED 

Bank  of  N.S.W.     "  PIGS  "   SyoNEr.  City  779 

SYDNEY.  ALL  Codes   Used  F.     7143  30  YEARS. 

_aj^_PIGGOT^ 

FRUIT  AND   PRODUCE   MERCHANT, 
Fruit  Exchange,  Bathurst  St,  Sydney. 

Exporters  to  all  parts  of  the  world  of  ail 
Australian  Products.  Importers  and  Ex- 
porters of  all  kinds  of  Island  Produce. 
Copra,  Shell  etc.,  etc.  We  have  represented 
the  leading  producers  and  shippers  for  over 
25  years.  Highest  prices  and  immediate 
returns.  Liberal  advances  made  against 
shipments  directed   to  our  care 

REFERRNCES  :— Bank  of  New  South  Wales,  Sydney.    Bank  of  New  South  Wales,  London. 
Standard  Hank  of  South  Africa  Ltd.,  New  York.        Bank  of  California  National  Asstn. 
San   Fmnciscd.    And  Cliiimhers  of  Commerce  in  all  Principal  Citie.s  in  the  World. 

We   Invite    Correspondence   In   All   Lines. 


ECKERSLEY  &  SONS 

Ra^y^son    Chambers, 

Pitt    Street,  SYDNEY. 


MANUFACTURERS    OF 
Aerated  Water  Machinery  of  all  descriptions, 

Soda  Fountains,  &c.      Hotel  Dispenser  Apparatus, 
Essences,    Colorings,    Cordials,    Accessories. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI,AXr!S  137 

Papeete,  the  capital  (with  a  population  of  about  3,600),  is  a  gay  little  city 
and  the  emporium  of  trade  of  the  Eastern  Pacific,  and  is  in  communication 
with  Auckland  and  San  Francisco  by  means  of  steamers  sailing  every  few 
weeks.  The  town  was  bombarded  in  September,  1914,  by  the  German  cruisers 
"  Scharnhorst "  and  "  Gneisenau,"  and  considerable  damage  was  done. 
The  French  gunboat  "  Zelee  "  and  the  steamer  "  Walkure  "  which  were  in  the 
harbour  at  the  time,  were  sunk. 

The  other  Windward  Islands  are  Mehetia,  an  extinct  volcano,  which  forms 
the  eastern  limit  of  the  group,  and  Moorea,  also  volcanic,  but  of  larger  size 
and  very  fertile,  the  population  of  the  latter  being  1,500.    . 

The  principal  I^eeward  Islands,  whose  population  totals  about  (5,000, 
are  Huahine,  Raiatea,  and  Borabora,  all  mountainous  and  rugged.  The 
first  named  has  a  capital  harbour.  Raiatea  rises  to  a  height  of  3,385  feet, 
and  is  well  watered  and  exceedingly  fertile,  while  Borabora  also  has  a  fine 
harbour,  and  its  shapely  cone,  though  only  2,380  feet  high,  renders  it  a  striking 
object  from  the  sea. 

The  climate  is  pleasant  and  agreeable.  Though  situated  so  far  within  the 
tropics  the  thermometer  in  summer  ranges  between  75  and  85  degrees,  seldom 
exceeding  the  latter  temperature,  as  the  trade  winds  from  the  surrounding 
ocean  moderate  the  heat. 

There  are  two  cocoanut  plantations  of  about  14,000  trees  each  and  many 
smaller  ones.  Two  sugar-mills  each  provide  irom  200  to  300  tons  of  sugar 
per  annum,  not  quite  enough  to  supply  the  local  demand.  There  are  hundreds 
of  vanilla  plantations,  almost  all  in  the  hands  oi  natives,  and  in  this  connection 
it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  Tahiti  produ'x---  nearly  half  of  all  the  vanilla 
grown  in  the  world,  though  it  is  not  of  .so  v,ilii:i  I  It-  a  quality  as  that  of  Reunion, 
Seychelles,  or  Riexico. 

Tahiti  and  the  other  islands  under  the  ;  .encl>  flag,  of  which  it  is  the 
centre,  are  steadily  prospering,  as  is  pro\c'cl  l,>\  the  increase  in  the  imports 
and  exports  wliich  for  the  years  mentioned  li;ive  been  as  follows,  the  figures 
Tepresentin;j  francs  : — 

Inniorts  Kxports 

1907  3,331,000  6,961,000 

1908  3,868,000  7,013,000 

1909  4,613,000  9,664,000 

1910  5,659.000  11,690,000 
1916                         7,121,348  10,481,651 

Apart  from  oranges  and  cocoanuts,  of  \vh)>  ii  lurge  quantities  are  shipped, 
the  principal  products  are  copra,  mother-of-pearl  shell,  vanilla,  beche-dt-mer, 
cotton,  fungus,  and  phosphates. 


Governor,  Monsieur  G.  Julien. 

Consuls:  British,  H.  A.  Richards;  American,  J.  A.  l,ayton  ;  Swedi.sh, 
L.  Sigogue  ;  Nor»vegian,  L.  Brault  ;  Chilian,  E.  Touze. 

Principal  Hu.siness  Firms:  S.  R.  Maxwell  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  Auckland, 
A,  B.  Donald,  Ltd.,  of  Auckland,  Compngnie  Navale  de  I'Oceanie,  of  Paris, 
Comptoir  Francaise,  of  Paris,  Raoulx  et  Fils  et  Cie;  also  the  Compagnie 
Francaise  des  Phosphates  de  I'Oceanie,  of  Pans,  who  work  the  deposits  of 
phosphate  rock  on  Makatea  Island,  and  who  have  an  ofHce  at  Papeete.  The 
last-named  firm  also  carries  stocks  of  Australian  coal  for  bunkering  vessels. 


158  stkwakt's  iiaxi)  hook 


LOW  ARCHIPELAGO,  or  TUAMOTU  GROUP, 
and  the  GAMBIER  ISLANDS. 

(FRKNCH.) 

IN  no  part  of  the  Pacific  are  atolls  so  thickly  congregated,  in  none  are  they 
so  varied  in  size  from  the  greatest  to  the  least,  and  in  none  is  navigation 
so  beset  with  perils  as  in  the  Tuaniotus.  This  name  is  commonly  spelt 
differently  ;  it  is  correct  as  we  have  given  it.  The  name  by  which  the  group 
was  originally  known  to  the  Tahitians  was  Poumotu,  literally  "  pillar  islands," 
from  the  fact  that  to  the  native  mind  they  appeared  as  pillars  rising  almost 
perpendicularly  from  the  depths  of  the  ocean.  The  word  was  mispronouncetl 
by  Europeans  as  Paumotu,  which  means  "  conquered  "  cr  "  destroyed  '" 
islands,  in  consequence  of  which  a  deputation  of  the  natives  in  1851  requested 
the  French  authorities  at  Tahiti  to  change  the  name  to  Tuamotu,  literally 
■'  islands  out  of  view,  below  the  horizon,  or  distant  islands,"  which  request 
was  acceded  to,  and  therefore  Tuamotu  has  been  the  official  designation  since 
1852,  and  it  is  that  by  which  the  group  is  universally  known  in  P^aster'ii 
Polynesia.  This  extraordinary  collection  of  islands,  called  the  "  Low  (or 
Dangerous)  Archipelago,"  extends  over  16  degrees  of  longitude,  and  consists 
of  four  groups,  containing  altogether  78  atolls,  without  taking  into  considera- 
tion the  detached  Lslands  to  the  south-east.  They  are  all  of  them  of  similar 
character,  and  exliibit  very  great  sameness  in  their  features.  When  they  are 
seen  at  a  distance,  which  cannot  be  great  on  account  of  their  lowness,  the 
aspect  is  one  of  surpassing  beauty,  if  the  dry  part  of  the  island,  or  belt,  is 
sufficiently  covered  v/ith  trees  ;  but  much  of  this  beauty  is  dispelled  on  a  nearer 
approach,  as  the  vegetation  is  usually  found  to  be  scanty  and  wiry.  The 
archipelago,  like  the  adjoining  groups  of  the  Marquesas  and  Society  Islands, 
is  under  I'rench  control.  The  population  is  about  3,850,  of  whom  about 
30  are  Europeans. 

The  isles  are  of  that  peculiar  form  of  \yhich  the  origin  has  so  long  been  an 
enigma  to  geologists — that  is  to  say,  they  consist  of  coral  belts,  frequently 
not  more  than  a  mile  wide,  or  even  less,  of  a  circular,  oval,  or  sometimes 
triangular  form,  enclosing  in  the  majority  of  cases  a  central  lagoon,  with  an 
entrance  on  the  side  opposite  to  the  direction  of  the  prevailing  trade  wind. 
These  passages  are  in  some  instances  navigable  for  vessels  of  large  tonnage  ; 
in  others  they  consist  of  a  mere  depression  in  the  .surface  of  the  reef  sufficient 
to  enable  the  natives  to  paddle  their  fishing  canoes  in  and  out  of  the  lagoon  at 
high  tide. 

"  The  lagoons  themselves  are  generally  shallow,  though  in  some  places  : 
they  exhibit  vast  hollows  with  an  apparent  depth  cf  50  or  more  fathoms. 
Their  appearance  is  most  extraordinary  and  beautiful  ;  the  water,  from  the 
absence  of  the  debris  of  streams  or  of  any  kind  of  alluvium  (from  the  fact  of 
the  land  being  entirely  composed  qf  coral  rock  and  gravel),  exhibits  so  sur- 
prising a  transparency  that  an  object  of  the  size  of  a  man's  hand  ma}'  m  calm 


OF  THE  lACIFIC  ISL.ANDS  150 

weather  be  distinctly  seen  at  a  depth  of  10  fathoms.  The  aspect  of  the  bottom 
is  that  of  a  wilderness  of  marine  vegetation  of  the  most  wonderful  forms,  and 
gorgeous  colours,  seeming  in  some  places  to  be  spread  over  the  surface  of 
sloping  hills,  in  otliers  to  be  growing  out  from  the  sides  of  tall  pillars  or  towers, 
pierced  with  vast  caves,  in  which  the  refracted  beams  of  the  sunshine  cause 
the  water  to  glow  with  the  colours  of  the  opal,  and  the  innumerable  species  of 
zoophytes  clinging  to  the  rocks  to  glisten  like  gems,  while  between  the  huge 
caverned  masses  are  wide  spaces  floored  with  sand,  perfectly  level,  and  white 
as  snow,  upon  which  the  great  green  mounds,  covered  with  coral  trees,  throw 
fantastic  shadows,  so  that  in  leaning  over  the  side  of  a  canoe  and  contemplating 
these  so  remarkable  appearances  one  cannot  escape  being  reminded  of  the 
fabled  grove  of  Aladdin."  Amongst  all  this  are  to  be  seen  great  multitudes 
of  fishes,  of  the  most  extraordinary  shape  and  hues,  gold  and  purple,  and 
violet  and  scarlet,  jet  black,  mottled,  and  every  shade  of  green.  In  some 
of  the  enclosed  lagoons  all  the  fish  at  times  are  poisonous,  the  reason  for  which 
is  unknown.* 

Of  all  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific,  with  the  exception  of  San  Pablo 
of  Magalhaens  (no  douVjt  the  same  to  which  Cook  gave  the  name  of  "  Palmers- 
ton  "),  the  Tuamotus  was  first  known  to  European  navigators.  The  earliest 
discovered  was  San  Miguel  Archangel,  seen  by  Quiros  in  1 606.  Others  were 
visited  by  Le  Maire,  Schouten  and  Roggewein.  Attention  was  first  attracted 
to  the  pearl  deposits  by  the  shell  which  was  obtained  from  thence  by  the 
natives  of  Tahiti  and  used  by  them  for  all  manner  cf  domestic  purposes. 
The  trade  in  pearlshell  of  the  group  is  more  than  a  hundred  years  old,  for, 
when  the  brig  "  Favourite,"  of  Port  Jackson,  rescued  Mariner  at  Tonga,  in 
1810,  she  had  on  board  a  part  cargo  of  pearLshell  which  had  been  procured 
in  the  Low  Archipelago.  The  pearlshell  fishery  has  been  for  years  past  con- 
trolled by  legislation,  certain  banks  being  opened  each  year,  and  only  for 
four  to  six  months  in  each  year,  the  object  lieing  to  i^ive  each  area  not  less  than 
two  years"  rest.  Supervision  is  also  exercised  by  the  Government  to  prevent 
the  fishing  of  small  shell  and  to  ensure  the  meat  of  the  oyster  being  thrown 
overboard  into  -deep  water,  so  that  the  ova  may  not  be  destroyed.  The  500 
or  600  tons  of  shell  raised  each  diving  season  probably  does  not  represent 

*  l"<ven  in  the  lagoon,  where  certain  shell-fish  seem  to  sicken,  others  it  is 
notorious,  prosper  exceedingly,  and  make  the  riches  of  these  islands.  Irishes, 
too,  abound  ;  the  lagoon  is  a  closed  fish-pond,  such  as  might  rejoice  the  fancy 
of  an  abbot  ;  sharks  swarm  there,  isnd  chiefly  round  the  passages  to  feast  upon 
this  plenty,  and  you  would  suppose  that  man  b.ad  only  to  prepare  his  angle. 
Alas  !  it  is  not  so.  Of  these  painted  fish  that  come  in  hordes  anmud  one's 
boat,  some  bear  poisonous  spines,  and  others  are  poisonous  if  eaten.  The 
stranger  must  refrain,  or  take  his  chance  of  painful  and  dangerous  sickness. 
The  native  on  his  own  isle  is  a  safe  guide  ;  transplant  him  to  the  next  and  he 
is  as  helpless  as  yourself.  I'^or  it  is  a  question  both  of  time  and  place.  A 
fish  caught  in  a  lagoon  may  be  deadly  ;  the  same  fish  caught  the  same  day  at 
sea,  and  only  a  few  hundred  yards  without  the  passage,  will  be  wholesome 
eating  ;  in  a  neighbouring  i.sle  perhaps  the  case  will  be  reversed  ;  and  perhaps 
a  fortnight  later  you  will  be  able  to  eat  them  indifferently  from  within  or 
without.  According  to  the  natives  these  bewildering  vicissitudes  are  ruled 
by  the  movement  of  the  heavenly  bodies.  .  .  .  White  men  explain  these 
changes  by  the  pha.ses  of  the  coral. 


160  STEWART'S  HAND  BOOK 

half  the  existing  shell,  so  there  is  not  the  slightest  fear  of  the  banks  being 
exhausted  ;  in  fact,  if  the  Government  did  not  restrict  the  diving  operations 
to  a  few  months  per  year  more  than  a  thousand  tons  could  easily  be  fished 
in  twelve  months,  which  would,  however,  have  the  effect  of  glutting  the  Lon- 
don market  for  "black-edged  Tahiti"  shells.  London,  by  the  way,  is  the 
market  to  which  all  the  Tuamotu  shell  is  sent  and  it  is  sold  there  at  the  regular 
auction  sales  held  every  month  throughout  the  year. 

The  islands  of  this  group  are  usually  not  more  than  30  feet  above  the  level 
of  high  water — frequently  much  less, — covered  with  a  vegetation,  stunted  and 
wiry,  consisting  chiefly  of  pandanus  (screw  palm),  with  patches  of  cocoanut. 
The  majority  of  the  islands  are  as  yet  incapable  of  any  cultivation,  except 
chiefly  for  the  growth  of  the  cocoanut,  consisting  as  they  do  almost  entirely 
of  coral  gravel,  with  very  little  soil.* 

The  Tuamotu  group  is  administered  from  Tahiti.  The  administrator 
visits  the  islands  at  intervals  in  an  auxiliary  schooner  owned  by  the  Govern- 
ment. The  local  affairs  at  each  island  are  controlled  by  a  chief  and  a  district 
council. 

The  Tuamotuan  race  seems  in  a  fair  way  to  survive,  the  births  for  some 
years  past  having  exceeded  the  deaths  ;  the  most  recent  figures  available 
giving  for  fifteen  of  the  islands  for  one  year  the  compensable-ratio  of  fifty 
births  to  thirtv-two  deaths.     Long  habits  of  hardship  and  activity  doubtless 

• ; [ 

*  "  The  atoll  is  an  uncomfortable  home.  There  are  some,  and  these 
probably  ancient,  where  a  deep  soil  has  formed,  and  the  most  valuable  fruit 
trees  prosper.  I  have  walked  in  one  with  equal  admiration  and  surprise 
through  a  forest  of  huge  breadfruits,  eating  bananas  and  stumbling  among 
taro  as  I  went.  This  was  the  atoll  of  Namorik,  in  the  Marshall  group,  and 
stands  alone  in  my  experience.  To  give  the  opposite  extreme,  which  is 
yet  for  more  near  the  average,  I  will  describe  the  soil  and  productions  of 
Fakarava.  The  surface  of  that  narrow  strip  is  for  the  most  part  of  broken 
coral  limestone,  like  volcanic  clinkers,  and  excruciating  to  the  naked  foot  ; 
in  some  atolls  T  believe,  not  in  Fakarava,  it  gives  a  fine  metallic  ring  when 
struck.  Here  and  there  you  come  upon  a  bank  of  sand,  exceedingly  fine  and 
white,  and  these  parts  are  the  least  productive.  The  plants  (s'.ich  as  they 
are)  spring  from  and  love  the  broken  coral,  whence  they  grow  with  that  won- 
derful verdancy  that  makes  the  beauty  of  the  atoll  from  the  sea.  The  cocoa- 
palm  in  particular  luxuriates  in  that  stern  '  solum,'  striking  down  his  roots  to 
the  brackish,  percolated  water,  and  bearing  his  green  head  in  the  wind  with 
every  evidence  of  health  and  plea.sure.  The  pandanus  comes  next  in  import- 
ance, being  also  a  food  tree,  and  he,  too,  does  bravely.  A  green  bush  called 
•  miki '  runs  everywhere  ;  occasionally  a  purao  is  seen  ;  and  there  are  several 
useless  weeds.  According  to  M.  Cuzent,  the  whole  number  of  plants  on  an 
atoll  such  as  Fakarava  will  scarce  exceed,  even  if  it  reaches  to,  one  score. 
Not  a  blade  of  grass  appears  ;  not  a  grain  of  humus,  save  when  a  sack  or  two 
has  been  imported  to  make  the  semblance  of  a  garden  ;  such  gardens  as  bloom 
in  cities  on  the  window-sill.  .  .  .  The  land  crab  may  be  seen  scuttling 
to  his  hole,  and  at  night  the  rats  besiege  the  houses  and  the  artificial  gardens. 
The  crab  is  good  eating  ;  possibly  so  is  the  rat  ;  I  have  not  tried.  Pandanus 
fruit  is  niade,  in  the  (Gilberts,  into  an  agreeable  sweetmeat,  such  as  a  man  niay 
trifle  with  at  the  end  of  a  long  dinner  ;  for  a  substantial  meal  I  have  no  use 
for  it.  The  rest  of  the  food  supph',  in  a  destitute  atoll  such  as  Fakarava,  can 
be  summed  up  in  the  favourite  jest  of  the  Archipelago — cocoanut  beef.steak, 
cocoanut  green,  cocoanut  ripe,  cocoanut  germinated  ;  cocoanut  to  eat  and 
cocoanut  to  drink  ;  cocoanut  raw  and  cooked  ;  cocoanut  hot  and  cold — such 
is  the  bill  of  fare." — Steven.-.on. 


OK  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  J61 

explain  tlie  contrast  with  the  figures  of  the  adjoining  Marquesas  group.  The 
Tuaniotuan  besides  displays  a  certain  concern  of  health  and  the  rudiments 
of  a  sanitary  discipline. 

The  archipelago  is  divided  between  two  main  religions,  Catholic  and 
Mormon.  The  natives  prepare  considerable  quantities  of  copra,  the  only 
other  article  of  export  being  pearlshell. 

Makatea  Island,  120  miles  north-east  from  Tahiti,  which  is  of  upheaved 
coral  formation  350  feet  in  height,  contains  some  immense  deposits  of  phos- 
phate rock,  and  is  now  being  worked  by  a  conipan}^  registered  in  Paris  called 
the  Compaguie  Francaise  des  Phosphates  de  1' Oceanic,  the  shareholders  of 
which  are  French  and  British.  Already  many  thousand  tons  have  been 
exported  and  several  hundred  workmen  are  employed.  The  quality  is  high 
grade,  from  83  per  cent,  to  85  per  cent,  of  tricalcie  phosphate  of  lime.  The 
development  of  this  industry  has  benefited  Tahiti  and  will  continue  to  do  so 
in  view  of  the  mone)'  spent  in  paying  wages  and  salaries  and  purchasing 
supplies. 

Gambier  Islands  *  or  IMangareva,  literally  '"  a  branch  removed  from  its 
parent  stock"  now  produces  but  little  pearlshell.  The  inhabitants  are  poor 
and  decadent,  diseases  introduced  by  the  white  man  and  insanitary'  modes 
of  living  have  reduced  their  vitality.  Hardly  a  tree  but  the  cocoanut  is  to 
be  seen,  and  that  furnishes  the  main  food  of  the  inhabitants.  The  group 
only  contains  some  40,000  acres.  A  party  of  Mormons  first  attempted  the 
civilisation  of  the  people.  They  were  driven  ofi  by  some  French  Catholic 
missionaries,  who  arrived  in  1834.  Possession  was  taken  by  France  in  1843. 
The  Gambier  Group  consists  of  ten  islands,  only  four  of  -which  are  inhabited 
— Mangareva,  Taravai,  Akamaru  and  Aukena.  Rikitea,  on  the  island  of 
Mangareva,  is  the  principal  port  and  the  residence  of  the  gendarme,  who  looks 
after  the  administration  of  the  group  ;  but  in  the  highest  matters  which  may 
arise  for  consideration,  the  Government  at  Papeete  has  jurisdiction.  The 
islands  have  the  appearance  of  the  tops  of  submerged  mountains.  Those  of 
the  island  of  Mangareva  have  considerable  height.  The  tops  of  some  of  them 
are  pyramidal  in  shape,  of  the  same  contour  as  that  of  the  Matterhorn.  On 
one  side,  that  towards  the  sea,  the  declivities  are  sharp  and  nearly  perpen- 
dicular. They  are  barren  and  rocky  and  without  trees.  All  the  islands  are 
surrounded  by  reefs,  and  it  requires  delicate  navigation  and  a  good  light  to 
enter  that  of  Rikitea.  Rikitea  is  a  pretty  village,  extending  about  a  mile 
along  the  shore,  a  beautifully  shaded  street,  lined  mostly  \\^th  bread  fruit 
trees  upon  which  the  inhabitants  depend  for  food.  Mixed  with  them  are  large 
orange  trees,  and  some  coffee,  and^rising  high  above  these  are  cocoanut  trees 
with  their  broad  spreading  feathery  palms.  On  a  slight  elevation  at  one  end 
of  the  street  is  the  large  Catholic  church  with  its  two  square  towers.  Some 
members  of  an  exploring  expedition  in  1905  gave  a  glowing  description, 
telling  of  golden  candlesticks  and  altar  and  reading  desk  as  composed  most 
entirely  of  pearls  of  great  value.     There  is  a  fine  display  of  pearl  ornamenta- 


*  Captain  Wilson,,  the  discoverer  of  the  interesting  Pelew  Islanders,  and 
who  brought  one  of  them,  Prince  Lee  Boo,  to  London,  was  the  first  to  observe 
'these  islands,  which  he  named  Gambier,  after  the  patron  of  Ihe  South  Sea 
Mission,  with  which  he  was  connected  in  1797. 

!•■ 


162  >TK\VART'S  H^NH   li.-OK 

tion,  such  as  roses  and  leaves  made  out  of  shell,  but  no  gems  of  value  are 
scattered  about.  vSuch  may  have  been  donated  to  the  church,  but  they  are 
doubtless  kept  in  a  safe  place  when  not  sold  to  defray  the  expenses  of  the 
church.  On  the  hill  near  by  is  the  remains  of  a  convent,  which  in  the  time  of 
the  great  Catholic  missionary  prosperity  had  native  nuns,  and  in  a  near  by 
island  was  a  monastery  for  the  men.  At  that  time  there  were  a  large  number 
of  inhabitants  compared  with  those  of  to-day,  there  now  being  only  a  few 
hundred.  Many  have  died  of  tuberculosis,  and  these  who  remain  are  thin 
and  sickly  in  appearance  and  have  not  that  smiling  jolly  look  characteristic 
of  most  of  the  inhabitants  of  Polynesia.  The  slopes  which  back  the  town 
are  covered  with  a  thin  reed-like  grass,  whose  stalk  is  thicker  than  that  of 
ordinary  straw.  It  is  gathered  and  dried,  and  cut  in  lengths  of  about  two 
feet  and  tied  in  bundles  and  sent  to  the  other  islands,  the  natives  using  it 
to  make  fine  hats  and  fans.  The  pearl  fishing  has  gone  down  of  late  years. 
Few  cocoanuts  are  grown,  and  consequently  the  resources  of  these  islands 
are  very  limited. 


MERCHANTS, 


ATTENTION! 


MAJOR  BROS.  i&  Co. 

EXCHANGE  CORNER,  SYDNEY. 

Manufacturers  of  IPA.IN'TS  of  every  description  for 
LAND  or  SEA. 

Factories:  -SNAILS  BAY  and  JOHNSTONES  BAY,  N.S.W. 

Cable:    "  CASTLESMAN  SYDNEY" 

CONTRACTORS  TO  NAVY  AND  GOVERNMENT  DEPARTMENTS 
THROUGHOUT  AUSTRALASIA. 

WE    PURCHASE     ALL    CLASSES    OF    WHITE    AND   COLOURED 

EARTHS. 


OF  TKE  PACIFIC  I5I.AN7?S  16:5 


TUBUAI,  or  AUSTRAL  ISLANDS  and  RAPA. 

(FRENCH.) 

THESE  islands  lie  southward  of  the  Society  Islands  and  L,ow  Archipe- 
ago,  and  are  seldom  visited,  even  by  the  French  to  whom  they  have 
belonged  since  1881.  Raivavae,  the  easternmost  island  is  10  miles 
long,  surrounded  by  a  reef  extending  nearly  one  mile  from  the  land,  covered 
on  its  southern  and  eastern  parts  with  wooded  islets.  Tubuai,  the  next 
island  westward,  is  about  five  miles  in  extent  and  very  fertile.  The  other 
islands  are  Rurutu  and  Rimitara.  The  climate  is  very  healthy.  The  popu- 
lation does  not  exceed  1,000  ;  it  was  at  one  time  much  larger,  but  of  late  has 
apparently  been  stationary.  The  natives  export  copra,  sponges  and  arrow- 
root, and  supplies  of  pigs,  fowls,  vegetables,  and  fruit  may  be  obtained  in 
limited  quantities  by  voyagers.  Beautiful  in  appearance  these  islands  are 
less  fertile  than  the  Tahitian  group,  while  the  sombre  foliage  of  the  iron-wood 
trees  contrasts  with  the  livelier  vegetation  elsewhere. 

Rapa,  or  Oparo,  is  an  outlier  to  the  south-east — a  very  picturesque 
island,  some  20  miles  in  circumference,  wdth  remarkable  needle-like  peaks, 
2,000  feet  high.  Ahurei  harbour  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  island,  and  is  the 
site  of  the  chief  village  of  the  French  Residenc)^  There  is  another  fine 
harbour  on  the  south-west  side,  almost  landlocked.  Coal,  or  rather  lignite, 
exists.     There  is  only  a  small  population. 

Professor  Macmillan  Brown,  writing  in  the  Christchurch  Press  in  August, 
1917,  of  Rapa,  which  he  had  visited  a  few  months  before,  says  : — 

The  men  of  Rapa  are  born  sailors,  and  for  generations  have  manned  the 
schooners  and  steamers  of  French  Oceania.  The  whole  crew  of  the  little 
steamer  I  voyaged  on  consisted  of  Rapa  men.  And,  as  in  all  those  islands 
away  to  the  south,  the  males  greatly  outnumber  the  other  sex.  And  this  is 
a  provision  of  nature  much  needed  ;  for,  as  in  the  Marquesas  Islands,  there  is 
no  barrier  reef,  though  there  are  patches  of  coral  in  the  harbour  ;  and  to  catch 
the  fi.sh  which,  along  with  the  poi  or  taro-paste,  forms  the  staple  of  their  food, 
they  have  to  venture  out  in  the  long  whaleboats  that  have  replaced  their 
frail  canoes  into  seas  as  wild  as  those  around  the  coasts  of  New  Zealand.  It 
is  little  wonder  that  the  French  find  them  the  best  of  sailors.  It  is  farther 
south  than  Easter  island,  which,  like  it,  has  no  reef  ;  but  the  two  islands 
differ  in  formation — Easter  Island  has  no  harbour  and  practically  no  bays, 
whereas  Rapa  has,  besides  its  almost  land-locked  deep  fiord,  more  than  a 
dozen  deep  bays,  and  it  is  this  broken  coast  line  that  makes  sailors  ;  the  often 
placid  waters  of  their  bays  tempt  the  people  from  early  childhood  to  trust 
themselves  to  sailing  craft,  and  by  the  time  they  reach  manhood  fear  of  the 
sea,  even  in  its  moods,  has  passed  away.  Without  sheltered  inlets,  Easter 
Islanders  have  never  become  sailors,  although  their  ancestors  must  have 
reached  this  Pito  te  Henna  or  end  of  the  world,  as  they  call  it,  over  thousands 
of  miles  of  the  roughest  of  oceans.  Rapa  since  ever  it  was  discovered  by 
Vancouver  in  1791,  has  been  the  resort  of  whalers  and  trading  craft  to  fill  the 
gaps  in  the  crews.  But  the  mischief  was  that,  in  calling  here,  as  in  most  of 
the  other  islands  of  the  Pacific,  European  ships  left  the  seeds  of  epidemics 
that  swept  out  the  bulk  of  the  inhabitants.     Vancouver  estimated  the  number 


164  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

of  the  inhabitants  of  this  little  dot  on  the  map  at  1,500;  the  Tahitian  mis- 
sionary, Davies,  estimated  it  at  2,000  when,  in  1826,  he  brought  back  the  two 
Rapa  men  who  had  been  carried  off  to  Tahiti  on  a  luiropcan  ship,  and  there 
converted.  And  the  people  talked  of  a  time  when  every  bay  swarmed  with 
inhabitants,  and  had  to  fight  with  every  other  bay  for  the  sustenance  which 
was  too  scanty  for  their  thousands.  Unfortunately  the  schooner  that  left  the 
Rapa  converts  left  also  a  European  epidemic  which  reduced  their  numbers 
and  retarded  their  abandonment  of  tlieir  old  gods  ;  added  to  tliis  calamity, 
three  white  men  landed  afterwards  and  taught  them  how  to  distil  alcohol 
from  the  root  of  the  dracaena,  an  art  that  is  now  beginning  to  decimate  the 
Tuamotuans.  The  inhabitants  were  soon  reduced  to  a  thousand.  And  when 
Moerenhout  -arrived  in  18.34  there  were  only  three  hundred.  Diseases  from 
the  visits  of  whalers  and  the  operations  of  Peruvian  slavers  continued  to 
reduce  their  numbers.  In  the  nineties  they  were  only  three  hundred,  and  when 
the  last  census  was  taken  m  1911  they  were  183.  The  decay  has  evidently 
been  arrested,  and  to-day  there  are  220  with  large  numbers  of  their  men  away 
on  ships  all  over  the  Pacific  Ocean.  They  have  so  increased  that  they  are 
even  thinking  of  re-colonising  one  of  the  numerous  bays  that  have  been  .so 
long  without  an  inhabitant.  A  Tokclau  islander  who  had  been  kidnapped 
in  1870  by  a  French  cruiser  and  dumped  down  on  the  little  island  with  Rapa 
islanders,  who  had  also  been  kidnapped,  boasted  to  me  that  he  had  fifty-two 
children  and  grandchildren  ;  his  haunt  swarmed  w'ith  children,  as  the  old  man 
pointed  out  with  pride  ;  with  his  Tam  o'  Shanter  on  and  his  light  skin,  he 
reminded  me  of  many  an  old  fisherman  I  had  seen  in  the  Highlands  of  Scot- 
land. The  Rapa  people  are,  as  a  rule,  darker  than  the  Austral  Islanders, 
and  the  children,  who  were  in  shoals  everywhere,  had  more  negroid  faces 
than  any  I  have  seen  in  Polynesia,  but  many  of  the  men  and  women  evidently 
grow  out  of  this  negroidism  and  get  the  often-brown,  wavy  hair,  the  fine  faces, 
the  stalwart  forms,  and  the  stout  legs  of  the  true  Polynesian  ;  some  of  the 
women  I  saw  must  have  been  six-footers.  There  is  little  disease  amongst 
them,  and  I  anticipate  from  the  manifest  fertility  of  the  race  that  before  many 
generations  have  passed  every  valley  and  bay  will  have  its  village,  and  the 
little  island  will  again  have  its  thousands  of  inhabitants.  And  now  that  they 
are  all  devoted  to  their  new  religion  and  kept  in  peace  by  French  authority, 
the  disproportion  between  the  supplies  of  food  and  the  numbers  to  be  fed 
will  fail  to  lead,  as  it  did  before,  to  everlasting  war  between  the  valleys  for  the 
possession  of  available  land. ;  the  ancient  fort  that  crowns  every  pass  will  not 
be  needed  ;  in  fact,  the  demand  for  Rapa  sailors  will  always  keep  the  food 
find  the  population  abreast. 


OP  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  165 


THE    MARQUESAS    ISLANDS. 

U'K.KNCH.) 

THE  mountainous  INIarquesas  Islands  are  of  volcanic  origin,  and,  like 
all  of  the  volcanic  islands  of  the  Pacific,  are  extremely  picturesque 
and  fertile.  They  lie  north  of  the  Tuamotu  or  Low  Archipelago, 
and  about  900  miles  from  Tahiti,  and  consist  of  nine  chief  islands,  of  which 
seven  are  inhabited,  with  a  total  area  of  some  480  square  miles.  The  sove- 
reignty of  the  group  was  ceded  to  France  by  a  treaty  with  Admiral  Du 
Petit  Thouars  in  May,  1842,  and  a  military  colony  was  established  in  Tai- 
o-hae  Bay,  at  Nukahiva,  but  the  result  was  in  no  way  commensurate  with  the 
expense  of  the  establishment,  and  this,  after  the  experiment  had  lasted 
17  years,  was  abandoned  in  1859. 

In  their  general  appearance  and  the  outline  of  their  coasts  the  Marquesas 
resemble  the  Samoan  group.  The  interior  is  steep  and  hilly,  most  of  the 
islands  being  about  3,000  feet  in  height.  They  are  unlike  other  islands 
in  the  Pacific  in  that  their  coasts,  with  one  exception,  are  not  fringed  by  coral 
reefs.  The  climate  is  salubrious,  giving  rise  to  little  sickness,  either  amongst 
the  natives  or  strangers.  None  of  the  volcanoes  are  active,  but  there  are 
thermal  and  mineral  springs. 

The  port — the  mart,  the  civil  and  religious  capital — is  Tai-o-liae,  and 
lies  strung  along  the  beach  of  a  precipitous  green  bay  in  Nukahiva.  "  Along 
the  beach  the  town  shows  a  thin  pile  of  houses,  mostly  white,  and  all  en- 
sconced in  the  foliage  of  an  avenue  of  green  puraos  ;  a  pier  gives  access  from 
the  sea  across  the  belt  of  breakers  ;  to  the  eastward  there  stands,  on  a  pro- 
jecting bushy  hill,  the  old  port,  which  is  now  the  calaboose  or  prison  ;  eastward 
still,  alone  in  a  garden,  the  Residence  flies  the  colours  of  France."  The  white 
population  consists  of  a  handful  of  persons  of  varying  nationality,  mostly 
French   officials. 

The  island  of  Nukahiva,  famous  for  the  magnificent  cascades  which  pour 
over  its  sea-cliffs,  is  17  miles  long  from  east  to  west,  and  10  miles  broad, 
and  offers  great  resources  for  cultivation,  for  its  valleys  are  broad,  well  watered, 
and  pqssess  rich  soil.  It  has  been  frequently  vi.sited  and  described,  and 
its  inhabitants  are  perhaps  the  best  known  of  any  of  the  archipelago. 

Hiva-oa,  another  exceedingly  fertile  island,  is  about  21  miles  long  and 
seven  miles  in  its  average  breadth.  The  other  islands  are  of  but  small  com- 
mercial importance,  there  being  but  little  level  ground,  so  that  the  area  for 
cultivation  is  much  restricted. 

The  natives  are  said  to  surpass  all  other  vSouth  Sea  islanders  in  physical 
beauty  ;  the  men  are  well  proportioned  and  have  fine,  regular  features,  while 
many  of  the  women  are  fair  and  handsome.  But,  although  the  French  have 
long  since  put  an  end  to  civil  warfare  and  cannibalism,  the  ^Marquesans  are 
dying  off  with  appalling  rapidity,  European  vices  and  customs  having  done 


166  STKWAKr':^    HAND    POOK 

their  work.  In  1850  the  islands  were  estimated  to  contain  .")(»,()()()  inhabi- 
tants— now  their  are  less  than  '.i, ')()()  !  The  natives  behold  with  dismay  the 
approaching  extinction  of  their  race,  and  have  grown  so  despondent  that  they, 
never  an  industrious  race,  have  now  ceased  altogether  from  production. 

"  The  thought  of  death,"  wrote  Robert  Louis  Steven.son,  who  spent 
several  months  in  these  islands,  "  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  Marque.san. 
It  would  be  strange  if  it  were  otherwise.  The  race  is  perhaps  the  handsomest 
extant.  Six  feet  is  about  the  middle  height  of  males  ;  they  are  strongly 
nmscled,  free  from  fat,  swift  in  action,  graceful  in  repo.se  ;  and  the  women, 
though  fatter  and  duller,  are  still  comely  animals.  To  judge  by  the  eye, 
there  is  no  race  more  viable  ;  and  yet  death  reaps  them  with  both  hands. 
\\hen  Bishop  Dordillon  first  came  to  Tai-o-hae  he  reckoned  the  inhabitants  at 
many  thousands  ;  he  was  but  newly  dead,  and  in  the  same  bay  Stanislao 
Moanatini  counted  on  his  fingers  eight  residual  natives.  Or  take  the  valley 
of  Hapaa,  known  to  readers  of  '  Herman  Melville '  under  the  grotesque  mis- 
spelling of  '  Hapar.'  The  tribe  of  Hapaa  is  said  to  have  numbered  some  400, 
when  the  smallpox  came  and  reduced  them  by  one-fourth.  Six  months  later 
a  woman  developed  tubercular  consumption.  The  disease  spread  like  a  fire 
about  the  valley,  and  in  less  than  a  year  two  survivors,  a  man  and  a  woman, 
fled  from  this  new-created  solitude.  \Mien  I  first  heard  this  story  the  date 
staggered  me  ;  but  I  am  now  inclined  to  think  it  possible.  Early  in  the  )'ear 
of  my  visit,  for  example,  or  late  the  year  before,  a  first  case  of  phthisis  ap- 
peared in  a  household  of  17  persons,  and  by  the  month  of  August,  when  the 
tale  was  told  me,  one  soul  survived,  and  that  was  a  boy  who  had  been  absent 
at  his  schooling.  And  depopulation  works  both  waj's,  the  doors  of  death  being 
set  wide  open  and  the  door  of  birth  almost  closed.  Thus  in  the  half-year 
ending  1888  there  were  twelve  deaths  and  but  one  birth  in  the  district  of  the 
Hatiheu.  Seven  or  eight  ijiore  deaths  were  to  be  looked  for  in  the  ordinary 
course  ;  and  M.  Aussel,  the  observant  gendarme  knew  of  but  one  likely  birth. 
At  this  rate  it  is  no  matter  of  surprise  if  the  population  in  that  part  should 
have  declined  in  40  years  from  6,000  to  less  than  400,  which  are  the  estimated 
figures.  And  the  rate  of  decline  nnist  have  been  accelerated  towards  the  end." 
Opium;  bad  spirits,  and  disea.se  are  largely  responsible  for  the  decrease.  The 
use  of  opium,  which  was  introduced  by  Chinese  plantation  labourers  had  a 
very  injurious  effect  on  the  natives,  many  of  whom  became  opium  eaters, 
but  the  French  authorities  stopped  its  importation  some  15  years  ago. 
Leprosy,  also  introduced  by  the  Chinese,  is  widely  spread  throughout  the 
group. 

"  The  Marquesan,  among  the  most  l)ackward  and  barbarous  of  islanders, 
is  yet  the  most  commodiou.sly  lodged.  The  grass  huts  of  Hawaii,  the  birdcage 
houses  of  Tahiti,  or  the  open  shed  with  the  crazy  \'enetian  blinds  of  the  polite 
Samoan — none  of  these  can  be  compared  with  the  marquesan  paepae-hae 
or  dwelling  platform.  The  paepae  is  an  oblong  terrace,  built,  without  cement, 
of  black  volcanic  stone,  from  20  to  50  feet  in  length,  raised  from  4  to  8  feet 
from  the  earth,  and  accessible  by  a  broad  stair.  Along  the  back  of  this 
and  coming  to  about  half  its.  width  runs  the  open  front  of  the  house,  like  a 
covered  gallery  ;  the  interior  sometimes  neat  and  almost  elegant  in  its  bare- 
ness,  the  sleeping-place  divided  off  by   an   endlong   coaming  ;   some  bright 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  167 

raiiiieut  perhaps  hanging  from  a  nail,  and  a  lamp  and  a  sewing  machine, 
the  only  marks  of  civilisation.  On  the  outside,  at  one  end  of  the  terrace, 
burns  the  cooking-fire  under  a  shed  ;  at  the  other  there  is,  perhaps,  a  pen  of 
pigs  ;  the  remainder  is  the  evening  lounge  and  al  fresco  banquet-hall  of  the 
inhabitants.  To  some  houses  water  is  brought  down  the  mountain  in  bamboo 
pipes,  perforated  for  the  sake  of  s\veetness. 

"  The  great  majority  of  Polynesians  are  excellently  mannered  ;  but  the 
Marquesan  stands  apart,  annoying  and  attractive,  wild,  shy,  and  refined. 
If  you  make  him  a  present  he  affects  to  forget  it,  and  it  must  be  offered  to  him 
again  at  his  going  ;  a  pretty  formality  I  have  found  nowhere  else.  A  hint 
will  get  rid  of  any  one  or  any  number  ;  they  are  so  fiercelj'  proud  and  modest  ; 
while  many  of  the  more  lovable  but  blunter  islanders  crowd  upon  a  stranger, 
and  can  be  no  more  driven  off  than  flies.  A  slight  or  an  insult  the  Marquesan 
never  seems  to  forget.  .  .  .  With  people  so  nice  and  so  touchy  it  was 
scarce  to  be  supposed  that  our  company  of  greenhorns  should  not  blunder 
into  offences.  .  .  .  Hoka,  on  one  of  Ins  visits,  fell  suddenly  into  a  brood- 
ing silence,  and  presently  after  left  the  ship  with  cold  formality.  When  he 
took  me  back  into  favour,  he  adroitly  and  pointedly  explained  the  nature  of 
my  offence.  I  had  asked  him  to  sell  cocoanuts  ;  and  in  Hoka's  view  articles 
of  food  were  things  that  a  gentleman  should  give,  not  sell ;  or  at  least  that 
he  should  not  sell  to  any  friend. 

"  The  Marquesas  and  Society  Islands  being  the  most  easterly  grc  ups  of 
non-coralline  islands  in  the  Pacific,  it  is  interesting  to  note  the  extreme  po- 
verty of  their  animal  life.  Indigenous  terrestrial  mammals  are  quite  un- 
known ;  neither  are  there  any  snakes,  and  only  one  lizard.  Birds  are  much 
less  numerous  than  in  the  more  western  islands,  no  less  than  twenty-five 
genera  of  the  Fiji  and  Samoan  groups  being  wanting,  and  there  is  only  one  new 
form  to  supply  their  place — a  peculiar  fruit  pigeon,  which  inhabits  the  western 
part  of  Nukahiva.  Insects  also  are  extremely  scarce.  This  striking  di- 
minution of  the  forms  of  life  indicates  that  the  islands  must  have  been  peopled 
by  emigration  from  the  west,  and  do  not  contain  the  relics  of  an  ancient 
continental  fauna,  as  is  sometimes  supposed  ;  for  in  that  case  there  would  be 
no  reason  why  the  remainder  of  genera  and  species  of  birds,  reptiles,  and 
insects  should  regularly  decrease  from  west  to  east,  as  they  undoubtedly  do." 


168  JJTEWAR'l   b   HAND    BOOK 


NEW  GUINEA. 

PAPUA    OR  BRITISH  NEW  GUINEA,   DUTCH  NEW  GUINEA,    AND 

(LATE)  GERMAN   NEW   GUINEA  ARE  DEALT  WITH 

IN  SEPARATE   CHAPTERS. 

NE\\'  GUINEA  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world  excepting  Greenland, 
possessing  every  variety  of  climate,  rich  in  minerals,  and  capable  of 
supplying  all  tropical  products.  The  western  half  belongs  to  Holland, 
the  north-eastern  part  belonged  to  Germany,  but  is  now  occupied  by  the 
Australian  military  forces,  while  the  south-eastern  portion  forms  a  territory 
of  the  Australian  Commonwealth. 

Discovered  by  the  Portuguese  in  the  sixteenth  century,  it  was  nominally 
annexed  by  Torres  in  1606  as  a  Spanish  colony.  In  1793  the  Briti.sh  East 
India  Company  annexed  New  Guinea,  but  failed  to  effectively  occupy  the 
territory.  In  1828  the  Dutch  Government  officialh'  proclaimed  possession 
over  the  western  portion,  as  far  as  the  l-41st  meridian  of  east  longitude.  The 
remainder  of  the  island  remained  untouched,  except  for  various  exploring 
expeditions,  until  1883,  when  the  Qvieensland  Government  annexed  the  vacant 
territorv,  only  to  have  their  action  repudiated  by  the  Home  Government  of 
the  day,  who  scoffed  at  the  suggestion  that  Germany  or  any  other  power 
contemplated  the  acquirement  of  the  country.  A  united  and  vigorous 
protest  from  the  Australian  colonies,  however^  finally  induced  a  change  cf 
policy,  when,  18  months  later,  it  became  evident  that  Germany  really  had 
designs  upon  it.  About  the  end  of  1884  Germany  annexed  the  northern 
portion  of  the  then  unallotted  territorj- — and  in  due  course  also  the  islands 
known  as  the  Bismarck  Archipelago — and  Great  Britain  assumed  control  of 
the  remainder  (together  with  the  D'Entrecasteaux,  Trobriand,  Louisiade, 
and  other  islands)  under  a  guarantee  from  the  Australian  States  to  provide 
an  amount  sufficient  to  cover  its  cost  of  administration.  The  British  portion 
— Papua,  as  it  is  now  officially  designated — was  placed  under  Commonwealth 
control  on  September  1,  1906.. 

New  Guinea  is,  in  parts,  extremeh-  fertile,  and  affords  in  its  plains  and 
valleys  vinlimited  possibilities  for  development  of  tropical  agriculture,  and 
as  settlement  extends  so  ^vill  discoveries  of  its  mineral  deposits  be  made. 
The  territory  has  a  large  population.  There  are,  however,  large  tracts  that 
are  quite  uninhabited,  and  the  population  is  nowhere  dense.  The  natives 
are  intelligent,  though  indolent,  and,  like  most  native  races,  well  suited  to 
agriculture  and  kindred  pursuits.  Generally  speaking  they  are  small  framed 
and    active    and   hardy. 

There  is  no  dominant  language,  the  number  of  tongues  even  is  unknown, 
and  no  living  man  can  make  himself  understood  throughout  New  Guinea. 
The  extent  to  which  this  difference  of  language  exists  may  be  gathered  from 
the  statement    made  to  me  that   within  1.")  miles  from  Yule  Island,  in  Hall 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI.AXDP  169 

Sound,  six  languages  are  spoken,"  to  quote  from  a  report  from  Mr.  Atlee 
Hunt  .  "  These  are  not  merely  dialects  of  one  main  tongue,  but  entirely 
■different  languages,  having  perhaps  some  principles  of  construction  in 
common,  but  whose  words  vary  so  widely  that  it  is  impossible  for  a 
man  knowing  but  one  of  them  to  comprehend  what  is  said  to  him 
by  any  of  the  others.  .  .  .  There  is  no  general  organisation  of  the 
natives  into  tribes  owing-  allegiance  to  one  chief.  The  people  reside  in 
villages,  which  vary  in  size  from  a  collection  of  half  a  dozen  houses  to  a  fair- 
sized  township  with  over  1,000  inhabitants.  These  villages  are  in  most  cases 
quite  independent  of  each  other,  though  temporary  alliances,  in  times  past, 
for  warlike  purposes,  and  now,  for  hunting,  fishing,  and  in  some  localities, 
for  trading  expeditions,  are  not  unusual.  Even  in  the  villages  there  is, 
as  a  rule,  no  one  person  acknowledged  as  leader  in  all  matters — one  man  may 
be  the  fighting  chief,  another  the  hunting  chief,  another  the  controller  of 
dances,  and  so  on.  It  is  altogether  a  mistake  to  regard  the  natives  of  New 
Guinea  as  amongst  the  lowest  classes  of  savages.  It  is  true  that  the  practice 
of  cannibalism  formerly  prevailed  extensively,  and  it  is  believed  to  exist 
still  among  the  tribes  who  yet  remain  beyond  the  sphere  of  Government 
influence,  but  against  that  must  be  set  their  permanent  villages,  the  high- 
degree  of  excellence  attained  in  house-building,  their  skill  in  boat-construction 
and  navigation,  the  culture  of  gardens— as  their  large  well-kept  fruit  and 
vegetable  plots  are  called — the  possession  of  a  just  and  minute  system  of 
laws  as  to  ownership  and  property  generally,  the  intense  family  affections, 
the  care  for  the  aged  and  infirm,  their  abstinence  from  all  forms  of  intoxicating 
liquors,  to  say  nothing  of  many  other  attributes  the  possession  of  which 
shows  that  they  are  far  from  being  the  hapelessly  irreclaimable  barbarians 
they  were  formerly  believed  to  be.  It  is  at  least  doubtful  whether  they  have 
any  defined  religion.  A  belief  in  sorcery  is  general,  and  legends,  which 
siiggest  controlling  influences  on  the  part  of  certain  spirits,  mostly  evil, 
and  some  of  which,  perhaps,  indicate  the  belief  in  a  life  beyond  the  grave, 
are  not  uncommon,  but,  so  far  as  is  known,  there  is  no  general  conception 
of  one  beneficient  all-powerful  Deity." 

DUTCH  NEW  GUINEA. 

Dutch  New  Guinea,  which  includes  the  whole  of  the  island  west  of  the 
14lst  meridian,  has  an  ar^a  of  about  150,000  square  miles,  and  a  native 
population  estimated  at  about  200,000.  As  far  back  as  1829  a  settlement 
was  established  but  it  was  abandoned  in  1836,  because  most  of  the  garrison 
died  of  fever.  For  more  than  half  a  century  nothing  was  done  by  the 
Dutch  in  the  way  of  colonisation  until  in  1898  settlements  were  founded 
at  ]\Ianokwari,  on  the  northern,  and  at  Fakfak,  on  the  western  coast.  In 
1902  another  settlement  was  founded  at  Merauke,  on  the  high  banks  of  the 
navigable  Merauke  River,  not  far  from  the  British  boundary,  and  only  a 
day's  steam  from  Thursday  Island. 

Since  1907  sj'stematic  exploration  work  has  been  carried  out  by  the 
Dutch  Government  over  the  whole  area  of  the  territory  by  parties  of  the 
Colonial  Army.  With  great  difficulties  the  explorating  detachments  pene- 
trated through  swamps  and  virginal  forests  into  the  inner  parts  of  the  central 


170  STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 

range,  the  Nassau  Mountains,  whose  snow-covered  summits  of  over  1;'),000 
feet  were  ascended.  Out  of  this  work  resulted  a  practically  complete  map  of 
the  whole  country.  At  the  same  time  the  country  was  wholly  taken  in 
administration.  Besides  this  sy.stematic  exploration  there  have  been 
numerous  scientific  expedition.s.  Dr.  Wichmann  led  an  expedition  in  190:5. 
In  1907,  and  again  in  1909,  extensive  exploration  was  done  by  Dr.  Lorentz. 
In  1910  an  expedition,  organised  by  the  British  Ornithologists  Union  pene- 
trated some  distance  into  the  interior.  In  the  party  there  were  12  Europeans 
— Mr.  Walter  Goodfellow,  the  leader,  Dr.  WoUaston,  Mr.  Shortridge,  Captain 
Rawling,  Dr.  Marshall,  Mr.  Stalker  (who  died  a  few  days  after  the  landing), 
and  six  officials  lent  by  the  Dutch  Government,  besides  10  mountaineering 
Gurkhas,  60  native  soldiers,  and  80  convicts.  They  landed  in  January, 
and  after  extraordinary  difficulties  in  crossing  a  country  which  resembled  a 
network  of  river,  swamp  and  delta,  they  reached  the  mountains  at  the  head 
of  the  Mimika  River.  One  of  the  many  interesting  discoveries  made  bj'  the 
expedition  was  that  of  a  race  of  pygmies,  described  by  Mr.  Goodfellow  as  a 
"merry  little  people,  but  exceedingly  shy."  In  1910-11  Dr.  Max  Moszkow- 
ski  led  an  expedition,  and  there  was  another  in  1912-13  under  the  command 
of  Captain  Herderschee. 

Dutch  New  Guinea  is  divided  into  three  divisions.  The  Northern 
Division  is  administered  from  Ternate  (one  of  the  northern  Moluccas).  The 
Administrator  (Resident)  is  Mr.  L.  Tip  ;  the  official  in  charge  at  Manokwarr 
(termed  the  Assistant  Resident)  is  Mr.  E.  E.  W.  G.  Schroder.  Further 
officials  are  settled  at  Sorong  (western  end),  Bosnik  (Schouten  Islands), 
Seroei  (Japon),  Wakde  (N.E.  Coast),  Demta  (N.E.  Coast),  and  HoUandia 
(Humboldt  Bay). 

The  Western  and  Southern  Divisions  are  administered  from  Ambon, 
which  is  one  of  the  southern  Moluccas.  The  Administrator  (Resident),  is 
Mr.  N.  J.  van  den  Brandhof  ;  the  official  in  charge  (Assistant  Resident)  in 
the  Western  Division  at  Fakfak  is  Mr.  J.  Seyne  Kok.  Further  officials  are 
settled  at  Babo  (McCluer  Baj'),  Kokas  (idem),  Inawatan  or  Bira  (idem). 
Kaimana  (South  Coast),  and  Misool  (island  off  the  West  Coast).  The  ofiicial 
in  charge  (Assistant  Resident)  in  the  Southern  Division  at  Merauke  is  ^Ir. 
H.  M.  I/ublink  Weddik,  further  officials  being  .settled  at  Koembe  and  Okaba. 

The  An.1  Islands,  off  the  west  coast,  are  a  separate  division  of  the  Resi- 
dency of  Ambon,  the  official  in  charge  being  IMr.  W.  E.  C.  Veen,  at  Dobo. 

Trade  is  rapidly  increasing,  especially  the  export  of  such  products  as 
copra,  damar  (resin),  shells  (mo tlier-o' -pearl),  and  skins  of  paradise  birds 
out  of  the  Northern  and  \^'estern  Division.  Steamers  of  the  Royal  Packet 
Company  call  regularly  at  the  above-mentioned  and  some  other  places. 

PAPUA,  OR  BRITISH  NEW  GUINEA. 

Papua,  as  British  New  Guinea  has  been  officially  designated  since  it 
v/as  taken  over  b}'  the  Commonwealth,  has  an  area  of  90,000  square  miles 
and  a  native  population  of  about  250,000.  The  European  population  on 
June  30,  1918,  was  estimated  at  962,  as  against  1,036  in  1917.  Apart  from 
the  Government  officials  and  missionaries,  they  are  engaged  m  four  main 
industries — mining,  trading,  agriculture,  and  timber-getting. 


John  Broomfield  Ltd. 

SHIP  CHANDLERS  and  HARDWARE  MERCHANTS 
152-154  Sussex  Street,  SYDNEY 


Importers  of 
Ship  Chandlery,  Copper,  Brass  and 
Metal  Rods  and  Sheets,  Copper  Tubes, 
Muntz  Metal  Sheathing,  Cotton  Waste, 
Paints,  Colors,  Varnishes,  Brushware, 
Vulcanite  Roofing,  General  Hardware, 
Builders'   Ironmongery,  &c.,   &c. 


This  is 

THE 
TOOTH 
PASTE 

That  Is  So  Popular 
in  the 

ARMY  &  NAVY 

Sooner  or  later  you 
will  decide  to  use  it, 

Why  not  TO-DAY? 

125     YORK     STREET,     SYDNEY. 


c 

o  i 


CO 

o 

^   g 

U      Ml 

9    «=: 


(/)   (b   y^ 

S  ^   o 

5    0^    Q> 


03 

•  p— I 

"to 
&-, 
♦-» 


en 

Si 

D 
o 

03 


03 

uy 
C/)' 

C 

03 

0) 

'y5     03 

a 

(/)  -^ 

0 

d    Ru 
Manil 

c 

0 

0 

c 

0 

03      r 
O 

0 
O 

.::  03 


o 
o 

03^ 


^     .  -d 


03 


<Li 


C 
03 


T3 

C 
03 


•r    J 


05     <D 


(^     CD    CC 

S    2  N  .S  ^ 


(D     C 
>     OS 

as   c 


-d  .^ 

s  -^ 

03 

c/} 
0     CD 


en 
CD 


^ 


O  J 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANCS  173 

The  Territory  was  taken  over  in  1884  as  a  protectorate,  and  was  then 
placed  under  the  management  cf  a  special  commissioner  ;  but  on  the  colonies 
of  Queensland,  New  South  \\  ales  and  \'ictoria  undertaking  to  guarantee 
the  sum  necessary  to  cover  the  cost  of  administration,  which  was  further 
secured  by  the  British  New  Guinea  (Queensland)  *\ct  of  1887,  the  Queen's 
sovereignity  was  formerly  proclaimed  in  1888,  and  the  Territorv-  was  con- 
stituted  as   a   colony. 

The  financial  responsibility  was  undertaken  by  the  whole  of  Australia 
in  1901.  Negotiations  were  then  entered  into  between  the  Imperial 
authorities  and  the  Commonwealth  with  a  view  of  placing  British  New 
Guinea  under  Federal  control,  and  this  transfer  was  finally  effected  by  the 
Papuan  Act  (Commonwealth)  of  November  16,  190.J,  which  came  into  force 
by  proclamation  on  September  1,  1906.  The  Federal  Act,  accepting  the 
control  of  British  New  Guinea  and  altering  the  name  thereof  to  the 
"  Territory  of  Papua,"  also  embodies  a  Constitution  for  the  Territory.  This 
provides  that  the  Executive  Government  shall  be  administered  by  a  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor, with  an  Executive  Council,  composed  of  not  more  than 
six  officers  of  the  Territory,  to  advise  and  assist  him.  The  Act  also  creates 
a  Legislative  Council,  which  shall  consist  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  and  the 
members  of  the  Executive  Council,  together  with  such  non-official  members 
as  the  Governor-General  appoints  under  the  seal  of  the  Commonwealth.  The 
Legislative  Council  is  empowered  to  make  Ordinances  for  the  peace,  order 
and  good  government  of  the  Territory.  No  Act  of  the  Commonwealth 
Parliament  has  force  unless  it  is  expressly  stated  so  in  such  Act. 

From  east  to  west,  Papua  extends  for  upwards  of  800  miles,  and  its 
greatest  width  north  and  south  is  about  200  miles.  The  total  coast-line  of 
the  Territory  has  been  computed  at  3,664  statute  miles — 1,728  on  the  main- 
land, and  1,936  on  the  islands.  With  the  exception  of  the  low  coral  islands 
of  the  Trobriand  Group,  and  a  few  others  of  small  dimensions,  the  islands 
are  mountainous,  and  principally  of  volcanic  formation,  the  highest  being 
Goodenough  Island,  8,000  feet.  The  eastern  end  of  the  Territory  is  also 
mountainous  ;  and,  as  the  mountains  extend  westward,  they  rise  and  coalesce 
to  form  a  large  central  chain,  which  attains  its  greatest  altitudes  in  the  Owen 
Stanley  Range,  the  highest  points  of  which  are  Mount  Victoria  (13,200  feet), 
Mount  Scratchley,  the  Wharton  Range,  the  Mount  Albert  Edward,  the  latter 
approximately  the  same  height  as  Mount  Victoria.  The  western  end  of  the 
Territory  is  for  nearly  300  miles  generally  low  and  swampy  for  some  distance 
along    the   coast. 

The  whole  Territory  is  remarkably  well  watered  by  large  and  permanent 
rivers,  most  ot  which  are  navigable  by  small  vessels  and  steam  launches  for 
many  miles  inland.  These  natural  highways,  together  with  many  excellent 
harbours  will  prove  of  great  value  in  the  economic  development  of  the 
Territory.  The  largest  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Papua.  The  three  most 
important  waterways  are  the  Fly,  the  Turama,  and  the  Piirari.  The  Fly 
spreads  out  its  head  branches  over  a  large  area  in  the  centre  of  the  island, 
and  drains  considerable  portions  of  the  three  different  territories  comprising 
New  Guinea.  Its  course  is  about  620  males  from  the  sea  to  the  Australian- 
German  boundary.     The  influence  of  the  tide  is  felt  for  200  miles  up  the  river. 


174  STEWART';?  HAND   BOOK 

It  is  navigable  b}'  a  steam  launch  for  over  "jOO  miles.  The  'I'urama  and 
Purari  Rivers  come  second  in  point  of  size,  and  seem  to  have  their  sources 
in  the  great  ranges  of  the  far  interior.  The  Purari  is  navigable  by  steam 
launch  for  120  miles.  The  Vailala,  Tauri,  and  Lakekamu  ri.se  in  undeter- 
mined mountains  in  the  central  range.  The  Angabunga  (St.  Joseph)  River 
has  its  origin  in  the  western  spurs  of  Mount  Albert  lidward,  the  Vanapa  in 
the  Owen  Stanley  and  Wharton  Ranges,  and  the  Brown  in  the  Owen  vStanley 
Range.  On  the  north-east  coast,  four  large  rivers  open  into  the  sea  between 
Cape  Nelson  and  the  Australian-German  boundary.  These  are  proceeding 
northwards,  the  Musa,  Kumusi,  Mambare,  and  Gira.  Each  of  them  pursues 
a  course  from  the  central  main  range  north-east  towards  the  coast.  The 
Gira,  rising  in  the  eastern  spurs  of  Mount  Albert  Ivdward,  has  its  outlet  in 
what  was  formerly  German  New  Guinea. 

Broadly  regarded,  the  year  is  divided  into  two  seasons,  viz.,  that  of  the 
south-east  trades,  extending  from  May  to  November,  and  the  north-west 
monsoon  from  December  to  April.  The  changes  of  season  are  always  marked 
by  a  period  during  which  the  winds  are  light  and  variable,  and  frequent 
thunderstorms  take  place  ;  the  period  lasting  for  about  six  weeks.  As  a  rule 
the  south-east  wind  begins  to  blow  about  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and 
increases  gradually  in  force  during  the  day,  lessening  in  strength  again  soon 
after  sunset,  although  occasionally  it  blows  throughout  the  night.  On  the 
coast  at  times  the  force  of  the  south-east  wind  when  at  its  height  is  con- 
siderable, but  inland  it  is  light  and  refreshing.  The  north-west  monsoon, 
unlike  the  south-east  trades,  does  not  blow  continuously.  Sudden  squalls, 
often  accompanied  with  rain,  are  not  infrequent.  The  .south-east  is  the 
drier  of  the  two  seasons  ;  in  some  districts  (notably  that  of  the  coast-line 
between  Hall  Sound  and  Hood  Peninsvda)  it  is  conspicuously  so. 

One  factor  greatly  in  favour  of  agricultural  enterprise  in  Papua  arises 
from  the  fact  that  it  is  outside  the  range  of  hurricanes  that  occasionally 
ravage  the  southern  part  of  the  Western  Pacific  and  North  Queensland. 
The  planter,  therefore,  runs  no  risk  of  having  the  fruits  of  his  labours  and  Lis 
outlay  of  capital  lost  by  such  visitations.  The  misconception  as  to  the 
unhealthiness  of  the  climate  for  Europeans  is  fast  dying  out.  Settlers  and 
officials  who  have  lived  almost  continuously  in  the  Territory  for  the  last 
fifteen  or  twenty  years  enjoy  excellent  health.  White  people  may  success- 
fully avoid  .serious  illness  and  live  comfortably  and  healthily  if  reasonable 
precautions  are  taken.  The  highest  recorded  shade  temperature  on  the  main- 
land has  never  exceeded  100  degrees. 

By  reason  of  its  physical  features  and  varieties  of  soils  at  varying  ele- 
vations, the  Territory  is  capable  of  successfully  producing  almost  even,' 
valuable  agricultural  product  grown  in  the  tropics.  The  principal  plantation 
industries  entered  upon  so  far  are  cocoanuts,  rtibber  and  sisal  hemp.  Coffee, 
cotton,  vanilla,  kapok,  cocoa,  tapioca,  cinnamon,  tea  and  tobacco  are  grown 
here  and  there  but  not  commercially.  I^eases  of  land  can  be  obtained  on 
liberal  conditions  for  any  period  up  to  99  years.  For  leases  of  30  years 
the  rent  charged  for  the  whole  term  is  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent,  per  annum  on 
the  unimproved  value.  If  a  lease  is  for  more  than  30  years  the  rent  payable 
is  determined  at  5  per  cent,  per  annum  on  the  unimproved  value,  but  no 


OF  TUB  PAriFIC  ISLANDS  1  75 

rent  is  payable  for  the  first  period  of  10  years.  The  unimproved  value  of 
the  land,  however,  is  to  be  appraised  every  20  years  during  the  currency  of 
the  lease  and  the  rent  determined  accordingly.  The  rainfall  varies  a  good 
deal.  There  is  a  dry  belt  about  Port  Moresby,  and  on  a  part  of  the  north- 
east coast,  but  in  other  places  it  goes  up  to  250  in.  or  more.  It  is,  unfortu- 
nately, not  always  evenly  distributed.  In  many  parts  there  are  long  dry 
spells  which  occasionally  develop  into  droughts. 

There  is  in  Papua  a  wealth  of  indigenous  plants  of  economic  value  that 
it  would  be  difficult  to  equal  in  any  other  country.  Besides  its  sandalw'ood 
and  other  forest  timbers,  these  include  sugarcane,  rubber — both  tree  (Ficus 
rigo)  and  vine,  of  good  quality — cocoanuts,  wild  nutmegs,  tobacco,  ginger, 
bamboos,  areca  palms,  fibres,  bananas,  breadfruit,  edible  nuts,  fruits  and 
vegetables  of  various  kinds,  and  large  forests  of  sago  palms.  The  word 
"  sago  "  is  said  to  be  derived  from  a  Papuan  word,  sagu  or  sago,  signifying 
food,  and  is  given  by  the  natives  to  the  two  palms  (Sagus  laevis  and  Sagus 
rumphii),  from  both  of  which  the  well-known  sago  of  commerce  is  produced. 
The  trees  are  found  growing  along  the  low-lying  river  banks  and  in  swampy 
country,  principally  in  the  Western,  Gulf  and  Mambare  Divisions,  and  it  is 
somewhat  surprising  that  this  storehouse  of  Nature  has  not  already  been 
exploited  by  European  companies,  as  the  trees  can  be  cut  on  the  river 
banks  and  floated  to  a  central  depot. 

The  mineral  development  of  the  Territory  is  believed  to  be  only  in  its 
initial  stages.  Until  the  inland  regions  are  thoroughly  prospected,  the 
diversity,  extent  and  richness  of  its  minerals  must  remain  largely  a  matter 
of  conjecture.  The  list  of  minerals  of  economic  importance  so  far  discovered 
are — gold,  copper,  silver,  tin,  lead,  zinc,  cinnabar,  iron,  osmiridium,  gypsum, 
manganese,  sulphur,  and  graphite.  The  only  precious  stones  so  far  discovered 
are  the  topaz  and  beryl  both  obtained  in  the  upper  reaches  of  the  Fly  River. 
Coal  has  also  been  found,  as  well  as  oil.  With  regard  to  the  latter  the  de- 
velopments have,  so  far,  not  been  up  to  expectations.  Dr.  Wade  and  his  stafT 
commenced  boring  in  1915,  but  there  had  been  some  previous  boring,  begun 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Mines  Department,  about  1912.  In  the  course 
of  a  statement  made  in  the  Commonwealth  House  of  Representatives 
regarding  the  progress  of  oil-boring  operations  in  Papua,  the  Minister  for 
Home  and  Territories  said  that  so  far  seven  bores  had  been  sunk  to  depths 
ranging  from  242  feet  to  1,800  feet,  and  a  rig  had  been  erected  for  an  eighth 
bore.  Oil  was  struck  in  No.  I  bore  at  224  feet  ;  in  No.  2  bore  gas  only  had 
been  found  ;  in  No.  3  bore  there  was  a  little  oil  at  320  feet  ;  in  No.  4  bore  there 
was  gas  only  ;  in  No.  5  bore  there  was  a  small  production  of  oil  ;  in  No.  6 
bore  a  little  oil  was  struck  at  182  feet  and  295  feet  ;  and  in  No.  7  bore  oil  was 
struck  at  185  feet,  with  a  flow  of  20  gallons  per  day,  but  this  was  shut  of? 
to  permit  furth.er  testing  at  greater  depths.  Large  quantities  of  gas  were 
met  with  at  1,100  feet.  The  boring  plants  used  on  the  first  five  bores,  added 
Mr.  Glynn,  were  found  to  be  quite  unsuited  for  anj'  depths  over  300  feet, 
as  the  strata  largely  consi.sted  of  .soft  mud  under  considerable  pressure, 
which  filled  the  bore  holes  as  fast  as  they  were  sunk.  The  bores  consequently 
became  choked  and  were  abandoned.  Bore  No.  5  was  redrilled,  and  the 
oil  horizon  was  isolated  bj-   cementing,  and  there  was  a  small  production 


17(5  STKWART'S    llAXIt    BOOK 

— 100  gallons  weekly,  (Hininishing  to  eight  gallons  weekly.  In  \iew  of  the 
nuiil  difficulty  work  was  also  suspended  in  No.  6  bore,  while  work  was  stepped 
in  No.  7  bore  owing  to  all  efforts  to  get  the  4  in.  casing  deeper  than  1,760  feet 
having  ended  persistently  in  failure.  The  total  expenditure  since  the  com- 
mencement of  operations  to  the  date  mentioned,  said  Mr.  Glynn,  in  con- 
clusion, had  been  £96,150.  This  covered  all  outlay  of  every  kind.  The  result 
of  this  expenditiire  was  that  about  2,000  gallons  of  oil  had  been  produced. 
Considerable  new  plant  had  been  purchased,  and  it  was  now  on  the  field 
about  to  be  put  into  operation  for  the  first  time.  Geological  preliminary 
examinations  had  been  made  over  about  2,000  square  miles.  More  intensive 
geological  examinations  had  been  conducted  over  400  square  miles.  Com- 
plete surveys,  including  mapping,  had  been  effected  over  about  100  square 
miles.  These  examinations  had  furnished  valuable  data  for  future  operations 
It  was  recently  announced  that  the  Government  had  arrived  at  an  agreement 
with  the  Imperial  authorities  that  each  Government  should  contribute 
£50,000  towards  the  cost  of  testing  and  exploitation  of  the  \'ailala  fields 
upon  a  greater  scale  than  has  hitherto  been  proposed. 

The  date  of  the  first  discovery  of  gold  in  New  Guinea  is  probably  as  old, 
if  not  older,  than  the  discover j'  of  the  royal  metal  in  Australia.  In  the 
"  Narrative  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Rattlesnake,"  published  in  1852,  the  follow- 
ing passage  occurs  : — "  That  gold  exists  in  the  Western  and  Northern  portions 
of  New  Guinea  has  long  been  known  ;  that  it  exists  also  on  the  South-eastern 
shores  of  that  great  island  is  equally  true,  as  a  specimen  of  pottery  procured 
at  Redscur  Bay  contained  a  few  laminar  grains  of  that  precious  metal." 
It  was  not,  however,  until  1878,  as  a  result  of  seme  discoveries  made  by  the 
late  Dr.  Lawes  and  Mr.  Goldie,  that  a  party  of  miners  left  Australia  in  the 
"  Colonist  "  to  search  systematically  for  the  metal  in  New  Guinea.  The 
region  chosen  for  investigation  was  inland  from  Port  Moresby,  on  the  water- 
sheds of  the  Laloki  and  Goldie  Rivers,  but  the  result  was  singularly  un- 
successful, as  "  not  a  grain  of  gold  was  discovered."  Ten  years  later  the  first 
field  was  discovered  on  the  islands  of  the  Louisiade  Archipelago. 

The  known  extent  of  the  auriferous  areas  is  almost  coterminous  with 
the  country  so  far  explored.  Gold  has  been  discovered  on  the  upper  reaches 
of  the  Fly  River,  in  the  extreme  north-west  of  the  Territory,  along  the  upper 
reaches  of  the  Lakekamu  River,  and  at  Milne  Bay,  Woodlark  Island,  and  the 
Louisiade  Archipelago,  in  the  extreme  south-east.  It  is  a  notable  fact  that 
ill  all  the  rivers  flowing  north  and  south  from  the  main  range,  gold  in  greater 
or  lesser  quantities  has  been  found  ;  and  it  is  therefore  conjectured  that  the 
whole  of  this  mountainous  area,  stretching  through  the  Territory  for  a  distance 
of  700  miles,  is  more  or  less  auriferous.  The  most  unusual  feature  in  con- 
nection with  the  gcldfields  on  the  mainland  is  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present 
or  until  lately,  no  auriferous  reef  or  lode  has  been  found.  All  the  payable 
auriferous  areas  so  far  discovered  are  north  of  the  Owen  Stanley  Range.  The 
greater  portion  of  this  region  has  been  more  or  less  prospected,  as  w-ell  as  the 
islands  lying  east  of  the  mainland.  There  is,  however,  a  very  large  area  of 
virgin  country  on  the  western  slopes  and  foothills  of  the  main  range  that  has 
been  barely  explored.  The  total  estimated  gold  yield  of  Papua  from  1888 
to  June,  1916,  was  398,717  oz.,  valued  at  £1,436,249. 


Goodall's 


the 

2g|g^!i^jjm 

'       Universal 

Machinery 

Specialists 

Suppliers    of 

Engines  and  Boilers  of  all  sizjs 

Wood-working  Machinery  for  any  design 

Engineer's  Machine  Tools  of  Every  Pattern 

Sundries  and  Accessories  for  all  workers  in  Steel  and  Wood 

Specialists  in  Machinery  not  ustially  stocked. 


Qfrieral    MaeJiirwry 

Boilers 
Engines 

Portable  Engines 
All  Poiver  Plants,  etc. 


Machine  Tools 

Lathes  and  Milling  Machines 
Punch  and  Shearing  Machines 
Drilling  and  Shaping  Machines 
Electric  Drills  and  Grinders,  etc. 


Wond-iuorJcirig  JlaoJUrvs        Sundrifs  and  Accessories 


Tog  Baud  Mills 
3  and  4  Cutter  Planers 
Sanders,  Trimmers,  Mortices 
Circular  and  Band  Saws,  etc., 
etc.,  etc 


Shafting,  Pulleys,  Beltings 
■Hangers,  Brackets,  Plummer 

Blocks 
Anti-friction  Mttals,  Cotton 
Wastes 
All  classes  Small  'Tools,  etc. 


WE   ACT  AS  BUYING   AGENTS  F(JK   CLIENTS 


T.  M.  Goodall  &  Co.  Ltd. 

Universal  Machinery  Mercbantt- 

303-305  KENT  STIiEET SYDNEV 


Cbc  Coastal  farmers' 
£o'Operative  $ocietv  Cimited 

C.  E.  D.  MEARES,  General  Manager 

Valentine  and  Quay  Streets 

SYDNEY N  S.W. 

Cable     Address  "COASTAL" 


Exporters  of  Primary  Products 

BUTTER       BULK  —  TINNED 

CHEESE 

BACON  —  HAMS  —  LARD 

CANNED    PORK    GOODS 

HONEY 

EGGS 

CANNED    VEGETABLES 

CANNED    FRUITS 

JAMS 

FRESH    FRUIT       DRIED    FRUIT 

POTATOES  —  ONIONS 

FRESH    VEGETABLES 


"HIGH     GRADE"     Quality 

CORRICSI'ONDEXCE  INVITKD 

ANNUAL    TURNOVER  -  Je2,750,000 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  179 

A   number   of   pearling   luggers   are   licensed   at    Daru,    in   the   ^^■estern 
Division,  to  engage  in  the  pearl  fishing  industry.     In  the  south-east  of  the 
Territory  the  black-lip  shell  is  found.     Quantities  of  beche-de-mer  are  also 
.  exported  to  China  from  Papua. 

The  fauna  of  New  GuiHea  is  closely  akin  to  that  of  Australia,  owing  to 
the  land  connection  via  Torres  Straits  that  existed  during  recent  geological 
periods,  the  distinguishing  characteristic  being  the  mar,supial  group  and  the 
egg-laying  mammels.  The  indigenous  animals  appear  to  be  comprised  in 
the  echidna,  the  tree-kangaroo,  various  kinds  of  wallab}-,  the  cuscus  (phalnugei ) 
dingo  or  wild  dog,  flying  fox,  field  rats,  and  flying  squirrels.  None  of  the  wild 
animals  of  Asia  are  to  be  found  in  New  Guinea,  nor  are  there  any  represen- 
tatives of  the  monkey  type.  The  wild  pig  is  verj-  plentiful  and  widely  dis- 
tributed. The  large  e.stuary  crocodile  is  plentiful  in  the  large  rivers.  The 
loggerhead,  hawksbill.  and  green  turtle  are  fairly  numerous  along  the  coasts, 
and  fresh- water  tortoises  are  found  inland.  The  snake  family  is  well  repre- 
sented, both  in  venomous  and  non-venomous  varieties.  For  the  ornithologist 
there  are  few  countries  more  interesting.  The  most  characteristic  group  is 
composed  of  the  numerous  varieties  of  the  birds  of  paradise,  which  are  found 
nowhere  else  except  in  New  Guinea  and  the  surrounding  islands.  The  scrub 
turkey  [megapodidae)  is  characteristic  of  Australia  and  New  Guinea.  Their 
eggs  are  hatched  in  huge  communal  mounds  of  earth  and  rubbish,  more  after 
the  manner  of  reptiles  than  birds.  The  largest  bird,  the  cassowary,  belongs 
to  the  same  family  as  the  Australian  enm.  The  goura-pigeon  is  a  bird  of 
striking  beauty.  The  white  and  grey-crested  variety  is  found  on  the  north- 
east coast,  and  the  grey-crested  on  the  southern  littoral.  The  body  is  as 
large  as  that  of  a  well-grown  domestic  foAvl.  The  frigate-bird  is  frequently 
seen  along  the  coasts,  gracefully  floating  through  the  air  on  its  wide-spread 
pinions.  The  hornbill  is  found,  and  the  whirr  of  their  wings,  as  a  flock  pas.ses 
overhead  in  ungainly  flight,  is  almost  deafening.  Amongst  the  smaller  birds 
there  are  pigeons,  doves,  kingfishers,  cockatoos,  and  parrots  in  almost  endless 
variety . 

While  many  of  th.e  species  of  vegetation  of  New  Guinea  are  beUeved 
to  be  endemic,  it  is  known  that  the  indigenous  flora  is  very  largely  blended 
with  the  Australian  forms,  such  as  the  eucalyptus,  and  with  Sundaic  (or 
Malayan)  and  Polynesian  types.  The  necessity  and  urgency  of  a  systematic 
classification  of  the  Territory's  rich  and  varied  flora  becomes  more  apparent 
as  its  agricultural  industries  develop  and  timber  forests  are  exploited.  Papua 
is  known  to  be  rich  in  indigenous  economic  plants  ;  how  rich  one  is  unable  to 
say  until  a  proper  botanical  classification  discloses  the  full  list.  Again, 
the  utilisation  of  the  magnificent  timber  resources  is  handicapped  by  the  fact 
that  the  native  names  of  the  various  timber-trees  convey  no  information  to 
the  people  of  the  Commonwealth  and  other  countries,  although,  perhaps, 
many  of  these  species,  if  properly  naftied,  would  be  at  once  recognised  as 
well-known  and  thoroughly-tested  timbers  of  commerce,  for  which  large 
orders  could  be  obtained. 

The  natives  in  the  settled  districts,  where  development  is  taking  place, 
no  longer  manvrfacture  warlike  weapons  and  have  given  up  those  they  pos- 
sessed.    Life  and  property  in  these  districts  are  practically  as  secure  as  in 


180  STEWART'S  HANI,'    P.OOK 

Australia.  >*".»  while  settlers  have  in  any  way  been  molested  for  years. 
The  majority  of  the  natives  are  of  a  dark  bronze  colour.  They,  however, 
range  from  a  dark  brown  (almost  black)  to  a  light  or  yellowish  brown.  The 
darkest  people  are  to  be  found  in  the  Gulf  Division  and  along  the  estuary 
of  the  Fly  River.  In  the  eastern  portion  of  the  Territory  the  lightest- 
coloured  skins  are  to  be  found.  Albinism  is  not  uncommon.  In  the  Western 
and  Gulf  Divisions,  as  far  as  Cape  ro.ssession,  the  coastal  tribes  are,  generally 
speaking,  taller  in  stature  and  larger-boned  than  those  further  east,  with 
narrow  heads  and  high  foreheads,  often  prominent  noses  of  a  Semitic  cast, 
and  rather  weak  receding  chins.  In  the  Western  and  Gulf  Divisions  com- 
munal houses  are  found  in  most  villages.  On  the  estuary  of  the  Fly  River 
a  great  number  of  families  will  live  each  in  a  different  stall  of  a  great  com- 
munal dwelhng,  sometimes  520  feet  long  and  30  feet  wide.  Generally  speak- 
ing, the  native  architecture,  is  of  a  high  standard  for  such  a  primitive  people. 
The  islanders  in  the  east  of  the  Territory  excel  in  carving  ;  their  shields,  war- 
like weapons,  lime-spoons,  canoes,  and  oars  are  often  beautifully  carved, 
and  constitute  a  triumph  of  savage  art.  From  the  Dutch  boundary  to  Hall 
Sound  the  principal  weapon  is  the  bow  and  arrow.  The  spear  is  the  principal 
weapon  of  attack  and  defence  in  other  parts  of  the  Territory.  The  stone  club 
is  used  in  all  parts,  unless  where  stones  are  not  obtainable.  In  the  D'Entre- 
casteaux  Group  of  Islands  the  sling  is  used.  A  belief  in  ghosts  or  spirits 
appears  to  be  universal.  In  almost  everj'  village  there  is  a  sorcerer,  who 
propitiates  or  exerci.ses  the  evil  spirits  with  incantation  or  offerings.  The 
cult  of  totems  is  in  vogue  in  the  islands  and  in  the  north-east  of  the  mainland. 
Polygamy  seems  to  be  allowed  by  native  custom  everywhere,  but  it  is  not 
largely  practised,  the  great  "majority  of  the  men  having  only  one  wife.  The 
practice  of  eating  human  flesh,  formerly  in  vogue  in  certain  parts,  has  been 
entirely  stopped  in  all  the  .settled  districts.  In  parts  of  the  Western  Division 
kava  is  drunk,  but  no  fermented  liquors  are  manufactured  by  the  natives, 
and  the  use  of  European  liquors  is  strictly  prohibited.  The  chewing  of  betel- 
nut  is  practised  everywhere,  except  where  kava  is  made. 

To  the  tourist  Papua  offers  a  rich  and  varied  field  of  unique  interest. 
If  the  desire  of  Australians  is  to  see  primitive  native  races,  magnificent  scenery, 
and  a  tropical  country  possessing  conditions  in  every  way  dissimilar  to  those 
obtaining  in  Australia,  they  have  only  to  spend  a  month  or  .six  weeks  in  visiting 
their  own  Territory  and  their  own  subjects.  With  suitable  accommodation 
and  services  for  tourists,  and  a  direct  and  up-to-date  service,  Papua  should  be 
one  of  the  most  popular  tourist  resorts  in  the  Pacific,  enabling  the  people  of 
Australia  to  escape  the  cold  winter  months  and  visit  the  tropics  during  the 
continuance  of  the  cool  and  healthy  south-east  trade  winds,  which  blow-  from 
the  South  Pacific  from  April  to  November.  Within  a  day's  journey  of  Port 
Moresby,  altitudes  of  2,000  feet  can  be  attained,  where  the  climate  is  cool 
and  bracing,  and  where  magnificent  views  of  large  stretches  of  country, 
dotted  with  mountains,  streams,  villages,  and  native  gardens  are  laid  out  like 
a  vast  panorama,  special  places  of  interest  being  Rona  Falls  in  the  canyon  of 
the  Laloki  \' alley,  and  the  tree  houses  of  the  Ikeri  villages. 

The  picturesque  island  and  town  of  Samarai,  situated  at  the  extreme 
south-east  of  the  mainland,   forms  a   most  convenient  base  for  excursions- 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI,AND3  18 

to  the  many  islands  and  places  of  interest  in  the  neighboTirhood.  To  the 
yachtsman  the  attractions  of  the  island  world  to  the  east  of  the  mainland 
are  perhaps  unsurpassed  in  any  part  of  the  globe.  The  scenery  is  always 
beautiful,  in  many  instances  grand  and  majestic.  In  a  cruise  through  the 
islands  a  fascinating  panorama  of  novelty  and  beauty  unfolds  itself  before 
one's  gaze.  Tiny  islets,  crowned  with  palms,  and  clad  to  the  water's  edge 
in  robes  of  emerald  green,  dot  the  horizon,  and  contrast  strangely  with  some 
giant  peak,  grim  and  weather-scarred,  that  springs  sheer  out  of  the  watery 
depths.  In  other  places  mighty  cliffs,  hidden  by  walls  of  foliage,  shut  out 
the  view,  and  usher  the  traveller  into  some  land-locked  harbour,  where  he 
can  drop  anchor  on  a  shingly  beach,  and  explore  the  hidden  recesses  of  the 
primeval  forest,  or  visit  the  peaceful  villages  of  its  interesting  inhabitants. 
To  the  mountain-climber  the  more  inaccessible  central  main  range  offers 
great  attractions,  but  expeditions  of  this  nature  require  at  present  a  longer 
stay,  the  engagement  of  guides  and  carriers,  and  more  elaborate  arrange- 
ments. On  the  north-east  coast,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cape  Nelson,  the 
high,  bold  headlands  and  deep  indentations,  forming  small  land-locked  bays, 
have  been  compared  to  the  famous  fiords  of  Norway  ;  while  inland  little- 
known  mountain  chains  and  smoking  craters  invite  the  more  venturesome 
to  explore  their  secret  recesses.  To  the  ethnologist,  botanist,  and  naturalist 
the  Territory  is  of  absorbing  interest.  Few  tropical  countries  present  finer 
fields  that  up  to  the  present  have  remained  almost  untouched. 

The  following  table  sho^^•s  the  progress  made  by  the  Territory  during 
the  period-  named  : — 


White  population 

Native  labourers  engaged  during 

the  year 
Area  under  lease  (in  acres) 
t  Areas  of  plantations  (in  acres) 
Gold  yield  (in  ozs.) 

Territorial  revenue 
Territorial  expenditure 
Value  of  imports 
Value  of  exports 

ISLANDS  OF  BRITISH  NEW  GUINEA. 

TliL-  islands  of  British  New  Guinea  are  numerous,  and  in  some  instances 
of  considerable  size,  but,  with  the  exception  of  Samarai,  which  is  the  com- 
mercial centre  of  New  Guinea,  and  \\'oodlark,  where  several  mining  companies 
are  carrying  on  operations,  are  of  no  great  importance.  The  principal  islands 
are  : — 

SAMARAI. 

Samarai,  which  is  situated  in  China  Straits,  three  miles  from  the  east 
end  of  the  mainland  of  New  Guinea,  is  the  hub  of  the  Louisiade,  Trobriand, 


TEAR   ENDED— 

June  30, 

June  30, 

June  30. 

June  30, 

June  30 

1907 

1910 

1916 

191" 

1918 

G90 

879 

992 

1,036 

962 

2.000 

7,5.50 

6,686 

7,892 

7,059 

70,512 

363,425 

228.013 

1,467 

10,053 

44,959 

47,319 

— 

16,103 

16,151 

10,030 

9,677 

11,067 

€ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

21,813 

34.822 

*49,3ll 

63,568 

72.594 

45,33.') 

64,873 

77,912 

83,740 

103,176 

87,776 

120,290 

223,040 

271,640 

283,792 

63,756 

101.470 

125,428 

156,535 

220,600 

"E.Kclusive  of  £30,000  receiver!  from  Common  wealth  toward  expen.«e.<. 

t  These  firpa-i  are  un(]ev.-,-tateil.    There  are  really  over  57.000  ncr&«  under  cultivation. 


i82  STEWART'S   HANB  BOOK 

D'lvntrecasleaii.x,  and  Woodlark  groups,  Milne  15ay  and  nortli-cast  coast 
traffic  and  commerce,  as  well  as  the  port  of  transhipment  for  miners  proceeding 
to  various  mainland  points  of  the  New  Guinea  goldfields.  It  is  distant  some 
250  miles  from  Port  Moresby  and  was  originally  named  Dinner  Island  by 
Captain  Moresby,  who  discovered  it  in  1873.  The  island  is  only  59  acres  in 
extent,  and  a  pathway  has  been  constructed  right  round  it — a  romantic 
lovers'  walk,  at  the  edge  of  the  sea,  and  shaded  by  tall  palms.  After  sunset 
it  is  the  proper  thing  to  take  a  constitutional  round  the  island,  the  circuit 
<jccupying  less  than  half  an  hour.  The  two  or  three  Government  buildings, 
three  hotels,  half-dozen  stores,  and  local  branch  of  the  Batik  of  New  South 
Wales  face  the  beach.  One  of  the  three  wireless  stations  in  Papua  is  located 
here,  the  others  being  at  Port  Moresby  and  at  ^^  oodlark.  The  curfew  bell 
is  an  institution  at  Samarai.  It  is  sounded  at  9  o'clock  each  night,  when 
all  natives  nmst  leave  the  streets  and  wharves  and  go  to,  and  remain  at, 
their  homes  until  daylight. 

THE   LOUISIADKS. 

Sudest  is  a  long  and  somewhat  narrow  island,  about  50  miles  in  length 
and  15  miles  at  its  greatest  breadth.  It  is  the  largest  in  the  Louisiade  Archi- 
pelago, formed  of  a  succes.sion  of  irregular  hills  and  mountains,  w'hich  cul- 
minate in  Mount  Rattlesnake,  over  3,000  feet  above  the  sea.  These  moun- 
tains are  covered  with  dense  forest  and  vegetation,  and  the  lower  regions 
with  beautiful  grass.  Gold  has  been  found  in  nearly  all  the  watercourses. 
When  the  rush  was  at  its  height,  in  1889,  some  hundreds  of  diggers  were  at 
work,  and  the  island  is  in  consequence  completely  explored.  There  is  still 
a  little  alluvial  mining  carried  on. 

Rossel  Island,  which  is  situated  about  Ifi  miles  to  the  east  of  Sudest, 
i«  21  miles  in  length,  possesses  a  most  irregular  and  tortuous  coastline,  fringed 
by  a  barrier  coral  reef,  terminating  in  the  east  in  Rossel  Spit,  rendered  famous 
by  its  oft-told  tale  of  shipwreck  and  danger.  It  is  clothed  with  dense  tropical 
vegetation,  the  interior  of  the  island  being  composed  of  rugged  and  precipi- 
tous hills,  culminating  in  Mount  Rossel.     It  shows  traces  of  gold. 

Joannet  is  an  oblong  island,  about  26  miles  north  of  Sudest,  containing 
an  area  of  about  25  square  miles.  It  is  well  watered,  and  there  are  numerous 
indications  of  gold. 

St.  Aignan  (Misima)  is  a  fore.st-clad  island  of  about  25  miles  in  length, 
and  varying  from  one  to  nine  miles  in  breadth,  with  an  area  of  something  like 
150  square  miles.  Its  highest  peak  is  Mount  Lakia  f3,500  feet).  It  has  no 
protecting  reef,  and  the  natives  are  not  expert  fishermen  as  are  the  other 
inhabitants  of  the  Louisiades.  Gold  has  been  found  in  various  parts.  The 
gold  mining  leases  of  Misima  are  situated  inland  about  four  miles  from 
Bagan-ia,  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Sisa  and  Umuna.  ^'"ery  little  work  was 
done  at  Misima  until  the  latter  part  of  1914,  when  several  options  were  taken 
up.  It  is,  perhaps,  the  most  important  mining  area  in  the  Territory  at  present. 
The  Block  10  Misima  Gold  IMining  Company  have  done  a  considerable  amount 
of  development,  together  with  having  treated  a  fairly  large  quantity  of 
valuable  ore.  At  the  end  of  1917,  the  mam  drainage  tunnel  had  been  driven 
for  <>20  feet.     There  had  also  been  497  feet  of  rising,  19  feet  of  winzing,  200 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI.AXDS  IS3 

feet  of  tunnelling,  and  401  feet  of  prospecting  done  during  that  year.  The 
excav'ation  for  the  No.  2  mill  had  been  completed  and  a  88  h.p.  gas  engine 
installed,  together  with  various  other  appliances  necessary.  Several  buildings 
had  been  erected  for  various  purposes.  There  were  at  the  time  21  white  men 
employed  by  the  company,  and  460  indentured  and  casual  labourers.  The 
reserve  on  this  property  up  to  the  end  of  January,  1918,  was  estimated  at 
125,250  tons,  assaying  38s.  per  ton.  A  total  of  14,618  tons  of  ore  was  crushed, 
from  which  11,647  tons  were  cyanided  for  a  return  of  £13,852  3s.  9d.,  and  133 
tons  of  slimes  for  £145.  The  total  slimes  on  hand  was  estimated  at  1,616 
tons,  assaying  14s.  (id.  per  ton.  As  regards  alluvial  gold  on  the  island,  there 
was  a  decided  increase.  There  are  nine  Europeans  working  alluvial 
with,  approximately,  75  indentured  and  casual  labourers.  A  total  of  630 
ozs.  of  gold,  valued  at  £1,750  were  won  last  year,  as  against  450  ozs.  and  £1,575 
the  previous  year. 

D'ENTRECASTKAUX  GROUP. 

Normanby  Island  is  about  45  miles  in  length,  and  from  12  to  15  miles 
at  its  greatest  breadth,  comprising  an  area  of  about  400  square  miles,  with  a 
range  of  mountains,  whose  highest  peak  is  about  3,500  feet  above  sea-level. 
Possessing  no  barrier  reef,  and  but  few  traces  of  shore  reef,  it  is  surrounded 
by  deep  water,  and  there  are  but  few  safe  anchorages  along  its  shores.  The 
island  is  densely  clothed  with  timber  and  luxuriant  vegetation.  The  natives, 
who  are  numerous,  are  expert  agriculturists.  Traces  of  gold  and  tin  have 
been    found. 

Fergusson  Island,  which,  like  Normanby,  has  no  barrier  reef,  is  very 
irregular  in  its  conformation,  with  numerous  bays  and  headlands,  and  is  about 
40  miles  long  and  about  24  miles  across  at  its  greatest  breadth.  The  physical 
features  of  the  island  are  of  a  mountainous  character,  rugged,  precipitous,  and 
irregular,  with  Mount  Kilkerran  in  the  east,  attaining  an  altitude  of  about 
6,000  feet  ;  the  Maybole  Range  in  the  north-west,  wlio.se  peaks  reach  a  height 
of  5,000  feet,  and  an  extensive  range,  varying  in  altitudes  of  from  3,500  feet 
to  4,000  feet,  terminating  in  Cape  Mourilyan,  in  the  south-west.  Generally 
very  fertile,  the  soil  consists  of  a  brown  and  rich  chocolate-coloured  volcanic 
mould  containing  pumice  stone.  Extensive  cultivated  areas  mark  the 
agricultural  operations  of  the  natives.  These  plantations,  which  are  carefully 
husbanded,  are  divided  into  sections  by  the  gathering  together  of  the  surf  a  y- 
pumice  stones,  and  these  sections  are  again  subdivided  into  squares,  having 
their  corners  defined  by  a  planted  yam  and  their  centres  by  a  stout  pole. 
8  feet  or  10  feet  long,  which  supports  the  curved  ends  of  four  reeds,  whoso 
bases  are  placed  in  the  ground  near  each  yam,  so  that  the  yam  vine  may  creep 
along  the  reed  to  the  central  pole.  This  very  clever  arrangement  produce? 
a  graceful  and  picturesque  effect.  Their  cultivated  products  consist  chiefly 
of  yams,  taro,  bananas,  breadfruit,  and  sugarcane.  The  existence  of  craters, 
saline  lakes,  and  thermal  springs  are  lasting  records  of  the  seismic  origin  of 
the  island.  .  .  .  There  are  some  boiling  springs  and  a  lake  about  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  shores  of  tlie  south  end  of  Seymour  Bay.  During  ihe 
dry  season  this  lake  covers  an  area  of  about  10  acres,  which  is  apparently 
largely   increased  by   heavy   rain.     Shallow,   and   tasting   strongly   of   alum. 


1S4  STEWAkT'S  11 -VXD  BOOK 

tl'.e  waters  of  tlie  lake  are  brown  in  colour.  'i'w(j  small  creeks  of  fresh  and 
hot  saline  water  rlischargc  into  the  lake.  Pure  crystalline-  sulphur  is  ob- 
served deposited  from  dense  fumes  issuing  through  small  fissures  in  the  side 
of  a  hill  skirting  the  lake.  The  hill  is  remarkable  for  its  seismic  features. 
At  one  place  small  subterranean  chambers  containing  boiling  liquid  exist  ; 
at  other  parts  of  its  surface  the  order  is  varied  by  springs  of  boiling  water 
issuing  from  the  midst  of  numerous  small  vents  actively  discharging  sul- 
phurous vapour,  while  another  section  is  occupied  by  a  vent  about  10  feet 
in  diameter  containing  a  seething  mass  of  nmd  and  water,  which  is  sometimes 
thrown  out  with  great  force  when  violently  agitated.     .     .  As  a  health 

resort  Seymour  Bay,  with  its  strong  springs,  sulphurous  fumes  and  landscape 
beauties,  may  probably  be  much  frequented  in  the  future. 

Goodenongh  Island  is  separated  from  the  western  end  of  l'ergus.son  Island 
by  Moresby  Straits.  A  mountain  range,  extending  through  almost  the  whole 
length  of  the  island,  cidminates  in  two  rugged  peaks  of  from  (5,000  to  7,000 
feet  in  height.  This  range  is  flanked  by  a  rather  extensive  plain  of  about 
seven  or  eight  miles  broad,  denuded  of  its  once  beautiful  virgin  forest  mantle, 
and  now  studded  with  numerous  native  plantations,  for  which  its  rich  soil 
so  well  adapts  it.  Part  of  the  mountain  slopes  have  also  been  cleared  of  its 
forest  and  is  now  occupied  with  terraced  gardens,  planted  with  yams  in  small 
moiuids.  lyimestone  caves  exist  on  the  mountain  spurs.  Deposits  of  gold 
have  been  found  in  several  of  the  creeks.  Mr.  T).  Jenness,  of  the  Oxford 
University,  spent  a  year  there  recently  on  an  anthropological  expedition. 
Much  information  was  collected  relating  to  native  rites  and  ceremonies,  and 
an  attempt  was  made  to  get  into  touch  with  the  inner  life  of  the  people. 
The  then  resident  Methodist  missionary,  the  Rev.  A.  Ballantyne,  co-operated 
with  the  expedition,  and  his  knowledge  of  the  language  was  of  very  great 
assistance.  The  ^Methodist  J^iission  station  has  exercised  a  very  beneficial 
influence  over  the  coastal  region.  ^Magical  practices  enter  largely  into  the 
lives  of  the  Papuans — a  common  thing  among  primitive  peoples.  In  this 
instance  the  magic  is  clearly  divisible  into  two  classes — black  magic  and  white 
magic.  The  white  magic  has  to  do  with  practices  relating  to  the  welfare  of 
gardens,  controlling  the  rain  and  sunshine,  protection  against  foes,  and  gener- 
ally the  prosperity  of  the  comnmnity.  Almost  every  variety  of  white  magic 
has  its  special  exponent,  who  is  an  established  and  recognised  member  of  the 
community.  Black  magic,  however,  is  only  practiced  in  secret,  and  is  prac- 
tically restricted  to  that  form  of  sorcery  which  relates  to  .sickness  and  death. 
Any  kind  of  sudden,  luiaccountable  illness  is  immediateh'  attributed  to  the 
black  sorcerer,  who  is  frequently  localised  in  a  neighbouring  village.  But 
times  have  changed.  In  the  old  days  a  sorcerer,  when  thus  discovered, 
would  probably  have  received  very  short  shrift,  but  now  fear  of  the  Govern- 
ment usually  induces  aggrieved  natives  to  lay  an  information  with  the  visiting 
magistrate,  and  leave  the  settlement  of  the  dispute  with  him.  This  is,  at 
least,  one  notable  instance  of  the  adoption  of  civilised  methods.  In  both 
black  and  white  magic  magical  stones  and  other  charms  are  largely  employed. 
In  the  interior  of  Go'odenough  Island  is  a  large  rock,  covered  with  paintings 
in  black  and  white,  which  is  regarded  with  veneration  and  awe  because  of  its 
supposed  niystical  powers  over  the  yam  crops.     This  rock,  as  Mr.  Jenness 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLAXPS  185 

Has  remarked,  is  extremely  interesting,  liecause  no  other  like  it  is  known  in 
Papua,  and  the  nearest  parallel  of  any  kind  comes  from  Central  Australia. 

Dobu,  a  beautifully-situated  and  exceedingly  fertile  islet,  between 
Normanby  and  Fergusson  Islands,  was  originally  the  headquarters  of  the 
Methodist  Mission.  The  head  station  has,  however,  since  been  removed  to 
the  little  island  of  Ubuia,  off  the  north-west  coast  of  Normanby  Island. 
The  district  training  institution,  the  high  school  for  girls  and  the  district 
orphanage  are  also  situated  at  Ubuia,  and  near  by  is  the  mission  plantation. 

A\'elle  (Sauaroa)  Island,  lying  to  the  east  of  I'ergusson  Island,  is  low-lying, 
of  volcanic  origin,  containing  an  area  of  about  25  square  miles,  whose  phy.sical 
features  in  no  place  exceed  a  height  of  probaljly  300  feet  above  the  sea. 

lau(;hlax  islands. 

The  natives  of  the  Laughlan  group  of  i.slands  (or  Lachlan,  as  the  names 
sometimes  spelt),  of  which  there  are  seven,  lying  some  40  miles  to  the  eastfoi 
Woodlark,  may  nuniber  about  250.  The  islands  occupy  an  area  in  the  form 
of  a  crescent,  with  the  concave  aspect  opening  to  westward.  The  largest, 
Wabomat  or  Utani,  is  geographically  in  latitude  9  degrees  17  minutes  S., 
and  longitude  about  153  degrees  37  minutes  E.  The  lagoon  of  this  atoll, 
which  is  from  7  to  12  fathoms  in  depth,  is  picturesque  and  interesting,  as 
well  as  secure  for  anchorage.  The  island  posses'^es  a  plentiful  supply  of  fresh 
water. 

The  L,aughlans,  which  are  but  coral  and  sand,  grow  nothing  but  cocoa- 
nuts.  At  low  water  it  is  practicable  to  walk  from  one  island  to  all  the  others, 
with  one  or  two  exceptions.  On  Budelum  Island  the  natives  have  a  small 
patch  or  two  of  sweet  potatoes,  and  a  few  banana  plants,  which,  in  most 
years,  are  utter  failures,  so  that  they  have  to  content  themselves  as  a  rule 
with  a  diet  of  cocoanuts  and  fish  supplemented  now  and  again  with  a  small 
amount  of  sago  and  yams  that  they  may  bring  from  Woodlark  in  their  canoes, 
with  which  island,  so  long  as  the  weather  is  favourable,  they  are  in  coiastant 
communication.  Often  they  visit  the  east-end  of  Woodlark,  where  they  have 
gardens,  and  there  they  remain  for  months  at  a  time.  There  is  general!}'  a 
heavy  sea  running  between  the  two  islands.  A  trader  has  a  trading  station 
on  one  of  these  islands,  IJugalun,  to  whom  the  natives  sell  their  copra. 

TROBRIAND    ISLANDS. 

The  Trobriand  group — which  comprises  the  islands  of  Kiriwina,  Kitava, 
\"akuta,  Kaileuna  and  others — lies  about  30  miles  north  of  D'luitrecasteaux 
Islands.  They  are  coral  islands.  Some  of  them  arise  abruptly  from  the 
shore  to  a  height  of  from  two  to  three  hundred  feet,  forming  coral  cliffs, 
crowned  with  large  trees.  Others  are  only  just  above  the  water.  The 
inhabitants  are  said  to  be  of  a  higher  type  than  those  of  the  rest  of  New- 
Guinea.  They  are  more  like  Polynesians  than  Melanesians  both  in  appear- 
ance and  disposition.  They  are  very  friendly  and  hospitable.  They  are 
skilled  in  carving,  they  are  almost  the  only  natives  in  New  (aiinea  who  do  it. 
They  carve  their  lime  sticks,  .some  of  which  are  truly  works  of  art.  They  also 
make  wooden  bowls,  some  of  them  very  large,  and  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl. 


1S6  STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 

Very  few  of  them  leave  the  islands  to  work  as  labourers  on  plantations. 
They  are  very  industrious  compared  with  other  natives.  A  low  idea  of 
morality  obtains,  and  there  was  at  one  time  a  high  percentage  of  venereal 
disease,  but  this  has  been  greatly  reduced  through  the  labours  of  Dr.  Bellamy 
who  was  stationed  on  the  inlands  for  14  yeArs.  A  year  was  spent  in  the 
Trobriands  in  1917-18  by  Dr.  Malinowski  who  was  engaged  in  ethnological 
research.  The  soil  on  the  top  of  the  coral  is  very  rich.  The  families,  have 
each  a  large  garden  which  is  marked  off  for  them.  They  raise  mostly  yams, 
upon  which,  with  taro  and  fish,  they  live.  The  yams  are  much  used  on 
distant  plantations  to  feed  the  labourers  as  they  are  considered  a  more 
healthy  diet  than  rice.  The  Trobriands  of  late  years  have  cultivated  yams 
for  export,  which  they  bring  in  small  quantities  to  the  traders,  who  pay  them 
generally  with  trade  tobacco,  a  stick  of  which  will  pay  for  30  lb.  or  40  lb.  of 
.  yams.  They  have  little  use  for  our  money,  and  prefer  tobacco  or  calico  or 
knives  or  axes.  Another  of  their  industries  is  the  collecting  of  beche-de-mer. 
In  the  lagoons  of  the  Trobriands  the  pearl  oyster  is  found.  The  shells  are 
small  and  delicate  and  have  the  scientific  name  of  Mavgaritfieravnlgaris.  They 
are  the  same  in  which  pearls  are  found  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea, 
Ceylon,  East  Africa,  Malay  Peninsula  and  Archipelago,  Australia  and  Japan. 
The  pearling  in  the  Trobriands  is  regulated  by  law.  The  natives  fish  for  the 
pearls,  which  are  sold  to* licensed  buyers,  who  pay  £50  a  year  for  their  license. 
In  one  year  the  export  of  shells  from  Papua,  most  of  which  came  from  these 
islands  amounted  to  £2,442,  and  the  export  of  pearls  was  £9,605.  There  are 
some  cocoanut  plantations.  There  is  an  island  on  which  about  six  hundred 
acres  of  cocoanuts  have  been  planted.  The  trees,  which  are  at  present  from 
six  to  eight  years  old,  are  in  gcod  condition. 

WOODLARK    IvSLAND. 

Woodlark  Island  (or  Murua,  as  it  is  called  by  the  natives)  was  at  one  time 
the  chief  goldfield  of  New  Guinea.  The  island,  which  lies  to  the  north  of  the 
Louisiade  Archipelago,  is  about  38  miles  in  length,  from  east  to  west,  the 
position  of  Guasopa  anchorage,  on  the  southern  aspect  of  the  eastern  end  of 
the  island,  being  in  latitude  9  degrees  10  minutes  S.,  and  longitude  152  degrees 
55  minutes  E.  A  succession  of  hills  and  valleys  corrugate  the  whole  island. 
The  tangle  of  tropical  growth,  scrub,  trees,  vines,  parasites  and  rattans, 
interlaced,  mingled  and  confused  in  dense,  impenetrable  mass  (except  with 
an  axe),  makes  it  hard  to  believe  that  this  beautiful  island  has  been  fully 
prospected,  biit  it  has  been  covered  by  the  miners  from  end  to  end.  The  palmy 
days  of  mining  have  passed  for  Woodlark.  Where  there  were  hundreds  of  men 
on  the  island  once,  there  are  now  only  a  score  or  two.  It  is  considered, 
however,  that  this  depression  may  be  only  temporary,  and  that  there  will 
probably  be  a  revival  when  more  capital  is  offering.  The  native  inhabitants 
are  of  the  Melanesian  type,  like  nearly  all  the  natives  of  the  islands  and  of  the 
eastern  coast,  but  there  is  an  admixture  of  Papuan  blood,  and  they  are 
possessed  of  activity  and  intelligence.  Food,  which  consists  of  game,  taro, 
and  sweet  potatoes,  is  abundant.  One  of  the  three  wireless  stations  in  Papua 
is  situated  on  Woodlark. 


OF  XITE  PACIFIC  ISLAND?  187 

CONFLICT    GROUP. 

Thi.s  group  is,  roughly,  70  miles  distant  from  .Samarai,  and  on  one  of  tlie 
islands  called  Panassesa,  the  most  systematic  attempt  at  cocoanut  planting 
in  the  whole  of  New  Guinea  has  been  made.  The  yield  is  very  satisfactory, 
being  in  some  cases  well  ov^er  half  a  ton  to  the  acre.  A  lease  of  the  islands 
is  held  by  the  Pacific  and  Papua  Produce  Co.,  Ltd. 

TRADE  STATISTICS. 

The  territorial  revenue  for  1916-17  (that  is,  the  revenue  without  the 
subsidy)  stands  very  much  higher  than  ever  before,  and  shows  an  increase  of 
more  than  £14,000  over  the  previous  year — £63,568,  as  compared  with 
£48,898.  L'nfortunately,  however,  these  figures  are  not  so  good  as  they  look, 
for  last  year's  return  shows  an  extra  month  (that  is,  thirteen  months  instead 
of  twelve)  for  Samarai  and  Woodlark,  and  a  deduction  of  £2,600  must  be 
made  on  this  account  ;  further,  out  of  the  total  of  £63,568  a  sum  of  nearly 
£4,500  is  due  to  increased  duty  and  excise  on  tobacco.  Thus  £7,100  should 
be  deducted  from  this  total,  leaving  a  remainder  of  £56,468,  or  £7,000  more 
than  last  year.  Imports  are  returned  at  £271,640  for  the  tw^elve  months — 
much  the  highest  amount  on. record,  and  nearly  £50,000  more  than  the  pre- 
vious year.  But  part  of  this  £271,640 — it  is  impossible  to  say  how  much — 
must  be  attributed  to  the  rise  in  prices — a  factor  which  also  enters  into  the 
question  of  territorial  revenue  so  far  as  it  is  derived  from  ad  valorem  duties. 
Exports  were  also  the  highest  on  record — £156,535,  as  compared  with  £125,428 
for  the  previous  year,  which  is  the  next  highest.  The.se  returns  are  also  for 
twelve  months.  There  was  a  tailing  off  in  gold,  but  copra  and  rubber  nearly 
doubled. 
Comparative  ST.\TnMKXT  of  Import.s  for  Five  Yk\rs  Ended  June  30,  1917. 


Ale,   spirits,   and   beverages 
Tobacco  and  manufactures 

thereof 
Agricultural    products    and 

groceries 
Textiles,  felts,  and  furs,  and 

manufactures     thereof, 

and  attire 
Metals  and  machinery 
Oils,    paints    and    varnishes 
Earthenv.'are,      cement, 

china,  glass  and  stone 
Dn.igs  and  chemicals 
Wood,  wicker  and  cane     .  . 
Jeneller}'  and  fancy   goods 
Leather  and  Rubber 
Paper  and  stationery 
Miscellaneous 
Government  stores 


III  previous   yoiirs  the  value  of  (iovenimeiit  Stores  was  split  u|)  aiuonpst  tlic 
various  Divisions. 


1912-13 

1913-14 

1914-15 

1915-16 

1916-17 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

6,888 

7,389 

6,588 

6,989 

7,791 

12,577 

14,321 

14,628 

15,435 

15,132 

72,447 

59,294 

73,765 

77,230 

83,873 

32,897 

24,992 

21,144 

29,571 

37,296 

27,368 

36,723 

23,589 

27,742 

35,200 

6,579 

8,783 

7,616 

11,823 

1 1 ,924 

2,5.52 

2,457 

3,129 

1,541 

4,135 

2,484 

3,660 

3,962 

4,854 

8,973 

12,418 

11,354 

7,183 

5.750 

1,933 

2.858 

2,404 

2,028 

2.751 

4,563 

4,046 

5,580 

3,113 

4.780 

4.474 

3,079 

2,912 

3,583 

3,553 

2.993 
15.407 

32,130 

32,235 
212,134 

31.727 

31,021 

* 38, 036 

218,323 

202,055 

223,040 

271.640 

188 


STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 


C0MPARA.TIVE  Statement  ok  Ivxpouts  for  Five  Years  Ended  June  ;>0, 

1'J17. 


1912-13 

1913-14 

1914-15 

1915-lG 

1916- 

17 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

Bark  .  . 

567  tons 

4,423 

Beche-de-nier 

1,871 

2,8.57 

3,853 

3,229 

41  tons 

2,521 

Copper  ore    . . 

18.997 

19,733 

5,607 

9,971 

1,322  tons 

14,050 

Copra 

16,912 

26,063 

12,693 

19,051 

2,096  tons 

40,882 

Gold* 

37,904 

9,677  ozs. 

32,839 

Gold    ore    and 

concentrates 

62,332 

47,233 

50,889 

5,345 

2 14, Ions 

5,149 

Grain .  . 

79 

502 

3  tons 

33 

Hemp 

3,039 

3,633 

1,269 

11,999 

326  tons 

1 1 ,463 

Natural      His- 

tory     speci- 

mens 

610 

284 

236 

200 

312 

Pearls 

9,284- 

4,602 

6,113 

1,000 

4,596  cwts. 

2,400 

Rubber 

517 

1,536 

1,501 

14,846 

85  tons 

26,682 

Sanda  1  \v  0  0  d 

74 

85 

1,363 

1,416 

25  tons 

633 

Pearl  shell     .  . 

8,512 

11,212 

4,292 

Trochas     shell 

6,770 

307  tons 

8,050 

Turtle  shell   .  . 

330 

52'' 

90 

Shell  N.R.I... 

'    302 

11  tons 

303 

Timber           .  t 

340 

365 

623 

168 

52,855  sq.  ft. 

438 

Miscellaneous 

5,198 

5,010 

5,836 

4,106 

3,409 

Articles   re-ex- 

ported 

8,529 

2,948 

Totals 


128,016     123,140     94,354     125,428 


156,535 


ANNUAL   REPORT. 

In  his  annual  report  for  the  year  1917-18  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
(Judge  Murray)  says  : — The  local  revenue  (that  is,  the  revenue  without  the 
Conmionwealth  subsidy)  amounted  in  1917-18  to  £102,594,  showing  an  increase 
of  £9,000  over  the  previous  year  and  of  £23,000  over  the  year  before.  Strictly 
speaking,  however,  a  sum  of  £6,881  should  be  deducted  from  the  £102,594 
in  respect  of  "  Appropriation  of  former  years,"  as  compared  ^\^th  deductions 
of  onlv  £649  and  £413  for  the  previous  years  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
£93,568  contains  the  revenue  of  an  extra  month  (13  months  mstead  of  12)  for 
Samarai  and  Woodlark,  and  a  deduction  of  £2,600  must  be  made  on  this 
account.  So  the  increase  for  the  year  is  reaUy  something  over  £5,000.  The 
imports  are  £12,000  in  excess  of  the  previous  year  (£283,792,  as  compared  with 
£271,640),  and  £60,000  in  excess  of  1915-16  (£223,040).  But  it  is  quite 
impossible  to  say  how  much  of  this  must  be  attributed  to  a  rise  in  prices. 
This  consideration  also  enters  into  the  question  of  the  territorial  revenue  so 
far  as  it  is  derived  from  ad  valorem  duties.  Thus,  though  the  increase  in 
revenue  is  both  gratifying  and  welcome,  neither  this,  nor  the  increase  in  im- 
ports, can  be  relied  upon  as  being  permanent  ;  nor  is  either  of  them  of  muth 
real  value  under  the  peculiar  circumstances  of  the  time,  as  a  test  of  prosperity 
or  progress.     For  it  is  clear  that,  if  prices  sunk  suddenly  to  the  level  at  which 

Up  to  1914-15  inclusive  the  figures  are  for  Gold  auil  Gold  Ore  aud  Concentrates  combined. 


OK  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  189 

they  stood  before  the  war,  both  imports  and  revenue  for  the  next  year  (1918. 
19)  would  probably  decline  very  considerably.  Exports  on  the  other  hand 
-are  a  much  more  reliable  test,  for  the  prices  of  our  exports  have,  as  a  rule, 
not  increased  to  any  extent,  and  some  have  even  decreased  ;  and  if  this  test 
is  applied,  the  result  is  really  remarkably  satisfactory,  for  the  exports  appear 
at  £220,599  as  compared  with  £156,535  for  the  year  1916-17  and  £125,428 
for  1915-1(5.  That  is  to  say,  in  two  years  they  have  nearly  doubled.  It 
might  be  thought  that  this  phenomenal  increase  was  due  to  the  sudden 
development  of  a  rich  mineral  field,  but  this  is  not  so,  for  the  export  of  copper 
has  increased  but  little,  and  that  of  gold  has  actually  diminished.  It  is  partly 
-accounted  for,  no  doubt,  by  accidental  pieces  of  good  fortune,  such  as,  e.g., 
the  increase  in  the  production  of  pearls  (which,  however,  does  not  nearly  make 
up  for  the  decrease  in  the  production  of  gold),  but  it  is  chiefly  due  to  an  advance 
in  copra  and  rubber  production,  the  former  of  which  is  this  year  nearly  three 
times,  and  the  latter  more  than  four  times,  as  great  as  two  years  ago.  The 
export  of  both  gold  and  copper  this  year  is  less  than  in  1916-17,  but  there  are 
reliable  indications  that  in  a  year  or  two  the  export  of  both  minerals  will  be 
very  considerable.  The  decrease  in  the  case  of  copper  this  year  was  due  to 
lack  of  shipping  facilities. 

PUBLIC  WORKS. 

As  in  previous  years,  the  construction  of  public  works  was  hampered  by 
cost  of  material.  The  Port  Moresby  wharf  was  continued  under  the  superin- 
tendence of  Mr.  Bnlliant,  the  officer  selected  for  that  purpose  by  the  Common- 
wealth Government.  Mr.  Brilliant  resigned  on  account  of  ill-health,  and  left 
Port  Moresby  in  November,  1917.  Both  Mr.  Brilliant  and  the  Director  of 
Public  Works  advised  that  the  work  should  for  the  present  be  suspended, 
and  this  has  been  done.  Attempts  were  made  during  the  remainder  of  the 
year  to  obtain  an  expert  from  Australia  to  report,  and  to  advise  as  to  future 
action,  but  from  a  variety  of  causes  the  expert  was  unable  to  visit  Port  Moresby 
until  after  the  expiration  of  the  year  under  review.  A  further  attempt, 
unfortunately  unsuccessful,  was  made  during  this  year  to  connect  the  road 
at  Sapphire  Creek  with  the  highlands  of  the  Sogeri  district.  At  present  the 
road  from  Sapphire  Creek  to  Sogeri  climbs  the  steep  sides  of  Hombron  Bluff — 
an  ascent  of  1,500  feet  in  a  distance  of  two  and  a  half  miles — and,  though 
passable  for  pack  animals,  could  never  be  made  suitable  for  vehicles  or  for 
motor  traffic  ;  and  the  problem  is  to  find  a  route  along  which  a  road  could 
be  constructed,  which  in  time  might  be  made  fit  to  carry  motors.  The 
intention  is  that  the  read  overseer,  Mr.  Williams,  who  is  at  present  engaged 
on  a  new  road  which  is  being  constructed  from  Kapa  Kapa  to  the  Kemp 
Welch,  should  make  another  attempt  some  time  in  1918-19. 

MINING. 

A  new  alluvial  field  has  been  reported  on  the  IMoni  or  Upper  Musa,  and 
has  attracted  a  few  miners.  The  value  and  extent  of  the  field  are  quite  un- 
certain ;  unfortunately,  it  is  difficult  of  access,  being  at  least  five  or  .six  days' 
journey  from  the  coast.  Unless  this  field  proves  a  success,  it  looks  almost 
as  if  alluvial  mining  in  Papua  must  soon  come  to  an  end.     The  fortunes  of 


1!K)  STHWAKT'S   HAND    HOOK 

Woodlark  ran  very  low  this  year,  U>r  the  Kuluiiiadau  mine,  u]j(>n  which  the 
island  principally  depends,  went  into  liquidation.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
prospects  of  the  Block  10  Misinia  Gold  Mining  Company  are  favourable 
and  it  seems  probable  that  exentually  Misima  may  turn  out  more  gold  than 
the  rest  of  the  Territory  put  together.  The  value  of  the  gold  exported  from 
the  Territory  this  year  (£32,03 1)  is  less  than  in  any  previous  year  since  1900-1. 
The  export  of  copper  ore  was  rather  less  than  last  year,  but  rather  more  than, 
the  year  before  ;  had  shipping  facilities  been  available,  the  quantity  would 
certainly  have  been  very  much  greater.  The  Laloki  mine  is  being  seriously 
examined,  and  if  the  results  are  favourable,  very  considerable  development 
ma}^  be  expected. 

AGRICULTURE. 

The  nvmiber  of  acres  stated  as  under  cultivation  (57, 593  acres)  is  probably 
correct,  but  it  is  not  absolutely  certain,  as  the  returns  have  been  coming  in 
rather  irregularly  of  late.  On  the  other  hand  the  total  for  last  year  (which 
is  given  as  47,319)  is  understated  ;  the  increase  for  this  year  is  probably  about 
4,000,  certainly  not  so  much  as  10,000  acres.  It  is  hardly  likely  that  there 
will  be  any  further  development  worth  speaking  of  until  shipping  facilities 
are  much  improved.  The  stable  products  are  still  copra,  rubber,  and  hemp. 
Unfortunately,  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  has  been  abandoned  ;  it  was  not 
fonntl  possible  to  commend  the  tobacco  to  the  Papuan  taste. 

GOVERNMENT     PLANTATIONS. 

The  Government  plantation  at  Orangerie  Bay,  generally  known  as 
Baibara,  produced  a  small  amount  of  copra  this  year.  The  amount  was 
verj'  small  indeed  ;  but,  considering  that  the  first  nuts  were  only  brought 
there  in  January,  1912,  it  is  satisfactory  that  a  start  should  be  made  so  soon. 
There  are  400  or  500  acres  on  the  frontage  of  this  plantation  which  are  pro- 
bably as  good  as  any  in  Papua  ;  the  rest  of  the  area  (about  800  acres)  is  of 
fair  average  quality.  The  small  island  of  Nari  also  produced  some  copra  ; 
these  nuts  are  a  year  younger  than  the  oldest  at  Baibara.  This  growth  is 
quite  exceptional,  and  will  probably  not  continue  ;  that  is  to  say,  .some  of  the 
palms  which  are  bearing  well  this  year  may  bear  very  little  or  not  at  all  next 
year  or  the  year  after.  The  plantations  at  the  various  stations  are  increased 
froin  time  to  time  as  occasion  offers,  but  the  conditions  are  cften  not  very 
favourable,  for  cf  course  the  site  of  the  station  is  determined  by  other  con- 
siderations. The  plantation  at  Buna,  about  100  acres  of  cocoanuts,  seems 
likely  to  turn  out  the  best  of  them,  with  the  exception  perhaps  of  Kokoda, 
where  100  acres  have  been  planted  with  rubber.  A  '^ew  of  these  rubber  trees 
are  eight  to  ten  3-ears  old  ;  the  rest  were  planted  quite  recently. 

NATIVE    PLANTATIONvS. 

Under  the  .X'ative  Regulations,  the  natives  may  be  compelled  to  plant 
a  certain  number  of  cocoanuts  and  "  other  useful  fruits  and  trees."  This 
regulation  is  enforced  wherever  conditions  are  suitable,  but,  unfortunately, 
it  is  found  almost  impossible  to  induce  natives  to  preserve  the  proper  interval, 
which  for  cocoanuts  is  30  feet,  and  furthermore  a  great  number  of  the  trees  die 


OP  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  l&l 

from  drought  and  other  causes.  Prom  a  return  which  has  recently  been  com- 
piled, it  appears  that  there  are  over  250,000  growing  cocoanuts  which  have  been 
planted  under  the  regulation  in  the  last  two  years,  and  about  500,000  whicli 
have  been  planted  in  the  last  five  years.  The  increase  in  the  number  of  cocoa- 
nuts  must  eventually  bring  about  an  increase  m  the  export  of  copra,  though 
it  must  be  remembered  that,  when  cocoanuts  are  plentiful,  an  enormous 
number  are  used  for  food.  In  Kokoda  district,  which  is  not  suitable  to  cocoa- 
nut  planting,  8,000  rubber  seeds  and  plants  have  been  distributed  this  year 
among  the  natives  of  the  neighbourmg  villages.  The  results  seem  to  be 
satisfactory  except  in  one  village,  where,  it  is  reported,  a  dry  .spell  came  and 
a  lot  died. 

INDUSTRIAL  PROGRESS  OF  NATIVES. 

An  interesting  feature  in  connection  with  Papuan  development  has  been 
the  extent  to  which  natives  of  the  Territory  have  come  by  degrees  to  take  a 
greater  and  more  important  part  in  ]t.  Of  course  the  whole  of  the  develop- 
ment is  dependent  on  the  natives,  for  without  them  there  would  be  no  labour 
but  I  am  referring  rather  to  the  really  remarkable  way  in  which  these  natives — 
ravages  of  the  stone  age  all  of  them,  not  much  more  than  a  generation  ago — 
have  adapted  themselves  to  the  civilisation  that  has  been  so  suddenly  thrust 
upon  them,  and  have  made  themselves  fit  to  discharge  the  various  duties  of 
their  new  life.  When  the  Territory  was  annexed,  there  was  not  a  native  in 
any  regular  employment  under  the  Government.  Even  the  boat's  crew  in 
Port  Moresby  was  manned  by  coloured  men  imported  from  Queensland,  who 
were  paid  £8  a  month  each,  and  afterwards  £14  a  month.  "  It  was  considered 
risky,"  says  Sir  William  MacGregor,  "  to  man  the  boat  with  Papuans,  though 
the  London  Missionary  Society  must  often  have  had  crews  mainly  composed 
of  natives.  ...  A  very  modest  vote  was  proposed  by  me  for  native 
employees  in  submitting  the  first  estimates  of  expenditure,  but  this  was  struck 
out  as  an  absurdity."  So  the  iirst  nucleus  of  an  armed  constabulary  was 
formed  by  a  dozen  Solomon  Islanders  with  two  Fiji  N.C.O.'s,  for  it  was  con- 
sidered doubtful  whether  the  Papuan  could  be  trusted.  By  degrees  vSir 
William's  policy  of  employing  natives  wherever  possible  was  successful  in 
dissipating  this  doubt  and  distrust,  and  at  the  end  of  his  term  of  office  about 
one-fifth  of  the  total  expenditure  was  disbursed  for  native  services.  At  the 
present  time  nearly  all  the  oil  launches  in  the  Territory  are  run  by  natives, 
many  of  the  sailing  boats  are  sailed  by  them,  they  build  boats  and  houses, 
they  are  beginning  to  find  employment  as  clerks,  and,  it  will  be  seen  from 
Dr-  Strong's  very  interesting  report,  they  can  be  taught  such  delicate  work  as 
skin  grafting  ;  indeed,  the  medical  officer  at  Samarai  even  has  a  native  whom 
he  entrusts  with  the  administration  of  anaesthetics  when  he  has  to  perform 
an  operation.  And  it  must  be  remembered  that  very  few  of  these  "  boys" 
have  had  any  regular  training  ;  some,  no  doubt,  have  learned  their  trade 
at  a  mission,  but  the  greater  part  have  picked  it  up  from  watching  a  white 
man — for  instance,  the  native  who  administers  anaesthetics  learned  in  this 
way.  It  must  be  remembered  that  it  does  not  often  happen  that  a  white 
man  wants  to  teach  a  native  his  trade,  and,  even  if  he  wants  to,  he  rarely  has 
the  necessary  patience  ;  but  in  any  case  there  is  the  difficulty  arising  from 


lO'i  STEWART'S  HAXl)   BOOR 

Ihe  difference  of  language — a  difiiciilly  which  is  all  the  greater  from  the  fact 
that  so  many  of  us  cherish  in  cur  hearts  a  secret  conviction  that  any  one, 
wherever  bcrn,  can  understand  English  if  he  really  tries,  provided  that  the 
English  is  spoken  in  a  very  loud  tone,  and  (some  of  us  appear  to  think) 
is  pleutifull)'  garnished  with  adjectives.  Fortunately,  it  is  probable  that  the 
(iovernnicnt  will  be  able  shortly  to  do  something  to  assist  in  the  education 
of  the  native,  both  primary  and  technical.  Hitherto  this  work,  which  is 
really  the  duty  cf  the  (Government,  has  been  discharged  solely  by  the  various 
missions.  The  iieccssary  funds  will  be  raised  by  native  taxation,  a  Bill  for 
which  lias  already  passed,  though  it  has  not  yet  come  into  operation.  It 
would  seem  necessary  that  eventually  the  artisans  and  skiUcd  workmen 
generally  should  come  from  the  natives,  for  I  do  not  think  that  it  can  be  ex- 
pected that  Papua  will  ever  be  a  "  white  man's  counrty  "  in  the  sense  that 
white  men  will  marry  and  settle  down  and  make  their  homes  here.  Thus  I 
do  not  think  that  we  shall  ever  have  a  resident  population  of  European 
artisans  and  mechanics,  and  the  only  alternative  to  the  European  is  the 
Papuan. 

VOCABULARIES. 

As  is  generally  known,  the  languages  of  the  Territory  are  classified  as 
Papuan  and  Melauesian.  Roughly  speaking,  the  Melanesian  languages  are 
found  in  nearly  all  the  islands  of  the  east  and  south-east,  on  the  south  coast 
as  far  west  as  Cape  Possession,  and  on  the  north-east  cca.st  as  far  north  as 
Cape  Nelson  ;  they  do  not  as  a  rule  extend  far  into  the  interior.  Mr.  Ray, 
who  is  the  accepted  authority  ou  this  subject,  distinguishes  as  Melano-Papuan 
some  of  the  languages  spoken  en  the  islands  ;  these,  he  says,  "  in  many  respects 
agree  with  the  Melanesian  languages,  but  also  contain  numerous  divergencies 
from  the  usual  type."  Such,  for  instance,  are  the  languages  of  Wocdlark, 
Misima  and  Sud  Est.  In  the  rest  of  the  Territory  Papuan  languages  are 
spoken.  These  differ  completely  from  the  Melanesian,  and,  very  often,  frcm 
one  another.  There  is  said  to  be  some  likeness  between  the  Papuan  languages 
and  the  Australian,  but  nc  genealogical  connection  has  been  established 
between  them  ;  nor  has  any  greater  success  hitherto  attended  the  attempt  to 
connect  Papuan  languages  with  those  of  Halmahera  or  the  Andaman  Islands. 
The  Papuan  and  Australian  languages  meet,  as  might  be  expected,  in  Torres 
Straits.  There  are  two  languages  in  the  Straits,  an  eastern  and  a  western  ; 
the  latter  is  Australian,  the  former,  which  is  called  Miriam,  resembles  in  its 
grammatical  formations  some  of  the  Papuan  languages.  To  the  east  it  is 
possible  that  Papuan  languages  may  once  have  extended  as  far  as  the  Solo- 
mons, for  there  are  languages  there,  on  Savo  and  Vella  Lavella,  which  not 
only  differ  in  vocabulary  from  the  ordinary  Melanesian,  but  which  also  shows 
traces  of  Papuan  construction  ;  and  these  facts  may  be  taken  as  evidence  of 
the  existence,  in  these  islands,  of  a  pre-Melanesian  language  of  Papuan  type. 
(See  Cambridge  Expedition  to  Torres  Straits,  vol.  3.,  p.  522).  It  has  been 
part  of  the  ordinary  duty  of  officers  on  out-stations  to  collect  vocabularies  of 
the  languages  with  which  they  come  in  contact,  and  a  selection  cf  these 
vocabularies  wa.s,  up  to  the  year  1914-15,  published  in  the  annual  report. 
The  practice  was  then  discontinued  on  accovmt   of  the  scarcity  of  paper. 


OF    THE    PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


193 


The  vocabularies  have  been  found  useful  by  students  of  the  languages  of  the 
Pacific,  and  it  is  hoped  that  we  may  be  able  to  collect  and  publish  many  more 
of  them.  A  short  comparative  vocabulary  is  given  of  the  language  spoken 
at  Lake  Murray  (annual  report  1916-17,  p.  49),  and  the  language  spoken  by 
the  Marind-Anim  at  Merauke,  in  Dutch  New  Guinea.  For  the  Marind-Anim 
words,  I  am  indebted  to  the  Resident  of  Amboina.  (See  an  article  by  Mr. 
Ray,  in  Man  for  Marc-h,  1918,  p.  44,  deahng  with  points  of  resemblance 
between  these  languages). 


EXECUTIVE    COUNCIL. 

His  Excellency  Col.  J.  H.  P.  Murray,  C.M.G.,  Lieutenant-Governor 
and  the  Hens.  Herbert  William  Champion  (Government  Secretary),  Charles 
Edward  Herbert  (Deputy  Chief  Judicial  Officer),  Bertram  William  Bramell 
(Commissioner  for  Native  Affairs),  and  Robert  William  Turner  Kendrick 
(Treasurer). 

LEGISLATIVE  COUNCIL. 

Official  members  :— His  Excellency  Col.  J.  H.  P.  Murray,  C.M.G.,  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor, and  the  Hons.  William  Champion  (Government  Secretary), 
Charles  Edward  Herbert  (Deputy  Chief  Judicial  Officer),  Bertram  William 
Bramell  (Commissioner  for  Native  Affairs),  Robert  \\'illiam  Turner  Kend- 
rick   (Treasurer). 

Non-Olficial  members  : — The  Hons.  William  John  Little,  John  Gustb 
Nelsson,  and  Robert  Frederick  Whitten. 


PERMANENT  OFFICERS  IN  THE  PAPUAN  SERVICE. 


Armit,  L.  P.  B. 
Ashton,  L.  E. 
Atkm.son,  O.  J. 

Baker,  E.  G. 

Baker,  G.  H.  M. 

Baldie,  J.  W. 

Bastard,  E.  M. 

Bates,  A.  J. 
*Bell,  L.  L. 

Bellamy,  R.  L. 

Bensted,  J.T.  (Govt. 
Agent.  Sydney.) 

Biar,  J. 
*Blackwood,  E.  D. 

Blyth,  A.  L. 

Boag,  F.  L. 

Bock,  W.  A. 

Boileau,  J.  G. 

Bramell,  B.  W. 

Bros.sey,  L.  V. 
*Brown,  L.  N. 
*Buchanan,  R. 

Bulk,  F. 
♦Burrows,  S.  D. 
♦Button,  K.  A. 

Bvrne,  T.  P.  M. 


Cardevv,  H.  C. 

Catt,  H.  E. 

Cawley,  F.  R. 

Champion,  H.  W. 
*Chinnery,  E.  W.  P. 

Chapman,  S.  I. 

Christie,  G. 

Connellv,  L.  G.  G. 
*Crane,  W.  J. 
*Cridland,  A.  E. 

Davies,  N.  F. 
*Dick,  R.  L. 

Fitzgerald,  J.  P. 
^Fleming,  J.,  Miss 

Flint,  L.  A. 
*Giblin,  W.  E. 

Gibson, A. 

Graham,  A.  S. 

Grahamslaw,  T.  G.  E. 

Greenland,  S.  A. 

Grist,  R.  W. 

*Hanunerslev,  F.  I.  Miss 

Hardv,  H.  W. 
♦Harris,  E.  C. 


*Hart,  C.  F. 
Healy,  M.  T. 
Herbert,  C.  E. 
Hisjginson,  C.  B. 
HiJl,  C.  F. 
Humphries,  W.  R. 
Hunter,  A.  J. 
Huntington,  H.  \V. 

*Imlay,  G.  M. 
♦Irving,  J.  H. 

James,  E.  A. 

♦Keelau,  J.  F. 
Keppie,  W. 
Kendrick,  R.  W.  T. 

♦I/atimer,  R. 
Lyons,  A.  P. 
MacAlj^ine,  A.  M. 
McCristal,  T.  R. 
MacDonald,  J. 
Materua,  Teina 

♦McNeill,  N. 
Mears.  E.  W.  T 


H. 


194 


STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 


Murray,  G.  H. 
Murray,  H.  L. 
Murray,  J.  H. P.,C.M.G- 

(I/ieut.-C  Governor) 

Muscutt,  C.  R. 

*Reiitoul,  A.  C. 

Oldham,  E.  R. 

O'Malley,  J.  T. 

Parker,  H. 

*Pinney,  C.  R. 

Pratt,  A.  R. 


Rogerson,  H.  W. 
Ross,  H.  A. 
*RusseH,  H.  F.  S 

Smith,  F.  T. 
♦Smith,  M.  S.  C. 
Smith,  S. 
Smith,  W.  R. 
Speedie,  C.  S. 
Stanley,  E.  R. 
Strong,  W.  M. 
Symons,  A.  H. 


♦Thompson,  W.  H.  H. 
Turnbull.  O.  M. 


Waldron,  G.  C.  H. 

Walker,  A.  C. 
*\Vilkins,  E.  B.M.,  Miss 

Woodward,  R.  A. 
*Wnth,  C.  T. 


Zimmer,  G.  F.  W 


TEMPORARY  OFFICERS  IN  THE   SERVICE. 


Barnes,  W.  A. 

Campbell,  J.  N.  D. 

Grahamshaw,  J. 
Grimshaw,  O. 

Haviland,  C.  V. 
Headon,  F. 

Izod, H. 


Johnson,  A. 

Leitch,  H. 
Lomax,  A. 

Neyland,  J.  W. 

Russell,  Miss  M. 
Rosser,  W.  E. 

Sutton,  J.  H. 


vSwinnerton,  F. 

Taaffe,  J. 

Vivian,  R.  A. 

West,  A. 
Wright,  J. 


OFFICIALS. 

I^ieutenant-Governor  and  Staff  : — Murray,  J.  H.  P.,  Lieutenant-Gover- 
nor and  Chief  Judicial  Officer  ;  Murray,  H.  E-,  Official  Secretary  and  Navi- 
gating "  Elevala "  ;  Keppie,  W.,  Mechanic  and  Engineer,  "  Elevala "  ; 
Ashton,  L.  E.,  Cadet  Clerk,  Government  House  ;  Rahu,  — .,  Caretaker, 
Government  House. 

Judicial  (Central  Court)  : — Herbert,  C.  E.,  Deputy  Chief  Judicial  Officer  ; 
Bates,  A.  J.,  Registrar  and  Curator  of  Int.  Est.,  Curator  in  In.sanity. 

Government  Secretarv's  Department: — Champion,  H.  W.,  Government 
Secretary;  Baldie,  J.  W.',  Chief  Clerk;  Berge,  F.  J.,  Clerk;,  Hart,  C.  F., 
Clerk;  Bulk,  F.,  Engineer,  Launch  "  Mimietonka "  ;  Connelly,  L.  G.  G., 
R.M.  Buna  and  I,and  Buyer  ;  Cridland,  A.  E.,  Clerk  ;  Humphries,  W.  R., 
Acting  A.R.M.,  Kairuku  ;  Grimshaw,  O.,  Clerk,  Samarai  ;  Latimer,  R., 
Clerk,"  R.M.'s  Office,  CD.  ;  Rakatani-Keke,  Interpreter,R.M.'s  Office,  CD.  ; 
Anicete,  Pedro  Regioni,  Interpreter,  R.M.'s  Office,  CD.  ;  Rosser,  W.  E., 
Clerk  (Temporary)  ;  Miss  V.  .Vshton,  Clerk  (Temporary),  G.S.D.  ;  Miss  L. 
Baldwin,  Clerk  and  Typiste  ;  Hitchcox,  E.  P.,  Temporary  Clerk,  R.M.'s 
Office,  Samarai. 

Resi.ient  Magistrates  :— Lyons,  A.  P.,  W.D.  ;  O'Mallev,  J.  T.,  CD.; 
Armit,  L.  P.  B.,  Lakekamu,  K.D.  (acting  R.M.,  loma)  ;  Higgin.son,  C.B., 
E.D.  ;  Symons,  A.H.,  S.E.D.  ;  MacdonneU,^F.,  N.E.D..  Cape  Nelson  ;  Wuth, 
CT.,  Kumusi  (acting)  ;  Massey-Baker,  G.  H.,  Gulf. 

Assistant  Resident  Magistrates  : — Burrows,  S.  D.,  E.D.  ;  Cardew,  H.  C, 
Acting  R.M.,  W.D.  ;  MacAlpine,  A.  M.,  E.D.  ;  Bellamy,  R.  L.,  Tro- 
briands  (also  G.M.O.)  ;  Brown,  L.  N.,  A.R.M.,  Port  Moresby  ;  Crane,  W.  J.^ 
acting   A.R.M.,    Abau  ;    Campbell,    J.    N.    D.,    acting   at   I,osiiia  ;    Chinnery' 


*  Denotes  absence  oil  active  service. 


OF  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  195 

E.  W.  P..  Delta  (acting  P..M.,  Delta);  Bastard,  E.  M.,  E.D.  ;  Flirt,  L.  A., 
W.D.  ;  Oldham.  E.,  R.M.,  Mambare  ;  Huntinqton.  H.  W.  H.,  A.R.IM.  ;  Skelbv, 
R.  C,  A.R.M.  ;  Blyth,  A.  I,.,  acting  R.^L,  Kuniusi. 

Constabulary  : — Thompson,  W.  H.  H.,  H.O.O.,  Port  :\[ore.sby  ;  Atkinson, 
O.  J.,  European  Constable,  P.M. 

Gaols  :— Stanley,  J.  B.,  P-igo  ;  Healy,  M.  T.,  Head  Gaoler,  P.M.,  and 
Sanitary  Supervisor  ;  Headon,  F.,  Gaoler,  Samarai,  and  AVarraut  Officer  of 
Armed   Constabulary. 

Patrol  Officers  :— Hears,  E.  ;  Mu.scutt,  C.  R.  (A.R.M.,  Nepa)  ;  Grist, 
R.   W.,   actint;   Headquarters  Officer  of  A.C.  ;   Zimmer,   G.    F.   W.,   Cawley, 

F.  R.,  Murray,  H.  I.,  Neyland,  J.  W.  (Temporary'),  Barnes,  \V.  A.  (Tem- 
porary), MrPartland,  J.  fTemporar}'),  Roberts,  M.  I.  (Temporary),  Patrol 
Officers  ;  Waldron,  J.  C.  H.,  Engineer,  Patrol  Officer. 

Treasury  Department  : — Kendrick,  R.  W.  T.,  Treasurer  ;  Fitzgerald, 
J.  P.,  Accountant  and  Collector,  P.M.,  acting  C.C,  Trea.sury  ;  Imlay,  N.  G., 
acting  Boarding  Inspector,  Clerk,  P.M.  ;  Walker,  A.  C,  Postmaster,  Port 
Moresby  ;  Hunter,  A.,  Post  Office,  P.M.,  Postal  Assistant  ;  Hill,  C.  F.,  Chief 
Clerk,  Customs,  Samarai  ;  Bro.ssey,  L.  V.,  Clerk,  Port  Moresby,  Accountant  ;. 
Irviny.  J.  H.,  Clerk,  Port  Moresby  ;  Ru.ssell,  H.  F.  S.,  Clerk,  Treasury,  P.M.  ; 
McCristal,  T.  W.  (Collector  Customs,  Daru  ;  Byrne,  T.,  Chief  Clerk,  Samarai ; 
Smith,  S.,  Treasury  and  Customs,  Samarai,  acting  C.C.  ;  James,  E.  A., 
Examiner,  Treasury  and  Customs,  Port  Moresby  ;  Munt,  G.  T-,  Receiver  of 
Mails,  Bagoaia,  Misima  ;  Chester,  E.,  Receiver  of  Mails,  Imili  ;  Grahamslaw, 
T.,  Cadet'  Clerk,  Post  Offi.ce,  P.M.  ;  Boileau,  John,  Telephone  JNIechanic  and 
Postal  A.ssistant,  Port  Moresby  ;  Broadbent,  Thos,  Clerk,  Treasury  and 
Customs,  also  Sanitary  Inspector  ;  Grant,  E.,  Clerk,  Treasury,  Port  Moresby  ; 
Westbrook,  R.  F.,  Clerk,  Treasury,  Port  Moresby  ;  Apktenian,  W.  J.,  Cleirk,. 
Port  Moresby  ;  Ouinton,  H.,  Clerk,  Port  Moresby  ;  Swinnerton,  F.  P.,  Record 
Clerk,  Treasury  ;  Howell,  J.,  Temporary  Clerk. 

Government  Store  : — Ross,  H.  A.,  Government  Storekeeper  ;  Chapman, 
S.,  Clerk  ;  Teina  Materua,  Native  Clerk  ;  Gavera,  Native  Clerk  ;  Graham, 
W.  E.,  Cadet  Clerk  ;  Christie,  G.,  Storeman  ;  Holt,  F.  V.,  Clerk  (Temporary)  ; 
Vivian,  R.  A.,  Assistant  Government  Storekeeper  (Temporary)  ;  Dugdale, 
R.,   Temporary    Assistant. 

vSub-Collectors  : — Harris,  E.  C,  Samarai,  Port  Moresby  ;  Davies,  F.  N.^ 
Bon^gai,  Samarai  ;  Button,  A.  K.,  Daru. 

Lauds,  Survey  and  Mines  Department : — Smith,  Hon.  vStaniforth,  Comr. 
for  Lands  ;  Smith,  W.  R.,  Chief  Government  Surveyor  ;  Pinney.  C.  R., 
Draughtsman  ;  Turnbull,  G.  W.,  Draughtsman  ;  Hardy,  H.  W.,  Clerk  ;  Pratt, 
A.  E.",  Staff  Surveyor  ;  Blackwood,  E.  D.,  Staff  Surveyor  ;  North,  1<\  J.,  Staff 
Surveyor ;  McNeill,  N.,  Assistant  Surveyor ;  Stanley,  E.  R.,  Government 
Geologist  ;  Mitchell,  J.  G.,  Clerk  ;  Havilan'd,  C,  Staff  Surveyor  (Temporary)  ; 
Zimmer,  J.  T.,  Agricultural  Expert;  O'Reilly,  H.  Shelton,  Draughtsman; 
Miller,  A.,  Clerk  (Temporary)  ;  Lowell,  A.  R.,  Clerk  (Temporary). 

Agriculture  : — Johnston,  A.,  Manager,  K.W.R.  Plantation  ;  Johnston^ 
J.  R.,  Assistant,  K.W.R.  Plantation;  Catt,  H.  E.,  Manager,  Orangerie  Bay 
Plantation  ;  Loma.K,  A.  W.  (Temporary),  Assistant  Manager,  Orangerie  Bay 
Plantation  ;  Speedie,  C.  S.,  Manager  of  Laloki  Gardens  ;  Reid,  L.  G.  S., 
Assistant;  Stanley,  J.  B.,  Manager,  Rigo  ;  Barton,  C.  W.,  Temporary  As- 
sistant, Orangerie  Bay  Plantation  ;  Hind,  H.,  Temporary  Assistant,  Orangerie 
Bay  Plantation. 

Printing  Office: — ^Baker  E.  G.,  Government  Printer;  Bock,  W.  A., 
Compositor  (acting  Government  Printer)  ;  Gibson,  Alfred,  Compositor. 

Native  Affairs  Department: — Bramell,  B.  W.  B.,  Commissioner;  Bell, 
L.  L-,  Chief  Inspector  ;  Greenland,  S.  A.,  Clerk  and  Inspector  ;  Leonard, 
C.  A.,  Temporary  Clerk. 

Public  Works  Department  : — vSmith,  W.  R.,  Acting  Director  ;  ^MacDonald. 
J.,  Superintentlent  :   Rcntoal,  A.  C,  Clerk;  Boden,  E.,  Overseer,  P.W.D.  ; 


196  stkwart's  hand  book 


Jones,  H.,  Horse  Driver  ;  Neilsen,  A.,  Carpenter  ;  Williams,  V.  A.,  Road 
Engineer  ;  Hay,  I.,  Teniporary  Road  Overseer;  Deegan,  M.  F.,  Temporary 
Clerk. 

Artisans  :— Brodie,  D.,  Shipwright  ;  Smith,  T.  P.,  Boatbuilder  ;  Dick, 
R.  L.,  Plumber  ;  Switzer,  W.,  Sailmaker  ;  Eiar,  I.,  Carpenter  ;  Gofton,  G., 
Native  Ganger,  Wharf  ;  Biars,  S.,  (Government  Carpenter  ;  Mellor,  W.,  Horse- 


Dr. 

briands  ;  Taafe  — .,  G.M.O.,  Woodlark  ;  Harse,  — .,  G.M.O.,  Samarai  ;  O'Reilly, 
Dr.,  Port  Moresby. 

Port  Moresby  European  Hospital  : — Wilkins,  Miss  E.,  Matron  ;  Hammers- 
ley,  F.,  Acting  Nurse,  P.M.  Hospital  ;  Baldwin,  — ■.,  Acting  Matron,  Port 
Moresby. 

Samarai  European  Hospital : — Fleming,  Nurse,  Matron  ;  Miss  A. 
Bodsworth,  Temporary  Assistant ;  Miss  Bodsworth,  Nurse,   Probationer. 

Native  Hospital,  Woodlark  : — Miss  R.  Symons.  Nurse. 

Agent  for  the  Government  of  Papua  in  Sydney  : — Bensted,  J.  T  ,  Challis 
House,  Martin  Place 


BANKS. 

The  Bank  of  New  South  Wales  has  branches  at  Port  Moresby  (manager, 
F.  Allen)  and  at  Samarai  (manager,  T.  B.  Heath).  The  Commonwealth 
Bank  is  also  represented. 

WIRELESS    STATIONS. 

There  are  wireless  stations  at  Port  Moresby,  Samarai  and  Woodlark 
Island,  the  last  named  being  one  of  high  power. 


CHIEF  BUSINESS  HOUSES. 


DARU. 


Papuan  Industries,  Ltd.,  vStorekeepers,  Planters,  &c. 
— .  Maidment. 


PORT    MORESBY. 

Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Storekeepers,  Shipowners. 

Whitten  Bros.,  Ltd.,  Storekeepers,  Shipowners  and  Planters. 

B.N.G.D.  Co.,  Ltd.,  Storekeepers,  Shipowners  and  Planters. 

C.  R.  Baldwin,  Ltd.,  Storekeepers  and  Shipowners. 

J.  F.  Puxley,  baker. 

Papuan   Courier,  newspaper. 


SAMARAI. 


Burns,  Philp  &  Co. 
Whitten   Bros.,   Ltd. 
B.N.G.D.  Co.,  Ltd. 
J.  Clunn  &  Sons,  Storekeepers. 


OF    THE    PACIFIC    ISLANDS  107 

WOODLARK  ISI^AND. 


Whitten    Bros.,    Ltd. 

Nelsson  arii^l  Shedrlen,  Storekeepers  and  Planters. 


There  are  three  hotels  in  Samarai  ;  two  in  Port  Moresby. 


MISSIONS. 


CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND. 
Headquarters  at  Dogura  on  the  north-west  coast. 

Bishop  of  New  Guinea,  the  Right  Rev.  Gerald  Sharp,  D.D.,  and  Rev.'s 
F.  Raymond  Elder  (Enio),  James  Fisher  (Wamgera),  vStephen  Gill  (Boiania), 
John  Hunt  (Menapai),  Robert  Leek  (Port  Moresby),  M.  E-  Warren  (Samarai), 
Percy  Shaw  (Dogura),  Samuel  TonUmson  (Mukawa),  A.  C.  F'lint  (Ambasi), 
A.  P.  Jennings  (Uiako),  and  Peter  Ra,utamara  (Taupota). 
^     Laymen  :   P'rancis  Buchanan,  Norman  F'ettell  and  Henry  Holland. 

Ladies  :  Alice  Cottingham  (Dogura),  Maud  Forman  (Dogura),  Maud 
Hullet  (Dogura),  Maud  Nowland  (Ganuganuana),  Laura  Oliver  (Taupota), 
Mrs.  Maud  Shaw  (Dogura),  Mrs.  Tomlinson  (Mukawa),  Ida  Percy  (Dogura), 
Mrs.  Edith  Fisher  (Wamgera),  Ethel  Slade  (Dogura),  Esme  Strover  (Samarai), 
M.  Russell  (Ganuganuana). 


METHODIST. 

Headquarters  at  Ubuia,  off  the  north-west  coast  of  Normanby  Island. 

The  Rev.'s.  Matthew  K.  Gilmour  (chairman  of  district),  (at  Ubuia), 
Arthur  H.  Scrivin  (Dobu),  George  H.  Shepherd  (Ubuia),  R03'  S.  Taylor 
(Woodlark),  Alfred  W.  Guy  (Bunama),  Allan  M.  Davis  (Kiriwina),  J.  Ron^dd 
Andrews  (Mi.sima),  W^iliiam  Green  (Bwaidoga),  and  Ernest  G.  Hall. 

LONDON  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 

The  Rev.'s  B.  T.  Butcher  (Aird  Hill),  J.  B.  Clark  (Port  Moresby),  C.  F. 
Rich  (Fife  Bay),  H.  M.  Dauncev  (Delena),  E.  B.  Riley  (Darn),  R.  L-'  Turner, 
M.A.  (Vatorata),  Caleb  Beharel'l  (Hida),  W.  J.  V.  Saville  (Mailu),  E.  Pryce 
Jones  (Moru),  H.  P.  vSchlencker  (Orokolo),  and  C.  W.  .4bel  (Kwato). 


ROMAN  CATHOLIC. 

The  list  of  the  Roman  Catholic  missionaries  is  not  available. 


LIST    OF    RESIDENTS. 


Port  Moresby  District — Central  Division. 

Adrian.  John  James,  store  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Anderson,  Ralph,  miner,  Port  ]\Ioresby. 

Armit,  Lionel  Peroy  Barton,  Civil  >Scrvant,  Port  Moresby, 

Armit,  :\Irs.  Port  Moresby. 

Armit,  Reginald  Edgar  I<ees,  shop  assistant,  Port  Moresby] 


198  STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 

Atkinson,  IvHzabeth,  I'ort  Moresby. 

Atkinson,  Oliver  John,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Baker,  Kdward,  Oeorge,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Baldie,  James  Webster,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Baldie,  Katherine,  Christie,  Port  Moresby. 

Bates,  Alfred  Josiali,  civil  servant,  Port  More.sby. 

Bates,  Beatrice  Annie,  Port  Moresby. 

Bell,  Leslie  Livingstone,  civil  servant,  I'ort  Moresby. 

Betlmne,  Albert  Hdward,  ininer,  Tupuselei. 

Bellamy,  Raynor  Laming,  doctor,  Port  Moresby. 

Bethune,  Albert  Edward,  miner,  Tupuselei. 

Biar,  John,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Blyth,  Alfred,  miner,  Port  Moresby. 

Bock,  Walter  Alfred,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Boileau,  John  George,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Boileau,  Mrs.  Port  Moresby. 

Bolton,  Jack,  carpenter,  Port  Moresby. 

Booth,  John,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

Bomgren,  Carl  Rnc,  wharfinger,  Port  ]\Ioresby. 

Bomgren,  Rose  Alice,  Port  Moresby. 

Bowes,  T.  K.,  plantation  as.sistant.  Port  Moresby. 

Brien,  J.  F,.,  civi'  servant.  Port  More-sb}'. 

Brien,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresby. 

Bramell,  Bertram  William,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Brossey,  Louis  \'ictor,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Brodie,  David,  carpenter,  Port  Moresby. 

Bruce,  Ellen,  Port  Moresby. 

Bruce,  William  Cunningham,  planter,  Port  Moresby. 

Budds,  Margaret,  Port  Moresby. 

Budds,  Samuel,  blacksmith,  Port  Moresby. 

Bulk,  Frederick,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Burns,  Annie  Prudence,  Port  Moresby. 

Burns,  Arthur  John,  accountant.  Port  Moresby. 

Butterworth,  George  Botolph,  contractor.  Port  Moresby. 

Cahill,  Dome,  store  assistant,  Port  Moresby. 

Cahill,  Patrick,  carpenter,  Port  Moresby. 

Campbell,  John  Norman  Douglas,  Port  Moresby. 

Chalmers,  Campbell  William,  manager,  Bomana. 

Champion,  Florence,  Port  Moresby. 

Champion,  Herbert  \^'illiam,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Champion,  John  Edward,  miner,  Port  Moresby. 

Champion,  Thomas,  grocer,  Port  Moresby. 

Charlton,  Cecil  William,  carpenter.  Port  Moresby. 

Charpentier,  Pro,sper  Norman,  miner,  Port  Moresby. 

Chester,  Edwin,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

Christie,  Alexander,  miner,  Sapphire  Creek. 

Christie,  George,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Christie,  William,  engineer.  Port  Moresby. 

Clark,  Re^'.  J.  B.,  missioner.  Port  Moresby. 

Clark,  Mrs.  A.,  Port  Moresby. 

Cox,  A.  J.,  wireless  operator,  Port  Moresby. 

Cox,  Mrs.  Port  Moresby. 

Coote,  Phillip,  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Coote,  Mrs.  Port  INIoresby. 

Cruickshank,  Frank,  planter.  Port  Moresby. 

Danby,  Joseph  Arthur  Charles,  miner,  Tupuselei. 

Davies,  Norman  F'rederick,  civil  servant,  Port  IMoresby. 

Davies,  Anme  Monica,  Port  ^Moresby. 

Deane,  H.  M.,  Port  IMoresby. 

Dick,  J.  C,  overseer,  Kanosia. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANlja  1.99 

Dillon,  A.  II.,  clerk,  Port  Moresby. 

Dillon,  Mrs.  Port  Moresby. 

Dilitn,  — .,  clerk,  Port  Moresby. 

Dihm,  Mrs.,  Port  IMoresby. 

Doyle,  Andrew,  planter,  Laloki. 

Drewe,  Leslie  Arthur,  clerk,  Port  Moresby. 

Farr,  Charles  George,  civil  servant,  Port  ]Morefiby. 

Fidler,  W.  H.,  mechanic.  Port  Moresb)^ 

Fidler,  Mrs.,  Port  Motesby. 

Fitzgerald,  James  Paul,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Fowler,  Jean,  Port  Moresby. 

Garrod,  Robert  George,  baker.  Port  Moresby. 

Gibson,  Alfred,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Gordon,  Robert,  Motorist,  Port  Moresby. 

Graham,  Allan  Stewart,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Grahamslaw,  Annie,  Port  Moresby. 

Grahamslaw,  James,  plumber.  Port  Moresby. 

Grayson,  Harry,  machinist.  Port  MorevSby. 

Greenaway,  Alfred,  Planter. 

Greenaway,  Alfred,  planter. 

Greenland,  Stanley  Arthur,  clerk,  Por^t  Moresby. 

Greenland,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresbj'. 

Gregory,  Mrs.  Port  Moresby. 

Griffiths,  Jo,seph,  overseer,  Bcmana. 

Griffiths,  Naomi,  Boinana. 

Grist,  Richard  Walter,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Haigh,  Florence  May,  Port  Moresby. 

Hardy,  Herbert  William,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby 

Harmont,  Edward  Montague,  driver.  Port  Moresby. 

Hart,  William  John,  Port  Moresby. 

Hart,  Kmily  Adeline,  Port  Moresby. 

Hartley,  John  \\^illiam,  fisherman.  Port  Moresby. 

Healy,  Agnes  Maud,  Port  Moresby. 

Healy,  Michael  Thomas,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Hedges,  H.,  engineer.  Port  Moresby. 

Hedges,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresbj^. 

Herbert,  Charles  Edward,  judge,  Port  Moresby. 

Herbert,  Mrs.  Port  Moresby. 

Hickman,  E-.  wireless.  Port  Moresby. 

Hilda,  ■ — .,  accountant.  Port  Moresby. 

Hides,  Horace  Herbert,  labourer.  Port  Moresb)'. 

Hodges,  John  Demster,  seaman,  Port  Moresby. 

Hunter,  Annie,  Port  Moresl)y. 

Hunter,  Alex.  James,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Hunter,  Robert,  planter,  Hitau. 

Huntington,  Henry  William,  Hemsworth,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Irish,  Robert  Eastbourne,  overseer,  Katea. 

Jackson,  Charles  Frederick,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

Jackson,  William,  accountant,  Port  Moresby. 

James,  Ernest  Alfred,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Jewell,  Arthur,  planter.  Port  Moresby. 

Kendrick,  May,  Port  IMore.sby. 

Kendrick,  Percy  Charles,  auctioneer,  Kanosia. 

Kendrick,  Robert  William  Turner,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

King,  Henry  Charles,  carpenter,  Port  Moresby. 

King,  Mina,  Port  More.sby. 

Kirby,  Walter  John,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

Lamont,  William,  miner.  Port  Moresby. 

Lawson,  Arthur  Norman,  mission,  Bisiatabu. 

L,awson,  Ivmd,  Bisiatabu. 


200  STEWART'S  HAND    BOOK 

Leek,  Rev.  Robert,  priest,  Pert  Moresby. 

Leek,  Oliver,  Port  Moresby. 

I,ee,  Allan  Lewis,  dentist,  Port  Moresby. 

Leigh,  Emily  Mary  Weldhani,  Port  Moresby. 

Leigh,  Percival  Henry,  engineer,  Port  Moresby. 

Leonard,  Cyril  Ambrose,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

Lever,  Ivthelinda  Catherine,  Port  Moresby. 

Lever,  Percival  Gecrge,  engineer,  Port  Moresby. 

Little,  William  John,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Long,  Stanley  Wimble,  engineer,  Fairfax  Harbour. 

Long,  Alice  Louisa,  Port  Moresby. 

Loudon,  George  Archibald,  mine  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Loudon,  Winifred,  Port  Moresby. 

Lowell,  A.,  clerk.  Port  Moresby. 

MacDonald,  John,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

MacDonald,  Minnie,  Port  Moresby. 

McCrann,  Thomas,   Port  Moresby. 

McPartland,  J.  M.,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Marshall,  Eliza  Eddy,  Port  Moresby. 

Marshall,  Rhodes  Edward,  storeman.  Port  Moresby. 

Marshall,  G.  A.,  plantation  manager,  Kanosia. 

Marshall,  Mrs., 'Kanosia. 

Miller,  Thomas  James,  overseer,  lavarere. 

Mitchell,  Alexander  Murray,  ironmonger.  Port  Moresby. 

Munro,  PCUen  ^'lolet.  Port  Moresby. 

Munro,  Robert  Smith,  contractor.  Port  Moresby. 

Murray,  Hubert  Leonard,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Murray,  John  Hubert  Plunkett,  Lieut. -Governor,  Port  Moresby. 

Murray,  Pauline  Anna,  Port  Moresby. 

Mustard,  Archibald,  miner.  Port  Moresby. 

Mustard,  Nellie,  Port  Moresby. 

Nelson,  John,  trader.  Port  Moresby. 

Noller,  Elizabeth  Jane,  Port  Moresby. 

NoUer,  Eniil  August,  plumber.  Port  Moresby. 

O'Malley,  James  Thomas,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresbj'. 

O'Reilly-Shelton,  J.,  draughtsman,  Port  Moresby. 

O'Reilly-Shelton,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresby. 

O'Reilly,  Bertram  Charles  Noble,  doctor,  Port  Moresby. 

Osborne,  Percy  Rawlings,  mine  manager,  Laloki. 

Osborne,  Jessie,  Port  Moresby. 

Parker,  Henry,  Port  Moresby. 

Pechotsch,  Adalbert  Raimund,  assay er,  Port  Moresby. 

Penrose,  George,  miner.  Port  Moresby. 

Percy,  Harold  AA'illiam,  seaman,  Manu-Manu. 

Pettitt,  Frances,  cierk,  Port  Moresby. 

Phillips,  William  Henry  Alexander,  accountant,  Port  Moresby. 

Pope,  Sterling,  trader,  Motu-Motn. 

Pratt,  Alfred  F^rnest,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Pratt,  I\Iary  Isabella,  Sogen. 

Pratt,  Nora  Amy,  Sogeri. 

Priddle,  Charles,  mine  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Priddle,  Eva  A'iolet,  Port  Moresby. 

Puley,  James  Faj'crs,  baker.  Port  Moresby. 

Quinn,  William  Vincent,  plantation  over.seer,  Kanosia. 

Reid,  Walter  Mark,  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Richards,  Herbert  Victor,  store  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Rogerson,  Herbert  William,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Ross,  Eric  Sutherland,  overseer,  Koitakinumu. 

Ross,  Hugh  Alexander,  civil  servant,  Port  ^Moresby. 

Rosser,  Henry  Nicol,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 


OF    THE    PACIFIC,  ISLANDS  201 

Rosser,  Violet  May,  Port  Moresby. 

Rosser,  Wilfrid  Ernest,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Ryan,  Bridget  Mary,  Port  Moresby. 

Ryan,  Timothy  Denis,  hotelkeeper.  Port  More.sby. 

Sarich,  Elizabeth  Ann,  Port  Moresby. 

Sarich,  Matte,  Carrier,  Port  Moresby. 

Saunders,  Joseph,  miner.  Port  Moresby. 

Sefton,  Ruth  Isabel,  Koitakinumu. 

Sefton,  Thomas  Leslie,  plantation  overseer,  Koitakinumu. 

Simpson,  William  Arthur,  planter,  lavarere. 

Skelly,  Edgar  Clarence,  manager,  Port  Moresby. 

Skinner  Shelton  Brock,  carpenter.  Port  Moresby. 

Smith,  Frederick  Thomas,  boat  builder,  Port  Moresby. 

Smith,  Mehnda  May,  Port  IMoresby. 

Smith,  Wilham  Robert,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

vSmith,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresby. 

Spears,  Alexander,  carpenter.  Port  Moresby. 

Speedie,  Charles  Sheridan,  Hambron  Bluff. 

Speedie,  Mrs.  ,  Port  Moresby. 

Stanley,  Evan  Richards,  government  geologist,  Port  Moresby. 

Stanley,  Helen  Mary  Benson,  Port  Moresby. 

Stewart,  George,  Napa  Napa. 

Stewart,  Selina,  Napa  Napa. 

Strong,  Dr.  Walter  Marsh,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Stubbs,  Clifford  Cameron,  carpenter,  Port  Moresby. 

vSwain,  Harry  William,  master  mariner,  Port  Moresby. 

Swain,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresby. 

Tapp,  — .,  ofticer  in  charge  wireless,  Port  Moresby. 

Tapp,  Mrs.,  Port  Moresby. 

Turnbull,  (iilbert  Munro,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

Villiers,  Andrew,  contractor,  Port  Moresby. 

Vivian,  Reginald,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Waldron,  Joseph  Charles  Herbert,  engineer.  Port  Moresby. 

Wales,  Hector  Rankin,  manager. 

Walker,  Alfred  Cnrwen,  civil  servant,  Port  Moresby. 

Walsh,  Michael  Thomas,  storeman.  Port  Moresby. 

Walsh,  Richard,  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Ward,  Ernest  Trevor,  Itikinumi. 

West,  Albert,  civil  servant.  Port  Moresby. 

West,  Beatrice,  Port  Moresby. 

Whitbourne,  Archibald,  manager,  lavarere. 

Williams,  Henry,  overseer,  Lealea. 

Williams,  vSeVmour  Williams. 

Wills,  Samuel  Alfred,  accountant.  Port  Mcresijy. 

Wisdell,  William,  wharfinger,  Port  Moresby. 

Wood,  Percy  James,  store  manager.  Port  Moresby. 

Wright,  Constance,  Sapphire  Creek. 

Wnght,  Joseph,  labourer.  Sapphire  Creek. 

Wythes,  Gustavus,  miner,  Port  Moresby. 

Rico  District— Central  Division. 
Eeharell,  Rev.  C,  missionary.  Hula. 
Beharell,  :Mrs.  M.  N.,  missionary,  Hula. 
Cawley,  Frank  Reginald,  civil  servant. 
English,  A.  C,  trader,  Barodobo,  Rigo. 
English,  Mrs.,  Barodobo,  Rigo. 

Johnston,  A.,  plantation  manager,  Gobaragere,  K.W.  River. 
Johnston,  Mrs.,  Gobaragere,  K.W.  River. 
Martin,  G.  G.,  planter,  Ivaloura,  Rigo. 


202  STEWART'S  H\NP   BOOK 

Miller,  J.,  trader,  Maulci,  Rigo. 

Nevitt,  T.,  plantation  manager,  Tavai. 

Pollard,  A.,  plantation  assistant,  Tavai. 

Robertson,  \V.,  plantation  assistant,  Kokibagu. 

Sinclair,  Allan,  McGregor,  Tavai. 

Stanley,  J.  B.,  retired,  Maopa. 

Taylor,  carpenter,  Kokibagn. 

Turner,  Rev.  R.  L-,  missionary,  V'atorata. 

Turner,  Mrs.  R.  E.,  missionary,  \'atorata. 

Walsh,  W.,  trader,  Paramana,  Maopa. 


Mekeo  District — ^Centr.\t,  Division. 

Allora,  Madeline,  INIekeo. 

Anderson,  Eric,  planter,  Mekeo. 

Badams,  Joe,  planters  assistant,  Mekeo. 

Baker,  John  R.,  Mekeo. 

Balusson,  Rosalie,  Mekeo. 

Batard,  Claudine,  Mekeo. 

Bray,  Joseph,  trader,  Mekeo. 

Buchanan,  William,  trader,  Mekeo. 

Caron,  Albert,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Carrol,  Catherine,  Mekeo. 

Chabot,  Joseph,  mis.sionary,  Mekeo. 

Chatolher,  Valentine,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

ColUns,  Edgar,  plantation  overseer,  Mekeo. 

Collins,  Gordon,  Mekeo. 

de  Boismenu,  Alain  Guynot,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

de  Moor,  Peter,  missionary,  ]SIekeo. 

Desnoos,  Gustave,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Duflot,  Helene,  Mekeo. 

Evans,  Edmund,  sawmill  manager,  Mekeo. 

Eschleman,  — . 

Fox,  Mary,  Mekeo. 

Gildea,  John  Alec,  Mekeo. 

Gleeson,  Margaret,  Mekeo. 

Gors,  Arthur  M.,  Mekeo. 

Gors,  Otto  Charles.  Mekeo. 

Guilbeaud,  Ernest,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Heffernan,   Honora,   ^Nlekeo. 

Henkelman,  John  Adrian,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Jones,  Mary,  Mekeo. 

Kelly,  Mary,  Mekeo. 

Koopman,  Gertrude,  Mekeo. 

Little,  Wilham  J.,  civd  servant,  Kairuku. 

Masselin,  Albortine,  Mekeo. 

McTavish.  John,  Mekeo. 

Neyland,  F.,  civil  servant,  Kairuku. 

O'Connor,  Eric,  Mekeo. 

Paret,  Julie,  Mekeo. 

Poupeney,  Joseph,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Priem,  Adrian,  missionary,  Mekeo. 

Roger,  Albyn  A.,  plantation  as.sistant,  Mekeo. 

Septvants,  Angele,  Mekeo. 

Simon,  Jeanne,  Mekeo. 

Suramy,  Francme,  Mekeo. 

Svpanson,  Herbert  James,  miner,  Mekeo. 

Thomas,  Marie,  Mekeo. 

Wetherall,  Pearson  T.,  planter,  Mekeo. 

Williams  Alfred  A.,  planter,  Mekeo. 


OK    THE   PACII-IC   IStAXDS  2U3 


SaMARAI — I^ASTERN    DIVISION . 

Abel,  Rev.  Charles  William,  missionary. 

Abel,    Beatrice  Kmma. 

Armstrong,  Walter,  store  assistant. 

Anderson,  Christian  Oalf,  mariner. 

Anderson,  Jessie. 

Anderson,   Neil,   driver. 

Angel,  William,  store  assi.stant. 

Aumnller,  George  Edward,  store  manager. 

Bosworth,   Amy. 

Blenc-owe,  James  L,eslie  Howard,  plantation  managei. 

Blencowe,  Mrs. 

Blencowe,  Francis  William,  recruiter. 

Blencowe,  Sydney,  overseer. 

Blytt,  Haakon,  trader. 

Belfield,  James  Walter,  miner. 

Bernier,  Frederick  Alphonse,  manager. 

Bernier,  \"irginie  Hellen. 

Bunting,  Frederick  William,  overseer. 

Bunting,  Arthur  Herbert,  planter. 

Bunting,  I'Ula  Florence. 

Bunting,  Robert  Maurice,  planter. 

Beck,  William  Grundt,  mariner. 

Butler,  Albert  Edward,  recruiter. 

Burton,  Charles,  wharfinger. 

Burton,   Alva. 

Brabson,   Florence. 

Ballantyne,  James,  shipwright. 

Ballantyne,    Mecta. 

Brophy,  Michael,  carpenter. 

Carlow,  Reginald,  overseer. 

Cariow,   Alice. 

Chenoweth,  Lilian  May. 

Cox,  Percy,  manager. 

Clark,  Lawrence  Edward,  manager. 

Catt,  Henry  Edwin,  manager. 

Catt,  Margaret. 

Clay,   Edwin,  manager. 

Cloberty,  Peter,  civil  servant,  Samarai. 

Chesser,  John,  miner. 

Connelly,  Lincoln  Grant  Gartrolle,  civil  servant. 

Clunn,   Colin,  manager. 

Clunn,  Rose.  I 

Clunn,  John,  plantation  manager. 

Campbell,  Duncan,  shipwright. 

Campbell,  ]Maria. 

Cooper,  (jeorge,  clerk. 

Cooper,  Mrs. 

Cottingham,   Alice  Maud,   mission   worker,  Dogura. 

Da}^,  Cecil,  overseer. 

Driver,  James  Henry,  (■t)ntractor. 

Donovan,  Henry  ^Morgan  Serle,  planter. 

Dalleii,  Arthur  Ciifton,  recruiter. 

Edenborough,  Henry  James,  clerk. 

Edenborongh,  Alice. 

Evenett,  Frederick,  recruiter. 

Edwards,   John,   miner. 

KUis,  Bartholomew,  shipwright. 

Eichhorn,  Albert  l<'rederick,  planter. 

Eichhorn,  G.eorge  Charles,  planter. 


STEWART'S   HAND    BOOK 

Eichhorn,  Marv  I'.Uon. 

Paris,  I'mlenck  Norman,  manager. 

inctciier,  Henrv,  miner. 

rietcher,  Reginald  Keith,  civil  servant,  Samara.. 

Fletcher,  Mrs.,  Samarai. 

Forman.  Maud  Eveline,  miss.sion  Nvorker,  Dogura. 

Forester,  Londen  Edgar,  planter. 

Frame,  Edward  James,  accountant. 

FredmarOeorge  Harold,  civil  servant,  Samarai. 

Oarlick,  Alice  May. 

Garlick,  James  l^ynden,  storeman. 

Garstang,  Harrie  Ernest,  civd  servant. 

Grav,   John,  planter. 

Grimshaw,  Osborne,  civd  servant. 

Grmishaw,  Beatrice  Ethel,  authoress. 

Gilmour,  Rev.  Matthew  Kerr,  m.s.sionary. 

Gilmour,  Nora  Ldian. 

Gibb,  Janet  Catherine. 

Gotten,  Flora. 

Green,  William,  missionary. 

Green,  Ellen,  missionary. 

Harrison,  Edward  WilUam,  manager. 

Harrison,  George  Fernley,  manager. 

Harse,  Dr.  Walter,  physician. 

Harse,   Florence  Mary. 

Headon,  Frederick,  civd  servant. 

Heath,  — . 

Henderson,  Laurence,  hotelkeeper. 

Flenderson,   Elizabeth. 

Higgmson,  Charles  Bingham,  civd  servant 

Higgmson,  Ivv  Laura,  civd  servant. 

Hullett,  Nellie  Georgma  Aston. 

Inman,  Emma. 

Inman,  Maud. 

Inman,   Olive. 

Izod,  Horace,  civil  service. 

Izod,   Norman,   engineer. 

Tansen,  Hans,  over.seer. 

Johns,  Robert  Richard,  carpenter. 

Johns,   Caroline.  . 

Keogh,  Thomas,  blacksmith. 

Keogh,    Catherine. 

Kruger,  Frederick  Wagner,  planter. 

Lev/in,  Eva. 

Lomax,  Archibald,  overseer. 

Leslie,  Christiana  Maria. 

Leetch,  Honora  Kathleen. 

Matley,  Elpeth  Macdonald. 

Matley,  James  WiUiam. 

Moody,  Frederick  Owen. 

Morgan,  William,  planter. 

Meredyth,  — .,  manager. 

Moxon,  Francis  Henry,  retired. 

Miller,  George  Harold,  clerk. 

Miller,  Ruby  Enialine. 

MacAlpine,  Alexander,  civil  servant. 

McDonald,  Isla  Kerr. 

Mahony,  Frank  Patrick,  planter. 


OF   THE   PACIFIC    ISLANDS  205 


Jklaliony,  Klizabeth. 

^larks,   Florence. 

Nowland,  Maud,  mission  worker. 

Nicholson,  Charles  Borchard,  sailmaker, 

Niccol,  John  Hunter,  manager. 

Newland,  Walter  John,  seaman. 

Newton,  William  James,  miner. 

O'Connor,  Stanley,  manager. 

Oliver,   L,aura. 

Patching,  Cecelia  Sarah. 

Patching,  William  Benjamin,  auctioneer. 

Parkin,    Margaret   Evelyn. 

Pell,  James,  manager. 

Percy,  Ida  May,  mission  worker,   Dogura. 

Piatt,  Charles  Herbert,  recruiter. 

Piatt,  Sarah  Maria. 

Poole,  Victor,  civil  servant. 

Rich,  Rev.  Charles  Fry,  missionary. 

Rich,  Caroline  Florence. 

Rowe,  William  Flenry,  miner. 

Robertson,  Colin  Campbell,  missionary. 

Sharp  Gerald,  Anglican  bishon. 

Shepherd,  George  H  ,  missionarj'. 

Smith,  I^.,  overseer. 

Solomon,  Klia,  planter. 

Slade,  Fthel,  mission  worker,  Dogura. 

Sloan,  Joseph,  miner,  Samarai. 

vStork,   Alick,   recruiter. 

Sheddon,  William,  planter. 

Smith,  Sydney,  civil  servant. 

Smith,    Eva. 

Shaw,  Rev.  Percy  Charles,  missionary. 

Shaw,  IMaud. 

Scriven,  Margaret. 

Scriven,  Arthur  Henry,  missionary. 

Strover,  Esme,  mission  worker. 

Turner,  Charles  Owen,  recruiter,  Samarai. 

Turner,  Ellen. 

Tooth,  Ernest,  vSeptimas,  surveyor. 

Tooth,  Alice  Maud. 

Topal,  Henry  J.,  civil  servant,  Samarai. 

Taylor,   Joseph,  missionary. 

Walke,  Percy,  clerk,  Samarai. 

Wallace,    James   Buckle,   miner. 

V.'allace,  Joseph  William,  trader. 

Warrer,  M.  E.   missionary. 

\^'hitehead,  James  Henry,  mis.sionary. 

Whitten,  Robert  Frederick,  merchant. 

Wilkes,  James  Richard  Adara,  manager. 

Williams,  William  Thomas,  miner. 

Willock,  William  Joseph,  clerk,  Sainarai. 

Wilson,  James  Herbert,  miner. 

Winlerbottom,  Flonor  Etta. 

Wisdell,  Charles,  storeman. 

Wisdell,   F;Uzabeth  Louisa. 

Wright,  Mr.«. 

Wright,  William  Henry,  manager. 

Young,   Kate. 

Young,  William  George,  carpenter. 


206  STEWART' vS  HAND  BOOK 

WooDi.ARK    Island — Kultjmadau    Division. 

Aitken,  Peter,  engine  driver. 

Aitken,  Margaret. 

Anderson,  William  Forbes,  planter. 

Anderson,  Hannah  Moir. 

Anderson ,  M  and . 

Arbouin,  Charles,  trader. 

Broadbent,  Ivniest,  civil  servant. 

Clancy,  Arthur,  miner. 

Cnrtin,  James,  miner. 

Dalgreen,  Hansgard  Charles,  recruiter. 

Drewe,  Douglas  Edgar,  store  keeper. 

Ede,  Richard  Henry,  planter. 

Ede,  Isidore,  planter. 

Ede,  Rachel  Emma. 

Evans,  John,  nnner. 

Evenett,  Arthur  Ernest,   carpenter. 

Flower,  Alfred  Edward,  miner. 

Grant,  Edwin,  civil  servant. 

Greentree,  Paul  Preston,  miner. 

Greentree,   Maud   Alethea. 

Hay,  James  P'rancis,  miner. 

Hughes,  William  Herbert,  planter. 

Ilott,  John,  miner. 

Jones,  George  Henry,  miner. 

Johannessen,  Einar,  recruiter. 

Keegan,  William,  miner. 

Koig,  John,  miner. 

Jones,  Edward  Morris,  miner. 

Mears,  Edwin  William  Jones,  civil  servant. 

Morley,  Henry  Ethelbert,  miner. 

Monnington,  Frederick,  miner. 

McLeish,  John,  miner. 

MacKreth,  Reginald,  miner. 

MacFarlane,  John,  miner. 

Nelson,  John  Cooper,  recruiter. 

Nelsson,  John  Gusth,,  storekeeper. 

Nels.son,  Edith. 

O'Dell,  William,  hotelkeeper. 

O'Dell,  Mary  Ann. 

O'Dell,  Florence  Annie. 

Osborne,  Eric  Edward,  planter,  Rossel  Island. 

Osborne,  Clarice,  Rossel  Island. 

Robertson,  James,  miner. 

Reynolds,  Arthur,  engine  driver. 

Rochfort,  Francis  Augustine,  miner. 

Symons,  Alexander  Henry,  civil  servant. 

Sheret,  David,  miner. 

Sinclair,  Allan,  miner. 

Taylor,  Roy  S.,  mi.ssionary. 

Thompson,  William  Henry,  miner. 

Thompson,  Mary  Ann. 

Taaffe,  John,  medical  practitioner. 

Taaffe,   Ellen. 

Tweed,  Thomas,  miner. 

Watkms,    George,   miner. 

Whitehead,  Charles,  recruiter. 

Walton,  George  William,  planter. 


OF  THF  PACIFIC  I3I,ANDS  207 

Misi.MA  Island — South-Eastkrn  Division. 

Ariotti,  Severine,   miner,  Misima. 

Anderson,  John,  miner. 

Andrews,  J.  Ronald,  missionar}'. 

Boyd,  Robert,  miner,  Misima. 

Boyd,  Isabel,  Misima. 

Carlow,  James,  miner,  Misima. 

Coleman,  Alfred,  planter,  ^Mambaro. 

Coppard,  Charles  John,  miner,  Misima. 

Craig,  T.  E.,  planter,  Sudest,  Misima. 

Franklin,  Louis  Charles,  miner,  Misima. 

Grant,  Alexander,  miner,  Mi.sima. 

Hamilton,  Charles  Edward,  miner,  Misima. 

Hamilton,  Rebecca  Agnes,  Misima. 

Hartley,  ^lary  Ellen,  5lisima. 

Hartley,  Lionel  Cecil  George,  miner,  Misima, 

Hurley,  Francis  Cecil,  miner,  Misima. 

Loust,  Sophia  Amelia,  Tilisima. 

Loust,  Arthur  Richmond,  engineer,  IMisima. 

Hunt,  George  James,  storekeeper,  Misima. 

Neill,  Thomas,  engineer,  ]Misima. 

Patterson,  Raynard,  mine  manager,  Misinin. 

Rolf,  Alfred,  miner,  IMisima. 

vSlater,  George,  miner,  Misima. 

Smith,  John,  miner,  Misima. 

Walker,  William  Gilbert  Ross,  carpenter,  Misima. 

Wills,  Thomas,  miner,  Mi.sima. 


Trobriand  Islands — -South-eastern  Division. 

Auerl)ach,  Edward  Aubrey,  planter. 
Auerbach,  Theodore  .\ubrey,  planter. 
Campbell,  ]\Iurdo  Norman,  planter. 
Davies,  Allan  M.,  missionary. 
Hancock,  William  Robert,  trader. 
Pearce,   Florence   Jane. 
Priest,  William  Joseph,  fisher. 
Pnsk,  Ethel  Marv. 


Cape  Nelson — North-Eastern   Division. 


Elder,  Frank  Raymond,  priest. 
Fisher,  James  Edward  John,  priest. 
Hooper,  George  vStanley,  trader. 
MacDonnell,  Frank,  civil  servant. 
MacDonnell,   Edelle   Earienne. 
Prosser,  Sydney  Walter,  recruiter. 
Walker,  George  Sydney,  recruiter. 


AbAU — E-A.STERN  DIVISION. 

Bastard,  Edwin  Montague,  civil  .servant,  Abau. 

Bastard,   Mrs. 

Broomfield,  John  jVngle,  planter,  Abau. 

Clark,  Frank  Leslie,  planter,  Abau. 

Cotter,  Michael,  planter,  Abau. 

Cowley,  Campbell,  planter,  Abau. 


208  STEWART'S  HAND   bOOK 

Crewe,  Matthew,  luiucr,  Abau. 

Fletcher,  John,  miner,  Abau. 

Holm,  Melgo,  planter,  Abau. 

Horn,  Florence  FJiza,  Abau. 

Malinverni,  Joseph,  miner,  Abau. 

Metcalf,  Charles  Tasman,  planter,  Abau. 

Miller,  James,  trader,  Abau. 

Nelson,  Charles,  miner,  Abau. 

Preston,  James,  miner. 

Reid,  Leslie  John  S.,  planter,  Abau. 

Savdle,  Frances,  Mailu. 

Saville,  William  James,  missionary,  Mailu. 

Watson,  Stephen,  plantation  manager,  Abau. 

Weekley,  Fred,  miner,  Abau. 

'   KoKODA  District — Kumusi   Division. 

Berriman,  Richard,  miner,  Yodda. 
Fowler,  James  Grant,  civil  servant. 
Lawrence,  Wilfred  James,  miner,  Yodda. 
Newman,  Alexander,  civil  servant,  Kokoda. 
Parkes,  William,  mmer,  Yodda. 


Buna    District — Kumusi    Division. 

Bondeson,  Peter,  miner. 

Blyth,  Alex,  Listen,  civil  servant. 

Blyth,  Mrs. 

Gibbs,  Harry  Martin,  miner,  Buna  Bay. 

Holland,  Henry,  missionary.  Buna  Bay. 

Kelly,  Patrick,  plantation  manager,  Buna  Bay. 

Gates,  Ernest  Thomas,  storekeeper.  Buna  Bay. 

Gates,  Florence,  Buna  Bay. 

Spiller,  Hobart,  recruiter.  Buna  Bay. 

Vieusseux,  Francis  Eric,  recruiter.  Buna  Bay. 


loMA — Mambare  Division. 


Davies,  David,  miner,  loma. 
Elliott,  Robert,  miner,  loma. 
Lassen,  Peter  Theodor,  miner,  loma. 
Oldham,  Eric  Ryton,  civil  servant. 
Park,  William,  miner,  loma. 


Daru — Western  Division. 

Beach,  Hiigh  Perc}^  overseer. 

Boag,  Frank  Leigh,  doctor. 

Cowling,  John,  planter. 

Flint,  Aclin  Leopold,  civil  servant. 

Freshwater.  James  Bruce,  plantation  manager. 

Freshwater,  Nellie. 

Harman,  Daniel  Coulter,  store  manager. 

Harman,  Alice. 

LufT,  I^eonard,  recruiter. 

Lyons,  Arthur  Power,  civil  servant.. 

McCristal,  Thomas  Robert,  civil  servant, 

Maidment,  Walter  Austin,  storekeeper. 

Maidment,  Ellen. 


OF    THE   PACIFIC   ISr<ANDS  209 


Osborne,  Herbert  Court,  trader. 

Palmer,  Theodore  Reeves,  plantation  manager. 

Pothier,  I^ouis,  trader. 

Reynolds,  Harold  Peter,  recruiter. 

Riley,  Edward  Raxter,  missionary. 

Riley,  Jessie  Marion. 

Sutton,   Joseph  Henry,  civil  servant. 


VATr,AT,A  River  Area, 

Field,  William  Willcock,  painter. 

Fanning,  Joseph  Patrick,  overseer. 

Gilbert,  Henry,  carpenter. 

I,angford,  Walter  Gilbert,  raining  engineer. 

Lett,  Lewis,   planter. 

Lett,   Bertha  Mary. 

MacDonald,  Donald,  planter. 

Treloar.  Robert  Leslie,  accountant. 

Wade,  Arthur,  oilfield  director. 


Kkre.ma — GUI.F  Division  (excluding  Vailala  River  Area). 

Baker,  Godfrey,  Hugh  May,  civil  servant,  Kerema. 

Baker,  Thomas  Christian,  mariner,  Kxikipi. 

Currie,  William,   trader,  Kukipi. 

Gunder.sen,  Ludvig,  mariner,  Kukipi. 

Jones,  Fdwin  Pryce,  missionary,  Moru. 

Jones,  Hugh,  trader,  Kukipi. 

Jones.  Minnie  Ellis,  Moru. 

Miles,  Arthur  William,  recruiter,  Kerema. 

Schlencker,  Henry  Percy,  missionary,  Orokolo. 

Schlencker,  Mary  Elizabeth  Sarah.  Orokolo. 


I.AKEKAMU    GOLDFIEI-D — NEPA. 


Arnold,  George,  miner. 

Butler,  John,  miner. 

Chariton,  Findlay,  miner. 

Drjscoll,  Edward,  miner. 

Gillespie,  Andrew,  miner. 

Murphy,  John,  miner. 

Murray,  Thomas,  miner. 

Murray,  William,  miner. 

Muscutt,  Charles  R.,  civil  servant. 

Neil,  Michael,  miner. 

Reilly,  John,  miner. 

Robertson,  Gordon  MacMillan,  miner. 

Rowe,  William,  storeman. 

Smith,  Stanley,  F'rancis,  miner. 

Smith,  Michael,  miner. 


KiKORi — DELTA   Division. 


Dean,  William  John,  master'  mariner. 
Johnstone,  Harold,  civil  servant. 
Murray,  George  Hugh,  civil  servant. 
Williams,  Arthur  Den.sil,  planter. 
Williams,  Claude  Roubel,  planter. 
Woodward,  Ronald  Austin,  civil  servant. 


210  STlvWAKT'S   HANI)   ROOK 

CUSTOMS   TARIFF. 


DIVISION  I.— AL,E,  SPIRITS  AND  BEVERAGHS. 

Ale  and  other  beer,  porter,  cider  and  perry,  spirituous  : — In  bottle* 

aod  in  bulk,  per  gallon         ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        Is.  6d. 

Ale  and  other  beer,  porter,  cider  and  perry,  non-spirituous,  per  gallon        Is. 
Spirits,  t  and  spirituous  liquors,  n.e.i.  : — 

(a)  When  not  exceeding  the  strength  of  proof ,  per  gallon       ..      17s. 

(b)  When  exceeding  the  strength  of  proof  per  proof  gallon     ..      17s. 
Perfumed  spirits  and  bay  rum,  per  gallon         .  .  .  .  .  .  . .      17s. 

Spirituous  preparations,   viz.  :  -  Essences,   fruit   and  other  ethers, 

aromas  and  flavours,  fluid  extracts,  sarsaparilla,  tinctures, 
medicines,  infusions,  toilet  preparations,  limejuice  and  other 
fruit  juices  and  fruit  syrups,  containing  : — 

(a)  Not  more  than  25  per  cent,  of  proof  spirit,  per  gallon 

(b)  More  than  25  per  cent.,  but  not  more  than  50  per  cent,  of 

proof  spirit,  per  gallon 

(c)  More  than  50  per  cent.,  but  not  more  than  75  per  cent,  of 

proof  spirit,  per  gallon 
{(i)  More  than  75  per  cent,  of  proof  spirit,  but  not  over  proof, 

per  gallon 
(e)  Overproof    to    be    charged    as   spirituous    liquors    under 
Item  .3  (b). 
Non-spirituous  ethereal  fruit  es.sences  and  artificial  fruit  essences, 

ethers,  aromas  and  flavours,  ad  valorem   .  . 
Wine,  sparkling  J,  per  gallon 
Wine,  n.e.i.  (including  medicated  and  vermouth)  :  —  § 

(a)  Containing  not  more  than  40  per  cent,  of  proof  spirit,  per 

gallon 

(b)  Containing  more  than  40  per  cent,  of  proof  spirit,  per 

gallon 
{c)  Australian,  per  gallon  . .  .  .  . .  .  .  . .        "is. 

I^imejuice  and  other  fruit  juices  and  fruit  syrups,  non-spirituous,  per 

gallon         . .  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .        Is. 

Table  waters  (aerated  and  mineral),  and  preparations,  n.e.i.  packed 
for  household  use  for  the  production  thereof  ;  including  spark- 
let bulbs,  preparations,  n.e.i.  for  compounding  non-alcoholic 
beverages,  per  dozen  pints.  .  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        Is. 

\\'ood  naptha,  methyl  alcohol,  and  acetone,  per  gallon  ;        . .  . .        2s. 


DIVISIQN  II.— TOBACCO  AND  MANUFACTURES  THEREOF. 


4s. 

3d. 

8s. 

6d. 

12s. 

9d, 

1 7s. 

10% 

1.5s. 

10s. 

17s.. 

Tobacco — 

(rt)  Unm£vnufactured,  n.e.i.,  per  pound  ..  ..  ..        3s.  6d, 

(b)  Unmanufactured,  but  entered  to  be  locally  manufactured 
(to  bp  paid  at  time  of  removal  to  the  factory)  into  : — 

1.  Tobacco  or  cigarettes,  per  pound .  .  ..  ..        Is. 

2.  Cigars,  per  pound    .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .        2s.  6d. 

*  Six  rtpateil  qHftrts  or  twelve  reputed  pints,  or  twenty-fonr  reputed  half-piuts  to  be  charged 
as  one  gallon. 

t  Spirits  in  cases  of  two  gallons  and  under,  to  be  charged  as  two  gallons  ;  over  two  gallons, 
and  not  exceeding  t|iree  gallons,  as  three  gallons;  over  three  gallons,  and  not  exceeding  f<Mir 
gallons,  as  four  gallops;  pnd  so  on,  provided  that  small  bottles  or  phials  of  liquor  intended  for 
samples  or  other  special  purposes  only,  may  be  entered  at  actiipl  measurement. 

t  Three  magnunis,  six  reputed  quarts,  twelve  reputed  pints,  or  twenty- four  reputed  half-pints 
to  he  charged  as  onie  gallon. 

§  Six  reputed  quarts,  twelve  reputed  pints,  or  twenty-four  reputed  half-pints  to  be  charged  as 
one  gallon.  ' 


OF  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


^11 


(c)  Manufactured,  n.e.i.  including  the  weight  of  tags,  labels 

and  other  attachments,  per  pound  ..  ..  ..        3s.   6d. 

(if)  Trade,  on  which  twenty-nine  (29)  sticks  or  figs  weigh  in 
the  aggregate  not  less  than  one  ( 1 )  pound  avoirdupois  : — 

1.  Entirely  grown  and  manufactured  in  Australia, 

per  pound .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  •        2s.  3d. 

2.  Made  in  Australia  from  imported  leaf,  per  pound       2s.  6d. 

3.  N.E.I.,  per  pound  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .        3s. 

Cigars,  including  the  weight  of  bands  or  ribbons,  per  poimd  .  .  . .        8s. 

Cigarettes,  including  the  weight  of  cards  and  mouth-pieces  con- 
tained in  inside  packages,  per  pound         ..  ..  ..  ..        8s. 


DIVISION  III.— AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTS  AND  GROCERIES. 


Animals,  living     .. 

Bacon  and  hams,  partly  or  wholly  cured,  per  pound    .. 

Biscuits,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Cabin,  Pilot  and  similar  bread 
{b)  N.E.I.,  per  pound 

Blue,  laundry,  per  pound 

Butter,    including    Kutterine   and   margarine    when    coloured    and 
marked  as  prescribed,  per  pound  .  . 

Cakes,  including  puddings  other  than  meat  puddings,  per  pound 

Candles,  tapers  and  night  lights,  per  pound 

Capers,  ad  valorem 

Cheese,  per  pound 

Chutney,  ad  valorem       .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 

Cocoanuts  and  copra 

CofTee  and  chicory,  including  coffee  and  milk,  per  pound 

Confectionery,  n.e.i.  including  cocoa,  cocoa  and  milk,  chocolatfe, 
bon-bons,  and  mixed  packets  of  confectionery  containiidg 
trinkets  (gross  weights)  ;  sugar  candy  ;  medicated  coufet- 
tionery  ;  cachous  ;  crystallised  or  candied  fruits ;  confec- 
tionery, ornamental ;  cocoa  beans,  .shells  and  nibs  ;  cocoa  butter 
caramel  ;  caramel  paste,  and  caramel  butter,  per  pound 

Eggs  in  shell,  ad  valorem 

Egg  contents,  dry,  ad  valorem  .  . 

Pats,  including  axle  and  other  greases,  lard  and  tallow,  ad  valorem  . 

Fish,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Fresh,  salted,  smoked,  dried,  or  preserved  by  cold  procfess 

(b)  Potted    and    concentrated,    including    extracts    of    ahd 

caviare,  ad  valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  .... 

(c)  Preserved  in  tins  or  other  airtight  vessels,  includir.g  the 

weight  of  liquid  contents,  ad  valorem 

Flour  

Foods,  animal,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 

Foods,  infant  and  invalid,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem    . . 

Fruits,   viz.  : — 

(a)  Dried,   including   preserved   ginger  (not  in  liquid),   per 
pound  . .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  . 

(6)  Preserved  in  liquid,  or  partly  preserved  or  pulped,  includ- 
ing preserved  ginger,  n.e.i.,  per  dozen  pints 
{c)  N.E.I.  ..     "" 


Free 
Id. 

Free 
Id. 
Id. 

2d. 
2d. 
Id. 
10% 
Id. 

^"  /o 

Free 

2d. 


2d. 

5% 

^% 
100/ 

Free 

10% 

10% 
Free 

10% 
lOo^. 


Id. 


Is. 
Free 


21: 


STEWART  S    HAND    BOOK 


Oiiiger,  other  than  preserved,  per  pound 
Grain  and  pulse,  viz.  :  — 

(.-/)  Not  prepared  or  manufactured 

(b)  Prepared  and  manufactured,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem    . 
Honey,  per  pound 
Hops,  per  pound  .  . 
Insects — Bees  and  other 
Isijiglass,  per  pound 

j  ams  and  jellies,  including  calves'  feet  but  not  meat  jellies,  per  pound 
Linseed  and  linseed  meal,  ad  valorem.  . 
Liquorice,  ad  valorem     .  . 
Macaroni,  per  pound 
Malt,  per  bushel  .  . 
Matches  and  Vestas,  ad  valorem 
Meats,  poultry  and  game,  viz.  :  — 

[a)  Potted  or  concentrated,  including  extracts  of,  and  meat 

jellies,  per  pound 

(b)  Preserved   with  or  without  vegetables  in  tins  or  other 

airtight  vessels,  including  weight  of  liquid  contents 

[c)  Soups  . . 

(d)  N.K.I.  . .  

Milk,  including  cream,  ad  valorem 

Mustard,  per  lb.  .  . 

Nuts,  edible,  n.e.i.,  per  pound    .  . 

Oilmen's    stores,    n.e.i.,    being    groceries,    including    culinary    ancl 

flavouring  essences  non-spirituous,  soap  dyes,  and  condition 
foods,  n.e.i.,  food  for  birds  in  packages  for  retail  sale  ;  goods  put 
up  for  household  use  not  elsewhere  dutiable  at  a  higher  rate,  ad 
valorem 

Pickles,  ad  valorem 

Rice,  including  rice  meal  and  rice  flour,  per  ton 

Sago,  per  lb. 

Salt,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Table  preparations  thereof,  per  ton 

{b)  N.E.I.  per  ton  .  .  

vSauces,  ad  valorem 

vSeeds  (garden),  bulbs,  flowers,  plants,  shrubs  and  trees 

Seed,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem  .  . 

Soap,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Toilet,  fancy  or  medicated,  ad  valorem 

(b)  N.E.I.  ;  also  soap  substitutes  and  compound  detergents 

for    washing    and    cleansing    purposes,    not    including 

.saponaceous  disinfectants,  per  pound 
Spices,  per  pound 

Starch,  including  starch  flour,  per  lb.    . . 
Straw,  ad  valorem 
Sugar,  per  cwt.     . . 

S3'rup  (golden),  molasses  and  treacle,  per  cwt. 
Tapioca,  per  pound 
Tea,  per  pound     .  . 
Vegetables,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Dried,   dry-salted,   comprevSsed  or  powdered,   including 

dried  herbs,  ad  valorem     . . 

(b)  Preserved   in   liquid,    or   part-preserved   or   pulped,    ad 

valorem 

(c)  N.E.I.  

Vermicelli,  per  pound 

Waxes,  ad  valorem 


Id. 

Free 
10% 

Id. 

Id. 
Free 

Id. 

Id. 

10% 
10% 

Id. 

6d. 
10% 


2d. 

Free 
Free 
Free 
10% 

Id. 

2d. 


10% 

10% 

10s. 

Id. 

10s. 
10s. 
10% 
Free 

10% 

10% 


Id. 

Id. 

Id. 

•        5% 

2s. 

4d 

2s. 

Id. 

2d. 

10% 

10% 

Free 

Id. 

10% 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


213 


DIVISION  IV.— TEXTIIvES,  FELTS  AND  FURS  AND  MANUFACTURES 
THEREOF,    AND   ATTIRE. 


Apparel  and  attire,  n.e.i.  for  the  human  body,  partly  or  wholly  made 

up,  including  materials  out  into  shape  therefor,  ad  valorem 
Artificial  plants,  flowers,  fruits,  leaves  and  grains  of  ail  kinds  and 

materials,  ad  valorem 
Bags  and  sacks,  viz.  :-- 

{a}  For  exporting  produce 

(^)  N.E.I,  and  other  jute  good,«,  ad  valorem    .. 
Bedding,   including  mattresses,   other  than  wire,   and   pillows,   ad 

valorem 
Blankets,  including  blanketing,  rugs  and  rugging,  ad  valorem 
Canvas  and  duck,  ad  valorem    .  . 
Carpets,  floor  covering  and  carriage  mats  of  any  textile  material 

except  coir,  ad  valorem 
Coir  mats,  matting  and  fenders,  ad  valorem     .  . 
Cotton,  viz.  : — 

{n)  Unmanufactured 

(b)  Waste,  ad  valorem    .  . 

(c)  N.E.I.,  ad  valorem    .  . 
Curt.iins  and  blinds,  ad  valorem 
Diving  dresses  and  parts  thereof 

Drapery,  n.e.i.,  including  all  materials  composed  v.holly  or  in  part 
of  cotton,  silk,  linen,  wool  or  other  woven  fabric,  ad  valorem   . . 

Feathers,  dressed  or  undressed,  including  feathers  made  up  into 
trimmings  ;  also  natural  birds  and  wings,  ad  valorem     .  . 

Felt  and  manufactures  thereof,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem. 

Furs  and  skins,  ad  valorem 

Hair,  natural  or  imitation,  ad  valorem 

Hats,  caps  and  bonnets,  including  trimmings  thereon,  ad  valorem 

Hessian  and  Brattice  Cloth,  ad  valorem 

Nets  and  netting,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 

Parasols,  sunshades  and  umbrellas,  ad  valorem 

Sewing  and  embroidery  silks  and  twists,  ad  valorem . 

Tarpaulins,  tents  and  sails,  ad  valorem 

Wool,  ad  valorem 


10% 

Free 
10% 


10% 
10% 
10% 

10% 
10% 

Free 
5% 
10% 
10% 
Free 

10% 

10% 

r.o/ 
•'  '<) 

5% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 


DIVISION  v.— METALS  AND  MACHINERY. 


Amtimnition,  ad  valorem 

Anchors     .  . 

Arms  bearing  the  Britisli  or  other  approved  testmark,  ad  valorem 

Guns  or  rifles  which  do  not  bear  the  British  or  other  approved  test 

mark,  or  such  barrels  imported  separately,  each .  . 
Axes  and  hatchets,  ad  valorem .  . 
Bedsteads,  including  wire  mattresses    .  . 
Bolts,  nuts,  rivets  and  wa.sliers,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 
Brass,  viz.  : — Angle,  bar,  blocks,  pipes,  plates,  rods,  scrap,  studs 

strips,  tees  and  tubes 
Brassware,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem     . . 
Cash  registers,  adding  and  computing  machines,  and  all  attach 

ments,  ad  valorem  . . 
Chains  and  cables 
Copper,  viz.  : — Angle,  bar,  blocks,  matte,  pipes,  plates,  rods,  scrap 

sheet,  strips,  tee  and  tubes 
Copper  Manxifactures,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 


^"  /o 
Free 
10% 

£5 
10% 
Free 
10% 

Free 

10% 

10% 
Free 

Free 
10% 


214 


STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 


Crucibles,  ad  valorem 

Cutlery,  ad  valorem 

Uownpipe,  guttering,  ridging  and  stump-caps,  ad  valorem    . . 

Electrical  appliances  and  materials,  ad  valorem 

Fencing  materials,   including  standards,   pillars,   and  patent   steel 

droppers  of  all  lengths  for  fei:cing  ;  patent  wedgers  for  droppers 

and  standards 
Fire  engines  and  extinguishers,  hand    .  . 
Gas   generating   plant,    including   lamps,   glasses   and   fittings,    a( 

valorem 
HoUoware,  ad  valorem    .  . 
Implements  and  tools,  n.e.i.,  and  parts  thereof,  viz.  :— 

(a)  Agricultural,  Horticultural  and  Viticultund 

(b)  Mining 

(c)  N.K.I.,  ad  valorem    . . 

Iron,  viz.  : — Angle,  bar,  billets,  blooms,  hoop,  ingots,  loop?,  pipe 

(and  fittings),  rod,  slabs  and  tee     .  . 
Iron,  plate  or  sheet,  galvanised,  corrugated  and  plain 
I<amps,  lanterns  and  lampware,  ad  valorem     .  . 
Lead  and  manufactures  thereof,  n.e.i.,  per  cwt. 
Machinery,  including  engines,  boilers  and  parts  thereof,  viz.  :  — 

(a)  Agricultural,  horticidtural  and  viticultural 

(h)  Mining 

(f )  Printing 

(if)  Refrigerating 

{e)  Sawmilling 

(/)  Telegraph  (including  aerial  and  telephone) 

(?)  n.eTi.  ..      ^ 

Machines,  sewing 
Metals  and  ores,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Manufactures  thereof,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem    .. 

(b)  Unmanufactured,  n.e.i. 

Metals  for  ceiling  and  lining  houses,  and  decorations  of  any  material 

for  same,  ad  valorem 
Nails,  screws  and  tacks  .  . 
Plated-ware,  ad  valorem 
Pumps  of  e^'ery  description,  ad  valorem 
Rails,  iron  and  waggons  for  running  thereon,  including  fish  plates, 

fish  bolts,  tie  plates  and  rods,  switches,  points,  crossings  and 

inter-sections,  and  all  articles  for  fastening  rails  to  sleepers 
Stoves  and  ovens,  ad  valorem    .  . 

Tanks         

Tin  and  tinware,  ad  valorem 

Typev,-riters,  ad  valorem 

Weighing  machines,  including  weigli-bridges,  scales,  spring  balances 

and  weights,  ad  valorem     .  . 
Wire,  viz.  :■ — 

(-7)   Barbed  

(h)  Netting  

(c)  N.E.I.,  ad  valorem    .. 
Zinc  and  mnnufactures  thereof,  and  zinc  shavings 


10% 
10% 
10% 


Free 
Free 

10% 
10% 

I'ree 
I-'ree 
100/ 

Free 
Free 
10°/ 
23.  4d. 

Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 

10% 
Free 


!0% 
Free 

10°;, 
10°;, 


Free 
10% 
Free 
10% 
10% 

10% 

Free 
Free 
10% 
Free 


DIVISION    VI.—OILS,    PAINTS    AND    VARNISHES. 


Driers,  ad  valorem  . .  <* . 

Oils,    viz.  :  — 

(;i)  Benzine,  benzoline,  crude  petroleum,  gasoline,  naptha, 
petrol,  residual  oil,  engine  distillate,  kerosene  below 
150  degrees  test  and  other  liquid  fuel 


oOA 


Free 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


215 


(/))  Kerosene,  n.e.i.,  per  gallon  . . 

[c)  Castor,    salad,    and    other    oils    used    as    medicines,    ad 

valorem 

(d)  N.E.I..  per  gallon 

Polishes  and  metal  powders,  including  dressings,  inks,  stains  and 

pastes  for    leather,    furniture,    floors    and    metal    goods,    ad 
valorem 
Paints  and  colours,  including  kalsomine  and  whiting,  viz.  : — 
(rt)  Ground  in  Oil 

CO  N.E.I 

Putty,  ad  valorem  .  .  .... 

Terebine  and  turpentine,  per  gallon 
Varnish,  per  gallon 


3d. 

10% 
6d. 


10% 

Free 
Free 

•^  /o 
Is. 
Is. 


DIVISION  VII.— EARTHENWARE,  CEMENT,  CHINA,  GLASS 
AND    STONE. 


Beads,  ad  valorem 

Bottles,  ad  valorem 

Bricks,  ad  valorem 

Cement,  including  fibro  cement 

China,  parian  and  porcelain  ware,  ad  valorem .  . 

Crucibles,  ad  valorem 

Earthenware,  brownware  and  stoneware,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 

Glass,  ad  valorem 

Glassware,  ad  valorem     .  . 

Grindstones  and  fittings,  ad  valorem    .  . 

Marble  and  stone,  unwrought,  ad  valorem 

Pipes,  drain  and  water,  ad  valorem 

Slates  and  slate  pencils  for  schools 

Slate,  wrought,  n.e.i.,  and  un\\rought,  ad  valorem 

Files,  ad  valorem.  . 


10% 
10% 
10% 
Free 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 

^"  /O 

O   'r, 

10"/ 
Free 

5% 
10% 


DIVISION  VIII.— DRUGS  AND  CHEMICALS. 


Acetic  acid,  extract  or  essence  of  vinegar  : — 

(■»)  Vinegar,  standard  (as  prescribed  by  Departmental  By- 
laws), the  product  of  malt  or  grain  or  fruit  juice  by 
alcholic  and  acetic  fermentation,  containing  not  more 
than  6  per  centum  of  absolute  acetic  acid,  per  gallon 


(h)  Vinegar,  not  the  product  of  malt  or  grain  or  fru 

per  gallon 
(c)  Solutions,  extracts  or  essences  containing  more 
per  centum  of  absolute  acetic  acid,  for  even,-  e 
per  centum  or  part  thereof,  per  gallon 

Acids,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem.  . 

Boiler  fluid,  ad  valorem  . . 

Camphor,  ad  valorem 

Carbonate  and  bi-carbonate  of  soda,  ad  valorem 

Carbonic  acid  gas,  ad  valorem  .  . 

Cyanide  of  Potassium  and  cyanide  of  sodium . . 

Dips  and  washes  for  animals,  ad  valorem 

Disinfectants,  ad  valorem 

Drugs,  chemicals  and  medicines,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 

Glycerine  and  petroleum  jelly,  ad  valorem 


t  juice, 

than  6 
Ntra  10 


fid. 
Is. 


3d. 
10% 

5% 
10% 
10% 

5% 
Free 

50/ 

10% 
10% 


.iin  stivWaut's  hand  book 

Insei^ticides,  ad  valorem              .  .           . .           .  .           .  .           .  .  .  .        5% 

Perfumery,    including    all    toilet    preparations    non-spirituous,  ad 

valorem          .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .  10% 

Sulpliur,  ad  valorem                                  .  .           .  .           .  .  .  .      10% 

Tartaric  arid,  cream  of  tartar,  and  citric  acid,  ad  valorem  10% 


DIVISION    IX.— WOOD.    WICKKR    AND    CANE. 


Bamboo,  cane  and  wickerware  .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .  Free 

Doors,  windows  and  sashes         .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .  I'ree 

Furniture,  n.e.i.,  including  any  article  of  wood  or  partly  of  wood, 
wholly  or  partly  made  up  or  finished,  or  used  in  any  building 

or  premises  .  .           .             .  .           .  .           . .           .  .           . .           .  .  Free 

Handles,  viz.  : .  . 

(7.)  For  tools  and  implements  exempt  from  duty         ..           ..  Free 

(?>)  N.E.I. ,  ad  valorem 10% 

Oars  and  sculls      .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .  Free 

Timber,  dressed  or  undressed     .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .  Free 

Woodenware,  n.e.i.,  including  all  articles  made  wholly  or  in  part  of 

wood,  ad  valorem     .  .           .  .                                   .  .          .  ,          .  .  10% 


DIVISION  X.— JEWFXLERY  AND  FANCY  GOODS. 


Bullion  and  coin  ;  gold  and  silver  bar,  ingot  and  sheet  ..  ..  Free 
Chronometers,    clocks    and    w^atches,    including    pedometers    and 

pocket  counters  and  the  like,  ad  valorem .  .           . .           . .           . .  10% 

Curios        .  .          .  .          . .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          . .          . .  Free 

FancA'  goods,  including  articles  used  for  ornamen*^al  purposes,  or 

partly  for  use  and  partly  for  ornament,  ad  valorem         . .           .  .  10% 

Fisning  appliances,  ad  valorem .  .           ..           ..           ..           ..           ..  10% 

Game?,  outdoor  and  indoor,  articles  used  for,  ad  valorem      ..           ..  10% 

Glasses,  opera,  field  and  marine,  including  telescopes,  microscopes 

and  similar  glasses,  ad  valorem      ..           ..           ..           ..           ..  10% 

Instruments,  musical  and  talking  machines  and  parts  thereof,  ad 

valorem         . .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  10% 

Jewels  and  jewellery,  including  cameos,  intaglios,  and  all  precious 

stones,  ad  valorem  .  .          ..          ..           ..          ..          ..          ..  10% 

Shells         .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          . .          .  .  Free 

Spectacles,  and  other  reading  glasses,  ad  valorem       ..           ..           ..  10% 

Toys,  ad  val..irem              .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           .  .           . .           .  .  10% 


DIVISION  XL— LEATHER  AND  RUBBER. 


Belting,  viz.  : — Leather,  rubber,  canvas  and  composition     ..  ..      Free 


Boots,  shoes  and  other  footwear  of  any  mater 

ad  valorem    .  . 
Harness  and  saddlery,  ad  valorem 
Hose,  rubber  and  other,  ad  valorem 
Leather,  ad  valorem 


al,  and  parts  thereof. 


100' 
10% 
10% 
10% 


OF  THE  PACIMC  ISLANDS  21" 

Leather  manufactures,  n.e.i.,  and  articles,  n.e.i.,  of  which  leather 

forms  a  part,  ad  valorem     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10% 

Rubber,  ad  valorem         .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .      10% 

Rubber  manufactures,  n.e.i.,  and  articles,  n.e.i.,  of  which  rubber 

forms  a  part,  including  ruberoid,  ad  valorem       ..  ..  ..      10% 


DIVISION  XII.— P.\PER  AND  STATIONERY. 


Books,  reading  ;  periodicals  and  newspapers    . .  . .  . .  . .      Free 

Charts,  maps  and  plans  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .      Free 

Emery  paper  ;  emery  cloth  ;  flint  paper  ;  flint  cloth  ;  glass  and  sand 

paper,  ad  valorem    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10°,', 

Globes,  geographical,  topographical  and  astronomical  . .  . .      Free 

Ink,  in  liquid  or  powder  form,  ad  valorem        .  .  ....  . .      10",' 

Kindergarten  materials  as  prescribed  by  ]~)epartmental  By-laws      . .      Free 
Paper,  viz.  : — • 

{a)  Bags,  per  cwt.  ..  ..  ..  .,  ..  ..        2s. 

(b)  Brown  and  wrapping,  per  cwt.         .  .  . .  . .  .  .        2s. 

(.")  Cigarette,  ad  valorem  . .  . .  . .  .  .  . .      10% 

(d)  Fan c),  ad  valorem    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10% 

(e)  Music  . .  .  .  Free 

(/)  Photographic  of  all  kinds,  including  postcards,  ad  valorem      lO^^ 
ig)  Printing  Free 

Stationery,  viz.  : — Bill  files  and  letter  clips  ;  cardboard  boxes  ; 
mounts  for  pictures  ;  date  cases  and  cards  ;  albums,  including 
birth,  scrap,  motto  and  character  ;  cards  and  booklets,  including 
printers',  visiting,  menu,  programme,  wedding,  funeral,  Xmas, 
Easter,  New  Year  and  birthday  ;  scraps  ;  transfers  ;  ink 
bottles  ;  ink-wells  ;  ink-stan:ls  ;  pens  and  pencils  ;  penholders  ; 
pen-nibs  and  rulers  ;  paper-knives  ;  blotters  ;  blotting  cases  and 
pads  ;  sealing  and  bottling  wax  ;  book  markers  ;  writing  desks 
(not  being  furniture)  ;  wiiting  cases  ;  stationery  cases  ;  paper 
binders  ;  card  hangers  ;  pen  racks  ;  bookbinders'  staples,  and 
confetti  paper,  ad  valorem.  .  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10% 

Stationery,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem     . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .      10% 


DI VISIO N  XIII .— M ISCEI.L ANEOUS. 


Advertising  matter,  for  free  distribution  when  not  dutiable  at  a 

specific  rate  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      F'rce 

Antiques,   collections  of,   for  public  institutions,  imported   under 

Departmental  By-laws        ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      Free 

Articles  imported  by  or  being  the  property  of  the  Commonwealth 

or  of  the  Territory    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .      Free 

Articles  not   included   under  any  other  heading  of  the  tariff,  ad 

valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        .50/^ 

Asbestos  millboards,  asbestos  yarn  and  asbestos  cloth,  proofed  and 
improofed,  cotton  and  other  packings,  cord,  pipe  and  boiler 
covering,  and  asbestos  mattres8es  for  boilers       ..  ..  ..      F^re^e 

Ballast  for  ships  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      F'ree 

Beche-de-mer        .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .  . .  .  .      Free 

Boats  and  vessels,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Whaleboats    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      F'ree 

{!>)  Steam  and  oil  ve.ssels  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .      I'ree 


10% 

10°,', 

10% 

10% 
Free 

10% 

5% 

10% 

Free 

10% 

Id. 


218  STEWART'S  HAND  BOOK 

(c)  Marine,  mining  and  similar  dredges  . .  . .  . .      Free 

(d  Vessels,  n.e.i.  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  . .       I-'ree 

Bones  and  manutactures  thereof,  ad  valorem.  .  ..  ..  ..       10% 

Boxes,  cases  and  trunks  of  wood,  leather  or  metal,  including  bags, 
baskets,  purses  and  wallets,  fancy,  hand,  jewel,  trinket,  sport- 
ing, travelling,  picnio,  toilet,  dressing,  glove,  handkerchief, 
collar  and  work  ;  satchels,  vajiscs  and  companions,  ad  valorem      10% 

Brooms,  carpet  sweepers,  whisks  and  mops,  ad  valorem 

Brushware,  ad  valorem  .  . 

Cameras,  including  mounted  lenses,  and  accessories,  n.e.i.,  ad 
valorem 

Cinematographs,  bioscopes,  magic  and  optical  lanterns  and  the  like, 
and  accessories,  n.e.i.,  ad  valorem 

Coal  and  coke 

Copying  apparatus  for  duplicating  typewriting,  and  the  like,  ad 
valorem 

Cork  and  manufactures  thereof,  ad  valorem    . . 

F,xplosives,   viz.  : — 

(rt)  Fireworks,  ad  valorem 

(h)  n.e;.i.  

Fibre,  ad  valorem 

Glue,  per  lb. 

Goods  brought  back  to  Papua  by  the  person  who  was  owner  at  the 
time  of  exportation,  or  the  legal  representative  of  such  owner, 
after  exportation,  without  drawback  having  been  obtained 
thereon,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  141  of  The  Cus- 
toms Ordinance  of  IflOO      ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      I'ree 

Goods  which  have  been  passed  by  the'  Customs  and  subsequently 
sent  out  of  the  Territory  for  repairs,  which,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Treasurer,  cannot  be  reasonably  done  in  the  Territory,  may, 
upon  reintroduction,  under  Departmental  By-laws,  be  per- 
mitted upon  payment  of  duty  on  the  dutiable  value  only  of 
any  repairs  or  additions  to  the  goods 

Horns  and  hoofs,  and  manufactures  thereof,  ad.  valorem        .  .  . .      10% 

Ice  and  water       .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  . .  .  .      Free 

Incense,  ad  valorem         .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .        5% 

Instruments,  appliances  and  apparatus,  viz.  : — 

(a)  Ophthalmic,  ad  valorem      .  .  .  .  . .  • .  .  .      10% 

(b)  Scientific,  ad  valorem  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .      10% 

{(■)  Surgical,  ad  valorem  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      10% 

{d)  Veterinary,  ad  valorem        . .  .  .  . .  . .  . .      10% 

(e)  N.E.I.,  ad  valorem 10% 

Kapok,  ad  valorem  . .  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  . .        5% 

Lime,  ad  valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .  .  .      10% 

Manures    ...  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .      Free 

Mercury     . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      Free 

Mica,  ad  valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      10°o 

National  history  specimens,  models  and  wall  diagrams  for  illustra- 
tion of  natural  histor}'         .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .      Free 

Nicotine,  ad  valorem       .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .  . .        o^q 

Oakum  and  tov/  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .      Free 

Outside  packages  in  which  goods  are  ordinarily  imported,  when 
containing  such  goods,  or  similar  packages  for  u.se  in  exporting 
Papuan  produce       .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .  .  .      Free 

Packing  for  boilers  and  engines,  n.e.i.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .      Free 

Passengers'  personal  effects,  including  v.earing  apparel  and  all 
articles  of  personal  adornment  or  use,  bona-fide  the  property  of 
a  passenger,  and  which  have  been  in  use  by  such  pas.senger 
prior  to  importation,  and  any  other  articles  conforming  to  the 
foregoing    conditions : — Passengers'    furniture    or    household 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  21^ 

goods  which  liave  been  in  use  by  such  passenger  for  at  least  one 
year,  not  exceeding  £50  in  value  for  each  adult  passenger  (two 
members  of  a  family  being  children,  may  be  reckoned  as  one 

adult)  ..  .' '.  -    Free 

Photograph   frames,   stands  for   pictures,   and    picture   frames  on 
pictures  or  otherwise,   pictures,   photographs,   prints,   photo- 
gravures, and  the  like,  ad  valorem  .  .  . .  .  .  . .      10% 

Photographic  materials,  n.e.i.,  including  dry  plates  and  negatives, 

ad  valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .      10% 

Pictorial  ilhistrations  and  casts  and  models  for  teaching  purposes 
when  imported  by  and  for  the  use  of  schools  or  public  institu- 
tions . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  .  .  . .  .  .      Free 

Pipes,   smoking,   cigar   and   cigarette   holders   and   accessories,   ad 

valorem         ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10% 

Pitch,  ad  valorem  .  .  . .  .  .  . .  . .  , .  . .        5% 

Resin,  ad  valorem  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .        5% 

Rope  (fibre),  cordage  and  twine,  ad  valorem    . .  . .  . .  . .      10% 

Rope,  wire,  ad  valorem  .  .  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..      10% 

Ship  chandlery,  not  otherwise  dutiable  at  a  higher  rate,  ad  valorem      10% 
Sponges,  ad  valorem       . .  . .  .  .  . .  . .  .  .  . .      10% 

Tar  Free 

Thermit  and  other  welding  compounds,  ad  valorem  .  .  . .  . .        5°^ 

Tusks  of  animals,  ad  valorem     .  .  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .        5°,', 

Vehicles  of  every  description      ....  .  .  . .  Free 


WHY  WALK  ? 

RE-BUILT   BIKES 
£A  JL5  JL6  JCI  JLS 

Famous  New  Worker  cycles  ^g/io/-  £'io/io    £12/10- 
Barf^aiiis    in     second-liantl     cycles,     £^,    £\,    ^5,    £6. 

EACH    :\IACHIXI':    ITLLY   (U'ARAXTFICD 

Cycle    and    motor    cycle    accessories,    tyres    and    tubes 

stocked.  Guns,    rifles,    revolvers    and    ammunition. 

Repairs  to  all  weapons 

ORDl'RS    BY    :MAIL    rUOMl'TI.V    A'l'Tl-XI)]'!)    '!'< ) 

T.  W.   HENDERSON  LTD. 

Agents    for    Zenith,   Norton.   Singer    and    J. A. P.    Motor    Cycles 

40  PARK  STREET  SYDNEY. 


520  STEVVAKT  S    IIAN]>    BOOK 


(Late)    GERMAN     NEW    GUINEA    AND 
BISMARCK    ARCHIPELAGO. 

ADMINISTIJRKD   BV  AUSTRALIA    UXDICR  MANDATE. 


ALL  the  former  German  I'rotectorate  of  New  Guinea,  south  of  the  equator, 
is  now  administered  by  Australia  under  mandate.  This  includes 
German  New  Guinea  and  the  adjoining  islands  of  New  Britain  and 
New  Ireland,  and  small  adjacent  islands,  the  Admiralty  and  the  Hermit 
Groups,  and  Buka  and  Bougainville  in  the  Solomons.  This  territory  is  ad- 
ministered by  Brigadier-General  G.  J.  Johnston,  C.B.,  C.M.G.,  with  a 
military  staff  to  assist  him. 

Kaiser  Wilhelm's  I^and,  the  name  given  to  the  German  territory  on  the 
mainland  of  German  New  Guinea,  has  an  area  of  72,000  square  miles  with  a 
native  population  of  perhaps  rather  more  than  100,000,  though  estimates 
vary  considerably,  some  putting  the  figures  as  high  as  250,000.  Racially 
the  natives  may  be  classed  as  Papuans  and  Melanesians— Papuans  in  the 
interior,  and  Melanesians  on  the  coast.  Kaiser  Wilhelm's  Land  was,  when 
under  German  control,  divided  into  three  administrative  districts,  with 
headquarters  respectively  at  Eitape,  near  the  Dutch  border,  I'riedrich  Wil- 
helmshafen  (now  called  Madang),  in  Astrolabe  Bay,  and  at  IMorohe,  near  the 
British  boundary.  Like  the  rest  of  the  Protectorate  Kaiser  Wilhelm's  Land 
was  governed  from  Rabaul,  in  New  Britain.  Friedrich  Wilhelmshafen 
(Madang),  was  the  old  capital  of  the  whole  Protectorate.  It  possesses  an 
excellent  harbour,  with  a  bold  narrow  entrance,  widening  out  inside  to  provide 
ample  and  safe  anchorage  for  a  large  number  of  vessels.  The  German  New 
Guinea  Company  has  been  estabhshed  here  for  some  years,  and  has  substantial 
wharves,  coal  sheds,  and  buildings  in  connection  with  its  plantations.  I'rom 
1885  to  1899  the  territory  was  under  the  control  and  development  of  the  New 
Guinea  Company.  The  first  settlement  was  formed  at  Finschhafen,  which 
is  situated  close  to  the  south-eastern  border.  Out  stations  were  formed  at 
Konstantine  and  Halzfeldt  Harbours.  The  general  features  of  Kaiser  Wil- 
helm's Land  closely  resemble  those  of  Papua.  The  principal  rivers  are  the 
Kaiserin  Augusta  and  the  Ramu  which  flow  into  the  sea  on  the  north  coast 
a  few  miles  from  one  another,  and  the  Markham,  which  flows  into  Astrolabe 
Bay.  The  Kaiserin  Augusta,  which  is  navigable  for  about  300  miles,  rises 
in  Dutch  territory.  The  coast  line  is  very  little  broken  and  there  are  few 
good  harbours.'  The  European  population  is  abovit  300,  and  the  area  under 
cultivation  in  1914  was  16,800  acres,  mostly  planted  with  cocoanuts  There 
are  three  missionary  societies  at  work — the  Neuei^dettelsaur  Mission 
(Lutheran),  Rheinische  Mission  (Lutheran  Calvanistic),  and  the  Catholic 
Mission. 


algely^Company 

LIMITED 

SYDNEY 

CAPITAL    AUTHORISED          -          -  £5,000,000 

FULLY    SUBSCRIBED                -          -  4,500,000 

PAID  UP            .....  1,500,000 

RESERVE    FUND    ....  800,000 

Invite   Consignments  of 

COPRA.   TROCAS    SHELL 

And  other    Lsland   Produce. 


This  Company  has  for  many  years  past  been  handling 
very  large  quantities  of  Island  Produce,  and  being  in 
close  touch  with  consumers  in  all  parts  of  the  world, 
we  can  offer  to  growers  and  traders  splendid  oppor- 
tunities for  the  disposal   of  their  consignments. 


LIBERAL  ADVANCES        PROMPT  RETURNS 
BEST  RESULTS 


GEORGE  MORGAN  &  CO.  LTD. 

211  Clarence  St.    5YDNEY. 

Indent   Merchants 


AND 


Commercial   Agents. 

Undertake  Agencies  for  purchase  and  shipping 
Merchandise  or  sale  of   Island  produce. 

WRITE    US    FOR    FULLER    INFORMATION. 


O  N       A  L  L 

Sole    and    Harness    Leathers 

and  Leather  Belting  this  Trade  Mark 


IS       THE       SEAL.       OF       QUALITY 

We  have  specialised  in  the  production  of  High-Grade  Leather 
and  Beltins;  for  60  ^'ears. 

J.  C.  LUDOWICI  a?  SON  LTD., 

Tanners  and  Curriers,  Leather  Belt  Makers, 

Pioneer  Works 

117    YORK    STREET,    SYDNEY. 


OF  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANPJ^  223 

THE   BISMARCK   ARCHIPELAGO.— NEW   BRITAIN. 

The  large  and  valuable  islands  of  New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  New  Han- 
over, and  the  numerous  smaller  ones,  surrounding  them — the  Admiralty, 
Matty,  Exchequer,  Hermit,  Anchorite,  French,  Gerrit  Denys,  Sir  Charles 
Hardy,  St.  John,  St.  Matthias,  and  Squally  Islands,  and  innumerable  others 
of  little  or  no  importance — are  comprised  in  the  collective  term  of  the  Bis- 
marck Archipelago.  The  aggregate  area  of  these  islands  is  about  20,000 
square  miles.  The  German  protectorate  over  the  archipelago  was  proclaimet^ 
in  November,  1884,  and  the  principal  i.slands  renamed.  New  Britain  being 
called  Neu  Pommern  (New  Pomerania)  ;  New  Ireland  (Neu  Mecklenburg)  ; 
and  the  Duke  of  York  Islands  (Neu  Lauenburg).  The  climate  in  most  of  the 
ports  is,  of  course,  hot  and  tropical.  The  severity  of  the  fevers  has  been 
abated  in  the  centres  of  white  populations  by  the  drastic  and  consistent 
sanitary  methods  instituted  by  Colonel  Strangman,  of  the  Au.stralian  ^Military 
Administration.  It  is  quite  possible  very  shortly  the  terrors  of  the  fever 
will  be  combated  so  as  not  to  prevent  increase  of  white  population. 

New  Britain,  the  chief  island,  is  from  350  to  400  miles  in  length,  the  north- 
eastern end  terminating  in  the  Gazelle  Peninsula,  where  the  evidences  of 
volcanic  activity  are  most  marked.  The  island  is  very  mountainous,  some 
peaks  reaching  an  elevation  of  6,500  feet.  It  is  clothed  with  a  rich  vegetation 
and  is  well  watered.  The  natives  are  said  to  number  50,000.  There  are 
several  hundred  Europeans  exclusive  of  the  occupj^ing  force,  and  a  number  of 
Chinese  and  Japanese.  A  mountain  chain  traverses  the  entire  length  of  the 
island.  The  highest  peak  is  the  Father,  which  is  about  7,500  feet  high  and  an 
active  volcano.  The  white  settlement  in  this  land  of  lovely  scenery  and 
great  fertility  began  before  the  year  1875,  when  the  first  Methodist  mis- 
sionaries landed  there.  Early  in  the  eighties  there  was  a  British  Resident  in 
New  Britain,  and  the  colonists  hoped  that  k  protectorate  would  be  pro- 
claimed. But,  for  reasons  that  only  the  inertia  of  the  Colonial  Office  can 
explain,  the  German  Government  was  a  few'  j^ears  later  allowed,  without 
protest,  to  include  this  and  the  adjacent  islands  in  the  New  Guinea  protector- 
ate. 

In  the  first  instance,  as  before  stated,  the  capital  of  German  New  Guinea 
was  at  Freidrich  Wilhelmshafen,  on  the  north-east  coast  of  German  New 
Guinea,  where  were  situated  the  headquarters  of  the  powerful  New  Guinea 
Company,  which  appeared  at  that  time  to  have  the  same  objects  as  the  Ea.st 
India  Company  had  in  India — that  is,  to  develop  the  coimtry  and  almost 
dictate  the  goverance  of  it.  Later  on,  however,  their  headquarters  were 
.shifted  to  Herbertshohe,  in  Blanche  Bay,  New  Britain.  This  remained  the 
capital  until  about  1900,  when  it  was  decided  to  erect  an  entirely  new  capital 
city.  For  this  purpo.se  a  harbour  at  the  head  of  Blanche  Bay,  about  ten 
miles  from  Herbertshohe,  was  selected.  This  had  been  christened  by  the 
English  "Simpson's  Harbour,"  but  was  afterwards  Germanised  and  known 
as  SimpsonMiafen.  On  the  spot  the  Germans  mapped  out  an  entirely  new 
township,  nuicli  in  the  same  way  as  we  in  Australia  sele("ted  a  site  for  and 
mapped  out  the  Federal  city  at  Canberra.  This  new  township  was  named 
Rabaul,  that  being  the  name  of  a  small  native  village  on  the  foreshores  of 


224  STEWART'S  H.'VND   BOOK 

the  harbour.  Rabaul  to  day  is  a  beautiful  town  indeed,  having  nicely  laid 
out  streets,  all  in  squares,  and  bordered  by  lovely  topical  trees  and  shrubs, 
with  numerous  hedges,  nicely  clipped.  All  the  streets  are  kept  spotlessly 
clean  by  gangs  of  native  boys  under  the  control  of  the  authorities.  Very 
pretty  roads  leading  out  of  Rabaul  are  the  Namanula  and  the  Kokopo  Roads. 
From  parts  of  the  latter  avenue  some  splendid  tropical  scenery  is  encountered, 
especially  toward  the  health  resort  of  Toma,  some  few  miles  out  of  Rabaul, 
Prior  to  the  establishment  of  the  new  capital  of  Rabaul,  the  only  settlement 
bn  the  harbour  was  at  a  small  island  at  the  entrance,  called  Matupi,  where  the 
firm  of  Hernsheim  &  Co,  established  a  coaling  station  for  the  German  Ad- 
miralty. The  site  of  Rabaul  was  evidently  selected  more  for  strategic  reasons 
than  for  any  other  purpose,  because  the  spot  where  the  township  now  stands 
was  originally  a  huge  swamp,  hemmed  in  by  hills  which  shut  out  the  health- 
giving  sea  breeze.  Considerable  difficulty  was  experienced  at  the  start  in 
inducing  settlement  at  Rabaul,  on  account  of  it  being  so  unhealthy  ;  but, 
with  that  thoroughness  for  which  German  administration  was  noted,  they  set 
to  work  to  drain  the  land  and  fill  in  the  flat  swampy  foreshores.  Special 
inducements  were  offered  firms  to  transfer  their  businesses  from  Herbertshohe 
to  the  new  capital,  and  those  who  showed  themselves  laggard  in  taking  ad- 
vantage of  the  opportunities  offered  soon  found  that  a  little  judicious  pressure 
had  the  desired  effect.  At  the  present  time  there  is  a  substantial  jetty 
erected,  centrally  situated  to  the  town,  and  extending  far  enough  into  the 
harbour  as  to  provide  sufficient  depth  and  space  for  a  couple  of  steamers 
to  lie  on  either  side  of  it.  Substantial  sheds  were  erected,  and  the  whole 
building  leased  to  the  Norddeutscher  I,loyd  Company,  for  whom,  it  was  given 
out,  it  had  been  erected  to  provide  berthage  for  their  monthly  steamers 
running  from  Hong  Kong  to  Australia.  A  wide  and  well-graded  road  was 
run  from  the  jetty  through  the  township,  thence  winding  upwards  to  the  top 
of  the  hills  which  encircle  and  protect  the  township.  The  general  development 
of  the  township  has  proceeded  purely  upon  commercial  lines.  The  Common- 
wealth Bank  has  a  branch  in  Rabaul  for  the  convenience  of  the  naval  and 
military  forces,  the  manager  being  Major  Butler.  The  bungalows  in  the 
town  are  very  pretty  and  well  built,  being  nearly  all  encircled  by  pretty 
gardens  and  bright  green  trees.  These  buildings  are  occupied  by  the  naval 
and  military  administrative  authorities,  and  there  are  also  a  number  of  stores 
kept  by  Germans  and  others.  The  principal  stores  are  kept  by  the  New 
Guinea  Company,  Hernsheim  &  Co.,  the  H.S.A.G.  Co.,  the  Mioko  Company, 
and  Mr.  S.  A.  Whiteman.  Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  also  have  a 
branch  establishment  at  Rabaul,  their  manager  being  Mr.  Dupain.  Most 
of  the  companies  doing  trade  in  Rabaul  have  cocoanut  plantation  interests, 
which  product  is,  of  course,  the  mainstay  of  all  these  islands,  including  New 
Ireland.  Splendid  cocoa  is  grown  in  New  Britain  and  finds  a  ready  sale  in 
Australia.  Laudable  missionary  work  on  a  large  scale  is  carried  out  by  the 
Catholic  Mission,  the  Methodist  Mission,  and  other  smaller  religious  organisa- 
tions. 

The  first  casualties  of  the  Australian  Expeditionary  Force  occurred  on 
September  11,  1914,  at  New  Britain.  A  naval  contingent  of  50  men  of  the 
Australian  Naval  Reserve  was  landed  at  Herbertshohe,  under  the  command 


OF  THE  TACIFIC  lSI.ANn3  225 

of  Coiiimaiider  Beresford,  who  had  with  him  Lieut. -Commander  Charles 
Elvvell  and  Lieutenant  Bovven.  The  party  left  the  warships  in  the  early- 
dawn  and  hailed  the  wharf  as  they  approached.  They  were  informed  by  the 
Germans  assembled  there  that  no  resistance  would  be  offered.  After  the  men 
had  "fallen  in"  on  the  foreshore,  they  proceeded  along  the  road  through 
heavily  timbered  country  towards  the  wireless  station,  four  miles  inland, 
with  the  intention  of  placinf;  it  out  of  action.  Although  Commander  Beres- 
ford had  been  assured  that  no  resistance  was  intended,  he,  like  a  careful  sol- 
dier, decided  to  run  no  risks.  Fearing  treachery,  he  took  everj'  precaution, 
against  any  possible  surprise.  His  action  was  thoroughly  justified  by  events 
which  quickly  happened,  for  the  landing  party  had  not  proceeded  more  than 
a  mile  or  two  when  they  found  themselves  ambushed.  The  country  on  each 
side  of  the  road  was  covered  with  dense  tropical  vegetation,  and  from  both 
sides  volleys  were  poured  into  the  advancing  contingent.  The  Germans, 
it  was  discovered,  had  entrenched  themselves  at  right  angles  to  the  road, 
which  had  also  been  mined,  though  the  landing  party  had  already  rendered 
these  useless  by  cutting  the  electric  wires.  The  Germans  had  also  stationed 
armed  natives  in  the  trees,  and  these  men  kept  up  an  irregular  fire,  which  was 
extremely  harassing.  Commander  Beresford' s  men,  however,  behaved  with 
exemplary  coolness.  First  thej^  returned  the  fire  in  volleys.  Then  they 
charged  the  trenches.  The  enemy  stood  their  ground  and  continued  to  pour 
in  volleys  of  rifle  shot,  and  as  a  result  a  number  of  the  Australian  Force  fell. 
It  was  during  this  advance  that  Lieutenant-Commander  C.  B.  Elwell  and  Dr. 
Brian  C.  A.  Pockley  (Army  Medical  Corps),  and  two  sailors,  \V.  Williams  and 
John  Courtney,  lost  their  lives  while  several  others  were  wounded.  A  day 
or  two  after  the  German  Governor  (Dr.  Haber)  surrendered.  On  Sep- 
tember 12  the  British  flag  was  formally  hoisted  and  a  proclamation  issued  by 
the  late  General  Holmes,  who  was  in  command  of  the  Australian  Expeditionary 
Force,  declaring  that  "  from  and  after  this  date  the  island  of  New  Britain 
and  its  dependencies  are  held  in  military  occupation  in  the  name  of  His 
Majesty  the  King." 

NFAV  IRELAND. 

New  Ireland  is  a  long  and  very  narrow  island  between  200  and  300  miles 
in  length,  and  not  more  than  15  in  width.  Down  its  centre  runs  a  range  of 
mountains,  which  attain  an  elevation  of  6,500  feet,  and  are  of  necessity 
extremely  riigged  and  precipitous.  They  are  thickly  wpoded  to  the  summit, 
and  only  the  lower  spurs  are  inhabited.  The  climate,  products,  and  inhabi- 
tants, numbering  about  28,000,  resemble  those  of  New  Britain.  Taro  is  the 
chief  plant  grown  by  the  natives  ;  also  cocoanuts,  as  well  as  bananas  and  sweet 
potatoes.  In  1879  a  certain  Marquis  de  Ray  promoted  a  scheme  lor  the 
colonisation  of  New  Ireland,  which  resulted  in  a  miserable  failure.  The  pros 
pectus  issued  by  De  Ray,  "  the  founder  and  director  of  New  France,  the  free 
colony  in  Oceania,"  after  describing  in  glowing  terms  the  fertility  of  New 
Ireland — with  '"  a  climate  equal  to  the  south  of  France"  and  "continually 
cooled  by  the  breezes  of  the  great  Pacific  Ocean,"  the  land  ''  easy  of  cultivation 
and  possessing  a  really  prodigious  fertility  lending  itself  to  the  products  of 
both   zones" — set  forth  that   "' in  order  to  give  to  that  country  a  greater 

H 


226  STEWART'S   HANI)   BOOK 

agricultural  and  (.oniniercial  development,  the  Marf|uis  ulYered  to  assign  a 
property  of  20  hectares  of  land,  with  a  house  with  four  rooms,  well  built  of 
wood,  stone,  or  bricks,  to  every  family  of  agriculturists  who  would  establish 
themselves  there  for  the  price  of  1,800  francs  in  gold,  the  price  to  include 
the  transport  of  the  family  to  the  colony,  with  rations  equal  to  those  of  the 
sailors,  and  provisions  for  six  months  after  arrival."  For  those  who  had  no 
means  equal  to  this  condition,  the  following  inducements  for  colonising  "  New 
France"  were  h.eld  out  : — "Everyone  willing  to  give  his  services  as  agri- 
cultural labourer  for  the  duration  of  five  years  will  be  put  into  possession  of  a 
house  with  four  rooms,  with  20  hectares  of  land,  with  payment  of  250  francs 
for  single  men  and  women,  of  125  francs  for  children,  and  of  1,000  francs 
for  families  consisting  of  not  less  than  five  persons,"  the  Administration 
providing  for  passage  and  provisions  and  lodging  during  the  five  years. 
^Married  women,  and  children  under  twelve  years  of  age,  were  exempt  from  the 
obligation  of  labour  ;  ''  good  conduct  and  morality  "  were  promised  the  reward 
of  "  greater  pecuniary  remuneration  "  ;  and  the  document  winds  up  by  stating, 
"  the  dominating  religion  is  the  Catholic  one  ;  however,  there  is  plenty  of 
freedom  of  conscience."  As  iuight  be  expected  such  an  attractive  prospect 
v/as  only  too  welcome  to  the  improverished  vignerons  and  labourers  of 
Northern  Italy,  and  intending  colonists  to  the  number  of  nearly  300  left 
in  the  steamer  "  India,"  which  started  from  Barcelona  on  July  9,  1880.  On 
the  voyage  out  the  immigrants  do  not  appear  to  have  suffered  any  hardships, 
other  than  those  incidental  to  such  voyages  ;  but,  after  their  arrival  in  New- 
Ireland,  in  October,,  1880,  partly  owing  to  the  severity  of  the  climate,  but 
more  especially  to  the  wretchedly  bad  condition  of  the  provisions  shipped, 
many  deaths  occurred — in  all,  a  total  of  48.  After  they  had  stayed  four 
months  on  the  island,  and  a  large  quantity  of  the  provisions  had  been  thrown 
awaj-  as  unfit  for  consumption,  it  was  found  that  the  supply  of  food  was  verj' 
deficient,  the  heat  excessive,  no  preparations  had  been  made  in  the  shape  ot 
dwellings,  and  altogether  the  most  utter  maladministration  of  the  aflfairs 
of  the  little  colony  seems  to  have  existed  ;  so  much  so,  that  the  immigrants 
appealed  to  the  "humanity"  of  the  captain  of  the  "India" — which  was 
still  used  as  a  boarding-house — to  land  them  at  some  port  in  New  South  Wales, 
but  specifying  Sydney,  as  being  the  residence  of  the  Chief  of  the  Colony, 
M.  Prevost.  The  "  India,"  with  the  immigrants  on  board,  left  Port  Breton, 
New  Ireland,  on  February  20,  1881,  but,  through  stress  of  weather,  want  of 
provisions,  and  other  causes,  was  obliged  to  put  in  at  Noumea,  where  the  ship 
was  condemned  by  the  Harbour  Board  as  unseaworthy,  and  ordered  to  be 
sold.  Efforts  were  made  to  induce  the  immigrants  to  remain  in  that  colony, 
but  without  success,  the  majority  settling  on  tlie  northern  rivers  of  New  J^outh 
Wales. 

The  principal  town  is  a  go-ahead  little  place  at  the  north-west  extreniity 
of  the  island  called  Kaewieng.  the  European  population  of  which  numbers 
about  100.  This  town,  like  Rabaul,  is  very  nicely  laid  out  and  well  kept. 
The  local  Government  Resident  (called  the  District  Officer)  is  housed  in  a 
beautiful  bungalow  with  magnificent  approaches — surrounded  by  extensive 
gardens  and  grounds.  The  town  also  boasts  an  ice  works  and  a  number  of 
stores.     Most  of  the  concerns  that  do  business  in  Rabaiil  have  a  branch  at 


DEMER  GOODS  are  GOODS  of  QUALITY 


Reliability    is    the   great    Characteristic    of    all    Denyer 
Goods.     Quality  is  ne\er  sacrificed. 

SOME    DENYER     SPECIALITIES 


The  DENYER  patent 
Spring  Head  Crutch 

as  supplied  to  the  Red 
Cross,  combines  lightness 
with  strength  and  elimin- 
ates jarring. 

35/-    per    pair. 

ARTIFICIAL 
LIMBS 

Sole  Agents  in  Australia 
for  A.  A.  Marks.  New 
York.  Limbs  also  made 
in  our  own  factory  with 
Marks  Patent  Fittings  and 
Feet. 


THE  DENYER 
ELASTIC  TRUSS 

removes  every  excuse  for 
courting  trouble  by  not 
wearing  a  safe  guard 
when  ruptured.  It  har 
no  hard  steel  band  to 
chafe  and  irritate,  gives 
perfect  support  with  ab- 
solute comfort  and  safety. 
20/-  S'gle,  27/6  D'ble. 


SEND  FOR  FREE  TRUSS  PAMPHLET. 

VETERINARY     INSTRUMENTS 

Denyer  Eclipse 


The  Denyer 
Mouth  Gag 

Our  latest  im- 
proved Model  com- 
plete with  four 
plates — 

60/ 


Emasculator 

The  very  latest  in- 
strument, three  crusljes. 
Failure  i  m  p  o  ssi  b  1  e. 
Every  instrument  test- 
ed and  guaranteed — 

50/ 


We    have    ihe   right    instrument    for    the    right    purpose. 
WRITE     FOR     FREE    VETERINARY     CATALOG 


DENYER  BROS.. 

281    GEORGE    STREET,    SYDNEY, 


Makers   of    Trusses,  Abdominal 
Belts  and  Artificial  Limbs 


^&es!m.  S£l€S@M   ItASSIt^ 

ActMTs  FOR  Australasia    AMERrCAN  TRADING    CO.-'OF   AUSTRALIA 


(Osaka  Mercantile  Steamship  Company  Limited) 


CABLE  ADDRESS  I  AMTRACO 


CftRGO  SERVICE 

Between— JAPAN,   HONG   KONG,    MANILA, 

RABAUL,  SYDNEY,   MELBOURNE, 

BRISBANE,    TOWNSVILLE. 

TRANSHIPMENT  CARGO   ACCEPTED    FOR    PACIFIC   COASTAL 
PORTS  AND   EUROPE. 


FOR    FULL    PARTICULARS    APPLY    TO: 

American  Trading  Oompany  of  Australia 

MANAGI    G    AGENTS 

HEAD  OFFICE :  40  KING  STREET,  SYDNEY,  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


MELBOURNE— Collins  House,  Collins  Street. 

ADELAIDE,  S.A  —Charles  Street. 

PERTH,  W.A.— Surrey  Chamb  rs,  St.  George's  Terrace. 

BRISBANE,  QLD      Creek  Street 

TOWNSVILLE  QLD.— Samuel  Allen  and  Sons,  Ltd. 

AUCKLAND,  N.Z.     Robert  Millar  &  Co. 

CHRISTCHURCH,  N.Z.    J.  M    Heywood  &  Co. 

DUNEDIN,  N  Z  — Neill  &  Co. 

WELLINGTON,  N.Z  — Candale  &  Scott. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISI.ANBS  229 

Kaewieng  also.  The  only  other  European  town  is  Naniatanai,  on  the  south- 
•east  coast.  There  are  numerous  plantations  around  the  coast  the  principal 
product,  of  course,  being  copra. 

OTHER   IvSLANDS. 

New  Hanover  is  a  mountainous,  well-watered,  fertile  island,  about  40 
miles  by  20  in  area,  its  products  and  inhabitants  being  similar  to  those  of 
New  Britain  and  New  Irelend. 

The  Admiralty  Islands  consist  of  one  large  island,  about  60  miles  in  length 
by  20  in  average  breadth,  with  mountains  rising  to  a  height  of  3,000  feet, 
and  numerous  smaller  islands,  distant  about  180  miles  north-east  of  German 
New  Guinea.  The  group  was  first  visited  by  Cartaret  in  1707,  but  no  Euro- 
peans appear  to  have  actually  landed  until  the  visit  of  the  "  Challenger  " 
m  1875.  The  people  are  Papuans  of  the  u.sual  type.  The  chief  town  is 
Lorengau,  on  the  north-east  coast  of  the  largest  island.  The  native  poptilation 
of  the  group  is  about  4,000.  Cocoanuts  are  the  chief  products  and  there  are 
valuable  pearl  and  other  shell  fisheries. 

St.  John  Island  rises  to  an  elevation  of  1,300  feet,  is  well  wooded,  and  its 
inhabitants  are  of  a  friendly  disposition. 

Gerrit  Denys  Islands  (four)  are  about  10  miles  in  extent,  and  very 
populous. 

Purdy  Islands  are  well  wooded  with  cocoanut  and  areca  pahiir,.  Rich 
deposits  of  lime  exist. 

Anchorite  Islands,  five  or  six  low  islands,  thickly  covered  with  cocoanuts, 
are  inhabited  by  a  race  somewhat  resembling  the  Chinese  in  features,  being  of 
light  colour,  with  long,  straight,  black  hair,  which  they  wear  closely  rolled 
on  the  top  of  the  head. 

The  Exchequer  Islands  consist  of  upwards  of  50  ]ow,  flat,  wooded  i.slets, 
inhabited  by  about  800  natives,  of  dark  copper  colour. 

Hermit  Islands,  numbering  17,  are  densely  wooded  and  have  400  or  500 
inhabitants.     Cocoanuts  are  cultivated. 

Matty  Island  is  about  six  miles  square,  low,  and  densely  wooded.  The 
natives  are  a  fine  race  of  light  colour,  and  are  said  to  be  friendly. 

There  are  numerous  other  islands  within  the  former  German  sphere 
that  are  not  embraced  in  the  Bismarck  Archipelago.  Some  of  these,  forming 
part  of  what  were  the  German  Solomon  Islands,  are  : — 

jNIarqueen  or  Mortlock  Islands,  lying  on  a  coral  reef  about  seven  miles 
in  diameter,  in  4  degrees  5li  minutes  S.,  longitude  157  degrees  2J  minutes  E. 
They  consist  of  13  low,  wooded  islets,  with  about  50  inhabitants,  very  friendlv, 
and  speaking  the  same  language  as  the  Ontong  Java  islanders.  They  subsist 
on  fish  and  cocoanuts. 

Cartaret  or  Nine  Islands  are  situated  in  latitude  4  degrees  43  minutes  S., 
longitude  155  degrees  17  minutes  E.  The  inhabitants  originally  came  from 
Buka,  with  which  they  still  keep  up  comnur.iication,  and  are  friendly  and 
intelligent.     Many  of  them  speak  Ivnglish. 


230 


STEWART'S  HAN'lJ   BOOK 


Sir  Charles  Ilardv  Island,  lyin.u  alnnit  I'S  miles  north-west  of  Buka, 
is  tliicklv  wooded  with  cocoanut  palms,  &c.,  and  well  inhabited. 

Grocne  or  Green  Islands  lie  about  two  miles  off  the  N.W.  side  of  Sir 
Charles  Hardy  Island,  and  all  inhabited  and  well  wooded. 


OFFICALS. 

The  various  Government  departments  in  Kabaul  are  at  present  managed 
by  Military  Officers,  who  arc  changed  from  time  to  time.  The  Headquarters 
Staff  of  the  Administration  i'^  as  follows  : — 

Administrator  ami  General  Officer  Commanding  A.X.  and  M.R.F.  : 
Brigadier- General  G.  J.  Johnston,  C.B.,  C.M.G.  ;  Military'  Secretary  :  Captain 
H.  D.  Preston  ;  Staff"  Captain  :  Captain  R.  W.  Jones,  M.C.,  M.M.  ;  Aide-de- 
Camp  :  Lieutenant  F.  G.  R.  Peterson. 


TRADE    STATISTICS. 

Statement  or  Exports  for  Twelve  Months  Fnded  June  30,  1918. 

Article  Total.s 

£         s. 
Copra 427,904     9 


Shell 

Rubber 

Cocoa  Beans    . . 

Arrowroot 

I  vory  Nuts 

Trepang 

Mace  and  Nutmeg 

Tortoise  Shell 

Mangrove  B.ark 


20,593    12 

3,034   11 

9.797     9 

1 ,200     fi 

ISO     0 

1,003   10 

24      1 

.5   12 

9   19 


d. 

10 
3 
G 
0 
9 
0 
3 
4 

10 
0 


£463,753   12     9 


St.atement  of  Imports  for  Tweive  Months  Ended  June  30,  1918. 

Article  Totals 

Groceries 

Boots  and  Drapery     .  . 

Hardware  and  Machinery 

Tobacco 

Cigars  . . 

Cigarettes 

Wines  and  vSpirits 

Beer 

Drugs  and  Medicines .  . 

Oils  and  Kerosene 

Photo  Goods  . . 

Stationery 

Livestock 

Opium  . .» 

Sundries 

£318,909     0     8 


£ 

s. 

d. 

106,868 

5 

0 

63.516 

15 

5 

44,820 

13 

0 

19,033 

11 

1 

1,699 

•> 

10 

2,739 

1 

1> 

8,471 

5 

11 

10,878 

19 

4 

5,904 

2 

1 

20.299 

13 

6 

836 

0 

8 

1,920 

1 

8 

246 

6 

2 

1.112 

0 

0 

30.563 

•1 

10 

OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


231 


■Customs  Revenue  for  Twelve  Months  Knded  June  30,  1918. 

Article  Totals 


Import  Duty 

Export  Duty     . . 

Royalty 

Wharfage,  Berthage  and  Harbour  Dues 

Storage 

Overtime 

Clearance 

Rent 

Kxchange 
Interest 


£ 

s. 

d. 

41,694 

19 

7 

23,892 

S 

9 

1,357 

12 

3 

tl,509 

14 

0 

131 

5 

G 

83 

2 

6 

21 

17 

0 

50 

13 

4 

377 

12 

9 

91 

10 

7 

AMENDED    CUSTOMS   TARIFF. 


£69,216   16     3 


IMPORT    DUTIES. 


Aitiole 
1.  Cigars 


Tin-iff 
£1  per  1,000 


Deiiuetious 


2.  Cigarettes  10s.  per  1,000 

3.  Tobacco  and  all 
unspecified  tobac- 
co   manufactures         1/6  per  lb. 


4.  (a)  Spirits, 
strong  spirituous 
liquors  &  essences 
containing  alcohol 

(b)  vSweet  mnes, 
port,  sherry,  &c. 

(c)  Champagne 

5.  A  ]  1  other  un- 
specified wines 
(;'.('..  hock,  claret, 
&c.) 

6.  Beer  of  all  kinds 

7 .  Cider  and  all 
other  fruit  wines 

8.  Opium 

9.  All  other  goods 
not  mentioned  in 
free  list 

10.  Laurel  kerosene 

11.  Axes  and  knives 


9/-  per  gai 

5/9  per  gal. 
5/9  per  gal. 


3/-  per  gal. 
1/-  per  gal. 

1.^3  per  gal. 
50/-  pef  11^ 


10O{,  ad  val. 
10%  ad  val. 
1/3  free  2/3 
10%  ad  val. 
unless  .solely 
for  plantation 
use. 


(3)  If  in  cases, 
20°,',  from  gross 
weight 


(4,  5,  6,  7  &  8)  5 
per  cent  deduct- 
tion  on  all  bot- 
tled liquors 
where  quantity 
is  100  bottles  or 
more 


(1  and  2)  broken 
boxes  and  smaller 
quantities  pro.  rata. 


(4b  &c.)  If  price  ex- 
ceeds £1  3s.  per 
gallon,  tariff  is  25 
per  cent,  ad  valorem 


If  price  exceeds  14s. 
per  gallon,   tariff  is 
20  per  cent,   ad 
valorem 


Uncooked.  £2  per  lb. 


232 


STEWART'S  HAND   BO.'>K 


1.  Copra 


2.  Trepang-Class  A 

B 

C 

3.  Tortoiseshell  (in 
pieces) 

4.  Tortoises  hell 
(genuine  whole) 

5.  Mother  of  Pearl 
shell 

ia)  Two  flat  shells 
together  (gold 
Lips) 

{b)  All  other  o  f 
Mother  of  P  e  a  r  1 
shell,  i.e.  Trochas. 
Burgos  and  Black 
Lips 

6.  Birds  of  Para- 
dise. Portions  & 
feathers  of  one 
bird 

7.  Crown  Pigeons. 
Portions  and 
feathers  of  one 
bird 

8.  Cassowary  o  r 
Emu  feathers 

9.  Heron  feathers 


EXPORT    DUTIES.      • 

2/3/-  per  ton  5%  allowance 
on  gross  weight 
if  in  bags 

£5  per  ton 

£2  lOs.  per  ton 

£1   lOs.  per  ton 
2/6  per  lb. 
10/-  each 


£.")  per  ton  & 
£1  Royalty 


( 1 ,  2  &  5)  any  weight 
at   pro  rata  rates. 

CI.  A-Teat  fish 

CI.  B-Black.  red  and 

red  spotted 

CI.  C-All  oilier  fish 


£1  per  ton  8: 
£1  Royalty 


£1  each 


.") '-  each 

12/6  per  lb. 
£2.5  per  lb. 


FREE   GOOD.S. 


1.  Everything  imported  by  or  for  the  Government. 

2.  Everything  imported  by  or  for  the  Navy  or  Postal  Authorities. 

3.  Everything  imported  by  missions  for  use  in  their  religious  service  ;  by 

hospitals  for  medical  purposes  ;  and  by  schools  for  educational  purposes. 

4.  Spirits  for  scientific  purposes. 

5.  Scientific    chemical,  mathematical  and  optical  instruments. 

6.  Medical  instruments,  appliances  and  drugs. 

7.  Methylated  spirits  (not  for  consumption). 

8.  Automobiles,  carriages,  transport  waggons  and  water  craft. 

9.  Machinery  (all  parts). 

10.  Chemicals,  oils,  petrol,  ropes,  canvas,  rails  water  pipes,  tanks,  copper 

plates,  corrugated  iron,  coal  and  timber  if  used  for  niachinery. 

11.  Tools  and  implements  brought  in  by  artisans. 

12.  Hou.sehold  goods,  requisites  and  oersonal  effects  of  settlers  and  colonists. 

13.  Rice,  salt  beef,  dried  and  salted  fish. 

14.  Cattle  for  breeding  or  transport,  .seeds,  guano,  live  plants,  disinfectant, 

feed  for  cattle,  harness  (all  descriptions)  wire  and  wire  netting. 

15.  Agricultural  machinery  and  implements. 

16.  Hand  luggage  of  Europeans  (Japanese  inc.),  travellers  (commercial). 

17.  Clothes,  underwear,  travelling  necessities,  camera,  small  supply  of  plates, 

few  provisions,  8zc.,  as  carried  by  tourists. 

18.  Personal  wearing  apparel,  must  have  been  worn  (not  imported  for  sale), 
clothes. 

19.  I^niforms  for  Government  Officials. 


OF  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  233 

20.  Packing  cases  and  all  material  used  for  packing. 

21.  Printed  matter,  books,  labels,  advertisements,  &c. 

22.  Tombstones,  coffins  and  ornamental  work  for  tombs. 

23.  Coin  and  paper  money  for  local  circulation. 

24.  Samples. 

25.  Pictures  (with  or  without  frame-)  and  statues. 

26.  Water  filters. 

27.  Timber,  stone,  corrugated  gal.  iron,  cement,  ready  made  houses  and  all 
building  material. 

28.  Ice. 

29.  Mineral  water  (not  sweet  aerated  waters). 


A  writer  in  the  Sydney  Moniing  Herald  says  : — 

"  The  popular  idea  is  that  what  is  known  as  (German  New  Guinea  is  an 
immensely  valiiable  asset  ;  that  it  has  illimitable  resources,  and  is  a  more 
important  possession  than  British  Papixa.  Having  spent  some  months 
in  exploring  the  interior  of  this  formerly  Teuton  land,  I  gleaned  a  good  deal 
of  information  which  may  serve  to  shed  some  light  on  the  question  as  to 
whether  this  new  acquisition  can  be  turned  to  useful  account.  Its  geograp- 
hical importance  cannot  be  gainsaid,  but  that  its  resources  are  as  rich  and 
varied  as  those  of  British  Papua  is  a  debatable  point.  Certainly,  in  the  com- 
paratively short  period  in  which  it  was  held  b)'  Germany,  a  sound  system 
of  administration  was  laid  down.  I  may  say  at  once  that  the  agricultural 
po.ssibilities  are  limited.  It  is  '"difficult"  country,  mountainous,  in  places 
covered  with  a  dense  undergrowth  and  the  soil  is  of  poor  quality,  generally 
speaking.  Along  the  Markham  and  Kaiserin  .-Vugusta  rivers  there  are  valleys 
in  which  the  soil  is  rich  and  deep.  T'nder  a  popular  system  of  cultivation 
lucerne  and  maize  could  be  very  profitably  produced,  while  the  slopes  of  the 
eminences  and  flats  further  inland  are  very  suitable  for  successful  tobacco, 
sisal  hemp,  and  citrus  culture.  But  tJie  area  of  good  agricultural  soil  is  very 
restricted.  The  lighter  character  of  .soils,  of  which  sand  forms. the 
largest  proportion,  is  evidently  eminently  adapted  to  profitable  copra  and 
rubber  culture — the  plantations  display  a  vigorous  growth,  and  first-rate 
results  have  been  secured.  The  area  covered  by  plantations  is  said  to  be, 
approximately,  25,000  acres.  A  document  found  in  the  bureau  at  Rabaul 
gave  the  area  as  50,000  acres  ;  but  this  is  taken  to  be  the  quantitj'  of  land 
applied  for,  as  well  as  that  already  planted  with  trees.  Old  prospectors 
describe  Northern  New  Guinea  as  "  low  grade"  in  gold  and  copper.  IVIr.  C. 
Priddle,  who  prospected  a  wide  extent  of  country,  could  find  nothing  payable, 
and  he  retraced  his  steps  back  to  British  territory,  where  there  is  a  larger  area 
of  gold-bearing  country  of  a  much  higher  grade.  There  is  nothing  in  "  Ger- 
man New  Guinea"  approaching  in  richness  the  Mi.sima  and  Woodlark  Island 
fields  in  the  British  section.  The  Germans  discovered  payable  copper  lodeij, 
but  the  assay  value  is  under  10  per  cent.  ;  while  at  Port  ]Moresby,  20  miles 
from  the  port,  there  is  a  splendid  deposit  of  copper,  assaying  up  to  20  per  cent, 
and  averaging  12  per  cent.  Comparatively  little  gold  has  lieen  taken  out 
by  the  Germans,  the  total  outturn  being"  £360,000,  as  again.st  £1,400,000 
secured  in  British  Papua.  According  to  a  report  issued  by  the  German 
Minint;  Department  several  years  ago,  the  Augusta  and  Markhani  Rivers 
present  opportunities  for  successful  dredging  enterprises — gold  was  discovered 
in  the  creeks  and  riviilets  which  flow  into  both  rivers.  Tin  is  known  to  exist, 
but  not  in  payable  quantity.  Northern  New  Guinea  is  \aluable,  if  only 
for  its  timber,"  was  a  remark  I  heard  on  the  ship  as  we  approached  Rabaul. 
This  caused  me  to  make  inquiries  on  the  subject.  Mr.  IT.  Lance,  who  re- 
presented an  American  S5'ndicate,  travelled  extensively  in  the  interior.  He 
told  me  that  he  found  fine  belts  of  samlalwood,  cedar,  and  other  hardwood 


2:54  STRWAKT'S   HAN?:)   BOOK 

1)11  tlie  Bismarck  Archipelago.  I  was  shown  a  pile  of  logs  70  feet  long  withouL 
a  knot,  and  as  straight  as  a  surveyor's  line.  These  were  being  sent  to  Aus- 
tralia. There  is  abundant  soft  wood,  such  as  is  in  demand  for  paper  manu- 
facture. On  one  of  the  rivers  I  saw  a  few  eucalypts  of  fine  grf)wth.  ?ir. 
Lance  estimated  the  value  of  the  commercial  timber  at  £20,()6(>,000.  The 
climate  and  flics,  to  sa}'  nothing  of  liability  to  flevastating  diseases,  render 
Papua — British  and  Northern— imsuitable  for  the  breeding  and  rearing  of 
stock — horses,  sheep,  and  cattle.  In  the  future,  when  the  timber  has  been 
killed  and  the  undergrowth  swept  away  by  fires,  the  losses  by  deaths  will  be 
greatly  reduced,  but  the  intense  humidity  of  the  atmosphere  is  a  barrier  that 
cannot  be  overcome.  The  Germans  tried  to  breed  horses,  but  they  were  a 
very  poor  class— weedy  and  ill-shaped,  with  bone  of  poor  quality.  The  flies 
pla_v  havoc  with  sheep,  especially  breeding  ewes,  and  they  attack  cows,  too. 
Dairying  is  not  at  all  likely  to  prove  a  successful  enterprise.  Coal  was  found 
as  far  back  as  1892  in  Northern  Papua,  and  the  Germans  were  developing 
a  seam  when  the  Australians  entered  into  possession  of  the  country,  but  the 
value  of  the  coal  measures  has  yet  to  be  determined.  The  German  miUtary 
authorities  regarded  the  discovery  of  coal  as  of  supreme  importance,  becau.se 
it  gave  them  a  possible  supply  for  all  requirements  in  the  Pacific.  The 
natives  are  lazy  and  harmless  on  the  coast,  but  in  the  interior  they  are  for  the 
most  part  wild  and  savage  in  character.  One  notices  quite  a  number  of  types, 
some  of  them,  though  smaller  in  stature,  strongly  resembling  in  appearance 
the  African  negro.  A  native  inspector  told  me  that  at  least  a  score  of  difTerent 
languages  were  spoken  in  the  territory,  and  over  50  dialects.  IMany  of  the 
interior  natives  are  cannibals,  and  all  are  of  idle  habits.  The  Germans  were 
very  firm  with  the  natives,  and  consequently  they  had  no  '  native  difficulty.'  " 

Another  writer  in  the  same  journal,  describing  a  trip  up  the  Kaiserin 
Augusta  River,  says  : — 

"  In  a  steady  deluge  of  rain,  which  had  commenced  some  24  hours  before, 
we  steamed  into  the  mouth  of  this  little-known  Amazon  of  the  South  Seas, 
the  Kaiserin  Augusta  River.  We  were  bound  from  Kitape,  our  most  western 
outpost,  and  had  on  board  a  mixed  detachment  of  white  and  native  troops. 
The  former  we  picked  up  at  Eitape,  the  laiter  we  brought  with  us  from 
Frederick  Wilbelmshafen,  better  known  up  here  as  Madang.  We  were  bound 
for  the  police  station  at  Angoram,  some  fiO  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river, 
which  post  had  been  evacuated  by  the  German  police  master  and  his  native 
police.  For  the  last  50  miles  or  so  to  the  west  of  the  river  we  had  only  a 
small  scale  chart,  A\hich  informed  us,  rather  cynically  one  might  imagine, 
that  this  particular  stretch  of  coast  was  unsurveyed.  Since  the  dense  rain 
obliged  us  to  hug  the  coast  lest  we  should  miss  the  river  mouth,  navigating 
was  altogether  a  rather  jumpy  affair.  About  4  p.m.,  when  we  were  at  least 
20  miles  from  the  entrance,  the  deep  blue  of  the  surrounding  ocean  was 
suddenly  changed  in  a  clean-cut  line,  which  came  straight  out  from  the  land, 
to  a  muddy  brown.  sSo  sharply  was  this  line  defined  that  had  we  not  known 
there  was  a  -'arge  river  near  we  should  have  imagined  we  had  struck  shoal 
water.  Very  soon  w^e  began  to  feel  the  efTects  of  the  current,  which  here  ran 
out  at  some  three  and  a  half  knots.  Vast  tree  trunks,  that  would  have 
knocked  a  hole  clean  through  a  small  craft,  and  jungle  refuse  of  all  descriptions 
swept  by  every  few  minutes.  At  last  we  found  the  entrance,  and,  making 
between  outh'ing  reefs  on  either  hand,  steamed  slowdy  up  stream,  keeping 
close  to  one  of  the  densely  jungle-covered  banks.  Here  was  a  tree  which 
appeared  to  be  covered  with  gigantic  arum  lilies,  that  as  we  pas.sed  rose  up 
in  the  air  with  a  great  fluttering  and  proclaimed  themselves  white  herons. 
Big  blue  pigeons  with  reddish  breasts  constanth'  flew  from  tree  to  tree  with 
a  discordant  screech.  \\'hite  cockatoos,  with  yellow  breasts,  would  burst 
from  the  greenery,  followed  by  small  clouds  of  tiny  parrots,  all  green,  red  and 
gold.  Our  progress  now  was  a  mere  crawl,  and  the  strength  of  the  coffee- 
coloured  current  was  plainlv   visible  in  the  wash  set  up  along  the  banks. 


OF  XHK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  235 

All  the  flotsam  and  jetsam  of  the  forest  seemed  borne  on  the  river  surface, 
keeping  our  steersman  busy  avoiding  logs  as  big  as  cathedral  spires.  The 
river  everywhere  appeared  to  be  deep,  even  to  right  up  against  the  banks. 
Indeed  even  beyon-^  Angnram  the  '  Australia '  would  have  httle  difficult}' 
in  navigating.  Towards  2  a.m.  we  reached  tlie  German  mission  station, 
where  we  anchored.  Morning  broke  on  a  very  different  world.  In  place  of 
the  drear}-  rain,  the  entire  jungle  sparkled  where  the  raindrops  caught  the  sun, 
which  drew^  oiit  a  perfume  so  warm  and  strong  as  to  be  at  moments  almost 
overpowering.  The  gaudy-plumaged  birds  appeared  like  animated  jewels, 
and  butterflies,  which  until  then  we  had  not  seen,  fluttered  everywhere. 
There  was  hardly  a  sign  of  human  habitation,  even  at  the  mission.  The  Ger- 
man police  master  had  surrendered  and  been  accommodated  on  one  of  the 
destroyers.  There  had  been  a  .slump  in  mission  work,  for  as  .soon  as  the  war 
broke  out  most  of  the  native  boys  took  to  the  bush.  ^Many  of  them  started 
little  wars  on  their  own  account,  and  were  not  over  particular  whether  their 
victims  were  white  or  black.  They  are  not  very  formidable  enemies,  as  they 
are  armed  only  with  spears  and  bows  and  arrows,  yet  a  bamboo  spear  thrown 
by  a  muscular  arm  has  penetrative  powers.  We  left  the  mission  soon  after 
daybreak  and  pushed  on  up  river  tov.'ards  Angoram.  Soon  the  river  broadened 
out  into  a  sort  of  lake,  broken  up  into  numerous  low-lying,  grass-covered 
islets,  but  leaving  a  broad  channel  between.  From  here  onwards  the  banks 
of  the  river  were  low  and  covered  with  grass  half  as  high  again  as  a  man.  The 
white  troops  got  rather  a  shock  when  they  first  saw  their  future  quarters. 
At  F,itape  they  had  been  comfortably  housed  in  spacious  bimgalows,  sur- 
rounded by  loaded  fruit  trees  and  all  the  flowers  of  the  tropics.  But  here  and 
there  was  just  an  ordinary  New  Guinea  native  house,  without  furniture  of 
any  description,  dumped  down  on  a  bit  of  a  hill,  and  surrounded  by  tapioca 
trees,  with  an  occasional  sickly-looking  palm  standing  up  doleful  and  depressed 
against  the  skyline.  True,  there  was  .some  sort  of  a  kitchen  garden,  which 
provided  sweet  corn,  a  species  of  cucumber,  a  little  beetroot,  and  a  few  tur- 
nips, while  yams  were  plentiful  and  bananas  grew  in  isolated  patches.  Tinned 
beef  or  fish  and  hard  tack  is  monotonous  and  tasteless.  When  we  discovered 
that'  the  forest  simply  abounded  with  pigeons,  which  were  dehcate  eating, 
out  diet  very  soon  nnderv.ent  a  change.  Not  a  day  passes  but  someone 
■wanders  down  one  of  t}ie  inniuuerable  forest  paths,  gun  in  hand,  to  return 
with  a  stiff  neck  (from  staring  into  the  tree  tops)  and  generally  a  bunch  of 
pigeons.  The  king  bird  of  the  whole  forest,  however,  is  the  wild  bush  turkey, 
called  by  the  natives  '  korrea.'  To  get  these  birds  one  has  to  take  a  native 
guide  and  walk  some  13  miles  along  hardly  discernible  tracks  through  the 
jungle.  On  such  an  expedition  three  of  us  started  a  day  or  two  ago.  We 
tramped  through  dense  jungle,  "with  here  and  there  grass  half  as  liigh  again 
as  a  man.  The  natives  travelled  at  a  pace  which  soon  had  the  perspiration 
streaming  from  their  bodies,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  in  the  thick  imdergrowth 
and  shade  of  the  forest  was  comparatively  cool.  There  were  trees  whose  roots 
extended  some  40  or  50  feet  out  of  the  ground,  and  grew  upwards  in  straight 
but  converging  hues  until  lost  in  the  trunk  itself  ;  trees  whose  base  was 
formed  in  three,  and  sometimes  four,  synnnetrical  diagonal-shaped  slabs 
like  the  angle  irons  one  sees  supporting  the  beams  in  a  ship  ;  trees  that  grew 
straight  up  out  of  the  earth  as  round  and  free  from  foliage  as  a  barber's  pole  : 
trees  covered  I'v  natural  ropes  or  lianas  far  more  intricate  than  the  rigging 
of  an  old-fashif)ned  frigate  ;  and  trees  with  distorted  and  amazing  nightmare 
shapes.  After  two  hours'  haril  morclimg,  during  which  time  we  crossed  three 
fresh- water  creeks  and  splashed  through  innumerable  pools,  we  reached  a 
clearing  with  a  deserted  kanaka's  hut.  Leaving  all  unnecessary  gear  at  the 
hut,  we  .separated,  each  white  man  taking  a  native  boy.  These  birds  are 
ground  feeders,  and  onlv  oet  on  the  wing  and  perch  in  the  trees  when  dis- 
turbed. It  is  the  business  of  the  hunter  to  disturb  them,  for  on  the  ground 
they  are  entirely  safe,  but  once  in  a  tree  they  .seem  to  take  no  notice  of  any 
noi.se  beneath  them.  Within  lialf  an  hour  we  put  up  a  bird.  My  bov 
whispered,  '  Korrea,  .sir,  korrea  !  "  and,  l)eckoning  me  to  follow  him,  plunged 


23fi  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

off  the  track  into  apparently  impenetrable  hush.  We  seemed  If)  make 
enough  noise  to  scare  all  the  korreas  in  New  Guinea.  Suddenly  the  boy 
stopped,  and,  pointing  upwards  again,  whispered,  '  Korrea,  sir  !  shoot  'im  ! ' 
I  looked  overhead,  and  there  he  was.  All  shades  of  blue,  deepening  to  a  bronze 
red,  showed  on  his  breast,  and  he  had  a  crest  composed  of  the  most  delicate 
blue-grey  and  white  feathers.  This  was  the  only  bird  I  shot  that  day.  The 
others  also  got  just  one  apiece,  and  the  three  averaged  10  lb.  weight.  On 
another  day  two  of  us  went  out  again  to  a  different  place,  and  succeeded  in 
getting  four  korreas,  two  cassowaries,  and  one  wallaby.  Cassowary  meat  is 
much  like  beef,  but  not  to  be  compared  with  the  wild  pigeon,  korrea,  or  par- 
rots. The  garrison  here  has  plenty  of  time  on  its  hands.  Besides  shooting, 
several  men  have  constructed  butterfly  nets  out  of  mosquito  curtains." 

A  writer  in  The  Sydney  Moynins;  Ho  aid  of  May  7,  1919,  stated  : — 
"  Australia's  posses.sion  of  the  territories  embraced  under  the  compre- 
hensive term  of  German  New  Guinea  maj'  not  be  of  much  material  advantage 
to  us  after  all.  It  may  simply  mean  that  while  we  shall  have  the  shell  of 
administration,  the  kernel  of  trade  will  again  go  to  Germany  herself  and  to 
Japan.  Kverything  points  that  way  at  the  moment.  German  influence  and 
German  intrigue  dre  very  much  in  evidence  in  the  Pacific  to-day.  The  trade 
we  have  built  up  so  indefatigably  in  the  islands  generally  is  in  many  directions 
slipping  away.  It  is  a  trade  we  had  come  to  regard  as  our  heritage.  Our 
island  commerce  has  always  been  of  the  greatest  importance  to  us,  and  m- 
dustrial  developments  are  year  by  year  enhancing  its  worth.  Yet  our  hold 
is  here  and  there  being  loo.scned.  Little  by  little  before  the  war  the  foreigner 
got  a  footing.  Gennany  was  for  the  time  being  removed  from  the  field,  but 
her  activity  in  the  Pacific  has  not  by  any  means  ceased,  and  the  sooner  this 
fact  IS  realised  the  better,  for  we  are  living  rather  in  a  fool's  paradise  as  far 
as  the  islands  are  concerned.  \\'e  may  find  that  nothing  biit  a  change  of 
name  and  of  admini.stration  of  this  territory  will  be  the  outcome  of  all  our 
sacrifices,  and  that  the  real  substance  of  these  possessions  will  in  the  future 
be  as  much  German  as  ever  they  were  in  the  past,  except  that  Japan  U-ill 
have  a  large  share.  If  that  should  prove  to  be  the  case,  w'here  will  be  the  fruits 
of  our  victory  ?  The  trade  of  the  Mar.shalls  has  practically  gone,  and  since 
Japan  has  occupied  this  group  she  has  made  it  and  the  Carolines,  which  she 
also  holds,  the  base  for  widespread  and  intense  activity.  And  now  there 
seems  every  probability  of  the  trade  of  German  New  Guinea,  connuered  at 
the  cost  of  precious  Australian  lives,  being  wrested  from  us  as  \\ell.  The 
German  merchants  and  planters,  who  have  enjoyed  extraordinary  privileges  in 
New  Guinea  Since  the  occupation  by  Australia^  troops,  have  just  given  notice 
that  the  agreements  that  they  had  with  Australian  vessels  to  carry  their 
goods  and  produce  \\all  be  cancelled,  the  evident  intention  being  to  cut  off, 
as  far  as  possible,  all  trade  with  Australia  in  favour  of  direct  services  with 
Europe  and  the  East.  It  has  been  publicly  announced  that  the  Osaka 
Shosen  Kaisha  will  establish  a  monthly  service  between  Japan  and  Rabaul. 
whilst  it  is  reported  that  the  Dutch  steamers  now  running  between  PloUand, 
Java,  and  Dui.<h  New  Guinea  are  only  awaiting  the  signing  of  peace  in  order 
to  extend  to  Rabaul  to  load  accunmlations  of  copra  whose  probable  destina- 
tion ^\ill  be  Hamburg,  via  Rotterdam.  It  may  be  explained  that,  upon  the 
military  occupation,  the  Commonwealth  Government  arranged  for  an  Aus- 
tralian service  of  steamers  to  keep  up  necessary  conmmnication  with  their 
troops,  taking  up  reinforcements  and  stores,  and  incidentally  benefiting  the 
German  planters  and  merchants  by  .supplymg  them  with  goods  and  bringing 
away  their  produce.  In  this  w^ay  the  necessities  of  the  military  occupation 
have  been  at  the  same, time  a  source  of  profit  to  the  German  merchants  there. 
Neither  Australia  nor  the  British  islands  in  the  Pacific  have  had  any  oppor- 
tunit}'  during  the  war,  or  since  it  terminated,  of  sending  any  copra  shipments 
to  Europe  ;  but  are'  still  'without  any  other  market  than  vSan  Francisco,  where 
the  ruling  price  is  sometliing  like  £12  a  ton  less  than  that  quoted  in  Europe- 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


237 


By  thus  allowing  the  Germans  to  get  in  early  with  prompt  regular  com- 
munications from  Rabaul  direct  to  Europe  and  the  East,  the  German  mer- 
chants and  traders  will  benefit  tremendously  in  comparison  with  AustraUa 
and  the  Pacific  islands.  Not  only  will  they  have  the  great  advantage  in  dis- 
posing of  their  own  produce,  but  these  direct  services  will  materially  draw 
consignments  from  the  other  Pacific  islands  to  Rabaul  which  will  thus  become 
quite  an  important  place  in  largely  dominating  the  trade  of  the  south-western 
Pacific  to  the  benefit  of  other  competitors.  Australians  were  the  pioneers  of 
this  trade.  A.  regular  steam  service  was  inaugurated  in  1897  between  Aus- 
tralia and  these  territories.  It  carried  on  till  190.5,  when  the  heavily  sub- 
sidised N.D.I<.  line,  with  the  active  assistance  of  the  German  Administration, 
pushed  out  its  Australian  rival.  From  that  day  until  the  British  occupation, 
nine  years  later,  the  trade  was  held  as  a  close  preserve  for  the- German  lines 
It  seems  now  that  the  re-established  Australian  service  will,  for  a  second  time, 
be  squeezed  out  by  more  advantageously  situated  competitors.  It  is  very 
hard  to  say  yet  whether  German  intrigue  will  succeed  in  this  bold  e^ort  to 
again  take  over  entire  possession  of  the  trade  of  the  northern  part  of  New 
Guinea,  or  whether  Great  Britain  and  Australia  will  yet  wake  up  to  the  position, 
and  prevent  Germany  from  gaining  the  a.'^cendancy  again.  It  is  hardly 
possible  to  close  down  a  business  suddenly,  and  remove  steamers  from  an 
establislied  trade  without  serious  loss,  whilst  to  continue  running  them 
mereh'  with  the  mails  and  outward  cargoes  of  stores  for  the  troops,  withoxit 
any  return  cargo,  would  undoubtedly  mean  that  vessels  runuinu  under  Aus- 
trahan  conditions  of  manning,  would  be  very  heavily  handicapped." 


238  STEWARTS  HAND   BOOK 


THE    SOLOMON   ISLANDS. 

(BRITISH.) 

THE  Solomon  Group  consists  of  a  double  row  of  islands,  all  volcanic, 
and  mountainous,  extending  south-eastward  from  the  Bismarck 
•  Archipelago  for  a  distance  of  about  900  miles.  It  comprises  seven 
large  islands  and  many  small  ones,  those  in  the  north-eastern  row  being 
Bougainville,  Choiseul,  Ysabel  and  Malaita,  and  in  the  south-western  New 
Georgia,  Guadalcanal  and  San  Cristoval,  of  which  the  largest  is  Bougainville, 
about  140  miles  long  and  35  broad. 

With  the  exception  of  New  Guinea,  the  Solomon  Islands  was  the  first 
important  group  in  the  South  Pacific  known  to  Europeans.  Long  even  before 
the  coasts  of  Australia  were  visited  by  the  Dutch  explorers,  the  Solomons 
had  been  discovered  and  again  lost.  In  November,  1567,  two  Spanish  ships, 
under  the  command  of  Alvaro  de  Mendana,  sailed  from  Peru,  for  the  discovery 
of  a  southern  continent.  In  February,  1568,  the  ships  arrived  at  Ysabel, 
in  the  Solomons,  Mendana  having  bestowed  the  christian  name  of  his  wife 
upon  his  new  discovery.  The  ships  remained  m  the  group  until  August, 
during  which  time  Mendana  visited  and  named  most  of  the  islands  of  the 
Southern  Solomons,  the  names  being  still  accepted,  and  returned  to  Peru, 
after  incredible  sufferings,  in  June,  1569'  So  impressed  was  Mendana  with 
the  possibilities  of  the  Islands  that  he  is  said  to  have  given  them  the  name  of 
the  Islands  of  Solomon,  in  the  hope  that  his  countrymen,  believing  them  to  be 
the  source  from  which  King  Solomon  obtained  the  gold  for  his  temple,  might 
he  induced  to  colonise  them.  It  was  not  until  1595,  by  which  time  the 
Invincible  Armada  had  come  and  gone,  that  ^Mendana  again  sailed  from  Peru, 
with  a  commission  to  colonise  the  Solomon  Islands.  He  was  equipped  with 
€verytliing  necessary  for  the  planting  of  a  new  colony,  including  a  large  number 
of  colonists  and  their  wives.  Mendana' s  own  wife.  Donna  Ysabel  de  Barreto, 
and  her  three  brothers,  were  of  the  party.  His  chief  pilot,  or  navigating 
officer,  as  he  would  now  be  called,  was  Pedro  Fernandez  de  Quiros.  The 
ships  failed  to  find  the  Solomon  Islands,  but  in  September,  1595,  arrived  at 
the  largest  island  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Group.  One  of  the  ships  disappeared  in  a 
squall  off  the  volcano  of  Tmakula  the  day  before  Mendana  arrived  at  Santa 
Cruz.  A  settlement  was  formed  in  the  bay,  to  w-hich  Mendana  gave  the  name 
of  Graciosa  Bay,  on  the  north  coast  of  the  island.  Dissensions  and  insubor- 
dination among  the  members  of  the  colony,  sickness  and  conflicts  with  the 
natives,  speedily  put  an  end  to  any  prospect  of  success  that  a  settlement  in 
such  a  place  could  ever  have  presented,  and  on  October  18  Mendana  died, 
the  same  day  Quiros  left  Graaosa  Bay  with  the  survivors  of  the  settlers,  and 
sailed  for  two  days  in  a  south-westerly  direction  in  search  of  the  Island  of 
San  Cristoval,  in  the  Solomon  Group,  which  had  been  visited  by  Mendana 
during  his  first  voyage.     The  distance  from  Graciosa  Bay  to  the  south-east 


We  JVlanufacture 

Pickles 

Worcestershire  wSauce 
Vinegar 

Bathos    Baking  Powder 
Dolly  Baking  Powder 
Curry   Powder 
Peppers 
Mixed  Spices 
Self-Raising  Flour 
&c. 

S.FreeffiQD&SonsIitd 

350-362    HARRIS   STREET, 

SYDNEY 

Established  1872.  ^     wi^k.  ■  - 


,:>,\l>^-»_ 


Shipping  and  Export  Grocers. 

Union  Street, 

Pyrmont 
SYDNEY,   N.S.W. 


ISLAND  ORDER  SPECIALISTS. 


GOODS   paeKED 

TO    ORDER    AND 

SHIPPED       FREE 

ON     BOARD,    SYDNEY. 


CORRESPONDENCE     INVITED. 


REFERENCE: 

English,  Scottish  and   Australian   Bank   Limited,   Sydney. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  241 

end  of  San  Cristoval  is  but  two  hundred  miles  in  a  westerly  direction,  and 
Ouiros  must  have  all  but  sighted  it.  Either  the  wind  must  have  been  very- 
light  or  the  weather  thick,  for  the  land  is  high,  and  visible  for  a  considerable 
chstance.  No  land  appearing,  the  course  was  changed  to  north-west,  with  the 
object  of  steering  for  :Manilla.  Even  then  the  slrips  must  for  days  have  been 
almost  in  sight  of  the  Solomon  Group,  for  which  they  had  been  seeking, 
but  the  chance  was  lost,  and  the  Solomons  disappeared  for  two  hundred  years 
from  the  knowledge  of  Europeans,  until  they  had  at  last  come  to  be  regarded 
as  mythical.  Quiros  reached  Manila  with  the  remnants  of  the  expedition  in 
February,  1596,  but  did  not  arrive  back  m  South  America  until  1597.  The 
subsequent  expedition  of  Quiros  for  the  discovery  of  the  Antarctic  Continent 
was  not  commenced  until  1605.  Luis  Vaes  de  Torres  was  his  second  in  com- 
mand. During  this  voyage  Quires  discovered  the  islands  of  Taumako,  in 
the  Duff  Group,  near  Santa  Cruz,  and  eventually,  m  ]May,  1606,  arrived  at 
the  most  northerly  island  of  the  group  now  known  as  the  New  Hebrides, 
upon  which  he  bestowed  the  name  of  Austrialia  del  Espintu  Santo.  A 
settlement  was  formed  in  the  large  bay  at  the  north  end  of  the  island,  named 
by  Quiros  the  Bay  of  St.  Philip  and  St.  James.  The  estabhshment  of  a  town 
was  projected,  to  be  called  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  to  the  river  which  runs 
into  the  bay  was  given  the  name  of  the  Jordan.  On  June  8,  1606,  the  ships 
left  the  bay  with  the  object  of  continuing  their  discoveries.  It  came  on  to 
blow  from  the  south-east,  but  the  ship,  under  the  command  of  Torres,  was 
able  to  regain  the  anchorage.  Quiro's  ship,  after  endeavouring  to  make 
Santa  Cruz,  sailed  for  Mexico,  where  she  arrived  in  1607.  Torres,  after  waiting 
some  days  for  the  return  of  Quiros,  continued  his  voyage  to  the  westward, 
and,  after  discovering  certain  bays  and  islands  on  the  south  coast  of  New 
Guinea,  and  sailing  between  Australia  and  New  Guinea  through  the  Straits 
to  which  his  name  has  been  subsequently  given,  arrived  at  Manila  in  1607. 

With  the  second  voyage  of  Quiros  the  liistory  cf  Spanish  discovery  m 
the  Pacific  must  be  considered  to  have  come  to  an  end.  .  In  1616  the  ships 
of  Le  Maire  and  Scheuten  sighted  a  group  of  low  islands,  which  may  have 
been  the  same  group  as  was  afterwards  seen  and  named  by  Tasiuan  in  1643. 
Tasman  gave  to  the  islands  seen  by  him  the  name  of  Ongtong  Java  from  their 
resemblance  to  an  island  or  islands  of  that  name  near  Batavia.  The  name  of 
Ongtong  Java  is  new  apphed  to  the  group  more  generally  known  as  the  Lord 
Howe's  Group,  while  the  small  group  known  as  Nukumanu  or  the  Tasman 
Group,  lies  about  30  miles  further  north.  The  line  of  demarcation  betw-een 
Great  Britain  and  Germany  passes  between  the  two.  In  1767  Captain 
Carteret  rediscovered  the  Santa  Cruz  Group  of  Mendana  and  Quiros,  and 
saiUng  thence  to  the  north-west,  discovered  Gower  Island  and  the  north-west 
coast  of  Malaita.  In  1768  Bougainville,  in  the  French  ships  "  Boudeuse  " 
and  "  Etoile,"  m  the  course  of  a  voyage  round  the  world,  after  visiting  the 
New  HebrideSi  and  the  south-east  end  of  New  Guinea,  sailed  to  the  N.N.E., 
and  passed  through  Bougainville  vStraits.  He  named  the  island  to  the  east 
of  the  Straits  after  thr  Due  de  Choiseul,  while  the  large  island  on  the  w^est  side 
of  the  Straits  retains  his  own  name.  After  passing  the  Straits  and  partially 
surveying  them,  he  continued  his  voyage  of  discovery  towards  Batavia.  In 
the  following  year,  1769,  M.  de  Surville  sighted  the  north  coast  of  Choiseul, 


242  STEWART'S  HAXD   BOOK 

and,  sailing  to  the  south-east,  he  anchored  in  a  harbour  at  tlie  north-west  end 
of  Ysabel  Island,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  Port  Praslin.  He  came  into 
unfortunate  conflict  with  the  natives.  In  1781  Maurelle,  the  Spaniard,  in 
the  ship  "  Princessa,"  passed  in  the  night  the  very  dangerous  reef  lying  to  the 
south  of  the  Lord  Howe's  Group.  To  this,  on  account  of  the  sound  of  the 
breakers  upon  it  he  gave  the  very  appropriate  name  of  lil  Roncader,  the 
Snorer.  In  1788  Lieutenant  Shortland,  in  command  of  the  transports  "  Alex- 
ander "  and  "Friendship,"  two  of  the  vessels  of  Governor  Phillip's  fleet, 
sailed  from  Botany  Bay  for  Canton.  On  July  .31  he  sighted  the  south  coast 
of  San  Cristoval,  and,  sailing  along  south  of  Guadalcanal,  he  named  Cape 
Henslow  and  Cape  Hunter,  and  also  the  most  conspicuous  and  highest  moun- 
tain on  the  island,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  Mount  Lammas.  Continmng 
his  voyage  to  the  north-west,  he  named  the  ctuious  solitary  rock  off  the  south 
end  of  Narovo  Island  the  Eddystone,  and,  after  discovering  and  naming  the 
island  now  known  as  Treasury  Island,  continued  through  the  Bougainville 
Straits,  which  he  named  vShortland  Straits,  not  knowing  at  the  time  that  they 
had  already  been  discovered  by  Bouga  nville. 

About  this  time  the  French  frigates  "  Astrolabe  "  and  '"  Boussole,"  under 
the  command  of  La  Perouse,  were  engaged  on  a  voyage  of  scientific  discovery 
in  the  Pacific.  Having  left  Brest  in  1785,  the  ships,  after  cruising  in  the  North 
and  South  Pacific,  arrived  at  Botany  Bay  in  January,  1788.  In  F^ebruary  the 
ships  left  to  continue  their  discoveries,  and  from  that  tune  no  news  of  their 
fate  was  known  for  nearly  forty  years.  The  mystery  surrounding  the  loss  of 
the  ships  at  the  island  cf  Vanikoro,  and  the  eventual  death  of  all  the  survivors, 
was  eventually  made  known  by  Captain  Peter  Dillon,  of  the  East  India 
Company's  ship  "  Research,"  in  1827.  In  1791  Admiral  Hunter,  R.N., 
on  a  voyage  from  Sydney  to  Batavia  in  the  hired  transport  "  Waaksamheyd," 
discovered  Sikiana,  or  Stewart's  Islands  and  the  Bradley  Reefs,  and  m  the 
same  year  Captain  Edwards,  in  the  "  Pandora,"  passed  between  the  islands 
of  Vanikoro  and  Utupua,  and  discovered  Cherry  and  Mitre  Islands.  In  the 
same  year,  1791,  the  French  Government  sent  the  ships  "  Recherche"  and 
'  Esperance,"  under  the  command  of  General  D'Entrecasteaux,  to  search 
for  the  missing  ships  of  La  Perouse.  In  1792  the  ships  visited  the  island  of 
Narovo  and  Treasury  Island,  and  in  1703  called  at  Santa  Cruz.  In  1801  the 
Lslands  of  Rennell  and  Bellona  were  discovered  by  Captain  Butler  in  the  British 
ship  "  Walpole."  D'Urville  visited  the  Solomons  m  1828  and  again  in  1838. 
By  this  time  the  visits  of  trading  vessels  to  the  Solomons  in  quest  of  beche- 
de-mer  and  tortoise-shell  had  become  frequent.  Whalers  were  also  in  the 
habit  of  calling  for  the  purpose  of  "  refreshing"  their  crews,  to  the  general 
demoralisation  of  the  natives,  especially  at  such  places  as  Treasury  Island  and 
San  Cristoval. 

In  1845  the  French  Mission  of  the  Society  of  Mary  landed  on  the  south 
coast  of  San  Cristoval,  the  party  consisting  of  six  fathers  and  five  lay  brothers, 
under  the  direction  of  Bishop  Epalle.  Before  finally  deciding  upon  forming 
their  settlement  on  San  Cristoval  Bishop  Epalle  decided  to  visit  Ysabel,  of 
which  island  Dumont  D'Urville,  who  had  visited  it  seven  years  before,  had 
given  a  favourable  account.  Leaving  San  Cristoval  on  December  6,  the  party 
arrived  at  Thousand  Ships  Bay,  at  the  south  end  of  Ysabel,  on  December  12. 


OF  TEE  PACIFIC  ISr,ANDS  243 

Bishop  Epalle  was  murdered  by  the  natives  on  December  16,  and  the  party 
returned  to  San  Cristoval,  where  the  headquarters  of  the  ^Mission  were  eventu- 
ally established  at  Makira  Bay.  The  Mission  was  finally  abandoned  in  1847, 
but  not  until  after  the  murder  of  three  more  of  the  party  by  the  natives,  and 
the  death  of  another  from  malarial  fever.  After  a  lapse  of  fifty  years  the 
IMission  has  been  again  established. 

The  first  visit  of  Bishop  Selwyn,  the  elder,  in  connection  with  the  Mela- 
nesian  Mission,  occurred  about  1850.  In  1851,  Benjamin  Boyd,  an  enter- 
prismg  capitalist  of  New  South  Wales,  visited  San  Cristoval  and  Guadalcanal 
m  his  yacht  the  "  Wanderer,"  his  object  being  to  form  an  independent  govern- 
ment under  his  own  control.  Incautiously  landing  almost  alone  on  the  south 
coast  of  Guadalcanal,  at  a  place  since  known  as  Wanderer  Bay,  he  was 
murdered  by  the  natives.  In  1858  the  Austrian  frigate  "  Novara,"  in  the 
course  of  a  voyage  of  exploration  round  the  world,  visited  Sikiana,  and  in 
1859  H.M.S.  "Cordelia"  visited  Vanikoro,  in  consequence  of  the  murder 
of  three  white  men  by  natives  of  that  island.  P'rom  that  time  up  to  about 
1870  the  Solomons  were  occasionally  visited  by  British  ships  of  war  ;  and  the 
Melanesian  Mission  vessel,  at  that  time  under  the  control  of  Bishop  Patteson, 
made  an  annual  visit,  removing  boys  to  be  educated,  first  to  New  Zealand, 
and  from  1867  to  Norfolk  Island.  In  1871  Bishop  Patteson  was  murdered 
by  the  natives  of  one  of  the  islands  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Group,  and  in  1875 
Commodore  Goodenough,  of  H.M.S.  "  Pearl,"  was  murdered  at  Carlisle  Bay, 
Santa  Cruz.  As  early  as  1860,  and  even  before,  there  had  been  white  men 
living  ashore  in  the  Solomons,  who  traded  with  vessels  from  Sydney,  and 
shortly  after  this  date  the  recruiting  of  natives  to  work  upon  the  plantations 
in  Queensland  and  Fiji  was  begun.  Recruiting  for  Queensland,  having 
been  suspended  for  a  time  about  1884-85,  was  again  reopened,  but  ceased 
altogether  about  1903,  after  which  most  of  the  natives  who  had  been  working 
in  Queensland  were  repatriated.  Recruiting  for  Fiji  continued  until  the  end 
of  1910,  but  has  now  happily  ceased. 

Between  the  years  1860  and  1893  the  number  of  resident  white  traders 
gradually  increased,  until  at  the  time  of  the  proclamation  of  the  British 
Protectorate  over  the  Southern  Solomon  Islands  the  number  of  white  residents 
approached  fifty.  The  whole  of  the  trade  of'  the  group  was  carried  on  from 
Sydney,  by  means  of  small  saihng  vessels.  The  Melanesian  Mission,  then 
under  the  direction  of  Bishop  Selwyn,  the  younger,  had  landed  resident 
missionaries  at  San  Cristoval,  Malaita  and  Florida.  These  spent  a  part  of  the 
year  only  in  the  Solomons,  and  the  remainder  at  Norfolk  Island.  One  or  two 
British  men-o'-war  visited  the  group  annually  to  enquire  into  trouble  arising 
in  connection  with  the  labour  trade  or  into  murders  of  white  men  committed 
by  natives.  Punishment  for  outrages  was  administered  to  the  natives  by 
force  of  arms,  and  in  a  few  cases  where  natives  or  white  men  were  remov  ed  to 
Fiji  for  trial  before  the  High  Commissioner's  Court  it  is  not  believed  that  in 
one  single  instance  was  a  conviction  ever  recorded,  in  consequence  of  the 
impossibility  of  securing  the  attendance  of  the  necessary  witnesses.  This, 
then,  was  the  condition  prevailing  in  the  Solomons  when  the  British  Pro- 
tectorate was  declared. 


244  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

111  1893  a  British  Protectorate  was  declared  over  the  islands  of  the 
Southern  Solomons,  comprising  the  islands  of  Guadalcanal,  Savo,  Malaita, 
San  Cristoval,  the  New  Georgia  group  and  its  dependencies,  and  also  over 
the  Island  of  Treasury,  at  the  southern  entrance  of  the  Bougainville  vStraits. 
The  northern  islands  of  the  Solomon  Group,  viz.,  Ysabel,  Choiseul,  the  islands 
in  Bougainville  Straits,  and  the  Island  of  Bougainville  itself,  fell  to  Germany. 
In  1898  and  1899  the  islands  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Group,  including  Utupua, 
Tucopia,  Vanikoro,  the  remote  islands  of  Cherry  and  Mitre,  Sikiana,  and  the 
islands  of  Rennell  and  Bellona  were  added  to  the  Protectorate,  and  in  1900 
the  Northern  Solomons,  viz.,  Ysabel,  Choiseul,  the  islands  in  the  Bougain- 
ville Straits,  south  and  south-east  of  the  main  island  of  Bougainville,  and  the 
atoll  group  of  Ongtong  Java,  or  Lord  Howe's  Group,  were  transferred  by 
treaty  from  Germany  to  Great  Britain.  Thus,  with  the  exception  of  Bougain- 
ville and  Buka,  the  Solomon  Islands  became  all  British.  Bougainville  and 
Buka,  which  have  a  native  population  of  about  16,000  are  part  of  the  late 
German  New  Guinea  possessions.  Bougainvile  has  an  area  of  about  35(> 
square  miles,  the  principal  harbour  being  Kieta,  on  the  east  coast.  There 
are  a  couple  of  ether  good  harbours  on  the  north-east  coast.  There  is  a  very 
good  harbour  on  the  west  coast  of  Buka,  called  Carola  Hafen. 

The  British  Solomon  Islands  Protectorate  thus  extends  in  a  north- 
westerly and  south-easterly  direction  from  Bougainville  Straits  to  Mitre 
Island  for  a  distance  of  nine  hundred  miles,  and  north  and  south  from  I,ord 
Howe's  Group  to  Rennell  Island  for  a  distance  of  about  four  hundred  and 
thirty  miles.  It  lies  between  the  parallels  of  5  deg.  south  and  12  deg.  30  min. 
south,  and  the  meridians  of  155  deg.  and  170  deg.  of  east  longitude.  It  is  well 
out  of  the  region  of  hurricanes,  which  cause  so  much  damage  in  Fiji  and  other 
groups  further  south.  The  total  area  of  the  British  Solomon  Group  is  about 
11,000  square  nautical  miles.  The  three  largest  islands,  viz.,  Guadalcanal, 
Malaita,  and  Ysabel,  each  contain  about  2,000  square  nautical  miles.  If 
another  200  square  nautical  miles  were  added  for  the  Santa  Cruz  Group,  and 
adjacent  islands,  the  total  area  of  the  Protectorate  will  amount  at  a  moderate 
computation  to  about  9,500,000  acres,  or  an  area  nearly  twice  as  large  as  Fiji. 
The  distance  from  the  seat  of  Government  at  Tulagi  to  Sydney  is  about 
1,750  miles.  A  British  Resident  Commissioner  was  first  appointed  in  1890, 
at  which  time  the  resident  white  population  amounted  to  fifty,  all  males. 
Four  of  these  were  missionaries  connected  with  the  Church  of  England 
Melanesia!!  Mission,  and  the  remainder  were  engaged  in  trading  or  in  employ- 
ments connected  with  trading.  Thirty-tliree  were  British  subjects.  Planting 
operations  by  white  men  had  at  that  time  scarcely  been  commenced,  the  total 
ar^a  under  cultivation  by  white  men,  entirely  in  cocoanuts,  not  exceeding  one 
hundred  acres  in  all.  It  was,  however,  already  recognised  that  the  Solomons 
were  eminently  suited  for  extensive  cultivation  of  the  cocoanut  palm. 

The  Resident  Commissioner  established  himself  on  the  Island  of  Tulagi, 
off  the  south  coast  of  Florida,  in  1897,  and  m  1899  a  second  Government 
station  was  established  at  Gizo,  m  the  New  Georgia  Group.  A  third  Govern- 
ment station  was  established  at  Shortland  Island,  in  the  Bougainville  Straits, 
m  1906,  and  a  fourth  at  Auki,  on  the  island  of  Malaita,  in  1909.  In  1910  a 
fifth  Government  station  was  formed  in  the  Marovo  L,agoon.     The  seat  of 


CbeO 


«mca  $al{$  Jlseiicy 

Cimlfea 


Importers,  Exporters  &  Buying  Agents. 


170  Clarence  Street, 
SYDNEY, 

AUSTRALIA. 


9  Commerce  Street, 

AUCKLAND, 

NEW    ZEALAND. 


SOME  OF  THE  LINES 

WE  EXPORT  TO  THE  ISLANDS 

Sugar 

Groceries 

Wines 

Lager 

Soft  Goods 

Salmon 

Canvas 

Duck 

Flour 

Sel-f-Raising  Flour 

Leather  Goods 

Produce 


SOME  OF  THE  LINES 

WE  IMPORT  FROM  THE  ISLANDS 

Trocas  Shells 
Pearl   Shells 

Tortoise   Shells 

Ivory   Nuts 

Sandalwood 

Coffee  Beans 

Hemp 

Grain 

&c. 


TRADERS  art'  iinited  to  write  or  cabk'  their  emiuiries 

\vhi(ii  we  guarantee  to  attend  to  promptly. 

ONE  REASON  why  Merchants  and  'Iraders  slioukl  get 

our  quotations  before  buying  elsewhere  is  that  we  are 

Manufacturers'  Agents,   therefore  our    prices   arc   lower 

than   others  at  all   times. 

Cable  Address:  'OSAGEN,"  Sydney  or  Auckland. 


248 


STKVVAUT  S   n.XSlj    BOOK 


metrical  and  theniiomctrical  readings,  have  been  taken  at  the  (k>vernnient 
station  at  Tulag),  and  a  record  is  supphed  monthly  to  the  Commonwealth 
Meteorological  Office  in  Melbonrne,  and  to  London,  the  figures  for  liJlo  and 
li)l()  being  as  follows  : — 


1915 

1918 

Baro- 

Thermometer 

Tiaiu 

Baro- 

Therm 

ometer 

Rain 

meter 

Miix. 

Mill. 

meter 

Max. 

Jlin. 

January    .  . 

.      29.981 

91. 

75.3 

10.78 

29.890 

89.8 

77.2 

24.61 

P'ebruary 

.      29.919 

89.3 

76.1 

11.66 

29.945 

89.9 

77. 

19.84 

March 

.      30.069 

92.9 

77.4 

3.18 

29.936 

89. 

77.4 

16.07 

April 

.      30.058 

91.3 

76.9 

2.49 

29.983 

88.7 

77.7 

17.89 

May 

.      30.065 

88.5 

77.3 

1.07 

30.010 

87.7 

77.7 

14.82 

June 

.      29.896 

88.7 

76.9 

.  2.58 

30.045 

86.2 

78. 

8.16 

July 

.      30.018 

86.5 

77.9 

1.73 

30.034 

85.8 

78.3 

7.24 

August 

.      30,025 

86.5 

77.4 

6.06 

30.070 

85.5 

77.6 

9.18 

September 

.      29.986 

86.7 

78. 

4.35 

29.956 

85.7 

77.8 

14.62 

October     .  . 

.      29.882 

87.6 

78. 

3.96 

30.009 

87.9 

76.4 

5.71 

November 

.      29.985 

88.5 

77.8 

5.48 

29.978 

88. 

71.9 

13.88 

December 

.      29.947 

90.3 

77.2 

9.63 

29.866 

88.3 

75.2 

J6.61 

FAUNA  AND  FLORA. 

The  only  large  land  mammals  which  occur  in  the  Solomons  are  the  native 
pig  and  wild  dog.  These  certainly  existed  before  the  discovery  of  the  group 
by  Europeans.  In  the  mountains  of  Guadalcanal  the  wild  dogs  are  said  to 
hunt  in  packs,  and  to  have  run  down  and  killed  men.  On  the  same  island 
two  species  of  gigantic  bush  rats  of  closely  allied  species  are  found,  one  being 
arboreal  m  its  habits.  In  size  they  are  as  large  as  rabbits.  Another  smaller 
species  of  rat  peculiar  to  Guadalcanal  is  known,  and  the  small  rat  of  the 
Pacific  swarms  everywhere  in  the  neighbourhood  of  trading  stations.  The 
marsupial  Cuscus  (Cuscus  Orientalis)  occurs  tliroughout  the  Solomons, 
except  perhaps  on  San  Cristoval,  but  is  not  known  from  the  Santa  Cruz  Group. 
Bats,  both  of  the  insectivorous  and  frugivorous  kind  abound,  many  species 
being  peculiar  to  the  Solomons.  Whales,  both  sperm,  sulphur-belly,  and  fin- 
back, visit  the  group  at  their  appointed  seasons,  and  blackfish  and  porpoises 
abound.  The  teeth  of  the  latter  are  highly  prized  as  currency  by  the  natives. 
At  certain  seasons  of  the  year  the  natives  of  parts  of  Malaita  organise  hunting 
parties,  and  drive  the  porpoises  into  shallow  water,  where  they  smother  them- 
selves in  the  mud.  As  many  as  four  hundred  have  been  known  to  have  been 
taken  at  a  single  drive.     The  dugong  is  frequently  met  with. 

Birds  are  plentiful,  and  some  of  them  are  of  great  beauty,  although  the 
Birds  of  Paradise  of  the  Papuan  region  do  not  extend  their  range  so  far  as  the 
Solomons.  Cockatoos,  parrots,  lories,  and  the  lovely  little  pigmy  parrots  of 
the  genus  Nasiterna  abound.  Kingfishers  of  about  ten  species  are  known, 
the  largest  and  most  conspicuous  being  the  beautiful  Halcyon  saurophaga. 
Ducks  occur  on  the  large  rivers.  Eagles,  ospreys,  hawks,  and  buzzards, 
as  well  as  numerous  species  of  the  smaller  short-winged  hawks,  are  common. 
There  is  a  crow  on  Guadalcanal  and  Ysabel,  and  the  horn-bill  occurs  com- 
monly, except  at  San  Cristoval.     The  large  fruit-eating  pigeons_[are  the  birds 


CF  THK  PACIFIC  JSI.AXDS  24& 

most  commonly  met  with.  The)'  resort  in  thousands  to  the  small  islets  off 
the  coast  of  the  larger  islands  and  to  the  mangroves  to  breed  and  roost. 
From  Gaudalcanal  comes  that  extremely  rare  long-tailed  pigeon,  Turacaena 
crassirostns,  which  has  not  been  met  with  elsewhere.  Mention  must  also 
be  made  of  the  megapode,  a  bird  allied  to  the  brush  turkey  of  Australia. 

Crocodiles  are  common,  generally  frequenting  the  sea  coasts  and  man- 
grove swamps.  They  are  shy,  but  cases,  are  frequenth'  heard  of  men  and 
women  having  been  taken  by  them.  A  dog  or  pig  appears  to  be  the  most 
irresistible  attraction.  The  large  monitor  lizards,  which  reach  a  'ength  of 
four  feet,  are  great  enemies  to  keepers  of  poultry,  as  they  have  an  insatiable 
craving  for  eggs.  The  smaller  lizards  and  geckos  are  always  in  evidence. 
Many  species  of  snakes  abound,  some  vepomcus,  but  accidents  from  snake  bite 
are  almost  unknown.  The  bush  at  night  resounds  with  the  call  of  frogs,  but 
they  are  not  in  evidence  unless  sought  for.  The  rivers  of  Guadalcanal  and 
other  islands  are  frequented  by  a  gigantic  bull  frog  (Rana  Guppyi).  Speci- 
mens of  this  creature  have  been  taken  which  were  two  and  a  half  pounds  in 
weight.  The  sea  abounds  with  turtles,  both  green  and  the  hawksbill,  the 
latter  being  the  species  from  which  the  tortciseshell  of  commerce  is  procured. 

The  lepidopterous  insects  of  the  Solomons  are  numerous,  and  many 
fine  species  occur,  the  most  remarkable,  both  for  size  and  beauty,  being  the 
large  ornithoptera,  or  bird- winged  butterflies,  O.  Victoriae,  and  O.  D'Urvil- 
leana.  White  ants  are  most  destructive  to  all  soft  wood  timbers  and  to  most 
foreign  hard  woods.  There  are,  however,  some  kinds  of  native  timber, 
especially  Afzelia  bijuga,  locally  known  as  "  vuvula,"  the  vesi  of  Fiji,  the 
Guettarda  speciosa,  locally  "  bo,"  the  bua-bua  of  Fiji,  which  appear  to  be 
absolutely  impervioiis  to  their  attack. 

Mosquitoes  are  abundant.  The  culex,  identical  with  the  I'lji  species,  is 
the  most  common.  Unfortunately  the  genus  anopheles,  the  bite  of  which 
is  the  cause  of  malaria,  also  cccurs,  but  for  one  of  the  latter  at  least  twenty 
culex  would  be  observed.  Malarial  fever  is  consequently  common.  All  new 
arrivals  must  be  prepared,  sooner  or  later,  to  pass  through  a  course  of  malarial 
fever,  but  the  methods  of  combating  this  disease  are  now  so  well  known  that 
with  intelligent  precautions  its  after-effects  can  be  to  a  great  extent  guarded 
against. 

No  systematic  attempt  has  been  made  since  Dr.  Guppy  published  hi.s 
tentative  list  in  1887  to  compile  a  catalogue  of  the  indigenous  flora  of  the 
Solomons.  Many  additions  have  been  made  since  Guppy' s  list  was  published, 
and  have  been  submitted  for  identification  and  record.  The  group  is  especi- 
ally rich  in  palms,  and  some  interesting  new  species  have  been  described,  but  a 
skilled  botanist  would  find  an  almost  virgin  field  to  work  upon.  So  far  as  is 
known,  the  kauri  pme  of  New  Zealand,  or  perhaps  a  closely  allied  species, 
occurs  only  on  the  island  of  ^'anikoro,  but  a  quantity  of  valuable  timbers 
are  known  to  exist,  for  which  a  market  locally  or  elsewhere  will  eventually 
be  discovered.  The  natives  are  acquainted  with  the  use  of  numerous  plants 
and  trees  for  various  purposes.  Among  others  they  use  an  orchid  for  pro- 
ducing the  yellow  plaiting  fibre  with  which  the  spears  and  clubs  are  decorated, 
and  a  native  indigo  for  dyeing  their  bark  clctli. 


250 


STEWART'S  HANP  BOOK 


To  the  ordinary  tourist  or  globe-trotter  the  Protectorate  offers  few- 
attractions.  For  the  trained  and  intensive  cbserver,  however,  there  are  many 
problems  of  interest  awaiting  solution. 

l>RODUCTS. 

vSince  the  establishment  of  the  British  Gcvernment  in  the  Protectorate 
the  formation  of  cocoanut  plantations  has  proceeded,  and  continues  at  an 
ever-increasing  rate.  The  trees  are  as  a  rule  planted  on  the  quincunx  system, 
at  a  distance  apart  of  tliirty-three  feet.  This  system  of  planting  gives  about 
fifty  trees  to  the  acre.  Any  closer  system  of  planting,  however  it  may  suit 
elsewhere,  not  being  considered  adapted  to  the  vigorous  growth  and  size  to 
which  the  trees  attain  in  the  Solomons.  The  quantity  of  copra  exported 
during  the  last  nine  years  is  as  follows  : — 


1908-9 

1909-10 

1910-11 

1911-12 

1912-13 

1913-14 

1914-15 

1915-16 

1916-17 

1917-18 


Tons 

.3,262 
3,486 
4,030 
3,587 
4,195 
5,805 
5,344 
5,932 
5,928 
6,520 


Value 

£ 
36,238 
48,200 
69,000 
55,953 
73,637 

113,229 
75,398 
80,69i 
90.812 

130,400 


This  is,  of  course,  partly  the  produce  of  trees  owned  by  natives,  as  many  of 
the  plantations  owned  by  white  men  have  not  yet  come  into  bearing.  The 
quantity  of  copra  exported  m  future  may  be  expected  to  show  a  progressive 
increase  m  each  succeeding  year.  Bananas  have  only  figured  in  the  list  of 
exDorts  of  recent  years,  and  the  export  could  rapidly  increase  if  there  were 
better  and  more  frequent  communication  between  the  Solomons  and  Sydney, 
lor  the  Solomons  are  capable  of  producing  a  good  quality  of  banana.  Every- 
thing tropical  flourishes  in  the  Solomons.  It  has  been  proved  that  rtibber, 
sugar-cane  and  cotton  thrive  excellently,  but  little  except  experimentally 
has  been  done  yet  with  them.  As  far  as  cotton  is  concerned  the  present 
labour  conditions  are  not  conducive  to  its  profitable  cultivation.  The  closing 
of  the  market  for  ivory  nuts  when  the  war  broke  out  was  a  serious  blow  to 
the  Protectorate,  but  there  is  now  every  possibihty  of  the  recovery  of  the 
market.  Trochas  and  niother-o' -pearl  shell  are  items  of  export.  Many 
plantations  have  herds  grazing  among  the  /cocoanuts,  and  on  many  plantations 
bullock  teams  are  worked.  Sheep  have  net  done  well,  but  pigs  thrive  and 
prove  a  source  of  profit  to  breeders. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


251 


FOREIGN    TRADE. 
Statement  showing  value  of  imports  and  exports  of  the  Protectorate. 


Year 


1905- 
1906- 
1907- 
1908- 
1909- 
1910- 
1911- 
1912- 
1913- 
1914- 
1915- 
1916- 
1917- 


1906 
1907 
190S 
1909 
1910 
1911 
1912 
1913 
1914 
1915 
1916 
1917 
1918 


Imports 

Exports 

£ 

f 

40,971 

49,954 

41,848 

50,275 

49,249 

41,694 

57,337 

50,147 

59,300 

57,441 

103,147 

88,890 

129,829 

86,905 

131,622 

109,647 

162,964 

148,364 

131,552 

86,674 

135,929 

102,652 

149,260 

110,640 

154,743 

149,743 

Almost  the  whole  of  the  import  and  export  trade  is  with  Svdnev.  Pre- 
vious to  the  Federation  of  the  Australian  Colonies,  Sydney,  from  the  fact  of  its 
being  practically  a  free-trade  port,  had  an  undoubted  advantage  in  trade 
with  the  islands  of  the  Western  Pacific,  and  in  his  annual  report  for  the  year 
1900-1901  the  Resident  Commissioner  remarked  as  follows  : — "  Sydney  must 
continue  to  be  for  many  years  to  come  the  base  of  the  Pacific  Island  trade. 
Melbourne  is  geographically  too  remote,  Auckland  is  not  such  a  good  market, 
either  for  buying  or  selling.  Whether  under  the  new  Federal  Tariff,  which 
will  place  them  upon  the  same  footing  as  Sydney,  Brisbane,  or  another  of 
the  Queensland  ports,  which  are,  of  course,  much  nearer  to  the  islands  than 
Sydney,  will  be  able  to  capture  a  share  of  the  Solomon  Island  trade,  remains 
to  be  proved.  Certain  it  is  that  they  have  not  been  able  to  compete  with 
Sydney  hitherto." 

The  above  remarks  were  written  18  years  ago,  and  although  now,  for  some 
years,  under  the  terms  of  the  subsidy  paid  to  Messrs.  Burns,  Philp  and  Com- 
pany by  the  Commonwealth  Government,  their  steamers  are  forced  to  call 
at  Brisbane  on  their  way  from  Sydney  to  the  Solomons  and  again  on  the  return 
voyage,  no  trade  whatever,  either  import  or  export,  is  done  w-fth  Brisbane, 
and  the  whole  of  the  import  and  export  trade  of  the  Protectorate  continues 
to  be  conducted  from  Sydney.  The  unnecessary  call  at  Brisbane  in  fact 
entails  a  delay  of  24  hours  in  communications  between  Sydney  and  the 
Solomons.  No  saving  of  time  is  effected  by  landing  the  mails  at  Brisbane 
to  go  overland  to  Sydney  by  train,  and  on  many  occasions  the  steamer  arrives 
in  Sydney  before  the  mails.  At  present  Burns,  Philp  and  Company's  steamer 
leaves  Sydney  for  the  Solomons,  via  Brisbane,  every  seven  weeks.  One  of 
Burns,  Philp  and  Company's  steamers  now  call  at  Tulagi  about  every  three 
months  on  her  way  to  and  from  Ocean  Island  and  Sydney,  to  replenish  her 
coal  bunkers.  Situated,  as  they  are,  on  the  shortest  route  between  Sydnev 
and  Japan,  the  Philippme  Islands  and  Hongkong,  there  is  no  reason  why 
steamers  bound  from  Sydue)'  to  those  places  should  net  eventually  call  at  the 


252 


STEWART'S  ll.K'Sl)   BOOK 


Solomons.  Many  vessels  often  make  use  of  the  route  through  Bougainville 
Straits  on  their  voyages  between  Sydney  and  Hongkong,  in  preference  to  the 
more  intricate  navigation  of  the  Torres  Straits  and  the  Kastern  Archipelago. 

REVENUlv    AND    EXPENDITURE. 


Year 

Bevenui; 

Exiiemlitui 

£ 

£ 

1905-1906 

2. 378 

2,341 

1006-1907 

4,618 

3,295 

1907-1908 

7,430 

6,483 

1908-1909 

10,603 

13,257 

1909-1910 

11.356 

8.456 

1910-1911 

14.130 

9,493 

1912-1913 

15,432 

15,571 

1913-1914 

24,520 

18,565 

1914-1915 

23,646 

23,122 

1915-1916 

22,006 

26,425 

1916-1917 

27.834 

23,358 

1917-1918 

31,697 

25,000 

UAND. 

Land  is  leased  by  the  Government,  both  for  itself  and  on  behalf  of  the 
natives,  for  plantation  purposes  at  the  following  rates  :  3d.  per  acre  p. a. 
first  five  years  ;  6d.  p. a.  for  second  five  years  ;  3.s.  from  11th  to  20th  year  ; 
■6s.  21st  to  33rd  year  ;  thereafter  5  per  cent,  on  unimproved  value. 


POPULATION. 

The  natives  cf  the  Protectorate  are  believed  to  amount  in  number  to 
150,000,  but  the  estimate  is  only  a  tentative  one,  and  it  is  impossible  to  arrive 
at  prtsent  at  any  accurate  idea  cf  their  number.  By  far  the  most  densely 
populated  island  is  ]\Ialaita.  The  population  of  this  island  alone  may  amount 
to  anything  between  50,000  and  100,000.  The  natives  of  the  vSolomon  Group, 
of  Santa  Cruz,  and  Vanikoro  are  Melauesians,  but  many  types  are  met  with, 
and  with  practice  it  is  almost  possible  to  name  at  sight  the  island  from  w-hich 
any  native  comes.  The  natives  cf  the  islands  in  the  Bougainville  Straits 
are  intensely  black,  and  the  natives  of  the  New  Georgia  Group  and  Choiseul 
almost  as  dark.  Coming  to  Ysabel,  Malaita,  Guadalcanal,  San  Cristova), 
and  Santa  Cruz,  a  lighter  colour  is  met  with,  but  the  types  and  shades  of  colour 
vary  on  almost  evtr>'  island.  It  is  thcught  that  among  some  of  them  there 
may  be  a  certain  element  of  Polynesian  admixture.  At  Ongtong  Java, 
Sikiana,  Rennell,  Bellona,  the  Reef  Islands,  near  Santa  Cruz,  and  at  Tucopia 
the  natives  are  of  almost  purely  Polynesian  race.  Among  a  native  population 
presenting  such  differences  of  type  it  is  not  surprising  that  much  diversity 
in  the  languages  spoken  is  observed.  Not  only  are  different  languages  spoken 
on  each  island,  but  even  on  the  same  island.  At  least  40  different  languages  or 
dialects  are  known  to  occur,  and  the  list  is  by  no  means  complete. 

The  white  population  is  estimated  at  600  and  there  are  in  addition  some 
50     Chinese. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  253 

LABOUR. 

The  only  labourers  at  present  available  for  employment  upon  plantations 
and  trading  vessels  are  the  natives  of  the  Protectorate  itself.  Up  to  about 
the  year  1903,  when  recruiting  for  employment  upon  plantations  in  Queens- 
land ceased,  there  was  an  annual  drain  of  about  one  thousand  labourers  for 
this  purpose,  and,  as  not  more  than  two-thirds  of  these  recruited  ever  re- 
turned, there  was  a  serious  less  to  the  Protectorate  from  this  cause.  Recruit- 
ing for  employment  in  Fiji  continued  until  the  end  of  1910,  but  has  now 
ceased.  The  number  of  indentured  labourers  employed  in  the  Protectorate 
is  approximately  5,500.  At  the  present  rate  of  progress  of  planting 
operations  in  the  Protectorate  it  appears  that  foreign  labour  of  some  sort  will 
before  long  be  required  to  supplement  the  local  supply.  Housing  accom- 
modation, medical  attendance,  clothing,  and  rations  are  in  all  cases  provided 
free  by  the  employer. 


CIVIL  LIST. 


Headquarters  Staff  Stationed  at   the  Seat   of  Government,   at  Tulagi. 


Resident  Commissioner,  Charles  ^^'orklnan  ;  Chief  Magistrate  and 
Legal  Adviser  to  Government,  Isaac  Grainger  Bates  ;  Treasurer, 
Collector    of    Customs,     Cliief     Postmaster,     Registrar     of     Shipping,     ^c, 

Richard     Russell    Pugh  ;     Government  Medical  Officer,  ;    Matron, 

Government  Hospital,  Sister  Beavan  ;  As.sistant  Nurse  (vacant)  ; 
.Acting  Officer  in  Charge  Armed  Native  Constabulary,  E.  N.  Turner ; 
Sub-Inspector,  Armed  Native  Constabulary,  H.  W.  P.  Newall  ;  Crown 
Surveyor,  S.  G.  C.  Knibbs  ;    Assistant  Surveyor,  A.  H.  Wilson;    Inspector 

of    Labourers,    ;     Assistant    Inspector    of    Labourers, ; 

Accountant  and  First  Clerk,  Treasury,  W.  F.  Wyatt  ;  Clerk  and 
Boarding  Officer,  Treasurv  and  Customs,  C.  E.  J.  Wilson  ;  Second  Clerk  and 
Boarding  Officer,  Treasury  and  Customs,  C.  F.  Swift  ;  Postmaster,  Tulagi, 
R.  W.  Jackson  ;  Government  Storekeeper,  Overseer  and  Gaoler.  R.  Gray  ; 
Cadet,  H.  D.  Curry  ;  Cadet,  C.  G.  Norris,;  Cadet  (on  active  service  in  Europe), 
C.  C.  Francis  ;  District  Officer  (on  active  service  in  Europe),  R.  Brcdhurst- 
Hill  ;  Acting-Operator  in  Charge,  Tulagi  Wireless  Station,  A.  E.  Osborne  ; 
ISIechanic,  W'orks  Department,  J.  vS.  Mutch. 

GOVERNMENT  STEAMER   "  BELAMA." 
Master,  P.  M.  Poole  ;  Chief  Engineer,  J-  S.  Ross  :  Mate,  A.  E.  Ellis. 

DISTRICT  STATIONS. 
Gi/o. 
District  Officer,  8zc.,  J.  C.  Barley. 

Mai.atta. 
Acting  District  Officer,  W.  R.  Bell  (R.  Brodhurst-Hill,  on  leave). 

Shot<tlaxj>s. 
District  Officer  and  Government  Medical  Officer,  N.  Crichlow,  M.D. 

YSAnRn. 
District  Officer,  N.  S.  Hcffernan. 

Aoi.a. 
Acting  District  Officer,  C.  G.  Norris. 


251  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

MISSIONS. 

The  following  are  the  Missionary  bodies  wc rking  in  the  fironp  \\ilh  the 
names  and  addresses  of  the  principal  :— 

MKLANKSIAN  MISvSlON  (CHURCH  OF  ivNC,J,AND). 
Bishop  cf  Melanesia  (headquarters  at  Norfolk  Island) ;  Revs.  Charles 
E.  T'ox,  John  Steward,  Rudolph  vSprott,  R.  J.  vSimmons,  Walter  Sage, 
Alfred  Mason,  H.  Nind,  Clement  Marau,  Hugo  Toke,  Mr.  George  Warren, 
Mr.  D.  K.  Graves,  Nur.se  Sanders,  Misses  Kdith  vSunderland,  Ida  C.  Wench,. 
Emilv  France,  Gwendoline  Child. 


ROMAN  CATHOLIC  (Society  of  Mary). 

Bishop  Apostolic  (headnuarters  at  Rua  Sura)  ;  Feather  Strock,  Vicar 
Apostolic  at  Poperag  ;  F-athers  J.  M.  Aubin,  Moreau,  Bouillon,  Bertm,  Gratin, 
Boirwand,  Boudard,  Charvin,  Babanou,  Halbrachs  and  others,  and  ten  Marist 
Sisters. 


METHODIST   MISSION. 

The  Rev.  John  F\  Goldie  (chairman  of  district)  at  Roviana  ;  the  Rev. 
Reginald  C.  Nicholson,  at  Vella  Lavella  ;  the  Rev.  Vincent  le  C.  Binet,  at 
Chciseul  ;  Misses  McMillan,  Stanford,  Mansfield,  Neale  and  Olds. 


SOT'TK   SEA   EVANGELICAL   MISSION. 
Miss  F.  Young,  Dr.  Northcote  Deck,  Mr.  Norman  Deck,  Mr.  Lees,  Misses 
Deck,  Dring,  ^^'atcrson,  and  others. 


SEVENTH    DAY    ADVF:;NTISTS. 

Pastor  and  Mrs.  G.  F.  Jones,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Tutty,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Nicholson, 
and   others.  ' 


CURRENCY,  8ze. 


Coins,  current  with  relative  value  :  Ah  British  coins  at  their  sterling  value. 

Legal  tender  currency  :  The  same  as  in  England.  Notes  of  value  5s., 
10s.,  £l"and  £5  are  issued  by  the  local  Currency  Conmiissioners  and  negotiable 
within  the  Group. 

Currency  in  which  accounts  are  kept  :   British  sterling. 

Rates  of  exchange  :  No  fixed  rates  between  Protectorate  and  Common- 
wealth of  Australia.  (Exchange  on  Money  Orders  about  \  per  cent.).  Ex- 
change is  calculated  upon  rates  to  and  from  N.S.W.  and  other  parts  of  the 
world. 

Banks  :  Nil.  The  banks  of  Sydney  are  used  by  settlers.  Burns,  Philp 
and  Co.,  Ltd.,  who  have  stations  throughout  the  Protectorate,  act  as  banking 
agents  and  are  local  agents  of  the  Commoii wealth  Savings  Bank. 

Weights  and' Measures  :  Imperi  U. 


PRINCIPAL  FIRMS. 

Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd  (H.  R.  Humphries,  Manager),  Makambo. 
Burns,  Pliilp  &  Co.,  Ltd.  (S.  Kemp,  Manager),  Gizo. 
Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.  (F.  M.  Street,  Manager),  Falsi. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  255 

Lever's  Pacific  Plantations  Limited,  James  S.  Symington  (Manager  at 
<"Tavutu),  G.  A.  Smith  (Lnn^a),  A.  G.  Brain  (Kookoom),  G.  Klotz  (Tenaru), 
O.  J.  O'Brien  (Ilu),  A.  Green  (Ruavatu),  L-  Buffett  (Aola),  M.  S.  Williamson 
{Kavikau),  C.  A.  Jones  (Matironia),  C.  Bui^ett  (Bio),  C.  Quintal  (Three  Sisters), 
F.  B.  Godson  (Pepesala),  P\  J.  Thomson  (Kaylan),  M.  B.  Perkins  (West  Bayl, 
H.  Macpherson  (Somata),  A.  S.  (ireen  (Fai-ami),  D.  Carrigan  (Banika), 
H.  F.  Green  (Ufa),  J.  U.  Williams  (Loavie),  W.  R.  Sprod  (Rendova).  F.  J. 
Pearce  (Loga),  J.  Sim  (Arundel),  R.  G.  Johnson  (Pauru),  W.  Klotz  (Villa), 
L.  J.  Pinnock  (vStanmore),  C.  B.  Nicholson  (Karikana),  N.  W.  GuUiver  (Lady 
Lever). 

The  Solomon  Islands  Development  Co.,  Ltd.,Shortland  Islands  Planta- 
i:ions  Ltd.,  and  Choiseul  Plantations,  Ltd.  (Burns  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Managing 
Agents),  A'S'alter  Lucas  (SydnejO,  General  Manager  ;  A.  M.  Turnbull,  In- 
spector (Faisi).  Estate  Managers  :  A.  Jewell  (Berande  and  Tetere),  C.  Hart 
(Tetipari),  J.  Gibson  (Manning  Straits  and  Lutee),  P.  G.  Jackson  (Shortland 
Islands),  G.  Sandwell  (Arigua),  H.  Stormonth  (Teopasino),  E).  F.  Blake 
(Baniu),  T.  E.  Ebery  (Soraken  and  Kunua). 

The  Malayta  Company,  Limited  (A.  H.  Abbott,  Inspector  ;  J.  V.  Barnard, 
acting  Manager),  Aola.  Plantation  Overseers  :  Yandina  (F.  C.  Mittelheuscr), 
Sephola  (G.  Lang),  Talina  (W.  Upton),  Manaba  (D.  Cunningham),  Bannani 
(N.  MacCrimmon),  Su'u  (J.  Y.  Dulhunty),  Marau  (J.  Johnson). 

Gibson  Islands  Limited  (J.J.  Huddy,  Manager),  Rere,  Guadalcanal. 

Mamara  Plantations  Limited  (L.  Schroder,  Manager),  Mamara.  Guadal- 
canal. 

Donia  Plantations  Limited  (J.  Svensen,  Manager),  Domma  Guadalcanal. 

Lavora  Plantations  Limited  (F".  Sugatti,  Manager),  Lavoro,  Guadalcanal. 

X'nion  Planting  and  Trading  Co.,  Ltd.  (J.  K.  Sinclair,  Manager),  Liapari, 
■Yella  la  Yella. 

The  Ruruvai  Syndicate  (L.  F.  Gill,  Manager),  Rurnvai,  Yella  la  Yella. 

Hamilton  and  Choiseul  Bay  Co.,  Ltd.  (Wm.  Hamilton,  Manager),  Choiseul. 

Fred.  Green,  Storekeeper,  Trader  and  Planter,  Simbo. 

Hollis  Bros.,  Engineers  and  Manufacturers  Agents,  Tulagi. 

Norman  Wheatley,  Storekeeper,  Trader  and  Planter,  Lambeti,  via  Gizo. 

The  Gizo  Solomons  Plant.  Prop.,  Ltd.  (E.  Espie,  Manager),  Gizo. 

Avisten  and  Markham,  Traders  and  Planters,  Marovc. 

H.  A.  Markham,  Lord  Howe. 

J.  Stephen,  Trader  and  planter,  Marovo  Lagoon. 

Calton  Younger,  Trader  and  Planter,  Makeela,  Russell  Islands. 

The  Solomon  Lslands  Rubber  Co.,  Ltd.  (S.  Darhngton,  Manager),  Y.sabel. 

The  Fatura  Is.  Dev.  Co.,  Ltd.  (O.  G.  Meredith,  Manager),  Ysabel  Island- 

Clift  and  Clift,  Planters  (Geoffry  Clift,  Manager),  Fera," Ysabel  Island. 

The  Fulakora  Plantations  Ltd.,  Planters  and  Traders  (C.  Bignell,  Mana- 
ger), Ysabel  Island. 

Hivo  Plantations  Ltd.,  Planters  (F.  C.  Xauffmann,  Manager),  Ysabel 
Island. 

Gatere  Plantations  Ltd.,  Planters  (John  Schroder,  Manager),  Ysabel 
Lsland. 

Emu  Harbour  Plantations,  Ltd.,  Planters  and  Traders  (A.  W.  Musgrave, 
^lanagfr;,  Vt^Ua  Lavdla 

Gorringe  Bros.,  Planters  (J.  Lewis,  IManager),  Ysabel  Island. 

J .  M.  E.  Clift,  Planter,  Guadalcanal. 

R.  C.  I.aj'cock,  Planter,  Trader  and  Storekeeper,  Tulagi,  l^alcsuna  and 
Ysabel. 

T.  Elkington,  Hotelkeeper,  Tulagi. 

Richard  Gaskell,  Shipwriglit,  Sandfly  Passage. 

Corrv  and  Stirling,  Planters,  Gaudalcanal. 


250 


STFAVART'S  hand   Bf)OK 


LIST    OF    RESIDENTS    OTHER    THAN    GOVERNMENT    OFFICIALS 


Aljbotl,  A.  Iledley,  plantation  in- 
spector. 

Abbott,  Mrs. 

Anrlre.son,  A.  N.,  trader. 

Aubin,  I'athcr  J.,  missionary. 

Adams,   Tolm  Edward,  engineer. 

Austin,  Arthur,  A.,  planter. 

Appleby,  John,  clerk. 

Applebv,   Mrs. 

Ashley,  Stephen  C,  plantation 
manager 

Ashley,  Mrs. 

Ashton,  N.  C,  storekeepei 

Anderson,  R.  H-,  overseer 

Atkinson,  Samuel,  planter 

Austen,  E.  J.  C.  planter. 


Barnett 
Bourne, 
Bignell, 
Bignell, 
Buffett. 

mana 
Buffett, 
Buffett, 
Buffett, 
Buffett, 
Buffett, 
Buffett, 

ger 


Alec,  recruiter 
Rev.    E.,    missionary 
Charles  R.,  planter 
Mrs. 
Charles     H.,     plantation 

Charles  C,  planter 

Henry  \\'.,  seaman 

Mrs. 

Clifford,  trader 

Cameron,  trader 

Lindsav,  plantation  mana- 


Buckley,  W.  J.,  mariner 

Brain,  A.  C,  plantation  manager 

Brain,  Mrs. 

Buffett,  Chve,  plantation  manager 

Barnard,  J.  V.,  accountant 

Bouillon,  Father  P.  J.,  missionary 

Bertin,  Father  J.  W.,  missionary 

Bonnard,  J.  A.  H.,  clerk 

Boirwand,  Father  E.,  missionary 

Boudard,  Father  J.  M.,  missionary 

Browne,  C.  J.,  seaman 

Benson,      Robert      J-,      plantation 

overseer 
Bence,  W.  A.,  plantation  overseer 
Bove,  S.,  trader 
Buffett,  Steele,  trader 
Browne,     de     Courcy,     plantation 

manager 
Browne,  Mrs.  de  Courcy 
Burton,  A.  V.,  clerk 
Beardslev,  A.,   engineer 
Beck,  Harold,  planter 
Beck,  Charles  Percy,  planter 
Binskin,  Joseph,  planter 
Binskin,  Mrs. 
Bartels,  J  as.,  overseer 
B artels,  Mrs. 
Beck,  Wm.,  stockman 


Binct,  Rev.  \'incent  le  II.  C.,. 
missionary 

Cunningham,  I).,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

Cunningham,  Mrs. 

Clift,  Geoffrey,  planter 

Chi.sholm,  V.  J.,  clerk 

Cameron,  Sydney  D.,  accountant 

Child,  Mi.ss  G.,  mi.ssionary 

Clennett,  Henry,  recruiter 

Collins,  Richard,  plantation  assist- 
ant 

Corry,  Harold  C,  planter 

Croniar,  J.,  recruiter 

Cruickshank,  J.  C,  trader 

Cruickshank,  Mrs. 

Cronan,    Christian,    missionary 

Cronan,  Mrs. 

Charvin,  Father,  missionary 

Conpry,  Sister  May,  Marist  Sister 

Cabaete  (Samanti  y  Cabaete),  plan- 
tation overseer 

Conasse,  Sister  Mary  N.,  Marist 
.     Sister 

Cant,  Arthur,  overseer 

Clift,  J.  M.,  planter 

Clift,  G.  E. 

Carrigan,  Daniel,  planter  and  mana- 
ger 

Cheaseman,  J.  H.,  plantation  over- 
seer 

Darlington,  J.,  plantation  manager 
Darhngton,  Mrs. 
Dickinson,  J.  H.,  planter 
Davies,  Robert,  planter 
De  Hayr,  C,  plantation  overseer 
De  Hayr,  Mrs. 
Dykes,  Sydney,  clerk 
Deck,  Dr.  John  N.,  missionary 
Deck,  Norman,  missionary 
Deck,  Miss  Winifred 
Deck,    Miss   Constance,    missionary 
Dulhunty,  H.  V.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 
Dulhunty,  Mrs. 
Deveza,  A.  R.,  overseer 
Dring,  Miss  Isabella,  missionary 
Dakers,  Robert  H.,  planter 
Dakers,  Mrs, 

Elkington,   Thomas,    hotelkeeper 
Elkington,  Mrs. 
Ivllis,   Albert,   seaman 
FUlis,  Jack,  sailmaker 
Espie,    Joseph    James,    plantation 
manager 


CF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


257 


Espie,  ilrs. 

Kvans,  C.  W.  M..  planter 

Farley,  G.,  recruiter 
France,   Miss   Emily,    missionary 
Furrell,  C.  G.,  plantation  assistant 
Frood,    John   K.,    plantation   over- 
seer 
Fraser,  George,  engineer 
Farrer,   J.,   seaman 

Graton,  Father  H.,  missionary 

Grimes,  Miss  F. 

Graves,  D.  E-,  lay  missionary 

Gillan,   ^^'iUiam,   recruiter 

Gaskell,  Richard,  planter  and 
trader 

Gaskell,  Mrs. 

Glover.  J  as.,  engineer 

Gesell,  Albert,  engineer 

Graham,    Andrew    B.,    seaman 

Gibson,  William,  planter  ■ 

Griffiths,  M.  H.  B.,  overseer 

Guerin_,  Sister  M.  B.,  Marist  Sister 

Graham,  Andrew  B.  seaman 

Gogoll,  John  Austin,  plantation 
overseer 

Goldie,  R.ev.  John  l-".,  missionary 

Goldie,  Mrs.  J.  F. 

Green,  FYed,  trader 

Gulliver,  N.  W.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

Gulliver,  Mrs. 

Gib.son,  James,  plantation  manager 

Gibson,  Mrs.  James 

Gill,   Leslie,   plantation  manager 

Godson,  F.  Bruce,  manager 

Godson,  Mrs. 

Green,  Horace  E.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

Green,  Alan  vStanley,  plantation 
manager 

Green,  Mrs.  Amy 

Green,  Alfred,  plantation  manager 

Heritage,  Wilfred,  assistant  mana- 
ger 

Heritage,  Mrs. 

Hall,  Harry,  recruiter 

Harding.  John  Fletcher,  plantation 
manager 

Harding,  Mrs. 

Harding,  Isaac  Robert,  engineer 

Humphries,  Herbert  R.,  store 
manager 

Hines,  Ernest,  carpenter 

Hay,  John  Hope  F.,  storeman 

Holhs,  S.  L.  R.,  engineer 

Hoi  lis  Douglas,  engineer 

HiTsson,  P.  S.,  bookkeeper 

I 


HermouLtt,  Sister  H.,  Marist  Sister 
Halbrachs,  Father,  missionary 
Hermouet,  Sister  ]\I.,  Marist  Si.ster 
Hollobon,   F.,  planter 
Hayes,  John  G.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 
Hasselgren,  F'rank,  .seaman 
Hawkes,   Samuel,   plantation  over- 
seer 
Harrington,  S.  J.,  carpenter 
Hamilton,  \\'illiam,  planter 
Hamilton,  Gavin,  seaman 
Hansen,  Hans  P.,  seaman 
Huddy,  James  J.,  planter 
Hart,  Clarence  Edward,  plantation 
manager 

Jacobsen,  H.,  trader 
Johnston,  Wallace,  clerk 
Johnson,  John  A.,  overseer 
Jones,  Charles  A.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 
Johnson,  Rupert  Glynn,  plantation 

manager 
Jones,  Griffiths  Francis,  missionarj- 
Jones,  Mrs. 

Jack.son,  P.  G.,  plantation  manager 
Jascheke,  Carl,  Catholic  missionary 
Jewell,   A.,   plantation   manager. 

Knapp,  Percy,  engineer 
Kaufmann,  F.  C,  planter 
Kaufman,   Mrs. 
Kettlewell,  Miss  M.,  clerk 
Keen,  Leslie,  overseer 
Klotz,  George,  plantation  manager 
Klotz,  Mrs. 

Knight,   F.,   plantation   manager 
Keeble,  Frank,  overseer 
Keeble,   Mrs. 

Klotz,  William,  plantation  manager 
Klotz,  Mrs. 

Kemp,  S.,  store  manager 
Kenny,  Henry  C,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

Laycock,   Reginald  C,   storekeeper 

Laycock,  Mrs. 

Lawson,  James  Charles,  recruiter 

Lippman,  Henry,  engmeer 

Lyndon,  V.  C,  trader 

Lewis,  John  R.,  plantation  manager 

Laurent,  Sister  Marie,  Marist  Sister 

Leon,  Sister  Mary,  ^Marist  Sister 

Lees,  Charles  H.,  mi.ssionary 

Long,  George,  overseer 

Lang,   Gaston,  overseer 

Mathews,  Jack,  station  manager 
Mumford,  Geort^e,  planter 


258 


STEWART  S  HAND   BOOK 


Meredith,  Owen  G.,  planter 

McCrimmon,  Neil,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

McCrimnion  (Dr.),  T,ily  (wife  of 
above) 

McMahon,  Lome  C,  store  assistant 

Marcroft,   Rnssel  S.,   bookkeeper 

Mutch,  James,  carpenter 

Markham,  Harold  H.,  trader  and 
planter 

Mason,  Rev.  A.,  missionary 

Mumford,  George,  planter 

Margand,  Sister,  Marist  Sister 

Moreau,  Father  S.,  missionary 

Mn.sgrave,  A.  \V.,  plantation  mana- 
ger 

McRachran,  John,  planter 

McEachran,  Mrs. 

McMillan,  Mis.^  R.  \\\,  Methodist 
missionary  sister 

McKerlie,  Robert,  planter 

Mackenzie,  R.  L-,  plantation  mana- 
oer 

Macken:-:ie,  Mrs. 

Maunder,  S.  R.,  missionary 

Maunder,  Mrs. 

McKinnon,  D.,  plantation  manager 

Martin,  R.,  planter 

Mansfield,  Miss  G.,  Methodist  mis- 
sionary, sister 

McPherson,  Horace,  plantation 
manager 

Maxwell,  Charles,  overseer 

Mittelheuser,  F.  C,  plantation 
manager 

Mittelheuser,  Mrs. 

Munson,   R.,  plantation  overseer 

Munson,  R^.  J.,  plantation  overseer 

Munson,  Mrs. 

Monckton,  R.  P.,  planter 

Monckton,  Mrs. 

Neale,  Miss,  Methodist  missionary 

sister 
Newman,  John,  seaman 
Neilson,  G.,  master  mariner 
Nicholls,  Harry,  wireless  engineer 
Noemi,  Sister  Mary,  Marist  Sister 
Nicholson,     Cecil     B.,     plantation 

manager 
Nicholson,  Mrs.  C.  P.. 
Nicholson,  Rev.,  missionary 
NichoLson,  Mrs. 

Owen,  Charles,  seaman 

Olsen,  A.  D.,  planter 

Olsen,  Mrs. 

O'Brien,      Percy      J.,      plantation 

m.nnager 
Oldridge,  W.  H.,  missionary 


(Jien,  Julius,  planter 
Oien,  Mrs. 

Olds,    Miss,    Methodist    missionary 
.sister 

Parry,  W.,  seaman 

Parish,  Miss,  mis.sionary 

Perry,  V,.  C,  planter 

Pearce,   I'.   J.,  plantation  manager 

Pearce,  Mrs. 

Pinnock,        I^eonard,        plantation 

manager 
Pinnock,  Mrs. 

Perkins,  M.  B.,  plantation  manager 
Perkins,  Mrs. 
PauLson,  Victor,  seaman 
Pomroy,     George     H.,     plantation 

manager 
Pomroy,  Mrs. 
Pavesv,  Father,  missicnarv 
Pybns,  R.  H.,  trader,  &c.  ' 

Quintal,  Charles,  piantation  mana- 
ger 
Quintal,  Macey,  overseer 

Ross,  Thomas,  seaman 

Redw(vod,    Alec. 

Risby,  James,  planter 

Risby,  'Mrs. 

Richards,    Dwyer    G.,    Marist 

Brothers 
Raucaz,   Father,   mis.sionary 
Rochette,  Sister  M.,  Marist  Sister 
Rutledgo,  Miss  H. 
Robinson — Mason,  S.  B.,   trader 
Runcie,    Gordon   F.,    accountant 
Reed,  J.  R.,  plantation  overseer 
Reed,  INIrs. 

Stanford,     ]Miss,     jNIethodist     mis- 
sionary sister 

Symington,  James,  company  mana- 
ger 

Symington,  Mrs. 

Swanson,  C.  F.,  master  mariner 

Schroder,  John,  planter 

Schroder,  Mrs. 

Schroder,      Niels      Peter,      master 
mariner 

Smith,  William,  storeman 

Smith,  G.  A.,  plantation  manager 

Smith,  Mrs. 
'     Stirling,  William,  engineer 

vSnell,  William  G.,  seaman 

Sincock,  Harold  R.,  seaman 

Sim,  Henry  R.,  planter 

Sprott,  Rev.  R.,  missionar}- 

Svensen,  Jack,  plantation  manager 

Svensen,  I\Irs. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


259 


Scott,  John,  siockman 

Scott,  Mrs. 

Stirling,  Robert  A.,  trader 

Sugatti,  Frederick  W.,  plantation 
manager 

vSini,  J  as.,  plantation  manager 

Sim,  Mrs. 

Schultz,  Ernest  Victor,  sailmaker 

Statham,  Geoffrey,  planter 

Statham,   Mrs. 

Sinclair,  James,  plantation  overseer 

Scott,  Hugh  M.,  planter 

Scott,  Mrs. 

Smith,  Norman  T.,  clerk 

Street,  F.  M.,  store  manager 

Sprod,  William,  R.,  plantation 
manager 

vSprod,  Mrs. 

Stephen,  J.,  planter 

Stephen,   Mrs. 

Smclair,  J.  K.,  manager 

Sanders,  Nurse,  Melanesian  mission 
sister 

Sunderland,  Miss,  Melanesian  mis- 
sion sister 

Tait,  Walter,  trader 
Teytard,  Father,  missionary 
Threlfall,   William,   trader 
Tabb,  James,  overseer 
Tutty,  Robert  Henry,  missionary 
Tutty,  Mrs. 

Thomson,  F.  J.,  plantation  manager 
Thomson,  ]\Irs. 
Thompson,  Henr}-,  planter 
Tofte,  — .,  overseer 
TurnbuU,     A.     M.,     plantation     in- 
spector 


Upton,   ^\'.,   plantation   assistant 
Vider,  Claude,  planter 

Wood,  Charles,  master  mariner 

Waterston,  Miss  Clara,  missionary 

Wilks,  Clayton,  A.  W.,  overseer 

Wilks,  IVIrs. 

W'ard,  John  I,.,  master  mariner 

W  atson,  J  ames,  overseer 

Wench,  Miss,  missionary 

White,  Edward,  trader 

Williamson,    M.    S.,    plantation 
manager 

Williamson,  Mrs. 

West,  George  Henry,  mis.sionary 

Wheatley,     Norman,     planter    and 
trader 

Will,    Charles    Gordon,    plantation 
manager 

Will,  :Mrs. 

Wilmot,  William,  trader 

Wickham,   Harry,  planter 

Wickham,  Charles  W.,  planter 

Wheatley,  IMiss  Lena 

Wood,     Gordon    McDonald,     plan- 
tation overseer 

White,  Edward  William,  trader 

Williams,  I.E.,  plantation  manager 

W'illiams,  ]Mrs. 

W^heeler,  G.  H.,  storeman 

Wache,  Father,  missionary 


Yule,  W.  R.,  engineer 
Younger,  Riccalton,  planter 
Younger,   Mrs. 


CUSTOMS  TARIFF. 

£     s.    d. 

Ale,  beer,  porter,  cider,  perry,  hop,  ginger  or  other  beers,  quarts, 

per  dozen    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        020 

Ale,  beer,  porter,  cider,  perry,  hop,  ginger  or  other  beers,  pints, 

per  dozen     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        010 

Ale,  beer,  porter,  cider,  perry,  hop,  ginger  or  other  beers,  half  pints 

or  smaller  quantities,  per  dozen    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     0     6 

Ale,  beer,  porter,  cider,  pcrrj',  hop,  ginger  or  other  beers,  in  wood  or 

jar,  per  gallon  ..  ..  ..  ....  ..  ..        010 

Boats,  launches  and  yachts,  punts  and  lighters  imported  in  any 
vessel,  or  which  have  been  put  out  of  any  vessel  ofT  the  coast  of 
the  Protectorate  and  are  subsequently  brought  into  tlie  Pro- 
tectorate, 10  per  cent.,  ad  valorem 

Benzine  and  other  similar  oils,  per  gallon       ..  ..  ..■         ..        003 

Building  materials  not  otherwise  enumerated,  including  nails, 
paints,  bricks,  bolts  and  nuts,  doors,  sashes,-  shutters,  iron 
(black),  mouldings,  architraves,  shingles,  expanded  steel,  tiles, 
slates  itc,  10  per  cent,  ad  valorem 


260  STEWART'S   HANI)    BOOK 

Cartridges  and  cartridge  cases,  rifle  and  revolver,    100  per  rent. 

ad  valorem 
Cartridges  and  cartriflgc  cases,  sporting.  10  per  cent,  ad  valorem 
Cigarettes,  including  wrappers,  per  1,000       ..  ..  ..  ..        0   ]2     ti 

Cigars,  including  wrappers,  per  pound  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     .j     0 

Dynamite,  lithofracteur,  blasting-powder,  and  similar  explo.sive.s, 

including  ingredients  for  making  such  goods,  per  pound  ..        0     10 

Fuse,   10  per  cent,  ad  valorem 
Iron,  galvanised,  plain  or  corrugated  slieets,  per  ton  .  .  . .        2     0     0 

Kerosene,  of  100  degrees  or  over,  closed  flash  test,  per  g'allon  ..        0     0     3 

Kerosene,  tinder  100  degrees,  clo.sed  flash  test  ..  ..  ..        0     0     0 

Oils  of  all  kinds,  not  otherwise  enumerated,  except  for  medicinal 

use,  in  bulk,  per  gallon       .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .        0     0     .3 

Oils  in  bottle,  10  per  cent,  ad  valorem 

Powder,  sporting,  per  pound    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        006 

Trifles  and  revolvers,  not  otherwise  enumerated,  each  ..  ..        10     0 

Spirits  of  all  kinds  imported  into  the  Protectorate,  the  strength  of 
which  can  be  ascertained  by  Sikes'  hydrometer,  and  is  ever 
proof,  per  proof  gallon       .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0   14     0 

Spirits  of  all  kinds  imported  mto  the  Protectorate,  the  strength  of 
which  can  be  ascertained  by  Sikes'  hydrometer,  and  is  under- 
proof, per  liquid  gallon      .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0   14     0 

Spirits  and  .spirituous  compounds,  imless  otherwi.se  enumerated, 
and    scented    waters    imported    into    the    Protectorate,    the 
.strength  of  which  cannot  be  ascertameii  by  Sikes'  hydrometer, 
per  Hquid  gallon     .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0  14     0 

Case   spirits- — reputed    contents   of    two,    three,    four,    or   more 
gallons  shall  be  charged — - 

Two  gallons  and  under,  as  two  gallons  ;  over  two  gallons 
and  not  exceeding  three  gallons,  as  three  gallons  ; 
over  three  gallons  and  not  exceeding  four  gallons, 
as  four  gallons  ;  and  so  on  for  any  greater  quantity 
contained  in  any  case. 
Spirit,  methylated,  per  gallon .  .  .  .  .... 

Tobacco,  stick,  cake  or  leaf,  per  pound 

Tobacco,  cut,  per  pound 

Timber,  dressed  or  surfaced  over  two  inches  wide,  not  otherwise 

enumerated,  per  100  superficial  feet        .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     2     0 

Timber,  undressed,  over  two  inches  wide,  not  otherwise  enume- 
rated, per  100  superficial  feet       ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        0     16 

The  duty  on  timber  to  be  computed  en  a  thickness  of  one  inch, 
and  to  be  in  proportion  for  any  greater  thickness.     Any 
thickness  under  one  inch  to  be  reckoned  as  one  inch. 
Wines — 

Bordeaux  (claret)  and  hock,  in  bulk,  per  gallon     .  .  .  .  .  .        0     3     0 

Au,stralian,  New  Zealand,  or  South  African,  in  bulk,  per  gallon.  .        0     3     0 
Bordeaux  (claret)  and  hock,  in  bottle,  for  six  reputed  quarts  or 
twelve  reputed  pints  or  twenty-four  reputed  half-pints  or 
smaller  quantities  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     3     0 

Australian,  New  Zealand,  and  South  African,  in  bottle,  for  six 
reputed    quarts    or    twelve   reputed   pints   or    twenty-fonr 
reputed  half-pints  or  smaller  quantities  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     3     0 

Other  kinds  in  bulk,  per  gallon         ..  ..  ..  ..  ..        030 

Other  kinds,   including   Vermouth,    for   six   reputed   quarts  or 
twelve  reputed  pints  or  twenty-four  reputed  half-pints  or 
smaller  quantities  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .        0     3     0 

Sparkling,   for  six  reputed  quarts  or  twelve  reputed  pints  or 

twenty-four  reputed  half-pints  or  smaller  quantities  . .        0     6     0 


0 

2 

0 

0 

1 

6 

0 

3 

0 

OK  THE  rAcinic  ISr,ANDS  261 

GENERAL  DUTY. 

On  all  articles  net  specified  or  not  included  in  the  list  of  articles 
exempted  from  duty  under  Schedule  B  hereof,  an  ad  valorem 
duty  of  10  per  cent. 

LIST  OF  ARTICLES  EXEMPT  FROM  DITTY. 

Anchors  and  chains,  black  iron  and  galvanised. 

Animals,   hving. 

Arms  and  accoutrements  for  any  recognised  Rifle  Club  or  public  insti- 
tution. 

Articles  imported  solely  for  the  use  of  British  ships  of  war. 

Articles  imported  by  the  \\'estern  Pacific  High  Commission  for  official 
use. 

Bags  and  sacks  for  exporting  produce. 

Ballast,  ships. 

Biscuits,  hard  and  plain. 

Books  and  periodicals  and  music  (printed). 

Casks  and  tanks. 

Cement. 

Coal   and  coke. 

Coin  of  the  Realm. 

Cyhnders  for  importing  ammonia  or  other  gas. 

Dental  instruments  and  appliances  other  than  furniture. 

Diving  appai;atus  and  gear  and  parts  therecf. 

Drugs  and  medicinal  .sub.stances,  including  patent  and  prcprietarj' 
medicines  unless  prohibited  by  the  High  Commi.ssioner  under  section  77  (3) 
of  the  Solomons  (Customs)  Regulation,  1907,  chemical  and  drysalteries  (except 
those  containing  spirits  cr  opium)  and  tinctures  of  the  British  Pliurmacopoeia, 
except  those  containing  opium,  chemicals  and  appliances  for  .surgical  and 
medicinal  pvirposes  and  actually  used  as  .such. 

Earthenware  drain  pipes. 

Flour  and  sharps. 

Furniture,  church  and  school  and  all  accessories  bona-fido  mipcrted  for 
church,  religious  or  educational  purposes. 

Garden  .seeds  and  plants. 

Guano. 

Lsiand  produce  imported  for  re-export. 

Luggage  personal  as  may  be  from  tiine  to  time  permitted  by  the  High 
Commissioner  under  section  77  (6)  of  the  SoJomons  (Customs)  Regulation, 
1917. 

Machines  and  implements,  agricultural  and  component  parts  thereof 
which  the  High  Commissioner  may  from  time  to  time  specify,  including  ploughs, 
sowers,  harrows,  scarifiers,  cultivators,  hoes,  digging  forks,  scythes,  spades, 
stump  extractors,  earth  scoops  and  draining  tools,  Demerara  shares,  shovels, 
rakes,  bottoming  tools,  sickles,  and  handles  for  the  above  implements,  ancl 
machines  made  of  wood  and  not  fitted,  and  also  including  evaporating  machines 
for  fruit,  copra,  tea,  cocoa  and  like  products,  fibre  cleaning,  ginning,  spinning, 
and  weaving  machines,  shellers  and  mills,  corn-crackers,  coffee  pulpers,  hullers 
and  polishers,  winnowing  machines,  scutchers,  presses  for  baling  produce, 
oil  presses,  and  handles  made  of  wood  and  not  fitted  to  the  impiements  or 
machines. 

Macliincry  and  component  parts  thereof  which  the  High  Commissioner 
may  from  time  to  time  specify,  including  electrical,  refrigerating,  mining, 
sawing,  steam  engines  and  boilers  and  oil  engines,  gas  engines  and  hot  air 
engines. 

Manures  and  fertilizers. 

Meat,  including  fish,  poultry  or  game,  fresh  or  chilled, 

]\Ieats,  including  fish,  poultrj'  or  game,  preserved  or  salt,  in  tins  or  other 
containers  of  not  less  than  three  pounds,  gross  weight. 


262 


STEWART  S   HAND   BOOK 


Medals  and  decorations,  for  any  recognised  Rifle  Club  or  public  institution. 

Organs  and  harnionuuns,  bona  fide  imported  for  (imrrh,  religious  or 
educational  purjioscs. 

Packages,  empty,  used  and  returned. 

Packages,  inside  and  outside,  of  wood,  tin,  glass,  paper,  or  other  material, 
in  which  are  contained  only  articles  liable  to  a  specific  rate  of  duty  or  articles 
exempt  from  duty  or  both  and  in  which  such  articles  are  ordinarily  and  actually 
contained. 

Pictures,  pliotogr;iphs,  works  of  art. 

Printing  machinery,  type,  and  lithographic  appliances,  and  component 
parts   thereof. 

Pyrethrum  roseum. 

Rails,  iron  and  steel,  sleepers,  fish  plates,  switches,  crossings,  turntables 
and  parts  thereof  and  bolts  and  nuts  imported  with  and  l)elonging  to  same. 

Rice. 

Show  cards,  patterns  and  cut  samples  and  advertising  matter  of  no 
commercial  value. 

vSpraying   compounds. 

Surgical  instruments  and  appliances  other  than  furniture. 

Tobacco   stalks 

Vegetables,  fresh  and  green  fruit. 

Veterinary  instruments  and  appliances  other  than  furniture. 

Uniforms  for  any  recognised  Rifle  Club  or  public  institutr.n. 


LICENSES  PAYABLE  UNDER  KING'S  REGULATION,   NO.   6.   OF  1916 

SCHEDUI.E   A. 


(i)  Auctioneer,  year  .  . 

(ii)  Commission  agent,  year.  . 

(iii)  Dentist,  year 

(iv)  Hawker,  year 

,,     half-year   .  . 

(v)  Insurance  company  or  ageuc)-,  year 

(vi)  Surveyor,  year     . . 


£     s. 

d. 

10     0 

0 

5     0 

0 

5     0 

0 

1     0 

0 

0  12 

0 

5     0 

0 

5     0 

0 

SCHEDULE    B. 

(i)  Keeping  store,  year 

l:alf-year 
(ii)  Dealing  in  wines,  .spirits,  and  beers,  year  (Retail) 
,,  ,,  half-year 

,,  ,,  (Wholesale  Liquor) 

(iii)   Dealing  m  firearms,  ammunition,  and  explosives,  year 
(iv)  Employing  or  using  vessel  for  trading  to,  from,  or  within  Pro- 
tectorate : — 

Not  exceeding  25  tons  tonnage  measurement,  year 

,,  ,,  half-year 

Exceeding  25  tons  measurement,  for  every  additional 
ton, year 

,,  ,,  ,,  half-year 

(v)  Employing  ves.sel  for  recruiting  labour  in,  or  returning  labour 
to  the  Protectorate  : — 

For  every  ton  of  tonnage  measurement,  year 

.,  ,,  ,.  half-year   . . 

Provided  that  the  license  fee  payable  in  respect  of  any  one 
vessel  under  either  sub-head  (iv)  or  sub-head  (v)  shall  not 
exceed,  year 

,,  .,  ,,  half-vear    .  . 


10  0  0 

6  0  0 

10  0  0 

6  0  0 

20  0  0 

5  0  0 


5     0  0 

3     0  0 

0  10  0 

0     6  0 


1     0     0 
0  12     0 


150     0     0 
80     0     0 


OF  THK  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  263 

Describing  a  cruise  in  the  Solomon  Islands  a  writer  in  the  Melbourne  Age 
says  : — 

"  No  more  delightful  trip  could  be  chosen  by  the  tourist  than  the  short 
run  across  the  Pacific  from  Austraha  to  the  Solomon  Islands,  to  be  followed 
by  a  15  or  16  days'  cruise  among  the  islands  themselves.  The  traveller  will, 
from  an  aspect  socially,  politically  or  merely  beauty  loving,  find  an  endless 
source  of  interest.  These  jewels  of  the  Pacific  were  the  discovery  of  that 
brave  and  picus  navigator  Mendana,  who  as  far  back  as  1586  scoured  the  un- 
charted Pacific  hoping  to  find  the  great  south  continent — the  Atlantis  of 
poets,  philosophers  and  navigators  of  the  middle  ages.  His  difficulties  were 
almost  insiirmountable,  and  when  the  cloud-topped  ridges  of  the  Solomons 
were  sighted  it  seemed  almost  in  direct  answer  to  a  prayer,  for  his  men  were 
almost  in  open  mutiny,  water  was  very  short,  and  his  ships  all  needed  repairs  ; 
and  though  he  was  shortly  to  find  that  his  elusive  goal  was  not  yet  won,  still 
he  found  promise  of  e.'^cellent  shelter  in  the  lake-like  reaches  of  water  between 
the  land  masses,  and  from  the  wealth  and  beauty  of  the  vegetation  covering 
the  terraced  mountain  sides  he  argued  well  for  supplies  of  fresh  food  and  water. 
Ysabel,  the  first  island  touched  at,  was  named  after  Mendana' s  wife,  and  a 
thank.sgiving  service  was  heid  to  the  Virgin  and  to  the  ship's  patron  saint 
before  the  company  landed  to  make  the  acquaintance  of  the  savages,  gathered 
a  wondering  crowd  to  gaze  on  the  mysterious  winged  visitor  to  their  secluded 
waters,  for  though  good  seamen  the  Solomon  Islander  had  not  used  a  sail  of 
any  kind,  and  the  Spanish  guileons  filled  him  with  awe.  Mendana's  visit 
was  not  destined  to  be  fortunate  here,  for  many  fives  were  lost  tlirough  the 
treachery  of  the  natives,  and  their  attitude,  combined  with  increasing  forces, 
drove  the  navigator  to  seek  a  more  friendly  anchorage.  To  encourage  the 
remainder  of  his  disheartened  men  he  asserted  a  belief  that  within  the  ravines 
of  these  remote  ranges  would  be  found  the  mines  from  which  King  Solomon 
had  drawn  his  fabulous  stores  of  gold,  and  so  gave  the  name  to  the  group. 
Leaving  Ysabel,  he  stood  for  the  curving  coast  lines  of  Gaudalcanar,  and 
engaged  the  ships'  companies  from  time  to  time  in  prayer  for  a  miracle  or 
other  manifestation  of  Divine  guidance  ;  from  noon  on  one  day  till  noon  on 
the  next  the  prayers' were  made  continuous,  the  chaplain  kneeling  in  humility 
and  penance  as  the  several  bodies  came  and  went.  Rising  almost  exhausted 
after  his  fast,  this  devout  man  glanced  skyward,  and  suddenly  there  appeared, 
right  over  the  mast  head,  a  brilliant  and  beautiful  star,  brilhantly  conspicuous 
in  the  full  glare  of  noonday — an  answer  to  their  prayers.  The  course  was 
altered,  and,  steering  by  the  star,  the  harbour,  still  bearing  the  name  given 
by  those  pious  mariners — St.  Cnstoval — was  entered,  and  as  the  ships  cast 
anchor  the  star  fell  and  sank  into  the  sea.  Mendana  visited  many  other 
islands  of  the  group — was  able  to  make  charts,  repair  his  ships,  get  excellent 
supply  of  water,  and  make  many  explorations  which  sent  him  awav  filled 
with  enthusiasm  for  the  immediate  colonisation  of  lus  discovery,  but,  like 
many  of  the  ardent  men  of  his  age,  he  was  in  this  doomed  to  sad  disappoint- 
ment, for  during  the  next  century  the  vSolomons  had  almost  been  forgotten  till 
the  Dutch  and  French  of  a  later  time — De  Ouiros,  Bougainville,  Torres,  and 
possibly  Houtman — touched  on  the  same  shores.  None  of  these  later  men 
had  the  poetic  instinct  of  poor  Mendana,  nor  have  they  left  any  such  pic- 
turesque records,  full  as  his  are  of  that  half-pagan  devoticn  to  his  mother 
church,  which  gives  colouring  to  the  historj'  of  the  Christianising  of  Europe. 
A.part  from'  this  train  of  historic  reflection  there  is,  for  the  present-day  tra- 
veller, all  the  charms  of  those  curving  contours  of  coasts,  the  terraced  hill- 
sides covered  with  a  dense  jungle,  huge  specimens  of  teak  and  banyan,  with 
many  other  lofty  forest  trees,  making  a  twilight  for  the  growth  of  a  secondary 
tier  of  palms,  crotons,  and  climbers,  while  beneath  these  again  is  a  lower 
tier  of  ferns,  a.sbidestras,  arums,  baby  palms,  not  yet  freed  from  their  parent 
nut.  while  ever}'  trunk,  fallen  log  and  exposed  soil  is  thicklv  covered  with  an 
eoiphytic  or  parasitic  growth.  I^eautiful  clusters  of  richly  coloured  orchids, 
lavender,  yellow,  pink  and  white,  make  the  air  heav}-  with  their  fraerauce 


2rt'l  STKWART'S    liAN-J)    BOOK 

while  clumps  of  exquisitely  tinted  Italsani.s  are  crushed  beneath  the  feet. 
Almost  as  it  was  four  centuries  earlier  the  forest  growth  of  the  vSolomons- 
remains  to-day,  for  comparatively  little  has  been  done  in  the  way  of  any 
general  occupation  and  settlement.  The  recent  enormous  growth  of  the  copra 
industry,  and  the  attention  given  by  English  and  Australian  investors  to  its 
further  development,  v.-j]]  proV)ably  lead  to  many  changes." 


Of  Buka  and  Bougainville,  Mr.  T.  J.  Mc.Mahon,  I'.R.Ci.S.,  writes  thus  in 

the  Sydney  Mail : — 

"  Reading  Pacific  Lsland  history,  the  scrambles  over  the  tierman  Solo- 
mons are  not  now  to  be  wondered  at.  The  first  scramble  or  sharing  of  the 
whole  Solomons  was  very  decidedly  in  favour  of  Germany,  and  it  is  puzzling 
that  she  did  net  succeed  in  gaining  the  wliote  of  the  rich  and  wonderful  group 
of  islands.  That  was  in  1886,  when  Bougainville,  Buka,  Choiseuj,  Ysabel,  and 
the  sShortland  Islands  were  German.  A  glance  at  the  map  of  the  Solonions 
will  suffice  to  prove  how  little  was  left  under  British  protection.  In  1899 
there  came  another  agreement  between  the  two  nations,  and,  while  Germany 
handed  back  most  of  the  biggest  islands  of  the  Solomon  Group,  .she  did  so  for 
concessions  that  were  infinitely,  at  the  time,  of  greater  value  to  Germany,  and, 
as  now  can  be  seen,  net  merely  for  the  exten.sion  of  trade,  but  for  strategical 
purposes.  No  matter  what  Germany  has  done  in  the  Pacific,  a  little  research 
into  her  efforts  reveals  that  the  great  plans  ot  the  future,  with  its  vast  German 
colonial  empire  in  the  Pacific,  influenced  every  move  and  dictated  every 
diplomatic  ambition.  Germany's  ambitions  in  the  Pacific  really  advertised 
the  islands  of  that  sea,  and  men  began  to  awaken  to  the  wonderful  fact  that 
they  were  of  some  value.  It  was  in  the  arranging  of  the  affairs  of  the  Solo- 
mons in  1886  that  Australian  statesmen  took  alarm,  particularly  Sir  (then  Mr.) 
George  Reid.  To-day  the  British  and  German  Solomons  are  under  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  British',  and  it  concerns  Australians  most  of  ail  that  everj- 
possible  endeavour  should  be  made  to  keep  the  vSolomons  so  united.  These 
-islands  are  showing  an  amazing  development.  British,  German  and  Aus- 
tralian capital  have  all  played  their  part.  Travelling  along  the  western 
coasts  of  the  "  German  "  vSolomons,  especially  Bougainville,  one  sees  endless 
evidence  of  progress  in  the  many  cocoanut  and  rubber  plantations.  Under 
the  admirable  Australian  admimstration,  \\'ith  headquarters  at  Kieta,  this 
progress  has  not  been  m  the  least  stayed,  and  a  sharp  reminder  of  this  was 
given  the  writer  when,  in  his  small  sailing  vessel,  he  called  into  one  of  the 
least-known  bays  many  miles  from  Kieta,  on  the  northern  side,  and  what 
might  really  be  called  a  part  full  of  savages  who  had  had  little  opportunity 
at  any  time  of  coming  into  touch  ^vith  white  men.  It  was  hardly  daybreak 
when,  with  the  object  of  getting  some  wild  duck  and  also  of  having  a  morning 
dip  in  the  nice,  cool,  clear  water  cf  a  very  prett}'  river,  truly  tropical  in  its 
splendid  palms  and  vines  and  gloriously  bright  flowers,  I  was  standing  with 
head  under  the  focussing  cloth,  intent  upon  taking  a  delightful  picture  of  the 
river,  the  sun  throwing  bright  rays  right  along  the  river  bed,  when  a  voice 
suddenly  said  :  '  Good  morning  :  Where  did  you  come  from  ?  And  may 
I  ask  who  you  are  ?  '  There  in  the  khaki  uniform  of  an  Australian  soldier 
stood  a  tall  young  naan,  who,  after  the  formalities  of  introduction  were  over, 
told  me  he  was  the  draftsman  of  an  Australian  military  survey  party  under 
Captain  J .  Hunt,  which  had  been  out  for  several  months  busily  engaged  m 
mapping  out  and  surveying  plantation  areas  for  German  applicants.  .\ 
visit  to  the  camp  just  on  the  top  of  the  river-bank  was  most  interesting, 
though  it  had  a  deserted  appearance,  for  Captain  Hunt  and  his  stafi  and  most 
of  the  native  boys  employed  were  some  three  miles  away  surveying.  It 
WIS  then  6  o'aock  in  the  morning — a  remarkable  evidence  of  the  fact  that 
work  is  not  neglected  by  these  conscientious  Australians  though  far  away  in 
the  wilds  of  the  Solomons,  where  a  stranger,  another  white  man,  was  never 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  265 

expected  in  aiw  reasonable  circumstances.  Australians  when  put  to  the  test 
have  all  the  grit  and  mettle  that  make  for  true  men  ;  and  true  men  were  the 
members  of  the  Australian  military  survey  part}^  in  one  of  the  most  lonely 
and  most  isolated  parts  of  the  world,  with  food  supplies  run  out  to  mostly 
native  products,  with  no  knowledge  whatever  for  months  of  the  outside  world, 
no  nev.  s  of  the  war,  no  letters  from  home  ;  but  ^^^th  some  comforts — a  few 
books  and  a  wheez}-  gramoplione.  a  delightful  old  thing,  fviU  o£  cheermess  in 
spite  of  its  wheeziness,  and  which  scratched  and  screamed  out  favourite  tunes, 
bringing  back  happy  remembrances  of  home  and  those  loved  ones  in  far-off 
A.ustralia.  God  laless  the  nian  who  invented  the  gramophone,  for  he  has 
eased  the  pain  of  many  lonely  lives,  bringing  up  visions  of  happy  scenes  in 
days  gone  by,  and  reviving  tender  memories  m  the  breasts  of  exiles.  Though 
oftentimes  depressed  by  the  tortures  of  tropical  fevers,  to  which  ever3-one 
in  this  camp  of  surveyors  was  more  or  less  subject,  these  Australians  were  the 
merriest  lot  imaginable,  and  were  carrying  on  their  ionely  and  arduous  work 
in  admirable  style.  The  natives  of  Bougainville  stand  out  as  having  some 
very  weird  and  unusual  customs.  Even  now,  among  the  wilder  tribes,  can- 
nibalism IS  common — not  for  the  pleasure  of  eating  human  flesh  as  a  dainty, 
though,  as  has  been  so  long  thought,  but  rather  to  carry  out  some  idea  of 
gaining  a  brave  spirit,  or  of  propitiating  some  evil  one  for  some  crime  com- 
mitted or  some  moral  irregularity.  Imagination  with  the  Bougainville 
natives  goes  a  very  long  way,  and  it  has  been  found  that  the  powers  of  witch- 
craft or  sorcery  can  succeed  even  m  causing  death.  It  is  not  known  to  scien- 
tific research,  so  far,  of  any  certain  deadly  poisons  to  be  got  anywhere  in  the 
vSolomons — at  any  rate,  b}-  the  natives — and  yet  poisons,  or  supposed  poisons, 
play  an  amazing  part  in  this  sorcery  ;  and,  until  the  firm  administration  of 
Captain  Hunter,  deaths,  especially  among  the  women,  were  very  numerous, 
resulting  m  a  big  loss  to  the  population.  The  most  extraordinary  idea 
remains  with  these  natives  that  no  one  but  the  young  and  the  very  old  die 
natural  deaths,  and  consequently  a  man  or  woman  has  only  to  get  sick  in  some 
slight  way  when  instantly  the  idea  takes  hold  that  a  poison  is  at  work,  and 
that  there  is  no  hope  of  a  continuation  of  life  ;  and  so  the  man  or  woman  dies 
from  fright  and  imagination.  Captain  Hunter,  with  the  wonderful  influence 
he  has  by  his  reputation  with  the  most  savage  natives  who  have  come  under 
his  methods  of  firmness,  combated  this  silly  state  of  over-imagination,  and 
they  knew  he  had  only  tc'  hear  of  any  tribal  function  in  which  sorcerj^  and,  of 
course,  poison  were  taking  a  prominent  part,  and  he  vetoed  the  function  very 
promptly,  with  the  result  that  the  natives  quickly  came  to  recognise  the  '  big- 
fella  Government-maE  '  was  angry  at  such  doings,  and  it  did  not  do  to  annoy 
Captain  Hunter,  who  had  a  skilful  way  of  punishing  natives  witliout  killing 
or  ill-using  them.  IJttle  is  really  known  of  the  German  vSclomons  ;  the  group 
has  alwaj's  been  off  the  beaten  tracks,  and,  though  many  Australian  com- 
panies have  during  the  German  time  taken  up  lan.1  and  gone  on  extensively 
with  the  cultivation  of  tlif  cocoanut,  the  world  at  large  has  heard  little  of  this. 
Joined,  it  is  hoped,  for  ail  future  time  to  the  rest  of  the  Solomons,  the  whole 
group  will  without  doubt  make  ore  of  the  richest  island  territories  of  the 
South   Pacific." 


266  STEWART'S  HAND   BOCK 


DETACHED  ISLANDS. 


NORFOLK  ISLAND. 

(Territory  of  the  Commonwealth.) 

NORFOLK  ISLAND,  which  is  a  Territory  of  tlie  Commonwealth  of 
Australia,  is  situated  930  miles  east-north-east  of  Sydney,  and  mid- 
way between  New  Zealand  and  New  Caledonia.  Its  total  area  is 
8,528  acres,  being  abovit  five  miles  long  and  three  miles  wide.  It  was  dis- 
covered by  Captain  Cook  in  1774,  and  was  subsequently  used  as  a  penal 
settlement.  The  convicts,  who  had  brought  the  island  to  a  high  state  of 
cultivation,  were  removed  in  1855,  and  the  British  Government  handed  it 
over  to  the  Pitcairn  Islanders — the  descendants  of  the  "  Bounty  "  mutineers. 
On  July  1,  1914,  the  Island  was  taken  over  as  a  Territory  of  the  Common- 
wealth. The  Minister  for  Home  and  Territories  is  responsible  for  its  ad- 
ministration through  the  Administrator  (Mr.  M.  V.  Murphy).  The  population 
is  about  883  (including  114  Melanesians).  Most  of  the  industries  are  con- 
nected with  the  land,  which  is  extremely  fertile.  Fruits  are  particularly 
plentiful,  especially  oranges,  lemons,  passion-fruit,  bananas,  &c.  The  waters 
surrounding  the  I.sland  abound  with  fish  of  various  kinds.  The  climate  is 
very  mild,  the  temperature  ranging  from  50  degrees  to  83  degrees,  with  an 
average  of  68  degrees.  The  annual  rainfall  is  55  inches.  The  island,  which  is 
most  picturesque,  is  an  ideal  tourist  resort,  and  is  becoming  very  popular  with 
visitors  from  Australia.  Messrs.  Bums,  Philp  &  Company's  steamers  call 
regularly,  en  route  to  the  New  Hebrides  Islands.  The  island  is  in  close  com- 
munication with  the  outside  world  by  means  of  the  Pacific  cable.  The  head- 
quarters of  the  Melanesian  Mission  of  the  Church  of  England  are  established 
here  under  the  Bishop  of  Melanesia.  The  Methodists  and  Seventh  Day 
Adventists  are  also  represented.  There  is  a  steam  service  to  and  from  Sydney 
about  every  eight  weeks  but  no  regular  communication  yet  v.ith  New  Zealand, 
excepting  twice  a  year  by  the  missionary  yacht  "  Southern  Cross."  The 
official  home  of  the  commandants  in  the  convict  times  is  delightfully  situated 
on  the  south  side  of  the  island  on  the  rise  behind  Emily  Bay.  It  is  now 
occupied  by  the  Administrator.  For  the  years  (1917-18)  the  imports  were 
£12,786  and  the  exports  were  £6,460. 


OFFICIALS    AND    RESIDENTS. 

Administrator  and  Chief  Magistrate,  M.  V.  Murphy  ;  Secretary  to  the 
Administrator,  C.  V.  Murphy  ;  Registrar  of  the  Magistrates  Court,  Collector 


TELEPHONES:   Warehouse.  Guy  3423-4-  Tannery  J   1347.  BOX  26  Haymarket. 

FORSYTH,  PIZZEY  &  GATES 

LIMITED. 

LEATHER    AND   GRINDERY  MERCHANTS. 


516  KENT  STREET, 

SYDNEY. 


We  supply  every  description 
of  Leather  for  Boot  Manu- 
facturers, Saddlers  and  Bag 
Manufacturers. 


WE  SOLICIT  YOUR  INQUIRIES. 


Large  Stocks  of   Grindery 
and    Shoe    Findinss    held. 


George  (Ums^Co.Dd. 

Indentors,  Importers  and  Merchants, 

» 

60-6S    i^ot^:k:    ST:E^-E:ET, 


We   Handle   .   .   . 

Galvanised  Iron 
Fencing  Wires 
Oils  and  Hardware 
Lumber 
Groceries 
Heavy  Chemicals 
Canned  Foodstuffs 
Jute  Goods 
Paper 

Electrical  Goods 
Ail  Lines  of  Japanese  and 
Calcutta  Goods 


Agencies   .    .    . 

Hoyle's  Prints  Ltd.,  Manchester. 
McKesson  &  Bobbins    Inc.,  New 
York  (Drugs,  Chemicals,  &c.) 
Whitmore's  Lubricating 

Compounds 
"Monogram"    and    "  Portola  " 

Lubricating  Oils 
^'  Liberty  "  Magnetos 

(The  Original  Bosch) 
Sawyer's  Plate  Polish 
' '  Maisie  ' '   Chocolates 
"  Culmino  "  and 
"  Transcendite  "  Steam  Jointing 
Bendigo  Pottery 

And  Numerous  Others. 


Australian   Offices 

Oversea  Agents 

33  Grenfell  St.,  Adelaide 

London  : 

(Head   Office) 

George    Wills   and    Sons    Ltd. 

Port  Pirie 

3  Chapel  St.,  Whitecross  St 

London,  E.C. 

Wallaroo 

New   York  : 

Murray  St.,  Perth 

George   Wills   and    Sons   Ltd., 

Fremantle 

61   Broadway 

Kalgoorlie 

San    Francisco  : 

480  Collins  St.,  Melbourne 

George    Wills    and    Sons   Ltd., 

Queen  St.,  Brisbane 

230   California  St. 

Correspondents  and  Connections  throughout  the  World. 


OF  THK  rACIFIC  ISLANDS 


>69 


of  Customs,  aud  Registrar  of  Lo.nds,  F.  Stephenson,  J.I'.  ;  Postmaster,  Charles 
Rossiter  ;  Acting  Chief  Pohce  Officer,  Constable  S.  C.  Werner  ;  Government 
Medical  Officer,  Dr.  Alex.  S.  Paton,  J. P.  ;  Public  School — Principal  Teacher, 
A.    Passmore. 

Tne  following  is  a  list  of  the  leading  residents : — 

Clergymen  :  Rev.  H.  N.  Drummond,  Warden  of  S.  Barnabas,  Melanesian 
Mission;  Rev.  A.  R.  Martin,  CE.  Chaplain;  Rev.  J.  R.  Smith,  Methodist 
Minister  ;  Mr.  Ferris,  Seventh  Day  Adventist  Elder.  Business  Men  :  K.  C. 
Co.\-,  Officer  in  Charge,  Cable  Station  ;  Thomas  Adams,  Lemon  Factory  ; 
E.  H.  Chandler,  L,emon  Factory.  Storekeepers  :  Joseph  Jenkins,  Manager, 
N.I.  Trading  Co.  ;  C.  C.  R.  Nobbs  ;  Sullivan  and  "Cliristian  ;  M.  F.  Howard 
Christian,  Manager,  N.I.  Clothing  Club.  Boardins  House  Keepers  :  Miss 
Rossiter,  Charles  Rossiter,  Mrs.  Allen  Christian,  Mrs.  Herbert  Bailey,  Thomas 
Adams,  Edwin  Christian  (charges  from  25s.  to  30s.  per  week).  Butchers  : 
G.  H.  Christian,  Charles  Rossiter. 


THE    TARIFF. 

Under  the  Act  by  \vhich  Norfolk  Island  v.'as  transferred  as  a  Territory 
to  the  Commonwealth  on  July  1,  191J-,  the  Customs  duties  which  were  pre- 
A'iously  levied  on  goods  sent  to  Australia  from  the  island  are  now  removed, 
and  articles  produced  or  manufactured  on  the  island  are  admitted  to  the 
Conmionwealth  dutv  free.  There  is,  however,  a  local  Customs  tariff  at  the 
island,  the  imports  being  as  follows  : — 


Spirits,  per  gallon  proof 

Wine,  still,  per  gallon  liquid 

Wine,  sparkling,  per  gallon  liquid 

Beer,  in  wood,  per  gallon  liquid     .  . 

Beer,  in  bottle,  per  gallon  liquid   .  . 

Tobacco,  manufactured  or  unmanufactured,  Australian  leaf,  per  lb. 

Tobacco,  manufactured  or  unmanufactured,  other  leaf,  per  lb. 

Cigars  and  cigarettes,  per  lb, 

Tea,  per  lb.  .  . 

Coft'ee,  per  lb. 

Chicory,  per  lb. 

Oil,  kerosene,  naphtha,  and  ga.solinc.  per  gallon.  . 

Sugar,  per  cwt. 

Molasses,  per  cwt.    .  . 

Opium,  per  lb. 

Biscuits,  except  the  biscuits  called  "  cabin  bread,''  per  lb. 

Candles,  per  lb. 

Confectionery,  per  lb. 

Dried  fruits,  per  lb. .  . 

Jams,  jellies,  and  preserves,  per  lo. 


s. 

d. 

14 

0 

5 

0 

10 

0 

0 

6 

0 

9 

1 

0 

2 

0 

:i 

0 

0 

3 

0 

3 

0 

3 

0 

3 

;$ 

0 

2 

0 

20 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

270  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

LORD   HOWE   ISLAND. 

(iNCiA'DKi)  Within  the  Boundaries  of  New  South  Wales.) 

THIS  island  lies  4:{(i  miles  north-east  from  Sydne)',  and  300  miles  from 
Port  Macquarie,  the  nearest  port  of  the  Australian  continent,  and 
nearly  600  miles  from  Norfolk  Island. 
It  was  discovered  on  February  17,  1788,  by  Lieutenant  H.  L,.  Ball,  of 
H.M.S.  "  Supply,"  while  on  his  way  from  Port  Jackson  to  found  a  settlement 
at  Norfolk  Island.  It  is  of  volcanic  origin  and  crescent  shaped,  about  seven 
miles  in  length  and  from  one-half  to  one  and  tbree-cjuarters  in  width,  con- 
taining about  3,220  acres.  It  is  of  great  beauty  throughout  and  covered  with 
a  dense  and  most  luxuriant  vegetation,  but,  from  the  peculiar  bouldery 
character  of  the  formation  of  the  major  part  of  its  floor,  it  has  scarcely  more 
than  300  acres  suitable  for  agriculture.  The  soil  of  these  few  acres  is  ex- 
tremely rich  and  will  produce  almost  any  snl)-tropical  vegetation.  The 
flora  of  the  island  is  in  great  variety,  forming  in  all  directions  the  most  pictures- 
que of  shady  forests  ;  the  prevalence,  however,  of  palms  (of  the  genus  Keniia 
of  Blunie)  and  of  banyans  {Ficus  columvaris  of  Moore)  form  perhaps,  its  most 
remarkable  feature.  Single  trees  of  the  latter  in  many  instances  cover  acres 
of  ground,  while  the  palms,  countless  in  number,  run  up  to  50,  60  and  70  feet, 
all  of  which,  added  to  the  colour  of  the  water  and  the  mountain  islet,  and 
cliff  scenery,  give  to  the  little  isolated  spot  an  unmistakable  charm.  Mount 
Gower  is  2,840  feet,  with  grey-black  basaltic  cliffs  on  its  southern  side  2,000 
feet  and  upwards  sheer  to  the  ocean,  while  Mount  Lidgbird,  which  is  prac- 
tically inaccessible,  is  2,500  feet.  The  climate  is  peculiarly  equa])le.  Frosts 
are  unknown,  while  in  sunmier  the  thermometer  seldom  ri.ses  above  80  degrees. 
Rain  is  abundant  and  frequent.  The  natural  beauties  of  the  island  render  it 
most  attractive  to  visitors.  Fish  are  very  plentifiil,  and  good  sport  can  con- 
sequently be  had.  A  two-monthly  steam  service  is  in  existence,  under  con- 
tract to  the  Government,  but  it  is  hoped  that  more  frequent  communication 
will  shortly  be  arranged.       Visitors  will  find  accommodation  at  the  island. 

No  lands  have  been  sold,  and  the  people  pay  no  rent,  occupying  the  land 
upon  sufferance  only — the  Government  reserving  the  right  of  resuming 
whenever  they  may  see  fit.     The  population  is  about  120. 

By  reason  of  its  being  east  of  the  154th  meridian  of  east  longitude,  the 
limit  of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Governor  of  New  South  Wales,  it  is  specifically 
mentioned  as  a  dependency  of  New  South  Wales,  in  the  Constitution  Acts 
and  the  Governors'  instructions.  It  is  included  in  the  King  Division  of  the 
Sydney  electorate. 

lyord  Howe  Island  is  the  home  of  the  beautiful  Kentia  palms,  the  seeds 
from  which  are  collected  and  shipped  to  Sydney,  whence  between  4,000  and 
5,000  bushels  are  in  normal  times  exported  annually  to  all  parts  of  the  world. 
In  July,  1912,  a  Royal  Commission  was  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  control 
of  the  Kentia  palm  seed  trade,  and  as  a  result  of  the  report,  the  Govemor-in- 
Council  appointed  a  Board  of  Control  for  the  island's  affairs.  The  present 
Board  of  Control  consists  of  Messrs.  J.  C.  I,.  I-'itzpatrick,  Treasurer  (chairman), 
IC.  B.  Harkness  (Under  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  the  Chief  Secretary), 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  271 

and  J.  H.  Maiden  (Director  of  the  Botanic  Gardens),  Mr.  G.  J.  Greathead  (of 
the  Chief  Secretary's  Department)  being  the  Secretary-.  The  Board  has  taken 
charge  of  the  island  affairs,  and  manage  and  control  the  Kentia  palm  seed 
industry.  The  office  of  the  Board  is  at  the  Chief  Secretary's  Office,  Sydney. 
There  is  at  the  island  a  local  advisorj^  council  consisting  of  Messrs.  W.  S. 
Thompson,  H.  T.  Wilson  and  J.  F.  Digman. 

The  Postmaster  and  Forest  Ranger  is  Mr.  Campbell  Stevens,  and  the 
Schoolmaster,  Mr.  G.  M.  Kirbv. 


An  account  of  Lord  Howe  Island,  written  bj^  one  of  the  New  South.  'Wales 
school  inspectors  appeared  recently  in  the  N.S.W.  School  Magazive  : — 

"  From  the  landing  place  one  can  get  a  view  of  the  island  as  a  whole,'' 
he  writes.     "  Away  to  the  south,  two  or  three  miles  distant,  tov.er  two  giant 
mountains,  which  form  the  grandest  and  most  striking  feature  of  the  island. 
They  rise  straight  out  of  the  water  and  from  their  steepness  appear  to  be 
inaccessible.     Mount  Lidgbird,  the  nearer  of  the  two,  is  2,500  feet  high,  and 
tapers  up  to  a  point.     The  other,  INIount  Gower,  is  several  hundred  feet  higher, 
being  2,840  feet  above  sea-level ;  its  top  is  somewhat  flattened.     The  two  are 
separated  by  a  narrow  hollow,   called  Frskine  Valle}%   or  more  commonly, 
'  Between  the  Hills,'  at  the  top  of  w-hich  a  sharp  ridge  called  the  Saddle  runs 
from  one  mountain  to  the  other.      These  twin  mountains  form  the  widest  part 
of  the  island,  and  occupy  more  than  one-third  of  its  length.     Either  of  them 
is  much  bigger  and  more  imposing  than  the  famed  Gibraltar.     Other  hills, 
less  in  height,  rise  in  different  parts  of  the  island.     One  is  Mount  Lookout 
or  Transit  Hill,  so  named  because  a  party  of  surveyors  was  sent  there  from 
Sydney  to  observe  the  transit  of  Venus  across  the  face  of  the  sun  in  December, 
1882.     Full  preparations  were  made,  and  everything  went  well  until  tiie  last 
moment,  when,  unfortunately,  the  sun  was  hidden  b}-  a  cloud.     The  concrete 
platform  which  formed  a  foundation  for  the  instruments  still  remains,  and  a 
Norfolk  Island  pine,  planted  at  the  summit  of  the  hill,  forms  a  conspicuous 
landmark  which  can  be  seen  from  almost  even.'  part  of  the  i.sland.     At  the 
north  end  of  the  island  is  a  group  of  steep  hiUs,  the  most  remarkable  of  which 
is  Mount  Fliza,  shaped  like  one  half  of  a  volcanic  cone  cat  down  through  the 
middle.     All  the  hills  are  of  basalt,  a  volcanic  rock,  which  ages  ago  surged  up 
from  below  in  a  molten  state.     Altogether,  the  hills  occupy  three-fourths  of 
the  island,  leaving  only  a  small  area  St  for  cultivation.     From  end  to  end  the 
i.sland  measures  nearly  .seven  miles  ;  the  width  varies  from  less  than  half  a 
mile  to  a  mile  and  a  half  ;  the  area  is  3,220  acres,  or  about  five  square  miles. 
The  tops  of  the  hills  afford  splendid  vie-.vs  of  the  island  and  its  shore- line  on 
both  sides,  also  of  neighbouring  islets  and  Ball's  Pyramid.     It  is  shaped  like 
a  crescent  or  a  boomerang.     A<>ro.ss  the  hollow  of  the  boomerang  stretches  a 
coral  reef,  enclosing  a  shallov.'  lagoon  from  a  mile  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
in  width..     The  waves  of  the  open  sea  break  upon  the  reef  in  a  line  of  wliite 
surf,  with  an  uncea.sing  sound,  like  a  gentle  murnuir  in  calm  weather,  but 
swelling  to  a  mighty  roar  when  strong  winds  chafe  the  sea.     Quite  different 
i.s  the  lapping  of  the  lagoon  wavelets  upon  the  silver^'  beach  which  stretches 
in  a  beautiful  sweep  of  two  or  three  miles  along  the  side  of  the  island.     The 
beach  is  formed  of  coral  sand,  and  is  strewn  with  myriads  of  shells,  sea-eggs, 
bits  of  sponge,  and  fragments  of  coral,  washed  in  from  the  reef  and  the  lagoon. 
Some  parts  of  the  shore  are  lined  with  coral  sandstone,  a  hard  rock  formed 
out  of  sand.     The  soil  in  the  lowest  lands  is  generally  of  coral  sand,  which  is 
fertile  only  where  it  is  enriched  by  large  quantities  of  decayed  vegetation.     On 
the  lower  slopes  of  the  hills  and  in  some  of  the  hollows  the  soil,  being  of  de- 
composed basalt,  is  exceedingly  rich.     No  milder  or  more  agreeable  climate 
could  we  wished  for  than  that  of  I<ord  Howe  Island.     It  is  never  very  hot, 


272  STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 

and  ne\er  cold.  The  suniiner  lias  no  scorching  winds,  and  t!ie  winter  no 
frosts.  The  temperature  very  seldom  rises  above  8?  degrees  or  82  degrees 
or  falls  below  .10  degrees.  The  island  lies  right  in  the  way  of  the  broad  ocean 
stream  of  tropical  water  which  flows  southward  along  the  east  of  Australia. 
Coral  which  cannot  live  in  cold  water  is  found  further  south  here  than  any- 
where else  in  the  world.  There  is  a  plentiful  rainfall  well  distributed  through- 
oiat  the  year.  In  the  pure  atmosphere,  the  scenery  of  mountain  and  forest, 
sea  and  shore  stands  out  in  crystal  clearness,  undimmed  by  smoke  or  dust  or 
haze.  Occasionally,  however,  the  top  of  Mount  Gower,  and  more  rarely 
Mount  Lidgbird,  wears  a  .soft  crown  of  mist.  So  healthy  is  the  i.sland  that 
.'^ickness  is  almost  unknown,  except  when  an  epidemic  of  measles  or  chicken- 
pox  is  introduced  by  passengers  from  the  mainland.  There  is  no  doctor  or 
chemist,  and  little  need  for  any.  The  island  enjoys  perpetual  spring,  and  the 
islanders  enjoy  perpetual  youth.  The  island  is  richly  clotlied  with  trees  and 
undergrowth — even  on  the  slopes  and  tops  of  the  mountains.  No  part  is 
bare,  except  the  perpendicular  or  overhanging  precipices  of  Mount  Gower 
and  Mount  Lidgbird.  But  the  plant  life  is  quite  different  from  that  of  Aus- 
tralia. There  are  no  gum-trees  or  wattles,  but  plenty  of  palms  and  banyans. 
The  palms  of  the  island  are  not  like  the  palms  of  other  lands  ;  they  are  not 
cocoanut  palms  or  date  palms,  or  cabbage  palms.  They  are  called  Kentia 
palms.  You  mav  have  seen  small  palms  growing  in  flower-pots,  and  used 
for  decoration.  These  are  all  Kentia  palms  ;  no  other  trees  in  tlie  world 
are  so  suitable  for  this  purpose.  The  seed  from  which  they  are  grown  can  be 
obtained  nowhere  else  but  at  I^ord  Howe  Island.  There  are  four  kinds  of 
the  Kentia  palm  : — The  thatch  palm,  or  Kentia  Forsteriana,  the  curly  palm, 
or  Kentia  Belmoreana,  the  umbrella  palm,  or  Kentia  Canterburiana,  and  the 
dwarf  mountain  palm,  or  Kentia  Moorei.  Only  the  seeds  of  the  first  two  are 
exported.  The  thatch  palm  is  so  called  because  its  fronds  were  used  by 
the  islanders  in  the  early  days  to  thatch  their  houses.  It  grows  only  on  the 
low  ground.  The  curly  palm,  which  gets  its  name  from  the  shape  of  its 
fronds,  is  the  most  abundant,  for  it  spreads  from  the  foot  of  the  hills  up  the 
slopes  to  a  height  of  several  hundred  feet.  The  umbrella  nalm  is  a  very  grace- 
ful tree,  and  has  much  larger  seed  than  the  others  ;  it  grows  onlv  on  the  upper 
parts  of  Mount  (iowcr  and  Mount  Lidgbird.  Tlie  dwarf  palm  is  confined  to 
the  top  of  "Mount  Gower  ;  its  seeds  are  the  smallest.  The  banyan  of  Lord 
IJowe  Island  is  related  to  the  banyan  of  India,  but  is  a  taller  and  more  graceful 
tree.  It  has  some  resentblance  to  the  native  fig-trees  of  Australia.  Its 
method  of  propagation  is  very  peculiar.  It  seldom  grows  up  from  the  ground 
like  other  trees.  The  seed  lodges  in  the  fork  or  crevice  of  another  tree,  at  a 
height  of  .30  or  40  feet  or  more,  germinates  there,  and  sends  its  roots  down  till 
they  reach  the  ground  and  enter  the  soil.  These  roots  then  grow  and  form  a 
big  trunk.  The  branches  spread  out  horizontally  and  send  down  roots  which 
hang  in  the  air  like  thin  ropes,  till  they  reach  the  ground,  and  in  their  turn 
become  trunks.  This  process  continues  until  the  tree  spreads  over  a  space 
almost  as  large  as  an  ordinary  school  playground,  with  scores  of  trunks  a 
few  feet  apart,  all  linked  together  at  the  top  by  large  horizontal  branches. 
The  tree  continues  to  spread  and  form  new  trunks,  even  after  the  original 
stem  has  decayed  and  disappeared.  The  smaller  branches  grow  upwards 
.ind  spread  out  their  twigs  and  leaves  to  the  air.  The  pandanus  is  another 
strange  tree.  Prom  the  lower  end  of  its  trunk,  which  is  often  10  feet  or  more 
above  the  ground,  the  roots  spread  out  in  the  form  of  a  tent.  Its  fruit  has 
some  resemblance  to  the  bread-fruit.  There  are  other  trees  in  great  variety. 
The  undergrowth  is  often  dense.  As  you  try  to  force  your  way  through  it, 
you  are  likely  to  be  caught  by  the  long  supple  stem  of  a  vine,  which  twists 
round  your  neck  or  leg,  or  any  part  of  your  body,  and  holds  you  fast.  The 
islanders  playfully  call  this  vine  the  Policeman.  The  ferns  are  abundant  on 
the  tops  and  higher  slopps  of  the  two  mountains.  Mosses  a  foot  high,  beautiful 
orchids,  the  glorious  wedding  lily,  and  many  other  wild  flowers  are  found, 
but  generally  these  prefer  the  mountain  heights  and  can  only  be  seen  after 
hard    climlung.     Many   kinds   of   subtropical   plants   have   been   introduced 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  l'73 

into  the  island  and  cultivated  for  food  ;  the  orange,  guava,  passion  fruit, 
banana,  and  other  fruits  ;  niai7e,  sweet  potatoes,  ordinary  potatoes  (called 
Irish  potatoes  by  the  islanders),  tomatoes,  and  onions.  All  the  ordinal}- 
garden  flowers  flo-arish.  The  animals  of  I,ord  IJowe  Island,  as  well  as  its 
plants,  are  unlike  those  of  Australia.  There  are  no  kangaroos,  or  opossums  ; 
no  snakes,  no  frogs,  or  vermin.  There  are  no  native  mammals  of  any  kind. 
But  the  island  abounds  in  birds  ;  not  parrots  or  cockatoos,  as  we  have  in 
Australia,  but  mutton-birds  and  boatswain  birds,  and  other  seabirds  in 
thousands.  The  nests  of  the  mutton-birds  are  just  deep  holes  in  the  s.and, 
looking  like  a  rabbit  warren.  The  ilesh  of  these  birds  is  said,  to  resemble 
mutton  in  appearance  and  flavour  ;  their  eggs,  too,  are  valuable  for  food. 
The  boatswain  bird  has  a  long  pink  plume  in  its  tail.  One  of  the  most  chann- 
ing  l>irds  in  the  noods  is  a  small  do^"e,  very  daint}'  in  form,  hut  plain  incolour, 
except  the  neck,  which  is  of  a  glossy  green  ;  it  utters  a  low  plainti\c  note,  and 
is  so  tame  that  it  will  come  quite  close  to  you.  Indeed,  an  extreme  tameness 
is  characteristic  of  the  birds  on  the  island.  You  can  easily  get  near  enough 
to  them  to  hit  them  with  a  switch  if  you  are  so  inclined.  If  you  keep  still, 
the  mutton-birds  will  flock  around  you  and  crawl  over  you,  though  not  in  a 
friendly  spirit,  for  they  arc  very  apt  to  bite.  vSome  of  the  birds  shov.-  great 
curiosity.  If  you  should  throw  a  stone  at  one  of  the  birds  of  the  island,  it 
does  not  fly  away,  but  comes  nearer  to  see  v/hat  is  happening.  The  ordinary 
domestic  animals  have  been  introduced— horses,  cows,  pigs  and  goats,  but 
I  did  not  see  any  sheep.  K  abbits  were  liberated  on  a  small  island  in  the  lagoon, 
and  flourished  there  for  a  time,  but  have  disappeared.  Their  place  is  taken 
by  a  flock  of  goats.  Pigs  have  taken  to  the  hills,  and  run  wild  there.  A 
better  breed  of  pigs  is  kept  in  st3^es  and  reared  for  export  to  Sydney,  or  for 
local  consumption.  Fowls  and  ducks  are  pletitiful.  It  is  said  that  the  fowls 
at  one  homestead  took  to  the  woods  and  l^red  there  in  a  wild  state.  The  saine 
thing  happened  in  the  ca.se  of  the  domestic  cat.  It  is  curious  that  in  this 
island  the  wild  things  are  so  tame,  and  the  tame  creatures  so  readily  take  to 
the  wild  life  of  the  woods.  Even  the  garden  flowers  encroach  upon  the  forest. 
Fish  are  very  plentiful,  and  of  many  kinds — salmon,  blue  fish,  tre\ally,  king •■ 
fish,  cod,  garfish,  and  so  on.  They  are  easy  to  catch.  A  man  in  an  hour  or  two 
will  catch  ."iO  or  40  large  fish,  weighing  several  pounds  each.  Lord  Howe 
Island's  history  is  not  ancient.  F'or  thousands  of  years  this  lovely  green  isle 
lay  there  in  the  wide  ocean  in  utter  loneliness.  No  human  being,  white  or 
black,  had  ever  set  foot  upon  it,  or  beheld  its  beauty,  its  noble  mountains, 
its  reef  and  lagoon,  its  .shells  and  coral  strand.  Generation  after  generation 
of  birds  and  fishes,  of  palms  and  banyans,  liad  come  and  lived  their  lives  there 
and  pa.ssed  away.  In  other  parts  of  the  world  great  cities  grew  up  and 
flourished,  wars  were  waged,  mighty  empires  arose  and  fell,  men  invented 
ships  and  traversed  the  ocean  hither  and  thither,  and  yet  this  lonely  spot 
remained  outside  it  all.  At  last,  on  February  17,  178S,  the  spell  was  ])roken. 
A  small  ship  came  over  the  eastern  horizon,  and  the  island  was  born  to  the 
world.  It  was  H.M.S.  "  Supply,'  sent  by  Governor  Phillip  with  a  party  of 
convicts  and  soldiers  who  were  to  found  a  new  .settlement  at  Norfolk  Island 
under  Lieutenant  King.  The  ship  was  commanded  by  Lieutenant  Henry 
Lidgbird  Ball,  who  made  his  discovei-y  on  the  tlur  1  day  out,  and  named  the 
i.sland  after  Admiral  Lord  Howe,  then  h'irst  I.ord  of  the  Admiralty.  The 
north  point  of  the  island  he  named  Phillip  Head,  and  the  south  point  King 
Head.  One  of  his  own  names,  Lidgbird,  is  gi^•etl  to  the  second  higiiest 
mountain,  and  the  highest  pointed  rock  rising  out  of  the  sea  to  the  south 
is  now  called  Ball's  Pyramid.  \\"ithout  delaying  his  mission  he  continued  his 
voyage  to  Nv)rfolk  Island,  but  on  his  return  he  had  leisure  to  ex;nnine  his  new 
found  land,  to  take  soundings,  and  to  make  a  chart.  Along  the  beach  the 
sailors  found  aluindance  of  fine  turtle,  which  gave  an  agreeable  change  of 
diet.  It  was  this  circumstance  that  led  to  the  i.sland  being  visited  a  second 
time  by  the  '  Supply."  Governor  Phillip,  e\er  elert  for  the  good  of  his 
infant  colony,  sent  the  ship  to  look  for  more  turtle,  as  an  addition  to  the  scant 
food  supply,  and  especially  for  the  benefit  of  those  who  were  sick  with  .scurvy. 


274  STF^WART'S  HAND   BOOK 

But  little  or  no  turtle  could  be  found,  either  then  or  on  subsecjuent  visits  made 
for  the  same  purpose.  Lieutenant  Ball,  with  his  ship  the  '  Supply,'  did  much 
service  for  New  South  Wales.  Among  other  things  he  made  a  thorough 
survey  of  Port  Jackson,  and  one  of  the  headlands  of  the  harbour  bears  his 
name.  After  five  years  he  returned  to  Kngland,  and  in  time  rose  to  the  rank 
of  Admiral.  The  newly-discovered  Lord  Howe  Island  was  for  a  long  time 
thought  to  be  of  little  value.  But  when  the  whaling  industry  sprang  up  the 
place  became  a  resort  of  whalers,  and  ships  sometimes  called  there  on  their 
way  between  Sydney  and  Norfolk  Island.  In  1833  a  few  people  settled  there 
to  grow  fresh  food  for  the  whalers,  and  in  1835  a  surveyor,  Mr.  H.  J.  W^hite, 
was  sent  to  report  upon  the  island.  Some  years  later  a  company  was  formed 
to  supply  provisions  to  whaling  ships,  but  tlie  enterpri.se  did  not  prove  profit- 
able and  was  abandoned.  Some  of  the  employees  of  the  company,  however, 
remained  with  their  families  and  became  the  nucleus  of  permanent  settle- 
ment. One  member  of  the  company,  Dr.  Foulis,  who  resided  three  years  on 
the  island  has  left  a  permanent  mark  there.  The  doctor  bird  was  named  after 
him  in  this  way.  .\  little  girl  of  two  or  three  years,  born  on  the  island,  fancy-' 
ing  a  rese:nblance  between  the  brown  plumage  of  the  bird  and  the  doctor's 
brown  suit  with  its  long  frock  coat,  used  to  call  the  bird  '  the  doctor  bird.' 
The  name  was  playfully  adopted  by  the  residents,  and  in  time  became  general. 
This  story  was  told  me  by  the  one  who  invented  the  name,  now  a  lady  of  70 
years,  with  many  descendants  living  on  the  island.  In  1851,  when  the  con- 
vict problem  was  causing  some  trouble'  the  authorities  in  New  South  ^^'ales 
and  Victori.a  cast  longing  eyes  upon  Lord  Howe  Island  as  a  safe  place  for  the 
worst  class  of  convicts.  Captain  Denham  was  sent  in  II.^M.S.  '  Herald ' 
to  report  on  the  island,  and  information  v/as  obtained  from  Dr.  I'oulis,  who 
was  then  in  Sydney.  Though  all  reports  were  favourable,  yet  nothing 
further  was  done,  and  the  island  thus  had  a  lucky  escape.  The  population  has 
steadily  increased.  But  for  nianj^  years  there  was  no  regular  intercourse 
between  the  island  and  the  mainland.  The  inhabitants  were  left  to  their 
own  resources.  They  built  houses  for  themselves  out  of  the  island  timber, 
and  thatched  them  with  palm  fronds,  made  clearings  in  the  woods,  and  grev,- 
food  for  themselves — corn  and  fruit  and  vegetables,  pigs  and  poultry.  The 
sea  yielded  abundance  of  li.sh.  ^Materials  for  clothing  and  other  needs  were 
obtained  from  whaling  vessels,  mainlj'  by  barter,  some  of  these  ships  being 
fitted  out  with  all  kinds  of  goods  like  a  general  store.  But  it  often  hanpeneil 
that  for  months  together  the  i.slanders  were  left  wholly  to  themselves.  In 
these  circumstances  the%',  like  Robinson  Crusoe,  showed  much  ingenuity 
in  providing  for  their  own  wants.  One  man,  for  instance,  made  a  plough  out 
of  a  banyan  tree,  produced  sugar  by  boiling  the  juice  of  sorghum  plants, 
made  a  grindstone  out  of  the  coral  sandstone,  and,  being  fond  of  music,  even 
fashioned  a  violin  for  himself,  supplying  materials  for  the  strings,  it  is  said, 
b3'  killing  the  household  cat.  As  the  island  grew  in  importance  attempts 
were  made  to  work  up  a  regular  trade  with  Sydney  by  exporting  onions  and 
other  local  products,  but  this  movement  met  with  little  success.  The  island 
is  not  adapted  for  production  on  a  large  scale.  An  industry  sprang  up, 
however,  that  v>'as  peculiar  to  the  island  —  the  trade  in  palm  seeds.  For  a 
long  time  the  palms  of  Lord  Howe  Lsland  were  thought  to  be  of  the  same  kind 
as  the  cabbage  palms  of  Australia,  and  were  commonh'  called  cabbage  palms. 
Tt  was  found,  however,  that  they  formed  a  distinct  order,  and  that  the  young 
palms  were  better  suited  for  decorative  purposes  than  any  others  in  the 
world.  A  demand  for  them  arose  and  the  islanders  began  to  collect  the  seeds 
and  sell  them  to  agents  on  the  mainland.  But,  not  knowing  the  market  value 
of  the  seed,  they  .sold  it  at  a  low  price  which  gave  but  a  poor  return  for  their 
labour.  I/ater,  when  it  was  discovered  that  the  seed  which  bad  been  selling 
for  ten  shillings  a  bushel  was  really  worth  three  pounds  a  bushel  or  more, 
they  decided  to  combine  and  form  a  compan}-  with  the  help  of  seed  merchants 
in  Sydney.  The  higher  price  brought  an  increase  of  prosperity  and  for  some 
years  all  went  well.  .\t  length  the  Government  of  New  South  ^^■ales  ap- 
pointed a  Commissioner  to  make  a  full  investigation  into  the  affairs  of  the 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  275 

island,  and  especially  into  the  palm-seed  in'lustry.  On  his  reeonimendatiou 
the  company  was  brought  to  an  end,  and  the  island  was  put  under  tlie  manage- 
ment of  a  Board  of  Control.  The  Board  manage  the  seed  business,  an<l  return 
the  profits  to  the  islanders,  nobody  else  receiving  an^'  share.  Under  this 
arrangement,  the  island  has  prospered  more  than  ever.  It  was  fortunate  that 
in  the  whole  course  of  the  island's  history,  the  land  remained  the  sole  property 
of  the  Crown.  People  were  allowed  to  settle  there,  to  make  homes  for  them- 
selves, and  culti\  ate  the  land,  but  they  had  no  title.  They  did  not  own  a 
foot  of  ground,  nor  on  the  other  hand  were  they  required  to  pav  any  rent. 
^^arious  attempts  had  been  made  by  enterprising  persons  in  Sydney,  on  the 
lookout  for  \vays  of  makinc  a  fortune,  either  to  buy  the  land  or  to  acriuire 
long  leases  of  it  ;  but  these  attempts  were  always  thwarted.  Thus  the  island 
was  saved  from  exploitation,  and  the  Government  has  a  free  hand  in  managing 
the  island  for  the  welfare  of  its  inhabitants.  In  few  parts  of  the  world  does  such 
a  favourable  condition  exist.  A  notable  feature  in  the  history  of  the  island 
is  the  absence  of  crime.  A  magistrate  used  to  visit  the  island  periodically, 
I)ut  there  were  ne\er  any  prisoners  for  him  to  tr3^  Yet,  strange  to  say, 
there  is  a  gaol.  The  magistrate  had  a  notion  that  without  such  an  institution, 
the  outward  and  visible  signs  of  legal  authority  were  not  complete,  and  so 
persuaded  the  Government  of  the  day  to  send  out  the  timbers  for  a  g.aol. 
rbe  islanders  hold  a  different  view,  looked  upon  the  gaol  as  an  insult,  and 
refused  to  land  it.  The  steamer  was  obliged  to  bring  it  back  to  Sydney, 
whence  it  was  again  sent  out  with  a  gang  of  men  to  land  and  erect  it.  The 
people  accepted  the  situation  with  good  humour  ;  the  gaol  was  set  up  on  one 
side  of  the  recreation  park,  but  from  that  day  to  this  has  never  been  used  for 
it?  own  special  purpose.  It  is  found  to  be  a  convenient  nlace  to  keep  cricket- 
ing material. 


THURSDAY   ISLAND. 

(Included  within  Boundaries  of  Queensland.) 

Torres  Straits  and  Thur.sday  Island  have  been  geographically  important 
ever  since  Ivuiz  Yaez  De  Torres  proved  that  Australia  was  an  island.  Captain 
Cook  practically  made  the  discovery  a  second  time,  as  the  records  of  the 
discovery  of  Torres  had  lain  unknown  for  nearly  loO  years  until  discovered 
by  Dalrymple,  while  Manila  was  in  the  occupation  of  the  British,  and  it  is 
doubtful  if  Cook  had  any  definite  knowledge  of  them.  Towards  the  end  of  the 
eighteenth  and  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  this  neighbourhood 
was  visited  by  various  explorers,  and  here  in  1790  the  "  Pandora,"  endeavour- 
ing to  pass  the  straits,  became  a  total  wreck.  After  an  unsatisfactory  attempt 
to  establish  a  station  at  Somerset  on  the  Australian  mainland  of  Cape  York, 
beginning  in  1863,  the  extensive  discoveries  of  pearlshell  beds  led  to  the 
Government  settlement  being  transferred  to  Thursday  Island,  which  has 
since  permanently  established  itself,  not  only  as  the  head  centre  of  the  pearl- 
shelling  industry,  but  also  as  a  general  commercial  centre.  The  pearl.shelling 
industry,  however,  overshadows  all  others.  Apart  from  it  Thursday  Island 
has  an  importance  as  a  coaling  station  for  ocean-going  steamers,  and  on  the 
I.sland  are  well  garrisoned  fortifications.  A  huge  reservoir  has  been  con- 
structed on  the  island  for  its  water  supply.  Many  regard  Thursday  Island  as 
geographically,  ethnologically,  and  climatically  part  rather  of  New  Guinea 
than  Au.stralia.     As  a  place  where  the  island  races  of  the  Pacific  are  meeting 


27fi  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

aud  mixing,  Thursday  Island  is  a  place  of  interest  to  the  tra\ellcr.  It  is 
situated  about  .'50  miles  north-west  of  Cape  York.  There  are  numerous 

islands  surrounding  it,  which  include  : — Prince  of  Wales  Island,  Hammond^ 
Horn,  Wednesday  and  Friday  Islands.  The  population  is  about  2,800,  of 
whom  about  500  are  whites.  The  others  comprise  Japanese,  mainlaind 
aboriginals.  South  Sea  I.slanders,  Torres  Straits  Islanders,  Papuans,  Malays, 
Phillipinos   and   others. 


Resident  Police  Magistrate  and  Warden,  G.  F.  L.  Foxton  ;  District  Regis- 
trar. Immigration  Agent,  dsc,  C.  J.  Handley  ;  Shipping  Master.  R.  Y.  Holmes  ; 
Shipping  Inspector,  Captain  MacDonald  ;  Clerk  of  MMnicipal  Council,  T.  I<' 
Robin.son  ;  Postmaster,  P.  IMcCaul. 

Busine.ss  Places: — Storeleepers,  Burns,  Philp,  Ltd.,  Papuan  Industries 
Ltd.,  We.stern  Briti.sh  New  Guinea  Trading  Co.,  Hodels  Ltd.,  Mrs.  B.  Thomas^ 
G.  Sing,  and  several  Chinese  and  Japanese  establishments  :  Chemists  and 
Druggists,  J.  TurnbuU,  J.  A.  Wilson  ;  Bookseller.  O.  Watson  ;  Butchers,  Torres 
Straits  Fre.sh  Food  and  Ice  Co,  ;  Pearl  Buyers.  T.  J.  Farqiihar,  H.  L.  Mowlis, 
Y.  B.  vSaranealis  ;  Photographa ,  O.  Watson;  Auctioneers,  Bowden  and  Mac- 
kenzie, J.  Hennessy. 

Churches: — Chutch  ot  England,  Bishop  of  Carpentaria  (Right  Rev.  H 
Newton),  Rev.  T.  W.  Slade  ;  Roman  Catholic  Mission,  Father  Bach. 


ROTUMAH 

^BRITISH.) 


The  Island  of  Rotumah,  situated  in  12  degrees  30  minutes  south  latitude. 
177  degrees  10  minutes  east  longitvide,  was  discovered  by  the  Pandora,  in 
1 793,  when  searching  for  the  mutineers  of  the  "  Bount}'."  Lying  to  the  north- 
west from  two  to  four  miles  from  the  shore,  are  three  small  islets,  Hattana, 
Hofiua  and  Waya.  Of  these  only  the  last  named  is  inhabited,  and  it  contains 
but  one  small  village.  In  1879  the  three  principal  Rotumah  chiefs  ofEc-red 
the  islands  to  Great  Britain,  and  they  were  annexed  on  May  13,  1881.  The 
population  was  found  at  the  census  of  1903  to  number  2,230,  of  whom  two- 
thirds  are  Wesleyans,  and  the  remainder  Roman  Catholics.  The  principal 
island  is  seven  miles  long  by  three  miles  broad  and  contains  about  9,000 
acres.  The  staple  export  is  copra,  of  which  from  1,200  to  1,500  tons  are 
shipped  annually. 

The  distance  of  Rotumah  from  Suva,  the  seat  of  Government,  the  in- 
frcquency  of  intercommunication,  and  the  fact  that  the  natives  differ  entirely 
from  Fijians  in  language  and  in  polity,  necessitate  a  government  on  other 
lines  than  that  of  the  colon}'  generally.  A  European  Commissioner  resides 
on  the  island,  and  is  under  the  Governor,  the  chief  executive  and  judicial 
authority  in  Rotumah.  The  Commissioner's  Court,  except  in  capital  cases, 
takes  the  place  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Fiji.  There  are  two  native  stipen- 
diary magistrates,  who  have  jvirisdiction  in  minor  cases.  The  island  is  divided 
into  seven  districts,  over  each  of  which  a  chief,  appointed  by  the  Governor, 


^be  Hustralian  Bank  of  Commerce 

ILimiteb* 


DIRECTORS: 

MARK'  .SHELDON,  ESy.. 

Chairman 

of    Ualtiju    Bros,    of 
Sydney,  Ltd.,  Merchants). 

HERHEHT     U.     LYSAGHT, 
E.>i(j. 

(of  Jolui  Lysiight  Ltd.. 
Ironmasters.  Bri.stol. 
Wolverhampton.  New- 
jiort.  Loudon,  England 
iiud   Sydney,   N.S.  W.) 

(iEORGE   J.   SLY,   E.SI... 

LL.D. 

(of  .Sly  it  Riissrll,  Soli- 
(■itoi>,   -viliic\). 


DIRECTORS: 

HuN.  F.  .lAGO  SMITH, 

M.L.C. 

Piistoralist,  "  Haw- 
thorne.'   Rathurst. 

UEORUE    F.    TODMAK, 
Esy. 

of  W.  V.  &  H.  0.  Will.s 
(Australia)  Ltd.  and 
Britisli      Tobaeyo      Co" 

( -Vustraliaj  Ltd. 

FRAXK   N".  VAKWUUD, 

Esq.,  E.G-Ka. 

(of  Yarwood.  Vane  &Co. 
Public    .\ccountant.s, 

Sydner. 


-9     '"^Misl.^ 
'i'lie    Head   i  imei;,  Syduco 

(Jknkkal  Ma.\.u;er:  C.  M.  C.  SHANNON. 

HEAD   OFFICE: 
George  and  King  Streets,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales 

with  148  Branches  and  Agencies  in  New  South  Wales, 
Queensland  and  Victoria. 

THE  BANK  is  prepared  to  transact  every  description  of  Banking  business,  including  : — 

CURRENT  ACCOUNTS  opened. 

FIXED  DEPOSITS   received  for  peiiods  of  .six   iiu)ntlis  and    iipwards,   at   rate,*;  (<i 
interest   ascertainable  on   application. 

ADVANCES  MADE  on   approved   L,anded  or  other  Securities,   and  against   Ship- 
ments of  Hides,  Talk)\v,  Wool,  AVheat  and  all  kinds  of  marketable  produce. 

STRONGROOM  ACCOMMODATION  is  provided  for  the  safe  keeping  of  Debentures, 
Deeds  and  \'aluables  Iodised  by  Customers  of  the  Bank. 

CABLE  AND  TELEGRAPHIC  remittances  made  to  all  parts  of  the  World. 

DRAFTS  ISSUED  at  cnrreut  rates  of  Exchange. 

FOREIGN  OR  OTHER  BILLS  negotiated  or  collected. 

LETTERS  OF  CREDIT,  Circular  or  other <vise,  i!?sued. 

GUARANTEES  given  for  Delivery  of  Goods,  against  Bills  of  Ivading,  and  Consign- 
ment Xotes  tc  arrive. 

For  the  convenience  of  its  .nistomers  the  Bank  has  special  arrangements  wnere 
not  directly  represented,  with  other  Rankers,  throughout  Australasia,  New  Zealand, 
the  Pacific  Islands,  the  United  Kingdom,  Canada  and  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  elsewhere,  whereby  it  is  able  to  carry  ou<  ill  reqin'rcuicnls  with  proniptitdde 
and  to  best  advantage. 

LONDON  OFFICE:  37  Threadneedle  Street,  E.G. 
Agents  and  Correspondents  in  All  Parts  of  the  World 


HAVE  YOUR  ISLAND  HOME 
ELEGTRIGALLY    EQUIPPED 

THINK  of  the  comfort,  convenience,  and 
economy  of  having  your  home  equipped  with 
electricity   for   power   and   hght. 

Tli«  Lalley- Light  and 
Power  Plant 

OFFERS   YOU   THESE  ADVANTAGES 

The  Lalley-Light  Plant  is  a  small,  compact,  private 
Plant,  consisting  of  an  electric  generator  directly 
driven  by  a  patented  ball-bearing  benzine  engine, 
and  a  set  of  storage  batteries. 

Jt  is  designed  especially  for  Country  and  Island 
homes,  plantations,  &c.  It  furnishes  ample  light 
and  power  for  the  home  and  out-buildings.  It  is 
perfectly  saf^^Blean,  and  easily  operated,  as  the 
plant  being  ^eff -contained  requires  no  electrical 
knowledge    whatever. 

It  is  started' by  a  switch,  and  it  stops  automatically  ; 
occupies  little  space  in  son:e  odd  cor.ner  and 
requires  very  little  attention.  Send  for  explanatory 
literature,   prices   and   all   particulars. 

We  are  Special  Selling  Agents  —  Write  us  to-day. 

John  Banks  &  Son  Pty.  Ltd. 

"  The   House   for  Heat   and   Light/' 

324   Pitt   Street    SYDNEY 

And  391  Bourke  Street,  Melbourne. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  27T 

rules.  The  framinj^  of  local  laws  is  entrusted  to  the  Rotuinah  Regulation 
Board  (consisting  of  tlie  Resident  Commissioner,  the  chiefs,  and  magistrates). 
Their  enactments  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Legislative  Council  of 
P'iji.  The  post  of  Resident  Commissioner  has  now  beevi  amalgamated  with 
that  of  Provincial  Officer,  and  a  hospital  has  been  estabhshed  on  the  island 
Resident  Commissioner  : — Dr.  Hush  MacDonakl. 


WALLIS  ISLAND, 

.      .  (FRLvNCH.) 

North  of  Tong;i.  is  the  small  W  allis  (Uvea)  Island,  which  has  belonged  to 
Trance  sime  1886,  and  which  is  now  designated  as  a  "colony."  The  in- 
habitants, who  have  been  Christianised  by  French  missionaries,  number 
about  4,500.  They  are  much  like  the  Samoans  and  probably  originally  came 
from  there,  as  the  distance  between  the  two  places  is  not  more  than  300 
miles.  There  are  three  mission  stations,  a  seminary  for  priests,  and  a  convent 
there.  The  town  of  the  King,  Matautu,  the  seminary  at  Lano,  the  mission 
at  Mua,  and  the  magnificent  lakes  are  the  chief  points  of  interest.  These 
lakes  are  contained  in  the  crater  of  a  great  extinct  volcano  ;  the  water  level 
in  them  rises  and  falls  with  the  tides  of  the  ocean,  suggesting  that  there  must 
be  some  .subterranean  connection  between  the  shaft  of  the  once  burning 
mountain  and  the  expanse  of  sea  which  surrounds  it.  The  island  is  encircled 
by  a  reef  which  is  divided  from  the  mountainous  mainland  by  a  circular  lagoon 
into  which  there  is  one  entrance  flanked  by  two  islands.  The  roads  are 
excellent.  There  is  a  French  Resident,  and  the  islands  are  in  regular  com- 
munication with  Noumea.     Copra  is  practically  the  only  product. 

Traders  : — Julian  Erial,  Wing  Chong  Wah  &  Co.,  Wong  Ouong. 


FUTUNA   OR  HOORNE    ISLANDS 

(Futuna  and  Alofi) 

(FRI'.NCII.) 

These  two  small  islands,  which  lie  sonie  300  miles  to  the  north-east  of 
Fiji  and  126  miles  to  the  south-west  of  Wallis  Island,  and  have  about  1,500^ 
inhabitants,  were  annexed  by  France  in  1888,  and  were,  with  Wallis  Island, 
declared  a  French  colony  in  September,  1917.  They  both  contain  extensive 
groves  of  cocoanuts  and  bread-truU.  Futuna  is  about  8i  miles  long  and  5 
miles  broad,  the  highest  point  being  I'.-'iOO  feet.  Alofi,  about  6  miles  long  and 
3  wide,  lies  a  few  miles  to  the  south-east  of  Futuna.  -A  Roman  Catholic 
mission  is  established  on  both  islands.  Hurricanes  are  occa.sionally  ex- 
perienced. One  in  1890  did  cimsiderable  damage,  and  another,  in  December^ 
1904,    devastated    both    islands   and    caused    the    wreck    of    the    schooner 


278  STnWAKT'S  HAND   BOOK 

■■  Meilora,"  owned  by  Mr.  Ilennings  and  Ca])laiii  Kaad,  vvhiili  at  the  time  was 
lyina;  in  Sigave  Bay.  In  April,  1907,  Futuna  was  again  swept  by  a  hurricane, 
which  demolished  the  Roman  Catholic  church  and  greatly  damaged  the  cocoa- 
,nut  plantations. 

Trader  : — ■    —  Petersen. 


SUWARROW. 

(DEPi'NDUNCY  ov  :M';\v  ZHALAND.) 

Suw-arrow  Island,  lying  530  miles  from  Rarotonga,  and  about  500  miles 
east  of  Apia,  has  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  Pacific#^^t  is  a  coral  atoll 
of  triangular  form,  50  miles  in  circumference,  the  ree^  having  an  average 
width  of  half  a  mile  across,  enclosing  a  land-locked  lagoon  twelve  miles  by 
eight,  which  forms  an  excellent  harbour.  The  entrance  is  half  a  mile  wide 
and  the  accommodation  permits  of  ships  riding  in  safety  in  all  weathers.  As 
the  depth  of  water  in  the  passage  is  only  20  feet  it  is,  however,  impossible  for 
large  steamers  to  enter.  It  is  out  of  the  track  of  hurricanes,  uninhabited, 
but  capable  by  its  fertility  of  supporting  a  small  population.  As  a  depot  of 
the  collection  of  trade  from  the  various  islands  it  should  in  time  be  very 
valuable.  A  portion  of  one  of  the  reef  islets,  known  as  Anchorage  Island,  is 
vested  in  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty  as  a  reserve  for  naval 
purposes.     Suwarrow  is  at  present  leased  as  a  cocoanut  plantation. 

"  One  of  the  islets  on  the  reef  of  the  Suwarrow  lagoon,"  savs  a  visitor, 
"  abounds  with  sea  birds.  The  small  terns  lie  so  thick  that  the  visitor  must 
walk  with  the  greatest  care  lest  he  crush  the  eggs  or  little  ones,  or  kill  the 
sitting  hen,  Avho  boldly  eyes  him  and  pecks  and  tights  in  defence  of  her  nest 
or  young,  ^\'hen  the  birds  rise  they  darken  the  sky  as  with  a  cloud.  The 
cock  birds  go  fishing  during  the  day,  and  return  at  night  with  the  spoil  for 
the  sustenance  of  their  mates  and  families." 


CHRISTMAS   ISLAND. 

(BRITISH.) 

Christmas  Island,  lying  three  degrees  north  of  the  line,  is  one  of  the 
largest  lagoon  islands  in  the  Pacific.  In  circuit  it  exceeds  100  miles.  The 
lagoon  in  the  centre  is  comparatively  shallow  and  contains  pearlshell.  The 
island  was  treeless  and  uninhabited  when  taken  up  many  years  ago  by  Messrs. 
Hender.son  and  Macfarlane,  who  planted  some  cocoanut  trees.  It  was  then 
leased  from  the  British  Government  by  Lever's  Pacific  Plantations  Limited, 
who  planted  some  60,000  cocoanut  trees  in  1904-5,  and  then  transferred  their 
interests  to  the  Central  Pacific  Cocoanut  Plantations  Limited,  registered  in 
London,  of  which  Emmanuel  Rougier  is  managing  director.  It  was  the 
scene  of  the  wreck  of  the  steamer  "  Aeon"   some  years  ago. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  279 

This  island  is  one  of  Cook's  discoveries.  He  sighted  it  on  Cliristuias 
Day,  1777,  and  remained  till  January  2  of  the  following  year,  observing  an 
eclipse  and  catching  turtle,  of  which  he  tells  us  he  succeeded  in  getting  :$00, 
^Yeighing  from  90  lb.  to  100  lb.  each. 


PENRHYN   ISLAND. 

(DEPKNDENCY   OF  NEW  ZEALAND.) 

Penrhyn,  a  good  specimen  of  the  pure  atoll,  lies  about  300  miles  north- 
east of  Manihiki.  It  is  merely  a  ring  of  coral,  about  48  miles  in  circuit,  sup- 
porting a  number  of  low  islands,  from  200  to  300  yards  across,  and  enclosing 
a  lagoon  of  90  square  miles  in  area,  of  which  24  square  miles  are  more  or  less 
covered  witli  pearlshell.  There  are  three  passages  into  the  lagoon,  the  prin- 
cipal one  having  a  depth  of  18  feet  at  low  water,  and  there  is  sufficient  wharf 
accommodation  at  Onioka  for  the  small  class  of  vessel  that  visits  the  island. 
The  other  village  at  Penrhyn,  Te  Tautua,  is  some  10  miles  distant.  The 
pearlshell  industry  used  at  one  time  to  be  a  rather  important  one,  but  the 
production  of  pearlshell  and  copra  have  both  fallen  off.  Here,  and  in  the 
other  islands  of  the  group,  the  medical  department  of  the  Administration  has 
greatly  improved  the  public  health.  There  is  a  leper  station  on  one  of  the 
i.slands  in  the  lagoon.  There  were  in  1916  312  natives  en  the  island  and 
three  whites. 


MANIHIKI   ISLAND. 

(DEPENDENCY   OF   Xl'AV   ZEALAND.) 

Manihiki  is  also  an  atoll,  but,  unlike  Penrhyn,  is  has  no  opening  through 
the  reef  into  the  lagoon,  and  when  the  natives  wish  to  visit  the  neighbouring 
island  of  Rakahanga  their  boats  have  to  be  carried  across  the  narrow  strip 
of  land  separating  the  lagoon  from  the  sea.  The  island  consists  of  about 
two  square  miles  of  land,  encircling  a  lagoon  of  some  six  miles  in  diameter.  A 
good  deal  of  pearlshell  has  been  obtained  from  Manihiki,  but  a  few  years  ago 
it  was  found  necessary  to  close  the  lagoon,  as  the  shell-beds  had  been  fished 
almost  to  the  point  of  exhaustion.  The  natives  of  this  island  have  some 
reputation  for  their  skill  in  the  manufacture  of  hats.  Walking-sticks, 
paddles,  &c.,  inlaid  with  pearlshell,  are  also  manufactured.  A  fair  quantity 
of  copra  is  produced.  The  native  teachers  of  the  London  IMi.ssionary  Society 
look  after  the  education  of  the  children  of  the  island.  The  total  population, 
which  in  1852  numbered  1,200,  is  approximately  113.  Distance  from  Raro- 
tonga,  650  miles. 


-SO  STKWAKT  S   llASli   BOOK 

CAROLINE    ISLAND 

(liRITISH.) 

Kastward  of  renrhyn  about  400  miles  lies  an  atoll  kuo«n  as  Caroline  or 
Thornton  Island,  very  low.  It  produces  cocoanuts,  and  is  surrounded  by 
many  islets  with  guano  deposits.  It  was  in  the  "  seventies"  sold  by  Captain' 
lirothers,  of  Tahiti,  to  Messrs.  Holder  Brothers,  of  London,  and  is  now  held 
under  a  99  years'  lease  from  the  British  Government,  dating  from  1902,  by 
S.  R.  Maxwell  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  Auckland  and  Tahiti,  who  hold  a  similar  lease 
of  Flint  and  Vostok  Islands.      Over  18,000  cocoanut  trees  have  been  planted. 


PALMERSTON  ISLAND 

(de;pi'NI)Ukcv  oi-  nkw  zi-aland.) 

Palmerston  is  an  atoll,  with  a  land  area  of  one  square  mile,  lying  to  the 
north-west  of  Raratonga,  some  273  miles  distant.  The  reef  carries  a  number 
of  small  islets,  which  are  in  the  occupation  of  the  descendents  of  the  late 
^^■illianl  Masters,  who  settled  there  about  1862.  One  of  these,  John  jSIasters, 
acts  as  Resident  Agent,  and  he  with  six  other  members  of  the  family  con- 
stitute the  Island  Council.  The  lagoon,  which  is  about  eight  miles  in  dia- 
meter, does  not  carry  pearlshell  at  present,  but  it  is  hoped  that  spawn  may  be 
successfully  introduced  from  other  islands.  The  planting  of  the  land  is  being 
v^ell  looked  after  by  the  Masters  family.  The  popidation  is  100.  The 
island  was  discovered  by  Captain  Cook  in  1774,  on  his  second  voyage,  though 
it  is  said  by  some  authorities  to  be  the  "  San  Pablo"  of  Magellan,  the  first 
island  discovered  in  the  vSouth  Seas.  On  Captain  Cook's  third  and  last  voyage 
the  great  navigator  landed  there  to  get  fodder  for  his  perishing  cattle.  I^ater 
on  the  mutineers  of  the  "  Bounty  "  touched  at  the  i.sland,  but  did  not  care  to 
make  it  their  home  after  their  plc:isant  experiences  at  Tahiti. 


RAKAHANGA    ISLAND 

(dependp;ncy  of  nkw  Zealand.) 

This  island  lies  about  25  miles  to  the  north  of  Manihiki  and  (170  nnles 
from  Rarotonga.  It  is  not  so  large  as  its  neighbour,  and  the  lagoon  does  not 
contain  any  pearlshell,  but  otherwise  the  two  islands  are  very  much  alike. 
They  are  owned  and  inhabited  by  the  same  people,  and  what  has  been  said 
•concerning  Manihiki  is  true,  for  the  most  people,  of  Rakahanga  also.  The 
population  is  under  400. 


OF  THK  PACIPIC  ISLANDS  281 

DANGER    ISLANDS  (Puka-Puka)  and  NASSAU 

(DKPENDKXCirvS  OF   Xl'.W   Zlv.M.AXD.) 

'The  Danger  Islands,  consistiug'of  three  small  atolls  and  surrounding  reefs, 
comprised  within  the  limits  of  10  degrees  48  minutes  and  10  degrees  oU  minutes 
south,  distant  700  miles  from  Rarotonga,  were  so  called  by  Commodore 
Byron,  from  their  unsafe  aspect,  although  to  voyagers  acquainted  with  them 
they  present  no  dangers  whatever.  They  lie  out  of  the  track  of  the  hurri- 
canes, and  a  vessel  may  stand  off  and  on,  making  fast  to  the  reef  with  a  kedge 
during  the  day  if  necessary,  for  nine  months  of  the  year,  in  a  horseshoe  bioht 
on  the  lee  s;de  of  the  land.  The  islands,  Puka-puka  (the  northernmost), 
Koko,  and  Katoe,  are  about  20  feet  high  and  well  wooded.  At  one  time  thev 
were  thickly  populated  ;  the  number  cf  inhabitants  is  now  under  500.  Manv 
years  ago  slaving  ships  frcm  the  coast  of  Peru  carried  off  a  great  number. 
They  are  of  a  light  copper  hue  and  plea.«ing  countenance  ;  they  never  practised 
tatooing  or  any  kind  of  disfigurement.  They  have  not,  and,  it  is  said,  never 
did  have,  any  weapons  of  war.  Crimes  of  violence  seem  to  have  never  been 
known  among  them.  They  are  a  people  simple,  contented,  honest,  and  per- 
fectly amiable  ;  very  ingenious  in  the  manufacture  of  their  clothing  and 
implements,  and  very  ready  and  anxious  to  learn  frcm  strangers  whatever  is 
useful. 

The  products  of  the  islands  are  cocoanuts,  pearlshell  and  beche-de-mer. 
The  cocoanut  groves  are  verj^  luxuriant.  The  lagoon  abounds  with  beche- 
de-mer  of  good  quality,  and  very  large  and  fine  pearl  oysters  exist  in  it,  but 
are  at  great  depths  and  not  plentiful. 

Scattered  among  th"  cocoanut  groves  are  many  toniano  trees.  The  wood 
is  like  Spanish  mahogany,  very  valuable  for  shipbuilding,  as  also  for  orna- 
mental work.  From  the  seeds,  which  are  of  the  size  of  a  billiard  ball,  is  ex- 
tracted a  green  oil,  known  in  the  Indian  seas  as  "  woondel."  It  is  used  for 
many  purposes,  but  is  principally  famous  for  its  medicinal  properties.  From 
the  stem  exudes  an  odorous  gum,  used  by  the  Polj-nesians  as  a  perfume. 
There  are  other  kinds  of  valuable  timber  upon  these  and  the  neighbouring 
i.s|ets,  including  '"  milo  "  and  "  tainu  "  woods  of  fine  grain  and  great  dura- 
bility, especially  adapted  for  the  timbers  of  boats  and  small  vessels  ;  also  a 
species  called  "  to,"  which  attains  a  great  size,  and  is  highly  prized  by  such 
European  carpenters  as  are  acquainted  with  it  for  the  purpose  of  cabinet  work 
and  ornamental  furniture.  There  is  al.so  an  extensive  growth  of  pandanus  or 
screw    palm. 

To  the  south-east  of  these  islands,  about  40  miles  distant,  lies  Nassau, 
a  ctmple  of  miles  in  length,  placed  in  1 1  degrees  :J2  nnnutes  south,  165  degrees 
24  minutes  west.  Nassau  has  deep  water  all  round,  and  no  lagoon,  but  a 
secure  landing  on  the  lee  side,  and  no  outlying  dangers.  It  is  covered  with 
valuable  timber.  Turtle  resort  to  it  in  extraordinary  numbers.  In  the  year 
1870  a  small  colony  of  Manihiki  and  Samoa  natives  was  established  here  by 
the  agents  of  Messrs.  Oodcffroy  ;  but  the  I'ranco-C'Terman  war  having  curtailed 
their  operations  and  compelled  them  to  lay  up  or  dispose  of  their  vessels 
on  the  Sainoan  station,  they  neglected  to  visit  these  people,  who,  becoming 


282  stfavart's  hand  book 

weary  of  their  lonely  life,  after  about  two  years  took  the  opportunity  of  a 
passing  vessel  to  (juit  their  solitary  abode.  They  had  planted  cotton  which 
has  now  run  wild  all  over  the  place.  The  soil  being  very  rich.  At  present 
Nassau  i.s  leased  to  the  vSamoan  Shipping  and  Trading  Co.  for  cocoanut  plant- 
ing. 


MALDEN    ISLAND, 

(BRITISH.) 

Maiden  Lsland,  about  150  miles  to  the  north-north-east  of  vStarbuck, 
is  about  12  miles  in  length  and  6  in  breadth,  its  greatest  height  above  the  sea 
being  about  15  feet.  It  produces  a  considerable  quantity  of  guano,  the 
deposits  being  worked  by  Messrs.  Grice,  Sumner  &  Co.,  of  Melbourne.  On  the 
i.sland  are  the  remains  of  some  large  niorais — ancient  sepulchral  buildings. 
On  the  central  ridge  are  more  than  a  hundred  platforms  of  cruciform  shape, 
built  of  coral  slabs,  three  feet  high,  and  filled  in  with  a  compact  mass  of  coral 
shells  and  stones.  There  are  also  a  number  of  shelter  places  or  huts  formed  by 
three  coral  blocks,  with  a  fourth  on  the  top.  More  than  30  wells  were  also 
found  cut  in  the  coral  rock  from  six  to  nine  feet  deep,  and  a  number  of  shallow 
graves  containing  human"  bones  much  decayed,  and  shell  ornaments.  The 
climate  is  healthy  and  dry.  The  mean  temperature  ranges  from  70  degrees 
to  93  degrees  Fahr.  The  annual  rainfall  is  about  84^  inches,  March  to  June 
being  the  wettest  season. 

Mr.  Leslie,  who  resided  on  the  island  for  14  months,  thus  describes  it  : — 
"  In  the  centre  of  the  island  is  a  small  lake  of  about  two  uules  in  circumference, 
and  almost  surrounded  by  quick-sands.  In  some  places  the  water  is  only  a 
few  feet  deep,  but  in  other  parts  it  is  of  immense  depth.  The  lake  rises  and 
falls  with  the  tides.  The  only  vegetation  on  the  island  consists  of  three  cocoa- 
nut  palms  and  a  dozen  small  trees,  which  are  situated  at  the  northern  end. 
Occasionally,  one  sees  a  few  blades  of  grass,  but  it  is  such  miserable  stuff  that 
even  the  wild  goats  will  net  eat  it.  There  are  about  60  or  70  wild  pigs  and 
goats  on  the  island,  the  descendants  of  animals  turned  loose  some  years  ago. 
It  is  a  mystery  how  these  animals  find  enough  food  to  keep  them  alive.  The 
island  swarms  with  rats  and  wild  cats,  the  latter  being  very  savage.  One  of 
the  strange  and  interesting  features  of  Maiden  Island  is  a  number  of  large 
square  areas,  raised  some  three  feet  above  the  ordinary  surface,  and  supported 
by  blocks  of  wrought  coral,  and  each  having  in  its  centre  what  may  be  taken 
for  an  altar  or  tomb.  These  are  the  only  traces  of  a  former  people  who 
inhabited  the  island  long  before  it  was  visited  by  white  men.  The  only  pro- 
duct of  any  commercial  value  is  guano.  There  are  immense  deposits,  the  rights 
for  working  which  are  held  by  a  Melbourne  firm.  The  employees  of  the  firm 
are  the  sole  inhabitants  of  the  island,  and  their  duty  is  to  collect  the  guano, 
and  prepare  it  for  shipment.  There  are  only  seven  white  men  on  the  island. 
Working  under  these  are  about  100  natives,  recruited  chiefly  from  Aitutaki 
and  Nine.     Both  the  white  men  and  the  natives  sign  an  agreement  to  work  at 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLAND?  28S 

Maiden  for  a  term  of  one  year,  at  the  end  of  wliicli  time  they  are  taken  home 
in  the  ships  trading  to  the  island.  The  inhabitants  are  well  cared  for  by  the 
company.  They  live  in  wooden  houses,  which  are  very  roomy  and  comfort- 
able. Everything  required  for  their  use  is  imported.  The  food  consists  of 
tinned  meats,  vegetables,  and  fruits.  The  only  change  which  can  be  got  is 
fish,  of  which  there  are  enormous  quantities  in  the  sea  round  the  island, 
but  even  fish,  after  a  while,  becomes  distasteful.  Life  at  Maiden  is  not  life 
at  all  ;  it  is  merely  an  existence,  and  a  terrible  dreary,  monotonous  existence 
at  that.  There  is  not  a  green  blade  of  grass,  let  alone  a  green  tree  to  refresh 
the  eye  on  this  flat  pancake  of  an  island.  Work  commences  at  five  o'clock 
in  the  morning,  and  stops  at  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  Sunday  is  a  dav  of 
rest.  The  guano  is  scraped  up  by  the  natives  into  flat  heaps,  and  is  dried  in 
the  hot  sun,  after  which  it  is  bagged  up.  The  bags  of  guano  are  stacked  up  on 
small  trolleys,  running  on  light  rails  to  the  wharf,  six  miles  away.  About 
three  or  four  vessels,  as  a  rule,  call  during  the  year. 

The  Victorian  barque  "John  Murray"   was  wrecked  at  Maiden  Island 
last  vear. 


STARBUCK  ISLAND. 

(BRITISH.) 

Starbuck  Island,  in  latitude  5  degrees  38  minutes  south,  longitude  155 
degrees  55  minutes  west,  discovered  by  Byron  in  1825,  is  a  low,  bare,  coral 
rock,  four  miles  long  and  less  than  two  in  width,  devoid  of  vegetation.  It 
was  at  one  time  covered  with  guano,  but  the  deposits  have  now  been  practically 
worked  out.  A  small  opening,  which  alTords  a  boat  passage  for  landing  in 
fair  weather,  has  been  blown  out  of  the  reef  opposite  the  ruins  of  the  Guano 
company's  old  buildings,  at  the  north-western  point  of  the  island. 


MIDWAY  ISLANDS. 

(AMKRICAN.) 

Midway  Islands,  which  are  in  communication  with  Honolulu  and  Guam 
by  the  cable  of  the  Commercial  Pacific  Company,  are  two  little  islands 
to  the  north-west  of  Hawaii,  surrounded  by  a  circular  coral  reef,  18  miles  in 
circumference.  They  were  discovered  by  Captain  Brookes,  of  the  "  Gam- 
bia," in  1859.  Nature  has  formed  a  gateway  in  this  reef  on  the  westei'n  side 
through  which  vessels  drawing  18  feet  may  safely  pass  into  the  deep  harbour 
beyond.  The  Japanese  had  been  almost  the  only  visitors  to  the  islands  for 
ages,  their  chief  object  in  going  there  being  to  kill  sea  birds  for  their  feathers. 
The  traffic  has  now  been  stopped.  The  United  States  Governmer.t  has  taken 
possession  of  the  islands.     Captain  Walker,  his  wife,  and  the  crew  of  the 


.284  STK wart's  hand   hook 

■■  Wandering  Minstrel,"  wrecked  there  in  1887,  ii\ed  on  the  sandy  wastes  for 
14  months.  Up  to  the  time  of  their  rescue  they  had  been  subsisting  on  fish 
and  birds'  eggs. 

Kure  or  Ocean  I.sland  (whirli  must  not  be  confused  with  the  Ocean  Ishind 
of  phosphate  fame}  is  an  atoll  14  miles  in  circumference  lying  .")0  miles  west 
of  the  Midway  Islands.  It  was  the  scene  of  the  wreck  of  the  "  Saginaw  " 
jn  1870.  and  of  the  "  Dimotlar  Castle"  in  1886. 


SWAIN'S   ISLAND, 

vSwain's  Island,  in  11  degrees  5  minutes  south  and  170  degrees  5.5  minutes 
"west,  is  of  coral  formation,  about  tluree  miles  long  and  one  mile  broad.  The 
island  lies  close  to  the  Union  group,  and  was  taken  up  about  50  years  ago 
bv  Mr.  Eli  Jennings,  an  American,  who  settled  upon  it  with  his  wife,  the 
daughter  of  a  Sanioan  chief.  The  island  is  planted  with  cocoanuts,  which 
give  a  handsome  yield.  The  population  numbers  about  100.  The  Jennings 
have  made  numerous  roads  tlirough  their  little  domain  and  built  a  church, 
and  a  native  missionan,'  teaches  the  numerous  children  by  whom  they  are 
surrounded. 


PITCAIRN   ISLAND 

(BRITISH.) 

Pitcairn  Island  is  an  isolated,  mountainous  island  Wing  about  100  miles 
to  the  south-east  of  the  C'ambier  group,  about  two  m.iles  in  length  and  less 
than  a  mile  in  width,  with  a  fine  climate  and  a  fertile  volcanic  soil.  It  was 
here,  in  1790,  that  the  mutineers  of  the  "'  Bounty"  settled.  Their  descen- 
dants were  removed  in  1855  to  Korfolk  Island,  but  tv.-o  j'ears  later  several 
families  returned.  They  have  since  increased  to  about  1^0.  The  Pitcairn 
Islanders  are  degenerating  and  in  all  probability  will  continue  to  do  so,  inter- 
marriage having  had  an  injurious  ef1ect»upon  tliem  morally  and  physically. 
There  is  no  comumnication  with  the  outside  world  e\'cept  by  passing  ships 
and  the  occasional  visits  of  British  men-o'-war.  Some  years  ago  the  islanders 
unanimously  adopted  the  tenets  of  belief  held  by  the  Seventh  Day  Adventists, 
which  body  has  a  missionary  there. 


A  description  of  the  conditions  on  Pitcairn  -was  given  recently  by  a 
writer  in  the  Melbourne   .1  )<,»  ,  who  stated  : — 

"  Pitcairn  is  truly  a  delightful  land  to  live  in.  It  is  situated  about  25 
decrees  south  of  the  Kquator,  and  the  climate  is  perfect.  There  are  no  ex- 
tremes of  temperature,  and  it  is  thereby  a  very  healthy  place,  and  is  not  sub- 
jected to  the  diseases  that  are  prevalent  in  most  of  the  islands  of  the  tropics. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  285 

The  island  is  of  volcanic  formation,  and  appears  like  several  peaks  or  a  range 
•of  mountains  standing  up  out  of  the  sea.  The  highest  point  is  about  1.000 
feet  above  sea  level,  and  the  coastline  is  very  rugged  and  precipitous.  The 
i.sland  is  about  six  miles  long,  and  three  across  in  the  widest  part.  The 
village,  called  .\damstown,  is  situated  on  the  north  side.  There  are  33  houses, 
built  of  weather-boards,  with  thatched  roofs,  within  a  radius  of  less  than  a 
mile.  For  their  water  supply  the  people  depeuil  on  a  spring  in  a  valley  about 
300  feet  above  the  village.  The  water  is  brought  down  in  open  '  flues,'  made 
from  palm  trunks,  for  half  a  mile,  and  run  into  a  large  vat,  from  which  house- 
holds draw  their  supplies.  The  island  produces  an  abundance  of  food  in 
return  for  •.  ery  little  laViour.  The  sweet  potato  and  the  bulb  taro  are  the 
principal  crops.  Then  there  are  water  taro,  yam  manioca,  and  arrowroot 
as  the  root  crops.  Pumpkins,  water-melons,  and  rock-melons  grow  to  per- 
fection, and  the  French-bean  and  cow-pea  do  well.  There  are  nine  clifferent 
kinds  of  banana  and  some  of  the  finest  oranges  that  the  world  can  produce. 
I  wish  that  vve  could  send  you  some.  Then  there  are  pineapple,  passion  fruit, 
custard  apples,  snow  fruit,  mango,  alligator  pears,  and  breadfruit. 

The  island  is  of  historic  interest  as  the  oldest  Briti.sh  colony  in  the 
southern  hemisphere  after  Sydney  and  Norfolk  Island.  The  mutineers  of 
the  '  Bounty,'  from  whom  the  present  inhabitants  are  descended,  settled  there 
in  1790.  The  island  was  uninhabited  when  they  reached  it,  but  they  were  not 
the  first  to  dwell  on  it.  Stone  axes,  stone  pillars,  and  figures  like  those  of 
F'aster  I.sland,  and  skeletons,  with  pearl  mus.sels  placed  beneath  their  heads, 
have  been  found  on  Pitcairn.  Like  the  mystery  of  Easter  Island,  the  problem 
of  how  (it  njay  be  long  before  the  keels  of  Magellan's  ships  furrowed  the  waters 
of  the  Pacific)  these  people  came  to  inhabit  this  speck  of  land  so  lost  in  the 
blue  imm_en,sites  of  ocean  that  it  had  but  one  species  of  land  bird,  a  small  tree 
creeper,  when  it  was  rediscovered,  will  perhaps  never  be  solved.  \\'hv  they 
vanished  from  the  island  is  another  mystery  to  which  there  is  no  key.  The 
second  colonisation  was  due  to  the  presence  on  the  "  Bountj'  "  of  a  book 
describing  the  voyage  of  H.M.S.  .sloop  "  Swallow  "  in  the  Pacific  under  Phillip 
Carteret.  In  1767  Carteret  visited  Pitcairn,  which  he  named  after  the  mid- 
shipman who  first  sighted  it.  To  escape  the  long  arm  of  the  English  law, 
which  did,  in  fact,  afterwards  reach  out  to  Tahiti  and  pluck  thence  some  of 
their  fellow-mutineers,  Fletcher  Christian  and  eight  others  sailed  to  Pitcairn 
in  the  '  Bounty'  in  1790,  taking  with  them  six  Polyne.sian  men  and  a  dozen 
women.  They  ran  the  '  Bounty  '  ashore,  and  burnt  her,  and  their  retreat 
remained  unknown  to  the  outside  world  for  18  5'ears.  In  1808  the  American 
whaler  '  Topaz '  touched  at  Pitcairn,  and  her  captain  was,  to  his  intense 
surprise,  hailed  in  Engli.sh  by  some  youths  in  a  canoe,  the  half-caste  sons  of 
the  mutineers.  Of  the  mutineers  them.selves  but  one  remained,  Alexander 
Smith,  who  took,  for  some  oKscure  reason,  the  name  of  John  Adams.  Indeed, 
of  the  15  men  who  landed  on  Pitcairn  in  1790  all  but  Adams  were  dead  in 
1800,  and  with  one  exception  they  died  a  violent  death.  "  Imnk  and  the 
devil  had  done  for  the  rest,"  as  the  pirate's  song  in  "  Treasure  Island"  r>.ins. 
Their  "  drink,"  by  the  way,  was  a  spirit,  said  to  resemble  whisky,  which  a 
Scot  named  McCoy  contrived  to  extract  from  the  root  of  the  tea-tree.  The 
dangerous  .secret  seems  to  have  died  with  IMcCoj-. 

Towards  the  middle  of  the  19th  century  Pitcairn  became  almost  a  regular 
place  of  call  for  many  vessels  of  the  immense  fleet  of  American  whalers  which 
overran  the  South  Pacific.      In    1844,  for  instance.  40  whalers,  of  which   ^!'. 


288  STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

were  American,  touched  at  Pitcairn.  and  the  inhabitants  did  a  brisk  trade  in 
vegetables  and  other  fresh  provisions.  In  the  gohlen  days  of  1 840,  too, 
Pitcairn  came  into  closer  touch  with  Austraha  than  it  has  ever  been  before  or 
since.  Austraha's  age  of  gold  had  not  yet  begun,  and  there  was  a  "  ru.sh  " 
across  the  Pacific  to  California.  In  1849  eight  ves.sels  on  this  run  called  at 
Pitcairn.  One  story  of  this  period  has  come  down  to  us.  A  child  fell  over- 
board Vihile  a  vessel  bound  from  San  Francisco  to  Australia  was  lying  off  the 
island.  George  Adams,  a  son  of  the  patriarch,  sprang  into  the  water  and 
saved  the  youngster.  The  grateful  father,  a  successful  di;7;ger,  prcs.sed  a  bag 
of  gold  upon  the  rescuer,  but  the  islander  refused  it,  saying  :  "  Why.  I  ha\e 
done  nothing  but  my  duty." 

Nor  were  these  long-lost  Briti.sh  subjects  altogether  forgottgn  in  their 
isolation  by  the  authorities.  Fears  that  their  numbers  were  growing  too 
large  for  the  restricted  space  offered  by  their  little  island  led  to  two  attempts 
to  drag  them  away  from  Pitcairn.  In  1831  the  "  Lucy  Anne  "  was  sent  from 
Sydney  and  moved  the  whole  population,  men,  women  and  children,  to  Tahiti. 
The  islanders  do  not  appear  to  have  been  anxious  for  the  change,  but  they 
resigned  themselves  to  the  will  of  the  British  Government.  But  neither  the 
climate  nor  the  morals  of  Tahiti  suited  them.  Disease  carried  off  17  of  them 
in  a  few  months,  and  in  1832  they  all  went  back  to  Pitcairn.  Again  in  1856 
Sir  Wilham  Denison,  then  Governor  of  New  South  ^^■ales,  sent  the  "'  Moray- 
shire," which  removed  all  the  inhabitants,  then  194,  to  Norfolk  Island,  the 
one-time  "  Hell  of  the  Pacific,"  which  had  been  left  enipt}'  by  the  removal 
of  the  convicts.  Norfolk  Island  suited  the  Pitcairners  far  better  than  Tahiti, 
but  some  of  them  soon  grew  homesick.  In  1858  two  families  of  Youngs  per- 
suaded a  passing  ship  to  take  them  back  to  Pitcairn,  much  to  the  annoyance 
of  vSir  William  Denison.  Others  followed,  and  the  descendants  of  the  original 
Pitcairners  are  now  divided  between  these  two  lonely  islands,  over  3.000 
miles  apart.  Those  on  Norfolk  Island  are  citizens  of  the  Commonwealth, 
while  Pitcairn  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  High  Commissioner  for  the 
Western  Pacific.  It  is  governed  by  an  elective  body  of  seven,  which  chooses 
its  own  chairman.  A  remarkable  fact  mentioned  by  R.  T.  Simons,  in  a 
report  issued  in  1905,  is  that  the  Pitcairn  Islanders  still  speak  amongst  them- 
selves a  patois  derived  in  the  main  from  the  language  of  the  Tahitian  women, 
whom  the  mutineers  took  to  the  island,  though  most  of  them  also  speak 
English  fairly   well. 


EASTER   ISLAND 

[DKPFNDKNCY    OF    ClIIIJ. 


Faster  Island,  which  possesses  special  interest  on  account  of  its  wonder- 
ful ruins  and  colossal  shore  images,  is  remarkably  isolated,  being  more  than 
2,000  miles  from  Chili,  to  which  country  it  belongs,  and  separated  from  the 
easternmost  of  the  Polynesian  archipelagoes  by  more  than  1,000  miles  of 
open  sea.     The  island  is  12  miles  in  length,  by  about  five  in  width,  and  was 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  287 

discovered  by  Roggeveen  in  1722,  and  subsequently  visited  by  Cook  and  La 
Perouse  whose  accounts  with  those  of  later  visitors  have  invested  it  with  great 
interest.  Triangular  in  shape,  it  has  at  each  corner  a  volcanic  peak,  of 
which  one  rises  to  a  height  of  1,800  feet.  The  soil  is  mostly  decomposing 
lava,  and  indeed  the  whole  surface  of  the  island  is  considered  to  be  of  recent 
volcanic  origin.  There  is  nothing  of  the  tropical  luxuriance  that  we  associate 
with  South  Sea  islands  about  liaster  Island.  It  has  no  cocoanvit  palms,  no 
breadfruit  tree,  and  no  masses  of  tangled  vegetation.  It  lies  indeed  beyond 
the  tropics,  for  it  is  to  the  south  of  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  but  it  does  not  even 
show  that  luxuriance  of  vegetation  found  at  such  a  place  as  Norfolk  Island. 
Trees  it  has  none  ;  there  are  a  few  bushes,  but  most  of  the  surface  is  covered 
only  with  grass.  The  remnants  of  the  native  population  which  still  linger 
there  cultivate  bananas  in  specially  prepared  and  artiRcially  sheltered  hollows, 
and  grow  sugar-cane  and  sweet  potatoes.  The  greater  part  of  the  island  is 
given  up  to  the  cattle  and  sheep  of  a  Chilian  company,  and  the  only  regular 
comnmnication  with  the  outside  vvorld  is  the  yearly  visit  of  a  schooner  front 
Chili. 

Such  is  Easter"  Island  to-day,  one  of  the  most  out-of-the-way  corners  of 
the  habitable  globe.  But  its  real  interest  belongs  to  its  past,  not  to  its  present, 
and  no  area  of  equal  size  in  the  world  furnishes  such  diiificult  yet  fascinating 
problems.  Whoever  can  solve  the  mysteries  of  Kaster  Island  will  be  able  to 
throw  a  flood  of  light  on  the  early  history  of  the  Pacific  and  of  the  lands 
around  it.  When  Roggeveen  readied  the  island  on  the  day  from  which  it 
takes  its  name — Easter  Sunday,  1722 — it  had  a  populaticm  estimated  by  him 
at  between  2,000  and  3,000.  'The  natives  now  number  28.",  and  in  addition 
there  are  about  50  Chileans  employed  by  the  aforementioned  company.  The 
island  had  great  terraces,  built  up  of  great  stones,  huge  images  carved  out  of 
stxme,  and  scattered  by  hundreds,  nay  thousands,  over  the  island,  strange 
rock  carvings,  and  most  wonderful  perhaps  of  all,  a  .system  of  writing  which 
appears  to  have  been  somewhat  akin  to  the  Egyptian  hieroglyphics.  Some 
of  these  things,  and  more  particularh-  the  great  stone  .statues,  forced  them- 
selves on  the  attention  of  everyone  of  the  few  navigators  who  have  visited 
Easter  Island  since  the  days  of  Roggeveen,  Gonzalez,  Cook,  La  Perouse,  and 
others,  but  only  within  the  last  few  years  has  much  scientific  study  been  given 
to  the  island.  And  by  that  time  most  of  the  old  customs  and  the  old  tradi- 
tions of  the  people  had  passed  away.  Small-pox  and  other  epidemics  have 
thinned  out  the  population,  and  in  1<S().3  came  a  worse  scourge.  Peruvian 
slavers,  v>lio  carried  off  about  hali  the  people,  to  toil  and  die  in  exile,  working 
the  guano  deposits  of  the  Chincha  Islands.  This  included  most  of  those  who 
knew  the  secret  of  the  native  writing,  and  the  more  active  and  vigorous  of 
the  male  population.  I'-'haps  even  more  complete  a  break  with  the  past 
was  caused  by  the  conversion  of  the  natives  who  were  left  to  Christianity, 
which  began  in  1864.  But  in  the  years  1914  and  1915,  two  English  scientific 
explorers,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Scoresby  Routledge,  spent  16  months  on  Easter  Island. 
They  not  only  made  a  careful  study  of  the  monuments,  but  gathered  together 
what  they  could  of  the  native  traditions.  Much  light  was  thrown  on  the 
problems  of  Easter  Island  by  a  paper  which  Mrs.  Routledge  read  before  the 
Hoyal  Geographical  Society  recentlj'-,  and  by  the  discussion  which  followed. 


288  STEWART'S   HAND   BOCK 

The  great  .stf)ne  statues  are,  of  nnirse,  the  most  striking  feature  f  f  I-^asler 
Island.  Most,  but  not  all,  cf  these  stand  on  the  remarkable  stone  terraces 
which  line  the  coasts  of  the  island  to  the  numljer  of  about  200  in  all.  Many 
of  the  more  remarkaljle  of  the  statues,  and  other  relics,  however,  are  ni,  longer 
there,  but  are  in  the  nmseunis  of  Uurope.  The  large.st  of  these  terrac;-s, 
the  "  ahu,"  consist  of  a  wall  about  300  feet  long,  and  from  8  feet  to  14  feet 
high,  flanked  on  the  landward  side  by  a  paved  slope.  These  walls  are  built 
of  great  slabs  of  storie,  fitted  together  without  mortar,  and  bear  a  very  striking 
resemblance  to  the  wonderful  Inca  or  pre-Tnca  stone  walls  whi<'h  the  Spaniards 
found  in  Cuzco  and  elsewhere  when  they  captured  Peru.  I'nder  these 
"  terraces  "  lie  the  bones  of  the  dead,  and  on  a  platform  on  top  of  the  central 
part  of  the  wall  stood  the  images,  now  all  cast  down,  looking  inward  over  the 
island.  Some  of  the  images  were  30  feet  in  height,  indeed,  the  tallest  was 
33  feet,  but  from  12  feet  to  18  feet  or  20  feet  was  the  more  u.sual  height. 
They  represent  the  upper  half  of  the  human  bod}',  and  have  been  carved  out 
of  a  volcanic  rock.  On  the  heads  of  the  statues  were  "  crowns"  about  five 
feet  high,  and  carved  out  of  a  different  stone,  a  red  volcanic  ash  found  in  a 
different  part  of  the  island.  The  statues  were  carved  out  of  the  solid  rock 
on  the  slopes  of  an  extinct  volcano  called  Rano  Raraku.  In  these  "  quarries  " 
there  are  still  about  150  statues  in  various  stages  of  completion.  Some  have 
evidently  been  abandoned  owing  to  a  flaw  in  the  stone,  others  were  perhaps 
not  intended  to  be  moved.  The  largest  is  68  feet  high,  as  against  33  feet 
for  the  largest  found  away  from  the  quarry.  The  tools  with  which  the  woirk 
was  done,  made  of  obsidian  or  volcanic  glass,  are  still  about  the  quarry. 
Traces  of  three  roads  leading  away  from  the  mountain  have  been  found  : 
along  these  the  statues  were  apparently  taken  from  the  quarries  to  the  places 
where  they  were  to  be  set  up.  One  of  the  roads  is  six  miles  long,  and  images 
Jiave  been  set  up  at  every  few  hundred  yards  along  it.  How  these  huge 
statues  were  moved  frcni  nlace  to  place  and  set  up  remains  a  mystery.  It  has 
been  conjectured  that  these*  remarkable  statues  and  terraces  were  the  work 
not  of  the  ancestors  of  the  present  inhabitants,  but  of  some  vanished  race  ; 
but  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Routledge  incline  to  the  idea  that  the  statues  were  the  work 
of  the  ancestors  of  the  present  Easter  Lslanders,  and  that  the  making  of  them 
was  only  abandoned  in  recent  times.  A  remarkable  thing  about  the  present 
population  is  that  it  is  by  no  means  uniform  in  type.  In  colour  the  people 
range  from  a  "sallow  white"  to  a  deep  brown.  Some  are  distinctly  Mela- 
nesian  in  type,  others  are  Polynesian.  There  is  a  tradition  amongst  the 
inhabitants  that  their  ancestors  found  an  earlier  race  than  when  they  landed^ 
and  the  divergences  of  physical  type  favour  this  idea.  vSo  the  mystery  cf 
this  strange  island,  which  seems,  in  spite  of  its  isolation  and  remoteness,  to 
have  been  inhabited  for  ages,  and  b}'  more  than  one  race,  still  awaits  a  solution. 
The  decaying  remnants  of  its  native  people  are  far  outnumbered  by  the 
giant  statues  of  old-time  kings  or  gods,  carved  no  man  knows  when  or  by 
whom,  and  they  have  lost  for  ever  the  secrets  of  the  advances  in  civilisatiotv 
made  by  tho.se  who  went  before  them. 


OF  THE  FACIKIC  IStANDS  289 


OTHER  ISLANDS. 


There  are  numerous  other  small  islands  scattered  throughout  Polynesia, 
which,  as  they  possess  no  features  of  interest,  require  onh'  a  brief  reference. 
Some  of  these  are  : — 

Palmyra,  a  cocoanut  island,  north  of  the  line,  formerly  owned  by  Mr. 
W'underburg,  of  Honolulu,  and  now  the  property  of  Judge  Cooper,  of  Hono- 
lulu ;  and  Jarvis,  a  guano  island,  a  few  miles  south  of  the  line. 

Lying  to  the  north-east  of  the  Cook  group  are  three  islands,  formerly 
in  the  occupation  of  S.  Maxwell  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  Auckland,  under  lease  from 
the  French  Government,  viz.,  Scilly,  Maupihaa,  and  BelUnghausen.  The 
two  former  produce  copra  and  pearlshell  ;  Bellinghausen  has  very  few  cocoa- 
nut  trees  and  is  uninhabited.  Scilh'  Island  is  an  atoll  discovered  by  Wallis 
in  1767.  Maupihaa,  also  discovered  by  Wallis  in  the  same  year,  and  surveyed 
by  Lieutenant  de  Vaisseau  Lavenir,  of  the  PYench  Navy,  in  1893,  consists  of 
many  low  islands  on  a  reef  surrounding  a  lagoon  and  occupying  a  space  10 
miles  long  north  and  south  and  four  :niles  wide.  It  was  here  that  the  German 
raider  '"See  Adler,"  which  was  stranded  and  abandoned  in  Augu.st,  1917, 
left  her  captured  crews  marooned  for  some  months.  Bellinghausen,  dis- 
covered by  Kotzlene  in  1824,  is  also  an  atoll.  They  are  now  leased  to  the 
Comptoirs  Francais  d'  Oceanic. 

Ducie  Island,  lying  about  850  miles  west  of  Easter  Island  ;  Elizabeth  or 
Henderson  Island,  about  2  J  miles  in  width,  and  190  miles  west  of  Ducie  Island  ; 
and  Oeno  Island,  about  (55  miles  north-west  by  north  from  Pitcairn,  are 
British  possessions. 

The  four  tiny  Bass  Isles  lie  40  miles  east  by  south  of  Rapa,  whence  they 
are  visible  in  fine  weather.  The  south-east  rock  (346  feet)  is  the  highest  in 
the  group.     They  are  uninhabited. 

The  Hull,  Maria  or  Sands  Islands  (four)  lie  between  the  Austral  and 
Cook  groiips,  and  are  also  uninhabited. 

Flint  Island  (British),  situated  in  latitude  11  degrees  25  minutes  S.. 
longitude  151  degrees  48  minutes  W.,  is  about  13  feet  high,  three  miles  lu 
length  by  half  a  mile  broad  ;  and  is  fringed  by  a  coral  reef,  through  which  a 
boat  pa.ssage  has  been  blasted.  It  is  held  under  a  99  years'  lease  from  the 
British  Government  by  S.  Maxwell  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  and  contains  about  26,000 

J 


'.290  STKWAKT  S   HANI)    HOOK 

cocoamU  litti^s,  most  of  which  were  plaiiU-d  l)y  the  original  holders,  John  T. 
Arundel  &  Co.  The  present  production  is  about  200  tons  of  copra  per  annum. 
A  white  manager  and  25  natives  carry  on  the  work  of  the  island,  which  is 
visited  from  Tahiti  three  f»r  four  times  a  year. 

Vostock  is  a  low,  sandy,  wooded  islet  in  latitude  10  degrees  ~)  minutes 
S.,  longitude  152  degrees  23  minutes  W.  It  was  discovered  by  Bellinghausen 
in  1820,  has  been  annexed  by  Great  Britain,  .-ind  has  also  been  leased  by  S. 
Maxwell  &  Co.,  Ltd. 

Laysan  Island,  about  800  miles  west  of  Honolulu,  about  three  miles  long 
and  one-and-a-half  wide,  its  highest  point  above  the  sea  not  exceeding  30 
feet,  and  with  a  small  lagoon  in  the  centre,  belongs  to  the  United  States. 
It  teems  with  bird  life,  and  was  in  1903-4  visited  by  an  expedition  under  Dr. 
Charles  H.  Gilbert,  who,  in  his  account  of  it,  says  : — "  Small  as  the  island  is 
it  furnishes  an  asyUini  for  millions  of  birds.  Their  combined  cries  and 
minstrelsy  made  such  a  deafening  chorus  that  if  we  wished  to  converse  we 
found  it  necessary  to  shout  to  one  another.  So  dense  is  the  bird  life  that  the 
various  species  have  economised  space  by  building  their  nests  one  above 
another,  and  the  similarity  of  these  tiers  of  nests  to  the  flats  in  tall  apartment 
houses,  is  quite  marked.  Nesting  room  is  at  a  premium,  every  available 
inch  on  the  island  being  occupied  by  some  species.  A  curious  thing  is  that 
these  birds  seem  to  understand  that  certain  sections  are  allotted  to  them 
by  inherited  custom." 

Lisiansky  Island,  lying  113  miles  west  by  south  from  Laysan  Island, 
is  a  coral  island  about  three  miles  in  circumference.  Birds  and  turtle 
abound. 

Necker  Island,  annexed  to  Hawaii  in  1895,  lies  in  latitude  23  degrees 
35^  minutes  N.  and  164  degrees  40  minutes  W.  It  is  a  rocky  island  about  a 
mile  long  with  some  prehistoric  remains. 

French  Frigate  Atoll,  90  miles  west  of  Necker  Island,  is  also  an  outlier 
of  the  Hawaiian  Group.     It  has  been  the  scene  of  several  wrecks. 

Johnston  or  Cornwallis  Island  lies  in  latitude  10  degrees  44  minutes  N., 
and  longitude  169  degrees  32  minutes  W.  and  teems  with  sea  birds.  It,  also, 
has  been  annexed  by  Hawaii. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  291 


OUTLYING  ISLANDS  OF  NEW  ZEALAND 


THE   CHATHAMS. 

The  outh'ing  group  of  the  Chatham  Islands,  lying  between  the  parallels 
of  43  degrees  30  minutes  and  44  degrees  30  minutes  south  latitude,  and  the 
meridians  of  17o  degrees  40  minutes  and  177  degrees  15  minutes  west  longi- 
tude, 480  statute  miles  east-south-east  from  Wellington,  and  536  miles  east- 
ward of  L,yttelton,  consists  of  two  principal  islands  and  several  unimportant 
islets.  They  were  discovered  by  Lieutenant  Broughton  and  named  by  him  in 
honour  of  the  Earl  of  Chatham.  The  largest  island  (Chatham  Island)  con- 
tains about  222,490  acres,  of  which  an  irregularly  shaped  lake  or  lagoon 
absorbs  45,9(10  acres.  About  one-quarter  of  the  surface  of  the  land  is  covered 
with  forest,  the  rest  with  fern  or  grass.  The  hills  nowhere  rise  to  a  great 
height.  Pitt  Island  is  the  next  in  size  ;  the  area  is  15,330  acres.  The  greater 
portion  of  both  islands  is  used  for  grazing  sheep.  Wireless  communication 
has  been  established  between  the  islands  and  New  Zealand. 


KERMADEC  GROUP. 

The  Kermadec  (iroup  of  islands  is  situated  between  29  degrees  10  minutes 
and  31  degrees  30  minutes  south  latitude,  and  between  177  degrees  45  minutes 
and  179  degrees  west  longitude.  The)^  are  named  the  Raoulor  Sunday  Island, 
Macavilay  Island,  Curtis  Islands,  and  L'Esperance  or  French  Rock.  The 
principal  island,  Sunday,  is  GOO  miles  distant  from  Auckland,  and  lies  a  little 
more  than  half-way  to  Tonga,  but  100  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  direct 
steam  roiite  to  that  place.  It  is  300  miles  eastward  of  the  steam  route  to 
Fiji,  and  150  miles  westward  of  the  steam  route  from  Auckland  to  I-larotonga. 
]Macaulay  Island  (named  after  the  father  of  Lord  Macaulay)  and  Curtis  Islands 
were  discovered  in  May,  1788,  l)y  1/ieutenant  Watts,  in  the  "  I'enrhyn,"  a 
transport  ship.  The  remainder  of  the  group  was  discovered  in  1793,  by 
Admiral  Bruni  d' Rntrecasteaux.  The  admiral  gave  the  name  of  "  Ker- 
madec" to  the  whole  group  of  islands,  after  the  captain  of  his  consort  "^hip 
"  Esperauce,"  and  the  name  of  the  admiral's  ship  "La  Recherche"  was 
given  to  the  largest  island.  The  name  so  given  was  not  continued,  but  that 
of  "  Raoul  "  has  taken  its  place,  which  would  appear  to  have  been  given  after 
tlie  sailing-master  of  the  "La  Recherche."  whose  name  was  Joseph  Raoul. 
The  name  of  "  Sunday  "  may  have  been  attached  to  the  island  from  the  fact 
that  it  \v'as  discovered  on  a  Sunday.  The  i.slands  are  volcanic,  and  in  two  of 
them  signs  of  activity  arc  still  to  be  seen.  The  rainfall  is  plentiful,  but  not 
excessive.  The  climate  is  mild  and  equable,  and  slightly  warmer  than 
the  north  of  New  Zealand.     The  following  are  the  areas  of  the  islands  and 


292  STEWART'S  HAND  BOOK 

islets  of  the  Rroup  :  Sunday  Island,  7,200  acres  ;  Herald  group  of  islets,  ^5 
acres;  Macaulay  Island,  7<)4  acres;  Curtis  Islands,  128  acres  and  19  acres; 
I^'Esperarce,  12  acres  ;  total,  8,208  acres.  Sunday  Island  is  20  miles  in 
circumference,  roughly  triangular  in  shape,  and  at  the  highest  point  1,723 
feet  above  sea-level.  It  is  rugged  and  broken  over  a  very  large  extent  of 
its  surface,  and,  except  in  a  few  places,  covered  with  forest.  The  soil  everj-- 
where  on  the  island  is  very  rich,  being  formed  by  the  decompo.sition  of  a 
black-coloured  pnniiceous  tuff  and  a  black  andesitic  lava,  with  which  is  closely 
mixed  a  fine  vegetable  uiould.  The  great  luxuriance  and  richness  of  the 
vegetation  bear  witness  to  the  excellence  of  the  soil,  which  is  everywhere — 
except  where  destroyed  by  eruptions,  and  ou  the  steep  clifis — the  same  rich 
loam.  Want  of  water  is  one  of  the  drawbacks.  Three  of  the  four  lakes  on 
the  island  are  fresh,  but  so  difficult  of  approach  as  to  be  practically  useless. 


AUCKLAND   ISLANDS. 

The  Auckland  Islands  were  discovered  on  August  IS,  180(i.  l>y  Captai'- 
Abraham  Bristcw,  in  the  ship  "  Ocean."  The  discoverer  named  the  group 
after  Lord  Auckland,  again  visited  the  i.slands  in  1807,  and  then  took  formal 
possession  of  them.  They  lie  about  200  miles  south  of  Bluff  Harboiu,  their' 
accepted  position  being  given  at  latitude  oO  degrees  32  minutes  south,  and 
longitude  166  degrees  13  mini;tes  east.  They  have  several  good  harbours.  Port 
Ross,  at  the  north  end  of  the  principal  island,  v,-as  described  by  the  eminent 
French  commander  I)'  Urville  as  one  of  the  best  harbours  of  refuge  in  the  known 
world.  At  the  southern  end  of  the  island  there  is  a  through  passage  extending 
from  the  east  to  the  west  coast.  It  has  been  variously  named  Adams  Strait 
and  Carnley  Harbour,  and  forms  a  splendid  sheet  cf  water.  The  largest  of  the 
islands  is  about  27  miles  long  by  about  15  miles  broad,  and  is  very  moun- 
tainous, the  h.ighest  part  being  about  2,000  ft.  above  the  sea.  Tlie  west  coast 
is  bold  and  precipitous,  but  the  east  coast  has  several  inlets.  The  wood  on 
the  island  is,  owing  to  the  strong  prevailing  wind,  scrubby  in  character.  The 
New  Zealand  Government  maintains  at  this  island  a  depot  of  provisions  and 
clothing  for  the  use  of  shipwrecked  mariners. 


CAMPBELL,  ANTIPODES  AND  BOUNTY  ISLANDS. 

Campbell  Island  was  discovered  in  1810  by  Frederick  llazelburgli» 
master  of  the  brig  "  Perseverance,"  owned  by  Mr.  Robert  Campbell,  of  Syd- 
ney. It  is  mountainous,  and  of  a  circumference  of  about  30  miles.  There 
are  several  good  harbours. 

The  Antipodes,  an  isolated  group,  consisting  of  several  detached  rocky 
islands  lying  nearly  north  and  south  over  a  space  of  four  to  five  miles  ;  accepted 
position,  49  degrees  41  minutes  15  seconds  south,  and  longitude  178  degrees 
43  minutes  east. 

The  Bounty  Islands,  a  little  cluster  of  islets,  !3  in  number  and  without 
verdure,  discovered  in  1788  by  Captain  Bligh,  R.N.,  of  H.^M.S.  "  Bounty." 
Po.sition  verified  bj'  ob.servation,  47  degrees  43  minutes  south,  longitude  17!> 
degrees,  0\  minutes  east. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


J93 


AUSTRALIA'S   TRADE    WITH 
THE   ISLANDS,  I9I6-I7. 


FIJI. 


Imports  of  Fijian  Origin. 


Quantity 

Valuk 

£ 
43,619 

■Copra,    cwt. 

37,013 

Fruits,  Fresh- 

Bananas,   cntl. 

386,017 

198.323 

Citrus,  cntl.        .  .           

278 

350 

Pineapples,  cntl. 

4 

5 

Xiits — Edible             

.",82 

Hides — Cattle  and  Horse  No. 

4,206 

5,845 

Sugar — 

Produce  of  Cane,  cwt. 

908,869 

830,704 

Molassses,  cwt. 

211,412 

16,345 

All  other  Articles     . . 

*  12,005 

Total   Imports   of   Produce  or  Manufacture 

of  Fiji         

1,107,578 

Tota!     Imports    Direct    from    Fiji    without 
regard  to  Country  of  origin 


1,112,446 


Exports"  thereto. 

gu-VNTlTV 

\"ALrE 

x:lASvS  1.— Foodstuffs  oi  Animal  Origin. 

£• 

Butter,  lb 

38,3.'>0 

2,952 

Fish                  

464 

Meats- 

Preserved  in  Tins,  lb. 

54,581 

2.444 

Other 

1,287 

Milk  and  Cream,  Preserved,  &c.,  lb. 

MI.Ol'I 

3,894 

Other  Animal  Foodstuflfs   .  . 

396 

Total,  Class  I.                

11,437 

luclmles  Rubber.  Cnnle.  ii6,(iiil. 


294 


STEWART'S   HAND   BOOK 


CLASS    II.— Foodstuffs    oi    Vegetable    Origin, 
and  Salt. 

Biscuits,  lb 

Confectionery,  u.e.i.,  lb. 
Fruits — 

Fresh,  cntl. 

Dried  and  Preserved 
Grain  and  Pulse — 

T'^nprepared 

Prepared — 

Bran,  Pollard,  &c.,  cntl. 
Flour,  cntl. 
Rice,  cntl. 
Other 
J  am  and  Jellies,  lb. 
Salt,  csvt."      .  . 

Table  Preparations  of 
Spices,  It). 

Curr}-  Powders 
vSugar — Cane,  cwt.   .  . 
Vegetables — 

Potatoes,  cwt. 

Onions,  cwt. 
Other  Vegetable  I'oodstur' 

Total,  Class  II. 

CLASS  III. — Beverages  (Non-alcoholic,  &c.) 

CLASS  IV. — Spirits  and  Alcoholic  Liquors,  &c 
Ale  and  Porter,  Cider  and  Perry,  gal. 
Spirits,  gal.    .  . 
Wine,  gal. 

Total.  Class  IV 

CLASS  v.— Tobacco  and  Preparations  thereof,  lb. 

CLASS  VI.— Live  Animals. 

Horses,  No. 
Other  animals 

Total,  Class  VI 

CLASS  VII — Animal  Substances,  &c     . . 

CLASS  VIII. — Vegetable  Substances  and  Fibres 

CLASS     IX. — Apparel,     Textiles,     and     Manu- 
factured Fibres. 

Apparel  — 

Boots  and  Shoes,  and  Minor  Articles  for 

Hats  and  Caps,  &c. 

Otiier  Articles  of  Apparel 
Textiles 

Piece  Goods- 
Canvas,  &c. 
Cotton  and  Liuen 

Silk,    &c 

Velvets,  &c. 


Quantity 

Value 

£ 

436,163 

30,679 

60,054 

2,660 

1,415 

1.487 

1,186 

•- 

760 

106,334 

37,135 

43.977 

25,621 

12,041 

7,778 

836 

99,297 

1,9.59 

12,111 

2,648 

74 

7,336 

459 

627 

""  48 

73 

9,466 

3,881 

5,316 

1,930 

1.863 

•  • 

121,556 

•• 

5,925 

23,793 

17,014 

4,599 

3,236 

11,699 

1,902 

•• 

'  16,837 

71,S73 

10.152 

223 

5,814 
1,689 

•• 

7,503 

169 

•• 

1,703 

5.906 

1,285 

18,193 


1,46S 

1<^.I67 

597 

1,534 


OF  THE  ■PACiriC  ISLANDS 


295 


Woollens    .  . 

Other  Textiles 

Manufactured  Fibres 
Bags  and  Sacks 
Cordage  and  Twines,  &c. 

Total  Class  IX.  

CI^ASS  X.— Oils,  Fats,  and  Waxes. 

Oils- 
Benzine,  Benzoline,  and  Gasoline,  gal. 

Castor,  gal. 

Cocoanut,  cwt. 

Kerosene,  gal. 

I/inseed,  gal. 

Lubricating  (Mineral),  and  Mineral,  n.e.i.,  sal. 

Other      .."         ..  

Tallow,  cwt.  .  .  .  .  . .  .  .  . .  ■ 

Other  Fats  and  Waxes 

Total,  Class  X.  

CLASS  XL— Paints  and  Varnishes 

CLASS    XII.— Stones    and    Minerals    used    In- 
dustrially. 

Coal,  ton 

Other  Stones,  &c.     . . 

Total,  Class  XII 


CLASS  XIII.- 

Oxold 

Silver 

Bronze 


Specie. 


yu.\XT]TY 

V.\Lvi; 

£ 

i.2:u 

5,542 

4.:}03 

7,467 

fi5,693 

5,41  r 

451 

872 

175 

349 

957 

5.414 

407 

7,544 

1.480 

.'1,211 

1.794 

755 

1,202 

7,221 

I7,()7S 


2,273 


30  9i:i 
539 

31,462 


200 


Total,  Class  XIII 

CLASS    XIV.— Metals    (Unmanufactured)    and 
Ores 

CLASS  X\'. — Metals,  partly  Manufactured 

CLASS    XVI.— Machinery,    and    Other    Manu- 
factures of  Metal. 

Machines  and  Machinery — 

Fngines  .  .  .  .  .  .    • 

Implements    and    ^Machinery,    Agricultural, 

&c.  

Other  Machines  and  Machinery 
Metal  Manufactures — 
Bolts  and  nuts 

Cutlery  

Iron  and  Steel — 

Plate  and  Sheet,  Galvanised,  cwt. 
Not  Galvanised,  cwt. 


4,402 
1,227 


200 


3,035 
4,681 


3 1 3 

1  .S(>3 
10,745 

2,50ti 
1,003 

8,0t)9 
1 ,902 


296 


STEWART'S  HANi>   BOOK 


Lamps  and  Lampware 

Nails,    cvvt. 

Pipes  and  Tubes  (Iron  and  Steel) 

Rails,  Fishplates,  &c. 

Tools  of  Trade  .  . 

Wire — Barbed,   cwt.    .  . 

Other 
Wire  Netting    .  . 
Other  Metal  Manufactures 

Total,  Class  XVI. 


QlANTITN' 

\'Ai,rE 

£ 

453 

i,328 

2,226 

1,723 

2,856 

1,809 

93 

122 

517 

67 

25,159 

61,333 


CLASS   XVII— Indiarubber    and    Leather,    and 
Manufactures  thereof,  &c. 

Belting  

Indiarubber,   &c. 

Leather 

Leather  Manufactures,  n.c.i. 

Total,  Class  XVII 

CLASS  XVIII.— Wood  and   Wicker,   Raw  and 
Manufactured. 

Furniture 

Timber,  Undressed  (including  Logs),  sup.  ft. 
Other   Timber,    Wood    and   Wicker   and   Manu- 
factures 

Total,   Class  XVIII 

CI<ASS    XIX. — Earthenware,    Cements,    Stone- 
ware, and  Glassware. 

Cement,   cvvt. 
Karthenware,    &c.    . . 

Total,  Class  XIX 

CLASS  XX.— Paper  and  Stationery. 

Paper 

Stationery — Books,  &c 

Other 

Total,  Class  XX.  

CLASS   XXI. — Jewellery,   Timepieces,   and 
Fancy  Goods 

CLASS  XXII.— Optical,  Surgical,  and  Scientific 
Instruments 


843,451 


12,821 


1,394 
1,649 
1,687 
3,365 


8,095 


2,01.> 

8.4.55 

2,209 
12,679 


2,234 
3,113 

5,347 


3,2.30 
1,006 
4,1.30 

8,. 366 


2,863 


2,033 


CLASS 


Medicines 


XXIII.— Drugs, 
Fertilisers. 


Chemicals       and 


1,314 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


297 


Calcium,  Carbide  of,  cwt.  .  . 

Fertilisers,  cwt. 

Other  Drugs  and  Chemicals 

Total,  Class  XXIII. 


Ot-'ANTITY 

372 
15,839 


Value 

£ 

420 
9,213 
4,290 

15,237 


CLASS   XXIV.— Miscellaneous. 

Arms,  Ammunition,  and  Explosives 

Electrical  Materials 

Musical  Instruments 

Matches  and  Vestas 

Soap,  lb 

Vehicles- 
Bicycles,  &c.,  and  Parts 
Other  and  Parts 

Vessels  Transferred  Abroad,  No. .  . 

All  Other  Articles 

Total,  Class  XXIV. 

Australian  Produce 
Other  Produce 

Total  


110,735 


382 

803 

492 

2,032 

2,093 

210 
7,197 

6,457 

19,666 

261,481 
163,975 

425,456 


PAPUA. 


Imports  of  Papnan  Origin. 


Coffee,  lb 

Copra,  cwt.   . . 

Fish,  cwt. 

Gold- 
Bullion,  oz. 
Ore,  cwt. 

Indiarubber  and  Manufactures 

Ores — Other  than  Gold,  cwt. 

Timber,  Wood  and  Wicker 

All  other  Articles     .  . 


Total    Imports  of    Produce   or   Manufactures  of 
Papua 

Total   Imports  direct   from    Papua   without 
regard  to  Country  of  origin 


Quantity 

Value 

£ 

12,810 

15,650 

14 

70 

6,724 

22,768 

4,332 

4,691 

18,084 

28,746 

*1.'-),718 

365 

t21,l53 

98,499 


100,008 


*  Copper. 


t  Iiicluiles  Flax  iiiid  }Iem|>  Fibre,  flLSSS. 


29S 


STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 


Exports  thereto. 


CLAvSS  I— Foodstuffs  of  Animal  Origin. 

Butter,    11) 

Cheese,  lb. 
Fish 
Meats — 

Bacon  and  Hams,  Hi 

Tinned,  lb. 

Other      .  . 
Milk — Preserved,  &c.,  lb. 
Other  Animal  Foodstuffs 

Total,  Class  I 

CTvASS  II.— Foodstuffs  of  Vegetable  Origin. 

Biscuits,  lb. 

Fruit^All  Kinds 

Grain  and  Pulse 

Potatoes,   cwt. 

Sugar,  cwt. 

Other  Vegetable  Foodstufis 

Total  Class  II 

CLASvS  IV.— Alcoholic  Liquors     . . 

CLASS  v.— Tobacco  

CLASS  VI. -Live  Animals. 

Sheep,   No.    .  . 

Other  

Total,  Class  VI 

CLASS  rx.  -Apparel,  Textiles,  &c. 

Apparel  — 

Boots  and  Shoes,  &c.  . . 
All  Other  Apparel 

Textiles- 
Piece  Goods 
Other  Textiles 

Manufactured  Fibres 

Total,  Cla,ss  IX.    .  . 

CLASS  X.— Oils,  Fats,  and  Waxes 

CLASS    XII.— Stones    and    Minerals    used    In- 
dustrially. 

Coal,  ton 

Other  Minerals,  &c. 

Total,  Class  XII.  

CLASS    XVI.     Machinery,    and    Other    Manu- 
factures of  Metal. 

Machines  and  Machinery    .  . 


Otantitn 

\'ai.ue 

£ 

38,595 
5,900 

3,080 
315 

6,607 

33,036 
90,213 

51, 985 

1,834 
4,640 
2,224 
1,792 
139 

•• 

20,631 

J60,922 

ij5i 
1,608 

3,267 
1,379 
18,464 
845 
1 ,673 
2,004 

27,632 

4,708 

10,879 

499 

923 
856 

1,779 

1 ,389 
5,839 

7,208 
1 ,854 
3,300 

. . 

19,590 

9,154 

4,062 

2,536 
136 

2,672 

8,789 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


299 


Manufactures  of  Metal —    . . 

Cutlery  

Galvanised  Iron,  cwt. 

Tools  of  Trade  

Other 

Total,  Class  XVI.  

CLASS   XVIII. —Wood  and   Wicker,   Raw  and 
Manufactured. 

Timber 

Other  Wood  and  Wicker    .  . 

Total,  Class  XVIII 

Other  Articles,  including  Classes  too  small  to  be 
specifically  enumerated 

Australian  Produce 
Other  Produce      . .     '     . . 

Total  


Quantity 

Value 

£ 

434 

845 
2,510 
1,515 

7,975 

.- 

21,694 

6,028 
2,043 

8,971 


24,837 

50,920 
92,627 

152,547 


BISMARCK  ARCHIPELAGO 

(Neu  Pommern). 

Imports   oi   Bismarck   Archipelago   Origin. 

Note. — The  Imports  from  Bismarck  Archipelaiio  were  small,  and  are 
not  shown  in  detail.  In  1912  thev  amounted  to  £50;  in  1913  to  £1,398 
(Copra);  in  1914-15  to  £27,266  (Copra,  £26,677);  in  1915-16  to  £80,117 
(Copra,  £68.190;  Cocoa  Beans,  £6,282)  ;  and  in  1916-17  to  £102,153  (Copra, 
£78,136;  Cocoa  Beans,  £8,777;  Rubber,  Crude,  £7,086). 


Exports  thereto. 


Butter,  lb 

Fish — Preserved  (iu  Tinsl,  lb. 
Meats — 

Racon  and  Hams,  lb. 

Preserved 

N.E.I. ,  cwt.       .  . 
Biscuits,  lb. 
C.rain— Flour,  cntl. 
Ale,  Beer,  &c.,  gal. 
Spirits,  gal.   .  . 


Quantity 

\'.\I.T-H 
£ 
1 ,828 
11,100 

22,192 
455,233 

39,277 

S4 

2,211 

16,430 

283 

479,763 

3,473 

54,311 

6,385 

5,470 
2,050 
9,689 
4,313 

300 


STE  \V  A  RT'  t>     B  A  XD     BOC  K 


Quantity 

Value 
e 

18,720- 

Tol.iarco — Manufactured,  lb. 

254,530 

Apparel,  Textiles,  and  Manufactured  Fibres — 

Apparel 

13,800 

Textiles — 

Cotton  Piece  (ioods 

26,013 

Other          

6,610 

Manufactured  I'Mbres 

5,526 

Oils  and  Greases — 

Kerosene,  gal. 

71,340 

4,920 

Other 

5,299 

Faint."  and  Colours 

1 ,302 

Coal,  ton 

186 

144 

Specie — Cold 

Machines  and  Machinery    .  . 

2a  16 

Iron — Galvanised  Plate  and  Sheet,  cwt. 

(!89 

1,200 

Tools  of  Trade           

1,713 

Metal,  Manufactures  of  — 

N.E.I 

11,864 

Timber — 

Dressed,  sup.  ft. 

29,551 

304 

Undre.ssed,  sup.   ft. 

187,860 

2,024 

Other 

Wicker  Wood,  &c.,  iVTanufactures  of 

466 

Arms,  Ammunition,  and  Explosives 

1,394 

Boats               

266 

Oilmen's  Store'^ 

1,388 

Soap,  lb 

139,095 

2,067 

All  other  Article-^     .  . 

*98,153 

Australian  Produce 

71,909 

Other  Produce 

187,156 

Total 


259,065 


HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS. 


Imports   of  Hawaiian  Origin. 

Note. — The  Imports  of  Hawaiian  Islands  origin  were  small,  and  are  not 
shown  in  detail.  In  1912  they  amounted  to  £591  ;  in  1913,  to  £760  ;  and  in 
1914-15  to  £703;  in  1915-16  to  £1,811  ;  and  in  1916-17  to  £636. 


Esports  thereto. 


Butter,  lb 

Meats — 

Mutton  and  Lamb.  P'rozen,  lb 
Other 


Otaxtitv 

Value 

6,696 

542 

Rice,  £26,654;    Silver  Specie,  £25,131. 


OK   THK   PACIFIC   ISLANT>S 


301 


Other      . . 
Onions,  cwt. 
Coal,  ton 
Fertilisers,   cwl. 
All  other  Articles 


Australian   Pro'liue 
Other  Produce 

Total 


OUANTITV 

Value 

6,530 
21,096 
10,009 

£ 

*4 ,358 
2,697 

13,518 
5,154 
6,199 

31.654 
814 

32,468 


NEW  CALEDONIA. 

Import?  oi  New  Caledonian  Origin. 


Bones,  cwt. 

Copra,  cwt.    .  . 

Indiarubber  and  Manufactures 

IMaize,  cntl. 

Ores- 
Chrome,   cwt.    .  . 

Skins- 
Hides,    No. 
Sheep,   No. 
Other,    No 

Wool,  lb 

All  other  Articles     .  . 

Total   Imports  of  Produie  or  I\[auufactures 
of  New  Caledonia 

Total    Imports   direct    from    New   Caledonia 
without  regard  to  Country  of  origin 


(    lANT.l  V 

V.M.rK 

u 

2,017 

709 

800 

1,020 

2 

3,739 

1,291 

() 

I 

17.493 

20,291 

351 

69 

880 

6.077 

335 

1 0,340 

30,938 


34,759 


Exports   thereto. 

CLASS  I.  -  Foodstuffs  oi  Animal  Origin. 

£ 

Butter  and  Substitutes,  lb. 

32,368 

2,703 

Cheese,   lb.    .  . 

30,905 

1,318 

Fish- 

Preserved,     lb.  .  . 

39,822 

1,113 

Other 

76 

Meats — 

Bacon  and  Hams,  lb.   .  . 

7,467 

488 

Preserved  in  Tins,  &c.,  lb.     .  . 

4,063 

261 

Other      .  .           .  .           

105 

Other  Foodstuffs  of  Animal  Origin 

2,736 

Total,  Class  I 

8,800 

t  Includes  Tallow  (iinretineci).  £4,747. 


302  STKWART'S     KAND      Br-OK 


QvAsri'ty 

Value 

CLASS    11— Foodstuffs    of    Vegetable    Origin, 

£ 

and  Salt. 

Biscnits,  lb. 

135,545 

2,211 

Confectionery,   lb.    . . 

24,654 

993 

Fruits- 

Fresh — 

Applies,   cntl. 

311 

363 

Other,    cntl. 

129 

139 

Other  frui'.s 

376 

Grain  and  Pulse — 

I'nprepared — 

Maize,  cntl. 

,  , 

Oats,  cntl.               

48 

18 

Wheat,  cntl. 

171 

73 

Other,  cntl. 

13 

7 

Prepared — 

Bran,  Pollard,  and  Sharps,  cntl. 

4,267 

852 

Flour,  cntl. 

70,656 

42,052 

Rice,  cntl. 

19,221 

10,727 

Others  Prepared 

35 

Legumes — 

Beans  and  Peas,  cntl. 

26 

49 

Peas,  Split,  cntl 

308 

429 

Hops,  lb.        .  .          .  .  - 

3,153 

162 

Jams  and  Jellies,  lb. 

60,920 

1,202 

Salt— 

N.K.I. ,  cwt 

11,739 

2,056 

Table  Preparations 

39 

Sugar,  Produce  of  Cane,  cwt. 

872 

689 

Vegetables,  n.e.i. 

170 

Onions,  cwt. 

3^353 

1,186 

Potatoes,    cwt. 

13,640 

5,188 

Other  Foodstuffs  of  Vegetable  Origin 

•  • 

397 

Total,  Cla.ss  II 

69,413 

CLASS     III. — Beverages     (Non-alcoholic)     and 
Substances  used  in  making. 

Tea,  lb 53,518  2,915 

Other  Beverages,   &c ,  . .  . .  33 

Total,  Class  I JI ..  2,948 


CLAvSS  IV. — Spirits,  Alcoholic  Liquors,  &c. 

Ale  and  Beer,  gal 9,552  1,382 

Spirits- 
Gin,   gal.            836  471 

Whisky,  gal 1.583  1,389 

Other  Spirits,  gal 23,882  2,074 

Wine,  gal.      . . 3,019  761 

Total,  Cla.ss  IV .  .  6,077 

CLASS  \  . — Tobacco  and  Preparations  thereof  . .  7,359 


v^F  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


303 


CLAvSS  VI. — Animals,  Living. 

Horses,  No. 

Sheep,   No.    .  . 

Other  


Total,  Class  VI 

Cl.ASvS  VIII. — Vegetable  Substances  and  Fibres 


QVAXTITV 

Value 

f 

12 

"i20 

93 

213 

1,481 


CLASS     IX.— Apparel,     Textiles,     and     Manu- 
factured Fibres. 

Apparel,   n.e.i. 

Boots  and  Shoes 

Hats  and  Caps 

Piece  Goods — Cotton  and  Linen 

Other  Textiles 

liags  and  Sacks 

Cordage  and  Twine  - 

Metal,  cwt. 

Other      . . 


Total,  Class  IX.    .  . 

CLASS  X.-Oils,  Fats,  and  Waxes 

Lard,  lb 

Naphtha,  gal. 
Oils  (bulk)— 

Castor,    gal. 

Kerosene,   gal. 

Linseed,  gal. 

Lubricating,   gal. 

Turpentine,  gal. 

Other      .  . 
Other  Oils,  Fats,  &c. 

To<^al,  Class  X 

CLASS  XI.  -Paints  and  Varnishes 


CLASS    XII. — Stones    and    Materials    used    In- 
dustrially. 

Coal,  ton  .  .  . .  . .  .  • 

Coke,  ton 

Other  Stones  and  Minerals 

Total,  Clas.?  XII.  

CLAvSS  XIII.     Specie. 

Gold  

Silv^er  


90 


100 


6,448 
6,845 
1,356 
10,771 
3,099 
5,613 

472 

2,367 

36,970 


Total,  Class  XIII. 


5,092 

746 

86,776 

5,908 

2,169 

434 

15,816 

1 ,351 

1 ,465 

241 

3,866 

260 

12,811 

932 

22,124 

16,667 

23,421 

33,137 

75 

•  . 

49,879 

200 

200 

Iik-UkIpiI  ill  Oils  (bulk),  Ottier. 


'MH 


STEWART'S  HAND   BOOK 


Quantity 


Valup. 
£ 


CLASSKS  XI\'.  and  XV. -Metals,  partly  Manu- 
factured, Unmanufactured,  and  Ores 


6,139 


CLASS    XVT.  — Machinery,    and    Other    Manu- 

factuies  of  Metal. 

Agricultural   Implements    .  . 

60 

Machines  and  Machinery    . .           . .           . .           . . 

3,386 

Metal,  Manufactures  of — 

Cutlery                

332 

Iron  and  Steel — (^ialvanised  Plate,  cwt. 

i,"2C6 

2,3S5 

Nails,   cwt. 

1,048 

2,059 

Pipes  and  Tubes,  Iron  and  Steel 

754 

Printers'  Materials 

4 

Tools  of  Trade              

965 

^^'ire— 

Barbed,    cwt. 

66 

117 

N.E.I 

38^ 

Other  Manufactures  of  Metal 

*16,179 

Total,  Class  XVI 

CI^ASS  XVII. — Indiarubber,  Leather,  and  Manu- 
factures thereof,  &c. 

I,eather,   n.e.i. 

I^eather  and  Rubber  Manufactures,  &c... 

Total,  Class  XVII 

CLASS  XVIII.— Wood  and   Wicker,   Raw  and 

Manufactured- 
Furniture 
Timber — 

Undressed,  sup.  ft. 

Other      

Wood  and  Wicker  Manufactures  .  . 

Total  Class  XVIII 

CI,ASS   XIX.— Earthenware,    Cements,    China, 
Glass  and  Stoneware  . . 

CLASS  XX.-Paper  and  Stationery. 

Paper — 

Bags,  cwt. 

Printing 

Other 

Stationer}' 

Total,  Class  XX.  

CLASS  XXL— Jewellery,  Timepieces,  and  Fancy 
Goods     


25,030 


293 


26,626 


1,743 
2,662 

4,405 


612 

300 

3 

932 

1 ,847 
3,109 


1,048 

280 
.344 

727 

2,399 


660 


Includes  Tinned  Plates,  £7Mo. 


OF   THE    PACIFIC   ISLANDS 


305 


CLAvSS  XXII. — Optical,  Surgical,  anu  Scientific- 
Instruments 

CLASS    XX III. -Drugs,    Chemicals,    and    Fer- 
tilisers 

Miscellaneous. 
Arms,  Ammunition,  and  Explosives 
Boats  

Candles,  lb. 
Ivlectriral  Materials 
Instruments,  Musical 
Matches  and  Vestas,  gross  of  boxes 
Oilmen's  .Stores 
Soap,  lb. 
Vehicles 

All   other   Articles,   including   Classes   too   small 
for  specific  enumeration 

Australian  Produce 
Other  Produce 

Total         


Quantity 

Value 

£ 

•• 

1,230 

•• 

1,591 

2,043 

341 

h',752 

225 

223 

34 

4,232 

606 

218 

27400 

2,114 

740 

2,612 

154,368 

99,877 

254,245 


NEW  HEBRIDES. 

Imports  of  New  Hebrides  Origin. 


Quantity 

V.^I.UE 
e 

Collee,  lb 

Copra,  cwt.   .  . 

Fruits,  Fresh — Bananas,  cntl. 

Grain — Maize,  cntl. 

All  other  Articles 

39,713 

120 

15 

10,852 

377 

136 

10 

3,767 

2,432 

Total  Imports  of  Produce  or  Manufactures 
New  Hebrides 

6,722 

Total    Imports   direct    from   New    Hebrides 
without  regard  to  Country  of  origin 

7,249 

Exports  thereto. 


Butter,  lb 

Fish,  Pre.«erved  in  Tins,  lb. 
Meats,  Preserved  in  Tins,  lb. 
Biscuits,    lb. 
Grain  and  PuLse — 

Flour,  cntl. 

Rice,  cntl. 


Quantity 

Value 
£ 

10,31'3 
75,659 
10,644 

194,868 

SHI 
1.972 

570 
2,449 

4,820 
8,470 

2,924 
.5,111 

300 


STEWARTS     HAKD      BOOK 


Sugar,  cut.    .  . 
Ale  and  Beer,  j^al.    .  . 
Tobacco,  Matiufactvired,  lb. 
Apparel,  Textiles,  and  Manufactured  Fibres- 
Apparel 

Textiles — 

Cotton  and  Linen  Piece  Goods 
Other  

Manufactured  Fibres 
Oii8  (in  Hulk)— 

Kero.sene,    gal. 

Other,   gal. 
Specie — 

Cold 

Silver,   &c 

Iron — Gal-  anised  Sheet,  cvvt. 
Metal  M.-^.nufactiires,  and  Machinery 
Timber  - 

Dressed,  sup.  ft. 

Undressed,  sup.  ft. 
Wood,  Maniifactures  of 
Arms,  Ammunition,  &c. 
Boats,   Launches,   &c. 
Ail  other  Articles     .  . 

Australian  Produce 
Other  Produce 

Total 


Quantity 

Value 

V 

936 

4,612 

52,144 

1 ,093 

706 

3,417 

. . 

5,636 

.. 

4,981 
2,. 34  6 
2,254 

28,680 
17, .580 

2,189 
1,656 

229 

3,114 

381 

5,225 

30,881 
71,214 

357 

891 
576 
563 
451 
16,339 

24,939 
41,123 

66,062 


PACIFIC  ISLANDS  (British  and  Foreign). 

(Including  those  Islands  shown  separately.) 


Imports  of  Pacific  Islands  Origin. 

CLASS  II.— Foodstuffs  of  Vegetable  Origin. 

Fruits,  Fresh — 

Bananas,  cntl. 

Other 

Grain  and  Pulse- 
Maize,    cntl. 
Other 

Cocoanuts,  Whole,  cwt. 

Sugar    Molasses,  &c.,  cvvt. 

Other  Vegetable  Foodstuffs 

Total,  Class  II 

CLASS  III.  —Beverages  and  Substances  used  in 
making. 

Cocoa  Beans,  lb.       .  . 

Coffee,  Raw  and  Kiln  Dried,  lb.     .  . 


386,617 

£ 
198,739 

448 

15,094 

2,427 
1,120,281 

5,248 

.153 

1,238 

847,049 

5,320 

1,058,195 

936,052 
50,901 

32,499 
794 

OF    THE   PACIFIC    ISLANDS 


307 


Other 


Total,  Class  111. 


Quantity 


Value 
£ 
2,514 

35,837 


CLASS  VII.— Animal  Substances. 

Plides  and  Skins — 

Cattle,  No 

Other 

Wool,  Creasy,  lb.     .  . 
Other   Animal  Substances.. 

Total,  Class  VII. 


23.213 

27, SOI 

3,349 

34,282 

l,5;»l 

838 

31.G39 


CLASS  VIII.-  Vegetable  Substances. 

Copra,     cwt. . . 

Linseed,  cntl. 

Other  Vegetable  Substances 

Total,  Cla.ss  VIII 

CLASS  X.— Oils,  Fats,  and  Waxes 

CLASS    XI\'.— Metals,     Unmanufactured,     and 
Ores 


23 1 ,094 


258,458 

!  ,273 

259,731 

5,372 


CLASS  XVII. — Indiarubber  and  Leather. 

Iiidiarubber,  Crude 
Leather 

Total,  C1.1SS  XVII 

CLASS  XVIII.— Wood  and  Wicker 


24,530 

2^  ,530 
256 


CLASS    XXIII.— Drugs.    Chemicals 

and 

Fer- 

tilisers. 

Fertilisers — 

Guano,  cwt. 

263,861 

30,090 

Rock  Phospliates,  cwt. 

2,602,861 

296,431 

Other,  cwt. 

Other               

i,'l09 

Total,   Class  XXIII 

All   Other   Articles,   including   Classes   too   small 
for  Specific  Enumeration 

Total   Imports  of  Produce  or  Manufactures 
of  Pacific  Islands 

Total   Imports   Direct    from    Pacific   Islands 
without  regard  to  Country  of  origin     . . 


327,6.30 


23,089 


1,766,.345 


1,795,904 


308 


STEWART  S     HAK1>     BOOK 


Exports   thereto. 


Quantity 

Value 
£ 

CLAS.'^  I  .—Foodstuffs  ol:  Animal  Origin. 

Riitter,  11) 

155,037 

12,377 

Cheese,  lb.     .  . 

54,649 

2,695 

Ke;gs,  in  Shell,  doz. 

2,558 

198 

Fish- 

Preserved  in  Tins,  11). 

..      1,027,537 

27,538 

Other      

1,092 

Honev,  lb.     . . 

3,451 

1.39 

Isinglass,  lb. 

1,091 

128 

Meats,  Poulty  and  Game — 

Bncon  and  Hams,  lb... 

97,282 

5,596 

Fresh  and  Smoked,  lb. 

13,795 

486 

Preserved  by  Cold  Process — 

Eeel".   lb 

268,372 

5,829 

Mutton  and  Lamb, 

lb.   '.'.          '.'. 

91,023 

2,184 

Other 

330 

Potted  or  Concentrated 

620 

Preserved  in  Tins,  lb. .  . 

592,218 

26,272 

Other 

349 

Milk  and  Cream — Preserved, 

&c.,'ib.       '.'. 

355,401 

12,431 

Other  .Animal  Foodstuffs   .  . 

11 

Total,   Class  I 

CLASS     II.— Foodstuffs     of     Vegetable 

and  Salt. 
Biscuits,  lb. 
Confectionery,    lb.    . . 
Fodders- — 

Hay  and  Chaff,  cwt.   . . 
Other,  cwt. 
Fruits — 

Dried,  lb. 
I'resh — 

Apples,  cntl. 
Other,    cntl. 
Fruits  and  Vegetables  (in  Liquid) 
Grain  and  Pul.se,  Unprepared — 
Oats,  cntl. 

Wheat,  cntl 

Other,  cntl 

Prepared — 

Bran,  Pollard  and  Sharps,  cntl 
Flour  (Wheaten),  cntl.   .  . 
Oatmeal,  lb. 
Rice,  Cleaned,  cntl. 
Other,  Prepared  .  . 
Legumes — 

Beans  and  Peas,  cntl. 

Peas,  Split,  cntl 

Plops,,  lb. 

Jams  and  jellies,  lb. 

Mustard,  lb. 

Nuts,  Edible,  lb 

Pickles  and  Sauces 


Origin 


98,275 


3,739,806 
134,062 

61,765 

5,821 

1,872 
779 

454 
262 

58,270 

1,727 

1,389 
916 

1,405 
1,043 
4,266 

770 

519 

1,646 

266 
241 

626 

111,487 

150.774 

83,306 

1.38,132 

38,209 
89,819 

910 
82.238 

331 

318 
381 

4,892 

380,604 

3,685 

10,359 

479 
529 
298 

7,862 
326 
232 

1 ,593 

OF   THE    PACIFIC   ISLANDS 


Salt- 
Rock,    cwt. 

other,  cwt. 

Table  Preparations  (pkgs.)     .. 
Spices — 

Currv  Powders,  Manufactured 

Groiind,  N.K.I. ,  lb.       .  . 

T'nground,  N.K.I.,  lb. 
Sugar,  cwt.    .  . 

Golden  Syrup  and  Molasses,  cwt. 
Vegetables — 

Dried  or  Concentrated 

Onions,  cwt. 

Potatoes,  cut. 

Other,  including  fresh,  cntl. 
Vinegar,  gal. 
Other  Vegetable  Foodstuffs 

Total,  Class  TI.     . . 


QU.VNTITY 

V.\LUE 

£ 

1,229 

637 

2o',;i77 

4,596 

302 

832 

3,466 

256 

5,800 

333 

6,853 

7,620 

22S 

272 

848 

17,223 

6,667 

30,470 

12,282 

655 

■       581 

3,449 

51t> 

827 

337,271 


CLr.VSS  III.— Beverages  (non- Alcoholic),  &c. 

Aerated  and  Mineral  Waters 

Cocoa  and  Chocolate,  lb.     .  . 

Coffee,  raw  and  kiln  dried,  lb. 

Coffee  and  Chicory,  roasted  and  ground,  and 

liquid  form,  lb. 
Liniejuice  and  other  Fruit  juices,  gal 

Tea,  lb ". 

Wine,  Unfennented  (Grape),  gal. 

Total,  Class  III 

CL-ASS  IV.— Spirits,  Alcoholic  Liquors,  &c. 
Ale,  T?eer,  Porter,  Cider  and  Perry,  gal.  . . 
Spirits — (Beverages),  gal.  .. 
Spirits  (other  than  r.everages)— 

Denaturated,    gal. 

Otlier,    gal. 
Wine,  Fermented,  gal. 

Total,  Class  TV.    .  . 

CLASS  v.— Tobacco  and  Preparations  thereof. 

Tobacco — 

Manufactured,   lb. 

Unmanufactured,  lb.   .. 
Cigars,  lb.      .  . 
Cigarettes,  lb. 

Total,  Cla.ss  V 

CLASS  VI.— Live  Animals. 

Cattle,  No 

Horses,  No. 
Pigs,  No. 
Poultry,  No. 


1,232 

6^769 

797 

8,543 

406 

in 

25,770 

1 ,565 

2,646 

676 

178,177 

10,581 

22 

8 

124,400 
52,650 

5,331 

518 

21,486 


678,448 

7,563 
24,103 


15,26.5 


20,187 
24,2.3» 

615 
1,IS2 
7,211 

53,43a 


52,725 

3,624 
9,224 

65,573 


115 

2,390 

248 

.6,267 

13 

92 

438 

187 

:{ I  (» 


STEWART'S     HAND     BOOR 


^Sheep,    No. 
Other 


CI.ASvS 


Total,  Class  VI 

VII.— Animal    Substances,    not 
stuffs 


Food- 


Cl.AvSS  VIII.   -Vegetable  Substances  and  Fibres 

Corks  and  Rungs     .  . 

Fibres 

Plants,  Trees  and  Bulbs 

Re.sin,   rwt. 

Seeds. 

Starch,  lb 

Yarns 

Other  Veiretable  Sub.stances 


Ot  ANTITV 

\'.\r  IK 

f 

1,203 

2,501 

96 

11,533 

709 

272 

1,780 

124 

2-2() 

253 

2,632 

37.;^08 

769 

679 

29 

Total,  Class  VIII. 

CI.-ASS     IX.— Apparel,     Textiles, 

factiu-ed  Fibres. 
Apparel  and  Attire 

Minor  Articles  for 
Boots,  Shoes,  and  Slippers — 

I^eather 

Rubber 

Other 

Hats,  Caps,  and  Bonnets — 

Felt   Hats 

Other      

Triininings  and  Ornaments 

Und)rcllas,   &c. 

Blankets  and  Blanketing   .  . 

Cosies,   Cu.shions,    &c. 

Floorcloths 

Piece  Goods — 

Canvas  and  Duck 

Cotton  and  Linen 

Silk,  or  containing  Silk 

Velvets 

Woollens 

Other      . .  .  .  .  . 

Rugs  and  Rugging 
Sewing  vSilks 

Tents,  Tarpaulins,  and  Sails 
Bags  and  Sacks — 

Corn  and  Flour,  doz... 

Ore,  doz. 

Second-hand,  doz. 

Other      

Cordage  and  Twines — 

Metal,  cwt. 

Other 

Other  Apparel,  &c. 

Total.    Class   IX. .  . 


and     Manu- 


6,538 


48,544 

1,056 

17,301 

551 

506 

!,352 

3,336 

1,353 

1,658 

3,626 

5,448 

671 

4,653 

88,516 

2,424 

3,853 

2,797 

2,323 

1,017 

3.690 

1,694 

32,381 

10.994 

1 ,523 

331 

12,662 

3,322 

3,304 

273 

1,230 

14,971 

592 

231,113 


OF   THE   PACIFIC    ISLANDS 


311 


CLASv?  X.—Oils,  Fats,  and  Waxes. 

Oreases,  including  Axle,  cwt. 

Lard  and  Refined  Animal  Fats,  lb. 

Oils  (in  \'essel,s  not  exreeding  one  gallon) 

Oils  (in  Bulk)— 

Benzine,    Benzoline,    Gasoline,    and    ^lineral 
Naphtha,  gal. 

Castor,  gal. 

Cocoanut,  cwt. 

Kerosene,    gal. 

Linseed,  gal. 

Lubricating  (Mineral),  gal. 

Solar  and  Residual,  gal. 

Turpentine,  gal. 

Other,    gal.         .  . 
Tallow,  unref ned,  cwt. 
Other  Fats  and  Waxes 

Total,  Cla.ss  X.     .  . 


Quantity 

Value 

£ 

1 .443 

1,266 

.S2,753 

1 ,305 

44.^ 

135,637 

J0,04!t 

6,«o3 

1,106 

363 

1,000 

2o9,.541 

18,188 

21,087 

4,412 

74,1.38 

6.0.18 

108,681 

1 ,405 

2,23  J 

416 

12,286 

2,238 

2 

4 

33 

47,923 


CLASS  XT. — Paints  and  Varnishes. 

Paints  and  Colours — 

Dry  Colours,  N.E.I.,  cwt. 

Dr3,'  White  Lead,  cwt. 

Ground  in  I/iquid,  cwt. 

Prepared  for  T'se,  cwt. 

Ships'  Anti-fonling  Coinposition,  rw 

Other 

Varnishes,  gal. 


276 

444 

204 

665 

1,507 

3,529 

683 

1,642 

38 

05 

298 

i  ,233 

460 

Total.  Class  XI. 


,133 


CLASS    XII. — Stones    and    Minerals    used    In- 
dustrially. 

Coal,   Ion 

Coke,    ton 

Stone,  including  Marble  and  Slate 

Other  


10,234 

73,008 

25,056 

35,436 

593 

34 

Total,  Class  XII. 


109,071 


CLASS  XIII.— Specie. 

Gold  

Silver  

Bronze 

Total,  Class  XIII. 


5,370 

35,102 

17 

40,579 


CLAvSS    XIV. --Metals,     Unmanufactured,     and 
Ores 


S,001 


CLASS  XV.— Metals,  partly  Manufactured 


9,733 


312 


STEWART'S     HANI)     BOOK 


OfANTITY 


Value 
£ 


CLAvSS 


XVI.— Machinery    and     other 
factures  of  Metals. 


Manu- 


Engines  — 

Gas  and  Oil 

Other 

Implements  and  Machinery,  Agricultural — 

Ploughs  and  Harrows 

Other      

Machinery  and  Appliances,  Electrical 

Machinery,    Mining 

Sewing  Machines 

IVpewriters 

Weighing  Machines 

Other  Machinery      

Manufactures  of  Metals — 

Axles  and  Springs 

Bolts  and  Nuts 

Cutlery 

Iron  and  Steel — 

Girders,  15 earns,  cwt. 
Plate  and  Sheet- 
Galvanised,  cwt. 
Plain,    cwt.    .  . 
Lamps  and  Lampware 
Lead — Sheet  and  Piping,  cwt. 
Nails — 

Horseshoe,   cwt. 

Other,  cwt. 
Netting,  Wire 
Pipes  and  Tubes — • 

Cast  Iron 

Iron  and  Steel 
Platedware 

Rails,  Fish-Plates,   &c. 
-  Tools  of  Trade 
Wire 

Rarbed,    cwt.    . . 

Iron  and  Steel,  cwt.     .  . 

Other      

■Other  Metal  Manufactures 

Total,  Class  XVI. 


2,243 

26 

1,270 

1,152 

4,755 

77 

1,597 

641 

431 

13,283 

1,398 

3,918 

6,487 

950 

872 

7,762 

14,045 

3,869 

5,206 

2,327 

330 

562 

34 

142 

3,771 

7,562 

654 

1,248 

2,123 

472 

3,281 

7,375 

433 

658 

341 

039 

916 

53,566 

138,926 


CLASS  XVII. — Indiarubber,  Leather,  and  Manu- 
factures thereof,  &p. 

Indiarubber  and  Manufactures  thereof  . . 
Uelting — 

Composition 

Leather 
Leather 

Leather  Manufactures,  N.E.I. 
Minor  Articles  for  Leatherware 


4,262 

1,001 
1 ,396 
3,695 
7.700 


Total  Class  XVII. 


18,269 


OF   THE   PACIFIC  ISLAN*»S 


315 


OUAXTITY 


CIvASS  X VIII. —Wood  and   Wicker,  Raw  and 
Manufactured. 

Furniture  and  Minor  Articles  for 
Timber- - 

Architraves,  &c.,  lin.  ft. 

Dressed,  other,  sup.  ft. 

Logs,  not  sawn 

New  Zealand  Pine,  Undressed 

I'ndressed,  other,  sup.  ft. 

Other  Timber 
Wicker,  Bamboo,  or  Cane.. 
Wood  Manufactures -~ 

Doors 

Other      .  . 

Total,  "Class  XVin. 


Value 
£ 


5,854 


12,210 

]7o,lfi8 

6,092 

58,095 

,696,044 

110 

2.209 

56 

952 

18,447 

249 

287 
5,824 

33,619 


CLASvS    XIX. — Earthenware,    Cements, 
Glass  and  Stoneware. 

Bricks  and  Tiles 

Cement  (Portland),  cwt.     .  . 

China,  Parian  and  Porcelain  Ware 

Earthenware,    &c.    .  . 

Glass  and  Glassware 

Lime,   cwt.    .  . 

Plaster  of  Paris,  cwt. 

Total,  Class  XIX. 

Cl.-lSS  XX.— Paper  and  Stationery. 

Paper 
Stationery — 

Pooks  (printed) 

Other  Stationery 

Total,  Class  XX. 


China, 


1 ,005 

"           39, .591 

7,329 

383 

2,065 

2,464 

1 ,440 

211 

36,753 

1.682 

15,139 


6.142 

2,771 
11,423 

20,336 


CLASS  XXI. —Jewellery,  Timepieces  and  Fancy 
Goods. 

Fancy   (joods 
Jewellery 
Pipes,   Smoking 
Timepieces     .  . 

•    Total,  Class  XXI.  

CLASS  XXII —Optical.  Surgical  and  Scientific 
Instruments. 

Kim-niatographs  and   Iwlni^ 
Photographic  Goods 
Scientific    Instruments 
Surgical  and  Dental 
Talking   Machines    .  . 


4,105 
2,090 
1,897 
1,125 

9,217 


J  ,253 
1  ..593 
400 
1.014 
1.442 


314 


STEWART'S     HAND     BOOK 


Other 


Total,  Class  XXII. 


Quantity 


Value 
£ 

6,275 


CI.ASS    XX I II. —Drugs,     Chemicals 

and 

Fer- 

tilisers. 

Pharmaceutical  Products — 

Insecticides 

Medicines 

Other 

Calcium,  Carbide  of,  cwt.   .  . 

649 

Perfumery 

Sodas,  cwt.    .  . 

2J64 

Other  Industrial  Chemicals 

Fertilisers — 

. 

Ammonia  -Sulphate,  cwt. 

3,047 

-Superphosphates,   cwt. 

5,790 

Other  Fertilisers,  cwt. 

22,207 

Total,  Class  XXIII. 

CLASS  XXIV.— Miscellaneous. 

Arms 

Cartridges 

Explosives 

Bags,  Baskets,  Boxes,  &c. 

Blacking 

Blue,  Laundry,  lb. 

Boats,  Launches  and  Vachts 

Brushware 

Candles,  lb.  

Electrical  Materials 
Instruments,  Musical 
Matches  and  Vestas — 

Wax,  gross  of  boxes     .  . 

AVood  and  other,  gross  of  boxes 
Oilmen's  Stores 
Packings — Asbestos,    &c.    .  . 
Personal  Effects 
Pitch  and  Tar,  cwt. 
Soan — 

^Toilet,  lb 

Other,  lb 

Vehicles — 

Bicycles,    &c.    . . 

Motor  Cars 

Vehicles  and  Parts,  Other 
Vessels  Transferred.  Abroad,  No. .  . 
All  other  Articles     ..  .... 

Total,  Class  XXIV. 

Australian  Produce 
Other  Produce 


1,251 
5,707 
6,042 
754 
1,608 
1,258 
1,249 

2,804 

1,404 

11,118 

33.195 


406 

1,531 

3,461 

2,011 

995 

:-;8 

167       • 

1.186 
3. 856 
2,651 

17 

611 

.587 
1,878 
1 ,340 

6,168 

1.726 

44,728 

5,732 

4,608 

1 ,608 

923 

2,294 

830 

28.522 

1.311 

767,233 

10,823 

1.945 

,   , 

2,182 

"      7,603 

1 

200 

6,086 

65,4.59 

693.832 
689,653 


Grand  Total 


1,383,485 


OF  TH?"  FaCIFIC  Isr,AN]iS 


315 


TRADE   OF  TONGA. 


The  following  is  the  statement  of  the  value  of  imports  (exclusive  of  South 
Sea  Island  produce  imported  for  exportation)  imported  into  the*  Kingdom  at 
Nukualofa,  Haapai,  and  ^'avau,  the  three  onh'  ports  of  entrj'  in  Tonga,  for 
the  year  ended  December  31,   1917  : — 

NUKUAI.OFA. 


Bacon  and  hams 

Bags 

Beer,  ale  and  porter,  in  bottle 

Biscuits,  fancy  or  mixed  and  plain 

Boots  and  shoes 

Books 

Boxes  and  trunks  .  . 

Butter  

Cartridges    . . 

Cement 

Cigars  and  cigarettes 

Confectionery,  comfits  and  succades 

Cordage  and  rope  .  . 

Drapery 

Drugs  

Uarthenware 

Fireworks  and  fuse 

Fish --dried,  preserved,  and  salt.  . 

Fruits,  dried  and  preserved 

Flour 

Furniture 

Galvanised  Iron 

Galvanised  Manufactures 

Glass,  crockery,  and  chinaware    .  . 

Hardware     .  . 

Iron — -bars,  rods,  plates,  sheets  and  1 

Ironmongery 

1  ewellerv 

i.ard       '       .  . 

Leatherware,  all  kinds 

Lanterns  and  lamps 

Lfines— fishing,  lead,  clothes,  and  similar  lines 

Live  stock    .  . 

Machinery    .  . 

Matches 

Meats 

ISIusical    instruments 

Oils,  kerosene 

Oils,  other  .  . 


£ 

s.  d. 

211 

15  6 

769 

19  4 

461 

16  0 

1,710 

16  5 

oon 

10  0 

147 

5  11 

15 

13  0 

676 

18  (> 

165 

5  3 

58 

J7  0 

217 

4  9 

320 

14  5 

651 

11  11 

.  .   24,500 

7  10 

519 

4  4 

126 

15  4 

10 

12  6 

2,344 

19  0 

216 

7  2 

4,058 

4  0 

389 

10  0 

582 

14  8 

178 

4  8 

166 

1   5 

3,466 

13  9 

22 

1   9 

288 

6  6 

67 

8  5 

27 

13  6 

879 

3  2 

66 

18  7 

117 

14  9 

252 

1  10 

31() 

7  11 

714 

4   9 

9.266 

5  9 

182 

1   0 

1.872 

S  10 

140 

5  4 

Stewart  s  Handbook 


Value. 


t       S. 


Paints  and  putty 

Perfumery    .  . 

Pickles  and  oilstor 

Powcler.  sporting 

Printing  material 

Produce 

Rice 

Sewing  machines 

Ship  chandlery 

Soap 

Spirits 

Spirits — methylated  and  benzine 

Starch 

Stationery    .  . 

Sugar 

Tea   .  . 

Timber,  dressed 

Timber,  rough 

Tobacco 

Turpentine,  toys  and  fancy  goods 

Vegetables  and  green  fruit 

Vehicles 

Waters,  aerated  or  mineral 

Wines,  Australian  and  claret,  in  bulk  or 

Wines,  sparkling 

Wooden  ware 


bottle 


26o 

J  5 

7 

16H 

12 

5 

313 

17 

3 

60 

5 

0 

26 

13 

0 

1 ,502 

17 

4 

71 

1 

9 

84 

10 

11 

S2 

Jl 

1 

1 .325 

3 

7 

785 

17 

9 

280 

1 

4 

27 

13 

8 

722 

9 

1 

2,230 

17 

0 

116 

4 

1 

917 

1 

5 

578 

7 

0 

339 

8 

7 

739 

10 

6 

79 

2 

0 

721 

7 

6 

79 

13 

1 

170 

17 

10 

41 

12 

0 

42 

3 

10 

Total  * 


£68,656   18     4 


HAAPAI. 


Articles. 


Bacon  and  hams 

Bags  

Beer,  ale  and  porter,  in  brittle 

Biscuits,  plain 

Boots  and  shoes 

Books 

Benzine 

Butter 

Cartridges    .  . 

Cement 

Cigars  and  cigarettes 

Coal  

Coke 

Confectionery,  comfits,  and  succades 

Cordage  and  rope  .  . 

Drapery 

Drugs 

Fish — dried,  preserved,  and  salt.  . 

Flour  . .  .... 

Furniture     .  . 


'Exclusive  of  Specie  to  tlie  value  of  £14,000. 


£  s. 

d. 

105  10 

4 

694   1 

9 

106  12 

3 

392  4 

10 

84  4 

3 

7  19 

8 

78  13 

9 

143  7 

9 

5  14 

11 

56  18 

5 

20  13 

6 

2  8 

11 

0  5 

0 

108  6 

0 

636  17 

9 

8.858  13 

1 

190  7 

5 

1.343  1 

0 

1 ,638  6 

0 

39  15 

9 

OF  THE  Pacific  Islands 


317 


Articles. 

Galvanised  manufactures.  . 

Glass,  crockery,  and  chinaware 

Hardware     .  . 

Iron — bars,  rods,  plates,  sheets  and  bun 

Kava 

Lanterns  and  Lamps 

I,ard  

Leatherware,  all  kinds 

Lime 

Live  stock   .  . 

Machinerj-    .  . 

Matches 

Meats 

Musical   instrujnents 

Oils,  kerosene 

Oils,  other  .  . 

Paints  and  putty    .  . 

Paper — wrapping  and  printing 

Perfumery    .  . 

Pickles  and  oil  store? 

Produce 

Rice  

Sewing  machines    . . 

Ship  chandlery 

Seeds 

Soap 

Spirits 

Spirits,  methylated 

Starch 

Stationery    . . 

Sugar 

Timber,  dressed 

Timber,  rough 

Tobacco 

Toys  and  fancy  goods 

Vegetables  and  green  fruit 

Wines,  Avistralian  and  claret,  in  bulk  or 

Wines,  other  kinds,  in  bulk  or  bottle 

Woodenware 


dies 


bottle 


£ 

s. 

d. 

266 

1 

s 

63 

•> 

1 

896 

13 

3 

7 

15 

7 

351 

11 

10 

14 

8 

2 

54 

15 

1 

178 

9 

8 

23 

4 

7 

0 

1(1 

0 

157 

7 

1 

171 

19 

7 

2,678 

13 

2 

85 

2 

11 

996 

14 

9 

193 

8 

8 

203 

15 

4 

29 

13 

6 

54 

9 

10 

836 

s 

3 

160 

9 

3 

28 

9 

1 

32 

/ 

1 

290 

9 

4 

4 

9 

7 

633 

5 

1 

190 

7 

0 

1 

•> 

0 

3 

4 

5 

216 

8 

0 

718 

11 

8 

232 

19 

11 

354 

0 

4 

247 

2 

9 

371 

1 

2 

44 

4 

6 

9 

14 

ti 

39 

13 

0 

81 

15 

2 

Total 


£25,437    13    10 


VAVAU. 


Articles. 

Bacon  hams  and  cheese 

Bags 

Basket  and  brushware 

Beer,  ale,  and  porter 

Biscuits 

Boots  and  shoes 

Books 


S. 

d. 

184 

17 

li 

397 

2 

(> 

16 

17 

4 

30 

\:\ 

0 

421 

1 

11 

104 

!t 

9 

o 

U 

0 

"Exclusive  of  Specie  to  the  value  of  £34,000. 


;{is 


Stewart's  Hanjjbook 


lUittcr 

Cartridges    .  . 

Cement 

Cigars  and  cigarettes 

Clocks  .\ 

Confectionery,  comfits  and  succades 

Cordage  and  rope  .  . 

Doors  and  sashes    .  . 

Drapery 

Drugs 

Fish — dried,  preserved,  and  salt 

Fruits 

Fishing  material 

Flour  " 

Furniture     .  . 

Galvanised  Iron 

Galvanised  manufactures 

Glass,  crockery,  and  chinaware 

Hardware    .  . 

Iron — bars,  rods,  plates,  sheets,  and  bundles 

Ironmongery 

Jewellery 

Lanterns  and  lamps 

Lard 

Leatherware,  all  kinds 

Live  stock   . . 

Machinery    .  . 

Matches 

Meats 

Oils,  kerosene 

Oils,  other   .  . 

Paints  and  putty    .  . 

Paper,  wrapping     .  . 

Perfumery    .  . 

Pickles  and  oilstores 

Pipes,  tobacco 

Plants  and  seeds 

Produce 

Rice 

Ship  chandlery 

Soap 

Spirits 

Starch 

Stationery    . . 

Sugar  .  . 

Timber,  dressed 

Timber,  rough 

Tobacco 

Toys  and  fancy  goods 

Vegetables  .  . 

Waters,  aerated  or  mineral 

Wines,  Australian  and  claret,  in  bulk  or  bottle 

Woodenware 


Total  * 


£ 

283 

29 

44 

80 

7 

77 

4H4 

lo 

7,035 

148 

1,162 

46 

61 

1,505 

23 

108 

118 

69 

342 

7 

136 

2 

20 

51 

58 

67 

11 

71 

2.187 

889 

184 

186 

43 

71 

740 

5 

3 

165 

48 

20 

721 

69 

18 

136 

706 

159 

110 

172 

147 

101 

19 

32 

42 


s. 

d. 

6 

0 

9 

9 

15 

0 

9 

4 

10 

0 

13 

7 

7 

6 

3 

8 

17 

0 

5 

10 

14 

7 

19 

3 

17 

3 

16 

6 

8 

6 

9 

11 

1 

0 

9 

8 

15 

10 

16 

4 

1 

6 

5 

3 

10 

0 

14 

5 

18 

6 

14 

0 

0 

6 

0 

10 

16 

2 

0 

10 

15 

8 

17 

7 

12 

3 

8 

4 

5 

3 

15 

9 

10 

4 

16 

4 

12 

10 

2 

1 

8 

11 

1 

7 

11 

6 

19 

7 

14 

11 

2 

4 

13 

5 

4 

4 

6 

0 

7 

10 

1 

0 

1 

0 

1 

5 

£20,195   11     9 


•Exclusive  of  Specie  to  tiie  value  of  £3,20(i. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands 


31!) 


IMPORTvS     INTO     THE     KINGDOM     ACCORDING     TO     COUXTRIHS' 
■  WHERE  GOODS  WERE   PRODUCED  OR   MANUFACTl'RIvD. 


Wiieuce  luipoi-teil. 

Nukualof 

I. 

Haapai. 

Vavau. 

£         S. 

d. 

£         S. 

d. 

£        s. 

d. 

New  Zealand 

33,861    10 

6 

13,263     8 

10 

12,405    16 

10 

Australia 

28,388   13 

8 

8,535   11 

8 

6.441      7 

1 

Great  Britain 

788     5 

2 

444   14 

8 

Fiji              

3.238   12 

2 

1,789   15 

2 

1,231    13 

8 

United  States  of  America 

2,134  13 

6 

1,404     3 

6 

114     !t 

K 

Samoa 

192  15 

11 

I    15 

0 

Japan 

52     7 

5 

Nine            .  .           .  .           . . 

0     9 

6 

Total 

£68,656   18 

4 

£25,437   13 

10 

£20,195   11 

9 

RESUME  OF  TOTAL   IMPORTS. 


Wlieuce  Iniporteil. 

New  Zealand 

Australia 

England 

America 

Fiji        . . 

Samoa 

J  apan  . . 

Nine 


Total 

Value. 

£ 

S. 

d. 

59,530 

16 

2 

43,365 

12 

5 

1,232 

19 

10 

3,653 

6 

8 

6,260 

1 

0 

194 

10 

11 

52 

7 

5 

0 

9 

6 

Total 


£114,290     3   II 


TOTAL, VALUE  OF  IMPORTS  WITH  DUTY  COLLECTED  THEREON, 
EXCLUSIVE  OF  SOUTH  SEA  ISLAND  PRODUCE  IMPORTED 
FOR   EXPORTATION. 


Nukualofa 
Haapai  . . 
Vavau     . . 


Total 


Value  of  Articles 

importeii  iuto  tlie 

Kiugdoin. 

£       s.     d. 

68,656  18     4 

25,437   13   10 

20,195  11     9 

Total  Amount 
of  Dutv 
Collecteil. 

£      s.     d. 
8,464  18     1 
3,323  18     4 
2,657   14     8 

£114,290     3   11 

£14,446   11      1 

320 


Articles. 

Bottles 

Copra 

Cocoatiuts 

Fruit 

I'uiigus 

Hides 

Kiimalas 

Live  stock 

Skins 

Sundries 

Yams 


Stewart's  Handbook 
RESUME  Ol'   TOTAI,  I'XPOR'I'S- 

yuiuititj. 


i; 


d. 


3.34  sacks 

6,250  tons  5  ewt.  2  qr 

2  bags 
342  cases 

15  tons 

4  bundles 

111  kits,  1  case 

77  horses,  11  pigs 

3  bundles 

302  packages  .  . 

16  kits,  3  cases 


IS  lb 


115  10  0 

12-'.  333  0  0 

0  10  0 

52  13  4 

851  12  2 

18  0  0 

16  10  0 

576  0 

5  0  0 

•1.46<»  9  6 

4  13 


0 


0 


Total 


£125,442  18     0 


TOTAL   VALUE   OF    EXPORTS   WITH    THE    FEES   COLLECTED 

THEREON. 


Nukualota 

Haapai 

Vavau 


Total 


Value. 

Pees 

f 

s. 

d. 

£      s. 

d. 

69,477 

11 

3 

747   10 

8 

41.739 

9 

10 

519  14 

0 

14,225 

16 

11 

78     2 

9 

£125,442 

18 

0 

£1 

,345     7 

5 

(The  India  Rubber,  Gutta  Percha,  &  Telegraph 
Works  Co.,  Ltd.) 

For  "All-British"  Products 


INDIA  RUBBER,  GUTTA  PERCHA, 
TELEGRAPH   and    ELECTRICAL    GOODS 

The  great  Rubber  works  at  Silvertowii,  London,  provide 
employment  for  more  than  4,000  British  workpeople. 
The  name  Silvertown  signifies  reliable  British  quality 
and  is  famous  throughout   the  world. 

Specialities  : 

CM  A.  Cables   and   wires  for  Electric  Light,  'telephone 
and  Power  systems, 

Dynamos  and  motors  for  all  classes  of  service. 

Switchboards,  Primary  Batteries,  Insulators,  India 
Rubber  and  Gutta  Percha  goods  for  Domestic, 
Commercial,  and  Surgical   uses. 

Manufacturers    of     the    famous     PALMER 

CORD  MOTOR  TYRES  &  "SILVER  KING" 

GOLF  BALLS. 


Inquiries  receive  prompt  attention 


SYDNEY  OFFICE:     279  George  St. 


CORKS 

CROWN   SEALS 

CORK   BOARD    INSULATION 

SYNTHETIC   ESSENCES 

AERATED  WATER  &  BREWING  MACHINERY, 

CORK    BATH     MATS,     CORK    SUNDRIES    OF 

EVERY  DESCRIPTION. 

It  will  pay  you  to  deal  direct  with 

THEi 

CORK  &  CROWN  SEAL  CO. 

PROPRIETARY   LIMITED. 

Largest  Manufacturers  in  Australasia  of  Cork  Products, 

Crown  Seals,    Brewing    and     Aerated    Water     .Sundries 

and    Machinery  and  Cork  Insulation. 


Our  unsurpassed  factory  facilities  enable  us  to 
meet  all  your  requirements.  Write  for  quotations, 
samples,   or  for  any    information   you    may   desire. 


HEAD    OFFICE   &   FACTORY: 

Grant  Street  and  Queens  Parade  North  Fitzroy, 

MELBOURNE. 

BRANCH   OFFICE: 
Macdonnell  House,  Pitt  Street,  SYDNEY. 


OK  THE  Pacific  Islands  321 


TRADE  OF  SAMOA   FOR   I9I8. 


A  statistical  report  upon  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the  Temtorvy  of 
Samoa,  under  British  mihtary  occupation,  was  received  just  as  this  edition 
was  going  to  press,  and  too  late  to  include  in  the  chapter  dealing  with  Samoa. 
It  comprises  a  printed  statement,  giving  the  full  details  of  the  trade  during 
1917,  and  a  supplementary  statement  of  the  export  trade  during  1918,  the 
import  trade  statistics  for  last  year  not  being  yet  available. 

The  trading  relations  of  the  former  German  colony  arc  principally  with 
tile  United  States,  Au.stralia,  and  New  Zealand.  The  fol]o^\'ing  table  shows  the 
value  of  the  imports  from  and  exports  to  the  three  countries  during  1917,  and 
of  the  exports  in  1918,  with  the  value  of  the  total  trade  : — 


ITnited  States 

Australia   .  . 
New  Zealand 

Total  trade 317,773  320,444  306,640 

Of  the  exports  in  1918,  nearly  83  per  cent,  were  to  the  United  States, 
12  per  cent,  to  Australia,  and  5J-  per  cent,  to  New  Zealand.  The  total  trade 
in  1917  was  distributed  as  follows  : — United  vStates,  .55J  per  cent.  ;  Australia, 
2U  per  cent.  ;  New  Zealand,  20  per  cent.  ;  while  34  per  cent,  of  the  imports 
were  derived  from  the  United  States,  29-J-  per  cent,  from  Australia,  and  32?> 
per  cent,  from  New  Zealand. 

The  principal  produce  of  the  territory  is  copra,  cocoa  and  rubber,  other 
commodities  representing,  by  value,  only  one  or  two  per  cent,  of  the  total. 
The  distribution  of  the  exports  during  the  past  two  years  was  as  follows,  the 
figures  for  1917  being  given  in  parentheses  : — 

Copra  :— United  States,  9,370  tons,  £246,576  (8,597  tons,  £221,518); 
New  Zealand,  —(395  tons,  £9,453). 

Cocoa  :— Austraha,  494  tons,  £33,267  (495  tons,  £30,782)  ;  New  Zealand, 
209   tons,    £15,338    (241    tons,    £12,971);    United    States  America,    92   tons, 

£5,564  (422  tons,  £22,997)  ;  Canada,  (49  tens,  £2,799)  ;  totals,  795  ton.s 

£54,169  (1,207  tons,  £69, .549). 

Rubber  :— Australia,    28,801    lb.,    £2,1.-2    (136,110    lb.,    £12,094);    New 

Zealand,   7,238  lb.   £603   (8,692  lb.,    £6.50);   Canada,    1.323   lb.,   £95   ( ); 

United  States  .America,  (11,626  lb.,  £!,343.      I'ctal.s,  37,362  lb.,  £2.850 

(156,428  lb.},  £14,087). 


1917. 

1918. 

Imports 

.      E 

X  ports. 

Exports. 

£ 

£ 

£ 

107.665 

247,606 

253,75!) 

94,082 

43.492 

35,899 

103,432 

25.122 

16,887 

322  Stewart's  Handbook 


Bibliography  of  Works  on  the 
Pacific    Islands. 


It  is  hoped  that  tlie  accompanying  list  of  works  ilealing  with  tlie  Islamls,  while  not  exliaus- 
tive.  may  be  of  some  service.  The  li^t  will  be  extended  in  the  next  edition.  I  huil  hoped  to  make 
a  complete  catalogue  at  the  outset  but  was  prevented  from  iloiug  so  in  time  tor  tlds  edition  on 
account  of  other  duties  and  of  the  restrictions  imposed  in  consequence  nf  the  influenza  epideni  c  iu 
Sydney,  whicli  included  the  closing  of  the  libraries  uliile  I  was  in  tlie  midst  of  the  work.  Nearly 
all  of  tlie  publications  mentioned  are  iu  tlie  MitchsU  Library  (Sydney)  which  undoubtedly  has 
the  auest  collection  of  Islmd  literature  in  the  world,  tllancing  throngh  the  li>t  in  print  I 
notice  omissions  of  some  important  works,  but  it  is  too  late,  as  I  write,  to  search  for  tiie  particulars 
cf  them  for  this  edition,  which  lias  already  been  too  long  delayed  in  order  to  intlnde this  feature.  I 
shall  be  glad  if  authors,  librarians,  collectors,  or  publisher.'*  will  be  good  enough  to  supply  me  witli 
particulars  of  works  omitted  and  of  new  works;  sending,  if  possible,  in  the  case  of  new  books  or 
pamphlets  a  copy  of  the  work  in  order  that  it  may  be  examined,  for  it  is  not  proposed  to  include 
every  publication  in  the  list  regardless  of  its  value.  There  must  be  some  merit  or  some  special 
feature  of  interest  to  secure  the  inclusion  of  a  work.  1  hope  in  time,  with  tlie  co  operation  of  those 
interested  in  the  subject,  to  make  this  a  really  valuable  Bihliogra|)hy.  Where  a  work  deals  in  a 
general  way  with  the  Pacific  or  deals  with  a  number  of  groups  I  have  put  it  under  the  heading  of 
"General."  Where  a  book  deals  with  one  group  wholly  or  mainly  it  will  be  found  under  "New 
Guinea,"  "  New  Hebrides."  or  as  the  case  may  be.  The  sjstem  I  liave  aiiopted  may  not.  perhaps, 
be  approved  by  library  authorities.  I  only  claim  that  it  was  the  easiest  way  and  that  it  is  simple. 
The  main  thing  is  that  a  start  has  been  made  in  the  production  of  an  Island  Bitdiography,  and,  as 
far  as  I  know,  it  is  the  first  that  embraces  the  whole  Pacific  :   just  as  the  Handb'  ok  itself  is. 

PE    CY    S.   ALLEN. 
Cjo.  McCarron,  Slemiit  .f-  Co.  Ltd.. 

aoulhnrii  Slri-ef.  Sydrieti.     May  1919. 


GENERAL. 


Abbott,  J.  H.  M.  Peeps  at  Many  Lands  ;  The  South  Seas  (Norfolk  Island, 

New  Hebrides  and  the  Solomons),  London  :  A.  and  C.  Black,  1908. 
Alazard,    P.    Ildefonse.     E.ssai    de    Bibliographie    Picpncienne  ;    Missions    de 

rOceanie  Orientale.      1912. 
Alcan,   Eugene.     Les  Cannibales  et  leur  temps  ;  vSouvenirs  de  la  campagne 

de  I'Oceanie.     Paris,   1887. 
Alesander,  James  W.     The  Islands  of  the  Pacific,  from  the  Old  to  the  New. 

New  York:   American  Tract  Society,    1908. 
Allen,    Percy    S.     Cyclopedia   of   Fiji   (editor).     Svdney,    McCarron,    Stewart 

and   Co.,    1907." 
. Cyclopedia  of  Samoa,   Tonga,  Tahiti  and  the  Cook  Islands 

(editor).     Sydney:  McCarron,  Stewart' 5:  Co.,   1907. 
"vStewart's"    Handbook  of  the  Pacific  (pnbli.shed  regularly 

since   1907).     Sydney  :  McCarron,  Stewart  &  Co. 

-The   Pacific   Islands ;    New   Zealand's   Commercial    Interests 


'Reprint    of    series    of    articles    in      V.Z.    Herald).     Auckland  :   M'ilson 
and   Horton,    1908. 


OF  TTiK  Pacific  Islands  323 

[Annexation.]  Annexation  or  Protectorate  of  Islands  Adjacent  to  Australia  ; 
Resolutions  of  public  meetings  and  of  municipal  bodies  in  favour  of  the 
movement,  and  protesting  against  the  transportation  of  foreign  convicts 
to  the  Islands.  Victorian  Parliamentary  Paper,  188.'5  (supplementary  to 
paper  presented  to  Parliament  in  November,  1888). 
AragO,  Jacques.      Deux    Oceans     (containing     accounts    of    Tahiti  and   the 

Marquesas).     Paris  :  Librairie  Theatrale,    18.">4. 
Armstrong,  E.  S.      The  History  of  the  Melanesian  Mission.      London,   1900. 
"A   Roving  Printer"    (John  D.Jones).     I,ife  and   Adventure  in   the  South 

Pacific.     I,ondon  :  Sampson  Low,  Son  &  Co.,   1861. 
Australian,  An.     The  Australian  Crisis,  or  Ought  New  Guinea  and  the  "Western 

Pacific  Islands  to  be  Annexed.     London  :  W.  H.  Allen  &  Co.,  1883. 
Awdry.  Frances.    In  the  Isles  of  the  Sea  ;  the  storv  of  oO  vears  in  Melanesia. 

London,    1902.  '  '      ■ 

Aylmer  (Captain)  Fenton.     A  Cruise  in  the  Pacific,  from  the  Log  of  a  Naval 
Officer;  edited  bv  Captain  Fenton  Avlmer.    London:  Hurst  and  Blaokett, 
1S60. 
Ballantyne,    R.    M.     The   Cannibal   Islands,   or   Captain   Cook's   Adventures 

in  the  South  Seas.     London  :   J.  Nisbet  &  Co.  — 
Baudouin,  A.     L'Aventure  de  Port  Breton  et  la  Colonie  libre  dite  Nouvelle 

T^rance.  Paris:  M.  Dreyfous,  1883. 
Bayly  (Captain),  George.  Sea  Life  Sixty  Years  Ago,  a  record  of  adventures 
which  led  up  to  the  discovery  of  the  relics  of  the  long-missing  expedition 
commanded  bv  tlie  Comte  de  la  Perou.se.  London  :  Kegan  Paul, 
Trench  &  Co.,  1885. 
Becke,  Louis.  By  Eeef  and  Palm.  London  :  Unwin,  1894,  1898,  and 
other  later  editions. 

His  Native  Wife.     Sydney  :  A.  Melrose,    1895. 

,,  London:  Unwin,    1896. 

■■ Ebbing  of  the  Tide.     London  :   Unwin,  1896. 

Pacific    Tales.     London  :   Unwin,    1897. 

Wild  I^ife  in  Southern  Seas.     London  :   Unwin,   1897. 

Rodman  the  Boatsteerer.     London  :  Unwin,   1898. 

— — Ridan  the  Devil.     London  :   Unwin,  1899. 

-Edward  Barry.     London  :   Unwin,   1900. 

-Tom  Wallis.      London  :  Religious  Tract  Society,    1900. 

-By  Rock  and  Pool.     London  :  Unwin,   1901. 

-Te.s.sa,  the  Trader's  Wife.     London  :  Unwin,  1901. 

-Yorke  the  Adventurer.     London:  Unwin,    1901. 

-Breachley,  Black  vSheep.     London  :  1902. 

-Strangle  Adventure  of  James   Shervinton.     London:    Unwin, 

1902. 
-The  Jalasco  Brig.     London  :  A.  Treherne  &  Co.,  1902. 
-Helen  Adair.     London  :  Unwin,   1903. 
-Chinkies   Flat.     London  :  Unwin,    1904. 
-Under  Tropic  Skies.     London  :   Unwin,  1904. 
-Notes  from  Mv  South  Sea  I«og.     London  :  Werner,  Laurie, 

1905. 
-Tom  Oerrard,   1905. 

Adventures  of  a  Supercargo,  1906. 

— The  Call  of  the  South.     I.ondon  :  Milne,  1908. 
— The  Pearl  Divers  of  Roncador  Reef.     London  :  Clarke  &  Co., 
1908. 
'Neath  Austral  Skies.     London  :  Milne,  1909. 
-Adventures  of  Louis  Blake.     London  :   Werner  Laurie,  1909. 


BuUv  Hayes,  Buccaneer  (edited  by  Bertram  Steve»s).     Syd- 
ney :   N.S.W.    i'nokstall  Co.,    1913. 
Becke,  LOU^,  and  Jetferj%   Walter.     ^Mystery  of  the  I^aughlin  Islands.     Lon- 
don,  1896. 
_ Tile   JIutineer.     London:   Unwin,    1898. 


324  vStrvvakt's  Handhook 

Becke,  Louis,   and  Jeffery,   Walter.    .The  Mutineer.     Sydney  :  Reprinted  l)y 

Angus  and  Robert.son, — . 

A  First  Fleet  F'ainilv.      I^ondon  :    ITnwin, 

1896. 


The  Tapu  of  Bandt-rali  (tales).     London, 

1901. 
Beechey  (Captain),  F.  W.     Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  aud  Beering's 

Strait     .  in    the    years    1825,    26,    27,    28.     Two    vols.     London, 

18:U. 
Bellingshausen,   F.     Dual   Kxploration  of  the  Southern  Frozen  Ocean,   and 

Voyage  round  the  world  during  the  years  1819,  1820  and  1821  performed 

in  the   sloops  Vostoka,  and  Mirnom,  under   the   command   of   Captain 

Bellingshausen,    commanding    the     sloop     Vostoka.       In     Ru.ssian.     St. 

Petersburg,  1831. 
Bennett,  Frederick  Debell.     Narrative  of  a  Whaling  Voyage  round  the  ('.lobe 

from   the   Year    18o3    to    1836,    comprising   sketches   of    Polynesia,    &c. 

Two  vols.     London  :  Richard  Bentley,  1840. 
Bligh,  William.     The  Mutiny  on  board  H.M.S.  Bounty,  and  the  ."subsequent 

voyage  of  a  part  of  the  Crew  in  the  ship's  boat  from  Tofoa  to  Timor. 

London  :  The    Bankside    Press,  — . 

-A  Voyage  to  the  South  Sea  including  an  account  of  the  Mutinv. 

Dublin:  H.   Fitzpatrick,    1822. 

— — —Dangerous  Voyage,  with  an  appendix  containing  an  account 

of  Otaheite.     Dublin:  Grai.sberry   and  Campbell,    1817. 

— - — ■ Voyage  (same  as  above).     Dublin:  W.  De  A'eaux,  1818. 

■ Voyage  (same  as  above).     London  :   John  Arliss,    1818. 

— Vovaee  (same  as  above).     London  :  Q.  and  \V.  B.  Whittaker, 

i8rs. 

-Voyage,  to  which  is  added  an  account  of  the  snfTerings  and 


fate  of  the  remainder  of  the  crew  of  the  ship.      Dublin  :   R.  Napper,  1824. 
[Boyd,  Benjamin].     See  Webster's  I,ast  Cruise  of  the  \^'andere^. 
Bray,  John  Samuel.     Illustrations  of  Ethnology,  with  description  of  specimens 

from  New  Guinaa,  Admiralty  Islands,  New  Ireland,  Duke  of  York  Lsland, 

New  Britain,  Solomon  Islands,  New  Hebrides,    vSamoan  Lslands,  New 

Caledonia,  Fiji,  &c.     Sydney,    1S87. 
Bridge,    Cyprian.     Crxii.ses  in  Melanesia,   Micronesia   and  V.'esteni  Polynesia 

in  1882,   1883  and  1884,  and  Visits  to  New  Guinea  and  the  Loui.siadcs 

in  1884  and  ISS.'j.     Paper  in  Ro5'al  Geographical  Society's  Journal,  1886. 
Brown  (Professor)  J.  Macmillan.     Migrations  of  the  Polynesians,   according 

to  the  evidence  of  their  language.     N.Z.  Institute  Transactions,  Iflll. 
Brown    (Rev.    Dr.)    George.     George   Brown,    D.D.,    Pioneer-Missionary    and 

Explorer,    an   Autobiography  ;    a  narrative  of   48   years'    residence   and 

travel   in    Samoa,    New    Britain,   New   Zealand,    New   Guinea,    and    the 

Solomon  Islands.     London:   Hodder  and  Stoughton,  1908. 
— . Melanesians  and  Polynesians  ;  their  life  histories 

described   and   compared.     London  :  Macmillans,    1910. 
Brunet,   Marcel.        La   Breche  Maritime   Allemande   dans  1' Empire   Colonial 

.A^nglais.     Paris,    1912. 
[Bully  Hayes].     See  Reeves'   Brown  Men  and  ^^'omen  ;  Cooper's  Coral  I^ands 

and  The  Islands  of  the  Pacific;  and  Becke's  works. 
Burnett,  Frank.     Through  Tropic  Seas.     London:   F.  Griffiths,  1910. 
— — Through  Polvnesia  and  Papua.    London  :   G.  Bell  &  Sons, 

Ltd.,   1911. 
Burney,  (Captain)  James.     A  Chronological  History  of  the  Discoveries  in  the 

South  Sea  or  Pacific  Ocean.     London,  1803. 
[Burns,    Philp    Co.].     All    about    Burns,     Philp    and    Compan}',     Limited. 

(With   brief   descriptions  of  those  parts  of   the   Pacific   to  which   their 

steamers  trade).     Sydney,,  1903. 
Burton  (Rev.)  J.  W.     The  Coll  of  the  Pacific.     London,  1912. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Isr,ANDS  325 

Byron's  Voyage  (by  an  anonymous  author).  A  voyage  round  the  world  in 
H.M.S.  Dolphin,  commanded  by  the  Honorable  Commodore  Byron, 
together  with  an  account  of  seven  islands  lately  discovered  in  the  South 
Seas.     By  an  officer  on  board  the  said  ship.     London,  1767. 

Caillot,  A.  C.  Eugene.  Les  Polynesiens  Orientaux  an  contact  de  la  civilisa- 
tion.    Paris,    1909. 

—Histoire  de  la  Polynesie  Orientale.     Paris,   1910. 

Campbell,  John.  Maritime  Discovery  and  Christian  Missions  (in  the  South 
Seas).     I,oudon  :   John  Snow,  1840. 

Cauvin,   Ch.     Memoire   sur  les  Races  de  1' Oceanic.     Paris,   1882. 

Cheever  (Rev.),  Henry  T.  The  Island  World  of  the  Pacific.  New  York  : 
Harper  and  Brothers,  1851  ;  lyondon  :   Nelson  &  Sons,   1852. 

Cheradame,  Andre.     La  Colonisation  et  les  Colonies  A llemandes.     Paris,  190.5. 

Cheyne,  Andrew.  Islands  in  the  Western  Pacific  Ocean,  together  with 
Productions,  Manners  and  Customs  of  the  Natives  and  Vocabularies 
of  their  various  Languages.     London  :  J.  W.  Potter,  1852. 

Churchill,  William,  The  Polynesian  Wanderings  ;  tracks  of  the  migration 
deduced  from  an  examination  of  the  proto-Sanioan  content  of  Efate 
and  other  languages  of  Melanesia.  Washington  :  Carnegie  Institute, 
1911. 

Churchward,  Vv.  B.      nlackbirding  in  the  South  Pacific.     London,  1888. 

Codrington  (Dr.)  R.  H.  The  Melanesians  ;  studies  in  their  Anthropology 
and  Folklore.     Oxford:   Clarendon  Press,    1891. 

Coliingridge,  George.  The  Discovery  of  Australia  ;  a  Critical,  Documentary 
and  Historic  Investigation  Concerning  the  Priority  of  Discovery  in 
Australasia  by  Europeans  before  the  arrival  of  Lieutenant  James  Cook 
in  the  Endeavour  in  the  year  1770.     Sydney,  1895. 

Colwell  (Rev.),  James.  A  Century  in  the  Pacific.  Sydney  :  Methodi.st 
Book  Depot,   1915. 

Cook  (Captain),  James.  Vovages  Round  the  World;  the  first  performed 
in  the  vears  1768,  1769,  1770,  1771;  the  .second  in  1772,  1773,  1774, 
1775;  the  third  and  last  in  1776,  1777,  1778,  1779  and  1780.  Varioiis 
editions. 

Coombe,  Florence.  Islands  of  Enchantment  ;  manv-sided  Melanesia.  Lon- 
don :  Macmillan  &  Co.,    1911. 

Cooper.  K.  Stonehewer.  Coral  Lands.  London  :  R.  Bentley  &  Son,  1880 
(in  two  vols.)  ;  1882  (one  vol.). 

The  Islands  of  the  Pacific.     Revised  edition  of  the 

above.     London  :  R.  Bentley  &  .Son,  1888. 

Coote,  Walter.  The  Western  Pacific,  a  description  of  the  groups  of  islands 
to  the  north  and  east  of  the  Australian  Continent.  London  :  vSamp.son 
Low,  ^larston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1883. 

[Coral  Reefs.]  The  Atoll  of  Funafuti  ;  Borings  into  a  coral  reef  and  the 
results,  being  the  report  of  the  Coral  Reef  Conmiittee  of  the  Royal 
Society.     London  :   Royal  Society,  1904. 

Coulter  (Dr.),  John.  .Ulventures  on  the  Western  Coast  of  South  America 
(including  a  narrative  of  incidents  about  the  Kingsmill  Islands,  New 
Ireland,  New  Britain,  New  Guinea,  and  other  islands).  Two  vols. 
London  :  Longman,- Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  1847. 

Adventures  in  the  Pacific.     Dublin  :  W.   Currv  &   Co., 

1845. 

Cousins,  George.     From  Island  to  Island  in  the  South  sSeas,  or  the  Work  of 

a    ^lissinnary   Ship.      London,    1893. 
-Storv  of  the  South  Seas,  written  for  Younsj  People.     Lon- 
don,  1894. 

Cumming  (Miss)   C.  F.  Gordon.     A  Lady's  Cruise  in  a  French  Man-of-War. 
London  :  W.    Blackwood   &   vSons,    1882.     (For  other   works  see   under 
F'iji,   Hawaii,  &c.) 
Dahlgren,     E.     W.       l/cs    Relations    Commerciales  et    Maritimes  entre   La 
France  et  les  cotes  de  I'Ocean  Pacifique.     Paris,  1909. 


326  Stewart  s  Handbock 

Dalrymple,   Alexander.     An  Account  of  the   Discoveries  made  in  tlie  South 

r.'icific  Ocean,  previoiis  to  1764.      lyOndon,  1707. 
Davin,  Albert.     SO.OOO  Millcs  dans  1' Ocean  Pacifique.     Pans,  1886. 
Demav,  Charles.      Ilistoirc  de  la  Colonisation  Allcmande.      Paris,  I8.S9. 
Deschanel,  Paul.     l<a  Politique  I'rancaise  en  Oceanic  a  propos  du  Canal  de 

Panama.     Paris,    1884. 
Les  Interots  l'"rancais  dans  I'ocean  Pacifique.      Paris, 

18SS. 
Dewar,  J.    Gumming.      Voyage  of    the   Nyanza,  being  the  record  of    a  three 

years  cruise  in  a  schooner  yacht  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific.     I,ondon  : 

W.  Blackwood,   1892. 
Dinecn,    T.    B.     Directory    and    (luide   to    .South    Pacific    Islands.     vSvdney  : 

T.  B.  Dincen,  1905.' 
Dra,ke  del  Castillo,  E.     Flore  de  la  Polynesie  Francaise.     Paris,  189.'}. 
Elkington,    E.    Way.      The    Savage    South    Seas,    painted    by   Norman    H. 

Hardv,   described  bv   E.   V.'av   Flkington.     London  :  A.   and  C.    Black, 

1907.' 
Ellis   (Rev.),    William.      Polynesian  Researches  During  a  Residence  of  Nearly 

Six  Years  in  the  Soiith  Sea  Islands.     London  :   Fisher,  .Son  and  Tackson, 

1829  (two  vols.),  18.32  (four  vols.),   1836  (four  vols.)  ;  H.  G.  Eohn,   1859 

(four  vols.)  ;  New  York  :   J.  and  J.  Harper,  1833  (four  vols.). 

— A  Vindication  of  the  South  Sea  Missions,  &'c.     London, 

1831. 
Enock,    C.   Reginald.     The  Secret   of   the   Pacific  ;   description  of  the  origin 

of    the    earl)-    civilisations    of    America,    the    Toltecs,    Aztecs,    Mayas, 

Incas,  and  their  predecessors,  and  of  the  possibilities  of  Asiatic  influence 

thereon.     London  :   Fisher  Unwin,   1912. 
Erskine,  Captain  J.  B.     Journal  of  a  Cruise  Among  the  Islands  of  the  Western 

Pacific,   including   the   Feejees  and  others  inhabited  by  the  Polynesian 

Negro  races.     London:  Murray,   1853. 
[Fanning].     Voyages  Round  the  World,  with  Selected  .Sketches  of  \'oyages 

to   the   South   Seas.      .      .      .     With    information   relating   to   important 

late  discoveries  between  the  vears  1792  and  1832.     By  Eclmund  Fanning. 

New  York,   1833. 
Festetics  de  Tolna  (Count),  Rodoiphe.     Chez    les     Cannibales;  Hviit     ans    de 

croisiere    dans   I'Ocean    Pacifique    a    bord    du   Yacht  Le  Tolna.      Paris, 

1903. 
— \'ers  I'ecueil   de   Minicoy  ;    apres  Iluit 

ans    dans    I'Ocean    Pacifique    et    Indien    a  bord  dii   Yacht   I,e  Tolna. 

Paris,    1904. 
Findlay,  Alexander  G.     A  Directory  for  the  Navigation  of  the  Pacific  Ocean, 

with  descriptions  of  its  coasts,  islands,  &c.     In  two  parts.     By  Alexander 

G.  Findlay,  F.R.G.S.     London,    1851. 

South  Pacific.     Fifth  edition,    1884. 

Finsch,  0.      Sudseearbeiten.     Hamburg,    1914.     For  other  works  see  under 

New   Guinea,   &c. 
Fletcher,  C.  Brunsdon.     The  New  Pacific  ;  British  Policy  and  German  Aims, 

with  a  preface  bv  Viscount  Bryce  and  a  foreword  by  the  Right  Hon. 

W.  M.  Plughes.     'London:  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1917. 
The    Problem    of    the    Pacific,   with    preface  by  Sir 

W^illiam  MacGregor.     London,    1919. 
Foley,  A.  E.     Ouatre  Annees  en  Oceanic.     Paris,  1886. 
Fox,  Frank.     Probdems  of  the  Pacific.     London,  1912. 
Fornander,   Abraham.     An  account  of  the   Polynesian  race,   its  origin  and 

migrations,  and   the   ancient  history  of  the  Hawaiian  people.     London, 
1878. 
Francis,  B.     Isles  of  the  Pacific,  or  Sketches  from  the  South  Seas.     London  : 

Casscll  &  Co.,  1882. 
Gaggin,    John.       Anions    the    IVIan    Faters.     London  :     T.     I'isher    I'nwin, 
1900. 


OF  THE  Pacti'tc  Tsi,ands  327 

Gandin,  A.     De  la  Possibilile  d'nne  Vaste  colonisation  dans  rOceanie.     Paris ' 

1  SfiS. 
Gamier,  .Jules.     Oceanic  ;  les  iles  des  Pins,  Loyalty,  et  Tahiti.     Paris,  1871. 
Migrations    Poh'nesiennes,    leur    origine,  lent   itineraire,  leur 

etendue.      Btilletin  de  la  Societe  de  Geographie,    1S70. 
Geil,  William  Ed^ar.     Ocean  and  Isle.     J.Ielbourne  :  W.  T.  Pater  8:  Co.,  Ht02. 
[German   Colonial  OfEcel.     Die  Deutschen  vSchutzgebiete  in  Afrika  und  der 

Sudsee,    li»<)l)-10;    Berlin,    1911. 
[German  Interests]     German  Interests  m  the  South  Sea.     Abstracts  of  Official 

Corresnondence  (White  Book)  presented  to  the  Reichstag,  1884  and  1885. 

London  :   \\'vman  and  Sons,  IXSo.  , 

Gill  (Rev.),  W.  Wyatt.     Gems  from  the  Coral  Lslands  or  Incidents  of  Contrast 

between  Savage  and  Christian  Life  in  the  Soutii  vSea  Islands.     London, 

1  S.'->6. 
Jottings    from    the    Pacific.       London  :    Reheions 

Tract  Society,  1885. 
The  South  Pacific  and  New  Guinea,  past  and  present, 

with  notes  on  the  Hervey  Group,  and  illustrations,  songs  and  various 

myths.     Sydney  :  Government  Printer,  1892. 
[Godeifroy  &  Co.].     See  H.  Stonehewer  Cooper's  Coral  Lands  and  The  Lslands 

of  the  Pacific  ;  Sterndale's  Memorandum.  &c. 
[Goodenough i.     Memoir    and    Journal    of    Commodore    Goodenough,    R.N., 

C.B.,  C.M.G.,  during  his  last  command  as  senior  officer  of  the  Australian 

Station,  1873-1875  ;  edited  by  his  widow.     London:  H.  S.  King,  1876. 
Grey  (Sir),  George.     German  Colonization;  a  review  of  recent  Anglo-German 

negotiations  and  the  Samoan  situation.     Auckland  :  H.  Brett,  1889. 
Grimshaw,  Beatrice.     In    the    Strange    vSouth    Seas.     London  :  Hutchinson 

and  Co.,   1907. 

Three     Wonderful     Nations— Tonga,      Samoa,      Fiji. 

Published  by  Union  Steamship  Co. 

For  other  works  see  under  New  Guinea,  &c. 

Groote,    P.    de.     Nouvelle   France  ;   Colonie  Libre  de   Port   Breton.       Paris  : 

Societe  Generale  de  Librairie  Catholique,   1880. 
Guillemard,    F.    H.    H.      The    Cruise    of    the  Marchesa  to  Kamschatka    and 

New  Guinea.     Two  vols.     London  :   John  Murray,  1886. 
Guppy  (Dr.),   H.  B.     Observations  of  a  Naturalist  in  the  Pacific.     London, 

1903. 
Hall,  Douglas  B.,  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     Sun.shine  and  Surf  ;  a  year's 

wanderings  in  tlie  vScmth  Seas.     London  :  A.  and  C.  Black,  1901. 
Hawkesworth  (Dv.),  John.     An  account  of  the  voyages  undertaken  for  making 

discoveries  in  the  vSouthern  Hemisphere,  and  performed  by  Commodore 

Byron,  Captain  Wallis,  Captain  Carteret  and  Captain  Cook,  drawn  from 

the  journals  which  were  kept  bj'  the  several  commanders  and  from  the 

papers  of  ].  Banks.     London,  1773. 
Hernsheim,  Franz.     Sudsee-Hrinnerungen,  (1875-1880).     Berlin,  188.3. 
Hood,  T.  H.     Notes   of    a    cruise    in    H.M.S.    Fawn    in    the  Western  Pacific 

in  1862.      Kdinburgh  :   F.duionston  and  Douglas,  bSC)."}. 
How,  F,  D.     Bishop  John  Selwyn  ;  a  Memoir.     London,  1899. 
Indra,   K.  R.     Sudseefahrten  :  Schilderungen  einer  Reise  nacli  den   I^idschi- 

Inseln,  vSamoa  and  Tonga.     Berlin,  1903. 
Johnson,    Kartin.     Through   the   South  Seas   with   Jack   London.     London  : 

T.  ^^'enler  I,aurie,  1913. 
Jouan,    Henri.      A    Propos    du    Peuplement    de    la    Polynesie.     Cherbourg, 

1884. 
King  (Rev),   Jose??h.     Ten  Decades,   the  Australian  Centenary  Story  of  the 

London  MissiiMiary  Society.     London,    1894. 
Kramer  (Professor),  Augustin.     Hawaii,  Ostmikronesien  und  Samoa.      Stutt- 
gart :  Verlag  von  Strecker  and  Schroder,  1906. 
Ueber    den     J'.au    der    Korallenriffe    und    die 

Planktonvertheilung  an  den  Samoanischen  K listen.     Leip'^ifj,  1897. 


328  Stewart's  Handbook 

Kruijt,  Alb.   C.      lU't  Animisme  lu  deu  ImUschcii  AicIhikI.     's-r,ravenhaji;e  : 

l!tO(i.     I  Deals  with  New  (iuinea  and  other  islands.] 
LaJarse,  John.     Kcmini.scenccs  of  the  Sonth  Sca.'^.     I,ondon  :   (".rant  Riehards, 

l!»!i. 
Lambert   (Rev.),  John    C.     Missicnarv   Heroe.*-'  in  Oceania.      London  :  Seeley 

and  Co.,    lino. 
Lament,    E.    H.      Wild    I,ifo   Anions.^    the    Pacific    Islanders.      London  :    Hurst 

and   Blackett,   iSfiT. 
Lang    'Rev.   Dr.),   J.   D.     Origin  and  Migrations  of   the   Polynesian   Nation. 

Sydney  and  Melbourne  :  Geo.  R.obert.son,    1877. 
[La  Perousei.     See  Captain  (\.  Bayly'.s  Sea  I,ife  Sixty  Years  Ago  :  also  "  La 

Pcrou.se."  by  Professor  P'rnest  vScott  (of  Melbourne),  published  in  Sydney, 

1912  ;  and  \'oyage  de  La  Perouse  (Paris,  1798,  and  other  editions). 
Lemire,     Ch.     I<es     Intercts     francais     dans     le     Pacifique.      Paris  :   Berger- 

Levrault,  1904. 
Lenwood  (Rev.),  F.     Pastels  from  the  Pacific.     London,  1918. 
Lesson    (Dr.),     A.     Les     Polynesiens,    leur    origine.     leurs    migrations,    leur 

langage.      Pnris,    1880-84. 
London,    Charmian  Kittredge   (Mrs.   Jack  London).      Voyaging  in  V/ild  Seas, 

a  narrative  of  the  voyage  of  the  Snark  in  tlie  years  1907-1909.     Lon- 
don :  'Mills  and  Boon,   1915. 
London,  Jack.     Cmiss  of  the  vSnark      London:    I91.S. 
[London  Missionary  Society.]     A  Register  of    :Missionaries    and  Deputations 

from  1790  to  1877,  compiled  by  John  Owen  Whitehouse.     London,  1877. 
History    of    London    Missionary    Society,    1795-1895  ; 

by  Richard  Lovett.     I,ondon  :   Henry  Frowde,  1899. 
Maclver,   Henry  Ronald.      Rivals  for  supremacy   in   the   Pacific.       vSvdney  : 

Gib'bs,  Shallard  &  Co.,  1885. 
Mackellar.  C.  D.     Scented  Isles  and  Coral  Ciardens.     London  :   John  Murrav, 

1912. 
"Marin,  Aylic "  (Edward  Petit).     En  Oceanic.     Paris,  1888. 
Markham  (Commander),   Albert  Hastings.     The  Cruise  of  the   "Rosario" 

Amongst  the  New  Hebrides  and  Santa  Cruz  Islands,  exposing  the  recent 

atrocities  connected  with  the  kidnapping  of  natives  in  the  South  Seas. 

London  :  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  I^ow  and  Searle,  1873. 
Melching,  K.     Staatenbildungen  in  Melanc.sien.     Leipsig,  1897 
Melville,    Herman.     Narrative    of    a    Four   Months'    Residence    Among    the 

Natives  of  a  Valley  of  the  Marquesas  Islands ;  or  a  Peep   at  Polynesian 

Life.     lyondon  :   John    Murray,    1846. 
Typee  ;  Narrative  of  a  Four  Months'  Re.sidence  .Among 

the    Natives    of    a    Valley    of    the    Marquesas    Islands.     I,ondon  :    John 

Murray,    1847;   H.   J.   Gibbs,    1850;   new  edition,    John  Murray,    1861; 

with  introduction  by  Professor  "'A'.   P.  Trent,  published  by  Society  for 

Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  1903. 
Omoo  ;    Narrative    of    Adventures    in    the    South    Seas, 

being  a  sequel  to  "  Typee."     London  :   John  Murray,  1847  ;  Geo.  P.out- 

ledge,  1850';  New  edition,  Murray,  ISfil. 
Meyer  (Professor),   Hans.      Das  Deutsche  Kolonialreich.     Two  vols,   (second 

volume  deals  with  the  Pacific).     Leipsig,  1909-10. 
Montgomery  (Right  Rev.),  H.  H.     The  Ivight  of  Melanesia  ;  a  record  of  35 

years  mi.ssion  work  in  the  South  Seas.     London  :   S.P.C.K.,  1896. 
Moss,   Frederick  J.     Through   Atolls  and  Islands  in   the  Great  South   Sea. 

London  :  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1889. 
Murray  (Rev.),  A.  W.   Wonders  of  the  Western  Isles;  being  a  narrative  of  the 

commencement    and    progress    of    mission    work  in  Western    Polynesia. 

London,   1874. 

The  Bible  in  the  Pacific.     London,  188S. 

Nicholas,  H.  S.     Australian  Problems  in  the  Pacific  (in  Australia  ;  Economic 

and    Political    Studies,    edited    by    Professors    ^leredith    Atkinson    and 

Harrison  IMocre  ;  published  by  Macmillan,   1919 j. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Isi.axds  329 

Nicoll,  M.  J.     Three  Voyages  of  a  Naturalist  (third  voyage  iiKliuling  visits 

to  Easter  Island,  Pitcairn  Island,  Tahiti  and  Samoa).     London,  1908. 
Nightingale,      Thomas.         Oceanic     Sketches.         London  :      Tps.     Cochrane, 

1835. 
Omai.     Narrations  d'Oniai,  Insulaire  de  la  nier  du  Sud,  anii  et  conipagnon 

de  voyage  du  Capitaine  Cook.      Paris,  1790. 
Orlebar    (Lieutenant),  J.     A    Midshipman's   Journal    on    Board   H.M.S.  Ser- 

ingapatam    during    the   year     1830,    containing    brief    observations    on 

Pitcairn  Island  and  other  islands  in  the  South  Sea.     London  :   Whittaker, 

Treacher  &  Co.,   1833. 
Osborne  (Lord),  Albert,  and  Hall,  D.  B.     Sunshine  and  Surf.     See  Hall  and 

Osborne. 
Pallander,  Edwin.     The  Log  of  an  Island  '\\'anderer  ;  notes  of  travel  in  the 

Hastern  Pacific.     London:   C.  Arthur  Pearson,  Ltd.,  1901. 
Palmer   (Captain),    George,    R.N.     Kidnapping   in   the   South   Seas,   being   a 

narrative   of    a    three    months'  criiise   in    H.M.S.   Rosario.     Rdinburgh  : 

Ednionston  and  Douglas,  1871. 
[Panama  Pacific  Historical  Congress].     The  Pacific  Ocean  in  historj,  papers 

and  addresses  presented  at  tjie  Panama  Pacific  Historical  Congress,  held 

at  San  T'rancisco,  July,   1915.     New  York:  Macmillan  Companv,    1917. 
Parkinson,   Sydney.     A   Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  the  South  Seas  in'  H.M.S. 

Endeavour.       Faithfully     transcribed     from     the     papers    of     the     late 

Sydney    Parkinson,    Draughtsmair   to   Joseph   Banks,    Esq.,   on   his  late 

E.xpedition  with  Dr.  vSolander  roimd  the  world.     London,  1773. 
Paton  (Rev.),  Frank  H.  L.     The  Kingdom  in  the  Pacific.     London,  1912. 
Paulding   (Lieutenant),   Hiram.     Journal  of   a   Cruise   of  the   United   States 

schooner    Dolphin    amcng    the    Islands   of    the    Pacific,  and    a    visit  to 

the  Mulgrave  Islands.     New  York:   O.  and  C.  Carvill,   1831. 
Pembroke  and  Kingsley.     See  The  Earl  and  the  Doctor. 
Penny  (Rev.),  Alfred.     Ten  Years  in  Melanesia.     London,  — . 
Perkins,  Edward  T.    Na  Motu  ;  or,  Reef-Rovings  in  the  South  >Seas  ;  a  narrative 

of    adventures  in    the    Hawaiian,   Tongan   and  Society   Islands.       New 

York:    Pudnev  and  Russell,    1854. 
Phillips,    Coleman.     Samoa   and   Pacific   Islands  ;  'historical   and  descriptive 

sketch — with  a  list  of  hi.storical  events  from  1872  to  1889  ;  I^ist  of  Murders 

of  Sailors  and  Traders  in  the  South  Sea  Islarids,  1875  to  1885  ;  Foreign 

Possessions  in  the  Pacific.     New  Zealand  Parliamentary  paper,  1894. 
Pierson,  Delavan  L.     The  Pacific  Islanders,  from  Savages  to  Saints  ;  chapters 

from  the  life  stories  of  famous  missionaries  and  native  converts.     New 

York  and  London,   190fi. 
Pinon,  Rene.     La  Lutte  Pour  Ic  Pacifique.     Paris,  1912. 
[Polynesian    Company].     Sir  Julius  \^ogers  scheme  for  New   Zealand   Poly- 
nesian   Trading    Company.     See    appendix    Stonehewer    Cooper's    Coral 

Lands,  second  vol.,  first  edition,  1880. 
Porter   (Captain),   David.     Journal  of  a  Cruise  made  to   the   Pacific   Ocean 

bv  Captain    David    Porter   in    the    United    States    frigate   E^ssex  in  the 

years  !S12,  1813  and  1814.     New  York  :  Wiley  and  Halsted,  1822. 
Quatrefages,  A  de.     Les  Polyne.siens  et  leurs  Migrations.     Paris,  — . 
[Quiros.]     The  Voyages  of  Pedro  Fernandez  de  Ouiros,  1595  to  1606.     Hak- 

luyt   Society,    1904. 
2lannie,  Douglas.     Mv  Adventures  .'\mong  South  Sea  Cannibals.     Loudon  : 

Seeley,  Service  &' Co.,  1912. 
Rechinger  (Dr.),  Karl.     Botanische  und  Zoologische  Ergebnisse  einer  Wissens- 

chaftlichen    Forschungsreise    nach    den    Samoainseln,    dcm    Neiiguinea 

Archipel  und  den  vSalomonsinseln.     Wien.   1907-8. 
Reeves,  Edward.     Brown  Men  and  \\'omen,  or  the  South  Sea  Islands  in  1895 

and    IS'Wi.     London:  Swan   Sonneuschein,    1898. 
Richard,  M.  F.  Voyages  chez  les  Peuplcs  Sauvages  ;  ou,  1' Homme  de  la  Nature  ; 

Ilistoire  des  peuples  sauvages  des  deux  Continens,  et  des  naturels  des 

Lsles  de  la  mer  du  vSud.      Paris,   1808. 


330  Ste\vakt"s  Handbook 

Rivers,  (Dr.)  W.  H.  R.  The  History  of  Melanesian  Society.  Two  vols.  Cani- 
bridgc  :  "University  Press,    1911. 

Roge;eveen,  Jacob.  De  Reis  van  Mr.  Jacol>  Roggcveen  ter  Ontdekking  van 
bet   Zuidland    (1721-1722).  's  Cravenhage  :  M.    Nijhoff,    1911. 

Extract  from  the  official  log  of  the  voyage  of  Mynheer 

Jacob  Roggeveen  in  the  ships  Den  Arend,  Thienhoven  and 
De  Afrikaansche  (ialey  in  1721-2.  in  so  far  as  it  relates  to  the  dis- 
covery of  Easter  Island  (see  ( Gonzalez,  Captain  Felipe). 

Romilly,  Hugh  H.  The  Western  Pacific  and  New  Guinea.  London  :  John 
Murray,   1886. 

Letters   from    the    Western    Pacific   and    Mashonaland. 

1878-1891,  edited  with  memoir  by  his  brother  Samuel  H.  Romilly,  with 
introduction  by  Lord  vStanmore.     London  :  David  Nutt,   1893. 

Roskoschny  (Dr.),  Hermann.  Europas  Kolonien  ;  die  Deutschen  in  der 
Sudsee.     Leipzig,    — 

Rozpide,  Ricardo  Beltrany.  I^a  Polinesia.  .  .  .  Xoticia  de  los  prin- 
cipales  viajes  effectuados  en  aquella  parte  de  la  Oceania  por  Navegantes 
Espanoles  y  Extranjeros.     Madrid,    1884. 

Russell  (Rev.),  M.  Polynesia.  A  History  of  the  South  Sea  Islands,  including 
New  Zealand,  with  a  narrative  of  the  Introduction  of  Chri.stianitv. 
London  :  Nelson  &  Sons,  1853. 

Safroni-Middleton,  A.  Sailor  and  Beachcomber  ;  confessions  of  a  life  at 
vSea,  in  Australia,  and  amid  the  Lslands  of  the  Pacific.     London,  1915. 

A  \'agabond's  Odyssey,  being  further  Reminis- 
cences of  a  Sailor  troubadour  in  manv  lands.     London,  1916. 

Saint- Yves,  G.     I/Oceanie.     Tours:   1896." 

Schnee,  Dr.  Heinrich.     Bilder  aus  der  Sudsee.     Berlin,   1904. 

Scholefield,  Guy  H.     The  Powers  in  the  Pacific.     London  :  Murray,  1919. 

Schouten,  Wiilem  C.     Voyages  in  1615,  1616  and  1617.     Various  editions. 

Seed,  Williani.  Area,  Popvdation,  Trade,  &c.,  of  the  Principal  Groups  of 
Lslands.     New  Zealand  Parliamentary  paper,   1874. 

Seiwyn,  J.  R.  (Bishop).  Islands  of  the  Western  Pacific,  (in  Journal  of  Roval 
Colonial  Institute.)     London,    1894. 

Shoberl,  Frederic.  The  AA'orld  in  Miniature :  The  South  Sea  Islands,  being 
a  description  of  the  manners,  customs,  character,  religion  and  state  of 
society  among  the  various  tribes  scattered  over  the  great  ocean,  called 
the  Pacific  or  the  South  Sea  ;  edited  by  Frederic  Shoberl.  Two  vols. 
London  :   R.  Ackermann,  1824. 

Short,  Robert.  The  Slave  Trade  in  the  Pacific  ;  a  statement  on  the  intro- 
dii.ction  of  Polynesian  labour  into  Queensland  and  the  operation  of  the 
Polynesian  Labourers  Act,  1868  ;  prepared  at  the  request  of  the  Select 
Committee  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Queensland  and  suppressed 
by  them.     London  :  George  Levey,   1870. 

Speiser  (Dr.),  Felix.  Two  Years  wuth  the  Natives  in  the  Western  Pacific 
London:  Mills  and  Boon,  1913. 

Sterndale,  H.  B.  Memorandum  on  South  Sea  Islands.  New  Zealand  Parlia- 
mentary paper,  1874. 

Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  In  the  South  Seas,  being  an  account  of  experiences 
and  observations  in  the  Marquesas,  Paumotus  and  Gilbert  Islands  in 
the  course  of  two  cruises  on  the  vaclit  Casco  (1888;  and  the  schooner 
Equator  (1889).     London  :  Chatto  and  Windns,  1900. 

■■ Island    Nights    Entertainments.     London  :   Cassell 

and  Co.,   1893. 

Stevenson  (Mrs.  R.  L.),  Fanny.  The  Cruise  of  the  Janet  Nichol  among 
the  South  Sea  Islands.     London  :  Chatto  and  Windus,  1915. 

Stevenson,  Mrs.  M.  I.  From  Saranac  to  the  ]\Iarqnesa.s  and  Beyond,  being  the 
letters  written  by  Mrs.  M.  I.  Stevenson  during  18>*7-S8  to  her  .sister, 
Jane  ^\'hvte  Balfour,  with  a  .short  introduction  bv  Dr.  George  \V  Balfour. 
London  :' Methuen  &  Co.,  100:^    . 


OF  THE  Pacific  islands  331 

Stewart,   C.  S.     A    Visit   to    the  South  Seas  in  the  T'nited  States  Ship  \"in- 

cennes    during    the    years    1829    and    1830.         London:     Colburn    and 

Bentley,   1832  (two  vols.).;  in  one  vol.,  edited  and  abridged  by  William 

Kllis.     London:   Fisher,  Son  and  J  f^kson,  1832. 
St.    Johnston,     Alfred.     Camping    Among     Cannibals.     London  :   ^Lacniillan 

an.l  Co.,   1883. 
St.  Julian,   Charles.     Notes  on  the  Latent  Resources  of  Polynesia.     Sydney  : 

KfUip  and   Fairfax,    1851. 
Stoddard,  Charles  Warren.     Summer  Cruising  in  the  South  Seas.     London  : 

Chatto  and  Windus,  1874. 
"Sundowner"      (Herbert    Tichborne).     Pambles     in      Polynesia.     London: 

luiropean   Wail,    1897. 
-. • Noqu     Talanoa  ;     Stories     from     tlie 

vSouth  Seas.     London  :  Kuropean  Mail,    189(3. 
[The]  Earl  and  the  Doctor  (Pembroke  and  Kingsley).     South  Sea  Bubbles. 

i.ondon  ;   R.  Bentley  &  Sons.  1872  and  1873. 
Thomas,  Julian.     Cannibals  and  Convicts.      London:   Cassell  &  Co.,  1886. 
Thompson,    R.    Wardlaw.     Mv    Trip    in    the    "  John    Williams."      London  : 

L.M.S.,    1900. 
Thomson,    Basil.     South   Sea   Yarns,     l^dinburgh,    1894.     (For   other   works 

see  under  Fiji,  Tonga,  &c.). 
Thomson,  R.  P.     A    National  History  of    Australia,  New   Zealand  and  the 

Adjacent  Islands.     London,    1917. 
Tichborne.  Herbert  fSee  "Sundowner"). 
Tolna  (see   I'Ystetics  de  Tolna). 
[Tradel.      Report  by  the  Inter-vState  Commission  of  Australia  on  British  and 

Australian  Trade  in  the  South   Pacific.     Commonwealth  Parli.amentary 

paper,   1918. 
Tregear,  E.     Asiatic  Gods  in  the  Pacific,      journal  of  the  Polynesian  Societv, 

vol.  II.,  No.  2,  Jime,  1893. 
Trusler  (Dr.),  John.     A  Descriptive  Account  of  the  Islands  lately  discovered 

in  the  South  Seas.     I/Ondon,  1778. 
Turner  (Rev.),  George.     Nineteen  Years  in  Polvnesia,  missionary  life,  travels 

and  researches  in  the  islands  of  the  Pacific.  I^ondon,  1861. 
Turot,  J.  M.  Dupetit-Thoviars  dans  la  Polyne-sie.  Paris,  1844. 
Vogel,    Sir   Julius.     Polynesian   Trading    Company    Scheme.     See    appendix 

Stonehewer  Cooper' vS  Coral  Lands,  second  vol.,  first  edition,  1880. 
Walker,    H.    Wilfrid.     Wanderings    Among    South    Sea    Savages.     London  : 

Witherby  &  Co.,  1909. 
Wallis  (Captain).     The  History  of  Wallis's  and  Carteret's  \'oyage  round  the 

World,  begun  in  th^  year   )76t)  and  finished  in   1768.     London:   Wren 

and  Hodges,  1784. 
Struggles   and    Escapes   of   Captain    Wallis   and    his   crew, 

and  their  various  conflicts  with  the  Natives  of  Otalieite  during  a  voyage 

of  Discovery,  &c.,  in  the  summer  of  1766. 
Walter,  Richard.     A   Voyage  Round  the  World  in  the  Years  1740-1744,  by 

George  Anson,  Fsq.,  Commander-in-Chief  of  a  Scjuadron  of  His  Majesty's 

ships,  sent  upon  an  expedition  to  the  South  Seas.     Compiled  from  papers 

of    George    Lord    A-Uson    bv   Richard    Walter,    M.A.,    Chaplain    of    the 

Centurion,    1748. 
Wawn,   William  T.     The  South  .Sea  Islanders  and  the  Queensland  Labour 

Trade  ;  a  record  of  \'oyages  and  Experiences  in  the  Western  Pacific  from 

187.">  to  1891.     London  :   Swan  Sonnenschein  &  Co...  1893. 
Webster,  John.     The  Last   Cruise  of  the   Wanderer.     Svdney  :   V.  Cunning- 

hame,    1SH3. 
Webster,   W.   D.     Catalogues  of   Ethnographical  Specimens  from   Australia, 

llervey  Lslands,  Marquesas,  New  Guinea,  New  Ireland,  Tahiti,  Samoa, 

Tonga,  Solomon    Islands,    New    Caledonia,    Norfolk    Island,   and    other 

parts  of   Polynesia     ...     in  the   possession   of    W.    D.    Webster,   of 

Bichester,  Oxon.     Leicester:   Bernard  Halliday,  1911. 


332  vSTKWAKT'S  H.WDiiDCK 

Wegener,  G.     Deutschland  in  der  Sudsee.     Bielefeld.  1903. 

Werner,    B.    Von.     VAn    Deutsches    Krieg.sscliiff    in    der    Sudsee.      I.eipsig : 

V.   A.    Brockhaus,    1.S89. 
Whetham,    J.    W.    Boddam.     Pearls    of    the    Pacific.     London  :   Hur.'^t    and 

Blackclt,  1H7(). 
White   (Risht   Rev,),    Gilbert.     Round   About   the  Torre-s  Straits.     I.ondcn  : 

S.P.C.K.,  1!)17. 
Wilfried,  — .     Samoa  und  '.'onga.     Sudsee  erlebnisse.     No  date. 
Wilkes   (Admiral),    Charles.     Narrative  of  the  United   States   exploring   e.v- 

pedition    during   the   years    1838,    1839,    1840,    1841    and    1842.     [Deals 

with  Tuamotu  (or  Pauniotu)  Group,  Tahiti,,  Samoa,  Gdlbert  and  EUice 

Islands,  Hawaii,  Fiji,  Tonga,  &c.]     Philadelphia,   1845  ;  London,  IS.'ii'. 
Williams   (Rev.),  John.     Narrative   of  Missionary   Ivnterprise   iu   the   South 

Sea  Islands.     London,  1837. 
Memoirs   of  the    Life    of  the    Rev.   John  Williams, 

Missionary  to  Polynesia;  bj'  Kbenezer   Prout.     London,  J84Ij. 
Wilson,  James.     First  Missionary  ^^oyage  to  the  South  Sea  Islands,  performed 

in    the    years    1796,   1797    and    1798    in   the  ship  Duff,  commanded  by 

Captain  James  Wilson  (in  the  Universal  Navigation  and  Modern  Transit 

Series).     London  :   J  as.  Cundee,  1805. 
■ — The  Life  and  Dreadful  Sufferings  of  Captain  James  WiLson 

in   various  parts  of  the  Globe,  including  a  faithful  narrative  of  ever\' 

circumstance  during  the  voyage  to  the  vSouth  Sea  Islands  in  the  mi.s- 

.sionary  ship  Duff  for  the  propagation  of  the  Gospel,  with  an  interesting 

account  of  the  sufferings  and  calamities  of  the  missionaries.     Portsea  : 

G.  A.  Stephens,  1810. 
Wood,   C.  F.     A  Yachtinc;  Cruise  in  the  South  Seas.     London  :  H.  S.  King, 

1875. 
Wragge,    Clement  L.     Tlie  Romance  of  the  South  Seas.     London  :  Chatto 

and  Windus,    1906. 
Yonge.     Charlotte    Mary.      Life     of    John    Coleridge     Patteson  ;    Missionary 

Bishop  of  the  INIeianesian  Islands.     London,  1874. 


NEW  GUSNEA  AND  BISIVfARCK  ARCHIPELAGO  (INCLUDING 
PAPUA  OR  BRITISH  NEW  GUINEA,  LATE  GERMAN  NEW 
GUINEA,  DUTCH  NEW  GUINEA,  NEW  BRITAIN,  NEW 
IRELAND,  &c.  . 


Abel  (Rev.)  Charles.     Kwato,  New  Guinea,  1890-1900.     I^ondon.  1900. 

■ ■ Savage     Life     in     New     Guinea.     London  : 

London  Missionary  Society,  1901. 
Adams,  W.  H.  Davenport.     The  Eastern  A.rchipelago.     (Containing  a  chapter 

on  the  Aru  Islands  and  a  general  description  of  New  Giiinea).     London: 

T.  Nelson  and  vSons,   181.86. 
Albertis,  L.  M.  D'.     New  Guinea  :  What  I  Did  and  What  I  Saw.    Two  vols. 

London  :  vSamp.son  Low,  Marston,  vSearle  and  Rivington,  1880. 
Journal  of  the  Expedition   for  the  Exploration  of  the 

Fh'  River.     Sydney  :   Frederick  White,  1877. 
• ■ — La   Nouvelle   Guinee.     Paris  :  Libraire   Hachette   et    cie. 


1883. 
Armit  (Lieut.)  R.  H.      The  History  of  New  Guinea  and  Origin  of  the  Negroid 

Race.     I<ondon  :  Trubner  &   Co.,    1876. 
Baudouin,  A.     I/Aventure  de  Port  Breton  et  la  Colonie  Libre  dite  Nouvelle 

France.     Paris:  M.  Dreyfous,  1883. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands  333 

Bevan,  Theodore  F.     Toil,    Travel,    and    Discovery    in    British    New   Guinea. 

L,ondon  :   Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Trubner  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1890. 
Discovery  of  Two  New  Rivers  in  British  New  Guinea. 

IfOndon  ;  Royal  Geographical  Society's  Journal,  October,  1887. 

-Fifth    Expedition    to    British    New    Guinea.     Sydney  : 


Government  Printer,  1888. 

-Further  Kxplorations  in  the   Regions    Bordering  upon 


the  Papuan  Gulf.     London  :  Royal  Geographical  Society's  Journal,  1889. 
Bicknell,   George   A.     The   Annexation   of  New  Guinea.     Victorian   Review, 

May,    188;}. 
Blackie,   Walter  G.     Sketch  of  the  present   state  of  our  Knowledge    of  the 

Island    of    New    Guinea.     London  :   Royal  Geographical    Society' ."^    Pro- 
ceedings,  1884. 
Blum,  H.     Neuguinea  und  der  Eismarckarchipel.     Btrlin,  1900. 
Bonaparte,    Prince    Roland.     Les    Derniers    Voyages    des    Neerlaiidais    a    la 

NouvcUe  Guiuee.     Versailles:   E-  Hubert,  1885. 
La  Nouvelle  (xuinee  ;  le  fleuve  Augusta.     Paris, 

1887. 
Bourlen,  William.     The  Voyage  of  the  Bonito  ;  an  account  of  the  Fly  River 

expedition  to  New  (Guinea.     Sydney  :  Gibbs,  Shallard  &  Co.,  188H. 
Brown  (Rev.  Dr.)  George.     New  Guinea,  New  Britain,  New  Ireland  (in  his 

Autobiography).      1908. 
Notes  on  the  Duke  of  York  Group,  New  Britain  and 

New  Ireland.     Lcndcn  :   Journal  of  Royal  Geographical  Society,  1877. 
Brown  (Professor)  J.  Macmillan.     The  Dutch  East    (with  some  chapters  on 

Dutch   New  Guinea).     London  :   Kegan   Paul,   Trench,   Truljuer  &    Co., 

Ltd.,   191-1. 
Biu'nell,  F.  S.     Austraha  versus  Germany  ;  the  Story  of  the  taking  of  German 

New  Guinea.     London  :  George  Allen  and  Unwin,  Ltd.,  191.5. 
Burnett,    Frank.     Through    Polvnesia    and    Papua.     I,ondon  :  G.    Bell    and 

vSons,  Ltd.,   1911. 
Bui-ns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.     New  Guinea,  &c.  (in  Illustrated  handbook),  1903. 
Cabaton,  A.      Dutch  New  Guinea  (in  his  Java  and  the  Dutch  East  Indies). 

London:   Fisher  Unwin,    1911. 
Chalmers   (Rev.)  James.     Pioneer  Ijfe  and   Work  in  New  Guinea,    1877   to 

1894.     I;ondon  :   Religious  Tract  Society,  1895. 
■ Worl;  and  Adventure  in  New  Guinea  (in  collabora- 
tion with  Rev.   \V.   Wvatt  (»ill).        London  :     Religious  Tract    Society, 

1885. 
: Pioneering       in       New       Guinea.     London  :   Re- 


ligious Tract  vSociety,  1887. 

-Adventures      in      New      Guinea.      London  :    Re- 


ligious Tract  Society,  1886. 

-Explorations    m     South     F<astern    New    Guinea. 


London  :  Journal  of  Royal  Geographical  vSociety,  1887. 

-James    Chalmers    cf    New    Guinea  ;    Missionary, 


Pioneer,  Martyr  ;  by  Cuthbert  Lennox.     London,   1903. 

-James      Chalmers  ;     His       Autobiography       and 


Letters  ;  by  Richard  Lovett.     London,  1902. 
Chester,  Henry  M.     Narrati\c  of  Expeditions  to  New  (juinea.     Brisbane  : 

Governmcmt  Printer,  1878. 
Collins,    A.    Keith.     Lecture    on    New    Guinea.     Svdncy  :  Caxton    Printing 

Office,    1867. 
Cooke,    C.   Kinloch.     Australian   Defences  and  New  Guinea,   compiled  from 

the   papers  of   the  late  Major-General  Sir  Peter  Scratchlev.     London  : 

Macmillan  &  Co.,   1887. 
Coulter,  John.     New  Ireland  and  New  Hanover  (in  his  Adventures  f)n  the 

Western  Coast  of  South  America).      1847. 
Curti,  Pier  Ambrogio.     The  Island   of  Muju  or  Woodlark,  letters  written  in 

1861    (in   Italian).     Milan,    1862. 


3,34  vStewart'.s  HandbcxjK 

Dauncey,    H.    M.      I'iipuan    I'ii-turos.      I/ondon  :    London    Missionary    Socielv. 

1!M:$. 
(Dutch  Boundaries].      Dutch  Report  of  the  Commission  of  1910  regarding  the 

Natural  ]5oundaries  between  Dutch  and  Tierman  New  rruinea  (in  Dutch). 

Amstenhun,  1912. 
i Dutch  Geographical  Society's  Expedition].     Report  of  the  Expedition  of  the 

Royal  Dutch  (Tcographical  Society  to  South  West  New  Guinea,  1904-.5. 
Elkington,  E.  Way.     New  (Uiinea  (in  his  vSavage  vSouth  Seas),  1907. 
Everill  (Captain)  H.    C.     Report  of  exploring  expedition    to    New    Guinea. 

Paper  read  at  the  New-  South  Wales  branch  of  the  Geographical  Society 

of  Australa.sia,  1886. 
Festetics   de  Tolna   (Count)   Rodolphe.      New    Britain,   New   Ireland   and    Ad- 
miralty Islands  (in  his  Vers  I'lCcueil  dc  Minicoy),  1904. 
Finsch,  Otto.     Neu  Guinea.     Bremen  :  Muller,   1865. 
Sauioafahrten  ;  Reisen  in  Kaiser  W^ilhelm's  Land  und  l-^nghsch 

Neu  (Uiinea,   1884-188.5.     Leipzig:   Ferdinand  Hirt  and  Son,    1888. 
Forrest,  Thomas.     A  Voyage  to  New  Guinea  and  the  Moluccas,  performed  in 

the  Tartar  Galley  belonging   to  the   Honourable   East   India  Company 

during  the  years  1774.  1775  and  1776.      Dubhn,  1779. 
Gill  (Rev.)  W.  Wyatt.     W^ork  and  Adventure  in  New  Guinea  (in  collaboration 

with  Rev.  J  as.  Chalmers).     London:   Religious  Tract  Society,  1885. 
Girard,  Jules.     La  Nouvelle  Guinee.      Paris:   F.  Leve,  1883. 
Grimshaw,   Beatrice.     The  New  New  Guinea.     London  :  Hutchinson  &  Co., 

1910. 
Groote,    P.    de.     Nouvelle    France,    Colonie    Libre    de    Port    Breton.     Paris : 

Societe  Generale  de  Librairie  Catholique,   1880. 
Guillemard,  F.  H.      Dutch   New  Guinea  and  .-\.ru  Islands  (in  his  Crui.se  of  the 

Marchcsa).    1886. 
Haddon  (Dr.)  Alfred.      Headhunters,     Black,     White     and     Brown.     [Papua 

and  Torres  Straits].     London  :  Methues,  1901. 
Studies   in   the   Anthropogeography    of    British   New 

Guinea.     I<ondon  :  Geographical  Journal,  September,  1900. 
The  Decorative  Art  of  British  New  Guinea.  Dublin  : 


Royal  Iri,=h  Academy,   1894. 
Haga,    A.    Nederlandsch    Nieuw   Guinea    en   de    Papoesche    Eilanden  ;    His- 

torische  Bijdrage,   1500-1883.     Batavia  :   Bruining  &  Co.,   1884. 
Hagen    (Dr.)    B.       Unter    den    Papua's ;    Beobachtungen   unci   Studien   uber 
Land    und    Leute,    Tliier-und    Pflanzenwelt    in    Kaiser    Wilhelmsland. 
Wiesbaden:  C.  W.  Kreidel.   1899. 
Eager,  C.     Kaiser-Wilhem's-Landund  der  Bismarck-Archipel.    Leipsig,  1880. 
Halton-Richards,    T.    H.     Travels    with    the    Hon.    Sir    William    ]Macgregor. 
Paper  read  at  the  Roval  Geographical  Societv  of  Victoria  in  September, 
1890. 
[Handbooks].     Handbock   for   Settlers   in    British   New   Guinea.     Brisbane  : 

Government  Printer,    1892. 
Handbook  of  the  Territory  of  Papua.     Melbourne  :  (govern- 
ment Printer,   1909. 
Hartmann,    C.   H.     Travels   and   Adventures  in   the  Gulf   Country   of   New 

Guinea.     Toowoomba  (Queensland)  :  G.  and  J.  Black,  1887. 
Hasselt,  J.  L.  Van     Gedenkboek  van  een  vijf-en-twintigjarig  zendelingsleven 

op  Nieuw  Guinea  (1862-1887).     Utrecht  :   Kemink  and  Zoon,  1888. 
Hellwig,  R.  L.    A.       Een  landtocht  naar  den  bovenloop  der  Koembe  rivier. 
Leiden,    1906. 

Verdere   exploraties   aande   Zmd-west   Kust   van   Nieuw 

Gviinca.     Leiden.    1907. 
Hesse-Wartegg,     E.     Von.      Samoa,     Bismarckarchipel     und    Neu     Guinea. 

Leipzig.  1902. 
Hille,  J.  W.      Reizeii  in  West  Nieuw  Guinea.     Leiden,  1905-7. 
Jack  (Robert  L.)  and  Etheridge  (Robert).     The  Geology  and  Palaeontology 
of  Oueensland  and  New  Guinea.     Brisbane,   1892. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Isi^anps  33o 

Jukes,  J.  Beete.  Narrative  of  the  Surveying  \'oyage  of  H.M.S.  Fly  in  Torres 
Strait,  New  Guinea,  and  other  islands  of  the  Eastern  Archipelago  during 
the  years  1842-1846.     Two  vols.     London  :  T.  and  W.  Boone,  1847. 

Keyser,  Arthur.  Our  Crui.se  to  New  Guinea  (an  account  of  the  establishment 
of  the  Protectorate  over  British  New  Guinea).  London  :  W.  Ridgway, 
1885. 

King  (Rev.)  Joseph.  W.  G.  Lawes  of  Savage  Island  and  New  Guinea.  Lon- 
don :   Religious  Tract  Society,  1909. 

Kolf¥,  D.  H.  Voyages  of  the  Dutch  brig  of  war  L)ourga  through  the  Moluccan 
Archipelago  and  along  the  previou.sly  unknown  Southern  Coast  of  New 
Guinea,  performed  during  1825  and  1826.  Translated  from  the  Dutch 
by  George  Windsor  Earl.     London:   Jas.  Madden  &  Co.,   1840. 

Krieger  (Dr, )  Maximilian.     Nev.-  Guinea.     Berhn  :   Alfred  Schall,  1899. 

La  Meslee,  E.  Marin.  Pa.'^t  Explorations  in  New  Guinea  and  a  project  for 
the  exploration  of  the  great  Island.  Paper  read  before  a  meeting  of  the 
Geographical  .Society  of  Australasia  at  the  Protestant  Hall,  Svdne}-. 
Sydney  :   Holmes  &^Co.,   188.3. 

Lawson  (Captain),  J.  A.  Wanderings  in  the  Interior  of  New  Guinea.  Lon- 
don :   Chapman  and  Hall,   1875. 

Lennox,  Cuthbert.  James  Chalmers  of  New  Guinea  ;  Missionary,  Pioneer, 
Martyr.     London  :   A.  Melrose,   1903. 

Lindt,  J.  W.  Picturesque  New  Guinea.  I/ondon  :  Longmans,  Green  &  Co., 
1SS7. 

Lorentz,  H.  A.    Eenige  Maanden  onder  de  Papoeas.    Leideu  :  E.  J.  Brill,  1905. 

Lovett,  Richard.  James  Chalmers  ;  His  x\utobiography  and  Letters.  Lon- 
don :   Religious  Tract  Society,    1902. 

Lyne,  Charles.  New  Guinea,  an  account  of  the  Establishment  of  the  British 
Protectorate  over  the  Southern  Shores  of  New  Guinea.  London  :« 
Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1885. 

McFarlane  (Rev.),  S.  Among  the  Cannibals  of  New  Guinea,  being  the  Story 
of  the  New  Guinea  INIis.sion  of  the  London  Missionary  Society.  London, 
1888. 

Mackay  (Colonel),  Kenneth.  Across  Papua,  being  an  account  of  a  voyage 
round,  and  a  march  across  the  Territory  of  Papua,  with  the  Roj^al 
Commission.     London  :  Witherby  &  Co.,  1909. 

Mackellar,  C.  D.  German  New  Guinea  and  New  Britain  (in  his  Scented 
Lsles   and   Coral  Gardens),    1912. 

Mann.  John  F.  First  Report  on  New  Guinea.  New  South  Wales  branch  of 
the  Ro3'al  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia,  1889. 

Markham,  C.  R.  Progress  of  Discovery  on  the  Coasts  of  New  Guinea, 
with  a  bibhographical  appendix  by  E.  C.  Rye,  F.Z.vS.  Paper  read  at  the 
Royal  Geographical  Society's  meeting  in  February,  1884. 

Meek,  A.  S.  A  Naturahst  in  Cannibal  Land,  edited  by  Frank  Fox,  with  an 
introduction  bv  the  Hon.  ^^'alter  Rothschild.  London :  Fisher  Unwin, 
I'.ii:]. 

Meyners  D'Estrey  (Dr.)  G.  H.  J.  I^a  Papouasie  on  Nouvellc  Guinee  Occi- 
dentale.  Paris:   Cliallaniel  Aine,  1881. 

Michie,  Archibald.  Great' Britain  and  New  (Guinea;  paper  read  at  Royal 
Colonial  Institute  on  March  16,  1875.     London  :   Unwin  Brothers,  1875. 

Moresby  (Captain^  John.  Discoveries  and  Surveys  in  New  Guinea  and  the 
D'F.ntrecastcaux    Islands.     London  :  Murray,     1876. 

(Admiral)  John.     New  Guinea  (in  his  Two  Admirals),  1909. 

Murray  (Judgel,  J.  H.  P.  Papua  ;  or.  British  New  Guiinea,  with  introduction 
1)V  vSir  \\'illiani  M^ic'Tregor.     London  :   l-'isher  Unwin,  1912. 

Murray  and  Macfarlane.  journal  of  a  Missionary  \'oyagc  to  New  Guinea 
bv  the  Revs.  A.  \\".  IMurrav  and  S.  Macfarlane.  London  :  Snow  .S:  Co., 
1872. 

Neuhauss  (Professor),  M.  R.  Deut.sch  Neu  Guinea.  Three  vols.  Berlin, 
1911. 


.■{3fi  STIvWART'S  Hanubook 

Newton,  (Rev.),  Henry.  In  l-ar  New  Guinea,  a  record  of  work  and  o>)servation 
aiii(>nf;.sl  the  people  of  New  Guinea,  with  a  description  of  their  manners, 
customs  and  rehgions,  &c.     I^ondon  :  Seeley,  Service  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1014. 

I  Papua  the  Marvellous].      Brochure  i.ssued  by  the  Commonwealth  Government. 

Parkinson,  R.  Dreissig  Jahre  in  der  Sud.see  ;  Land  und  Leute,  Sitten  und 
Gcbrauche  im  Bismarckarcliipel  und  auf  den  deut.schen  Salomoinsr-hi. 
Stuttgart,  1909. 

Im  Bismarck  Archipel  ;  Ivrlebnisse  und   Beobachtungen 

auf  der  Tnsel  Neu  Pommern.     Leipzig,   1887. 

IPetroleumJ.  Report  by  Dr.  Arthur  Wade  on  Petroleum  in  I'apua.  Mel- 
bourne :  Commonwealth   Parliamentary  Paper,   1915. 

Pfeil,  Joachim,  Graf.  vStudien  und  Beobachtungen  aus  der  Sudsee.  Brauns- 
chweig,  1899. 

Pitcairn,  W.  D.  Two  Years  Among  the  vSavages  of  New  Guinea,  with  in- 
troductory notes  on  North  Queensland.  London  :  Ward  and  Downev, 
1891. 

Poulain,  J.     Le  Rocher  de  Port  Breton.     Nantes  :   P.  Pledran,  1883. 

Powell,  Wilfred.  Wanderings  in  a  Wild  Country,  or  Three  Years  Among  the 
Cannibals  of  New  Britain.     London  :  Sampson  Low,   1884. 

Pratt,  A.  E.  Two  Years  among  New  Guinea  Cannibals  ;  a  Naturalist's 
Sojourn  among  the  Aborigines  of  Unexplored  New  Guinea  ;  with  Notes 
and  Observations  by  his  son,  Henry  Pratt,  and  appendices  on  the 
Scientific  Results  of  the  Expedition.  I/ondon  :  George  Bell  and  Sons, 
1906. 

Pritchard  (Rev.)  W.  Charles.  Papua,  a  Handbook  to  its  HLstorj',  Inhabitants, 
Physical  Features,  Resources,  &c.,  witli  an  appendix  on  the  Health 
conditions  of  Papua,  by  Dr.  R.  Fleming  Jones.  London  :  vSociety  for 
Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  1911. 

Pulle  (Professor)  A.  Naar  het  Sneeuwgebergte  van  Nieuw  Guinea,  met  de 
derde   Nederlandsche   Elxpeditie.     Am.sterdam,    1912. 

Pullen-Burry,  B.  In  a  German  Colony,  or  Four  Weeks  in  New  Britain. 
London:  Methuen  ^  Co.,   1909. 

Bannie,  Douglas.  New  Ireland  and  Gerrit  Denny  Group  (in  his  Adventures 
Among  vSouth  Sea  Cannibals),  1912. 

Rawhng  (Captain),  C.  G.  The  Land  of  the  New  (xuiuea  Pygmies,  an  accovint 
of  the  Story  of  a  Pioneer  Journey  of  Exploration  into  the  Heart  of  New 
(lUinca.     London;  Seeley,  Service  &  Co.,  1913. 

Reche  (Dr.),  Otto.     Der  Kaiserin  Augusta  Fluss.     Hamburg,   1913. 

Rechinger  (Lily  Rechinger  and  Dr.  Karl  Rechinger).  Streifzuge  in  Deutsch 
Neu  Guinea  und  auf  den  Salomons  Inseln.     Berlin,  1908. 

Rechinger  (Dr.  Karl).  Botanische  und  Zoologische  Krgebnisse  einer 
Wissenschaftlichen  Forschungsreise  nach  den  Sanioainseln,  dem  Neu 
Guinea  archipel  und  den  Salomons  inseln.     Wien,  1907-8. 

Reeves  (Signaller),  L.  C.  Australians  in  Action  in  New  Guinea.  Sydney  : 
Australasian  News  Co.,  1915. 

Romilly,  Hugh  H.  New  Guinea,  New  Britain  and  New  Ireland  (in  his  Western 
Pacific  and  New  Guinea),  188(5. 

From   My    Verandah    in    New    Guinea  ;  sketches    and 

traditions.     London:  David  Nutt,   1889. 

-Islands    of    the    New     Britain     Group.     Paper    read 


at  Royal  (Geographical  Society,  November,  1886. 
Rosenberg,   C.  B.  Von.     Reistochten  naar  de  Geelvinkbaai  op  Nieuw  Guinea 

in  de  Jaren  1869  en  1870.     s'Gravenhage  :  Martinus  Nijhoff,  1875. 
Roskoschny  (Dr.),  Hermann.     New  Guinea  and  Bismarck  Archipelago  (in  his 

Europas  Kolonien,  die  Deutschen  in  der  Sudsee). 
Sceusa,  Francesco.       La  Spedizione  de  Marchese  di  Rays  e  le  Sue  Vittime. 

vSvdnev  :  H.  R.  Woods  &  Co.,   1881. 
Schaffrath,  K.  J.     Sudseebilder.     Berlin  :   Dietrich  Reimer,   1909. 
Schnee    (Dr.),    Heinrich.     New    Guinea    and    Bismarck    Archipelago    (in    his 

Bilder  aus  der  Sudsee),  1904. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Ist.axd.s  .'J37 

[Scratchley,  Sir  Peterj.     See  Kinloch  Cooke. 

Seligmann  (Dr.),  C.  G.     The  Melanesians  of  British  New  Guinea.     Cambridge 

University   Press,    1910. 
Shearston,  J.  S.     H.M.S.  Nelson,  an  account  of  her  first  coniniission  on  the 

Austrahan  Station,  with  a  detailed  account  of  the  establishment  of  the 

British    Protectorate    at    New   Guinea    in    1884.     Sydney  ;  Go^•ernment 

Printer,     188n. 
Smith  (Senator),  Staniforth.     British  New  Guinea,  with  a  preface  on  Austra- 
lia's   policy    in    the    Pacific.     Pamphlet    containing    reprint    of    articles 

contributed    to    Sydmy    "  Dailv    Telegraph"     and    other    newspapers. 

Melbourne  :  Nivcn  &  Co.,  1903.' 
Handbook     of      the     Territory      of     Papua. 

^Melbourne  :   (rox-ernment  Printer.    1909. 
Stephen  (Dr.),  Emil,  and  Graebner  (Dr.),  Fritz.     Neu  Mecklenburs^.     Berlin, 

1907. 
Stone,  Octavius  C.     Description  of  the  Country  and  Natives  of  Port  Moresby. 

Paper  read  before  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  May,  1876. 
A    Few    Months    m    New    Ciuinea.     London :    Sampson 

Low,  1880. 
Stone- Wigg  (Right  Rev.),  Montagu  John.     The  Papuans  :  A   People  of  the 

South  Pacific.      Reprinted  from  "  ALinkind  and  the  Church"  (Longmans, 

Green  &  Co.).     Melbourne  :   vShipping  Newspapers,  Ltd.,  1912. 
Strachan    (Captain),   John.     ICxplorations   and  Adventures  in   New   Guinea. 

London  :  Sampson  I,ow,   1888. 
Sweetland,  Charles  B.     In  Darkest  New  '  juinea  ;  an  account  of  a  journey  on 

foot  from  the  South-West  Coast  to  the  head  of  St.  Joseph  River.     Junee 

(N.S.W.)  :  Gale  &  Co.,   1891. 
Taprenbeclr,  E,     Deutsch  Neuguinea.      Berlin.   1901. 
Thomas,  Julian.      Port  Moresby  and  general  description  (in  his  Cannibals  and 

Convicts),    1886. 
Thompson,  R.  Wardlaw.      Papua  (in  his  '"  Mv  trip  in  the  John  Williams"), 

1900. 
Thomson,   J.    P.      British   New    Guinea.      London  :  George    Philp    anil    .Sons, 

1892. 
Thurnwald   (Dr.),   Richard.     Forschungen   auf   den  Salomo-Inseln   und   dem 

Bismarck -archipel.     Three  vols.     Berlin,  1912. 
Vogel,   Hans.       I^ine   I'orschungsreise^im     Bismarck    Archipel.        Hamburg  : 

L.  I'riederichsen  &  Co.,  19^1. 
Walksr,     H.     Wilfrid.       North-east      coast     of     Papua     and     other     parts. 

(In  liis  Wanderings  Among  South  Sea  Savages),  1909. 
Wallace,   Alh*ed   Russel.    Dutch  New    Guinea   and   Aru  Islands    (in   his  The 

Malay   Archipelago).    1886. 
Wawn,  W.  T.     New  Britain,  New  Ireland.   &c.    (In  his  South  Sea  Islanders), 

189.S. 
Webster,    H.    Cayley.     Through   New    Guinea    and    the    Cannibal    Countries. 

Lcndon  :   Fisher  Unwin,    1898. 
Werner  (Dr.),  Eugen.     Kaiser  Wilhelm's  Land.      Berlin,  1911. 
Wichmann  (Dr.),  Arthur.    Nova  Guinea  ;  Resultats  de  1' Expedition  Scientilique 

Neerlandaise  a  la  Nouvelle  Guinct-  en  1903  .sous  les  auspices  de  Arthur 

Wichmann.     Leiden:   E.  J.  Brill,    1912. 
Williamson,  Robert  W.     The  Mafum  Mountain  People  of  British  New  Guinea. 

Introduction    by    A.    C.    Haddcn,    Sc.I).,    F.R.S.     London  :  Macmillan 

and  Co.,   1912. 
— — The    Ways    of    the    %South    Sea    Savage,    being 

a  record  of  travel  and  observation  amongst  the  savages  of  the  Solomcn 

Islands    and    primitive    coast    and    mountain    peoples    of    New    Gruinea. 

London  :    1914. 
WoUaston,  A.  F.  R.      Pygmies  and  Papuans  ;  the  Stone  Age  to-day  in  Dutch 

New  Guinea,  with' appendices  by   W.   R.  Ogilvie-Grant,  A.  C.   Haddon 

and  Sidney  H.  Rav.     London  :  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  1912. 


."JSS  Stewart's  Handbook 

[Wollaston].  Report  of  the  Collections  made  by  the  British  Ornithologists* 
Ivxpedition  and  the  Wollaston  Kxpcdition  in  Dutch  New  Guinea,  1910-13. 
London,    1916. 

Zoeller,  H.     Deutsch  Neuguinea.     Stiittgart,    1891. 


SOLOMON  ISLANDS  AND  SANTA  CRUZ  GROUP. 


Abbott,  J.  H.  M.     The  Solomons  (in  his  South  Seas  in  Peeps  at  Many  Lands 

series),    1 90S. 
Adams,   Emma  H.     Two  Cannibal  Archipelagoes — New  Hebrides  and  Solo- 
mon Groups.     Oakland,  Cal  ;   Pacific  Press,  1890. 
Armstrong,  E.  S.     Solomon  Islands  (in  liis  History  of  the  Melant.sian  Mission), 

]  900. 
Awdry,  Frances.     Solomon  Lslands  (in  her  In  The  Isles  of  the  Sea),  1902. 
Brown  (Rev.  Dr.),  George.     The  Solomon  Lslands  (  in  his  Autobioj^'raphy),  1908. 
Notes    of    Voyage    to    Ysabel    Island,    Solomon 

Group,   and   L,e   Ua   Niua   (Ontong   Java  or  Lord   Howe ),   and  Tasman 

Groups.     Paper  read  at  the  Adelaide  meeting  of  the  .Australasian  A.s- 

sociation  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  January,  1907. 
Burnett,  Frank.     Sclomon  Islands  (in  his  Through  Polynesia  and  Papua),  1911. 
[Bm-ns,  Pllilp  &  Co.,  Ltd.l.     Solomon  and  Santa  Cruz  Islands  (in  Illustrated 

handbook),   190.'L 
Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W.     Solomon  Islands  (in  his  Call  of  the  Pacific),  1912. 
Cheyne,  Andrew.      San  Cristoval,  New  Georgia,  Sikyana  or  Stewart's  Island 

(in  his  Islands  of  the  Western  Pacific  Ocean),  1852. 
Codrington  (Dr.).  R.  H.     Solomon  and  Santa  Cruz  Islands  (in  his  The  IMela- 

nesians),    1891. 
Coombe,  Florence.     Solomons,  Santa  Cruz  and  Reef  Islands  (in  her  Islands  of 

Enchantment),    1911. 
Coote,  Walter.     Solomon  and  Santa  Cruz  Islands  (in  his  Western  Pacific),  1883. 
Dorsey,  George  A.     A  Visit  to  the  German  Solomon  Islands.     Cedar  Rapids 

(Iowa)  ;  Torch  Press,  1909. 
Elkington,  E.  Way.     Solomon  Lslands  (in  his  Savage  South  Seas),  1907. 
Festetics  de  Tolna  (Count)  Rodolphe.     Solomon  Lslands  (in  his  Chez  les  Can- 

nibales),    1903. 
Gaggin,  John.     Solomon  Islands  (in  his  Among  the  Man  Eaters),  1900. 
Goodenough,     Commodore.     Solomon    and    other    Islands    (in    Memoir    and 

Journal  of  Commodore  Goodenough),  1876. 
Guppy    (Dr.),    H.    B.     The    Solomon    Islands    and    their    Natives.     I^ondon  : 

Swan  Sonnen.schein,  Lowrey  &  Co.,  1887. 
[Handbook],      Handbook  of  the  British  Solomon  Islands  Protectorate,  \\-ith. 

returns  to  March  31,  1911.      British  Solomon  Lslands  Protectorate,  1911. 
Johnson.  Martin.     The  Solomons  (in  his  Through  thr   South  Seas  with  Jaclf 

London),    1913. 
London,   Charmian.     The  Solomons  (in  her  Voyaging  in  \\'ild  Seas),  1915. 
London,  Jack.     The  Solomons  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Snark  and  South  Sea  Tales). 
Mendana,    Alvaro.     The   Discovery   of   the  Solomon   Island.*^   by   Alvaro   de 

Mendana  in   1.568.     Translated  from  the  Spanish  manuscripts.     Edited 

with  introduction  and  notes  by  Lord  Amher.st  of    Hackney,  and  Basil 

Thomson.     Two  vols.     London  :   Hakluyt  Society. 
Moresby    (Captain),   John.     Santa   Cruz   Group,   Cherry   Island.   &c.    (in   his 

Discoveries  m  New  r,uinea,  &c.),  1876. 
O'Ferrall    (Rev.),   W.   C.     Santa  Cruz  and  the  Reef  Islands.     London  :  The 

Melanesian  Mission. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands  339 

Rannie,    Douglas.      SciomoiT^    and    Santa    Cruz    (in    liis    Adventures    Among 

South  Sea   Cannibals),    1912. 
Rechinger,  Lily,  and  (Dr.)  Karl.     Streifznge  in  Deutsch  Ncu-(iuinea  und  auf 

den  Salomons  In^Jeln.     BerMn,   19<>8. 
Bibbe,    Carl.     Zwei    Jahre  nnter  den  Kannibalen  der  Salomo-Insein.     Dres- 
den,  1903. 
Rivers,  W.  H.  R.      Solomons,  Santa  Cruz  Islands  and  Tikopia  (in  his  History 

of  IMelanesian  Societ}'),    1914. 
Selwyn,    J.    R.    (Bishop).     Solomons  and  Santa   Cruz  (in  his  Islands  of  the 

Western  Pacific,  in  journal  of  Royal  Colonial  Institute),  1894. 
Speiser  (Dr.),  Felix.     Santa  Cruz  Islands  (in  his  Two  Years  with  the  Natives 

in  the  Western  Pacific),   1913. 
Thurnwald   (Dr.),    Richard.     Forschungen   auf   den  Saiomo-Inseln  und  dcm 

Bismarck  Archipel.     Three  vols.     Berlin,   1912. 
Wawn,  W.  T,      Solomon  Islands  (in  his  S;outh  Sea  Islanders),  1S93. 
Webster,  John.     The  Solomons  (in  his  Last  Cruise  of  the  Wanderer),  1863. 
Williamson,  Robert  W.     The  Ways  of  the  South  Sea  Savage,  being  a  record 

of  travel  and  observation  amongst  the  savages  of  the  Solomon  Islands 

and  the  primitive  coast  and  mountain  peoples  of  New  Guinea.      London, 

1914. 
Solomon    Islands    (in    his    Ways    of    the    South     Sea 

Savage). 
Wood,  C.  F.     Solomons  (in  his  Yachting  Cruise  in  the  South  Seas),  1875. 
Woodford,  C.  M.     A  Naturalist  Among  the  Head  Hunters,  being  an  account 

of  three  vi.sits  to  the  Solomon  Islands  in  the  vears  1886,  1887  and  J  888. 

Melbourne  and  vSydney  :  E.  A.  Petherick  &  Co.,  1890. 
Solomon    Lslands.     Paper    read    before    the    Royal    Oco- 

grapbical  Society,  March,  1888. 

-Further  Explorations  in  the  vSolomon  Islands      Paper  read 


before  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  February,  1890. 
Yonge,    Charlotte   Mary.     Solomons   and   Santa   Cruz  (in  her   Life   of   John 
Coleridge  Patteson),   1874. 


NEW  HEBRIDES  AND  BANKS  ISLANDS. 


Abbott,  J.  H.  M.  '  New  Hebrides  (in  liis  South  Seas  in  Peeps  at  Many  Lands 
series).    190S. 

Adams,  Emma  H.  Two  Cannibal  Archipelagoes — New  Hebrides  and  Solo- 
mon r,roups.     Oakland,  Cal.  :   Pacific  Press,  1890. 

Armstrong,  E.  S.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  History  of  the  Melanesian  Mission), 
1 900. 

Awdry,  Frances.  New  Hebrides  and  Banks  Islands  (in  Irt  Iv.  The  Isles  of 
the  Sea),      1902. 

Boiirge.  Georges.  Les  Nouvelles  Hebrides  de  1606  a  1906.  Paris:  A. 
Chaikuiiel,    1906. 

Brunet,  Auguste.  Le  Regime  International  des  Nouvelles  Hebrides.  Paris  : 
A.  Rousseau  and  A.  Challamel,  1908. 

Burns,  Philp  &  Co.,  Ltd.  New  Hebrides  and  Banks  Islands  (in  Illustrated 
handbook),    !9(>3. 

Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W.      New  Hebrides  (in  liis  Call  of  the  Pacific),  1912. 

Campbell,  F.  A.  A  Year  in  the  New  Hebrides.  Loyalty  Islands  and  New 
Caledonia,  .'cc,  with  an  account  of  the  early  history  of  the  New  Hebrides, 
and  an  appendix  containing  a  contribution  on  the  phytography  of  the 
New  Hebrides,  bv   Baron  \'on  Mueller,     (ieelong  :   G.  Mercer,    1873. 


340  Stewart's  Handbook  ^ 

Codrington  (Dr.),  R.  H.  New  Hebrides  and  Banks  Islands  (in  his  The  Mela- 
iifsians),    1<S!)1. 

Cook,  Auguste.  Ktudes  Coloniales ;  I,es  Nouvelles  Hebrides.  Bordeaux  r 
1'.  Cassignol,    1890. 

Cook,   Captain.     Accomit  of  Visit  to  the  New  Hebrides  (see  his  Voyages). 

Cooke,  C.  Kinloch.  France  and  the  New  Hebrides.  Nineteenth  Century,. 
July,   1886. 

I  Convention].  Convention  between  the  United  Kingdom  and  France  con- 
cerning the  New  Hebrides,  signed  on  October  20,  190(i.     London,   1907- 

Coombe,  Florence,  New  Hebrides  and  Banks  and  Torres  Islands  (in  her 
I.'^lands  of  I^nchantment),  1911. 

Coote,  Walter.  New  Hebrides,  Banks  and  Torres  I.slands  (in  his  Western 
Pacific),    1883. 

Daville  (Dr.),  Ernest.  La  Colonisation  Francaise  aux  Nouvelles  Hebrides. 
Paris  :  Librairie  Africaine  et  Coloniale,  189.5. 

Dewar,  J.  Cumraing.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 

Elkington,  E.  Way.     The  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Savage  South  Seas),  1907. 

Ei-skine,  Captain  J.  B.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Western  Pacific),  1853. 

Festetics  de  Tolna  (Count)  Rodolphe.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Chez  Ics  Can- 
nibales),    1903. 

Gaggin,  John.     Malicolo  (in  his  Among  the  Man  Katers),  1900. 

Gill  (Rev.),  William.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Gems  from  the  Coral  Island.^),. 
18,50. 

Goodenough,  Commodore.  New  Hebrides  (in  Memoir  and  Journal  of  Com- 
modore Goodenough),    1876. 

Grimshaw,  Beatrice.  New  Hebrides  (in  her  F'rom  Fiji  to  the  Cannibal  Is- 
lands).    London:  Geo.  Bell  and  Sons,  1907. 

Gunn  (Dr.),  William.  The  Gospel  in  Futuna,  with  chapters  on  the  islands 
of  the  New  Hebrides,  the  people,  their  customs,  rehgious  beliefs,  &c. 
London,    1913.  ^  . 

Hagen  (Dr.\  Bernard.  Etudes  sur  les  Nouvelles  Hebrides  (extrait  dvi  Bulle- 
tin de  la  vSociete  de  Geographic  de  I'Kst).     Nancy,  1893. 

Hope,  James  L.  A.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  In  Quest  of  Coolies).  London  : 
H.  S.  King  &  Co.,  1872. 

Imhaus,  E.  H.     Les  Nouvelles  Hebrides.     Paris  :  Berger  Levrault  et  Cie,  1890. 

Inglis  (Rev.),  John.  In  the  New  Hebrides.  Reminiscences  of  Mi.ssionary  life 
and  work,  especially  on  the  Island  of  Aneitvum,  from  18.50  till  1877. 
London,   1887. 

Jacomb,  Edward.  France  and  England  in  the  New  Hebrides  ;  the  Anglo- 
I'rench  Condominium.     Melbourne  :  George  Robertson  &  Co.,  1914. 

Lamb  (Dr.),  Robert.  Saints  and  Savages  ;  the  vStory  of  Five  Years  in  the 
New  Hebrides.     Melbourne  :  George  Robertson  &  Co.,  1908. 

Le  Chartier,  H.  I,a  Nouvelle  Caledonie  et  Les  Nouvelles  Hebrides.  Paris  : 
Jouvet,  1885. 

London,  Charmian.     New  Hebrides  (in  her  Voyaging  in  Wild  Seas),  1915. 

London,  Jack.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Snark),  1913. 

Markham  (Commander),  A.  H.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Rosario), 
1873. 

Moncelon,  Leon.  Les  Canaques  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie  ct  des  Nouvelles 
Hebrides.     Paris,    1886. 

Moresby  (Captain),  John.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Discoveries  in  New  Guinea, 
&c.),    1876. 

[New  Hebrides  Company].  Description  of  the  New  Hebrides,  sliowing  tlie 
advantages  from  the  formation  of  a  settlement  on  one  of  the  Islands  for 
cultivating  the  spices  and  many  ether  articles  of  commerce  indigenous 
to  the  group,  with  a  notice  of  the  objects,  &c.,  of  the  New  Hebrides  Com- 
pany.    London  :  Jeremiah  How,   1846. 

Palmer  (Captain),  G.  New  Hebrides  (in  his  Kidnapping  in  the  South  Seas),. 
1871. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands  341 

Paton  (Rev,),  Frank  H.  L.     Triumph  of   the  Gospel   in   the  New    Hebrides. 

London,    — . 
— — ■ Ne\v    Hebrides    (in    his   The   Kingdom    in    the 

Pacific),    1912. 
Paton,  Rev,  J.  G.     John  G.   Paton,   D.D.,  Missionary'  of  the  New  Hebrides. 

An  Autobiography.     Kdited    bv  the    Rev.    Jas.    Paton,    D.D.     I,ondon, 

1889. 
John  G.  Paton.  Later  Years  and  FareweP,  a  Sequel  to  John  G. 

Paton,  D.D.     By  his  friend  A.  K.  Langridge,  and  his  son,  Frank  H.  L- 

Paton.     London,    1910. 
Paton  (Rev.),  James,     The  Story  of  John  G.  Paton,  told  for  Young  Folks; 

or  30  Years  Among  the  South  Sea  Cannibals.     lyondon,  1899. 
Paton,  Maggie  Whitecross  (Mrs.  Dr.  J.  G.  Paton).     Letters  and  Sketches  from 

the  New  Hebrides.     London  :  Hodder  and  Stoughton,  1894. 
Politis,  N.     Le  Condominium  Franco-Anglais  des  Nouv'elles  Hebrides.    Paris, 

1908. 
[Productions].      Remarks  on  the   Productions  of  the  Islands  known  by    the 

name  of  the  New  Hebrides,  showing  the  advantages  to  be  derived  bv 

an  establishment  for  the  purpose  of  trading  to  those  parts,   addressed 

to  the  merchants  and  others  of  Great   Britain.     London  :  C.  Armand, 

1839. 
Rannie,    Douglas.     New    Hebrides    (in    his    Adventures    Among    South    Sea 

Cannibals),   1912. 
Rivers,  W.  H.  R.     Banks  Islands,  Tcrres  Islands  and  New  Hebrides  (in  his 

History  of  Me.lanesian  Society),  1914. 
Robertson    (Rev.),    H,    A.     Frromanga,    the   Martyr   Isle.     London  :  Hodder 

and  Stoughton. 
Russell,  Rev.  M.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Polynesia),  1853. 
Smith  (Senator),  Staniforth.     Australia  and  the  New  Hebrides.     Reprint  of 

articles  in  Sydney  "  Daily  Telegraph"  in  June,  1904. 
Speiser  (Dr.),  Felix.     New  Hebrides  and  Banks  Islands  (in  his  Two  Years  with 

the  Natives  in  the  We.stern  Pacific),  1913. 
Thomas,  Julian.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Cannibals  and  Convicts),   1886. 
[Wattl.     Agnes  C.   P.  Watt  ;  twenty-five  years  mission  life  on  Tanna  ,  bio- 
graphical sketch  and  introduction  by  the  Rev.  T.  Watt  I,eggatt.     London, 

1896. 
Wawn,  W.  T.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  South  Sea  Islanders),  1893. 
Wood,  C.  F.     New  Hebrides  (in  his  Yachting  Cruise  in  the  South  Seas),  1875. 
Yonge,    Charlotte  Mary.     New  Hebrides  and   Banks  Islands  (in  her  Life  of 

John  Coleridge  Patteson),  1874. 


NEW  CALEDONIA  AND  THE    LOYALTY  ISLANDS. 


Alcan,  Eugene.     New  Caledonia    (in  his  Les  Cannibales).     Paris,  1887. 
Anderson,  J.     W.     Notes  of  Travel  in  I'iji   and  New  Caledonia.     London  : 

EHissen  &  Co..  1880. 
Balliere,  Achille.     La  deportation  de  1871  ;  Souvenirs  d'lin  evade  de  Noumea 

[This  is  another  edition  of    L^n  Voj'age  de  Circumnavigation].     Paris  : 

G.   Charpentier,    1889. 
Barret,  Narcisse.     Noumea.     Paris,    1880. 
Bernard,  Augustin.     L'Archipel  de  la  Nouvcllc  Calcdonie.       Paris  :   Librairie 

Hachette,  1894. 
Brainne,    C.   La   Nouvelle  Caledonie,    1774-1854.      Paris:   Librairie  Hachette. 

1854. 


34i2  Stkwart's  Handbook 

Burton  (Rev,),  J.  W.      New  Cak'doiiia  and  I^ovalty  Islands  (in  his  Call  o:  the 

Pacific),    li)12. 
Cheyne,  Andrew.     New  Caledonia,  the  Isle  of  Pines,  and  the  I^oyalty  Islands 

(in  his  Islands  in  the  Western  Pacific  Ocean),   IS52. 
[Colonisation.]     La  Colonisation   et  le   Ragne  a  la  Nouvelle  Caledonic  ;   par 

un   \'itux  Colonial.      Pcrigueux,    I  !)02. 
Coote,  Walter.     New  Caledonia  and  Loyalty  Islands  (in  his  Western  Pacific), 

iss;}. 
Cordeil,  Paul.     Origines  et  Progres  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.       Noumea,  1885. 
Daville    (Dr.),    Ernest.      Guide    pratique    du    colon    en    Nouvelle    Caledonie. 

Paris,    1901. 
De    Salinis    (Rev.),    A.     Marins   et    Missionnaires ;    conquete   de   la    Nouvelle 

Caledonie,    1848-1853.      Paris,    1892. 
Delignon,     Lucien.     I,es  Alienations  de  terres  et  la  Colonisation  libre  agricole 

en  Nouvelle  Caledonie.      Paris,  1898. 
Deslongchamps,  Eugene.     Documents  sur  la  Geologie  de  la  Nouvjelle  Cale- 
donie.     Paris,  1864. 
Dewar.  J.  Gumming'.     New  Caledonia  and  Loyaltv  Islands  (in  his  Voyage  of 

the  Nyanza),   1892. 
Dun,   W.   S.     Bibliography  of   Papers  and   Reports  relating  to  the  Geology 

and   Mineral  Resources  of  New  Caledonia.     (In  the  Mineral  Resources 

of  New  Caledonia,  by  F.  Danvers  Power.) 
Erskine,  Captain  J.  B.     New  Caledonia  and  Loyalty  Islands  (in  his  Western 

Pacific),    1853. 
Gallet,  Gustave.     Notice  sur  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Noumea  :  Government 

Printer,    1884. 
Garnier,   Jules.     La  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,   1873. 
Gauharou,    Leon.     Geographie    de    la    Nouvelle    Caledonie    et    dependances. 

Noumea  :   Government  Printer,    1882. 
Gill  (Rev.),  William.     New  Caledonia  and  Loyalty  Islands  (in  his  Gems  from 

the  Coral  Islands),  1850. 
Griffith,  George.     In  an  ITnknown  Prison  Land,  an  Account  of  Convicts  and 

Colonists  in  New  Caledonia.     London  :   Hutchinson  &  Co.,  1901. 
Hope,  J.  L.  A.     Ivoyalty  Islands  (in  his  In  Quest  of  Coolies),  1872. 
Jumelle,  Henri.     Les  Ressources  Agricoles  et  P'orestieres  des  Colonies  P'ran- 

caises   (cne   chapter  on  New   Caledonia   and   dependencies).     Marseilles, 

1907. 
Le  Chattier.   H.     La  Nouvelle  Caledonie  et  Les  Nouvelles  Hebrides.     Paris  : 

Jouvet,  1885. 
Le  Goupils,   Marc.     Comment  on  cesse  d'etre  Colon,  six  annecs  en  Nouvelle 

Caledonie.      Paris:   Bernhard  Grasset,    1910. 
Lemire,    Charles.     La  Colonisation   P^rancaise  en  Nouvelle  Caledou'e  et   De- 
pendances.     Paris  :  Challamel  Aine;   1879. 
Voyage   a  pied   en   Nouvelle  Caledonie   et   description  des 

Nouvelles  Hebrides.     Paris:  Challamd  Aine,   1884. 
Marcel,  Gabriel.     I<a  Nouvelle  Caledonie,  P^xtrait  du  Journal  des  I^cononiistes, 

1873.      Paris,   1873. 
Mialaret  (Dr.),  Th.     L'lle  des  Pins,  son  passe,  son  present,  son  avenir.      Paris  : 

Librairie  Africaine  et  Coloniale,  1897. 
Moncelon,  Leon.     Les  Canac^ues  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie  et  des  Nouvelles 

Hebrides.      Paris,    1886. 
Montrouzier,  Le  Pere      Notice  Historique,   I^thnographique  et  Physique  sur 

la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.      Paris,    1860. 
Norman  (Captain),  C.  B.     New  Caledonia  (in  Colonial  P'rance),  1886. 
Patouillet,  Jules.     Trois  Ans  en  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,  1872. 
Pelatan,  Louis.      I/es  Mines  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,   1892. 
Power,    Frederick    Danvers,     The     Mineral    Resources    of     New    Caledonia. 

London  :    Institution  of  Mining  and  Metallurgy',   1900. 
Riviere,  Henri.      Souvenirs  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,  1881. 
Rochas  (Dr. ),  Victor.     La  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,  1862. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands  343 

Saint-Yves,  G.     New  Caledonia  (in  his  L'Oceanie),   1896. 

Sarasin  (Dr.),  Fritz  and  Roux  (Dr.),  Jean.     Forschungen  in  Neu  Caledonian 

und  auf  den  Loyalty  Inseln  ;  recherches  scientifiques  en  Nouvelle  Cale- 

dcnie  et  aux  lies  Loyalty.     Wiesbaden,  191.3. 
Sebert,  H.     Notice  sur  les  bois  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris,  — . 
Thiercelin,  Dr.       Aventures  d'une  Parisienne  a  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie.     Paris  : 

E.  Lachaud.   1872. 
Thomas,   Julian    (The   Vagabond):      New   Caledonia    (in   his   Cannibals  and 

Convicts),    1886. 
[Transportation!.     Notice   sur  la  Transportation   a  la   Guyane    Francaisc   et 

a  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie,  pendant  les  annecs  1868,  1869  et  1870.       Paris, 

1874. 
Vallee,    Leon.     Nou-\'elle    Caledonie    et    Dependances.     Paris  :   Lil>rairie    C. 

Klincksieck,    1883. 
Vast,  Henri.     New  Caledonia  (in  La  plus  Grande  France),  1909. 
Wragge,  Clement.     New  Caledonia  (in  his  Romance  of  the  South  vSeas),  1906. 


FIJI. 


Adams,  Emma  H.  Jottings  from  the  Pacific  ;  Life  and  Incidents  in  the 
I'ijian  and  Samoan  Islands.     Oakland,  Cal.  :   Pacific  Press  Co.,  1890. 

Allen,  Percy  S.  Cyclopedia  of  Fiji  (editor).  Sydney  :  McCarron,  Stewart 
and  Co.,  Ltd.,  'l907. 

[American  Claimsl.  See  appendix  later  editions  of  Williams  and  Calvert's 
I'iji  and  the  I'ijians. 

Anderson,  J.  W.  Notes  of  Travel  in  Fiji  and  New  Caledonia.  London  : 
Ellissen  &  Co.,    1880. 

Arthur,  WilUam.     What  is  Fiji.     London  :   Hamilton,  Adams  &  Co.,  18o9. 

Aylmer  (Captain),  Fenton.     Fiji  (in  his  Cruise  in  the  Pacific),  1860. 

[Brettj  P.rett's  Guide  to  Fiji,  edited  by  H.  C.  Thurston.  Auckland:  H. 
Brett,   1881. 

Britton,  H.  Fiji  in  1870.  Letters  of  "The  Argus"  special  correspondent, 
with  a  map  and  gazetteer  of  the  Fijian  Archipelago.  [Melbourne  : 
Sanuiel  Mullen,   1870. 

Burnett,  Frank.     Fiji  (in  his  Through  Tropic  Seas),  1910  . 

Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W,     The  Fiji  of  To-dav.     London  :   C.  H.  Kelly,   1910. 

Fiji  (in  his  Call  of  the  Pacific),  1912. 

Calvert  'Rev.),  James  and  Rev.  T.  Williams.  Fiji  and  the  Fijians.  Two  vols. 
London:  A.  Heyliu,  1858.  New  Y(  rk  :  Appleton  &  Co.,  18r)9.  Revised 
edition  in  one  vol.,  with  introduction  by  Miss  Gordon  Cumming.  Lon- 
don :  C.  H.  Kelly,  1885. 

[Calvert],      For  hfe  of  Rev.  Jas.  Calvert,  see  G.  Stringer  Rowe. 

[Ceres.]  The  Fiji  Islands,  "with  maps  ;  commercially  considered  as  a  field 
for  emigration.     ^Melbourne  :   Sands  and  ]McDougall,  1869. 

[Cession].  Message  from  Sir  John  Young,  Governor  of  New  South  Wales, 
to  tile  chiefs,  declining,  on  the  part  of  Her  Majesty's  Government,  the  offer 
of  the  cessicn  of  the  Sovereignty  of  the  Fiji  Islands  ;  and  Colonel  Smythe's 
report  on  .same  subject.  See  appendix,  Mrs.  Smythe's  Ten  jMontlis  in 
the  Fiji  Islands  •  also  IMoss's  and  de  Ricci's  books. 

[ Colony  of  Fiji i.      Handbook.     Suva,  1912. 

Cooper,  H.  Stonehewer.  Fiji  (in  his  Coral  Lands  and  The  Islands  of  the 
Pacific),  1880,  1882  and  1888. 

Our  New  Colony.  Fiji  ;    its  history,  progress  and 

resources.     London  :  Mortgage  and  Agency  Co.,   1882. 

Coote,  Walter.      Fiji  (in  bis  Western  Pacific),  1883. 


:U4  Strw.'.rt's  Handbook 

Gumming  (Miss),  C.  F.  Gordon.     At  Tlonic  in  l-iji.     London:  Rlackwood  and 

Sons,   lSS-1. 
Deane  (Rev.),  W.     The  Strange  Adventures  of  a  Whale's  Tooth  ;  a  missicnary 

story  (,-f  I'iji   for  young  people.     Sydney  :  The  Methodist   I?ook   Depot, 

]!)H) 
[Decrease  of  Population.]     Report  of  the  Connnission  appointed  to  inquire 

into     the     JJecrease     of     tlie     Native     Population.     Suva  :  Government 

Printer,    1896. 
Des  Voeux  (Sir),  G.  William.     Piji  (in  his  My  Colonial  Service),  190.3. 
Dewar,  J.  Gumming.     I'iji  (in  his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 
Erskine,  Gaptain  J.  B.     Fiji  (in  his  Western  Pacific),  18.53. 
Eykyn,  J.     (See  A  Peripatetic  Parson). 
[Federation].     Federation    of    F'iji    with    New    Zealand.     Reprint    of    articles 

from  •'  Fiji  Times."      Suva  :  G.  L.  Griffiths,  1901. 
Festetics  de  Tolaa  (Gount)  Rodolphe.     Fiji  (in  his  Chez  les  Cannibales),  190.3. 
Fison  (Rev.),  Lorimer.     Tales  from  Old  Fiji.     L,cndon  :  De  I,a  More  Press, 

1!)()4. 
Forbes,  Litton.     Two  Years  iti  F'iji.     London  :  Longmans,  Green  &  Co..  IST.I. 
Gaggin,  John.     Old  Levuka,  &c.  (in  his  Among  the  Man  Eaters),  1900. 
[Gazetteer].     See  Britton's  F'iji  in  1870. 

Girard,  Jules.     La  Colonisation  Anglo-Saxonne  aux  lies  Fidji.      Paris,   1874. 
Gordon  (Sir),  Arthur.     Letters  and  Notes  written  during  the  Disturbances 

in  the  Highlands  (known  as  the  "  Devil  Countrj^")  of  Yiti  Levu,  Fiji, 

lS7rt.     Fdinburgh  :   R.  and  R.  Clark,   1879.     (Two  vols.) 
Gordon  Gumming,  Miss.     See  Cumming. 
Grimshaw,    Beatrice.      From   F'iji   to   the   Cannibal   Islands.     London  :  (ieo. 

Bell  and  Sons.  1007. 

— — Fiji  (in  her  Three  Wonderful  Nations).  1910. 

Guppy  (Dr.),  H.  B.     Yanua  Levu,  a  description  of  the  leading  physical  and 

geological  characters  (m  his  Observations  of  a  Naturahst  in  the  Pacific), 

1903. 
Hall,  D.  B.,  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     Fiji  (in  their  Sunshine  and  Surf),  1901. 
Home,  John.     A  Year  in  F'iji  ;   an  inquiry  into  the  Botanical,  Agricultural 

and   liconomical  Resources  of  the  Colony.     London  :   Printed  by  Eyre 

and  Spottiswoode,  and  pub'ished  by  E.  Stanford,  1881. 
Lady,  A.  (Mrs.  Wallis).     Life  in  FVejee,  or  Five  Years  Among  the  Cannibals. 

Boston:  W.  Heath,   18.51. 
Lafarge,  John.     F'iji  (in  his  Reminiscences  of  the  .South  Seas),   1914. 
Lucas    (Dr.),    T.    P.     Cries    from    Fiji.     Melbourne:    Dunn    and    Collins    (no 

date). 
Macdonald,  John  Denis.      Exploration  of  the  Rewa  River  and  its  Tributaries. 

Paper  read  before  the  Ro3'al  Geographical  Society  of  London,  1857. 
Marin,  AyUc.     Fiji  (in  his  En  Oceanic),  1888. 

M.A.T.E.      Fiji  of  To-day.     Sydney  :   G.  Robertson  &  Co.,  188fi. 
Moss,   Frederick  J.     Old  Fiji,  with  an  account  of  Cakobau's  reign,   and  the 

Proclamations  and  Government  Gazettes  in  connection  therewith  (in  his 

Through  Atolls  and  Islands),  1889. 
A  Planter' s  Experience  in  Fiji.     Auckland  :   Jones  and  Tombs, 

1870. 
Parr,    W.   F.     The   Bane   of  Sir  Arthur  Gordon's   Disingenuous   Utterances, 

and  the  Antidote  of  the  "  Fiji  Times"  editorial  comments  and  exposure 

Sydney:  Gibbs,  Shallard  &  Co.,   1883. 
Peripatetic  Parson,  A  (J.  Eykyn).     Fiji  (in  his  Parts  of  the  Pacific),  189G. 
Reeves,  Edmund.     Fiji  (in  his  Brown  Men  and  Women),  1898. 
Ricci,  J.  H.  de.     Fiji  ;   Our    New    Province    in   the   South    Seas.     London  : 

Edward  Stanford,   1875. 
-How  About   Fiji,  or  Annexation   versus  Non-Annexation. 

London  :   Edward  Stanford,  1874. 
Rivers,  W.  H.  R.     Fiji  (in  his  History  of  Melanesian  .Society),  1914. 
Romilly,  Hugh  H.     Fiji  (in  his  Western  Pacific),  1886  and  1893. 


OF  TPiE  Pacific  Islands  34;> 

Ross,  C.  Stuart.      Fiji  and  tlic  Western  Pacifir.     (k'clonsi  (\'ic.)  :   H.  Thacker 

li)0!J. 
Rowe,  G.  Stringer.     James  Calvert  of  Fiji.     London.   1S<»3. 
Russell,  Rev.  M.     Introdnction  of  Christianity  into  Fiji  {in  his  Poh-nesia),  18.');}. 
Scholes,  S.  E.     Fiji  and  the  Friendly  Isles.     London  :   T.  Woohncr. 
[Seddoni.      The  Right  Hon.  R.J.  Seddon's  visit  to  Tonga,  Fiji,  vSavage  Islands 

and  the  Cook  Islands.     W'elhngton  :   (government  Printer,  ]!K)0. 
Seemann  (Dr.),  Berthold.     \'iti,  an  account  of  a  Government  ilission  to  the 

Vitian  or  Fijian  Islands  in  1860-61.    Cambridge:  MacMillan  &  Co.,  1862. 
Flora   Vitiensis  ;    a    description   of   the    plants   of 

the  Viti  or  Fiji  Islands,  with  an  account  of  their  history,  nses  and  pro- 
perties.    London.    1865-73. 
Smythe,  Mrs.     Ten  Months  in  the  Fiji  Islands,  with  introdnction  and  appendix 

Ly  Colonel  W.  J-  Smvthe.     Oxford  and  London  :   John  Henry  and  James 

Parker,   1864. 
Smythe  (Colonel),  W  J.     See  Mrs.  Smythe. 

St.  Johnston,  Alfred.     Fiji  (in  Camping  Among  Cannibals),  l.ss;{. 
'  Sundowner  "    (Herbert  Tichborne).     Fiji  (m  his  Noqn  Talanoa,  pnblished 

in  ISiH),  and  Rambles  in  Polynesia,  18!)7.) 
Thomas,  Julian.     Fiji  (in  his  Cannibals  and  Convicts),  188(). 
Thomson,  Basil      The  Fijians  ;  a  study  of  the  decay  of  cnstom.     London,  I!»08. 
Thomson,  J.  P..    Island     of     Kadavu.     Scottish     (leographical     ISIagazine, 

December,    18Si). 
—The     Hand     of     Viti.     Scottish     (reographical     Magazine, 

March,   1894. 
Union  Steamship   Company.     A  Crui.se  in   the  Island.s — Tonga,  Samoa,   Fiji 

1895. 
Three      Wonderful      Nations — Tonga,      Samoa, 

iMJi  (by  Eeatrice  Grimshaw).  1910. 
Walker,  H.  Wilfrid.      Fiji  (in  his  Wanderings  Among  South  vSea  vSavages),  1909. 
Wallis,  Mrs.  (see  A   Lady). 
Waterhouse  (Rev.),  Joseph.     The  King  and  People  of  h'iji.     London  :   Wes- 

leyan  Conference  OlTice,   1866. 
Watsford  (Rev.),  John.     Mv  I,ife  an<l  Work  in  iMJi  and  Australia.     London  : 

C.  H.  Kelly,  1901. 
Webb  (Rev.),  A.  J.     The  History  of  Fiji,  with  an  appendix  bv  F.  P.  ^^■inter. 

vSvdney,    188.5. 
Whetham,  J.  W.  Boddam.      I'iji  (in  Pearls  of  the  Pacific),  1876. 
Williams   (Rev.),   Thomas  and  Rev.  James    Calvert.     I'iji  and  the  Fijians. 

Two   vols.     London:  A.    Heylin,    1858.     New    York:   .\ppleton   tSr   Co.,. 

1859.     Revised  edition  in  one  vol.,   with  introduction  hv   Miss  (iordon 

Cuinming.     London  :   C.  H.  Kell}',  1885. 
Wilkes  (Admiral),   Charles.     Fiji  (in  his  Narrative  of  the  I'nited  States  Ivx- 

ploring  F,\-pedition),    1845. 


SAMOA. 


Adams,  Emma  H.  Jottings  from  the  Pacific  ;  Life  an;l  Incidents  in  the  I'ijian 
and  Samoan  Lslands.     Oakland,  Cal.  :   Pacific  Pre.ss  Co..  1890. 

Allen,  Percy  S.  Cyclopedia  cf  vSamoa,  Tonga,  (S:c  (vSamoan  portion  edited 
jointly  by  Percy  S.  Allen  and  ^^■.  Ftirmer  \\'hj-te).     Sydney,  1907. 

lAmerican  Samoa].      A  General  Re])ort  by  the  Governor.     Washingion,  191(1. 

American  White  Book  and  Consular  Reports.     (See  Fuited  States). 

Anderson  (Dr.),  Tempest,  An  Ascent  of  Matavanu  in  Savaii.  The  Alpine 
Journal  (London),  November,   1910. 


;{46  Sticwart's  Handrook 

"A  Roving;  Printer"    (John  D.  Jones).     Samoa  (in  Ins  IJfc-  and  Adventures 

in  the  South  Pacific),  ISfil. 
Barradale,  V.   A.      Pearls  of  the  Pacific,   being  Sketches  of  Missionary   Life 

and  Work  in  Samoa  and  other  Islands  in  the  i^outh  vSeas.     London,  1907. 
Becke,  Louis.     Samoa  (in  By  Reef  and  Palm,  Wild  I,ife  in  Soutliern  Seas, 

and  other  books).     vSee  General. 
Brown  (Rev.).  George.     Samoa  (in  his  Autobiography),  J 908. 
Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W.      Samoa  (in  his  Call  of  the  Pacific),   H)]i.>. 
Churchill   (Mrs.),   Llewella  Pierce.     Samoa  'Uma.     I,(mdon  :  Sampson  Low, 

Marstcm  &  Co.,  1902. 
Churchward,  W.  B.     My  Consulate  in  Samoa,  a  record  of  four  years'  sojourn 

in  the  Navigators  Islands.     London  :   R.  Bentley  and  vSons,  1887. 
Cooper,  H.  Stonehewer.     Samoa  (in  his  Coral  Lands  and  the  Islands  of  the 

Pacific),  — . 
Cooper,   William.     The  Samoan  Question  and  the  Decision  of  Chief  Justice 

Chamljcrs.     Auckland  :  W^ilson  and  Horton,    1899. 
Cowan,    James.     Samoa    and    its    Story.     Christchurch  :    Whitcombe     aiid 

Tombs,  Ltd.,   1914. 
Crose,  W.  M,      Report  on  American  Samoa.     Washington,  1916. 
Cumming  (Miss),  C.  F.  Gordon.      Samoa  (in  her  A  Lady's  Cruise  in  a  French 

Man-of-War),   1882. 
Deeken,  Richard.     Manuia  vSamoa.     Berlin,  — . 
Dewar,  J.  Cumming.     Samoa  (in  his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 
Ehlers,  Otto.     Samoa  ;  die  Perle  der  Sudsee.     Berlin,  'l89i)  and  1900. 
Ella  (Rev,),   S.     Ancient  vSamoan  Government.     Paper  read  at  Au.stralasian 

Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Brisbane,  1895. 
Erskine,  Captain  J.  B.     Samoa  fin  his  Western  Pacific),  1853. 
Festetics  de  Tolna  ( Count)  Rodolphe.     Samoa  (in  his  Chez  les  Cannib'ales),  1903. 
Eraser  (Miss).  Marie.      In  Stevenson's  Samoa.     London  :  vSmith,  Elder  &  Co., 

1895. 
Genthe  (Dr.),   Siegfried.     Samoa,  Reiseschilderungen.     Berlin,   1908. 
Greene,    Charles   S.     Talofa,   Samoa  ;   a  summer  sail  to   an  enclianted  isle. 

San    Francisco :  News    Company,     1896  ;    third    edition,   published    by 

Oceanic  Steamship  Company,   1904. 
Grey  (Sir),  George.     German  Colonisation  ;  a  review  of  recent  Anglo-German 

Negotiations  and  the  Samoan  Situation.     Auckland :  A.    Brett,    1889. 
Grimshaw  (Miss)  Beatrice.     Samoa  (in  hef  Strange  South  Seas),  1907. 
Samoa     (in    her    Three    Wonderful    Nations). 

1910. 
Hall,  D.  B.  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     Samoa  (in  their  Sunshine  and  Surf), 

1901. 
Hesse- Wavtegg,  E.  Von.     vSamoa,  Bismarckarchipel  und  Neu  Guinea.   Leipzig, 

1902. 
Hood,  T.  H.     Samoa  (in  bis  Notes  of  a  Cruise  in  H.M.S.  Fawn),  1863. 
Johnson,  Martin.     Samoa  (in  his  Through  the  South  Seas  with  Jack  London), 

1913. 
Kramer  (Dr.),  Augustin.     Die  Samoa  Inseln.     Stuttgart,  1902. 
Hawaii,  Ostmikronesien  und  Samoa.     Stuttgart  : 

Verlag  von  Strecker  und  Schroder,  1906. 
Kurze,  G.     Samoa,  Das  Land,  die  I,eute  und  die  Mi.ssion.     Berlin,  1899. 
Lafarge,  John.     Samoa  (in  his  Reminiscences  of  the  South  Seas),  1914. 
Lenwood  (Rev.),  F.      vSamca  (in  his  Pastels  from  the  Pacific),  1918. 
London,  Charmian.     Samoa  (in  her  Voyaging  in  Wild  Seas),  1915. 
London,  Jack.     Samoa  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Snark),  1913. 
Lundie,  G.  A.     Missionary  Life  in  Samoa,  as  exhibited  in  the  Journals  of  the 

late  George  Archibald  Lundie  during  the  revival  in  Tutuila  in  1840-41, 

edited  by  his  brother.     Edinburgh,  1846. 
Luschan,  F.  Von.     Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der  Tattowirung  in  Samoa.     Berlin, 

1897. 
Marin,  Aylic.     Samoa  (in  his  En  Oceanic),  1888. 


OF  THE  Pacific  Islands  347 

Moniat    (Rev.;.    A.     Les    vSamoa    on    Archipel    dcs    Navigateurs.     Lvon  :   Iv. 

Vitte,    1900. 
Moors,  H.  J.     With  Stevenson  in  Samoa.      Koston  :  Small,  Mavnard  &  Co., 

1!»10;  London:   P'i.'^her  Unwin,    1010. 
Mulligan,  J.  H.      Report  on  Covernment  Commerce.  I'roducts,  People,  &c.,  of 

Samoa.     T'nited  >State.s  Consular  report,  X'ol.  IJ.,  No.  191.     Washington, 

August,    1S(H>. 
NicoU,  M.  J.     Tutuiln  and  Upolu  (in  his  Three  Voyages  of  a  Naturalist  l,  1908. 
Nightingale,  Thomas.     Samoa  (in  his  Oceanic  Sketches),  183.1. 
[0  le  Kalena  Samoa:.     Printed  at  Apia  by  I, .M.S.  annually. 
Osbourne,  Lloyd,  and  Strong.  IsobeL     Memories  of  Vailiiiia.     Lcmdon,  1903. 
Phillips   (Rev.),    Charles.     Samoa,    Past   and   Present.     London:   John  vSnow 

and  Co.,  ahoiit  ISVM). 
Rechinger   (Dr.),   Karl.      Botanische  und  Zoologi.sche  Krgebnisse  einer  Wis- 

sen.schaftlicheu  Forschungsreise  nach  den  Samoainscln,   dem  Neu  r.uinea 

.-Vrchiptrl  imd  den  Salomonsinseln.     Wien,   1907-S. 
Reeves,  Edward.     Samoa  (in  his  Brown  Men  and  Women),  1S98. 
Reinecke,  F.      Samoa.      P.erlin,  1901. 
Roskoschny  (Dr.),  Hermann.    Samoa  (in  his  Huropas  Kolonien ;  die  Deutschen 

in    der   .Sudsee). 
Russell,  Rev.  M.     Samoa  (in  his  Polynesia),  18;"):^. 
Seed,   William.       Report   on    the    Navigators  Islands  in   report   on   the  San 

Francisco  INIail  Service,  N.Z.     Parliamentary  Paper,   1872. 
Samoa  (in  report  on  the  trade,  &c.,  of  thv  Islands).     N.Z. 

Parliamentary   Paper,    1874. 
Stair  (Rev.),  J.  B.     Old  Samoa  ;  Flotsam  and  Jetsam  from  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

London  :   F-eligious  Tract  Society,    1897. 
Sterndale,   H.   B.     Samoa   (in  his  Memorandum  on  Some  of  the  South  Sea 

Islands).     New  Zealand  Parliamentary  Paper,  1874. 
Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.     A  Footnote  to  Flistory  ;     Fight  Years  of  Trouble 

in  Samoa.     London:  Ca.s.sell  '5c  Co.,   1892. 
War    in    Samoa.     London  :    Reprinted    from    Pall 

Mall  Gazette,  September,  1893. 

-Vailima  Letters.     London,   1895. 


[Stevenson].     See  Moors'  With  Stevenson  in  Samoa,  and  Isobel  Strong  and 

Lloyd  Osbourne's  Memories  of  Vailima. 
Stevenson's   Shrine.     See  Laura  Stubbs. 

St.  Johnston,  Alfred.      Samoa  (in  Camping  Among  Cannibals),  1883. 
Stout,  Sir  Robert.     A  Trip  to  Samoa.     Reprinted  from  New  Zealand  Herald. 

Auckland,   Wilscm  and  Hcrton,    1893. 
Strong,  Isobel,  an  1  Osbourne.  Llo.vd.     Memories  of  Vaihma.     London,  1903. 
Stubbs,  LaiU'a.     Stevenson's  Shrine.     London  :   Alexander  IMoring,  1903. 
Thompson,  R.  Wardlaw.      Samoa  (in  his  Mv  Trip  in  the  "  John  Williams"), 

19(t0. 
[Treaties].      For  treaties  of  1878  and  1879  .see  appendix  Stonehewer  Cooper's 

Coral  Lands,  second  vol.,  first  edition,  18S(t. 
Tripp,    Bartlett.     Mv    Trip    to    Samoa.     Cedar    Rai>ids,    Iowa    (U.S.A.)  :  The 

Torch  l'r(>.ss,  191  I. 
Trood,  Thomas.      Island  Reminiscences.     Svdnev  :   McCarron,  Stewart  is:  Co.. 

Lt-1.,     1912. 
Turner  (Rev.),  George.     vSamoa  (in  his  Nineteen  Years  in  Polynesia),  18(11. 
Samoa    a    Hundred    Years    .Ago    and    Long    Before, 

together  with    Notes    on    the   Cults  and  Customs  of  twenty-three  other 

Islands  in  the  Pacific.      London  :   Macmillan  iS:   Co.,  1884. 
Union  Steamship   Company.     A   Cruise  in  the  Island.s — Tonga,  Samoa,  Fiji, 

189.5. 
Three      Wonderful      Nations — Tonga,     .Samoa, 

Fiji  (by  Beatrice  f^irim.shaw),    191(1. 
United  States  White  Book  (Consular  Corres]H)ndencc  between   1879  ;ind   1894) 

Wa.shington,    (!')    1895. 


348  SxKWART's  Handbook 

Vossion,  Louis.     Ives  lies  Samoa.     Paris,  1900. 

Watson,  R.  M.     History  of  Samoa.     New  Zealand  :   Whitcombe  and  Tombs, 

1018. 
Wegener,  G.     Samoa  (in  his  Deutschland  in  dcr  Sudsee),  1003. 
Whetham,  J.  W.  Boddam.     Samoa  (in  his  Pearls  of  the  Pacific),  1870. 
Williams  (Rev.),  John.     Samoa  (in  his  Narrative  of  Missionary  Enterprise), 

1S:57. 
Wilkes  (Admiral),    Charles.     Samoa   (in  his  Narrative  cf  the  United  States 

Exploring  Expedition),   184.5. 
Woerl,  E.     Samoa,  Land  und  L,eutc.     Leipsig,  1901. 


TONGA. 


Adams,  Emma  H.     The  Tonga  Islands  and  Other  Groups.     Oakland  (Cal.)  : 

Pacific   Press,    1890. 
Allen,  Percy  S.     Cyclopedia  ot  Samoa,  Tonga,  &c.   (Tongan  portion  edited 

jointly  by  Percy  S.  Allen  and  W.  Farmer  Whyte).     Sydney  :  McCarron, 

Stewart  .S:  Co.,  'l907. 
Brown  (Rev.  Dr.),  George.     Tonga  (in  his  Autobiography),  1908. 
Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W.     Tonga  (in  his  Call  of  the  Pacific),  1912. 
Chevron,  Joseph.     (See  Monfat). 

Cook,  Captain.     Account  of  liis  Visit  to  I-'riendly  Islands.     See  Cook's  Voyages. 
Cooper,  H.  Stonehewer.     Tonga  (in  his  Coral  Lands  and  the  Islands  of  the 

Pacific),    — . 
Cumming  (Miss),  C.  F.  Gordon.     Tonga  (in  A  Lady's  Cruise  in  a  French  Man- 

of  War),    1882. 
Dewar,  J.   Cumming.     Tonga  (in  his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 
Erskine,  Captain  J.  B.     Vavau  and  Tonga  tabu  (in  his  \\'estern  Pacific),  18r)3. 
Farmer,  Sarah  S.     Tonga  and  the  Friendly  Islands,  with  a  sketch  of  their 

Mission  History,  written  for  young  people.     London,  1860. 
Grimshaw  (Miss),  Beatrice.     Tonga  (in  her  Strange  South  Seas),  1907. 

Tonga  (in  her  Three  Wonderful  Nations),  1910. 

Malia,  P.  Soane.     Chez  les  Meridionaux  du  Pacifique.     Librairie  Catholique  : 

Paris  and  Lyon,  1910. 
Marin,  Aylic.     Tonga  (in  his  En  Oceanie),  1888. 
[Marinerl.     See    Martin. 
Martin,  John.     An  account  of  the  Natives  of  the  Tonga  Islands  in  the  South 

Pacific    Ocean     .     .      .     Compiled    and    arranged    from    tlie    extensive 

communications  of  Mr.  William  Mariner.     London  :   John  ^Murray,  1817 

(two  vols.)  ;  second  edition,  with  additions,  Ivondon  :  Murray,  1818  ^two 

vols.)     Edinburgh,  Constable  &  Co.,   1827. 
Monfat  (Rev.),  A.     Les  Tonga;   ou,  Archipel  des  Amis,  et  le  R.   P.  Joseph 

Chevron,  de  la  .Societe  de  Marie.     I<yon  :  Librairie  Generale  Catholique, 

1893. 
Moresby  ( Captain^,  John.     Niuatoputabu  and  Keppcl  and  Boscawen  Islands 

(in  his  Discoveries  in  New  Guinea,  &c.),  1876. 
Orange  (Rev. ),  James.     Narrative  of  the  late  George  A'ason  of  Nottingham, 

one  of  the  first  missionaries  sent  out  by  the  London  ]\Iissicmary  Society 

in   the   ship   Duff,   Captain  Wilson,    1796.     Derby  :   Henrv   Mozlev   and 

Sons,  1840. 
Orlebar  (Lieut.),  J.     Tonga  (in  his  A  Midshipman's  Journal),  1833. 
[Persecutions].     Persecutions  in  Tonga,  as  Narrated  by  Onlookers  and  now 

taking  place.     London  :   W.  Clowes  and  Sons,  1886. 


OF  THK  Pacific  Islands  340 

Piggott    (Rev.),    S.     An    Authentic    Narrative    of    Four    Years    Residence    at 

Tongataboo,    one   of    the    I'riendly    Islands,   by   George   V ,    who, 

together  with  28  other  missionaries,  was  sent  thither  by  the  London 
Society  in  the  ship  Duff  under  Captain  Wilson  in  1796,  and  survived  them 
all  and  lived  as  one  of  the  natives  for  two  years  ;  with  an  appendix  by  an 
eminent  writer.     London  :  Longman  &  Co.,  1815. 

[Protectorate  1.  Text  of  Proclamation  establishing  a  Protectorate  over  Tonga. 
Appendix  of  the  Right  Hon.  R.  J.  Seddon's  Visit  to  Tonga,  Fiji,  Savage 
Island  and  the  Cook  Islands,     ^^'ellington  :  Government   Printer.    1900. 

Reeves.  Edward.     Tonga  (in  his  Brown  Men  and  Women),  1S98. 

Rivers,  W,  H.  R.     Tonga  (in  his  History  of  Melanesian  Society),  1914. 

Russell  (Rev.),  M.  Introducticn  of  Christianity  into  Tonga  (in  his  Polynesia), 
18.).S. 

Scholes,    S.  E.     Fiji  and  the  Friendly  Isles.     London  :   T.  Woolnier. 

[Seddon].  The  Right  Hon.  R.  J.  vSeddon's  visit  to  Tonga,  Fiji,  Savage  Island 
and  Cook  Islands.     Wellington  :  (Tovernment  Printer,  1900. 

Sterndale,  H.  B.  Tonga  (in  his  Memorandum  on  the  vSouth  Sea  Islands). 
New  Zealand  Parliamentary  Paper,   1874. 

St.  Johnston,  Alfred.     Tonga  (in  Camping  Among  Cannibals),  1883. 

Thomas,  Julian  (The  Vagabond).  Holy  Tonga.  Reprinted  from  the  Mel- 
bovirne  Leader  (about  1886.) 

Thomson,  Basil.  The  Diversions  of  a  Prime  Minister.  Edinburgh  :  \\'. 
Blackwood  and  Sons,  1894. 

Account  of  Sojourn  in  Tonga  (in  his  Savage  Island).     London  : 

John  Murray,   1902. 

Trood,  Thomas.     Tonga  (in  his  Island  Reminiscences),   1912. 

Union  Steamship  Company.  A  Crui.se  in  the  Islands — Tonga,  Samoa.  Fiji, 
1895. 

■ Three     Wonderful     Nations — Tonga,     Samoa, 

Fiji  (by  Beatrice  Grimshaw),    1910. 

Guide    to    Ivxcursion    of    s.s.    Waikare,    Julv- 


August,  1S9S. 

Vagabond,  The  (Julian  Thomas).  Holy  Tonga.  Reprinted  from  the  IMel- 
bourne  Leader  (about  1886). 

Vason,  George.  An  Authentic  Narrative  of  [George  Vason's]  Four  Years' 
Residence  at  Tongataboo.  I^ondon  :  Longman,  Hurst,  Rocs  and  Ornie, 
1810.     See  Piggott  ;  also  Orange. 

Walther,  Frederik  Lodewijk.  Beschrijving  der  Vriendlijke  ICilandeii  in 
de   (jroote   Zuidzee.      Amsterdam,    1787. 

Waterhouse  (Rev.),  J.  B.  The  Secession  and  Persecution  in  Tonga.  vSydnev  : 
We.sleynn  Book  Depot,   1886. 

West  (Rev.),  Thomas.  Ten  Years  in  South  Central  Polynesia,  l)eing  reminis- 
cences of  a  a  personal  mission  to  the  Friendly  islands  and  their  de- 
pendencies.    London,    1865. 

Wilkes  (Admiral),  Charles.  Tonga  (in  his  Narrative  of  the  United  Stales 
F.xploring  Expedition),    1845. 


COOK  AND  OTHER  ADJACENT  ISLANCS  AKD  NIUE  ISLAND. 


[Annual  Report].     Issued  l.iy  the  Re-sident  Commissioner  each  year. 

Becke,  Louis.  Nine  (in  his  \\'ild  Life  in  Southern  vSeas),  ami  references  to 
Cook  Islands  in  other  books. 

Burnett,  Frank.     Rarotonga  (in  his  Through  Polynesia  and  Papua),   1911. 

Buzacott  (Rev.),  A.  Mission  Ivife  in  the  Islands  of  the  Pacific,  being  a  nar- 
rative of  the  life  and  lab<jurs  of  the  Rev.  A.  Buzacott,  mi.ssionary  of 
Rarotonga  .  .  .  ;  edited  b)'  the  Rev.  T.  P.  Sunderland  and  the  Rev. 
A.  Buzacott,  B.A.     Loondon,   1866. 


350  Stewart's  Handbook 

Christian,  F.  W.     Cook  Islands  (in  his  Kastern  Pacific-  Lands),  1910. 
Cook,  Captain.     Account  of  visit  (in.  his  Voyages). 

[Cook  and  other  Islands!.     A  report  of  a   visit  of  members  of  the  (Veneral 
Assem1)ly    (N.Z.),    l!)0:j,    map   and    ilhistrations  ;    with   report   on   horti- 
culture of  the  Islands,  by  T.  W.  Kirk,  IM/.S. 
Earl  and  the  Doctor.     Rarotonga  (in  their  South  Sea  Bubbles),  187l'. 
Erskine,  Captain  J.  B.     Niue  (in  his  Western  Pacific),  1853. 
Festetics  de  Tohia,    Count.     Manihiki,   Rakahanga,    Penrhvn,    Rarotonga    (in 

his  Chez  les  Cannibales),   15)0.3. 
Gill   (Rev.),   W.   Wyatt.     Cook  Islands.   Palmerston,   Danger  and  Nassau   I.s- 
lands  (in  his  Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  and  his  Gems  from  Coral  Lands). 
Grimshaw   (Miss),   Beatrice.      Cook   Islands  and  Niue  (in  her  Strange  South 
Seas),    11(07. 

Cook  Islands  (in  her  The  Isles  of  the  Blest),  T'nion 

Steamship  Company,  — .  * 

Hall,   D.  B.  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     Cook  Islands  (in  their  Sunshine  and 

Surf),    1901. 
Hood,  T.  H.     Niue  (in  his  Notes  of  a  Cruise  in  H.M.S.  P'awn),  1863. 
King  (Rev.),  Joseph.   Niue  (in  W.  G.  Lawes,  of  Savage  Island  and  New  Guinea). 

London  :   Religious  Tract  Society,  1909. 
Lamont,  E.  H.     Cook  Islands  (in  his  Wild  Life  Among  the  Pacific  Lslanders), 

18(37. 
Lenwood   (Rev.),   Frank.     Cook   Lslands  and  Niue   (in  his   Pastels  from   the 

Pacific),    1918. 
Moss,   F.   J.  IManihiki.    Penrhvn   and   Cook   Lslands    (in    his    Through    Atolls 

and  Islands),   1889. 
Nightingale,  Thomas.     Cook  Islands  (in  his  Oceanic  Sketches),  1835. 
Pallander,  Edwin.     Cook  Islands  (in  th.  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer),  1901. 
Powell  (Rev.),  Thomas.     Savage  Island,  a  brief  account  of  the  Island  of  Niue, 

and  of  the  work  of  the  Gospel  among  its  people.     London  :   John  Snow 

and  Co.,    1868. 
Reeves,  Edward.     Cook  Islands  (in  his  Brown  Men  and  Women),  1898. 
Rivers,  W.  H.  R.     Niue  (in  his  History  of  Melanesian  v'^ociety),  1914. 
Russell,  Rev.  M.     Rarotonga,  Mangaia,  Aitutaki,  Atiu,  Mauke  and  Penrhyn 

Islands  (in  his  Polynesia),   1853. 
[SeddonJ.     The  Right  Hon.  R.  J.  Seddon's  \'i.sit  to  Tonga,  PMji,  Savage  Island 

and  the  Cook  Islands.     Wellington  :   Government  Printer,  1900. 
Smith,  S.  Percy.     Niue-fekai  (or  Savage)  Island  and  its  People.      Polj'uesian 

Society's   Journal,   XI.   and   XII.  ;   also  in  book  form.     New  Zealand  : 

\\'hitcombe  and  Tombs,  — . 
Stevenson  (Mrs.  R.  L.),  Fanny.      Penrhyn,  Manihiki,  &c.  (in  her  Cruise  of  the 

Janet  Nicol),    1915. 
Thompson,    R.    Wardlaw.     Cook    Islands    (in    his    My    Trip    in    the    "  John 

Williams"),  1900. 
Thomson,  Basil.     Savage  Island,  an  account  of  a  .sojourn  in  Niue  and  Tonga. 

London:   J.  Murray,  1902. 
Tregear,  Edward.     Niue  or  Savage  Island.     Journal  of  Polvnesian  Societv. 

vol.  II.,  No.  1,  1893. 
Union  Steamship   Company.     Guide  to  s.s.  Waikare's  excursion,   1898  ;  Isles 

of  the  Blest  (by  Beatrice  Grimshaw)  ;  and.  Where  Life  is  DifTerent  (by 

W.  Farmer  Whyte). 
Whyte,  W.  Farmer.     Where  I^ife  is  Different.     L'nion  Steamship  Companv, 

1911. 
Williams  (Rev.),  John.     Cook  Islands  (in  his  Narrative  of  ^Missionary  Knter- 

pri.se),    1837. 
Wragge,  Clement  L.      P..arotonga  (in  his  Romance  of  the  South  vSeas),  1906. 


()V  THE  Pacific  Isi^ands  351 

TAHETi  AND  OTHER  SOCIETY  ISLANDS. 


AgOStini,  Jules.      Tahiti.     Paris:   J.Andre,  1!>05. 

Annuaire  de  Tahiti.      Published  each  year  by  the  (io\crmnent  Printer,  Papeete. 

AragO,  Jacques.     Tahiti  (in  his  Deux  Oceans),  1854. 

Aylmer  (Captain),  Fenton.     Tahiti  (in  his  Cruise  in  the  Pacific),  1860. 

Beechey  (Cantain^,  F.  W.     Tahiti  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Pacific), 

is:n. 

Bennett,  F.  D.     Tahiti  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Whaling  Voyage),  1840. 

Bligh,  William.     Mi;tiny  of  the  Bounty  (see  Oeneral). 

Brassey,   Lady.     Tahiti  ;   a   series  of  photographs  taken  by   Colonel  Stuart- 

^^'ortley,  with  letterpress  by  Lady  Brassey.     London  :  .Sampson,   Low, 

Marston,  vSearle  and  Rivington,   1882. 
Bull,  W.  K.     A  Trip  to  Tahiti  and  other  Islands.     MeU>ourne  :  PMgar  Ray 

and  Co.,   1858. 
Burnett,  Frank.     Papeete  (in  his  Through  Polynesia  and  Papua),  1911. 
Caillot,    A.    C.   Eugene.     Tahiti   (in  his  Les   Polynesiens  Orientaux,   and   his 

Historic  de  la  Polynesie  Orientale),  190!)  and  1910. 
Chopard,  Jean  Paul.      Quelques  Personnages  Officiels  a  Tahiti  sous  le  regne 

de  Sa  Majeste  Napoleon  III.     Brest  :   J.  B.  Lefournier  Aiue,  1871. 
Christian,  F,  W.     F.astern  Pacific  Lands  ;  Tahiti  and  the  Marquesas  Islands. 

London  :   R.  Scott,  1910. 
Cook,  Captain.     .See  account  of  his  visit  m  his  \'oyages.     Various  editions. 
Coral,  Pierre  de.     Tahiti.     Paris,  1S86. 
Corney,  Bolton  Glanwill.      The  Quest  and  Occupation  of  Tahiti  by  Emissaries 

of  Spain  during  the  years  177l'-1778,  told  in  despatches  and  other  con- 
temporary   docuuTents  ;    translated    into    T^ngli.sh    and    compiled,    with 

notes  anci  introduction,  by  Bolton  Glanvill  Cornev.     London  :  Hakluvt 

vSociety,  191.3. 
Coulter  (Dr.),  John.     Tahiti  (in  his  Ad\'entures  in  the  Pacific),  184r>. 
[Colonies  Francaisesj.     Tahiti  lies  Sous  le  vent.     Pans  :  Marson  Quantin,  — . 
Cumming  (Miss),  C.  F.  Gordon.     Tahiti  (in  her  A  Lady's  Cruise  in  a  French 

Man  of  War),    1882 
Cuaent,  G.      lies  de  la  Societe — Tahiti.     Rochefort  ;   Ch.  Thezc,   1800. 

O'Taiti    (Tahiti).     Paris,    1860. 

Deschanel,  Paul.      Tahiti  (in  his  La  Politique  en  Oceanic  a  tjropos  dn  Canal  de 

Panama).      Paris,    1884. 
Dewar,  J.  Cumming.      Tahiti  (in  his  ^'oyage  of  the  Nyanza),   1892. 
Earl  and  the  Doctor.     Tahiti  and  other  Societv  Islands  (in  their  South  Sea 

Bubbles),  1872. 
Ellis  (Rev.),  W.      Tahiti  (in  his  Polynesian  Researches),   1S;}2. 
Festetics  de  Tolna  'Count),  Rodolphe.     Tahiti  (in   hi?  Chez  les  Cannibales), 

190.^ 
Grimshaw,  Beatrice.      Tahiti  (in  her  Strange  South  Seas).   1907. 
Tahiti    (in  her   Isles  of  the    Blest).      Union   Steamship 

Co'upany. 
Hakluyt  Society.     See  Corney. 
Hall,  D.  B.  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     Tahiti  (in  their  Sunshine  and  Surf), 

19(11. 
[History  i.     History  of  the  Otaheitean  Islands,  including  an  account  of  the 

people  inhabiting  the  vSociety  and  Friendly  Islands  and  the  Marquesas. 

(No  author  given.)     Edinburgh  :  Printed  bv  T.  Macclie.sh  &  Co.,  for  Ogle 

and  Aikman,    1800. 
Hort,  Dora.     Tahiti,  the  Oarden  of  the  Pacific.     London:   Fisher  I^nwin,  1891. 
Hucuenin,  Paul.      Raiatea  la  Sacree  ;  lies  Sous  le  Vent  de  Tahiti.     Neuchatel, 

1902. 
Jacolliot,    Louis.     La    Vtrite    .sur    Taiti     (affaire    de    la     Roncicrc).     Paris  : 

Librairie  Internati<male,    1809. 


352  STKWART'S  HAND   BOOK 

Johnson,  Martin.     Tahiti  (in  his  Throutih  the  vSouth  Seas  witli  Jack  London), 

liti:?. 
Jumelle,  Henri.     Les  Ressonrces  Agricolcs  ct  Forestieres  des  Colonies  I'rau 

raises  (one  chapter  on  estabhshments  in  French  Oceania).     Marseilles, 

1!»07. 
Keeler,    Charles.     Tahiti    the    (lolden.    San    Francisco:     Oceanic    Steamship 

Conn^any.    1902. 
Laiarire,  John.     Tahiti  (in  his  Reminiscences  of  the  South  Seas),  1914. 
Lamont,  E"  H.     Tahiti  (in  his  Wild  Life  Among  the  Pacific  Islanders),  1807. 
Lebeau,  Henri.     Otahiti.      Paris:   Armand  Colin,    1911. 

Le  Chartier,  H.     Tahiti  et  les  Colonies  Francaises  de  la  Polynesie.      Paris,  1887. 
Leciicq,  L.      Ouestion  de  Tahiti.      Pari.s  :   Librairie  INIilitairc,   1849 
London,  Charmian.     Tahiti  (in  her  \'oy aging  in  Wild  Seas),  191.5. 
London,  Jack.     Tahiti  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Snark),  191.'}. 
London  Missionary  Society  (Directors  of).      Brief  Statement  of  the  Aggression 

of  the  r'rencli  on  the  Island  of  Tahiti,  and  the  Unjust  Assumption  of 

French  Dominion  in  that  Island.     London  :   W.  M'Dowall,  printer,    184.3. 
Lutteroth,  Henri.     G*.schichte  der  Insel  Tahiti  und  ihrer  Btsitznahme  durch 

die  Franzosen.     Berlin  :  H.  Schultze,  1843. 

O-Taiti,    Histoire    et    Fnauete.        Paris:      Paulin,      18-15. 

"  Marin,  Aylic."      Tahiti  (in  his  Kn  Oceanic),'  188S. 

Melville,  Herman.     Tahiti  (in  his  "O-noo"),  18^7. 

Metenier,  J.     Taiti.  son  present,  son  passe  et  son  avenir.     Tours,  1883. 

Monehoisy.     La   Nouvelle  Cythcre.      Paris:  G.    Charpentier   et   Cie,    1888. 

Mortimer  (Lieutenant),  George.     01>servationp  and  Remarks  Made  During  a 

Voyage    to    the    Islands    of       Otah     .     .     .     Otaheite     ...     in    the 

brig  Mercury.     London,   1791. 
Nicoll,  M.  J.     Tahiti  (in  his  Three  Voyage.s  of  a  Naturahst),  1908. 
Nightingale,    Thomas.     Tahiti    and    other    Society    Islands    (in    his    Oceanic 

Sketches),  1835. 
Norman  (Captain),  C.  B.     Tahiti  (in  Colonial  France),  188H. 
Orlebar  (Lieutenant),  J.     Tahiti  (in  his  A  Midshipman's  Journal).  1833. 
Pallander,  Edwin.     Tahiti  (in  his  Log  (f  an  Island  Wanderer),  1901. 
Perkins,  E.  T.     Tahiti  and  other  J^ociety  Islands  (in  his  Na  Motu  or  Reef 

Rovings),    1854. 
Picquenot,    F.    V.     Geographic    Physique    et    Politique    des    Etablissements 

Francais  de  1'  Oceanic.     Paris  :  Augustin  Challamel,  1900 
Reeves,  Edward.     Tahiti  and  other  Society  Islands  (in  his  I'.rown  Men  and 

Women),   1898. 
Russell  (Rev.),  M.     Society  Islands  (in  his  Pciynesia),  1853. 
Saint- Yves,  G.     Tahiti  and  other  Islands  (in  his  L'Oceanie),  1890. 
Salmon,   Alexander.     Lettre  ccncernant  I'etat   actuel  de   Tahiti,   adressee  a 

Sa  Majeste  Imperiale  Napoleon  III.     London  :  Effingham  Wilson,  1858. 
Salmon,  Tati.     The  History  of  the  Island  of  Borabora,  and  the  Genealogy 

of  Our  Family  from  Marac  Vaiotaha.     Papeete,   1904. 
Seurat,    L.     Tahiti    et    les    Etablisseoients    Francais    de    1' Oceanic.     Paris  . 

Augustin  Challamel,   1900. 
Stewart,  C.  S.     Tahiti  and  ether  vSccietv  Islands  (in  his  A  Visit  to  the  South 

Seas),    1832. 
Stoddard,  C.  W.     Tahiti  (in  his  Summer  Cruising  in  the  South  .Seas),  1874. 
Union    Steamship    Company.     Guide    to    s.s.    Waikare's    Excursion,    1898  ; 

The  Isles  of  the  Blest  ;  and  Where  Life  is  Different. 
Vast,  Henri.     Tahiti,  &c.  (in  La  plus  Grande  France),  1909. 
Vincendon-Dumoulin  and  C.  Desgraz.     lies  Taiti.     Paris  :  A.  Eertrand,  1844. 
WalUs,   Captain.     Tahiti  (in  History  of  Wallis'   and  Carteret's  \'oyage  ;  and 

also  in  Struggles  and  Escapes  of  Captain  W^allis  and  his  crew  and  their 

Variovis  Conflicts  with  the  Natives  of  Otaheite  in  1766),  1784. 
Whyte,  W.  Farmer.     Where  Life  is  Different.     Union  Steamship  Company, 

1911. 


Libraries  Purchased.  100,000  Books  in  Stock. 


TYRRELL'S  LIMITED 

Iptiiblisbcrs,     iBoohsellcis, 
an^    jftiic    Hrt    IDealeis, 

99  CflSTLEREflGH   STREET, 
SYDNEY. 


WE   PURCHASE   BOOKS,  PRINTS,  PAMPHLETS,  PHOTOGRAPHS, 

OR     ANY     ITEMS     WHATEVER     REFERRING    TO     POLYNESIA, 

THE  ISLANDS,  FIJI,    CHINA,  JAPAN,  PAPUA,  NEW    ZEALAND, 

OR  AUSTRALASIA. 


WE     SELL     BOOKS    ON     ALL     SUBJECTS,     ANTIQUES,     CHINA 
CURIOS,  OBJETS  d'ART. 


WE       SPECIALIZE      IN      ANYTHING      AUSTRALASIAN       AND 

POLYNESIAN. 


Write  for  Catalogue  of  your  requireirierits. 
I. 


354  STEWART'S  KANP   BOOK 

Wilks,  Mark.  Tahiti  ;  containing  a  review  of  the  Origin,  Character  and  Pro- 
gress of  I'Vench  Roman  Cathohc  efforts  for  the  destruction  cf  ]'",ughsli 
Protestant  Missions  in  the  vSouth  Seas.      I<on'lon  :   John  vSnow,  l.S-14. 

Williams,  Samuel  Tamatoa.  An  A])peal  to  I^ritish  Christians  and  the  Pubhc 
(.enerally  on  Behalf  of  the  Oueen  of  Tahiti  and  her  C)utraged  vSubjects. 
Ivondon  :   John  Snow,    1844. 

WiUiams  (Rev.),  John.  Tahiti  (in  his  Narrative  of  Missionary  Enterprise), 
18:!7. 

Wilson,  Scott  B.  Notes  on  Birds  of  Tahiti  and  Society  Groups.  Reprint 
from  "  The  Ibis,"  .series  IX.,  vol.  I.     London,  July,  I'JOT. 

Wragge,  Clement  L.     Tahiti  (in  his  Romance  of  the  South  Seas),  1906. 

Young  Voyager.  The  South  vSeas — Georgian  and  Society  Islands.  New- 
haven  ;   Durrie  and  Peck,   1832. 

Wilkes  (Admiral),  Charles.  Tahiti  (in  his  Narrative  of  the  Unite'  States 
Exploring  Expedition),  ]84o. 


MARQUESAS  ISLAMDS. 


AragO,  Jacques.     Marquesas  (in  his  Deux  Oceans),   1854. 

"  A  Roving  Printer"   (John  D.  Jones).     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Life  and  Ad- 
venture in  the  South  Pacific),  1861. 

Aylmer  (Captain),  Fenton.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Cruise  in  the  Pacific),  1860. 

Bell,  J.  C.     The  Marquesas  (in  article  "  Among-st  the  Pacific  Islands  ").     Vic- 
torian Review,  October-November,  1883. 

Bennett,  F,  D.     Marquesas  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Whaling  Voyage),   1840. 

Caillot,   A-    C    Eugene.     Marquesas  (in  his  Les  Polynesiens  Orientaux,   and 
his  Histoire  de  la  Polynesie  Orientale),  1909  and  1910. 

Capitaine  au  long  cours.     lies  Marquises.     Paris  :  Aubert,   1843. 

Christian,  F.  W.     Eastern  Pacific  Lands  ;  Tahiti  and  the  Marquesas  Islands. 
London  :   R.   Scott,    1910. 

Coulter  (Dr.),  John.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Adventures  in  the  Pacific),  1845. 

Cuzent,  G.     A.rchipel  des  lies  Marquises.      Brest  :   F.  Halegouet,  1883. 

Dewar,  J.  Gumming.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Voyage  cf  the  Nyanza),  1892. 

Gracia   (Rev.),   Mathias.       Lettres  sur  les  lies  Marquises.        Paris  :    Gaume 
Freres,    1845. 

Hale,    C.     A    Description   of    the   Washington    (Marquesas)    Islands,    and   in 
particular  the  Lsland  of  Nukahiwa,  the  principal  of  the  group. 
Compiled  from  the   work   of   Mr.    Dalrymple,    the   Voyages  of   Forster, 
Vancouver,    Langsdori^",    Krusenstern    and    Porter,    and    various    other 
sources.      Boston,    1845. 

Hall,  D.  B.  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     The  ^Marquesas  (in  their  Sunshine  and 
vSurf),    1901. 

Johnson,  Martin.     In  the  Marquesas  (in  his  Through  the  South  Seas  with  Jack 
London),    1913. 

Lament,  E.  H.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Wild  Life  Among  the  Pacific  Islanders), 
1867. 

London,   Charmian.     Marquesas  (in  her  Voyaging  in  Wild  Seas),  1915. 

London,  Jack.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Cruise  of  the  Snark),  1913. 

Marcel,    Gabriel.     Mtndana    et    la    Decouverte    des    iles    Marquises.     Paris : 
Societe  de   Geographic,    1898. 

Marin,  Aylic.      Au  Loin  ;  Souvenirs  de  I'Amerique  du  sud  et  des  iles  Marquises. 
Paris,    1891. 

Mathias,   G.     (See  Gracia). 


OF  THR  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  355 

Melville,  Herman.  Narrative  of  a  I'our  Months'  Residence  Anionj<  the 
Natives  of  a  Valley  of  the  Marquesas  Islands ;  or  a  Peep  at  Polynesian 
I/ife.     L,ondon  :   John  IMurray,    1846. 

Typee ;    or   a   Narrative   of   a    Four   Months'    Residence 

Among  the  Natives  of  a  Valley  of  the  ^Marquesas  Islands  ;  or,  a  Peep  at 
Polynesian  Life.  London:  John  Murray,  1847;  H.  J.  Gibbs,  1850; 
new  edition,  John  Murray,   18*")]. 

-Omoo  ;   a   Narrative  of  Adventures  in  the  South  Seas. 


London  :   George  Routledge  &  Co.,  1850. 
Mendana.     See   Gabriel   Marcel. 
Nightingale,    Thomas.     Tahiti    and    other    Society    Islands    (in    his    Oceanic 

Sketches),    1S.35. 
Orlebar  (Lievtt. ),  J.      The  Marquesas  (in  his  A  Midshipman's  Journal),  1S3.'{. 
Pallander,  Edvvin.      The  Marquesas  (in  his  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer),  1901. 
Picquenot,    F.    V.      Gcographie    physique    et    politique    des    Ktablissenients 

Francais  de  I'Oceanie.     Paris:  Augustin  Challamel,    1900. 
Porter  (Captain),  David.     The  ^Marquesas  (in  Porter's  Journal),  1822. 
Radiguet,  Mas.      I<es  Derniers  Sauvages  ;  vSouvenirs  de  1' occupation  F'^rancais 

aux  lies  Marquises,   1842-1859.  "Paris  :   Hachette  &  Co.,   1860. 
Russell  (Rev  ),  M.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  Polynesia),  1853. 
Shillibeer    (Lieut.),   J.     The   Marquesas  (in  his  A  Narrative  of   the    Briton's 

Voyagv.   to  Pitcairn's  Island),   1818. 
Stevenson,  R.  L.     The  Marquesas  (in  his  In  the  South  Seas),  1900. 
Stewart,  C.  S.     The  ^Marquesas  (in  his  Visit  to  the  South  Seas),  18.32. 
Vast,  Henri.     ^larquesas  (in  La  plus  Grande  F'rance),  1909. 
Vincendon-Dumoulin    and     C.     Desgraz.     lies    Marquises    ou    Nouka-Hivi. 

Paris  :   A.  Bertram!,   1843. 


OTHER  ISLANDS  OF  FRENCH  OCEANIA, 

[TUAMOTU  OR   P.\UMOTU   GROUP,   TUBUAI   (OR  AUSTRAI,),   RaPA   .AND  GaIMCIKR 

(MAxr..\uEVA)    Islands.] 


Beechey  (Captain),  F.  W.     (Tambier  Gnup,  &c.  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Vovage 

to  the  Pacific),  1831. 
Becke,  Louis.     Rapa  (in  his  Wild  Life  in  Southern  Seas),  1897. 
CaiUot,  A.  C.  Eugene.     Tuamotus  and  other  Islands  (in  his  Les  Polynesiens 

Orientaux,  and  his  Histoire  de  la  Polynesie  Orientale),'1909  and  1910. 
Cuzent.    Gilbert.     Voyage    aux    lies    Ganibier.     Paris  :  Librairie    de    Victor 

Masson  ct  fils,  1872. 

Archipel  des  Poniotu.      Brest  :   F\  Halegouet,   1884. 

Ellis  (Rev.).  William.      Rapa  and  Tubuai  (in  his  Polynesian  Researches),  1832. 
Hall,  D.  B.  and  Osborne,  Lord  Albert.     The  Tuamotus  (in  their  vSunshine  and 

Surf),    1910. 
Lesson,  P.     Voyage  aux  iles  Mangareva.      Rochefort,  1844. 
"  Marin,  Aylic."       Rapa,  (jambier  Islands  and  Tubuai  (in  his  \',n  Oceanio), 

188S. 
Picquenot,   F.  V.     Geographic   Physique  et   Politique  des  Ivtablissements  de 

rOceanie.     Paris:  Augustin   Challamel.    1900. 
Russell    'Rev.),    M.     The   Tuamotu   or    Low   Archipelago,    Gambier   Lslands, 

Austral  Islands,  .md  Pitcairn  (in  his  Polynesia),  1853. 
Seurat,   L.   G.      Observations  sur  quelques  iles  orientales  de  1' Archipel  Tua- 
motu.    Papeete,    1904. 
Stevenson,  R.  L.     The  Tuamotus  (in  his  In  the  South  Seas).  1900. 


356  STFAVART'S  HAND   BOOK 

Vast,    Henri.     Tuamottis,   Tvilmai,    Rapa   and  Gainbier    Islands   (jn   La   plus 

Grande  France),  1909. 
Wilkes  (Admiral),    Charles.     The  Tuamotus  (in  his  Narrative  of  the  United 

v^tates  Kxploring  Expedition),   1845. 


MARSHALL,  CAROLINE  AND  PELEW  ISLANDS  AND  NAURU 
(PLEASANT  ISLAND . 


"A  Roving  Printer"   (John  D.  Jones).      The  Carolines  (in  his  Life  and  Ad- 
ventures in  the  South  Pacilir),    1861. 
[Antelopel.     Wreck  of  Antelope  on  Pelew  Islands.     See  Keate. 
Cheyne,    Andrew.     Caroline    Islands   (in  his   Islands  in   the   Western   Pacific 

Ocean),   IS52. 
Christian.  F.  W.     The  Caroline  Islands.     London  :  Methuen  &  Co.,  1899. 
Damon  (Rev  ).  S.  C.     Caroline  and  Marshall  Islands  (in  Morning  Star  Papers). 

Honolu):i:   Hawaiian  Missionary  Society,   1861. 
De8ken,  Riciiard.      Die  Karolinen.     Berlin:  W.  Susserott,  1912. 
. .  ,— Rauschende  Palmeu  (Eine  Reise  durch  die  JNIarshall  Inseln 

und  Karolinen). 
Dewar,  J.    Cumming.     Marshall  Islands,    the  Ladrones,    Carolines,  &c.    (in 

his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 
Enock.    C.    Reginald.     Mcgalithic   Re:nains  in   Caroline   Islands   (in   his  The 

Secret  of  the  Pacific),  1912. 
Finsch,  Otto.     Karolinen  und  Marianen.     Hanilnirg,   1901. 
Fritz,  Georg.      Die  Kapviziner  in  Ponape.     Leipzig,   1913. 
Furness,  WiUiam  Henry.     The  Island  of  Stone  ^Nloney ;    Hap  (Yap),  of  the 

Carolines.      Philadelphia  and  London  :   Lippincott  Company,  1910. 
Garcia,  Francisco  Olive.     Islas  Marianas.     Manila  :  M.  Perez,   1887. 
Gartzke,  K.      Der  Aufstand  in  Ponape.     Berlin,  1911. 
Gomez,   Juan   Gualberto.       I/as    Islas   Carolinas    3^    Las    Marianas.    Madrid, 

1885. 
Gouts,  Auguste.     Les  lies  Carolines.      Paris  :   Challamel  Aine,   1885. 
Ha^er.    Carl.     Die   Marshall   Inseln   in  Erd-   und   \'olkerkunde,  Handel    und 
^  Mission,  niit  einem  Anhang  :   Die  Gilbert  Inseln.     Leipzig  :    G.  Lingke, 

1886. 
Hernsheim,    Franz.     Caroline    and    Marshall    Islands    (in    his    Sudsee    P>in- 

nerungen),    1883. 
Ibanez  y  Garcia,  L.  de.     Historia  d    las  Islas  Marianas,  &c.     Granada,  1886. 
Keate    George.     A  Narrative  of  the  Shipwreck  of  the  Antelope,  commanded 

by  Captain  Henry  Wil.son,  which  was  lost  in  August,  1783,  on  the  Pelew 

Islands,  situated  in  the  western  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  to  which  is 

added  Captain  McCluer's  voyage  thither  in  the  year  1790.     Nottingham  : 

C.  Sutton,   1796. 

. - — . — An  Account  of  the  Pelew  Islands.     London,  1789. 

Kramer   (Professor),    Augustin.     Caroline   and  Marshall   Islands   and   Nauru 

(in  his  Hawaii,  Ostmikronesien  und  Samoa),  1906. 
Kubary,  J.    Hthnographische  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Karolinen-Archipels. 

Leiden,   1902-5. 
Langhaus,    P.     Karte    der    Deutschen    Verwaltungsbezirke    der    Karolinen, 

Palau  and  Marianen.     Gotha,   1899. 
Madiboo].     The  Adventures  of  Madiboo,   a  Native  of   the   Pellew   Islands. 

London  :   G.  Riddle,  1828. 
Miguel,  Don  G.     E.'^tudio  sobre  las  Islas  Carr  Hnas.     Madrid,  1887. 


OF  THE-  PACIFIC  ISI^ANDS  357 

Monteroy,  Vidal,  J.    Kl  Archipielago  Filipino  v  las  islas  Marianas,  Carolinas,  &c.- 

Madrid,    1880. 
Moss,  F.  J.     The  Carolines,  Marshall  Islands  and  Pleasant  Island  (Nauru)  (in 

liis  Through  Atolls  and  Islands),  1889. 
0'  Conneil,  James  F.     A  Residence  of  Eleven  Years  in  New  Holland  and  the 

Caroline  Lslands,   Ijeinjj;   the   adventures  of  James   F.   O'Conncli,   edited 

from  his  verlial  narrative.     Boston  :   B.  B.  Mussey,  1886. 
Pereiro,  A.  Cabega.     La  Isla  de  Ponape.     Manila,  1895. 
Renouard,  Alfred.     Les  lies  Carolines.      Bulletin  de  Geographic,  Septemljer- 

Oetober,  1885.     Lille:  L.  Danel,  1885  (reprint). 
Roskoschny  (Dr.),  Hermann.     Marshall  and  Caroline  Islands  (in  his  Furopas 

Kolonien  die  Deutsehen  in  der  Sudsee). 
Semper.  Karl.      Die  Palan  In.seln.     Leipzig  :   Brodhaus,   189.3. 
Stevenson  (Mrs.  R.  L.),  Fanny.     Marshall'lslands  (in  her  Cruise  of  the  Janet 

Nieol),    1915. 
Taviel  de  Andrade,  Enrique.      Ilistoria  del  Confliicto  de  las  Carohnas.     Madrid, 

18S6. 
Wegener,    G.     Marshall    and    Caroline    Islands    (in    liis    Deutschland    in    der 

vSudsee).    1903. 
Wilson  (Captain),  Henry.     Wreck  of  Antelope  on  Pel'nv  Islands.     See  Keate. 
Wood,  C.  F.      The  Carolines  (in  his  Yachting  Cruise  in  the  South  Seas),  1875. 


GILBERT  AND  ELLICE  ISLANDS. 


[Annual  Reports].  Resident  Commissioner's  annual  reports  are  issued  by  the 
Colonial  Oiifice. 

"  A  Roving  Printer"  (John  D.  Jones).  Gilbert  Lslands  (in  his  Life  and  Ad- 
venture in  the  South  Pacific),  1861. 

[Australian  Museum.]  The  Atoll  of  Funafuti,  lillice  Group  ;  its  Zoology, 
Botany,  Ethnology  and  General  Structure  ;  based  on  collections  made 
by  Mr.  Charles  Hedley,  of  the  Australian  Museum,  Sydney.  Sydney  : 
Au.stralian  Museum,   1896-1900. 

Becke,  Louis.     Gilbert  and  Elhce  Islands  (in  his  Wild  Life  in  Southern  Seas). 

■ By  Reef  and  Palm,  &c.,  see  General. 

Burnett,  Frank.     (Tilbert  Islands  (in  his  Through  Tropic  Seas),  1910. 

Burton  (Rev.),  J.  W.  Gilbert  and  EHice  Islands  (in  his  Call  of  the  Pacific), 
1912. 

Coulter  (Dr.),  John.  Visit  to  Kingsmill  Islands  (in  his  Adventures  on  \\'estern 
Coast  of  South  America),  18+7. 

Damon  (Rev.),  S.  C.  Gilbert  Islands  (in  Morning  Star  Papers).  Honolulu  : 
Hawaiian  Missionary  Society,  1861. 

David,  (Mrs.)  Edgeworth.  I'unafuti,  or  Three  ]\Ionths  on  a  Coral  Lsland. 
London:   John  Murray,    1899. 

Ehot,  E.  C.     Gilbert  and  Ellice  Islands.     "United  Flmpire,"  December,  1915. 

[Funafuti.]  The  Atoll  of  Funafuti  ;  ;  borings  into  a  coral  reef  and  the  results  ; 
being  the  report  of  the  Coral  Reef  Cominittee  of  the  Royal  Society. 
London  :  Royal  .Society,  1904.  (See  also  Mrs.  Edgeworth  David's 
Funafuti,   and  the  Au.stralian  Museum's  publication.) 

Gill  (Rev.),  W.  Wyatt.     Ellice  Islands  (in  his  Jottings  from  the  Pacific),  1885. 

Hager,  Carl.      Gilbert  Islands  (in  his  Die  Marshall  Inseln),  1886. 

Hartzer  (Rev.),  Fernand.  Les  lies  Blanche."  des  Mers  du  Sud  ;  Histoire  du 
Vicanat  Apostolique  des  Archipels  Gilbert  et  Ellice.      Paris,  1900. 

Hedley,  Charles.  General  account  of  the  Atoll  of  I'unafuti  (see  under  Au.s- 
tralian Museum). 


358  STEWART'S  HAJfD  BOOK 

Kramer  (Professor),    Augustin.     Gilbert  Islands  (in  his  Hawaii,  Ostmikro- 

nesien  luul  Samoa),    11)06. 
Lenwood    (Rav.),    F.     Gilbert    and   Kllice    Islands    (in    his    Pastels   from    the 

Pacific),    1!»18. 
Moss,  F.  J.     Gilbert  Islands  (in  his  Through  Atolls  and  Islands),  1889. 
Stevenson,  R.  L.     Gilbert  Islands  (in  his  In  the  .South  vSeas),  1000. 
Stevenson  (Mrs.  R.  L.),  Fanny.     Gilbert  and  Eliice  Islands  (in  her  Cruise  of 

the  Janet  Nicol),  lit!;'). 
Webster,  John.     Gilbert  Islands  and  Ocean  Island  (in  his  Last  Cruise  of  the 

Wanderer),    180.3. 
Wilkes  (Admiral),   Charles.     Gilbert  and  Ehice  Islands  (in  his  Narrative  of 

the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition),    184.5. 


HAWAII. 


Alexander,  James  M.     Mission  Life  in  Hawaii  ;  Memoir  of  Rev.  "WilUaui  P. 

Alexander.     Oakland  (California),   1888. 
Alexander,   W,  D.     Kalakaua's  Reign.     Honolulu  :    Hawaiian  Gazette    Com- 
pany,   1894. 

— A  P.rief  History  of  the  Hawaiian  People.     New  York  : 

American  Book  Company,  1899. 
AUardyce,  John  C.     vSociety,  Politics  and  Religion  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

San   Francisco,    1881. 
Anderson  (Dr.),  Rufus.     The  Hawaiian  Islands  ;  their  Progress  and  Condition 

under  Missionary    Labours.      Boston,  1864. 
Anrep-Elmpt,  Graf  Reinhold.     Die  Sandwich-Inseln.     Leipzig,  1885. 
Baldwin,    Charles    W.     Geography    of    the    Hawaiian    Islands.     New    York  : 

American  Book  Company,   1908. 
Bates,  G.  W.     Sandwich  Island  Notes  (by  A.  Haole).     New  York:  Harper 

Bros.,    18.34. 
Bechtinger  (Dr.),  J.     Ein  Jahr  auf  den  Sandwich  Inseln.     Wien,  1869. 
Beechey  (Captain),  F.  W.     Hawaii  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Pacific), 

18.31. 
Bennett,  F.  D.      Hawaii  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Whaling  Voyage),  1840. 
Bingham  (Rev.).  Hiram.     A  Residence  of  Twenty-one  Years  in  the  Sandwich 

Lslands.     Hartford   (U.S.A.):   Hezekiah  Huntingdon,    1847   and   1849. 
Bird,    Isabella   L.     vSix   Months   Among   the    Palmgroves,    Coral   Reefs   and 
Volcanoes    of    the    Sandwich    Lslands.     London  :   John    Murray,    1875  ; 
-second  edition,  1876  ;  fifth  edition,  1882  ;  sixth  edition,  1886. 
Bishop  (Dr.),  Sereno  E.     Scenery  in  Hawaii.     Honolulu  :  Hawaii  Promotion 

Committee,  1903. 
Blackman  (Professor),  W,  F.     The  Making  of  Hawaii ;  a  Study  in  Social  Evolu- 
tion.    New  York  :  MacMillan  &  Co.",  1899. 
Bliss,  W.  R.     Paradise  in  the  Pacific  ;  a  book  of  travel,  ad>  enture  and  facts 

in  the  Sandwich  Islands.     New  York  :  .Sheldon  &  Co.,  187.3. 
Bram,  B.  W.     Transformation  of  Hawaii,  1899. 
Brigham,  W,  T.     The  Hawaiian  Flora  and  Hawaiian  Volcanoes,  1868. 

— Index  of  the  Islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  1900. 

— Ancient  Hawaiian.  Stone  Implements,  1902. 

Mat    and    Basket    W^eaving    of    the    Ancient     Hawaiians, 

1906. 

■ Ancient  Hawaiian  House,   1908. 

Ka  Hana  Kapa,   1911. 

Bryan,  W.  A.     Kej'  to  the  Birds  of  the  Hawaiian  Group.     Honolulu,  1901. 
Natural  History  of  Hawaii,  1916. 


01>  THJC  PACIFIC  TSI,ANDS  359 

Byron,  George  Anson  (Baron),  Captain.    Narrative  of  the  \'ovage  of  H.M.S. 

Blonde  to  the  Sandwich  Islands  in  1824-25.      1825. 
Campbell,  Archibald.     Voyage  Round  the  World  from  J  806  to  1812     .     .     . 

with  an  account  of  the  Present  State  of  the  Sandwich  Lslands  and  a 

vocabular}'  of  their  language.     Edinburgh  :  Constable  &  Co..  181(5. 
Castle,    William   R.     Hawaii,   Past   and   Present.     New  York  :   Dodd,   Mead 

and  Co.,    1913. 
Chaney,  G.  L.     Aloha,  a  Hawaiian  Salutation.     Boston  :  Roberts  Brothers, 

188S. 
Cheever  (Rev. ),  Henry  T.      Life  in  the  Sandwich  Islands,  or  the  Heart  of  the 

Pacific.     New  York  (A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.)  and  London  (Richard  Bentley), 

1S51. 
Hawaii     (in    his    Island    ^\'orld     of    the    Pacific), 

1851  and  1852. 
Coan,   Titus.     L'-fe  in  Hawaii.     An   autobiographical  sketch  of  mission  life 
.      and  labours  (1835-1881).  .New  York,   f882. 
Cook,  Captain.     Sandwich  Islands.     (See  his  Voyages). 
Corney,  Peter.     Voyages  in  the  Northern  Pacific  ;  narrative  of  several  trading 

voyages,  from   1813  to  1818,  between  the  north-west  coast  of  America, 

the   Hawaiian   Lslands   and   China  ;   interesting   early   account   of  Kam- 

chamcha's  Realm,  Manners  and  Customs  of  the  People,  &c.     Honolulu  : 

T.  G.  Thrum,  1896. 
Craf!;,  Mabel  Clare.     Hawaii  Nci.     New  York  :  G.  A.  S.  Wieners,  1898. 
dimming  (Miss),   C.  F.  Gordon.     Fire  Fountains  ;  the  Kingdom  of  Hawaii, 

its  \'olcanoes,   and   the   History   of  its  Missions.     Two   vols.     London  : 

W.  Blackwood  and  Sons,  1883. 
Dewar,  J.  Cumming.     Hawaii  (in  his  Voyage  of  the  Nyanza),  1892. 
Dibble,  Sheldon.     A  History  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.     I,ahainaluna  (Hawaii  : 

Press  of   the  Mission  Seminary,    1843;    Honolulu,   T.    G.    Thrum,    1909 

(reprint). 
Donne,   M.   A.     The  vSandwich  Islands  and  their  People.     London  :   Society 

f(ir  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,    1866. 
Dutton    (Captain),    Clarence   Edward.     Hawaiian   Volcanoes.     United   states 

(reological  Survey,  annual  report,  1883. 
Ellis   (Rev.),    William.     Narrative  of  a  Tour   through   Hawaii   or  Owhyhee, 

with  remarks  on  the  History,  Traditions,  Manners,  Customs  and  Lan- 
guage of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.     London  :  H.  Fi.sher 

and  Son,  and  P.  Jack.son,  1826;  second  edition,  1827. 
Festetics  de  Tolna,  Rodolphe.     Hawaii  (in  his  Chez  les  Cannibales),  1903. 
Foster,  J.  W.     The  Annexation  of  Hawaii  ;  an  Address  delivered  before  the 

National  Geographic  Society'  at  Wasliington,  March  26,  1897.     Washing- 
ton :  Gibson  Brothers,   1897. 
George,  Marian  M.     Little  Journevs  to  Hawaii  and  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Chicago:   A.  Flanagan  &  Co., '1901. 
Ooodricll,    Joseph    King.     The    Coming    Hawaii.     Chicago  :  A.    C.    McClurg 

and  Co.,  1914. 
Go  wen   (Rev.),   H.   H.     The   Paradi.se  of  the   Pacific:   .sketches  of  Hawaiian 

scenery  and  life.     London:  vSkefTmgton  &  Co..  1892; 
Grant,    M.   Forsyth.     vScenes   in   Hawaii,   or   Life   in   the   Sandwich    Islands. 

Toroiilo  :   Hart  ^:  Co.,   1888. 
Hall,  A.  D.      Hawaii.     New  York  :  Street  and  Smith,  1898. 
Hallock,    Leavitt    H.     Hawaii     Under    King    Kalakaua.     Portland    Maine  : 

Smith  and  Sale,   1911. 
Hawaiian  Annual.      Issued  regularly  since   1875.     Honolulu  :  T.  G.  Thrum. 
Henshaw,  H.  W.      Birds  of  the  Hawaiian  Lslands,    I9(»2. 
Hill    S.   S.     Travels  in  the  Sandwich  and  Society  Islands.     London  :  Chap- 

ui;ui  jnd  Hall,  1856. 
[Historical  Truths].      Details  of  the  Con.spiracy   that  led  to  the  overthrow  of 

the      Monarchv.        Reprinted     from     the    "  Independent."        Honolulu, 

1897. 


360  STRWART'S  HAND  BOOK 

Hopkins,  Manley.     Hawaii,  the  Past,  Present  and  Future  of  iis  Island  King- 

<l()m  :  All  Historical  Account  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.     London  :   Long- 

nuin,  (ircin,  Longman  and  Roberts,  18(i2. 
Jarves,    James    Jackson.     History    of    the    Hawaiian    or    Sandwich    Islands. 

Jio.ston  :   Tappan  and   Dennet,    184:3;  London:   l\.  Moxon,    184.3;  third 

edition  (re-wntten),  printed  by  Iv  C.  Hitchcock,  Honolulu,  1847. 
■ — — Scenes    and    Scenery    in    the    Sandwich    Islands  ; 

observations  during  the  years  1837  to  184:2.     London  :   P/.  Moxon,  1844. 
Johnson,  Martin.     Hawaii  and  chapter  about  Molokai,  the  leper  island  (in  his 

Through  the  South  Seas  with  Jack  London),  lOlH. 
Judd  (Mrs.).  Laura  Fish.     Honolulu  ;  vSketches  of  Life,  Social,  Political  and 

Religious,   in   the   Hawaiian   Islands,   from    1828   to    1861.     New  York  : 

Anson  D.  F.  Randolph  &  Co.,  1880. 
Kramer  (Professor,)  Augustin.     Hawaii,  Ostmikronesien  und  Samoa.     Stutt- 
gart :  \'erlag  von  Strecker  und  Schroder,   1906. 
Krout,  Mary  H.     Hawaii  and  a  Revolution,  the  Personal  Experiences  of  a 

Newspaper  Correspondent  in  the  Sandwich  Islands  during  the  Crisis  of 

1893  and  .subsequently.     I,ondon  :   John  Murray,    1898. 

— — Ahce's  Vi.sit  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  1900. 

Lafarge,  John.     Hawaii  (in  his  Reminiscences  of  the  South  Seas),  1914. 

LiUuokalani,  L.  K.     Hawaii's  Story  by  Hawaii's  Queen,  1898. 

Logan,  D.  (editor).     History  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  Their  Resources  and 

People.      1907. 
London,  Jack.     The  House  of  Pride  and  other  Tales  of  Hawaii,  1912. 
Lyman,  H.  M.     Hawaiian  Yesterdays  ;  Chapters  from  a  Boy's  Life  in  the 

Islands  in  the  Early  Days,  1913. 
Malo,  David.     Hawaiian  Antiquities.     Honolulu,  1903. 
Marcuse,   A.     Die  Hawaiischen  Inseln.     Berlin,   1894. 
Mather,    Helen.     One   Summer   in   Hawaii.     New   York  :  Cassell    Publishing 

Company,  1891. 
Newell,  F.  H.     Hawaii  ;  its  Natural  Resources  and  Opportunities  for  Home 

Making.      1909. 
Nicholson  (Captain),  H.  Whalley.     From  Sword  to  Share  ;  or,  A  Fortune  in 

Five  Years  at  Hawaii.     London  :  W.  H.  Allen  &  Co.,  1881. 
Nottage,    Charles    G.     In    Search    of    a    Climate.     London  :  Sampson    Low, 

Marston  &  Co.,  1894. 
Owen,  Jean  A.  (Mrs.  Visger).     The  Story  of  Hawaii.     London  and  New  York  : 

Harper  and  Brothers,  1898. 
Palmer   Julius,     A.     Memories    of    Hawaii    and    Hawaiian    Correspondence. 

Boston  :   Lee  and  Shephard,  1894. 
Peripatetic  Parson,   A.   (J.   Eykyn).       Hawaii   (in  his  Parts  of  the   Pacific), 

1896. 
Perkins,  E.  T.     Hawaii  (in  his  Na  Motu  or  Reef  Rovings),  18.54. 
Quinlan,  May.     Damien  cf  Molokai.     1909. 
Ramaer,    J.    W.     De    Arbeidstoestanden    op    de    Hawaii-Eilanden  ;    vooraf- 

gegaan  door  een  reisverhaal  en  enkele  aanteekeningen  omtrent  de  suiker 

Industrie  op   die  eilanden.     Amsterdam,    1913. 
Remy,  Jules.     Recits  d'un  Vieux  Sauvage  pour  servir  a  I'Histoire  ancienne 

de  Havaii.     Chalons-sur-Marne,    1859. 
Ka    Mooolelo    Hawaii.     Historie    de    L'Archipel    Havaiien. 

I'ans  :   Librairie  A.  Franck,  1862. 
Rivers,  W.  H.  R.     Hawaiian  Islands  (in  his  History  of  Melanesian  Society), 

1914. 
Russell,  Rev.  M.      Introduction  of  Christianity  into  Sandwich  Islands  (in  his 

Polynesia),    1853. 
Simpson,  Alexander.     The  Sandwich  Islands,  Progress  and  Events  since  their 

Discovery  by  Captain  Cook,  their  Occupation  by  Lord  George  Paidet, 

Their  Value  and  Importance.     London  :  vSinith,  Elder  &  Co.,   1843. 
Stevens  (John  L.)  and  Oleson  (Professor  W.  B.).      Picturesque  Hawaii.     Edge- 
wood  Publishing  Company 


OK  THE  PACIFIC  ISI,ANPS  361 

Stewart  (Rev.),  C.  S.     Journal  of  a  Residence  in  the  Sandwich  Islands  during 

the  years  1823-24-25,  with  introduction  and  notes  h)'  the  Rev.  W.  Ellis. 

New  York  :   J.  P.  Haven,  1828  ;  London  :  H.  Fisher,  Son,  and  Jackson, 

1828,  1830  ;  abridged  edition,  1831. 
Stoddard,    Charles    Warren.     A    Trip    to    Hawaii.     vSan    Francisco  :  Oceanic 

vSteamship  Company,  1885. 
Hawaii   (in  his  Summer  Cruising   in  the  South 

Seas),  1874. 
Taylor,   C.  M.     Vacation  Days  in  Hawaii  and  Japan.     London,  l!)Ofi. 
Thurston,  Lorrin  A.     A  Handbook  of  the  Annexation  cf  Hawaii.     1SU7. 
Twombly,  A.  S.     Hawaii  and  its  People.     London,  1900. 
Varigny,      C.     de.     Oviatorze     Ans     aux     lies     Sandwich.      Paris :  Ivibrairie 

Hachette,  1874.'^"' 
Vaughan,  T.   Wayland.     Recent  Madreporaria  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  and 

Laysan.     Washington,   1907. 
Visger,  Mrs.     See  Jean  Owen. 

Whetham,  J.  W.  Boddam,     Hawaii  (in  his  Pearls  of  the  Pacific),  1870. 
Whitney,    Caspar.     Hawaiian  America  ;   Something  of  its  History   and    Re- 
sources.    New  York  and  London  :  Harper  and  Brothers,  1902. 
Whitney,    Henry    M.     The   Tourists'    Guide  Through  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Honolulu  :  Hawaiian  Gazette,  1895. 
WUkes  (Admiral),   Charles.     Hawaii   (in  his  Narrative  of  the  United  States 

Rxploring  Expedition),  1845. 
Young,  Lucien.     The  Boston  at  Hawaii,  or.  The  Observations  and  Impressions 

of  a  Naval  Officer  during  a  stay  of  Fourteen  Months  in  these  Islands  on 

a   Man-of-war.     Washington  :  Gib.son    Brothers,    1898. 
The  Real  Hawaii  (a  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  Ths 

Boston  at  Hawaii).     New  York  :   Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  1902. 


NORFOLK  ISLAND. 


Armstrong,  E.  S.  Norfolk  Island  (in  his  History  of  the  IMelanesian  Mi.ssion), 
1900." 

Belcher,  Lady.  The  Mutineers  of  the  Bounty  and  their  Descendants  in  Pit- 
cairn  and  Norfolk  Islands.     London  :   John  Murray,   1870. 

Campbell,  Joseph.  Norfolk  Island  and  its  Inhabitants.  Sj'dney  :  J .  Cook 
and  Co.,    1879. 

Clarke,  Marcus.     Norfolk  Island  (in  his  For  the  Term  of  His  Natural  Life). 

Coote,  Walter.     Norfolk  Island  (in  his  Western  Pacific).      1883. 

Grimshaw,  Beatrice.  Norfolk  Island  (in  her  F"*rom  Fiji  to  the  Cannibal 
Lsknids),   1907. 

Hunt,  Atlee.  Report  on  Visit  to  Norfolk  I.sland.  Commonwealth  Parlia- 
mentary Paper,   1914. 

Moresby  (Captain),  John.  Norfolk  Island  (in  his  Discoveries  in  New  (hiinea 
and  the  D'lvntrecasteaux  Islands),  187fi. 

Murray  (Rev.),  T.  B.  Pitcairn,  The  Island,  The  People  and  the  Paslor,  to 
which  is  added  a  short  notice  of  the  original  settlement  and  present 
condition  of  Norfolk  Island.  London  :  Society  for  Promoting  Christian 
Knowledge,    1SS5. 

Spruson,  J.  J.  Norfolk  I.sland  ;  (mtline  of  its  history  from  1788  to  1884. 
Syclney  :  Government  Printer,  18M5. 

Thomas,  Julian.     Norfolk  Island  (in  his  Cannibals  and  Convicts),  1880. 


3«2  STEWART'S   HANI)   BOOK 

PITCAIRN  ISLAND. 


Barrow  (Sir),  John.  The  Eventful  History  of  tln.^  Mutiny  and  I'radical 
vSeizure  of  H.M.S.  Bounty  ;  its  Cause  and  Consequences.  I'irst  published 
l)y  John  Murray  in  1831.  Reprints  by  r.eorge  Routledge  and  vSons, 
188.'};  William  Tegg  (at  about  same  date);  and  by  Oxford  University 
Press  (with  an  introduction  by  Admiral  Sir  Cyprian  Bridge),  1914. 

Belcher,  Lady.  The  Mutineers  of  the  Bounty  and  their  Descendants  in  Pit- 
lairn  and  Norfolk  Islands.     Loudon  :   John  Murray,    1870. 

Bennett,  F.  D.      Pitcairn  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  Whaling  \'oyage),,  1840. 

LBhgh].  Narrative  of  the  Mutiny  of  the  I'.ounty,  and  a  \'oyage  to  the  .South 
vSeas.     See  General. 

Brodie,  Walter.     Pitcairn's  Lsland  and  The  Islanders  in   ISoO.  .     .     Also 

the  reports  of  all  the  Commanders  of  H.M.  .ships  that  have  touched  at 
the  Lsland  since  1800.     London:   Whittaker  &  Co.,  1851. 

Christian,  Fletcher.  Letters  from  Mr.  Fletcher  Christian,  contaming  a 
narrative  of  the  transactions  on  board  H.M.S.  Bounty  before  and  after 
the  mutiny,  with  liis  subsequent  voyages  and  travels  to  South  America. 
I/ondon  :  H.  D.  Symonds,  1796  ;  H.  Lemoine,  1798. 

JaeoUiot,  Louis.     Le  Crime  de  Pitcairn.     Paris  :  IVIaurice  Dreyfous,   1878. 

McFarland,  Alfred.  Mutiny  on  the  Bountv  and  Story  of  the  Pitcairn  Islanders. 
Sydney  :  J.  J.  Moore  and  Gibb.s,  Sha'llard  &  Co.,  1884. 

Murray  (Rev.),  Thos.  Boyles.  Pitcairn,  the  Island,  the  People  and  the  Pastor. 
London  :  Society  for  Promoting  Chri.stian  Knowledge,  1853  ;  revised 
and  brought  up  to  date  by  the  Rev.  C.  C.  Elcum,  1885. 

Nicoll,  M.  J.     Pitcairn  (in  his  Three  Voyages  of  a  Naturalist),  1908. 

Orlebar  (Lieut.),  J.     Pitcairn  Island  (in  his  A  Midshipman's  journal),  1833. 

Shillibeer  (Lieut.),  J.  A  Narrative  of  the  Briton?  Voyage  to  Pitcairn's 
Island.     London  :  Law  and  Whittaker,  1817  and  1818. 

Simons,  R.  T.      Report  en  Pitcairn  Island.     London  (Colonial  Office),  1905. 

[Storyl.  Story  of  the  Good  vShip  Bountv  and  her  Mutineers  (no  author  given). 
London:   W.  P.  Nimmo,   1878. 

Young,  Rosalind  Amelia.  Mutiny  of  the  Bountv.  and  Storv  of  Pitcairn  Island, 
1790-1894.     Oakland  (Cal.)  :   Pacific  Press" Pubhshing  Company,  1894. 


EASTER  ISLAND. 


[Agassiz.l     Vi.sit  to  Ivaster  Lsland  (in  I90t),  in  Letters  and  Recollections  of 

Alexander  Agassiz.     London  and  New  York,   1913. 
Barclay  (Captain),  H.  V.     Easter  Island  and  Its  Colossal  Statues,  paper  by 

Captain  Barclay,  including  detailed  report  upon  Easter  Island  or  Rapa- 

nui,  by  Commodore  W.  Ashmore  Powell,  R.N.,  and  Calhng  at  Sala-y- 

Gomez    and   Easter   Islands,   by   Commander    Bouverie   F.    Clark,    R.5s'. 

Proceedings  of   the  Roval  Geographical  Society   of  Australasia   (South 

Australian  branch),  vol.'lll.     Adelaide,  1899. 
Beeehey  (Captain),  F.  W.     Easter  Island  (in  his  Narrative  of  a  \'ovage  to  the 

Pacific),    1S31. 
Carrol  (Dr.),  Alan.     The  Easter  Island  Inscriptions,  and  the  way  in  which  they 

are  tran.slated  or  deciphered  and  read.     Polynesian  Society's  Journal. 

vol.  I,  1892. 
Churchill,   William.     Easter  Island  ;  the  Rapanui  Speech  and  the  Peopling 

of   South   East   Polynesia.     Washington.    1912. 


OF  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  363 

Cook,  Captain.     Account  of  I^aster  Island  (in  his  Vo3'ages). 

Corney  (Dr.),  Bolton  Glanvill.     The  Voyage  of  Captain  Don  I-Vllpe  Gonzalez 

.     to   Easter    Island   in    1770-1  ;    preceded   by    an   extract   from 

Jacob  Roggeveen's  official  log  of  his  discovery  of,  and  visit  to  Kaster  Island 

in  1722.     Transcribed,  translated  and  edited  bv  Bolton  Clanvill  Cornev. 

Cambridge  :   Hakluyt  Society,    IDO,'^. 
Dalton,   0.   M.     On  An   Inscribed   Wooden  Tablet  from  Easter  Island.     In 

Man.     (.Anthropolot-ical  In.stitute),   January- August,   1904. 
Enock,    C.   Reginald.     Easter  Lsland,   an  Enigma  of  the  Ocean  (in  his  The 

Secret  of  the  Pacific),  1912.  ^ 

Gonzalez,     Don  Felipe.      (See  Corney). 
Harrison,    J.    Park.     The    Hierogjyphics  of    Easter  Island.     Journal    of    the 

Anthropological  Institute,  1S73,  vol.  III.,  pp.  37C-383  and  n28. 
[La  Perouse.]     Account  of  Easter  Island  in  La  Perouse's  Voyages. 
Macdonald,   A.    C.     Easter   Island   (in  Mysteries  of   the   Pacific).     Victorian 

'k'ographical  Journal,  vol.  XXI.,  1903. 
Nico]],  M.  J.     Account  of  \'i.sit  to  Easter  Island  (in  his  Three  Voj'ages  of  a 

Naturalist),   1908. 
Orlebar  (Lieut.),  J.     Easter  Island  (in  his  A  Midshipman's  Journal),  1833. 
Palmer   (Dr.),  J.    Linton.     A   \'isit  to  Easter  Island  or  Rapa  Nui  in   1868. 

Paper  read  before   Royal  Geographical   Society   on   January    24,    1870, 

and  published  in  Journal. 
Roggeveen,  Jacob.     Sec  Corney. 
Routledge   (Mrs.),    Scoresby.     I'a.ster  Island.     Paper  read   before  the   Royal 

('■eographical  Society  (London),   191^. 
Shoberl.  Frederic.     Easter  Island  (m  The  World  in  :Miniature),  1824. 
Thomson,    William  J.     Te   Pito   te   Henna,   or  Easter   Island.     vSmithsonian 

Institution,  U.S.  National  Museum.     Washington,   1891. 


ROTUMAH,  WALLIS  AND  FUTUNA  ISLANDS. 


Blanc,   Monsignor.     Les  lies  Wallis.     Paris:  Librairic  Academique,    1914. 

Hood,  T.  H.  Walhs,  Futuna  and  Alofi  Islands  (in  his  Notes  of  a  Cruise  in 
IT. M.S.  Fawn),  ]8ti3. 

Keroman,  H.  V.  Dodun  de.  Notice  sur  les  lies  Wallis  et  de  Futuna.  Noumea  : 
Imprinierie  Ncuuicenne,  1S93. 

Lessons,  R.  P.      L'He  de  Rotouma.     Pans,    1825. 

Marin,  Aylic.     Wallis  Island  (in  his  Ivn  Oceanie),  188S. 

Moresby  (Captain),  John.  W'allis  and  Futuna  Islands  (in  his  Di-scoveries  in 
New  (.Guinea,  <S:c.),   1870. 

Romillv,  H.  H.  A  True  vStory  of  the  Western  Pacific  in  1879-80.  London  : 
Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,   1882. 

— — Rotumah  and  Wallis  Island  (in  his  We.stern   Pacific  and 

New  Guinea,   and    his  \\'estern  Pacific  and  Mashoualand.) 

Ross,  C.  Stuart.     Rotumah  (in  his  Fiji  and  the  Western  Pacific),  1909. 

Smith,  S.  Percy.  Uea  :  or  ^^'allis  Islaiul,  and  its  People.  Journal  of  Poly- 
nesian Society,  vol.  I.,  1892. 

Wallis,    Captain.     Di.-covery  of  Wallis   Island   (in  Wallis' s  Voyage),    1784. 

Wood,  C.  F.     Rotumah  (in  his  Yachting  Cruise  in  the  South  Seas),  lS7o- 


364  STEWART"?   HAN11    Hf)OK 

OTHER    ISOLATED    ISLANDS. 


Anderson  (Rev.),  T*.  C.     The  Chatham  Ismnds,  with  notes  of  a  visit  there  in 

the  nicntlis  of  July,  Aujiusi  and  September,    1882  (with  a  map  of  the 

group).     Cliristchurch,   1S82 
[Australian  Museum.]     Lord  ITov  e  Island  ;  its  zoology,  geology  and  physical 

characters.     Sydney  :  Au.stralian  Museum.    1889. 
Beechey  (Captain),  F.  W.     Account  of  Ducie  Island  ind  Elizabeth  or  Hender- 
son Island  (ICastern  Pacific),  in  Ifis  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  in 

the  years  lS25-2r,-27-28  ;  published  in  1831. 
Bennett,  F.  D.     Caroline  I.sland   (Ka.stern  Pacific)  and  Christmas  Island  (in 

his  Xarrative  of  a  Whaling  Voyage),   1840. 
Bryan,    W.    Alanson.     A   Monograph   of  Marcus   Island  ;   an   account   of  its 

physical    f'-atures   and   geology,    with    descriptions   of   fauna   and   flora. 

Honolulu,    in03.     [Marcus  Island  is  in  24  degrees   H   min.  N,  and   1.50 

degrees  F,  long.] 

Report  of  a  Visit  to  Midway  I.sland.     Honolulu,  1904. 

Campbell,  A.  J.     Notes  from  Maiden  Island  (in  Victorian  Naturalist,   1889). 
Dixon,  W.  A.     ^Meteorology  and  Natural  History  of  a  Guano  Island  (Maiden). 

Ne'.v  South  Wales  Royal  Society's  Journal,    1877. 
Earnest,  G.  Maiden  Island  (in  his  Two  Years  Adrift).     Brighton  (England), — . 
Etheridge,     R.     Notes    on    Bibliography    of    Lord    Howe    I.sland.     Linnean 

Society  (N.S.W.)  Proceedings,  .second  series,   1889. 
[Fanning].     Discoi.'erv  of  Fanning  I.sland  (in  Fanning's  ^'ovages  Around  the 

World). 
Forbes,  Henry  0.     The  Chatham  Lslands  ;  their  relation  to  a  former  ,Southern 

Continent.      Paper    read    before    Royal    Geographical     .Society,    March, 

189:?. 
Hunt,   Frederick.     Twenty-fi->e  Years  Experiences  in  New  Zealand  and  the 

Chatham    Islands ;    an    autobiography    by    Frederick    Hunt    (edited   by 

John  Amery).     Wellington,  1866. 
McCIean,  F.  K.     Report  of  the  Solar  Eclipse  Expedition  to  Flint  Island  in 

January,  1908  (with  map  and  photographs).     London,  1908. 
[New  Zealand  Outlying  Islands].     Outlying  Islands  south  and  east  of  New 

Zealand,  viz.,  Auckland,  Campbell,  Antipodes,  Bounty  and  the  Chatham 

Islands.     Hydrographic  Office,  Admiralty,  London,   1868. 
Smith,    S.    Percy.     The    Kermadec    Islands ;    their    capabilities    and    extent. 

Wellington  :  (government  Printer,  1887. 
Stevenson    (Mrs.    R.    L.),    Fanny.     Suwarrow,    Nassau    (Danger)    Sv^-ayne's 

Island  (Quiros  or  Olesanga),  and  Fakaafo,  and  Atafu  (Union  or  Tokelau 

Islands)  (in  her  Cruise  of  the  Janet  Nicol),  1915. 
Wilson,  J.  Bowie.     Report  on  the  present  state  and  future  prospects  of  Lord 

Howe  I.sland  ;  with  reports  on  the  geology  by  H.  Wilkinson  ;  vegetation 

by  J .  Duff ;  and  a  report  by  W.  J .  Conder,  Superintendent  of  Trigono- 
metrical Survey.     vSydney  :  Government   Printer,    1882. 

Cyclopedia   of  Fiji,    Samoa,   Tonga,   Tahiti   and  the 
Cook   Islands 

Profvisely    Illustrated.  Letterpress    carefully     compiled 

frcm  observations  by   Special   Representatives.  About 

.■)50  Pages,  Bound  Full  Leather.         Price  ^ 6  6s.,  post  paid 

McCarron,  Stewart  &  Co.  Ltd.,  Printers  and  Publishers 
Goulburn  Street,  SYDNEY,  N.S.W.,  Australia 


36a 


Skilled  and   Expert  Attention 

will  be  Given  Your  Order 

—  WE  MAKE 

Spring,  Water-proof  and  Elastic  Trusses,  Abdominal  Belts,  Elastic. 
Stockings,  Kneecaps.  Anklets,  Suspensory  Bandages,  Artificial 
Limbs,  Crutches,  Surgical  Boots.  Sup]wrts  for  fiat  or  tired  feet,  etc 

—  AND  STOCK  — 

Medical  Supi)lies,  First  Aid  Kits,  Manicure  Sets,  x'Vrtificial  Eves, 
Hearing  Apjiliances,  Rubber  Goods,  Elastic  ^^>bbings. 

FULL  RANGE  OF  WATER-PROOF  TRUSSES 
SUITABLE  FOR  THE  TROPICS.       21  -  25  -  30  -  EACH. 


ENQUIRIES    SOLICITED 


GUYATT  •&   CO. 

SURGICAL   INSTRUMENT    MAKERS 
301  George  Street,  SYDNEY,  N.S.V/. 


Established  18S3. 


Gancia's  Sparkling  and  Still   Wines 

GOLD  MEDAL  PARIS  1900.        GRAND  PRIX  BRUSSELS  1910 

Costa's   Olive   Oil 

EXTRA  SUPERFINE.         GOLD  MEDAL  S.  LOUIS  1904 

Perciabosco's    Essential    Oils 

EXTRA     SPECIAL 

SOLE  AGENTS    I'OR    AUvSTRAI.IA  : 

LUBRANO  &  FERRARI 

ITALIAN    MERCHANTS    AND     GENERAL    INDENTORS 

48    YOUNG    STREET,    SYDNEY. 

OILMEN'S     STORES  EDIBLE     PRESERVES 

HEAVY     CHEIVilOALS  DRY     FRUITS 

BULK     SPIRITS 


366 


Nettleton,  8on  &  Co., 

Frrniture  &  Furnishing 
Warehousemen 


Direet  Importers 

JVIanafaetarers 

BEDSTEADS                            i 
CHAIRS 

"LACONIA" 
AUSTRALIAN 
BLAN3CETS 

CARPETS 

FLANNELS 

CARPET  SQUARES 

FLANNEL  UNDER- 

HEARTH RUGS 

MATS 

TAPESTRY 

SHIRTS  and  PANTS 
WADDING 
FLOCK 
FURNITURE 

LINOLEUMS                            I 

BAMBOO   FURNITURE 

FLOORCLOTHS                       ! 

BEDDING 

PLUSH 

TABLE  COVERS 

WIRE  MATTRESSES 
EASY  CHAIRS 
COUCHES 

CURTAINS 

PERAMBULATORS 

TABLE  LINEN 

BED   DRAPES 

SHEETING 
BLIND  HOLLANDS 

BLINDS 
CURTAINS 

Every  Class  of 

KAPOK 

UPHOLSTERY 

537-9  Kent  St.  33846  Sussex  St.  Sydney 

MELBOURIIE,  BRISBANE  and  at  BRADFORD  (Eng.)    . 


3 

Paul  &  Gray  Ltd 

SYDNEY,  MELBOURNE,  BRISBANE,   NEWCASTLE 

60  GRACECHURCH  STREET,  LONDON. 


Ship  C/iaudlers,  Sail- 
makers  and  Riggers. 
Household  and  General 
Hardin  are  Merchants. 
Colliery    Suppliers . 


LARGE  STOCKS  Anchors  and  Chains, 
Canvas,  Oils  and  Paints,  Copper, 
Metal  and  Brass  Sheets,  Bars, 
Wire  Ropes,  and  General  Hardware 


3f?8 


B.  CALLOSE  &  SONS,  Ltd. 

Importers   and  Exporters  of 
ITALIAN     MERCHANDISE 

22    Campbell   Stteet,    Sydney. 

Sole  Australasian    Ayciils  /or  the  /ollowing  : 

CHIOZZA  &  TURCHI,  Italy,  manufacturers  of  the  famous  Salutis.  Castile 
No.  4,  Chrysanteme  Soaps,  vSalutis  Shaving  Cream,  and  other  Iiigh- 
class  C.  &  T.  toilet    Soap. 

SASSO. —High-grade  Italian  Olive  Oil,  in  bottles  and  bulk. 

CORA. — Famous  Italian  Vermouth. 

CARLO  ERBA,  Milan. —  Pharmaceutical  Supplies;  Ca.stor  Oil,  Citrate 
:\higncsia,  and  all  high-class  Perfumes. 

F.  DE  PASQU ALE,— Essential  Oils. 

GRASSO. — Liquorice  in  Sticks  or  Block.    , 

Al.so  high-grade  Italian  Buttons,  Hemp,  and  all  kinds  of  Italian  Delicacies. 


PRICES  AND  FURTHER  PARTICULARS  ON  APPLICATION. 


Zu  Union  Jissurance  Socioy  Cimited. 

Xlie  Pioneer  Insurance  Company 

of  the 

Soutli   Pacific. 

Accepts  all  classes   of  Fii-e   Insurance   at   the  lowest   current 

Rates. 

The  Society's  establishment  dates  back  over  200  years,  but  while 
its  establishment  is  ancient,  its  methods  are  modern  and  its  Security  is 
ample. 

The  .Society  has  representation  in  most  of  the  South  Pacific 
Is'auds,  but  invites  applications  for  Agencies  from  Firms  or  Individuals  in 
any  places  where  Agents  are  not  already  appointed. 

Full  particulars  as  to  Rates  8:c.  are  obtainable  from:  — 

Sygngy  onicc:         or  jmstralian  Branch 

27  O'Connell  Street    ^m     5^  Queen  St.,  Itlelbourne. 


369 


H.  S.  BIRD  &  GO. 

I    MACQUARIE    PLACE 

— SYDNEY— = 

IMPORTERS  AND  PROVISION  MERCHANTS 


Island  and    Missionary  Supplies 
A  Speciality 

Price  Lists  issued  on   request 


Established     1856 


Goods  Shipped  in  Bond 
Prices   F.O.B. 


370 


MANUFACTURER, 
66    CASTLEREAGH    STREET, 

Redfern,   Sydney,   N.  S.  Wales. 


We  Stock  Canned  Vegetables  in  aboui  30   varieties,  including 
SAUERKRAUT,  also  PIE  FRUITS  and   DRIED   HERBS. 

PEA    SOUP    SAUSAGES 

In  three   varieties — Mint,  Ham  and  Vegetable. 

CONCENTRATED    SOUP    SQUARES 

In  four  varieties — Vegetable,  Beef,  MuUigatawney 
and  Tomato. 
(Over  two  million  of  these  Tablets  are  being  supplied  to 
Government  of  India.) 

BURNT    ONIONS 

A  splendid  colouring  and  flavouring  for  Soups,  &c. 

GARLIC    FLOUR 

Keeps   any  time. 

Dried  Vegetables.  Granulated  Potatoes 


These  goods  have  found  great  appreciation  not  only  in 
these  States,  but  in  India,  the  Pacific  Islands  and  Java, 


Mr.  SUTTON  has  won  over  50  FIRST  AWARDS  for  his 

Products  in   Australia,  and  also   TWO    SILVER    MEDAL 

AWARDS    lit    the    FRANCO  -  BRITISH    EXHIBITION 

in   LONDON   in   1008. 


371 


BANK    OF 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


ESTABLISHED      1817. 


Paid-up  Capital  £3,904,860 

Reierve  Fand 3,025,000 

Reserve   Liability         3,904.860 

£10,834.720 


Aggregate  Assets    30th  Sept.,  1919..     £62,115,135 

Directors  : 

The  Hon.  Sir  Charles  K.  Mackei.i.ar,  K.C.M.G.,  M.L,.C.,  President. 
V.  B.  S.  Falkiner,  r;sQ.,  IM.H.R.     the  Hon.  Reginald  J.  Black,  ]M.L.C 
Thomas  Buckland,  Usq.  Charles  Binnie,  Esq. 

RmbkrtL.  Faithfull,  Esq.,  M.I).   The  Hon.  James  T.  Walker. 

AUDITORS  : 

S.  E.  Laidlev,  Ivs<_).  a.  ("r.  MiLSON,  Esq. 

General  manager  : 

Sir  John  Russell  French,  K.B.E. 

Head  Office:    SVDNEY,  NEW^SOUTH  WALES. 

London  Branch  :    29  Threadneedle  St.,  London. 

BANKERS : 

The  Hank  of  England. 
London  Joint  City  and  Midland  Bank  Ltd.       Barclays  Bank  Ltd. 


BRANCHES   IN 

I-IJI — -Suva,  J„autoko,  Levuka.  PAPUA — Port  More-sb}',  Saiuarai. 

.Vlso  .■};53  Branches  &  Agencies  in  Au.stralia,  Tasmania  &  New  Zealand. 

With  Agents  and  Correspondent.s  throughout  the  World. 

Cable  Remittances  made  to,  and  Drafts  drawn  on,  foreign  places  direct. 

I'oreign   Hills  negotiated  and  collected,  Letters  of  Credit  and '•Circuhn- 

Notes  issued,  negotiable  throughout  the  world. 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A  A  001  415  513  9 


f-^^. 


3  1210  00150  1582 


B^^i